Rittal Catalogue 34, Edition 20142015 5 1259

Catalogue 2014 / 2015

◾ Enclosures
◾ Power Distribution
◾ Climate Control
◾ IT Infrastructure
◾ Software & Services
10.2014 / E938
34
RITTAL GmbH & Co. KG
Postfach 1662 · D-35726 Herborn
Phone +49(0)2772 505-0 · Fax +49(0)2772 505-2319
E-mail: [email protected] · www.rittal.com
Dear Sir or Madam,
Here at the Friedhelm Loh Group, one of our corporate principles is:
“We view our customers as partners who determine the success of the company”.
Our goal is to solve your challenges. Our products and services are uncompromising in terms
of quality, technical execution, range and availability. Our dedicated employees around the
globe are fully committed to this principle on a daily basis.
With us as market leaders on your side, you benefit from our innovative strength.
We can make you faster and better.
As well as launching a slew of new products, we have also consistently refined the unique
Rittal value chain. Act now to rationalise your planning with engineering software and a data
portal from Eplan, and use “Rittal – The System.” for fast, efficient generation of your power
distribution systems and controllers.
Our software will help you to calculate climate control data and select the most appropriate
cooling unit, and we now offer support with intelligent machine tools from Kiesling.
We are committed to making your processes more efficient in every respect, from A to Z.
Rittal is also unveiling another world first for your success – the standardised data centre
RiMatrix S. True to our motto “Faster – better – everywhere.”, it eliminates the need for long
planning and installation times. We can install a tested data centre in a matter of weeks rather
than months.
The Rittal Catalogue is here to help you compile products and corresponding system
accessories quickly and successfully.
Thank you for your invaluable feedback and suggestions, and we look forward to developing
more innovations together.
Wishing you every success
Yours
Friedhelm Loh
Owner and CEO
Friedhelm Loh Group
2
3
4 Rittal Catalogue 34
Enclosures from page 15
Small enclosures............................................................ 23
Compact enclosures...................................................... 41
Enclosure systems ......................................................... 55
IT enclosure systems/housings...................................... 85
Console systems/PC enclosure systems/IW................ 107
Operating housings/support arm/stand systems......... 123
Hygienic Design........................................................... 169
Stainless steel .............................................................. 175
Ex enclosures............................................................... 191
Power distribution from page 197

Busbar systems ........................................................... 205
RiLine ........................................................................... 211
Ri4Power ...................................................................... 267
Ri4Power distribution enclosures................................. 297
Climate control from page 307

Cooling with ambient air .............................................. 315
Cooling units ................................................................ 333
Cooling with water........................................................ 353
Enclosure heaters ........................................................ 366
Climate control accessories......................................... 369
IT infrastructure from page 387

RiMatrix S ..................................................................... 397
IT enclosure systems/housings.................................... 405
IT power ....................................................................... 407
IT cooling ..................................................................... 427
IT monitoring ................................................................ 445
IT security solutions ..................................................... 465
Software & services from page 477

Value chain .................................................................. 479
Software ....................................................................... 495
Service ......................................................................... 501
Quality management.................................................... 504
System accessories from page 507

Technical information................................................... 722
List of model numbers ................................................. 725
Index ............................................................................ 735
Rittal Catalogue 34 5
nextlevel
Step one in the value chain
Eplan are global providers of high-tech, software-based

engineering solutions. Use Eplan to optimise your engineering
and accelerate your product generation process.
Eplan – efficient engineering.

◾ EPLAN Engineering Center ◾ EPLAN electric P8 ◾ EPLAN Data Portal
◾ EPLAN PPE ◾ EPLAN Pro Panel
◾ EPLAN Fluid ◾ EPLAN Harness proD
The System.
nextlevel
Step two in the value chain
With Eplan and Rittal, you benefit from integrated

engineering solutions based on top-quality system
components, component data, system know-how +
and design expertise throughout every aspect of
“Rittal – The System.”
Rittal – The System.
◾ Enclosure systems ◾ TopTherm cooling units, TÜV-tested
◾ Ri4Power power distribution to IEC 61 439 ◾ RiMatrix S – The standardised data centre
nextlevel
Step three in the value chain
Three powerful companies have joined forces to form

an integrated trio of excellence, covering all aspects
of enclosures. With Kiesling as international machine + +
tool specialists, we can automate your success in
equipping your enclosure.
◾ Kiesling Perforex – Machining of enclosure solutions

◾ Kiesling Secarex – Cable ducts and support rails cut to length without delay
◾ Kiesling Athex – Automated terminal block configuration
◾ Kiesling Averex – Mounting plate wiring
Make easy.
nextlevel
for data centres
With RiMatrix S, Rittal unveils the first pre-planned, pre-configured concept with
defined efficiency and power ratings for fully standardised data centre production.
The revolutionary alternative to individual data centre construction: RiMatrix S

◾ Standardised, mass-produced data centre modules
◾ Only one model number
◾ Short delivery times – Delivered by HGV
14 Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures
Enclosures
Small enclosures
Polycarbonate enclosures PK .......................................................................24
Cast aluminium enclosures GA .....................................................................28
Terminal boxes KL........................................................................................30
E-Box EB .....................................................................................................34
Bus enclosures BG.......................................................................................36
Compact enclosures
Compact enclosures AE ...............................................................................46
Compact system enclosures CM ..................................................................50
Plastic enclosures KS ...................................................................................52
Enclosure systems
Baying systems TS 8 ....................................................................................62
System enclosures SE 8 ...............................................................................81
IT enclosure systems/housings
Network/server enclosures TS IT ..................................................................90
Distributor racks ...........................................................................................96
IT enclosures ................................................................................................97
Console systems/PC enclosure systems/IW

TopConsole system TP...............................................................................110
One-piece consoles TP ..............................................................................115
Universal consoles TP.................................................................................116
PC enclosure systems ................................................................................118
Enclosure for tower PC...............................................................................119
Industrial Workstations................................................................................120
Operating housings/support arm systems/

stand systems
Comfort Panel ............................................................................................124
Optipanel....................................................................................................126
Operating housings ....................................................................................130
Compact Panel...........................................................................................133
Support arm systems .................................................................................135
Stand systems............................................................................................164
Hygienic Design
Terminal boxes HD .....................................................................................170
Compact enclosures HD.............................................................................171
Stainless steel
Support arm system CP 40 ........................................................................140
Small enclosures ........................................................................................176
Compact enclosures...................................................................................179
Enclosure systems......................................................................................182
Operating housings ....................................................................................188
Ex enclosures
Stainless steel Ex enclosures ......................................................................192
Plastic Ex enclosures ..................................................................................194
Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures 15

nextlevel
for industry
The Eplan engineering platform and the extensive system solutions from Rittal
are perfectly interlinked. In this way, you can benefit from a unique system and
effortlessly take value creation to the next level.

◾ Eplan – Efficient engineering
◾ Rittal – Type-tested enclosure systems
◾ Kiesling – Machining of enclosures
and mounting plate wiring

Enclosures from the smallest
to the largest
◾ Small and compact enclosures
◾ Enclosure systems
◾ Console and PC enclosure systems
◾ Support arm systems and operating housings
◾ Stainless steel housing and enclosure systems

◾ Over 9 million already in use – the Top enclosure system TS 8
◾ Rittal’s expertise is acquired from 15,000 enclosures and housings per day

Your benefits
As a system provider, Rittal is the world's leading supplier of innovative enclosure technology.
Rittal meets very high standards of security, ergonomics, energy and cost efficiency.
Faster – Software tools for efficient engineering and a huge range of products available
for immediate delivery
Better – A comprehensive range of system accessories for individual installation and fast assembly
Everywhere – A contiguous global delivery and service network

Small enclosures
Polycarbonate enclosures PK
Polycarbonate enclosures PK .......................................................................24
Accessories ..................................................................................................27
Cast aluminium enclosures GA

Cast aluminium enclosures GA .....................................................................28
Accessories ..................................................................................................29
Terminal boxes KL
Terminal boxes KL........................................................................................30
E-Box EB
E-Box EB .....................................................................................................34
Bus enclosures BG
Bus enclosures BG.......................................................................................36

PK accessories Page 27 System accessories Page 507 Cable gland, polyamide Page 658
Material: Colour: Supply includes: Approvals:

– Housing: Fibre-glass – RAL 7035 – Enclosure with cover – UL
reinforced polycarbonate – Cover screws – cUL
Protection category IP to
– Cover grey: Fibreglass-rein- – Insulating bungs for wall
IEC 60 529: Technical details:
forced polycarbonate, all-round mounting screws
– IP 66 Available on the Internet
foamed-in PU seal
– Cover transparent: Polycarbon-
ate, all-round foamed-in PU
seal
– Cover screws: Polyamide
– Insulating bungs: Polyethylene
without knockouts
Width mm 65 94 94 94 110 110 Page
Height mm 65 65 94 94 110 110
Depth mm 57 57 57 81 66 90
Model No. 9500.000 9502.000 9504.000 9505.000 9506.000 9507.000
Packs of 12 pc(s). 8 pc(s). 6 pc(s). 6 pc(s). 6 pc(s). 6 pc(s).
Cover Grey ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Mounting plate – – – – – –
Wall mounting brackets 1 pack(s) 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 27
Hinges – – – – – –
without knockouts
Width mm 130 130 130 130 180 180 Page
Height mm 94 94 130 130 94 94
Depth mm 57 81 75 99 57 81
Model No. 9508.000 9509.000 9510.000 9511.000 9512.000 9513.000
Cover Grey ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Hinges – – – – – –

without knockouts
Width mm Packs of 180 180 180 180 180 180 Page
Height mm 110 110 110 110 110 110
Depth mm 90 90 111 111 165 165
Model No. 2 pc(s). 9514.000 9514.100 9515.000 9515.100 9516.000 9516.100
Grey ◾ – ◾ – ◾ –
Cover
Transparent – ◾ – ◾ – ◾
Accessories
Hinges 10 set(s) 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 27
without knockouts
Height mm 180 180 180 180 180 180
Depth mm 90 90 111 111 165 165
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9517.000 9517.100 9518.000 9518.100 9519.000 9519.100
Grey ◾ – ◾ – ◾ –
Cover
Accessories
Mounting plate 10 pc(s). 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 27
Hinges 10 set(s) 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 27
without knockouts
Height mm 180 180 180 180 180 180
Depth mm 90 90 111 111 165 165
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9520.000 9520.100 9521.000 9521.100 9522.000 9522.100
Grey ◾ – ◾ – ◾ –
Cover
Accessories
Mounting plate 8 pc(s). 9549.000 9549.000 9549.000 9549.000 9549.000 9549.000 27
Hinges 10 set(s) 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 27
without knockouts
Width mm Packs of 360 360 360 360 Page
Height mm 254 254 254 254
Depth mm 111 111 165 165
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9523.000 9523.100 9524.000 9524.100
Grey ◾ – ◾ –
Cover
Transparent – ◾ – ◾
Accessories
Mounting plate 4 pc(s). 9550.000 9550.000 9550.000 9550.000 27
Wall mounting brackets 1 pack(s) 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 27
Hinges 10 set(s) 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 27

PK accessories Page 27 System accessories Page 507 Cable gland, polyamide Page 658

– Housing: Fibre-glass – RAL 7035 – Enclosure with cover – UL
reinforced polycarbonate – Cover screws – cUL
– Cover: Fibreglass-reinforced – Insulating bungs for wall
IEC 60 529: Technical details:
polycarbonate, all-round mounting screws
foamed-in PU seal
– Cover screws: Polyamide
– Insulating bungs: Polyethylene
with knockouts
Width mm 130 180 254 Page
Height mm 94 110 180
Depth mm 57 90 111
Model No. 9508.050 9514.050 9521.050
Packs of 4 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 1 pc(s).
Cover Grey ◾ ◾ ◾
16 x M20 24 x M20
No. of metric knockouts 10 x M16/M20 2 x M20/M25 4 x M25/M32
2 x M32/M40 4 x M32/M40
Accessories
Mounting plate 8 pc(s). – – 9549.000 27
Wall mounting brackets 1 pack(s) 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 27

Accessories
Mounting plate Colour:

– RAL 7035
For individual interior installation
Supply includes:
Material: – Mounting plate
– 2.5 mm melamine phenol-coated laminated – Self-tapping assembly screws
paper
Width Height
For enclosure Packs of Model No.
mm mm
9517.000/.100, 9518.000/.100, 9519.000/.100 150 150 10 pc(s). 9548.000
9520.000/.100, 9521.000/.100, 9521.050, 9522.000/.100 220 150 8 pc(s). 9549.000
9523.000/.100, 9524.000/.100 331 220 4 pc(s). 9550.000
Hinges Supply includes:

– 1 set =
For hinged attachment of covers. The supplied drill- 2 hinges
ing template ensures problem-free assembly. 4 assembly screws
Colour: 4 polyethylene sealing bungs
– Similar to RAL 7035 1 drilling template
For enclosure Material Packs of Model No.

9514.000/.100 – 9524.000/.100 Polystyrene 10 set(s) 9581.000
Wall mounting brackets Packs of Model No.

The enclosure can be screwed to the wall using four For all enclosures 1 pack(s) 9583.000
wall mounting brackets. The wall mounting bracket
is securely attached to the enclosure by simply
using pins. Supply includes:
– 1 pack = 40 pieces
Material:
– Polyamide, grey
Colour:
– Similar to RAL 7035

GA accessories Page 29 System accessories Page 507
Material: Colour: Supply includes: Technical details:

– Enclosure: Cast aluminium – RAL 7001 – Enclosure with cover Available on the Internet
– Cover: Cast aluminium, all- – Cover screws, captive
round foamed-in PU seal – Screws for attaching support
IEC 60 529:
rails
Surface finish: – IP 66
– Screw for connection of the PE
– Textured paint
Protection category NEMA: conductor
– NEMA 4
Width mm 58 98 75 125 175 250 122 220 Page

Height mm 64 64 80 80 80 80 120 120
Depth mm 34 35 57 57 57 57 80 91
Model No. 9101.210 9102.210 9104.210 9105.210 9106.210 9107.210 9108.210 9110.210
Packs
5 pc(s). 3 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s).
of
Accessories
– – – 9105.700 – – 9108.700 9110.700 29
Mounting plate Packs
– – – 10 pc(s). – – 2 pc(s). 2 pc(s).
of
Wall mounting bracket 2 pc(s). – – – – – – 9121.122 9121.122 29
Hinge, exterior 2 pc(s). – – – – – – 9123.000 9123.000 29
Earth straps see page see page see page see page see page see page see page see page 644
Cable glands from page from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 658
Packs
Width mm 360 160 260 360 202 280 334 330 Page
of
Height mm 120 160 160 160 232 232 233 230
Depth mm 82 91 91 91 111 111 111 181
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9111.210 9112.210 9113.210 9114.210 9116.210 9117.210 9118.210 9119.210
Accessories
– 9112.700 9113.700 9114.700 9116.700 9117.700 9118.700 9118.700 29
Mounting plate Packs
– 2 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s).
of
Wall mounting bracket 2 pc(s). 9121.122 9121.160 9121.160 9121.160 9121.230 9121.230 9121.230 9121.230 29
Hinge, exterior 2 pc(s). 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 29

Accessories
Mounting plate Material:

– Sheet steel
For individual interior installation, with mounting
holes. Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Exterior dimensions mm
For GA enclosures Packs of Model No.
Width Height
114 69 9105.210 10 pc(s). 9105.700
109 107 9108.210 2 pc(s). 9108.700
207 107 9110.210 2 pc(s). 9110.700
144 142 9112.210 2 pc(s). 9112.700
245 142 9113.210 2 pc(s). 9113.700
346 142 9114.210 1 pc(s). 9114.700
183 214 9116.210 1 pc(s). 9116.700
264 214 9117.210 1 pc(s). 9117.700
314 214 9118.210/9119.210 1 pc(s). 9118.700
Wall mounting bracket For GA enclosures Packs of Model No.

For external mounting on surfaces – no need to 9108.210/
dismantle the cover if pre-assembled. 9110.210/ 2 pc(s). 9121.122
9111.210
Material: 9112.210/
– Sheet steel 9113.210/ 2 pc(s). 9121.160
9114.210
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated 9116.210/
9117.210/
2 pc(s). 9121.230
9118.210/
9119.210
Hinge, exterior For GA enclosures Packs of Model No.

For fastening the cover to the enclosure base. 9108.210/
9110.210/
Material: 9111.210/
– Die-cast aluminium 9112.210/
9113.210/ 2 pc(s).
Colour: 9123.000
9114.210/ + 8 screws
– RAL 7001 9116.210/
9117.210/
9118.210/
9119.210

Terminal boxes KL
System accessories Page 507 KL stainless steel Page 177 KL for potentially explosive areas Page 192 KL Hygienic Design Page 170
Material: Protection category IP to Approvals: Technical details:

– Enclosure: Sheet steel IEC 60 529: – UL Available on the Internet
– Cover: Sheet steel, all-round – IP 66 – CSA
foamed-in PU seal – TÜV
Protection category NEMA:
– Germanischer Lloyd
Surface finish: – NEMA 4
– Russian Maritime Register of
– Enclosure and cover: Dipcoat-
Supply includes: Shipping
primed, powder-coated on the
– Enclosure with cover – Lloyds Register of Shipping
outside, textured paint
– Quick-release fastener includ- – Bureau Veritas
Colour: ing plastic bushes – VDE
– RAL 7035
without gland plate

Height mm 150 150 200 150 200 200
Depth mm 80 80 80 80 80 80
Material thickness - enclosure mm 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Material thickness - cover mm 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1514.510 1528.510 1516.510 1515.510 1517.510 1518.510
Weight kg 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.6 3.2
Accessories
Mounting plates 1 pc(s). 1560.700 1575.700 1562.700 1561.700 1563.700 1564.700 591
Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 pc(s). 2314.000 2315.000 2315.000 2316.000 2316.000 2317.000 614
Support rails TS 35/15 – – – – – –
Cover retainer 3 pair(s) 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 574
Cover hinge 6 pc(s). 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 574
Earthing kit 5 pc(s). 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 646
Wall mounting bracket 4 pc(s). 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 587
Spare quick-release fastener 12 pc(s). 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000

Terminal boxes KL
without gland plate
Height mm 200 150 150 200 150 200
Depth mm 80 120 120 120 120 120
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1519.510 1500.510 1529.510 1502.510 1501.510 1503.510
Weight kg 4.6 1.6 1.8 2.3 2.6 3.0
Accessories
Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 pc(s). – 2314.000 2315.000 2315.000 2316.000 2316.000 614
Support rails TS 35/15 10 pc(s). 2319.000 – – – – – 614
Cover hinge 6 pc(s). 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 574
Earthing kit 5 pc(s). 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 646
without gland plate

Height mm 300 150 200 300 400 200
Depth mm 120 120 120 120 120 120
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1507.510 1589.510 1504.510 1508.510 1511.510 1505.510
Weight kg 4.0 3.2 3.6 4.8 6.2 4.4
Accessories
Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 pc(s). 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 – 614
Support rails TS 35/15 10 pc(s). – – – – – 2318.000 614
Cover hinge 6 pc(s). 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 574
Earthing kit 5 pc(s). 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 646
without gland plate

Height mm 300 200 300 400 200 400
Depth mm 120 120 120 120 120 120
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1509.510 1506.510 1510.510 1512.510 1527.510 1513.510
Weight kg 5.8 5.7 6.8 8.4 6.8 11.0
Accessories
Support rails TS 35/7.5 – – – – – –
Support rails TS 35/15 10 pc(s). 2318.000 2319.000 2319.000 2319.000 – – 614
Cover hinge 6 pc(s). 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 574
Earthing kit 5 pc(s). 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 646

Terminal boxes KL
System accessories Page 507 KL stainless steel Page 177 KL for potentially explosive areas Page 192 KL Hygienic Design Page 170

– Enclosure: Sheet steel – RAL 7035 – Enclosure with cover – UL
– Cover: Sheet steel, all-round – Quick-release fastener includ- – CSA
foamed-in PU seal ing plastic bushes – TÜV
IEC 60 529:
– Sheet steel gland plates with – Germanischer Lloyd
Surface finish: – IP 55
seals and assembly parts – Russian Maritime Register of
– Enclosure and cover: Dipcoat-
Protection category NEMA: Shipping
– NEMA 12 – Lloyds Register of Shipping
– Bureau Veritas
– VDE
Technical details:
Available on the Internet
with gland plate

Width mm Packs of 300 300 300 400 400 400 500 Page
Height mm 150 200 300 200 300 400 200
Depth mm 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
Material thickness - enclosure mm 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.25 1.38 1.38 1.25
Material thickness - cover mm 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1530.510 1531.510 1535.510 1532.510 1536.510 1539.510 1533.510
Weight kg 2.7 3.3 4.5 4.0 5.2 6.7 4.9
Gland plate (top + bottom), size 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Gland plate (top + bottom), qty. 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1 2+2
Gland plate (left + right), size – – 2 – 2 2 –
Gland plate (left + right), qty. – – 1+1 – 1+1 1+1 –
Accessories
Mounting plates 1 pc(s). 1561.700 1563.700 1567.700 1564.700 1568.700 1571.700 1565.700 591
Plastic cable gland plates see page see page see page see page see page see page see page 653
Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 pc(s). 2316.000 2316.000 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 – 614
Support rails TS 35/15 10 pc(s). – – – – – – 2318.000 614
Cover retainer 3 pair(s) 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 574
Cover hinge 6 pc(s). 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 574
Earthing kit 5 pc(s). 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 646
Wall mounting bracket 4 pc(s). 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 587
Spare quick-release fastener 12 pc(s). 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000

Terminal boxes KL
with gland plate
Height mm 300 200 300 400 200 400
Depth mm 120 120 120 120 120 120
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1537.510 1534.510 1538.510 1540.510 1542.510 1541.510
Weight kg 5.2 5.9 7.7 9.0 7.2 12.0
Gland plate (top + bottom), size 2 2 2 2 2 2
Gland plate (top + bottom), qty. 2+2 2+2 2+2 2+2 3+3 3+3
Gland plate (left + right), size 2 – 2 2 – 2
Gland plate (left + right), qty. 1+1 – 1+1 1+1 – 1+1
Accessories
Plastic cable gland plates see page see page see page see page see page see page 653
Support rails TS 35/7.5 – – – – – –
Support rails TS 35/15 10 pc(s). 2318.000 2319.000 2319.000 2319.000 – – 614
Cover hinge 6 pc(s). 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 574
Earthing kit 5 pc(s). 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 646
Accessories
Earthing set
see from page 644

E-Box EB
System accessories Page 507
Material: Protection category IP to Approvals:

F
– Enclosure and door: Sheet IEC 60 529: – UL
steel, all-round foamed-in PU – IP 66 – CSA T
seal – TÜV
– Enclosure and door: Dipcoat-
H
– Enclosure with hinged door – Lloyds Register of Shipping
G
– 180° hinge – Bureau Veritas
– Mounting plate: Zinc-plated
– Cam lock with 3 mm double-bit – VDE
Colour: insert
Technical details:
– RAL 7035 – Mounting plate
B
Depth 80 mm
Width (B) mm Packs of 150 150 200 200 200 Page
Height (H) mm 150 300 200 300 400
Depth (T) mm 80 80 80 80 80
Mounting plate width (F) mm 125 125 175 175 175
Mounting plate height (G) mm 135 285 185 285 385
Material thickness - enclosure mm 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Material thickness - door mm 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1551.500 1545.500 1546.500 1552.500 1547.500
Weight kg 1.7 2.6 2.4 3.2 4.4
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket 4 pc(s). 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 587
Pole clamp 1 set(s) 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
Mounting clip 30 pc(s). 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 614
Support rails see page see page see page see page see page 613
Cable glands from page from page from page from page from page 658
Earth straps see page see page see page see page see page 644
Lock cover 2 pc(s). 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 571
Lock systems from page from page from page from page from page 560

E-Box EB
Depth 120 mm
Width (B) mm Packs of 150 150 200 200 200 200 300 300 Page
Height (H) mm 150 300 200 300 400 500 300 400
Depth (T) mm 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
Mounting plate width (F) mm 125 125 175 175 175 175 275 275
Mounting plate height (G) mm 135 285 185 285 385 485 285 385
Material thickness - enclosure mm 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.38
Material thickness - door mm 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1553.500 1548.500 1549.500 1554.500 1550.500 1557.500 1555.500 1556.500
Weight kg 2.0 3.0 2.8 3.6 5.0 6.2 5.0 6.4
Accessories
Pole clamp 1 set(s) 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
Mounting clip 30 pc(s). 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 614
Support rails see page see page see page see page see page see page see page see page 613
Lock cover 2 pc(s). 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 571
Lock systems from page from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 560
Depth 155 mm
Width (B) mm Packs of 300 300 300 Page
Height (H) mm 400 600 800
Depth (T) mm 155 155 155
Mounting plate width (F) mm 275 275 275
Mounting plate height (G) mm 385 585 785
Material thickness - enclosure mm 1.38 1.38 1.38
Material thickness - door mm 1.25 1.25 1.25
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1577.500 1578.500 1579.500
Weight kg 7.1 11.0 13.2
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket 4 pc(s). 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 587
Pole clamp 1 set(s) 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
Mounting clip 30 pc(s). 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 614
Support rails see page see page see page 613
Cable glands from page from page from page 658
Earth straps see page see page see page 644
Lock cover 2 pc(s). 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 571
Lock systems from page from page from page 560
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket

see from page 587

Bus enclosures BG
System accessories Page 507 BG stainless steel Page 178

– Enclosure: Sheet steel IEC 60 529: – TÜV Available on the Internet
– Door: Sheet steel with poly- – IP 65 – Lloyds Register of Shipping
carbonate viewing window, – VDE
4 mm – UL
– NEMA 12
– cUL
Surface finish:
Supply includes:
– Enclosure with door
primed, powder-coated,
– Viewing window in the door
textured paint
Please note the product-specific
Colour: scope of supply.
– RAL 7035

Height mm 300 300 300 300
Depth mm 80 80 80 80
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1583.520 1584.520 1585.520 1586.520
Enclosure 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Material thickness mm
Door 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Product-specific scope of supply
Door hinge Left Left Left Left
Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 1 1 1
Support rail TS 35/7.5 2 2 2 2
M12 2 2 2 3
Number of metric holes M20 5 9 13 24
M25 2 2 3 –
Accessories
Lock cover 1 pc(s). 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 572
Wall mounting bracket 4 pc(s). 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 587
Pole clamp 1 pc(s). 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
Lock inserts, type A see page 570
Lock cylinder inserts, type B see page 571
Plastic handles, type B see page 569

Bus enclosures BG
Width mm Packs of 200 400 Page
Height mm 300 300
Depth mm 120 120
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1605.520 1606.520
Enclosure 1.25 1.38
Door 1.25 1.25
Door hinge Right Right
Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 1
Support rail TS 35/7.5 1 1
M12 2 –
M20 – 2
Number of metric holes
M32 5 9
M50 – 1
Accessories
Lock cover 1 pc(s). 2476.000 2476.000 572
Wall mounting bracket 4 pc(s). 1590.000 1590.000 587
Pole clamp 1 pc(s). 2584.000 2584.000 589

Height mm 200 200
Depth mm 125 125
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1558.510 1559.510
Enclosure 1.25 1.25
Door 1.25 1.25
Door hinge Bottom Bottom
Quick-release fastener 2 3
Gland plate in the base 1 1
Accessories
Pole clamp 1 pc(s). 2584.000 2584.000 589

Height mm 500 300
Depth mm 160 120
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1611.510 1609.510
Enclosure 1.38 1.38
Door 1.5 1.25
Door hinge Right Bottom
Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 –
Quick-release fastener – 2
Number of drilled holes for PG 13.5 or M20 33 48
Accessories
Lock cover 1 pc(s). 2476.000 – 572
Pole clamp 1 pc(s). 2584.000 2584.000 589

Bus enclosures BG
Width mm Packs of 400 400 400 Page
Height mm 300 300 300
Depth mm 155 155 155
Mounting plate width 385 385 385
Mounting plate height 275 275 275
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1577.500 1577.530 1577.450
Enclosure 1.38 1.38 1.38
Door 1.25 1.25 1.25
Door hinge Bottom Bottom Bottom
Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 1 1
Size mm – 340 x 190 340 x 155
Viewing window
Position1) mm – 42 92
Mounting plate 1 1 1
Gland plate in the base – – –
Accessories
Lock cover 1 pc(s). 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 572
Pole clamp 1 pc(s). 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
1) Bottom edge of window to bottom edge of door

Height mm 300 300 300
Depth mm 155 155 155
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1578.500 1578.530 1578.450
Enclosure 1.38 1.38 1.38
Door 1.25 1.25 1.25
Size mm – 540 x 190 540 x 155
Viewing window
Accessories
Lock cover 1 pc(s). 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 572
Pole clamp 1 pc(s). 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
1) Bottom edge of window to bottom edge of door

Bus enclosures BG
Height mm 300 300 300
Depth mm 155 155 155
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1579.500 1579.530 1579.450
Enclosure 1.38 1.38 1.38
Door 1.25 1.25 1.25
Size mm – 740 x 190 740 x 155
Viewing window
Accessories
Lock cover 1 pc(s). 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 572
Pole clamp 1 pc(s). 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
1)Bottom edge of window to bottom edge of door
Accessories
Metal gland plates

see page 655

Compact enclosures
Compact enclosures AE
Compact enclosures AE ...............................................................................46
Compact system enclosures CM

Width 600 – 800 mm....................................................................................50
Width 1000 – 1200 mm ................................................................................51
Plastic enclosures KS
Plastic enclosures KS ...................................................................................52


New
interior installation rail
◾ Retrospective interior installation without
machining
◾ Allows time-saving mounting on the sides,
base and roof areas
◾ Variable with two rows of TS 8 system
punchings, creates additional mounting
space
◾ TS 8 system punchings allow TS 8 acces-
sories to be used
◾ Automatic potential equalisation
◾ May still be fitted after installation of the
mounting plates
◾ Mounting option for door-operated switch
and door stay
Conductive mounting plate

◾ Simple one-person assembly even with
free-standing enclosures, via a slot in the
mounting plate
◾ Zinc-plated surface finish for direct contact
between assemblies and optimum EMC
properties
Interchangeable gland plate

◾ Sheet steel for simple machining, supplied
loose
◾ Integrated, automatic potential equalisa-
tion by mounting screws
◾ Other gland plates with metal or plastic
knock-outs for simple, fast cable entry are
available as accessories


Optimum surface protection 1
Triple surface treatment provides optimum

protection against corrosion.
Maximum quality is achieved in three stages:
1st phase: Nanoceramic primer
2nd phase: Electrophoretic dipcoat-priming
3rd phase: Textured powder-coating
Metal with triple surface treatment

(Rittal standard) following a 180-hour
salt spray mist test
Metal powder-coated only following a
2
180-hour salt spray mist test
Integral perforated door strips

◾ For universal door installations
◾ For secure cable routing from the door
to the enclosure
Interchangeable door hinge

◾ The door hinge is easily swapped over in
single-door enclosures
◾ No machining required, since the holes are
pre-integrated and sealed with stoppers
Practical
wall mounting bracket
◾ For fast, time-saving attachment to the
enclosure from the outside
◾ Simply insert the expandable dowel into
the enclosure hole from the outside, and
screw-fasten the wall bracket from the
outside. In this way, the pre-configured
enclosure may be transported to the
installation site and the wall bracket
secured without opening the enclosure.

System accessories Page 507 AE stainless steel Page 179 Hygienic Design Page 171
Material: Colour: Approvals:

F
– Enclosure: Sheet steel – RAL 7035 – UL
– Door: Sheet steel, all-round – CSA
Supply includes: T
foamed-in PU seal – TÜV B
– Enclosure with hinged door(s),
Surface finish: of all-round solid construction
– Enclosure and door: Dipcoat- – Gland plate(s) in enclosure
Shipping
primed, powder-coated on the base
G
– Lloyds Register of Shipping
outside, textured paint – Mounting plate
– Bureau Veritas
H
– Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Please note the product-specific
– VDE
scope of supply.
Technical details:
Packs
Width (B) mm 200 200 300 300 300 380 Page
of
Height (H) mm 300 300 300 300 400 300
Depth (T) mm 120 155 155 210 210 155
Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 162 254 254 254 334
Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 275 275 275 375 275
Material thickness - door mm 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Mounting plate thickness mm 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1032.500 1035.500 1036.500 1033.500 1034.500 1030.500
Weight kg 4.0 4.5 6.1 7.0 8.8 7.4
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529 IP 55 IP 55 IP 66 IP 66 IP 66 IP 66
Protection category NEMA NEMA 12 NEMA 12 NEMA 4 NEMA 4 NEMA 4 NEMA 4
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Door hinged on the right, may be swapped to the left – – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Gland plate, size 1 1 – – – 3
Gland plates, qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1
Cam lock 1 1 1 1 1 1
Accessories
Gland plates from page from page from page from page from page from page 653
Rails for interior installation 4 pc(s). – – – 2383.210 2383.210 – 605
Baying kit 1 set(s) 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 548
Door stay 5 pc(s). – – 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 578
180° hinges 2 pc(s). 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 574
Earth straps see page see page see page see page see page see page 644
LED system light 1 pc(s). 4140.810 4140.810 4140.810 4140.810 see page see page 637
Plastic wiring plan pocket from page from page from page from page from page from page 577
Dust guard trim 1 pc(s). 2426.500 2426.500 2426.500 2426.500 2426.500 2426.500 581
Lock systems from page from page from page from page from page from page 560

Packs
Width (B) mm 380 380 380 380 400 400 Page
of
Height (H) mm 300 380 600 600 500 800
Depth (T) mm 210 210 210 350 210 300
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1031.500 1380.500 1038.500 1338.500 1045.500 1037.500
Weight kg 7.5 9.8 15.6 19.4 13.0 26.2
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Door hinged on the right, may be swapped to the left ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Gland plate, size 3 3 3 4 4 4
Cam lock 1 1 2 2 2 2
Accessories
Rails for interior installation 4 pc(s). 2383.210 2383.210 2383.210 2383.350 2383.210 2383.300 605
Baying kit 1 set(s) 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 548
Door stay 5 pc(s). 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 578
180° hinges 2 pc(s). 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 574
LED system light see page see page see page see page see page see page 637
Packs
Width (B) mm 500 500 500 600 600 600 Page
of
Height (H) mm 500 500 700 380 380 600
Depth (T) mm 210 300 250 210 350 210
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1050.500 1350.500 1057.500 1039.500 1339.500 1060.500
Weight kg 16.8 19.6 31.2 15.4 20.0 22.8
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Cam lock 2 2 2 1 1 2
Accessories
Baying kit 1 set(s) 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 548
Door stay 5 pc(s). 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 578
180° hinges 2 pc(s). 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 574
20
Support strips 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 575
pc(s).

Packs
Width (B) mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 Page
of
Height (H) mm 600 600 760 760 800 1000
Depth (T) mm 250 350 210 350 250 250
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1054.500 1360.500 1076.500 1376.500 1058.500 1090.500
Weight kg 24.8 28.4 32.1 36.0 33.6 50.5
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Cam lock 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessories
Baying kit 1 set(s) 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 – 548
Door stay 5 pc(s). 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 578
180° hinges 2 pc(s). 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 574
20
Support strips 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 575
pc(s).
Packs
Width (B) mm 600 760 760 800 800 800 Page
of
Height (H) mm 1200 760 760 600 1000 1200
Depth (T) mm 300 210 300 300 300 300
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1260.500 1077.500 1073.500 1055.500 1180.500 1280.500
Weight kg 55.0 40.0 44.5 33.9 57.0 70.0
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Cam lock – 2 2 2 2 –
3-point lock system ◾ – – – – ◾
Accessories
Baying kit 1 set(s) – 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 – – 548
Door stay 5 pc(s). 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 578
180° hinges 2 pc(s). 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 574
20
Support strips 2326.000 2327.000 2327.000 2328.000 2328.000 2328.000 575
pc(s).
Eyebolts 4 pc(s). 2509.000 – – – – 2509.000 586

Packs
Width (B) mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Page
of
Height (H) mm 760 760 1000 1200 1400
Depth (T) mm 210 300 300 300 300
Mounting plate thickness mm 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1100.500 1130.500 1110.500 1213.500 1114.500
Weight kg 52.0 56.0 71.0 85.0 97.0
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55
Protection category NEMA NEMA 12 NEMA 12 NEMA 12 NEMA 12 NEMA 12
Door(s) 2 2 2 2 2
Door hinged on the right, may be swapped to the left – – – – –
Gland plate, size 4 4 4 4 4
Gland plates, qty. 2 2 2 2 2
Cam lock 2 2 2 – –
3-point lock system – – – ◾ ◾
Accessories
Gland plates from page from page from page from page from page 653
Rails for interior installation 4 pc(s). 2383.210 2383.300 2383.300 2383.300 2383.300 605
Baying kit 1 set(s) 1199.100 1199.100 – – – 548
Door stay 5 pc(s). 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 578
180° hinges 2 pc(s). 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 574
20
Support strips 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 575
pc(s).
Eyebolts 4 pc(s). – – – 2509.000 2509.000 586
LED system light see page see page see page see page see page 637
Plastic wiring plan pocket from page from page from page from page from page 577
Dust guard trim 1 pc(s). 2426.500 2426.500 2426.500 2426.500 2426.500 581
Accessories
Rain canopies
see page 580

System accessories Page 507 System lights Page 634 Cable duct Page 673 Climate control Page 307
Material: Protection category IP to Approvals: F

– Enclosure: Sheet steel 1.5 mm IEC 60 529: – UL
– Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm, all- – IP 55 with selection of the – CSA B
round foamed-in PU seal appropriate gland plates or trim – TÜV
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel panel – Lloyds Register of Shipping
3.0 mm
Protection category NEMA: Technical details:
Surface finish: – NEMA 12 with selection of the Available on the Internet
G
– Enclosure and door: Dipcoat- appropriate gland plates or trim
primed, powder-coated on the panel
H
Supply includes:
– Enclosure with hinged door(s)
Colour: – 3-point locking system with
– RAL 7035 double-bit insert
– Mounting plate T
– Open base for individual cable
entry
Width 600 – 800 mm
Height (H) mm 800 1000 1200 1200 1000 1000 1200 1200
Depth (T) mm 400 400 300 400 300 400 300 400
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5110.500 5111.500 5112.500 5113.500 5114.500 5115.500 5116.500 5117.500
Weight kg 39.0 49.0 52.0 56.0 57.0 61.0 65.0 71.0
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Door hinged on the right, may be swapped to the left ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Base/plinth from page from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 510
Trim panel 1 pc(s). 5001.130 5001.130 – 5001.130 – 5001.140 – 5001.140 117
Gland plates see page see page see page see page see page see page see page see page 525
Rails for interior installation, for height 4 pc(s). – 5001.052 5001.053 5001.053 5001.052 5001.052 5001.053 5001.053 605
Rails for interior installation, for width 4 pc(s). 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 605
TS punched section with mounting flange,
4 pc(s). 8612.140 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 606
17 x 73 mm, for depth
4 pc(s). 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 606
17 x 73 mm, for width
Base configuration rail 2 pc(s). 5001.370 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 608
TS support strips 20 pc(s). 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 575
Cable clamp rails 1 pc(s). 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 665
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets 1 pc(s). 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 578
Rain canopies, sheet steel 1 pc(s). 5001.310 5001.310 – 5001.310 – 5001.330 – 5001.330 580
Rail systems from page from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 605

Width 1000 – 1200 mm
Width (B) mm Packs of 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1200 Page
Height (H) mm 1000 1200 1200 1400 1400 1200
Depth (T) mm 300 300 400 300 400 400
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5118.500 5119.500 5120.500 5121.500 5122.500 5123.500
Weight kg 70.0 82.0 86.0 95.0 100.0 102.0
Door(s) 2 2 2 2 2 2
Door hinged on the right, may be swapped to the left – – – – – –
Accessories
Base/plinth from page from page from page from page from page from page 510
Trim panel 1 pc(s). – – 5001.150 – 5001.150 5001.160 117
Gland plates see page see page see page see page see page see page 525
Rails for interior installation, for height 4 pc(s). 5001.052 5001.053 5001.053 5001.054 5001.054 5001.053 605
Rails for interior installation, for width – – – – – 5001.053 605
4 pc(s). 8612.130 8612.130 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 8612.140 606
17 x 73 mm, for depth
4 pc(s). 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.020 606
17 x 73 mm, for width
Base configuration rail 2 pc(s). 5001.371 5001.371 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 5001.370 608
TS support strips 20 pc(s). 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4596.000 575
Cable clamp rails 1 pc(s). 5001.082 5001.082 5001.082 5001.082 5001.082 5001.083 665
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets 1 pc(s). 4115.500 4115.500 4115.500 4115.500 4115.500 4116.500 578
Rain canopies, sheet steel 1 pc(s). – – 5001.350 – 5001.350 5001.360 580
Rail systems from page from page from page from page from page from page 605
TS punched section with

Accessories
mounting flange
see page 606

System accessories Page 507 KS for potentially explosive areas Page 194
Material: – Twin seal on the top and bot- Approvals:

F
– Enclosure and door: Fibre- tom edges of the door as inte- – TÜV
glass-reinforced unsaturated gral rain protection strip – Germanischer Lloyd
polyester – Press-fitted C sections at the – Russian Maritime Register of T
B
– Door: All-round foamed-in PU sides for infinitely variable Shipping
seal mounting plate depth adjust- – Lloyds Register of Shipping
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel ment – Bureau Veritas
– Viewing window: Glazed Please note the product-specific
G
Technical details:
acrylic, 3.0 mm with all-round scope of supply.
rubber cable clamp strip
Note:
H
Surface finish: – Under the influence of long-
– Enclosure and door: Dyed term UV radiation (sunlight) in
plastic with no after-treatment conjunction with wind and rain,
– Mounting plate: Zinc-plated the surface finish may become
visually impaired. This does not
Colour:
affect the protection of the
installed electrical components
Supply includes: in any way. If the enclosures
– Enclosure with hinged door, of cannot be protected from UV
all-round solid construction, radiation, we recommend that
3 mm double-bit lock they should be painted with a
– Mounting plate PUR paint. Ambient tempera-
ture -30°C...+75°C.
Height (H) mm 300 350 400 400 400 600 600 500
Depth (T) mm 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 300
Mounting plate thickness mm 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1423.500 1432.500 1434.500 1444.500 1448.500 1446.500 1449.500 1453.500
Weight kg 3.4 4.3 5.9 7.9 8.0 11.5 11.2 13.5
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529 IP 66 IP 66 IP 66 IP 66 IP 56 IP 66 IP 56 IP 66
Protection category NEMA NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 12 NEMA 4X NEMA 12 NEMA 4X
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Door hinged on the right, may be swapped to the left ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Removable centre bar, lockable door on right – – – – – – – –
Viewing window – – – – ◾ – ◾ –
Cam lock 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
3-point lock system – – – – – – – –
Accessories
Mounting plate adjustment bracket 4 pc(s). 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1491.000 594
Threaded inserts M6 20 pc(s). 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 625
Pole clamp 1 set(s) 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589

Height (H) mm 500 600 600 800 800 1000 1000 1000
Depth (T) mm 300 200 200 300 300 300 300 300
Mounting plate thickness mm 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1454.500 1466.500 1467.500 1468.500 1469.500 1479.500 1480.500 1400.500
Weight kg 13.4 15.9 15.6 26.5 26.0 39.9 41.7 51.6
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529 IP 56 IP 66 IP 56 IP 66 IP 56 IP 56 IP 66 IP 56
Protection category NEMA NEMA 12 NEMA 4X NEMA 12 NEMA 4X NEMA 12 NEMA 12 NEMA 4X NEMA 12
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
Door hinged on the right, may be swapped to the left ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Removable centre bar, lockable door on right – – – – – – – ◾
Viewing window ◾ – ◾ – ◾ ◾ – –
Cam lock 2 2 2 – – – – –
3-point lock system – – – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Mounting plate adjustment bracket 4 pc(s). 1491.000 1481.000 1481.000 1491.000 1491.000 1491.000 1491.000 1491.000 594
Threaded inserts M6 20 pc(s). 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 625
Pole clamp 1 set(s) 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
Accessories
Spare filter mats

see page 371

Enclosure systems
Baying systems TS 8
Height 1200/1400 mm, depth 500 mm ........................................................63
Height 1600 mm, depth 500 mm..................................................................64
Electronic enclosures....................................................................................73
IP 66/NEMA 4 ..............................................................................................74
Distribution enclosures..................................................................................75
Modular enclosures, height 2000 mm...........................................................76
Modular enclosures, height 2200 mm...........................................................77
Fuse-switch disconnector enclosures ...........................................................78
Busbar enclosures........................................................................................79
EMC enclosures ...........................................................................................80
System enclosures SE 8
Width 600 – 800 mm....................................................................................81
Width 1000 – 1800 mm ................................................................................82
IP 66/NEMA 4 ..............................................................................................83

Baying systems TS 8

Improved mounting plate
◾ Simple, one-person assembly
◾ The mounting plate slides easily on slide
rails with plastic skids, slide rails may also
be used for interior installation
◾ Easy positioning of the mounting plate on
a 25 mm pitch pattern
New Flex-Block base/

plinth system
◾ Fast assembly by simply clipping together
the base/plinth components
◾ The enclosure is easily transported, both
when empty and fully configured, by
removing the base/plinth trim panel
◾ Space-saving cable management in
the base/plinth means more space for
enclosure configuration
Comprehensive
potential equalisation
◾ All panels and gland plates in standard
enclosures may be conductively con-
nected via assembly components

Baying systems TS 8

Versatile baying options
◾ Around corners, forwards, backwards,
to the left or right or even upwards; the
baying options are unlimited
◾ Baying connection technology for fast
assembly and stable, permanent baying
◾ Bayed TS 8 enclosures may be trans-
ported
Symmetrical frame
◾ Symmetrical layout supports access from
all sides
◾ Identical system accessories in the width
and depth for interior installation
◾ Accessible from all sides, due to hinged
side panels
Universal interior installation

◾ Two symmetrical levels with identical pitch
patterns in the width and depth
◾ Interior installation with two mounting
levels
◾ Up to 15% better space utilisation due to
consistent use of the outer mounting level
◾ Extensive system accessories tailored to
the frame section for individual interior
installation


Smart design
◾ High stability thanks to a self-supporting,
integral construction technique, roof and
sides from a single piece with extruded
“frame”
◾ High protection category
◾ Sheet steel and stainless steel versions for
almost every application area
Time-saving interior
installation
◾ Identical mounting plate and compatibility
with the TS 8 baying system for uniform
engineering
◾ Minimal assembly work due to the
extruded side panels
Unlimited
installation options
◾ Optimum cable entry
◾ Wide range of accessories with TS 8
system platform
◾ Different base/plinth variants:
Flex-Block, cable chamber or standard
base/plinth in sheet steel or stainless steel

Baying systems TS 8
System accessories Page 507 TS 8 stainless steel Page 182 TS 8 EMC-shielded Page 80 TS 8 IP 66/NEMA 4X Page 183
Material and surface finish: Supply includes: F

– Enclosure frame: Sheet steel, – Enclosure frame with door(s) F
T
1.5 mm, dipcoat-primed – Roof plate B
T B
– Roof: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, – Gland plates
dipcoat-primed, powder- – Rear panel
coated on the outside, – Mounting plate
textured paint – 4 eyebolts
– Door: Sheet steel, 2 mm, – Lock: 3 mm double-bit
G
G
dipcoat-primed, powder-
Note:
coated on the outside,
H
H
– Design enclosure width
textured paint
400 mm: Without tubular door
– Rear panel: Sheet steel,
frame, mounting plate and
1.5 mm, dipcoat-primed,
gland plates. Protection cate-
powder-coated on the outside,
gory IP 55 and NEMA 12 are
textured paint
not met
– Gland plates: Sheet steel,
1.5 mm, zinc-plated Approvals:
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel, – UL
3 mm, zinc-plated – CSA
– TÜV
Colour:
– Norske Veritas
– RAL 7035
Protection category IP to – Russian Maritime Register of
IEC 60 529: Shipping
– IP 55 – Lloyds Register of Shipping
– Bureau Veritas
– VDE
– NEMA 12
Technical details:

Baying systems TS 8
Height 1200/1400 mm, depth 500 mm
Height (H) mm 1200 1200 1200 1400 1400 1400
Depth (T) mm 500 500 500 500 500 500
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8615.500 8815.500 8215.500 8645.500 8845.500 8245.500
Door(s) 1 1 2 1 1 2
Weight kg 74.5 92.1 140.0 86.0 107.5 163.5
2 support strips fitted in the enclosure depth – – – – – –
Accessories
Side panels, screw-fastened, sheet steel 2 pc(s). 8115.235 8115.235 8115.235 8145.235 8145.235 8145.235 534
Divider panel – – – – – –
Divider panel for module plates – – – – – –
Glazed door – – – – – –
Flex-Block corner pieces, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8100.000 8100.000 8100.000 8100.000 8100.000 8100.000 511
Flex-Block trim panels, 100 mm, sealed, for width 1 set(s) 8100.600 8100.800 8100.120 8100.600 8100.800 8100.120 511
Flex-Block trim panels, 100 mm, sealed, for depth 1 set(s) 8100.500 8100.500 8100.500 8100.500 8100.500 8100.500 511
Base/plinth components, front and rear, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 513
Base/plinth trim panels, side, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 514
Levelling feet 4 pc(s). 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 520
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 612
8802.065 8802.085 8802.125 8802.065 8802.085 8802.125 652
Section for cable entry, rear
Packs of 1 set(s) 1 set(s) 2 set(s) 1 set(s) 1 set(s) 2 set(s)
8800.060 8800.080 8800.120 8800.060 8800.080 8800.120 650
Cable entry plates
Snap-on nut TS see page see page see page see page see page see page 618
TS support strips see page see page see page see page see page see page 609
Baying system from page from page from page from page from page from page 542
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets see page see page see page see page see page see page 578
180° hinges see page see page see page see page see page see page 574
Door stay for escape routes 1 pc(s). 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 578
Ride-up roller 10 pc(s). 4538.000 4538.000 4538.000 4538.000 4538.000 4538.000 579
Cable duct for vertical TS section see page see page see page see page see page see page 663
Cable duct see page see page see page see page see page see page 664
System lights from page from page from page from page from page from page 634

Baying systems TS 8
Height 1600 mm, depth 500 mm
Height (H) mm 1600 1600 1600
Depth (T) mm 500 500 500
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8665.500 8865.500 8265.500
Door(s) 1 1 2
Weight kg 100.0 103.0 159.3
2 support strips fitted in the enclosure depth – – –
Accessories
Side panels, screw-fastened, sheet steel 2 pc(s). 8165.235 8165.235 8165.235 534
Divider panel – – –
Divider panel for module plates – – –
Glazed door – – –
Flex-Block corner pieces, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8100.000 8100.000 8100.000 511
Flex-Block trim panels, 100 mm, sealed, for width 1 set(s) 8100.600 8100.800 8100.120 511
Flex-Block trim panels, 100 mm, sealed, for depth 1 set(s) 8100.500 8100.500 8100.500 511
Base/plinth components, front and rear, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 513
Base/plinth trim panels, side, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 514
Levelling feet 4 pc(s). 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 520
Cable clamp rails 2 pc(s). 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 665
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 612
8802.065 8802.085 8802.125 652
Packs of 1 set(s) 1 set(s) 2 set(s)
8800.060 8800.080 8800.120 650
Cable entry plates
Snap-on nut TS see page see page see page 618
TS support strips see page see page see page 609
Rail systems from page from page from page 602
Baying system from page from page from page 542
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets see page see page see page 578
180° hinges see page see page see page 574
Door stay for escape routes 1 pc(s). 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 578
Ride-up roller 10 pc(s). 4538.000 4538.000 4538.000 579
Cable duct for vertical TS section see page see page see page 663
Cable duct see page see page see page 664
Mounting plate – – –
System lights from page from page from page 634

Baying systems TS 8
Height (H) mm 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
Depth (T) mm 400 400 400 400 400
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8684.500 8884.500 8080.500 8084.500 8284.500
Door(s) 1 1 2 1 2
Weight kg 91.3 113.5 140.0 136.4 170.6
2 support strips fitted in the enclosure depth – – – – –
Accessories
Side panels, screw-fastened, sheet steel 2 pc(s). 8184.235 8184.235 8184.235 8184.235 8184.235 534
Divider panel 1 pc(s). 8609.840 8609.840 8609.840 8609.840 8609.840 537
Divider panel for module plates – – – – –
Glazed door 1 pc(s). 8610.685 8610.885 – – – 549
Flex-Block corner pieces, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8100.000 8100.000 8100.000 8100.000 8100.000 511
Flex-Block trim panels, 100 mm, sealed, for width 1 set(s) 8100.600 8100.800 8100.010 8100.010 8100.120 511
Flex-Block trim panels, 100 mm, sealed, for depth 1 set(s) 8100.400 8100.400 8100.400 8100.400 8100.400 511
Base/plinth components, front and rear, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.000 8601.200 513
Base/plinth trim panels, side, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 514
Levelling feet 4 pc(s). 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 520
Cable clamp rails 2 pc(s). 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4336.000 4196.000 665
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4946.000 4947.000 612
8802.065 8802.085 8802.105 8802.105 8802.125 652
Packs of 1 set(s) 1 set(s) 2 set(s) 2 set(s) 2 set(s)
8800.060 8800.080 8800.100 8800.100 8800.120 650
Cable entry plates
Packs of 2 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 4 pc(s). 4 pc(s). 4 pc(s).
Snap-on nut TS see page see page see page see page see page 618
TS support strips 20 pc(s). 4596.000 see page see page see page see page 609
Rail systems from page from page from page from page from page 602
Baying system from page from page from page from page from page 542
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets 1 pc(s). see page see page see page 4124.000 see page 578
180° hinges see page see page see page see page see page 574
Door stay for escape routes 1 pc(s). 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 578
Ride-up roller 10 pc(s). 4538.000 4538.000 4538.000 4538.000 4538.000 579
Cable duct for vertical TS section see page see page see page see page see page 663
Cable duct see page see page see page see page see page 664
Mounting plate – – – – –
System lights from page from page from page from page from page 634

Baying systems TS 8
Height (H) mm 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
Depth (T) mm 500 500 500 500 500
Mounting plate width (F) mm – 499 699 699 1099
Mounting plate height (G) mm – 1696 1696 1696 1696
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8485.510 8685.500 8880.500 8885.500 8285.500
Door(s) 1 1 2 1 2
Weight kg 49.2 93.8 122.5 115.8 173.3
Accessories
Divider panel for module plates 1 pc(s). 8609.100 8609.100 8609.100 8609.100 8609.100 538
Glazed door 1 pc(s). – 8610.685 – 8610.885 – 549
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). – 4944.000 4945.000 4945.000 4947.000 612
– 8802.065 8802.085 8802.085 8802.125 652
Packs of – 1 set(s) 1 set(s) 1 set(s) 2 set(s)
– 8800.060 8800.080 8800.080 8800.120 650
Cable entry plates
Packs of – 2 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 4 pc(s).
TS support strips – see page see page see page see page 609
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets – see page see page see page see page 578
Door stay for escape routes 1 pc(s). – 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 578
Mounting plate 1 pc(s). 8614.180 – – – – 591

Baying systems TS 8
Height (H) mm 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
Depth (T) mm 600 600 600 600 600
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8486.510 8686.500 8881.500 8886.500 8286.500
Door(s) 1 1 2 1 2
Weight kg 51.7 96.8 125.8 120.3 179.9
2 support strips fitted in the enclosure depth ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Glazed door 1 pc(s). – 8610.685 – 8610.885 – 549
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). – 4944.000 4945.000 4945.000 4947.000 612
– 8802.065 8802.085 8802.085 8802.125 652
– 8800.060 8800.080 8800.080 8800.120 650
Cable entry plates

Baying systems TS 8
Width (B) mm Packs of 600 800 1000 1200 Page
Height (H) mm 2000 2000 2000 2000
Depth (T) mm 400 400 400 400
Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 899 1099
Mounting plate height (G) mm 1896 1896 1896 1896
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8604.500 8804.500 8004.500 8204.500
Door(s) 1 1 2 2
Weight kg 99.0 124.0 152.8 184.5
2 support strips fitted in the enclosure depth – – – –
Accessories
Side panels, screw-fastened, sheet steel 2 pc(s). 8104.235 8104.235 8104.235 8104.235 534
Divider panel 1 pc(s). 8609.040 8609.040 8609.040 8609.040 537
Divider panel for module plates – – – –
Glazed door 1 pc(s). 8610.605 8610.805 – – 549
Flex-Block corner pieces, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8100.000 8100.000 8100.000 8100.000 511
Flex-Block trim panels, 100 mm, sealed, for width 1 set(s) 8100.600 8100.800 8100.010 8100.120 511
Flex-Block trim panels, 100 mm, sealed, for depth 1 set(s) 8100.400 8100.400 8100.400 8100.400 511
Base/plinth components, front and rear, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200 513
Base/plinth trim panels, side, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 514
Levelling feet 4 pc(s). 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 520
Cable clamp rails 2 pc(s). 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 665
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 612
8802.065 8802.085 8802.105 8802.125 652
Packs of 1 set(s) 1 set(s) 2 set(s) 2 set(s)
8800.060 8800.080 8800.100 8800.120 650
Cable entry plates
Packs of 2 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 4 pc(s). 4 pc(s).
Snap-on nut TS see page see page see page see page 618
TS support strips see page see page see page see page 609
Rail systems from page from page from page from page 602
Baying system from page from page from page from page 542
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets see page see page see page see page 578
180° hinges see page see page see page see page 574
Door stay for escape routes 1 pc(s). 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 578
Ride-up roller 10 pc(s). 4538.000 4538.000 4538.000 4538.000 579
Cable duct for vertical TS section see page see page see page see page 663
Cable duct see page see page see page see page 664
Mounting plate – – – –
System lights from page from page from page from page 634
Earth straps see page see page see page see page 644
Lock systems from page from page from page from page 561

Baying systems TS 8
Height (H) mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Depth (T) mm 500 500 500 500 500
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8405.510 8605.500 8805.500 8005.500 8205.500
Door(s) 1 1 1 2 2
Weight kg 60.7 101.3 126.3 157.1 190.6
Accessories
Glazed door 1 pc(s). – 8610.605 8610.805 – – 549
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). – 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 612
– 8802.065 8802.085 8802.105 8802.125 652
– 8800.060 8800.080 8800.100 8800.120 650
Cable entry plates

Baying systems TS 8
Height (H) mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Depth (T) mm 600 600 600 600 600
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8406.510 8606.500 8806.500 8006.500 8206.500
Door(s) 1 1 1 2 2
Weight kg 55.7 104.0 130.5 161.2 194.6
2 support strips fitted in the enclosure depth ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Glazed door 1 pc(s). – 8610.605 8610.805 – – 549
Base/plinth trim panels, side, 200 mm 1 set(s) 8602.060 8602.060 see page 8602.060 8602.060 514
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). – 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 612
– 8802.065 8802.085 8802.105 8802.125 652
– 8800.060 8800.080 8800.100 8800.120 650
Cable entry plates

Baying systems TS 8
Height (H) mm 2000 2000 2000
Depth (T) mm 800 800 800
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8608.500 8808.500 8208.500
Door(s) 1 1 2
Weight kg 111.3 137.0 203.0
2 support strips fitted in the enclosure depth ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Divider panel 1 pc(s). 8609.080 8609.080 8609.080 537
Divider panel for module plates – – –
Glazed door 1 pc(s). 8610.605 8610.805 – 549
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 612
8802.065 8802.085 8802.125 652
8800.060 8800.080 8800.120 650
Cable entry plates

Baying systems TS 8
Height (H) mm 2200 2200 2200
Depth (T) mm 600 600 600
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8626.500 8826.500 8226.500
Door(s) 1 1 2
Weight kg 113.1 139.3 208.0
2 support strips fitted in the enclosure depth ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Divider panel for module plates – – – 538
Glazed door 1 pc(s). 8610.625 8610.825 – 549
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 612
8802.065 8802.085 8802.125 652
8800.060 8800.080 8800.120 650
Cable entry plates

Baying systems TS 8
System accessories Page 507 482.6 mm (19") installation accessories Page 678 482.6 mm (19") climate control Page 307
Material and surface finish: – Rear door: Sheet steel, 2 mm, Supply includes: Approvals:
– Enclosure frame: Sheet steel, dipcoat-primed, powder- – Enclosure frame – UL
1.5 mm, dipcoat-primed coated on the outside, – Front frame (r/h hinge, opening – cUL
– Roof: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, textured paint angle 130°, held on the left via
Technical details:
dipcoat-primed, powder- – Gland plates: Sheet steel, mechanical snap fasteners)
coated on the outside, 1.5 mm, zinc-plated – Rear door (r/h hinge, may be
textured paint – Adaptor sections: Aluminium swapped to opposite side)
– Front frame: Extruded alumin- – Roof
Colour:
ium section with die-cast – Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm
– RAL 7035
corner pieces, powder-coated (19") attachment level
– Gland plates
Electronic enclosures
Units U Packs of 33 33 42 42 Page
Width mm 600 600 600 600
Height mm 1600 1600 2000 2000
Depth mm 600 800 600 800
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8410.510 8418.510 8430.510 8438.510
Door(s) 1 1 1 1
Accessories
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). 4944.000 4944.000 4944.000 4944.000 612
Baying system from page from page from page from page 542
Section for cable entry, rear 1 set(s) 8802.065 8802.065 8802.065 8802.065 652
Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19") 2 pc(s). 8613.360 8613.360 8613.300 8613.300 684
LED system light 1 pc(s). 4140.830 4140.830 4140.830 4140.830 637
Compact light 1 pc(s). 4140.010 4140.010 4140.010 4140.010 636

Baying systems TS 8
System accessories Page 507 Cable entry Page 650
Material and surface finish: – Base: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, Supply includes: F
– Enclosure frame: Sheet steel, dipcoat-primed, powder- – Enclosure frame with door
T B
1.5 mm, dipcoat-primed and coated on the outside, – Roof plate
powder-coated, textured paint textured paint – Base, solid
– Roof: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, – Mounting plate: Sheet steel, – Rear panel
dipcoat-primed and powder- 3 mm, zinc-plated – Mounting plate
coated, textured paint – 4 eyebolts
Colour:
G
– Door: Sheet steel, 2 mm, – Lock: 3 mm double-bit
– RAL 7035
dipcoat-primed and powder-
H
Approvals:
coated, textured paint Protection category IP to
– UL
– Rear panel: Sheet steel, IEC 60 529:
– cUL
1.5 mm, dipcoat-primed and – IP 66
powder-coated, textured paint
– NEMA 4
IP 66/NEMA 4
Width (B) mm Packs of 800 Page
Height (H) mm 2000
Depth (T) mm 600
Mounting plate width (F) mm 699
Mounting plate height (G) mm 1896
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8806.580
Accessories
Side panels, screw-fastened, sheet steel 2 pc(s). 8106.235 534
Quick-fit baying clamp, one-piece 6 pc(s). 8800.500 543
Baying clamp, horizontal 4 pc(s). 8800.400 543
Baying frame IP 66/NEMA 4, NEMA 4X 1 pc(s). 8700.010 535
Angular baying bracket 4 pc(s). 8800.430 545
Base/plinth components, front and rear, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.800 513
Base/plinth trim panels, side, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.060 514
Cable clamp rails 2 pc(s). 4192.000 665
Rail systems from page 602
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets 1 pc(s). 4118.000 578
Cable duct see page 664
System lights from page 634
Lock systems from page 561

Baying systems TS 8
System accessories Page 507 ISV assembly modules Page 299 TS enclosure (WxD 600 x 400/600 mm) Page 62
Material and surface finish: Colour: Supply includes:

– Enclosure frame: Sheet steel, – RAL 7035 – Enclosure frame with door(s)
1.5 mm, dipcoat-primed – Three-piece gland plates
Basis of test:
– Roof: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, – Rear panel
– IEC 61 439-1/-2
dipcoat-primed, powder- – Roof plate
coated on the outside, Protection category IP to – 4 eyebolts
textured paint IEC 60 529: – Lock: 3 mm double-bit
– Door: Sheet steel, 2 mm, – IP 55
dipcoat-primed, powder-
– NEMA 12
textured paint
textured paint
1.5 mm, zinc-plated
Distribution enclosures
Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000
Depth mm 400 600 400 600
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9666.955 9666.915 9666.965 9666.925
Door(s) 1 1 2 2
Weight kg 111.0 117.0 146.0 156.0
Also required
Mounting angle 2 pc(s). 9666.712 9666.712 9666.712 9666.712
Installation kit 1 pc(s). 9666.910 9666.910 9666.920 9666.920
Depth stay 2 pc(s). – – 9666.730 9666.730
Accessories
Roof plates 1 pc(s). 9665.953 9665.913 9665.963 9665.923 583
Cable entry glands see page see page see page see page 584
Angular baying bracket 4 pc(s). 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 545
Baying connector, external 6 pc(s). 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 544

Baying systems TS 8
System accessories Page 507 Installation accessories for TS modular front design Page 552 Compartment configuration Page 283
Material and surface finish: Colour: Protection category IP to Technical details:

– Enclosure frame: Sheet steel, – RAL 7035 IEC 60 529: Available on the Internet
1.5 mm, dipcoat-primed – Up to IP 54, depending on the
Basis of test:
– Rear panel: Sheet steel, panels
– IEC 61 439-1/-2
– IEC 61 641 Supply includes:
– Enclosure frame
textured paint
– Rear panel
– Three-piece gland plates
1.5 mm, zinc-plated
Modular enclosures, height 2000 mm

Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Depth mm 600 600 600 800 800 800
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9670.406 9670.606 9670.806 9670.408 9670.608 9670.808
Weight kg 43.8 51.0 61.0 46.0 53.7 64.2
Accessories
Angular baying bracket 4 pc(s). 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 545
Baying connector, external 6 pc(s). 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 544
Roof plates see page see page see page see page see page see page 583
Partial doors see page see page see page see page see page see page 552
Front trim panels, top see page see page see page see page see page see page 553
Front trim panels, bottom see page see page see page see page see page see page 553

Baying systems TS 8
Modular enclosures, height 2200 mm
Height mm 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200
Depth mm 600 600 600 800 800 800
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9670.426 9670.626 9670.826 9670.428 9670.628 9670.828
Weight kg 43.2 54.0 59.4 46.1 55.8 66.0
Accessories
Angular baying bracket 4 pc(s). 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 545
Baying connector, external 6 pc(s). 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 544
Roof plates see page see page see page see page see page see page 583
Partial doors see page see page see page see page see page see page 552
Front trim panels, top see page see page see page see page see page see page 553
Front trim panels, bottom see page see page see page see page see page see page 553
Accessories
Drawer
see page 554

Baying systems TS 8
System accessories Page 507 Compartment configuration Page 283
Material and surface finish: Colour: Supply includes: Technical details:

– Enclosure frame: Sheet steel, – RAL 7035 – Enclosure frame with r/h door Available on the Internet
1.5 mm, dipcoat-primed hinge, left side open
Basis of test:
– Roof: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, – Roof
– IEC 61 439-1/-2
– IEC 61 641
coated on the outside, – Three-piece gland plates
textured paint Protection category IP to – Punched sections without
– Door: Sheet steel, 2 mm, IEC 60 529: mounting flanges 23 x 73 mm
dipcoat-primed, powder- – Up to IP 3X, depending on the for enclosure height
coated on the outside, panels – Lock: 3 mm double-bit
textured paint
textured paint
1.5 mm, zinc-plated
– Punched section without
mounting flange: Sheet steel,
zinc-plated
Fuse-switch disconnector enclosures

Height mm 2000 2000 2000
Depth mm 600 600 800
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9670.006 9670.106 9670.108
Weight kg 97.0 116.0 123.0
Accessories
Angular baying bracket 4 pc(s). 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 545
Baying connector, external 6 pc(s). 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 544
Front trim panels 1 set(s) 9674.340 9674.340 9674.340 290
Contact hazard protection cover plate 1 set(s) 9674.362 9674.366 – 291
Roof plates 1 pc(s). 9660.255 9660.265 9659.555 583

Baying systems TS 8
System accessories Page 507 Base/plinth Page 512 Compartment configuration Page 283
Material and surface finish: Colour: Supply includes: Technical details:

– Enclosure frame: Sheet steel, – RAL 7035 – Enclosure frame Available on the Internet
1.5 mm, dipcoat-primed – Front trim panel
Basis of test:
– Roof: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, – Roof
– IEC 61 439-1/-2
– IEC 61 641
coated on the outside, – Gland plate
textured paint Protection category IP to
Note:
– Front trim panel: Sheet steel, IEC 60 529:
– The busbar enclosure is on one
1.5 mm, dipcoat-primed, – IP 55
base/plinth together with the
main enclosure, i.e. please
textured paint
select a base/plinth for the
main enclosure which is
200 mm wider.
textured paint
– Gland plate: Sheet steel,
textured paint
Busbar enclosures
Height mm 2000 2200 2000
Depth mm 600 600 800
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9670.206 9670.226 9670.208
Weight kg 34.0 36.6 37.5
Accessories
Angular baying bracket 4 pc(s). 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 545
Baying connector, external 6 pc(s). 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 544
Coupling set mounting kit 1 set(s) 9674.196 9674.196 9674.198 288

Baying systems TS 8
System accessories Page 507 Baying systems TS 8 Page 62 Baying system TS 8, stainless steel Page 182
The large enclosures in the TS 8 Material: Surface finish:

series offer a good level of shield- – Enclosure frame: Sheet steel – Enclosure frame: Uncoated
ing across a broad frequency with aluminium zinc coating, – Door, rear panel and roof:
range, even in the standard ver- 1.5 mm Spray-finished on the outside
sion. For increased EMC require- – Roof: Sheet steel with alumin- and paint-free on the inside
ments, Rittal offers the TS 8 ium zinc coating, 1.5 mm – Gland plates: Zinc-plated
enclosure in a version certified by – Door: Sheet steel with alumin- – Mounting plate: Zinc-plated
the VDE with high RF attenuation. ium zinc coating, 2.0 mm
Colour: Note:
– Rear panel: Sheet steel with
– RAL 7035 – For bayed enclosures, the EMC
aluminium zinc coating,
baying seal is required
1.5 mm Supply includes:
– Gland plates: Sheet steel, – Enclosure frame with door Approvals:
1.5 mm – Rear panel and roof plate – VDE
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel detachable
3.0 mm – Gland plates, divided
– Door hinged on the right, may
be swapped to the left
– Mounting plate
– 4 eyebolts
EMC enclosures
Height mm 2000 2000
Depth mm 600 800
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8806.750 8808.750
Accessories
EMC side panels 2 pc(s). 8106.750 8108.750 640
EMC baying seal 1 pc(s). 8800.690 8800.690 640
EMC divider panel seal 1 pc(s). 4348.000 4348.000 640
Base/plinth from page from page 510
Rail for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief 1 pc(s). 2388.800 2388.800 641
EMC shielding bracket see page see page 641
EMC shield bus see page see page 642
EMC gland plates 1 set(s) 8800.680 8800.680 641
EMC earth clamps see page see page 642
EMC cable glands see page see page 642
Baying system from page from page 542
Cable duct for vertical TS section see page see page 663
Cable duct see page see page 664
Snap-on nut TS see page see page 618
Rail systems from page from page 602
System lights from page from page 634
Earth straps see page see page 644
Earthing strap see page see page 644
Lock systems from page from page 561

System accessories Page 184 SE 8 stainless steel Page 185
Free-standing enclosure system – Mounting plate: Sheet steel, Supply includes: F

based on the TS 8 platform. Sys- 3 mm, zinc-plated – Enclosure, solid top and sides
T B
tem accessories for TS 8 interior – Gland plates: Sheet steel, – Door(s)
installation can be used without 1.5 mm, zinc-plated – R/h door hinge with single-door
restriction. enclosures, may be swapped
Colour:
to opposite side
Material and surface finish: – RAL 7035
– Mounting plate
– Enclosure: Sheet steel,
G
Protection category IP to – Gland plates
IEC 60 529: – Rear panel, detachable
H
– IP 55 – Lock: 3 mm double-bit
textured paint
– Door: Sheet steel, 2 mm, Protection category NEMA: Approvals:
dipcoat-primed, powder- – NEMA 12 – UL
coated on the outside, – cUL
textured paint
Technical details:
textured paint
Width 600 – 800 mm
Height (H) mm 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000
Depth (T) mm 400 400 400 500 600
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5830.500 5831.500 5832.500 5833.500 5834.500
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1
Rear panel, one-piece ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Weight kg 99.0 118.0 131.0 134.0 142.0
Accessories
Base/plinth from page from page from page from page from page 510
Eyebolts 4 pc(s). 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 586
TS punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm 4 pc(s). 8612.560 8612.580 8612.580 8612.550 8612.560 607
Cable entry plates 2 pc(s). 8800.060 8800.080 8800.080 8800.080 8800.080 650
Section for cable entry, rear 1 set(s) 8802.065 8802.085 8802.085 8802.085 8802.085 652
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). 4944.000 4945.000 4945.000 4945.000 4945.000 612
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets see page see page see page see page see page 578
TS punched section without mounting flange, 45 x 88 mm 2 pc(s). 8612.660 8612.680 8612.680 see page see page 608
TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm 2 pc(s). 8612.760 8612.780 8612.780 see page see page 608
TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm see page see page see page see page see page 609
Door stay for escape routes 1 pc(s). 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 578

Width 1000 – 1800 mm
Width (B) mm Packs of 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1600 1800 Page
Height (H) mm 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 1800 2000
Depth (T) mm 400 400 400 500 600 400 500
Mounting plate width (F) mm 899 1099 1099 1099 1099 1499 1699
Mounting plate height (G) mm 1696 1696 1896 1896 1896 1696 1896
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5840.500 5841.500 5843.500 5844.500 5845.500 5842.500 5846.500
Door(s) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Rear panel, one-piece ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
Rear panel, two-piece – – – – – ◾ ◾
Weight kg 145.0 175.0 193.0 195.0 210.0 222.0 273.0
Accessories
Base/plinth from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 510
Levelling feet 4 pc(s). 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 520
Eyebolts 4 pc(s). 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 586
Rail systems from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 602
TS punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm 4 pc(s). 8612.500 8612.520 8612.520 see page see page – 8612.550 607
Cable entry plates 4 pc(s). 8800.100 8800.120 8800.120 8800.120 8800.120 – – 650
Section for cable entry, rear 2 set(s) 8802.105 8802.125 8802.125 8802.125 8802.125 8802.165 – 652
Cable clamp rails 2 pc(s). 4336.000 4196.000 4196.000 4196.000 4196.000 4338.000 4339.000 665
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). 4946.000 4947.000 4947.000 4947.000 4947.000 – – 612
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets 1 pc(s). see page see page see page see page see page see page 4123.000 578
180° hinges see page see page see page see page see page see page see page 574
System lights from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 634
Earth straps see page see page see page see page see page see page see page 644
TS punched section without mounting flange,
2 pc(s). – – – 8612.650 8612.660 – 8612.650 608
45 x 88 mm
TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm 2 pc(s). – – – 8612.750 8612.760 – 8612.750 608
TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm 4 pc(s). 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.250 8612.260 8612.240 8612.250 609
Door stay for escape routes 1 pc(s). 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 578
Lock systems from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 561
Perforex
see page 488
New

System accessories Page 507 SE 8 stainless steel Page 185
The system enclosure is based on – Mounting plate: Sheet steel, Supply includes: F
the TS 8 platform. System acces- 3 mm, zinc-plated – Enclosure, solid top and sides
T B
sories for interior installation in the – Base: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, – Door(s)
TS 8 design can be used without dipcoat-primed and powder- – Door hinged on the right, may
restrictions. coated, textured paint be swapped to the left
– Mounting plate
Material and surface finish: Colour:
– Base, solid
– Enclosure: Sheet steel, – RAL 7035
G
– Rear panel
Protection category IP to – Lock: 3 mm double-bit
H
IEC 60 529:
textured paint Approvals:
– IP 66
– Door: Sheet steel, 2 mm, dip- – UL
coat-primed, powder-coated Protection category NEMA: – cUL
on the outside, textured paint – NEMA 4
Technical details:
textured paint
IP 66/NEMA 4
Height (H) mm 1800 1800 2000
Depth (T) mm 400 400 600
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5830.580 5831.580 5834.580
Door(s) 1 1 1
Accessories
Eyebolts 4 pc(s). 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 586
TS punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm 4 pc(s). 8612.560 8612.580 see page 607
C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). 4944.000 4945.000 see page 612
TS punched section without mounting flange, 45 x 88 mm 2 pc(s). 8612.660 8612.680 see page 608
TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm 2 pc(s). 8612.760 8612.780 see page 608
TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm see page see page see page 609

Network/server enclosures TS IT
TS IT with vented door for room climate control............................................90
TS IT with glazed door for rack climate control..............................................92
TS IT with glazed door for rack climate control, pre-configured.....................94
TS IT with glazed door for rack climate control, IP 55 ...................................95
Distributor racks
Data Rack ....................................................................................................96
IT enclosures
VerticalBox ...................................................................................................97
FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles...............................................98
FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame ................................................99
Wall-mounted enclosure EL, 3-part,
pre-configured with mounting angles ..........................................................100
pre-configured with punched rails and mounting angles .............................101
with mounting plate and mounting angles...................................................102
Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles............104
Small fibre-optic distributor with mounting plate
and splicing cassette accommodation ........................................................105


Fast and secure
◾ Fast: Loosen the 482.6 mm (19˝) quick-
release fastener, slide into the correct
position with infinite adjustment, and latch
◾ Secure: Maximum load capacity
up to 15,000 N
Convenience in perfection
◾ Interior installation – side offset and
alternative mounting dimensions are
easily achieved
◾ Distance between levels – directly identi-
fied, thanks to integral pitch pattern
◾ U labelling – front and rear, legible on both
sides from the front
Convincing door concept

◾ Glazed or vented door
◾ Doors with 180° hinges and comfort
handle prepared for individual locks
◾ Divided rear door for space-optimised
positioning
◾ Optimised air throughput ~ 85% perfo-
rated open surface area
Multi-functional roof
◾ Brush strips for cable entry across the
entire enclosure depth
◾ Cable clamping directly behind the brush
strip
◾ Fan mounting plate or spacer for active
and passive climate control


Tool-free installation
◾ Tool-free installation of all slide rails,
component shelves, telescopic slides
and much more
◾ Simply locate into the rear mounting angle,
extend to the required size, and secure at
the front
Quick-assembly side panel

◾ Divided side panel for simple one-person
assembly
◾ Locate side panel at the top, slot in at
the bottom, snap shut – and it’s done,
no screw-fastening required
◾ Quick-release fasteners with integral lock,
additionally with internal latch for
enhanced security
Built-in added value

◾ Prepared for Dynamic Rack Control or
cable management
◾ Ready to use for space-saving, clip-on
mounting of the Rittal PDU busbar; on
both sides in the zero-U space between
the mounting angle and side panel
Ingenious climate control

concept
◾ Fully suitable for rack/suite and room
cooling
◾ Variable termination at the sides with
all-round brush strip
◾ 6 U mounting space additionally inte-
grated into the compartmentalisation

IT power Page 407 System accessories Page 507 Monitoring Page 445 IT cooling Page 427

– Sheet steel – Enclosure frame and panels: – TS 8 enclosure frame with – UL
RAL 7035 doors and roof plate – cUL
Surface finish:
– Interior installation: RAL 9005 Please note the product-specific
– Enclosure frame: Dipcoat- Technical details:
scope of supply.
primed Load capacity of the 482.6 mm Available on the Internet
– Interior installation: Dipcoat- (19") mounting angles: Note:
primed – 15000 N – Depending on the siting type
– Doors and roof: Dipcoat- and location, the door opening
primed, powder-coated may vary for selected applica-
tions
with vented door for room climate control

Units U Packs of 24 42 42 42 42 Page
Width mm 800 600 600 800 800
Height mm 1200 2000 2000 2000 2000
Depth mm 1000 1000 1200 1000 1200
Distance between mounting levels, pre-configured mm 745 745 745 745 745
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5504.110 5508.110 5510.110 5509.110 5511.110
Sheet steel door at the front, vented (vented surface area
1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
approx. 85% perforated), 180° hinges
Sheet steel door at the rear, vented (vented surface area
1 pc(s). ◾ – – – –
Lock front and rear: Comfort handle for semi-cylinders and
1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
security lock 3524 E
Two 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles front and rear, variably
◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
mounted on support strips with quick-release fasteners
Roof plate, multi-piece, removable, with side cable entry in
1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
the depth and covered cut-out for fan mounting plate
Spacers to raise the fan cover plate, for passive cooling
4 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(supplied loose)
Potential equalisation with earthing point (supplied loose) 1 set(s) ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Multi-tooth screws M5, cage nuts M5, conductive
50 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(supplied loose)
Sheet steel door at the rear, vertically divided, vented
1 pc(s). – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(vented surface area approx. 85% perforated), 180° hinges
Accessories
Side panels, divided 1 pc(s). – 5501.030 5501.040 5501.030 5501.040 536
Side panel, lockable 2 pc(s). 7824.120 7824.200 – 7824.200 – 536
Base mount 2 pc(s). 5501.320 5501.320 5501.350 5501.320 5501.350 524
Gland plates 1 set(s) 5502.550 5502.540 5502.560 5502.550 5502.570 528
Fan mounting plates 1 pc(s). 5502.020 5502.010 5502.010 5502.020 5502.020 437
Air baffle plates 1 set(s) – 5501.805 5501.805 5501.815 5501.815 692
Cable route 1 pc(s). – 5502.120 5502.120 5502.120 5502.120 672
Cable duct 1 pc(s). – 5502.105 5502.105 5502.105 5502.105 673
Component shelves from page from page from page from page from page 627
Slide rails from page from page from page from page from page 687

with vented door for room climate control
Width mm 600 600 800 800
Height mm 2200 2200 2200 2200
Depth mm 1000 1200 1000 1200
Distance between mounting levels, pre-configured mm 745 745 745 745
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5513.110 5515.110 5514.110 5516.110
Sheet steel door at the front, vented (vented surface area
1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Sheet steel door at the rear, vertically divided, vented
1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(vented surface area approx. 85% perforated), 180° hinges
Lock front and rear: Comfort handle for semi-cylinders
1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
and security lock 3524 E
◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Roof plate, multi-piece, removable, with side cable entry in the
1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
depth and covered cut-out for fan mounting plate
4 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(supplied loose)
Potential equalisation with earthing point (supplied loose) 1 set(s) ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
50 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(supplied loose)
Accessories
Side panels, divided 1 pc(s). 5501.060 5501.070 5501.060 5501.070 536
Side panel, lockable 2 pc(s). 7824.220 – 7824.220 – 536
Base mount 2 pc(s). 5501.320 5501.350 5501.320 5501.350 524
Gland plates 1 set(s) 5502.540 5502.560 5502.550 5502.570 528
Base/plinth from page from page from page from page 510
Fan mounting plates 1 pc(s). 5502.010 5502.010 5502.020 5502.020 437
Air baffle plates 1 set(s) 5501.825 5501.825 5501.835 5501.835 692
Cable route 1 pc(s). 5502.120 5502.120 5502.120 5502.120 672
Cable duct 1 pc(s). 5502.145 5502.145 5502.145 5502.145 673
Component shelves from page from page from page from page 627
Slide rails from page from page from page from page 687
PDU –
Power Distribution Unit
see page 416
New

Material: Colour: Note: Approvals:

– Sheet steel – Enclosure frame and panels: – Depending on the siting type – UL
– Glazed door: Single-pane RAL 7035 and location, the door opening – cUL
safety glass, 3 mm – Interior installation: RAL 9005 may vary for selected applica-
Technical details:
tions
Surface finish: Load capacity of the 482.6 mm Available on the Internet
– Enclosure frame: Dipcoat- (19") mounting angles:
primed – 15000 N
– Interior installation: Dipcoat-
Supply includes:
primed
– TS 8 enclosure frame with
– Doors and roof: Dipcoat-
doors and roof plate
primed, powder-coated
scope of supply.
with glazed door for rack climate control

Width mm 800 800 800 600 600
Height mm 1200 1200 1800 2000 2000
Depth mm 800 1000 800 1000 1200
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5503.120 5504.120 5505.120 5508.120 5510.120
Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180° hinges 1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Sheet steel door at the rear, 180° hinges 1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ – – –
1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Roof plate, multi-piece, removable, with side cable entry in
1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
the depth and covered cut-out for fan mounting plate
4 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(supplied loose)
50 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(supplied loose)
Sheet steel door at the rear, vertically divided, 180° hinges 1 pc(s). – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Side panels, divided 1 pc(s). – – 5501.000 5501.030 5501.040 536
Side panel, lockable 2 pc(s). 7824.128 7824.120 7824.188 7824.200 – 536
Base mount 2 pc(s). 5501.310 5501.320 5501.310 5501.320 5501.350 524
Air baffle plates 1 set(s) – – – 5501.805 5501.805 692
Cable route 1 pc(s). – – – 5502.120 5502.120 672
Cable duct 1 pc(s). – – – 5502.105 5502.105 673

with glazed door for rack climate control
Width mm 800 800 800 800 800
Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2200
Depth mm 600 800 1000 1200 800
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5506.120 5507.120 5509.120 5511.120 5512.120
Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180° hinges 1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Sheet steel door at the rear, vertically divided, 180° hinges 1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Roof plate, multi-piece, removable, for horizontal cable entry
1 pc(s). ◾ – – – –
at the rear and covered cut-out for fan mounting plate
4 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(supplied loose)
50 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(supplied loose)
Roof plate, multi-piece, removable, with side cable entry
1 pc(s). – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
in the depth and covered cut-out for fan mounting plate
Accessories
Side panels, divided 1 pc(s). 5501.010 5501.020 5501.030 5501.040 5501.050 536
Side panel, lockable 2 pc(s). 7824.206 7824.208 7824.200 – 7824.228 536
Base mount 2 pc(s). 5501.300 5501.310 5501.320 5501.350 5501.310 524
Air baffle plates 1 set(s) 5501.815 5501.815 5501.815 5501.815 5501.835 692
Cable route 1 pc(s). 5502.120 5502.120 5502.120 5502.120 5502.120 672
Cable duct 1 pc(s). 5502.105 5502.105 5502.105 5502.105 5502.145 673
LCP –
Liquid Cooling Package
see page 429
New

Material: Surface finish: Load capacity of the 482.6 mm Note:

– Sheet steel – Enclosure frame: Dipcoat- (19") mounting angles: – Depending on the siting type
– Glazed door: Single-pane primed – 15000 N and location, the door opening
safety glass, 3 mm – Interior installation: Dipcoat- may vary for selected applica-
Supply includes:
primed tions
– TS 8 enclosure frame with
– Doors and roof: Dipcoat-
doors and roof plate Technical details:
Please note the product-specific Available on the Internet
Colour: scope of supply.
– Enclosure frame and panels:
RAL 7035
– Interior installation: RAL 9005
with glazed door for rack climate control, pre-configured

Units U Packs of 42 Page
Width mm 800
Height mm 2100
Depth mm 800
Distance between mounting levels, pre-configured mm 545
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5507.150
Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180° hinges 1 pc(s). ◾
Sheet steel door at the rear, vertically divided, 180° hinges 1 pc(s). ◾
Lock front and rear: Comfort handle for semi-cylinders and security
1 pc(s). ◾
lock 3524 E
◾
Roof plate, multi-piece, removable, with side cable entry in the depth
1 pc(s). ◾
and covered cut-out for fan mounting plate
4 pc(s). ◾
(supplied loose)
Potential equalisation incl. central earthing point, pre-configured 1 set(s) ◾
Multi-tooth screws M5, cage nuts M5, conductive (supplied loose) 50 pc(s). ◾
Base mount 1 pc(s). ◾
Base module mounted at front as infill panel 1 pc(s). ◾
Flex-Block base/plinth 100 mm, vented 1 set(s) ◾
Side panels, one-piece, lockable 2 pc(s). ◾
Levelling feet incl. base/plinth adaptor sleeve (supplied loose) 1 set(s) ◾
Accessories
Gland plates 1 set(s) 5502.530 529
Fan mounting plates 1 pc(s). 5502.020 437
Air baffle plates 1 set(s) 5501.815 692
Cable route 1 pc(s). 5502.120 672
Cable duct 1 pc(s). 5502.105 673
Component shelves from page 627
Slide rails from page 687


– Sheet steel – Enclosure frame and panels: – TS 8 enclosure frame with – UL
– Glazed aluminium door with RAL 7035 doors and roof plate – cUL
3 mm single-pane safety glass – Interior installation: RAL 9005 Please note the product-specific
Technical details:
scope of supply.
Surface finish: Protection category IP to Available on the Internet
– Enclosure frame: Dipcoat- IEC 60 529: Note:
primed – IP 55 – Depending on the siting type
– Interior installation: Dipcoat- and location, the door opening
Load capacity of the 482.6 mm
primed may vary for selected applica-
(19") mounting angles:
– Doors and roof: Dipcoat- tions
– 15000 N
with glazed door for rack climate control, IP 55

Units U Packs of 42 42 47 Page
Width mm 800 800 800
Height mm 2000 2000 2200
Depth mm 800 1000 1000
Distance between mounting levels, pre-configured mm 545 745 745
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5507.130 5509.130 5514.130
Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180° hinges 1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾
Sheet steel door at the rear, 180° hinges 1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾
1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾
Base tray and gland plate, multi-piece, solid 1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾
Roof plate, one-piece, solid 1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾
◾ ◾ ◾
Potential equalisation with earthing point (supplied loose) 1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾
Multi-tooth screws M5, cage nuts M5, conductive (supplied
50 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾
loose)
Baying seal and sealing kit for gland plates (supplied loose) 1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Side panels, screw-fastened, sheet steel 2 pc(s). 8108.235 8100.235 – 534
Base/plinth from page from page from page 510
Air baffle plates 1 set(s) 5501.815 5501.815 5501.835 692
Cable route 1 pc(s). 5502.120 5502.120 5502.120 672
Component shelves, depth-variable see page see page see page 630
Component shelves, pull-out see page see page see page 630
Cable duct 1 pc(s). 5502.105 5502.105 5502.145 673
Slide rails, static installation 2 pc(s). 5501.400 5501.400 5501.400 687
Slide rails, depth-variable 2 pc(s). 5501.460 5501.480 5501.480 687
Cable management from page from page from page 663
PDU international from page from page from page 416

Distributor racks
482.6 mm (19") installation system Page 678 Monitoring Page 445 Power System Module Page 409 Accessories for Data Rack Page 682
Material: Supply includes: Technical details:

– Profile frame, base/plinth: – Torsionally stiff profile frame Available on the Internet
Sheet steel with 482.6 mm (19") punchings
Photo shows a configuration
– Feet: Die-cast zinc – Stable base/plinth with integral
example with equipment not
feet, with the option of floor
Colour: included in the scope of supply
anchoring without base trim
– Profile frame, base/plinth:
panels
RAL 7035
– Levelling feet
H
– Trim panel, feet: RAL 5018
– Assembly parts
Load capacity:
Note:
– Max. 150 kg, static/level
– Order second mounting level
separately B
T2
T1
Data Rack
Width (B) mm 550 550 550 550
Height (H) mm 1499.5 1721.8 1899.5 2121.8
Depth (T1) mm 750 750 750 750
Distance from the second mounting level, 50 mm pitch
150 - 350 150 - 350 150 - 350 150 - 350
pattern (T2) mm
Model No. 1 pc(s). 7391.000 7396.000 7400.000 7445.000
Accessories
Second pair of mounting angles 1 pc(s). 7296.000 7297.000 7298.000 7299.000 682
Twin castors 1 set(s) 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 522
Component shelf 2 U, static installation see page see page see page see page 631
Cable duct 1 pc(s). 5502.105 5502.105 5502.105 5502.145 673
6 pc(s). 7016.100 7016.100 7016.100 7016.100 677
Cable routing across the 482.6 mm (19") mounting level
6 pc(s). 7016.110 7016.110 7016.110 7016.110 677
Slide rails see page see page see page see page 687
Baying connector 3 pc(s). 7494.000 7494.000 7494.000 7494.000 682
Depth stays 2 pc(s). 7401.000 7401.000 7401.000 7401.000 682
Continuous slide rail 2 pc(s). 7402.000 7402.000 7402.000 7402.000 682
Keyboard drawer 2 U 1 pc(s). 7281.035 7281.035 7281.035 7281.035 712

VerticalBox
Compact 482.6 mm (19") enclo- Material: Supply includes: Technical details:

sure for small networks. – Sheet steel – Enclosure with glazed door Available on the Internet
– Viewing window: Single-pane – Side panels (1 x fixed,
Benefits:
safety glass, 3 mm 1 x slot-in) with vent slots
– May be used as wall-mounted,
– Knockouts for cable entry
under-desk or desktop enclo- Surface finish:
via roof or base
sure – Powder-coated
– Slot-in rear panel with knock-
– Free access from three sides
Colour: outs for cable entry and fan
for interior installation
– RAL 7035 accommodation
– Passive ventilation with vent
– 482.6 mm (19") mounting level,
slots
5 U, horizontal front and rear,
– Rear panel prepared to accom-
depth-variable, distance
modate a fan
between levels 434 – 489 mm
– Freely selectable door hinging
– Security lock 12321 on the
door, side and rear panel
– 4 plastic feet, self-adhesive
Units U Packs of 5 Page

Width mm 300
Height mm 540
Depth mm 600
Model No. 1 pc(s). 7501.000
Accessories
Brush strip 1 pc(s). 7072.200 657
Wall mounting bracket see page 587
Fan expansion kit 1 set(s) 7980.100 438
Socket strips 1 pc(s). 7240.220 422
Blanking panel, 482.6 mm (19") 2 pc(s). 7151.035 696
Cable management panel see page 674
Cable entry panel see page 677

FlatBox
For flexible use as a wall-mounted Material: Supply includes: Note:

or floor-standing enclosure. – Sheet steel – Flat-packed enclosure – Max. installation depth:
– Viewing window: Single-pane – 1 wall section Depth -112 mm
Benefits:
safety glass, 3 mm – 2 basic supports – Max. distance between two
– Tool-free quick assembly
– 2 roof/base plates, with cut- 482.6 mm (19") levels:
– System assembly on the open Surface finish:
outs for cable entry via brush Depth -126 mm
482.6 mm (19") frame – Powder-coated
strips
Technical details:
Colour: – 2 side panels, lockable
– RAL 7035 – 1 glazed door, lockable, secu-
rity lock 3524 E, door hinge Photo shows a configuration
point selectable example with equipment not
– Connection components for included in the scope of supply
tool-free, fast assembly
– Earthing kit for system-compat-
ible earthing of all enclosure
parts
scope of supply.
Design with 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles

Width mm 600 600 600 600
Height mm 358 358 492 492
Depth mm 400 600 400 600
Model No. 1 pc(s). 7507.000 7507.100 7507.010 7507.110
482.6 mm (19") mounting angles 2 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19") 2 pc(s). 7507.706 7507.706 7507.709 7507.709 686
Cover plates for fan panels 6 pc(s). 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 440
Earth rail, horizontal 1 pc(s). 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 646
Cable clamp, variable see page see page see page see page 669
Fan expansion kit see page see page see page see page 438
Enclosure internal thermostat 1 pc(s). 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 379
Cable management panel 1 pc(s). 5502.205 5502.205 5502.205 5502.205 674
Component shelf 2 U, static installation 1 pc(s). 7119.250 see page 7119.250 see page 631
Component shelves, pull-out 1 set(s) – 5501.675 – 5501.675 630

FlatBox
Design with 482.6 mm (19") mounting frame
Units U Packs of 12 12 15 15 18 21 Page
Width mm 600 600 600 700 700 700
Height mm 625 625 758 758 892 1025
Depth mm 400 600 400 700 700 700
Model No. 1 pc(s). 7507.020 7507.120 7507.030 7507.200 7507.210 7507.220
482.6 mm (19") mounting frame 1 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Levelling feet 4 pc(s). ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19") 2 pc(s). 7507.712 7507.712 7507.715 7507.715 7507.718 7507.721 686
Cover plates for fan panels 6 pc(s). 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 440
Earth rail, horizontal 1 pc(s). 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 646
Cable clamp, variable see page see page see page see page see page see page 669
Fan expansion kit see page see page see page see page see page see page 438
Enclosure internal thermostat 1 pc(s). 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 379
Cable management panel 1 pc(s). 5502.205 5502.205 5502.205 5502.205 5502.205 5502.205 674
Component shelf 2 U, static installation 1 pc(s). 7119.250 see page 7119.250 see page see page see page 631
Component shelves, pull-out 1 set(s) – 5501.675 – 5501.675 5501.675 5501.675 630
Accessories
Socket strips
see from page 422

Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part
System accessories Page 507 Socket strips Page 422 Wall mounting bracket Page 587 Cable clamps Page 666
Wall-mounted enclosure with Colour: Note:

T1 T2
optimum accessibility due to – Wall and hinged part: – Protection category IP 54 in T3
B1
hinged part. RAL 7035 conjunction with solid gland
– Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015 plate, top and bottom
Material:
(slate grey) – Enclosure 673 mm deep with
– Wall and hinged part:
reinforced wall mounting
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Supply includes:
bracket
H1
– Viewing window: Single-pane – Wall section T4
safety glass, 3 mm – Hinged part with 25 mm pitch Approvals:
pattern of holes in the front and – UL
Surface finish:
H2
rear frame – cUL
– Powder-coated B2
– Designer glazed door
Technical details:
scope of supply.
pre-configured with mounting angles, depth-variable

Units U Packs of 9 9 15 15 21 21 Page
Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 600 600 600
Height (H1) mm 478 478 746 746 1012 1012
Depth (T1) mm 573 673 573 673 573 673
Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502 502
Clearance height (H2) mm 415 415 683 683 949 949
Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135 135
Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 416 516 416 516 416 516
Max. installation depth (T4) mm 520 620 520 620 520 620
Load capacity of hinged part (static) kg 45 45 75 75 75 75
Model No. 1 pc(s). 7709.735 7709.535 7715.735 7715.535 7721.735 7721.535
Wall section: Gland plate, solid, top ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Wall section: Gland plate with brush strip, bottom ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Wall section: 2 vertical punched rails ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Wall section: C rail mounted horizontally for cable
◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
clamping
Hinged part with two 482.6 mm (19") mounting
◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
angles, fully depth adjustable
Hinged part: Side outlet filters left and right ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Earth rail with star earthing ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
4 wall mounting brackets 10 mm ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Mini-comfort handle ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
Security lock 3524 E ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Comfort handle and 2-point locking – – – – ◾ ◾
Accessories
Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 pc(s). 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 656
Fan expansion kit 1 set(s) 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 438
Spare filter mats 5 pc(s). 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 371
Wall mounting bracket see page – see page – see page – 587
Component shelf 2 U, static installation 1 pc(s). 7119.250 see page 7119.250 see page 7119.250 see page 631
Cable management panel 1 pc(s). 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 674

System accessories Page 507 Socket strips Page 422 Wall mounting bracket Page 587 Earthing Page 644
Wall-mounted enclosure with Colour: Supply includes:

T1 T2
optimum accessibility due to – Wall and hinged part: – Wall section T3
B1
hinged part. RAL 7035 – Hinged part with 25 mm pitch
– Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015 pattern of holes in the front and
Material:
(slate grey) rear frame
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Protection category IP to
H1
– Viewing window: Single-pane IEC 60 529: T4
scope of supply.
safety glass, 3 mm – IP 55
Approvals:
Surface finish:
H2
– UL
– Powder-coated B2
– cUL
Technical details:
with punched rails and mounting angles, depth-variable

Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 600 600
Height (H1) mm 345 478 612 746 1012
Depth (T1) mm 473 473 473 473 473
Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502
Clearance height (H2) mm 282 415 549 683 949
Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135
Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 316 316 316 316 316
Max. installation depth (T4) mm 420 420 420 420 420
Load capacity of hinged part (static) kg 30 45 60 75 75
Model No. 1 pc(s). 7706.135 7709.135 7712.135 7715.135 7721.135
Wall section: Gland plate, solid, top and bottom ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Wall section: 2 vertical punched rails ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Wall section: C rail mounted horizontally for cable
◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
clamping
Hinged part with two 482.6 mm (19") mounting
◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
angles, fully depth adjustable
4 wall mounting brackets 10 mm ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Mini-comfort handle ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Security lock 3524 E ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Comfort handle and 2-point locking – – – – ◾
Accessories
Gland plate with brush insert 1 pc(s). 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 657
Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 pc(s). 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 656
Wall mounting bracket see page see page see page see page see page 587
Earth rail, horizontal 1 pc(s). 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 646
Component shelf 2 U, static installation 1 pc(s). 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 631
Cable management panel 1 pc(s). 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 674

System accessories Page 507 Socket strips Page 422 Wall mounting bracket Page 587 Cable clamps Page 666
Wall-mounted enclosure with Colour: Supply includes:

optimum accessibility due to – Wall and hinged part: – Wall section B3
T1 T2
hinged part. RAL 7035 – Hinged part with 25 mm pitch T3
B1
– Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015 pattern of holes in the front and
Material:
(slate grey) rear frame
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Protection category IP to
– Viewing window: Single-pane IEC 60 529:
scope of supply.
H1
H3
safety glass, 3 mm – IP 55 T4
Approvals:
Surface finish:
– UL
– Powder-coated
H2
– cUL
B2
Technical details:
with mounting plate and mounting angles, static installation

Units U Packs of 3 3 6 6 9 9 12 Page
Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
Height (H1) mm 212 212 345 345 478 478 612
Depth (T1) mm 373 473 373 473 373 473 373
Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502 502 502
Clearance height (H2) mm 149 149 282 282 415 415 549
Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135 135 135
Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 216 316 216 316 216 316 216
Max. installation depth (T4) mm 320 420 320 420 320 420 320
Mounting plate width (B3) mm 485 485 485 485 485 485 485
Mounting plate height (H3) mm 165 165 299 299 432 432 565
Load capacity of hinged part (static) kg 15 15 30 30 45 45 60
Model No. 1 pc(s). 2243.605 2253.605 2246.605 2256.605 2249.605 2259.605 2252.605
Wall section: Gland plate, solid, top and bottom ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Wall section: Mounting plate supplied loose ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Hinged part with two 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Mini-comfort handle ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Security lock 3524 E ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Gland plate with brush insert 1 pc(s). 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 657
Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 pc(s). 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 656
Wall mounting bracket see page see page see page see page see page see page see page 587
Cable glands from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 658
Component shelf 2 U, static installation 1 pc(s). – 7119.250 – 7119.250 – 7119.250 – 631
Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19") – – see page see page see page see page see page 692
Lock systems from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 560

with mounting plate and mounting angles, static installation
Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 600 600
Height (H1) mm 612 746 746 1012 1012
Depth (T1) mm 473 373 473 373 473
Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502
Clearance height (H2) mm 549 683 683 949 949
Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135
Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 316 216 316 216 316
Max. installation depth (T4) mm 420 320 420 320 420
Mounting plate width (B3) mm 485 485 485 485 485
Mounting plate height (H3) mm 565 699 699 965 965
Load capacity of hinged part (static) kg 60 75 75 75 75
Model No. 1 pc(s). 2262.605 2255.605 2265.605 2261.605 2271.605
Wall section: Gland plate, solid, top and bottom ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Wall section: Mounting plate supplied loose ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Hinged part with two 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Mini-comfort handle ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
Security lock 3524 E ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Comfort handle and 2-point locking – – – ◾ ◾
Accessories
Gland plate with brush insert 1 pc(s). 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 657
Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 pc(s). 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 656
Wall mounting bracket see page see page see page see page see page 587
Cable glands from page from page from page from page from page 658
Component shelf 2 U, static installation 1 pc(s). 7119.250 – 7119.250 – 7119.250 631
Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19") see page see page see page see page see page 692
Energy-Box,
Accessories
482.6 mm (19˝)
see page 425

Wall-mounted enclosures AE
System accessories Page 507 Socket strips Page 422 Cage nuts Page 624 Glazed doors Page 556
Wall-mounted enclosure for small Supply includes: Approvals:

networks with a high protection – Enclosure with hinged door – UL
category. – Door hinged on the right, may – CSA
be swapped to the left – TÜV
Material:
– Cam lock with 3 mm double-bit – Germanischer Lloyd
– Enclosure: Sheet steel
insert – Lloyds Register of Shipping
Surface finish: – Gland plate with brush strip for – VDE
– Enclosure: Powder-coated cable entry in the enclosure
Technical details:
– Mounting angles: Zinc-plated base
– Mounting angles, 482.6 mm
Colour:
(19"), fully depth adjustable
– RAL 7035
– C rail, for cable clamping on the
Protection category IP to rear panel
IEC 60 529: – Metal bracket for optional
– Up to IP 66 (depending on the accommodation of an earth rail
selected gland pate) or 482.6 mm (19") socket strip
with 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles, depth-variable

Units U Packs of 8 13 16 Page
Width mm 600 600 600
Height mm 380 600 760
Depth mm 350 350 350
Max. installation depth mm 310 310 310
Cam locks 1 2 2
Model No. 1 pc(s). 7641.000 7643.000 7645.000
Gland plate, size 5 5 5
Gland plates, qty. 1 1 1
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket see page see page see page 587
Viewing window see page see page see page 556
Component shelf 2 U, static installation 1 pc(s). 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 631
Earth rail, horizontal 1 pc(s). 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 646

Small fibre-optic distributors
Benefits: Material: Supply includes: 17

0
– Mounting plate with variable – Enclosure with cover: Fibre- – Enclosure with knockouts for
accommodation for up to two glass-reinforced polycarbonate cable glands 14
5
splicing cassettes (cassette – Cover screws: Polyamide – Hinged cover with seal
width variable from 92 to – Insulating bungs: Polyamide – 2 cover screws, prepared for a T
120 mm) and integral anti-twist – Foamed-in PU seal lead seal
guard – Insulating bungs for wall
Colour:
244
– Dividing plate with comb strip mounting
169.5
– RAL 7035
for cable clamping, to cover the – Mounting plate
H
splicing cassette, and to Protection category IP to – Dividing plate
accommodate 2 patch panels IEC 60 529: – 12 cable glands PG 7
– Cable entry via prepunched – IP 66 – 1 cable gland PG 16
knockouts using cable glands
Technical details:
(2 x 22.5 mm and
Available on the Internet B
12 x 12.5 mm)
with mounting plate and splicing cassette accommodation

Height (H) mm 254
Depth (T) mm 90
Maximum number of fibres (when using patch panels) 24
Model No. 1 pc(s). 7451.000
Accessories
Patch panels for small fibre-optic distributors see page 698
Wall mounting brackets 1 pack(s) 9583.000 27

Console systems/
PC enclosure systems/
Industrial Workstations
TopConsole system TP
Overview of mounting components.............................................................109
Combination options ..................................................................................110
600 mm wide .............................................................................................111
800 mm wide .............................................................................................112
1200 mm wide ...........................................................................................113
1600 mm wide ...........................................................................................114
Accessories ................................................................................................117
One-piece consoles TP
One-piece consoles TP ..............................................................................115
Universal consoles TP
Universal consoles TP.................................................................................116
PC enclosure systems
Enclosure for tower PC...............................................................................119
Combination options ..................................................................................120
IW enclosures and worktops.......................................................................121

3
4
2 1
4 1
4 1
5
6

Overview of mounting components
Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm
Support strips
Partial mounting plates
Rail for interior installation
Gland plates
Cable entry grommets

System accessories Page 507 Monitors, keyboards From page 706/707 Climate control Page 307
Material: Protection category NEMA: Pedestal

B
– Enclosure: Sheet steel 1.5 mm – NEMA 12 provided suitable – Enclosure open at top
– Door and console cover: Sheet gland plates are selected – Door or double door with lock-
steel, 2.0 mm, all-round ing rod (with depth 400 mm at
Supply includes:
foamed-in PU seal the front, with depth 500 mm
Console
H
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel at the front and rear)
– Enclosure
2.5 mm (depth 500 mm), – Depth-adjustable mounting
– Cover hinged at bottom,
3.0 mm (depth 400 mm) plate (with depth 500 mm)
H
including cover retainer
Surface finish: – Open base for individual cable
entry
– Enclosure, cover and door: entry T
H
Dipcoat-primed, powder-
Desk section
– Enclosure Also required:
textured paint
– Hinged lid, Gland plates, see page 525
2 stays with automatic latch- T
Colour: ing, automatic unlatching on Approvals:
– RAL 7035 the left and manual unlatching – UL T
on the right – cUL

Protection category IP
– Opening for cable entry into the Technical details:
to IEC 60 529 Photo shows a configuration
enclosure base Available on the Internet
– IP 55 provided gland plates are example with equipment not
selected included in the scope of supply
Combination options
1-part 2-part 3-part
Consoles
Desk sections
Pedestals
Base/plinth

600 mm wide
Configuration 3-part 2-part 1-part

Depth of pedestal in mm 400 500 400 500 400 500
Consoles 700 mm high

Packs
Height (H) mm 700 – – Page
of
Depth (T) mm 240 – –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6720.500 – –
Accessories
Partial mounting plates, Width 200 mm 1 pc(s). 6730.310 – – 597
locatable into rails Width 500 mm 1 pc(s). 6730.330 – – 597
Rails for interior installation For width 4 pc(s). 5001.050 – – 605
Desk sections
Packs
Height (H) mm 235 235 – Page
of
Depth (T) mm 700 700 –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6714.500 6710.500 –
Accessories
Rails for interior installation For width 4 pc(s). 5001.050 5001.050 – 605
Trim panel 1 pc(s). – – 5001.130 – 117
Pedestals
Packs
Height (H) mm 675 675 675 675 675 675 Page
of
Depth (T) mm 400 500 400 500 400 500
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6700.500 6704.500 6700.500 6704.500 6700.500 6704.500
Accessories
Base/plinth components Height 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 513
front and rear Height 200 mm 1 set(s) 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 513
Height 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 514
Base/plinth trim panels, side
Height 200 mm 1 set(s) 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 514
Cross member 2 pc(s). 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 520
1-part 1 pc(s). 5001.222 – 5001.222 – 5001.222 – 525
1 pc(s). 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 525
Gland plates 2-part + + + + + +
1 pc(s). 5001.218 5001.222 5001.218 5001.222 5001.218 5001.222 525
Individual For more gland plate variants, see page 532
Rails for interior installation For height 4 pc(s). 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 605
Punched section with
In the depth 4 pc(s). 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 606
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm
Punched rail 18 x 38 mm In the depth 4 pc(s). 8612.240 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 609
20
Support strips In the depth 4694.000 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 609
pc(s).
For door 4 pc(s). 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 606
20
Support strips For door 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 609
pc(s).
Cable clamp rail 1 pc(s). 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 665
TP aluminium strip 1 pc(s). 6731.120 6731.120 6731.120 6731.120 – – 117

800 mm wide


Packs
of
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6721.500 – –
Accessories
Width 200 mm 1 pc(s). 6730.310 – – 597
Partial mounting plates,
Width 500 mm 1 pc(s). 6730.330 – – 597
locatable into rails
Width 700 mm 1 pc(s). 6730.340 – – 597
Desk sections
Packs
of
Depth (T) mm 700 700 –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6715.500 6711.500 –
Accessories
Trim panel 1 pc(s). – – 5001.140 6730.110 117
Pedestals
Packs
Height (H) mm 675 675 675 675 675 675 Page
of
Depth (T) mm 400 500 400 500 400 500
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6701.500 6705.500 6701.500 6705.500 6701.500 6705.500
Accessories
Height 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 514
Height 200 mm 1 set(s) 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 514
Cross member 2 pc(s). 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 520
1-part 1 pc(s). 5001.223 – 5001.223 – 5001.223 – 525
1 pc(s). 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 525
Gland plates 2-part + + + + + +
1 pc(s). 5001.219 5001.223 5001.219 5001.223 5001.219 5001.223 525
In the depth 4 pc(s). 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 606
20
pc(s).
20
pc(s).

1200 mm wide


Packs
of
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6722.500 – –
Accessories
Width 200 mm 1 pc(s). 6730.310 – – 597
Width 500 mm 1 pc(s). 6730.330 – – 597
Width 700 mm 1 pc(s). 6730.340 – – 597
Desk sections
Packs
of
Depth (T) mm 700 700 –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6716.500 6712.500 –
Accessories
Trim panel 1 pc(s). – – 5001.160 6730.120 117
Pedestals
Packs
Height (H) mm 675 675 675 675 675 675 Page
of
Depth (T) mm 400 500 400 500 400 500
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6702.500 6706.500 6702.500 6706.500 6702.500 6706.500
Accessories
Height 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 514
Height 200 mm 1 set(s) 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 514
Cross member 2 pc(s). 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 520
1-part 1 pc(s). 5001.225 – 5001.225 – 5001.225 – 525
1 pc(s). 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 525
Gland plates1) 2-part + + + + + +
1 pc(s). 5001.221 5001.225 5001.221 5001.225 5001.221 5001.225 525
In the depth 4 pc(s). 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 606
20
pc(s).
For door 4 pc(s). 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 606
20
pc(s).
1) With the two-door pedestal, the base opening is divided in two, and 2 sets of gland plates are required.

1600 mm wide


Packs
of
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6723.500 – –
Accessories
Width 200 mm 1 pc(s). 6730.310 – – 597
Width 500 mm 1 pc(s). 6730.330 – – 597
Width 700 mm 1 pc(s). 6730.340 – – 597
Desk sections
Packs
of
Depth (T) mm 700 700 –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6717.500 6713.500 –
Accessories
Trim panel 1 pc(s). – – 6730.030 6730.130 117
Pedestals
Packs
Height (H) mm 675 675 675 675 675 675 Page
of
Depth (T) mm 400 500 400 500 400 500
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6703.500 6707.500 6703.500 6707.500 6703.500 6707.500
Accessories
Height 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 514
Height 200 mm 1 set(s) 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 514
Cross member 2 pc(s). 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 520
1-part 1 pc(s). 5001.236 – 5001.236 – 5001.236 – 525
1 pc(s). 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 525
Gland plates1) 2-part + + + + + +
1 pc(s). 5001.235 5001.236 5001.235 5001.236 5001.235 5001.236 525
In the depth 4 pc(s). 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 606
20
pc(s).
20
pc(s).
Cable clamp rail Width 800 mm 1 pc(s). 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 665
1) With the two-door pedestal, the base opening is divided in two, and 2 sets of gland plates are required.

One-piece consoles TP
System accessories Page 507 Monitors, keyboards Page 706/707 Climate control Page 307 One-piece consoles, stainless steel Page 186
Material: Protection category IP to Note: F

– Enclosure: Sheet steel 1.5 mm IEC 60 529: – With the two-door variant, the
B
– Door and console cover: – IP 55 with selection of the base opening is divided in two,
Sheet steel, 2.0 mm, all-round appropriate gland plates and two sets of gland plates
foamed-in PU seal are required. T2
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel
G
– NEMA 12 with selection of the Approvals:
3.0 mm
H
appropriate gland plates – UL
Surface finish: – cUL
Supply includes:
– Enclosure, cover and door: T1
– Enclosure, solid back and sides Technical details:
Dipcoat-primed, powder-
– Door or double door at front, Available on the Internet
with locking rod
textured paint
– Mounting plate
– Cover hinged at rear, 2 stays
Colour: with automatic locking. Auto-
– RAL 7035 matic unlocking on the left,
manual unlocking on the right
entry

Height (H) mm 960 960 960 960
Depth, bottom (T1) mm 400 400 400 400
Depth, top (T2) mm 520 520 520 520
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6746.500 6748.500 6740.500 6742.500
Door(s) 1 1 2 2
Accessories
Cross member 2 pc(s). 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 520
Gland plates see page see page see page see page 525
Rails for interior installation 4 pc(s). see page 5001.051 see page see page 605
TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm see page see page see page see page 606
TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm 4 pc(s). 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 609
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets 1 pc(s). 4116.500 4118.500 4115.500 4116.500 578
TP aluminium strip 1 pc(s). 6731.120 6731.120 6731.120 6731.120 117

System accessories Page 507 Monitors, keyboards Page 706/707 Climate control Page 307

– Enclosure, gland plates: Sheet IEC 60 529: – UL
steel 1.5 mm – IP 55 – CSA B
– Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm – TÜV
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel – Germanischer Lloyd
– NEMA 12 T2
3.0 mm – Russian Maritime Register of
Surface finish:
G
– Enclosure with door(s) – Lloyds Register of Shipping
– Enclosure and door: Dipcoat
– Mounting plate – VDE
H
– Gland plates
outside, textured paint Technical details:
– Mounting plate and gland Note: Available on the Internet
plates: Zinc-plated – For universal console with short
T1
front door: The drawer or desk
Colour:
section should be fitted in order
– RAL 7035
to preserve the protection cate-
gory. The keyboard drawer
may be installed without a
mounting plate.
Design Packs of with short front door with tall front door Page
Width (B) mm 600 600
Height (H) mm 1300 1300
Depth, bottom (T1) mm 500 500
Depth, top (T2) mm 417.5 417.5
Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 499
Mounting plate height (G) mm 1196 1196
Model No. 1 pc(s). 2694.500 2695.500
Weight kg 77.0 80.0
Also required
Drawer 1 pc(s). – – 4757.500 – 117
Desk section 1 pc(s). 2696.500 2696.500 – – 117
Accessories
Base/plinth, complete see page see page 519
Cross member 2 pc(s). 8601.450 8601.450 520
Support strips 20 pc(s). 2325.000 2325.000 575
Cable clamp rails 2 pc(s). 4191.000 4191.000 665
Lock systems from page from page 562

Accessories
Trim panel For pedestal

Model No.
for pedestal Width mm Depth mm
For covering the complete top opening when using 600 5001.130
the pedestal on its own. 800 5001.140
Material: 400
1200 5001.160
– Sheet steel
1600 6730.030
Surface finish: 600 6730.100
– Textured paint
800 6730.110
Colour: 500
1200 6730.120
– RAL 7035
1600 6730.130
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529:
– IP 55
Protection category NEMA: Supply includes:
– NEMA 12 – Assembly parts
TP aluminium strip Length mm Model No.

For retrospective external mounting on: 1750 6731.120
◾ TP three-part/two-part
◾ TP one-piece console
◾ May be mounted on all enclosures/covers with Material:
20 mm fold height (max. metal thickness 2 mm) – Aluminium strip: Extruded aluminium section
– Cover caps: Plastic
Length: 1750 mm
(Easily cut to length for other dimensions) Surface finish:
Sufficient for desk sections and consoles: – Aluminium strip: Natural anodised
– 3 x width 600 mm Colour:
– 2 x width 800 mm – Cover caps: RAL 7035
– 1 x width 1000 mm + 1 x width 600 mm
– 1 x width 1200 mm Supply includes:
– 1 x width 1600 mm – 1 aluminium section
– 6 plastic cover caps
– Drilling template
– Assembly parts
Drawer Height mm Model No.

for TP universal console 200 4757.500
For mouse and keyboard with a maximum width of
500 mm. A high level of protection is retained, even
with the flap open.
Accessories:
Material:
– Sheet steel – Standard double-bit lock insert may be
exchanged for other 27 mm lock inserts, type A,
Surface finish: see page 570 or plastic handle, type B,
– Textured paint see page 569
Colour:
– RAL 7035
– IP 55
– NEMA 12
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Desk section Height mm Model No.

For installing display and control components and a 200 2696.500
keyboard. Closed at the side and front. Trim panels
for top and bottom.
Material: – IP 55
– Sheet steel
– Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside,
textured paint Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Colour:
– RAL 7035

System accessories Page 507 Monitors, keyboards Page 706/707 Climate control Page 307 PC enclosure system, stainless steel Page 187
Secure accommodation of all PC Material: Colour: Supply includes:

components, from monitors, to – Enclosure, door, mounting – Enclosure, door, decorative trim – Enclosure, door, rear door
PCs, to keyboards. For ultimate compartment, supports: Sheet panels, supports: RAL 7035 Please note the product-specific
ease of operation in a modern steel – Handle: Similar to RAL 9006 scope of supply.
design. Perfect protection from – Handles, decorative trim – Monitor field, central door sec-
Approvals:
humidity and dirt, temperature panels: Plastic tion: RAL 7015
– UL
fluctuations and unauthorised – Door trim panels: Aluminium
Protection category IP to – cUL
access. – Viewing window: Single-pane
IEC 60 529:
safety glass Technical details:
– IP 55
Surface finish:
– NEMA 12
– Mounting compartment,
support: Powder-coated

Height mm 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600
Depth mm 636 636 636 636 636 836
Glazed door, top ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ – ◾
Keyboard drawer ◾ – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Component shelf ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ – ◾
Folding keyboard – ◾ – – – –
Desk section – – ◾ – – –
Mounting compartment, small – – – ◾ – –
Mounting compartment, large – – – – ◾ –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5366.000 5366.100 5366.200 5366.300 5366.400 5368.000
497 x 50 x 250
Max. keyboard dimensions (WxHxD) mm 480 x 70 x 260 540 x 40 x 175 480 x 70 x 260 480 x 70 x 260 480 x 70 x 260
497 x 60 x 200
Accessories
Base/plinth, stationary 1 pc(s). 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 – 517
Partial mounting plates 1 pc(s). 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 596
Component shelf, pull-out 1 pc(s). 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 6902.980 627
Drawer tray 1 pc(s). 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 628
Paper removal flap 1 pc(s). 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 713
Socket strips in an aluminium duct see page see page see page see page see page see page 422

System accessories Page 507 Comfort Panel Page 124 Optipanel Page 126 TFT monitor Page 706
Compact enclosure, ready to Material: Protection category IP to Supply includes:

connect. Standard commercially – Enclosure: Sheet steel IEC 60 529: – Enclosure of all-round solid
available tower PCs, up to W/H/ – Door: Sheet steel – IP 54 in conjunction with con- construction
D: 250 x 530 x 600 mm (max. – Design strips: Aluminium nector gland supplied loose – R/h door hinge
20 kg) may be attached securely – Door with base screw-fas-
Surface finish: Protection category NEMA:
to the base screw fastened to the tened on the inside
– Enclosure: Powder-coated, – NEMA 12 in conjunction with
door using the retaining strap – Side cam lock
textured paint connector gland supplied loose
supplied loose. The rear inter- – Rear panel with two cut-outs
– Door: Powder-coated
faces of the PC are readily acces- for use of the connector gland
sible with the door open. Because Colour: supplied loose
the socket strip and fan-and-filter – Enclosure: RAL 7035 – Cable gland M20, brass, nickel-
unit are already pre-installed, the – Door: RAL 7015 plated
enclosure is ready for immediate – Design strips: RAL 7035 – Outlet filter fitted in left side
use. panel
– Fan-and-filter unit fitted in right
Roof prepared for mounting
side panel
◾ worktop
– Door-operated switch, supply
◾ beneath surfaces
socket for 230 V power sup-
Base prepared for mounting ply, socket strip with 3 sockets
◾ cast feet and overvoltage protection
◾ on surfaces
scope of supply.
Enclosure for tower PC

Width mm Packs of 760 Page
Height mm 760
Depth mm 300
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6900.300
Weight kg 55.0
Also required
Connection cable 5 pc(s). 4315.100 639
Accessories
Cast feet 2 pc(s). 6902.920 519
Twin castors 1 set(s) 7495.000 522
Worktop 1 pc(s). 6902.310 165
Optipanel 1 pc(s). 6380.040 126
TFT monitor 1 pc(s). 6450.020 706
TopTherm fan-and-filter units from page 316

System accessories Page 507 Comfort Panel Page 124 Optipanel Page 126 TFT monitor Page 706
Material: Colour:
– Enclosure, roof, drawer tray, – Enclosure, worktop:
designer door, rear wall and RAL 7035
rear door: Sheet steel – Worktop edge strip:
H
– Worktop: RAL 7015
Chipboard, plastic-laminated – Worktop handle: B
H
T
on both sides (edging) RAL 9006
– Handle: Aluminium, powder-
Protection category:
coated
– See table B T
Surface finish:
Supply includes:
– Enclosure: Dipcoat-primed,
powder-coated on the outside, Photo shows a configuration
textured paint Technical details: example with equipment not
Available on the Internet included in the scope of supply
Combination options
21˝ monitor housing Optipanel
Model No. 6902.500 Custom-manufactured
for TFT monitors or other
display and input units
Support arm system

CP 60
Worktop Worktop
Small, solid Solid
Model No. 6902.300 Model No. 6902.100
Worktop
Prepared for tilting enclo-
sure attachment
Model No. 6902.310,
see page 165.
Designer door, rear Designer door, rear door Drawer section, Drawer section for Worktop, keyboard
panel screw-fastened Height 900 mm designer door, keyboard and mouse, drawer, designer door,
from the inside Model No. 6900.100 rear door designer door, rear door rear door
Height 900 mm Height 900 mm Height 900 mm Height 1000 mm Pedestal
Model No. 6900.000 Model No. 6900.400 Model No. 6900.410 Model No. 6901.100 Model No. 6141.200
Base/plinth, stationary
Model No. 8800.920
Twin castors
Twin castors Model No. 7495.000
Model No. 7495.000 or 6148.000

IW enclosures and worktops
Enclosure Page
Designer door, Designer door, Drawer section, Drawer section Worktop,

rear panel rear door designer door, for keyboard keyboard drawer,
Version screw-fastened rear door and mouse, designer door,
from the inside designer door, rear door
rear door
Width (B) mm 600 600 600 600 600
Height (H) mm 900 900 900 900 1000
Depth (T) mm 600 600 600 (890) 600 (890) 645
Weight (kg) 54.9 59.9 73 73 91
Model No. 6900.000 6900.100 6900.400 6900.410 6901.100
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529 IP 55 IP 54
Protection category NEMA NEMA 12 NEMA 12
Width (B) Height (H) Depth (T) Weight
Model No.
mm mm mm kg
Worktops
610 38 645 11.6 6902.300 6902.300 – – ◾
1000 38 895 24 6902.100 6902.100 6902.100 6902.100 –
Monitor housing
600 600 600 42.5 6902.500 6902.500 6902.500 6902.500 –
Accessories Packs of
Base/plinth, stationary 1 pc(s). 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 517
Cross member, adjustable 2 pc(s). 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 – 520
Twin castors 1 set(s) 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 522
Handle adaptor for comfort handle 1 pc(s). 8611.300 8611.300 – – – 549
Cable gland 1 pc(s). 6902.770 6902.770 6902.770 6902.770 6902.770 660
Mounting plate for enclosure width 600 mm 1 pc(s). 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.680 596
Component shelf, static installation 1 pc(s). 8800.900 8800.900 8800.900 8800.900 8800.900 628
Component shelf, pull-out 1 pc(s). 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 627
Drawer tray 1 pc(s). 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 628
Paper removal flap 1 pc(s). 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 713
Support arm systems see page 135
Command panels see page 130

Operating housings/support
arm systems, stand systems
Comfort Panel
Comfort Panel ............................................................................................124
Comfort Panel, configuration examples.......................................................125
Optipanel
Optipanel....................................................................................................126
Optipanel, configuration examples ..............................................................127
Operating housings
Operating housing with handle strips ..........................................................130
Operating housing for desktop TFT up to 24˝ ..............................................132
Compact Panel...........................................................................................133
Support arm systems

Support arm systems, overview..................................................................135
Support arm system CP 40, steel ...............................................................137
Support arm system CP 40, stainless steel.................................................140
Support arm system CP 120 ......................................................................149
Support arm system CP 180 ......................................................................153
Accessories ................................................................................................156
Stand systems
Pedestal, modular.......................................................................................164
Pedestal, complete.....................................................................................165
Pedestal, open, pillar, small ........................................................................166
Accessories ................................................................................................167

Comfort Panel
System accessories Page 507 Support arm systems Page 135 Stand systems Page 164 Industrial Workstations Page 120
Material: Colour: Note:

– Enclosure: – Enclosure: Natural anodised – The support arm connection
Extruded aluminium section – Corner pieces: RAL 7035 may be swapped over by rotat-
– Corner pieces: – Corner protectors: Similar to ing the enclosure
Die-cast zinc RAL 7024
H
Approvals:
– Corner protectors:
Protection category IP to – UL B
Plastic
IEC 60 529:
Technical details:
– IP 65
Supply includes:
– Seals and assembly parts for
front panels
For front panel width (B) mm Packs of 520 520 520 Page
For front panel height (H) mm 400 500 600
Installation depth mm 74 152 191 74 152 191 74 152 191
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6372.541 6372.542 6372.543 6372.551 6372.552 6372.553 6372.561 6372.562 6372.563
Weight kg 7.8 11.7 13.8 8.8 12.3 15.2 9.7 13.5 16.7
Version
Support arm connection
◾ – – ◾ – – ◾ – –
▭ 120 x 65 mm
Support arm connection
– ◾ ◾ – ◾ ◾ – ◾ ◾
Ø 130 mm
Hinged rear panel
◾ – – ◾ – – ◾ – –
with screw lock
Hinged rear panel
– ◾ – – ◾ – – ◾ –
with cam1)
Screw-fastened rear panel2) – – ◾ – – ◾ – – ◾
Accessories
Front panel 1 pc(s). 6028.014 6028.014 6028.014 6028.015 6028.015 6028.015 6028.016 6028.016 6028.016 704
Mounting bracket for interior
4 pc(s). 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 617
installation
Spring nut M5 50 pc(s). 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 625
Earthing plate 1 pc(s). 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 645
1) With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, type C, see page 570,
plastic handles and T handles, type C, see page 569.
2) Enclosure folds down at the front with side double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, type C, see page 570,

Comfort Panel
Configuration examples
Front panel height
Cut-out dimensions
mm
H
B 7 HE 8 HE
400 53.7
1
W = 484 mm
H = 364 mm
= 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate
H
7 HE 8 HE
B
9 HE
500
153.7 109.2 65
1
W = 484 mm
H = 464 mm
H
7 HE 8 HE 7 HE 8 HE
9 HE 9 HE
B
3.5 HE
600 3.5 HE
3.5 HE
253.7 209.2 165 98.7 54.2

1
W = 484 mm
H = 564 mm
Free space, available for individual installed equipment such as rows of switches etc.
HE = U
B = Width

Optipanel
System accessories Page 507 Support arm systems Page 135 Stand systems Page 164 Industrial Workstations Page 120
Material: Colour: Note:

– Enclosure: – Enclosure: – The support arm connection
Extruded aluminium section Natural anodised may be swapped over by
– Corner pieces: – Corner pieces: rotating the enclosure
Die-cast zinc RAL 7035
Approvals:
H
– Corner protectors: – Corner protectors:
– UL B
Plastic Similar to RAL 7024
Technical details:
IEC 60 529:
– IP 65
Supply includes:
– Seals
For front panel width (B) mm Packs of 430 482.6 482.6 520 520 520 Page
For front panel height (H) mm 343 310.3 354.8 400 500 600
Installation depth mm 100 100 100 100 150 150 150
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6380.0201) 6380.000 6380.0401) 6380.400 6380.410 6380.510 6380.610
Weight kg 5.3 6.2 6.6 5.8 7.3 8.3 9.2
Version
Support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ – – –
Support arm connection Ø 130 mm – – – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Hinged rear panel2) ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Seals and assembly parts for front panels – – – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Front panel 1 pc(s). – 6028.010 – 6028.014 6028.014 6028.015 6028.016 704
Handle set, horizontal 1 pc(s). – 6385.010 6385.010 – – – – 700
Mounting bracket for interior installation 4 pc(s). 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 617
Mounting bracket 4 pc(s). 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 617
Earthing plate 1 pc(s). 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 645
Spring nut M5 50 pc(s). 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 625
1) To fit TFT monitors, see page 706.
2) With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, type C, see page 570,

Optipanel
Configuration examples
Front panel height
Cut-out dimensions
mm
H
B 7 HE 8 HE
400 53.7
1
W = 484 mm
H = 364 mm
H
7 HE 8 HE
B
9 HE
500
153.7 109.2 65
1
W = 484 mm
H = 464 mm
H
7 HE 8 HE 7 HE 8 HE
9 HE 9 HE
B
3.5 HE
600 3.5 HE
3.5 HE
253.7 209.2 165 98.7 54.2

1
W = 484 mm
H = 564 mm
Free space, available for individual installed equipment such as rows of switches etc.
HE = U
B = Width

Operating housing with
handle strips

Uniform
design and function
Modern design, adapted to support arm
system CP 60/120/180
Convenience in perfection
◾ Shaped interior installation bracket with
TS system punchings, to match
TS system accessories
◾ Fast, safe, simple servicing access from
the front or rear
◾ Lock with integral door runners for easy
locking
Built-in added value

◾ Support arm connection for one-person
assembly
◾ Support arm connection Ø 130 mm,
preformed off-centre in the reinforcement
plate, easily drilled out
Ergonomic design
◾ Design strip including handle function
◾ Aluminium front panel, easily dismantled
for machining

Operating housing with handle strips
System accessories P. 507 Support arm systems P. 135 Stand systems P. 164 Command panel housing with door, stainless steel P. 189
Material: Supply includes: T T B

– Enclosure and door: Sheet – Enclosure with cut-out and B
steel reinforcement for support arm
– Handle strips: Aluminium connection Ø 130 mm
– Front panel: Aluminium – Front with maximum cut-out,
– Cover caps: Plastic covered with easily machinable
H
3 mm aluminium front panel
Surface finish:
H
– Side handle strips and cover
caps
– Cam lock with 3 mm double-bit
insert
– Handle strip: Natural anodised
– Integral interior installation
– Front panel: Natural anodised
bracket with TS system punch-
Colour: ings
– Enclosure and door: RAL 7035 – Lock systems for servicing Approvals:
Note:
– Handle strip: Natural anodised access from the front: 41 mm – CSA
– The support arm connection
– Front panel: Natural anodised lock inserts, lock cylinder,
and door hinge may be Technical details:
– Cover caps: similar to plastic handles and T-handles,
swapped over by rotating the Available on the Internet
RAL 7024 type C
enclosure
Protection category IP to – Optional: Support arm connec- – Lock systems for servicing
IEC 60 529: tion Ø 130 mm, preformed off- access from the rear: 41 mm
– IP 55 centre in the reinforcement lock inserts, type A, lock
plate, easily drilled out cylinder, plastic handles and
T-handles, type B

Height (H) mm 200 300 300 380 380
Depth (T) mm 155 210 210 210 210
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6320.000 6315.100 6315.200 6315.300 6320.300
Weight kg 4.5 7.0 7.5 9.8 9.8
from the front – ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Servicing access
from the rear ◾ – – – ◾
Accessories
TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 4 pc(s). – 8612.130 8612.130 – – 606
TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm – – – – – 609
TS support strips 20 pc(s). – – – 4594.000 4594.000 609
4 pc(s). 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 617
Mounting bracket
4 pc(s). 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 617
Mini-comfort handle – – – – see page 567

Operating housing with handle strips
Height (H) mm 500 500 380 600 600
Depth (T) mm 210 210 210 210 210
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6315.400 6320.400 6320.500 6315.600 6320.600
Weight kg 16.8 16.8 15.4 22.8 18.8
from the front ◾ – – ◾ –
Servicing access
from the rear – ◾ ◾ – ◾
Accessories
TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 4 pc(s). 8612.150 8612.150 – 8612.160 8612.160 606
TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm 4 pc(s). 8612.250 8612.250 – 8612.260 8612.260 609
TS support strips 20 pc(s). 4695.000 4695.000 4594.000 4696.000 4696.000 609
4 pc(s). 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 617
Mounting bracket
4 pc(s). 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 617
Mini-comfort handle – see page see page – see page 567
Support arm system

CP 60/120/180
see page 135
New

Operating housing for desktop TFT up to 24"
System accessories Page 507 Support arm systems Page 135 Stand systems Page 164
For the installation of commer- Colour: Note:

T B
cially available desktop TFTs with – Enclosure and door: RAL 7035 – The support arm connection
a screen diagonal of up to 24" in – Handle strip: Natural anodised and door hinge may be
the formats 16:9/16:10. – Cover caps: similar to swapped over by rotating the
RAL 7024 enclosure
Design:
– Optional: Support arm connec-
– Viewing window with single- Protection category IP to
H
tion Ø 130 mm, preformed off-
pane safety glass IEC 60 529:
centre in the reinforcement
– IP 55
Material: plate, easily drilled out
– Enclosure and door: Sheet Supply includes: – Lock insert may be exchanged
steel – Enclosure with cut-out and for 27 mm lock inserts, type A,
– Handle strips: Aluminium reinforcement for support arm lock cylinder, plastic handles
– Cover caps: Plastic connection Ø 130 mm and T-handles, type B
– Viewing window: Single-pane – Viewing window
Approvals:
safety glass – Holder for desktop TFT with
– CSA
– TFT holder: Sheet steel VESA 75/100 locator
– Side handle strips and cover Technical details:
Surface finish:
caps Available on the Internet
– Enclosure and door: Dipcoat
– Rear door with r/h hinge
– Cam lock with 3 mm double-bit
insert
– Handle strip: Natural anodised

Height (H) mm 450
Depth (T) mm 155
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6321.000
Weight kg 18.0
Cam lock 1
Accessories

Compact Panel
System accessories Page 507 Support arm systems Page 135 Stand systems Page 164
For small operating units built into Design: Surface finish: Supply includes:
front panels. The front panel is – With support arm connection – Roof tray, base tray, side parts: – Roof tray
inserted from the rear and 90 x 71 mm for CP 40, steel Powder-coated – Base tray
secured with screw clamps. Spe- – Rear panel: Natural anodised – Rear panel
Material:
cial front panels with a material – Side parts
– Roof tray, base tray, rear panel: Colour:
thickness of between 2 and 6 mm – Screw cover
Aluminium – RAL 7024
are possible. Rear panel option- – Seal and screw clamp
– Side parts: Extruded alumin-
ally hinged on the left or right. Protection category IP to
ium section Technical details:
Roof tray with cut-out and rein- IEC 60 529:
– Screw cover: Plastic Available on the Internet
forcement for support arm sys- – IP 65
tem CP 40, steel.

Height mm 238 388 238 388
Depth mm 87 87 87 87
To fit front panel width mm 178 178 252 252
To fit front panel height mm 200 350 200 350
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6340.000 6340.100 6340.300 6340.400
Weight kg 2.8 3.8 3.4 4.5
Accessories
Front panels 1 pc(s). 6028.500 6028.510 6028.530 6028.540 704
Wall mounting bracket 1 set(s) 6341.000 6341.000 6341.000 6341.000 590
Spring nut M5 50 pc(s). 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 625
Cover plate 1 set(s) 6505.200 6505.200 6505.200 6505.200 704

134
Support arm systems
Support arm system CP 40
Component overview, steel.........................................................................137
Support section CP 40, steel ......................................................................138
Components CP 40, steel...........................................................................139
Component overview, stainless steel ..........................................................140
Support section CP 40, stainless steel........................................................140
Components CP 40, stainless steel ............................................................141

Component overview..................................................................................145
Support section CP 60 ...............................................................................146
Components CP 60....................................................................................147

Support section CP 120 .............................................................................150
Components CP 120..................................................................................151

Support section CP 180 .............................................................................154
Components CP 180..................................................................................155
Load information
Comparison of support arm systems
1800
(Enclosure and vertical support arm section)
1200
Permissible static load [N]
600
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Jib length (mm) CP 40 CP 60 CP 120 CP 180
Support arm configurator

The support arm configurator determines the correct support arm system
according to user-specific parameters.
More detailed information can be found at: www.rittal.com

9
11
12
3
4
136
Support arm system CP 40, steel
10
Component overview
Tilting adaptor +100/-60° for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm/
▭ 90 x 71 mm (6206.460)
Attachment CP 40, steel, for support arm connection ▭ 90 x 71 mm
(6501.070)
Coupling CP 40, steel, for support arm connection ▭ 90 x 71 mm
(6501.050)
(6501.130)
Connection console Vesa 75/100 for support arm connection
▭ 120 x 65 mm (6206.480)
Angle coupling 90° CP 40, steel
(6501.120)

Support section CP 40, steel
(6501.000, 6501.020)
Angle piece 90° CP 40, steel
(6501.140)
Wall-mounted hinge CP 40, steel
(6501.150)
Top-mounted joint CP 40, steel
(6501.160)
Wall/base mounting bracket, CP 40, small
(6501.110)
Mounting components CP 40, steel, for signal pillar
(2375.030)
Load information
When using support arm system CP 40, steel in conjunction with support arm
system CP 60 (in the horizontal path of the machine), the load diagram for
support arm system CP 60 shall apply.
800
600
400
200
0
0 500 1000 1500
Jib length (mm)

Comfort Panel Page 124 Optipanel Page 126 Compact Panel Page 133 Operating housing with handle strips Page 130
Support section CP 40, steel Size: Supply includes:

Attached to the connection com- – External diameter: 48.3 mm – Support section, steel
ponents via 2 clamping screws. – Wall thickness: 4.0 mm
Note:
Material: – Stainless steel, see page 140
– Steel conduit, powder-coated
Technical details:
Colour: Available on the Internet
48.3
– RAL 7035
Integral adjustment facility Combination with support arm system Also available in stainless steel,
CP 60 see page 140
1 10
7
4 8 11
3 6 9
2 12
2
5 13
5
Support section CP 40, steel, 1000 mm (6501.020)

Wall-mounted hinge CP 40, steel (6501.150)
Angle piece 90° CP 40, steel (6501.140)
Coupling CP 40, steel (6501.050)
Wall-mounted hinge CP 60 (6206.740)
Support section CP 60, 1000 mm (6206.100)

Angle adaptor 90° for support arm combination CP 60/40 (6206.640)
Wall/base mount, rigid, CP 40, stainless steel (6663.000)
Support section CP 40, stainless steel, 1000 mm (6660.010)
Angle piece 90° CP 40, stainless steel (6664.300)
Support section CP 40, stainless steel, 500 mm (6660.050)
Housing coupling CP 40, stainless steel (6664.000)

Enclosure section Centre section Wall section
Rotating/tilting
Colour RAL
Length mm
Weight kg
Rigid
Model No.
Tilting adaptor +100/-60° for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm/▭ 90 x 71 mm
7035/
see page 162 ◾ – – 0.8 6206.460 – –
7024
Attachment CP 40, steel, for support arm connection ▭ 90 x 71 mm
– ◾ – 1.0 7024 6501.070 – –
◾ – – 1.1 7024 6501.050 – –
◾ – – 1.5 7024 6501.130 – –
Connection console VESA 75/100 for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm
7035/
see page 156 – ◾ – 1.1 6206.480 – –
7024
Angle coupling 90° CP 40, steel, for support arm connection ▭ 90 x 71 mm
◾ – – 1.6 7024 6501.120 – –
Support section CP 40, steel
500 2.1 7035 6501.000

– –
1000 4.2 7035 6501.020
Angle piece 90° CP 40, steel
– ◾ – 1.1 7024 6501.140 – 6501.140
Top-mounted joint CP 40, steel
◾ – – 1.8 7024 – – 6501.160
Wall-mounted hinge CP 40, steel
◾ – – 2.2 7024 – – 6501.150
Wall/base mounting bracket, CP 40, steel
– ◾ – 0.7 7024 – – 6501.110
Mounting component CP 40, steel, for signal pillar
see page 720 – ◾ – 0.3 7024 2375.030 – –
Accessories
Angle adaptor 90° for support arm combination CP 60/40 6206.640 see page 158

Support arm system CP 40, stainless steel
Command panel housing with door, stainless steel Page 189 Premium Panel, stainless steel Page 188 Support section CP 40, steel Page 137
Support section CP 40, Material: Protection category IP to

stainless steel – Stainless steel DIN 40 050-9:
Attached to the connection com- – IP 69K (resistant to high-pressure
Surface finish:
ponents via 2 clamping screws. cleaning)
– Brushed, grain 240 (support
Size: section and wall console only) Supply includes:
– External diameter: 48.3 mm – Support section, stainless steel
– Wall thickness: 3.6 mm 48.3
Technical details:

Support arm system CP 40, stainless steel
Rotating/tilting
Length mm
Weight kg
Material
Rigid
Model No.
Tilting adaptor 10° CP 40, stainless steel
1.4305
– ◾ – 0.7 (AISI 6664.100 – –
303)
Mounting bracket CP 40, stainless steel
1.4305
– ◾ – 1.3 (AISI 6664.500 – –
303)
Coupling CP 40, stainless steel
1.4305
◾ – – 1.1 (AISI 6664.000 – –
303)
Support section CP 40, stainless steel
1.4301
500 2.0 6660.050
– ◾ (AISI
1000 3.9 6660.010
304)
Angle piece 90° CP 40, stainless steel
1.4305
– ◾ – 1.3 (AISI 6664.300 – 6664.300
303)
Wall/base mounting bracket, rigid, CP 40, stainless steel
1.4305
– ◾ – 1.7 (AISI – – 6663.000
303)
Wall/base mounting bracket, swivel, CP 40, stainless steel
1.4305
Rear, M8 thread 3.9 6663.500
◾ – – (AISI – –
Front, hole Ø 9 mm 4.5 6663.400
303)
Wall console CP 40, stainless steel
1.4301
Rear, M8 thread 1.5 6665.000
– ◾ – (AISI – –
Front, hole Ø 9 mm 1.8 6665.500
304)
Load information
Permissible load depending on system configuration
800
600
400
200
0
0 500 1000 1500
Jib length (mm)

Support arm system CP 60/120/180
142
Uniform engineering
◾ All load levels from 600 to 1,800 N
◾ One system
◾ Simple system replacement in the vertical
axis to cut costs and weight
◾ Consistent combination options
Multi-functional assembly
◾ Uniform adjustment principle, also possi-
ble retrospectively without dismantling
◾ Perfect limitation of rotation ranges
◾ Simple, one-person installation
◾ Sections are easily cut to the required
length
Efficient cable management

◾ Cross-section sufficient for large
connectors
◾ Simple separation between data and
power cables is supported
◾ Flexible cable entry and routing options
◾ Automatic, consistent potential equalisa-
tion of all support arm components
◾ Open support section for easy upgrade
and servicing access

19
17
20
16
21
11
15
11
10
12
11
6
13
8
14
144
Component overview
Tilting adaptor 10° for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(6206.400)
Tilting adaptor 10° for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm
(6206.440)
Tilting adaptor +/-45° for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(6206.420)
Tilting adaptor +100/-60° for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm
(6206.460)
Connection console VESA 75/100 for support arm connection
▭ 120 x 65 mm (6206.480)
Attachment CP 60, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(6206.320)

Attachment CP 60, for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm
(6206.360)
Coupling CP 60, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(6206.300)
18
Coupling CP 60, for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm
(6206.340)
Angle coupling 90° CP 60 for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(6206.380)
Support section CP 60, solid
(6206.025, 6206.050, 6206.100, 6206.200)
Angle adaptor 90° for support arm combination CP 60/40
(6206.640)
Support section CP 40, steel (6501.000)
(6501.050)
Angle piece 90° CP 60 (6206.600)
Intermediate hinge CP 60 (6206.620)
Top-mounted joint CP 60, horizontal outlet (6206.700)
Wall-mounted hinge CP 60, horizontal outlet (6206.740)
Wall/base mounting bracket CP 60, small (6206.820)
Wall/base mounting bracket CP 60, large (6206.800)
Mounting component CP 60 for signal pillar (6206.900)
Load information
1
800 2
600
400
200
4
500 1000 1500 2000
Jib length (mm)
1
System layout without intermediate hinge 6206.620
System layout with intermediate hinge 6206.620
Note:
2
– Wall/base mounting bracket, small 6206.820 must not be used
in conjunction with intermediate hinge 6206.620!
7
– Intermediate hinge 6206.620 should only be used once per system!
145
Support section CP 60 Size: Colour:

Attachment to the connection – External dimensions: – Support section: RAL 7035
components with 4 self-tapping 59 x 85 mm
Supply includes:
85
screws in the screw channel.
Material: – Support section
May be cut to any required length,
– Support section:
no thread-tapping required. Technical details:
Extruded aluminium section
Closed cable duct with a large Available on the Internet 59
cross-section.
Combination with support arm system CP 40 Combination with support arm system CP 120
2 7
3 8
9
1
6
4
10
5 11

90° angle adaptor for support arm combination CP 60/40 (6206.640)
Coupling CP 40, steel, for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm (6501.130)

90° angle piece CP 120 (6212.600)
Adaptor for support arm combination CP 120/60 (6212.640)
Coupling CP 60 for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm (6206.340)

Enclosure Enclosure
Centre section Wall section
section section
CP 60 CP 60
CP 60 CP 60/40
Rotating/tilting
Colour RAL
Length mm
Weight kg
Rigid
Model No.
Tilting adaptor 10° for support arm connection
Ø 130 mm 0.6 6206.400 – – –
– ◾ – 7035
▭ 120 x 65 mm 0.4 6206.440 – – –
Tilting adaptor +/-45°/tilting adaptor +100°/-60° for support arm connection see page 161/162
Ø 130 mm 1.2 7024 6206.420 – – –
▭ 120 x 65 mm ◾ – – 0.8 6206.460 6206.460 – –
7035/
▭ 90 x 71 mm 0.8 7024 – 6206.460 – –
Connection console VESA 75/100 for support arm connection see page 156
7035/
▭ 120 x 65 mm – ◾ – 1.1 6206.480 – – –
7024
Attachment CP 60/40 for support arm connection

Ø 130 mm 0.7 7035 6206.320 – – –
▭ 120 x 65 mm – ◾ – 1.0 7035 6206.360 – – –
▭ 90 x 71 mm 1.0 7024 – 6501.070 – –
Coupling CP 60/40 for support arm connection
Ø 130 mm 2.1 7035 6206.300 – – –
▭ 120 x 65 mm ◾ – – 1.2 7035 6206.340 6501.130 – –
▭ 90 x 71 mm 1.1 7024 – 6501.050 – –
Angle coupling 90° CP 60/40 for support arm connection
– –
7035/
Ø 130 mm ◾ – – 1.8 6206.380 –
7024
– –
Support section CP 60/40 CP 60 CP 401) CP 60 CP 60
250 1.25 6206.025 – 6206.025 6206.025
500 2.5 6206.050 6501.000 6206.050 6206.050
Solid – – 7035
1000 5.0 6206.100 6501.020 6206.100 6206.100
2000 10.0 6206.200 – 6206.200 6206.200
Angle adaptor 90° for support arm combination CP 60/40 see page 158
7035/
– ◾ – 1.0 – 6206.640 – –
7024
Angle piece 90°, CP 60
7035/
– ◾ – 0.5 6206.600 – – 6206.600
7024
Intermediate hinge CP 60
7035/
◾ – – 2.2 – – 6206.620 –
7024
Top-mounted joint CP 60
7035/
Horizontal outlet ◾ – – 2.2 – – – 6206.700
7024
Wall-mounted hinge CP 60
7035/
7024
Wall/base mounting bracket CP 60, small
– ◾ – 0.35 7035 – – – 6206.820
Wall/base mounting bracket CP 60, large
7035/
– ◾ – 1.4 – – – 6206.800
7024
Mounting component CP 60 for signal pillar see page 720
– ◾ – 0.1 7024 6206.900 6206.900 6206.900 6206.900
Accessories
Adaptor CP 120/60 Ø 130 mm to ▭ 120 x 65 mm 6212.500 see page 157
1) Weight information and diagrams for CP 40, see page 139
15
17
13
16
11
18
10
7
7
4
148
Component overview
Adaptor CP 120 from support arm connection Ø 130 mm to
▭ 120 x 65 mm (6212.500)
Attachment CP 120 for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(6212.320)
10 Coupling CP 120 for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(6212.300)
Coupling CP 60 for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm
(6206.340)
Angle coupling 90° CP 120 for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(6212.380)
(6212.025, 6212.050, 6212.100, 6212.200)

Support section CP 120, open
(6212.150, 6212.110, 6212.210)
(6206.025, 6206.050, 6206.100, 6206.200)
Angle piece 90° CP 120 (6212.600)
6 Intermediate hinge CP 120 (6212.620)
Top-mounted joint CP 120, vertical outlet (6212.720)
Wall-mounted hinge CP 120, vertical outlet (6212.760)
12
Wall/based mounting bracket CP 120, large (6212.800)
14 Mounting component CP 120/180 for signal pillar (6212.900)
Load information
1200 1
1100
1000
2
3
800 2
500
300
200
1
500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Jib length (mm)
System layout without intermediate hinge 6212.620,

with solid or open support section
with solid support section
and open support section
Maximum system length 2500 mm for systems
with horizontal outlet at the start of the system.
Maximum system length 1500 mm for systems with
vertical outlet at the start of the system.
The overall height with a vertical system start
must not exceed 500 mm.
Note:
– Wall/base mounting bracket, small 6212.820 must not be used in
conjunction with intermediate hinge 6212.620!

Comfort Panel Page 124 Optipanel Page 126 Operating housing with handle strips Page 130 Operating housing for desktop TFT Page 132
Support section CP 120 X-shaped profiling for greater Size:

Attachment to the connection load capacity, large cable rout- – External dimensions:
components with 4 self-tapping ing channels. Upper channel 75 x 120 mm
screws in the screw channel. May adequate for cables with large
120
Material:
be cut to any required length, no connectors (e.g. DVI or VGA)
thread-tapping required. Closed and available/usable throughout
cable duct with a large cross- the entire system.
section. Open cable duct for easy Colour: 75 75
servicing access and for pre- – Support section: RAL 7035
assembled cables with connec-
Supply includes: Technical details:
tors; lockable via cover section.
– Support section Available on the Internet
Combination with support arm, height adjustable
2 2
3 3
2 2 4
4
5
8
6
1 7 1 9
8 10
2 Wall-mounted hinge CP 120, horizontal outlet (6212.740)
3
Adaptor CP 120 to support arm, height-adjustable
4 (6071.600)
Support arm, height-adjustable, see page 160
1
8 Angle piece 90° CP 120 (6212.600)
2
Adaptor for support arm combination CP 120/60
9 (6212.640)
Support section CP 60, L = 500 mm (6206.050)

Coupling CP 60 for support arm connection
▭ 120 x 65 mm (6206.340)
Support section CP 120, solid, L = 500 mm (6212.050)
Coupling CP 120 for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(6212.300)

Enclosure Enclosure
Centre section Wall section
section section
CP 120 CP 120
CP 120 CP 120/60
Rotating/tilting
Colour RAL
Length mm
Weight kg
Rigid
Model No.
Adaptor CP 120/60 from support arm connection Ø 130 mm to ▭ 120 x 65 mm
see page 157 – ◾ – 0.5 7035 6212.500 6212.500 – –
Attachment CP 120/60 for support arm connection
Ø 130 mm – ◾ – 0.7 7035 6212.320 6206.320 – –
▭ 120 x 65 mm – ◾ – 0.7 7035 – 6206.360 – –
Coupling CP 120/60 for support arm connection
Ø 130 mm 6212.300 6206.300 – –

◾ – – 2.0 7035
▭ 120 x 65 mm – 6206.340 – –
Angle coupling 90° CP 120 for support arm connection
7035/
Ø 130 mm ◾ – – 2.1 6212.380 – – –
7024
Support section CP 120/60 CP 120 CP 601) CP 120 CP 120

– – 250 2.0 6212.025 6206.025 6212.025 6212.025
– – 500 3.9 6212.050 6206.050 6212.050 6212.050
Solid 7035
– – 1000 7.8 6212.100 6206.100 6212.100 6212.100
– – 2000 15.6 6212.200 6206.200 6212.200 6212.200
– – 500 4.6 6212.150 – 6212.150 6212.150

7035/
Open – – 1000 9.2 6212.110 – 6212.110 6212.110
7024
– – 2000 18.4 6212.210 – 6212.210 6212.210
see page 159 – ◾ – 0.7 7035 – 6212.640 – –
Angle piece 90°, CP 120
7035/
– ◾ – 1.1 6212.600 – – 6212.600
7024
7035/
◾ – – 4.4 – – 6212.620 –
7024
Vertical outlet ◾ – – 3.8 7035 – – – 6212.720
7035/
7024
7035/
Vertical outlet ◾ – – 5.5 – – – 6212.760
7024
7035/
7024
– ◾ – 0.5 7035 – – – 6212.820
Wall/base mounting bracket CP 120, large
7035/
– ◾ – 2.5 – – – 6212.800
7024
Mounting component CP 120/180 for signal pillar
see page 720 – ◾ – 0.1 7024 6212.900 6212.900 6212.900 6212.900
Tilting adaptor
For support arm connection Ø 130 mm and ▭ 120 x 65 mm see page 147
Accessories
Adaptor CP 120 to support arm, height-adjustable 6071.600 see page 159

10
11
12 3
7 4

Component overview
(6212.320)
(6212.300)
(6218.050, 6218.100, 6218.200)
9
Support section CP 180, open
(6218.150, 6218.110, 6218.210)
(6212.025, 6212.050, 6212.100, 6212.200)

Angle piece 90° CP 180 (6218.600)
Mounting component CP 120/180 for signal pillar (6212.900)
Load information
2000
1800 1
2
1500
3
1300
1000
800
500
300
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Jib length (mm)
System layout without intermediate hinge 6218.620

with solid or open support section
with solid support section
and open support section
Note:
– Where possible, Rittal recommends that the support section between
components 6218.700, 6218.740, 6218.820 and intermediate hinge
6218.620 should be of a solid design

Comfort Panel Page 124 Optipanel Page 126 Operating housing with handle strips Page 130 Operating housing for desktop TFT Page 132
Support section CP 180 X-shaped profiling for greater Size:

Attachment to the connection load capacity, large cable rout- – External dimensions:
components with 4 self-tapping ing channels. Upper channel 90 x 160 mm
screws in the screw channel. adequate for cables with large
160
Material:
May be cut to any required length, connectors (e.g. DVI or VGA)
no thread-tapping required. and available/usable throughout
Closed cable duct with a large the entire system.
cross-section. Open cable duct Colour: 90 90
for easy servicing access and – Support section: RAL 7035
for pre-assembled cables with
Supply includes:
connectors; lockable via cover Technical details:
– Support section
section. Available on the Internet
Combination with support arm system CP 120
4
1
5

Support section, solid CP 180, 1000 mm (6218.100)
Angle piece 90° CP 180 (6218.600)
Support section CP 120, solid, L = 500 mm (6212.050)
Coupling CP 120 for support arm connection Ø 130 mm (6212.300)

CP 180/120 CP 180 CP 180
Rotating/tilting
Colour RAL
Length mm
Weight kg
Rigid
Model No.
– ◾ – 0.7 7035 6212.320 – –
◾ – – 2.0 7035 6212.300 – –
Support section CP 180/120 CP 1201) CP 180 CP 180

– – 250 2.6 6212.025 – –
– – 500 5.2 6212.050 6218.050 6218.050
Solid 7035
– – 1000 10.5 6212.100 6218.100 6218.100
– – 2000 21 6212.200 6218.200 6218.200
– – 500 5.8 6212.150 6218.150 6218.150

7035/
Open – – 1000 11.6 6212.110 6218.110 6218.110
7024
– – 2000 23.2 6212.210 6218.210 6218.210
see page 159 – ◾ – 1.5 7035 6218.640 – –
Angle piece 90° CP 180
7035/
– ◾ – 3.6 6218.600 – 6218.600
7024
7035/
◾ – – 10.3 – 6218.620 –
7024
7035/
Horizontal outlet ◾ – – 18.0 – – 6218.700
7024
7035/
Horizontal outlet ◾ – – 13.0 – – 6218.740
7024
– ◾ – 5.0 7035 – – 6218.820
Mounting component CP 120/180 for signal pillar
only for 6218.600, 6218.700,

– ◾ – 0.1 7024 6212.900 – 6212.900
see page 720

Support arm system CP 40/60/120/180
Connection console Weight kg Model No.

VESA 75/100 1.1 6206.480
For rear connection of

◾ Slimline operating housings
◾ Commercially available TFTs Also required:
◾ Industrial PCs – Attachment CP 60, for support arm connection
with VESA 75/100 connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm, 6206.360
Connection to Rittal support arm systems – Coupling CP 60 for support arm connection
◾ CP 40 ▭ 120 x 65 mm, 6206.340
◾ CP 60 – Tilting adaptor 10° for support arm connection
◾ CP 120 via adaptor from support arm connec- ▭ 120 x 65 mm, 6206.440
tion Ø 130 mm to ▭ 120 x 65 mm – Coupling CP 40 for support arm connection
▭ 120 x 65 mm, 6501.130
Benefits: – Tilting adaptor +/-45° for support arm connection
◾ Fast, simple one-person assembly using ▭ 120 x 65 mm, 6206.460
machined keyholes – Adaptor from support arm connection Ø 130 mm
◾ More space for installation and servicing to
◾ Cables may be routed to devices outside and ▭ 120 x 65 mm, 6212. 500
inside the console
◾ Removable cover for simple cable routing and Technical details:
access to interior device connections Available on the Internet
◾ Integral cable clamping facilities
◾ Cover with captive screws
VESA connection hole pattern
Material:
– Cast aluminium 100
75
Colour:
– Connection console: RAL 7035
– Cover: RAL 7024
Supply includes:
– Seals and assembly parts
100
75
– Cable ties for cable clamping
Connection console Colour RAL Weight kg Model No.

◾ For rear connection of slimline operating 7024 0.7 6508.010
housings
◾ Removable lid for simple cable entry
Technical details:
Connection to Rittal support arm systems Available on the Internet
◾ CP 40
◾ CP 60
◾ CP 120 via adaptor from support arm connec-
tion Ø 130 mm to ▭ 120 x 65 mm
Material:
– Cast aluminium
Supply includes:
– Seals and assembly parts
– Cable ties for cable clamping

Adaptor Height mm Weight kg Model No.

from support arm connection Ø 130 mm to 40 0.5 6212.500
▭ 120 x 65 mm
For external mounting of operating housings with Technical details:
support arm cut-out ▭ 120 x 65 mm and connec- Available on the Internet
tion console VESA 75/100 to
◾ Coupling CP 120, 6212.300
◾ Mounting bracket CP 120, 6212.320
◾ Angle coupling 90° CP 120, 6212.380
◾ Pivot with jib, 6016.600
◾ Pivot for machine-integrated installation,
6016.700
Material:
– Cast aluminium
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Seals
– Assembly parts
Adaptor Height mm Weight kg Model No.

from support arm connection Ø 180 mm to 20 0.6 6212.520
Ø 130 mm
For mounting between: Technical details:
◾ Enclosures with support arm connection Available on the Internet
Ø 180 mm
and
◾ Coupling CP 60/120 for support arm connection
Ø 130 mm, 6206.300, 6212.300
◾ Mounting bracket CP 60/120 for support arm
connection Ø 130 mm, 6206.320, 6212.320
◾ Pivot, 6016.600, 6016.700
Material:
– Cast aluminium
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Seals
– Assembly parts
Adaptor Weight kg Model No.

for Siemens Pro-Panel 0.3 6206.500
For the external mounting of Siemens Simatic

◾ MP 377 15˝ Pro Technical details:
◾ Thin Client 15˝ Pro Available on the Internet
◾ Flat-Panel Monitor 15˝, 19˝ Pro
◾ HMI IPC477C 15˝ Pro
to support arm system
◾ CP 40, steel
◾ CP 60/120 with support arm connection
▭ 120 x 65 mm
Material:
– Aluminium
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Seals
– Assembly parts

Connection plates Weight kg Model No.

with reinforcement plate 1.4 6212.540
◾ For easy location of the command panel onto

the support arm or pedestal Material:
◾ More space for cable entry – Connection plate: Cast aluminium
For mounting command panels – Reinforcement plate: Sheet steel, 6 mm
◾ Comfort Panel from a front panel width of Colour:
247 mm and installation depth of 152 mm – RAL 7035
◾ Optipanel from a front panel width of 220 mm
and installation depth of 150 mm Supply includes:
◾ Sheet steel from 135 mm installation depth – Reinforcement plate
– Seals
For mounting on support arm system components – Assembly parts
◾ Mounting bracket CP 60/120 for support arm
connection Ø 130 mm, 6206.320, 6212.320 Technical details:
◾ Coupling CP 60/120 for support arm connection Available on the Internet
Ø 130 mm, 6206.300, 6212.300
◾ Angle coupling 90° CP 60/120 for support arm
connection Ø 130 mm, 6206.380, 6212.380
◾ Tilting adaptor 10° CP 60/120 for support arm
connection Ø 130 mm, 6206.400
◾ Tilting adaptor +/–45°, system 60/120 for
support arm connection Ø 130 mm, 6206.420
Angle adaptor 90° Weight kg Model No.

for support arm combination CP 60 to CP 40 1.0 6206.640
Application:
◾ Connection component from CP 60 horizontal to
CP 40 vertical Accessories:
◾ For external mounting of small, slimline operating
housings with CP 40 components, if the greater – Mounting component for signal pillars (6206.900),
load capacity of CP 60 is needed for large jib for external mounting on the cover, see page 720
lengths or if an intermediate hinge is required for Technical details:
the application. Available on the Internet
Benefits:
◾ With integral adjustment facility
◾ Removable cover for simple cable entry
Material:
– Angle adaptor 90°: Cast aluminium
– Cover: Plastic
Colour:
– Angle adaptor 90°: RAL 7035
– Cover: RAL 7024
Supply includes:
– Seals
– Adjusting screws
– Self-tapping screws and clamping screws for
support section attachment

Adaptor For support arm system Weight kg Model No.

For support arm combination CP 120 to 60 0.7 6212.640
◾ CP 120 to 60 CP 180 to 120 1.5 6218.640
◾ CP 180 to 120
Application: Technical details:
◾ Connection component between large and small Available on the Internet
support arm systems, where this arrangement is
chosen for static, visual or cost reasons
◾ For mounting small, flat command panels if the
load capacity of a larger system is needed hori-
zontally for long jib lengths
Benefits:
◾ Integral adjustment facility
Material:
– Cast aluminium
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Seals
– Self-tapping screws for support section
attachment
Adaptor CP 120 to support Weight kg Model No.

arm, height-adjustable 0.6 6071.600
Application:
◾ For integration of the height-adjustable support Technical details:
arm to the support arm system CP 120 Available on the Internet
Benefits:
◾ Integral adjustment facility
Material:
– Cast aluminium
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Seals
– Self-tapping screws for support section attach-
ment

Support arm, height-adjustable Overall length

Colour RAL
Weight range
Model No.
mm kg1)
for support arm system CP 120
Offers enhanced ergonomics thanks to 962 9006 10 – 20 6510.210
◾ Adjustment range 1090 9006 15 – 32 6510.330
– for tall and short operators 1090 9006 20 – 40 6510.340
– for seated and standing work 1) For populated enclosure and vertical support section
– adjustable to a maximum of 800 mm as
required via an adjusting screw at the front of
the support arm Note:
◾ Precise coordination of the compression spring Maximum cross-section for cable entry:
to the enclosure weight via an adjusting screw at – 6510.210 = 8 x 15 mm
the rear of the support arm
◾ Complete functional reliability – if the compres-
sion spring breaks, the arm will remain in position
◾ Clip-off plastic panels for access to integral cable 6510.330, 6510.340
routing Maximum no. of cables Maximum
◾ Tilting angle of the mounted enclosure is identi- that may be inserted connector dimensions
cal in every height position
54
For 6510.330 and 6510.340
◾ More space for cable routing
18
12
8
◾ Cables with connectors such as DVI, 39
VGA are also easily inserted 1
◾ Integral locking in three stages
◾ Superior load capacity 2
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts Max. Ø 7 mm (3 x)
Max. Ø 8.5 mm (2 x)
Technical details:
Housing coupling Version Optipanel

Comfort
Weight kg Model No.
Panel
for desktop mounting
The stable, rotating connection with extra space for B=
4321) 4351) 4.2 6528.410
418 mm
cable routing.
1) From front panel width mm without keyboard housing,
For additional stability of the roof and base with
heavy installed equipment. with keyboard housing on request
For mounting
◾ Command panels from 150 mm installation Note:
depth on – With the Comfort Panel and Optipanel enclo-
◾ IW worktops sures, the rectangular support arm cut-out
◾ Horizontal surfaces (floors or ceilings) may be selected, ordered and prepared using the
Attachment command panel configurators at www.rittal.com
◾ of command panels: With one-person assembly Technical details:
via machined keyholes Available on the Internet
◾ on surfaces: Via external screws with cover
Rotation range:
– Max. 350°, lockable via clamping levers
– By using additional M6 cheese-head screws,
the rotation range may be limited to ±28°, ±73°,
±118°, ±163°
Material:
– Housing coupling: Cast aluminium/die-cast zinc
– Reinforcement plate: Sheet steel, 6 mm
Surface finish:
– Housing coupling: Powder-coated, textured
– Reinforcement plate: Zinc-plated
Colour:
– Housing coupling: RAL 7024
Supply includes:
– Reinforcement plate
– Seals
– Assembly parts

Pivot Jib length

Colour RAL
Load capacity
Model No.
mm N
with/without jib
◾ For direct, vertically hinged integration into – 7024 700 6016.700
machines and systems 200 7024/7035 700 6016.600
◾ Enclosure suspended or top-mounted
◾ With integral rotation range restrictor
◾ To fit enclosures with mounting cut-out Technical details:
Ø 130 mm Available on the Internet
Tilting adaptor +/-45° Weight kg Model No.

for command panels with support arm 1.2 6206.420
connection Ø 130 mm
For mounting between: Technical details:
◾ Coupling CP 60, 6206.300 Available on the Internet
◾ Coupling CP 120, 6212.300
or
or
◾ Angle coupling 90°, CP 60, 6206.380
◾ Angle coupling 90°, CP 120, 6212.380
and the command panel
Tilt angle:
– Adjustable in 7.5° increments
Material:
– Tilting adaptor: Cast aluminium
– Concertina section: Plastic
Colour:
– Tilting adaptor: RAL 7035
– Concertina section: RAL 7024
Supply includes:
– Seals
– Concertina section
– Assembly parts

Tilting adaptor +100°/-60° Weight kg Model No.

for command panels with support arm 0.8 6206.460
connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm
For mounting on Technical details:
◾ IW worktop, prepared for enclosure attachment Available on the Internet
Ø 130 mm
◾ Surfaces
◾ Attachment/coupling with support arm connec-
tion ▭ 120 x 65 mm
To fit enclosures up to 20 kg with support arm con-
nection
◾ ▭ 90 x 71 mm
◾ Ø 130 mm
◾ ▭ 120 x 65 mm
◾ VESA Standard 75
With cable tube for protected cable entry.
Tilt angle:
– Adjustable in 7.2° increments via clamping lever
and may be limited to +100°/-15° using the stop
screw supplied loose.
Material:
– Tilting adaptor: Sheet steel, spray-finished
– Concertina section: Plastic
Colour:
– Tilting adaptor: RAL 7035
– Concertina section: RAL 7024
Supply includes:
– Concertina section
– Assembly parts

Stand systems for
support arm system CP 60/120
163
Stand systems
Pedestal, modular, consisting of: Colour: Technical details: Photo shows a configuration
◾ Pedestal base plate/cross – RAL 7035 Available on the Internet example with equipment not
member included in the scope of supply
◾ Support section
◾ Enclosure connection
Pedestal, modular
3
Weight load kg 15 18 351) 351) Page

Pedestal base plate Model No.
Pedestal base plate/cross member 6146.100 6106.100 6106.200 6106.400
Width 400 400 490 600
Dimensions mm Height 10 108 100 205
Depth 400 400 600 650
Support section Model No.

Height-adjustable (adjustment range 732 – 1122 mm) 6146.200 – – –
Closed, length 1000 mm – 6206.100 6206.1001) 6206.1001)
Enclosure connection Model No.

Enclosure reinforcement, rigid – 6106.110 – –
Attachment CP 40, steel, for support arm connection ▭ 90 x 71 mm 6501.070 – – –
Coupling CP 40, steel, for support arm connection ▭ 90 x 71 mm 6501.050 – – –
Coupling CP 40, steel, for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm 6501.130 – – –
Attachment CP 60, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm – – 6206.320 6206.320
Attachment CP 60, for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm – – 6206.360 6206.360
Coupling CP 60, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm – – 6206.300 –
Coupling CP 60, for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm – – 6206.340 –
Tilt adjustment 6146.300 – – –
Accessories
Twin castors 6148.000 – 6148.000 ◾ 522
Levelling feet – – 4612.000 – 521
Base mounting bracket – – 1590.000 – 587
1) Alternative: Support arm system CP 120 may also be used by simply drilling a hole. Weight capacity 50 kg.

Stand systems
The right system to suit any appli- Colour: Technical details: Photo shows a configuration
cation: – RAL 7035 Available on the Internet example with equipment not
◾ A range of design variants included in the scope of supply
◾ Weight load from 15 – 25 kg
◾ Reliable protection of cable
management
Pedestal, complete
Weight capacity kg 25 25 15 Page

Model No. 6106.300 6141.200 6135.000
Width mm 600 600 360
Height mm 1093 946 995
Depth mm 660 660 500
Supply includes
Cross member ◾ ◾ –
Base plate – – ◾
Support section ◾ – ◾
Vertical aluminium panel moulding, may be opened ◾ ◾ –
Worktop attachment – ◾ –
Accessories
Twin castors 6148.000, 7495.000 6148.000, 7495.000 – 522
Levelling feet 4612.000 4612.000 – 521
Base mounting bracket 6147.000 6147.000 – 167
Trim panel for pedestal 6144.100 6144.100 – 167
Attachment CP 60, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm 6206.320 – – 147
Attachment CP 60, for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm 6206.360 – – 147
Coupling CP 60, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm 6206.300 – – 147
Coupling CP 60, for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm 6206.340 – – 147
Worktop without handle1) – 6902.310 –
1) W x H x D 950 x 38 x 600 mm

Stand systems
The welded alternatives to the Material: Technical details: Photo shows a configuration
pedestal, complete – Steel Available on the Internet example with equipment not
◾ Open pedestal for retrospec- included in the scope of supply
Surface finish:
tive cable entry with pre-
– Spray-finished
assembled connectors
◾ Pillar, small: Colour:
For heavy installed equipment – RAL 7035
Pedestal, open/pillar, small
Weight load kg 40 80 Page

Model No. 6106.500 6112.500
Supply includes
Width 400 500
Base plate cross section mm Height 10 12
Depth 400 500
Overall height mm 1095 1150
Accessories
Attachment CP 60, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm 6206.320 – 147
Attachment CP 60, for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm 6206.360 – 147
Coupling CP 60, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm 6206.300 – 147
Coupling CP 60, for support arm connection ▭ 120 x 65 mm 6206.340 – 147
Attachment CP 120, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm – 6212.320 151
Coupling CP 120, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm – 6212.300 151

Stand systems
Accessories
Base mounting bracket Packs of Model No.

Brackets for screw-fastening from below to the cast 4 pc(s). 6147.000
feet with posidrive raised countersunk screws M12.
Optionally with projection at the front, interior or
sides, with Ø 11 mm hole for screw-fastening to the
base.
Material:
– Steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Posidrive raised countersunk screws M12
Trim panel Colour RAL Model No.

7035 textured 6144.100
Material:
– Cast aluminium
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts for screw-fastening between the
cast feet at the front or rear
Enclosure reinforcement Technical details

For external or internal reinforcement of enclosures
of a corresponding size. Smaller enclosures may
also be mounted directly without reinforcement.
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts for the enclosure and support
section plus 2 seals 1
Support arm Weight

For enclosure Material Model No.
connection kg
B1 ≥ 300 mm,
T1 ≥ 150 mm
CP 40, stainless steel Stainless steel 1.4301 0.9 6143.310
B1 ≥ 300 mm,
T1 ≥ 150 mm
CP 60 Sheet steel 0.9 6106.110
B = Width 2
T = Depth

Hygienic Design
Small and compact enclosures HD
Terminal boxes HD .....................................................................................170
Compact enclosures HD.............................................................................171
Accessories ................................................................................................172

Hygienic Design
HD accessories Page 172 System accessories Page 507 KL stainless steel Page 177
Material: Surface finish: Protection category NEMA: T B2

– Enclosure and cover: Stainless – Enclosure and cover: Brushed, – NEMA 13
steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1.5 mm grain 400, peak-to-valley height – NEMA 3R
– Mounting bracket: Sheet steel, < 0.8 μm – NEMA 4X
zinc-plated, passivated, – Seal: Blue, dyed (RAL 5010)
H1
Supply includes:
2.0 mm – Mounting plate: Zinc-plated
– Enclosure of all-round solid
H2
– Quick-release fasteners:
Protection category IP to construction
Stainless steel
IEC 60 529: – Cover
– Seal: Silicone, compliant with
– IP 66 – Mounting bracket (pre-assem-
FDA Guideline
bled) B1
21 CFR 177.2600 Protection category IP to
– Seal and quick-release locks
DIN 40 050-9:
(supplied loose)
– IP 69K
Technical details:
Terminal boxes HD
Width (front) (B1) mm Packs of 150 150 200 300 400 400 Page
Width (rear) (B2) mm 172 177 227 327 427 427
Height (front) (H1) mm 150 150 200 200 200 300
Height (rear) (H2) mm 172 177 227 227 227 327
Depth (T) mm 80 120 120 120 120 120
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1670.600 1671.600 1672.600 1674.600 1675.600 1676.600
Accessories
Wall spacer bracket HD 1 pc(s). 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 172
Cable gland HD see page see page see page see page see page see page 659

Hygienic Design
HD accessories Page 172 System accessories Page 507 AE stainless steel Page 179 Rails for interior installation HD Page 173
F
Material: Protection category IP to Approvals:
– Enclosure and door: Stainless IEC 60 529: – UL
B
steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) – IP 66 – cUL
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel
Protection category IP to Technical details:
– Lock inserts HD: Stainless steel
DIN 40 050-9: Available on the Internet
1.4404 (AISI 316L)
G
H1
– IP 69K
– Seal: Silicone, compliant with
FDA Guideline Protection category NEMA:
H2
21 CFR 177.2600 – NEMA 13
– NEMA 4X
Surface finish: T
– Enclosure and door: Brushed, Supply includes:
grain 400, peak-to-valley height – Enclosure of all-round solid
< 0.8 μm construction
– Mounting plate: Zinc-plated – Door with press-fitted seal
– Seal: Blue, dyed (RAL 5010) – Interchangeable door hinge
– Mounting plate
Compact enclosures HD
Height (front) (H1) mm 350 430 650 550 430 650 1050 1250
Height (rear) (H2) mm 437 549 769 669 601 769 1221 1421
Depth (T) mm 155 210 210 210 300 210 300 300
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1302.600 1306.600 1308.600 1307.600 1320.600 1310.600 1316.600 1317.600
Accessories
Wall spacer bracket HD 1 pc(s). 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 172
Cable gland HD see page see page see page see page see page see page see page see page 659

Hygienic Design
Accessories
Levelling feet HD Thread

Levelling
range Base mount
Packs
Model No.
of
Benefits: mm
◾ Minimal cleaning time, due to fully covered, without 4 pc(s). 4000.200
permanently sealed threads M12 120 – 175
with 4 pc(s). 4000.210
◾ Compensation of floor inclines up to an angle of
10° thanks to flexible base plate
◾ Baying is even possible on sloping floors, thanks
to a large levelling range of 55 mm
Load capacity:
– Max. 5000 N static per levelling foot
Material:
– Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts and seals
Wall spacer bracket HD Wall distance

Packs of Model No.
mm
Benefits:
◾ Creates space for cleaning behind the enclosure 50 1 pc(s). 4000.100
◾ Shorter assembly times by eliminating the need
for an all-round seal
Mounting alternatives:
◾ Greater hygiene safety by avoiding an uncontrol-
lable dead space or gap between the enclosure
and wall Attachment from inside Attachment from outside
Ø
Functional principle: 34 15
◾ Mounting on the wall optionally from the enclo-
sure interior via a through-hole (max. M8) or from M10 x ...
the rear via an integral M10 thread 50
64
Material:
M8 x ...
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts and seals
Enclosure key HD Packs of Model No.

1 pc(s). 2549.600
Bit HD Packs of Model No.

for universal key 2549.500 1 pc(s). 2549.510
See page 573
Cam lock HD Packs of Model No.

Hygienic Design variant for easy, safe cleaning. 1 pc(s). 2304.010
Applications:
◾ Compact enclosures AE stainless steel (except
1017.XXX and 1019.XXX). Accessories:
◾ May be integrated into customised applications,
e.g. covers of machine panels – Enclosure key HD, see page 172
Material:
– Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L)

Hygienic Design
Accessories
Rails for interior installation Length

Packs of Model No. Page
mm
for compact enclosures HD
For mounting on the existing threaded bolts. With 510 4 pc(s). 5001.050 605
TS system punchings on three sides. 710 4 pc(s). 5001.051 605
Material: 910 4 pc(s). 5001.052 605
– Sheet steel, zinc-plated 1110 4 pc(s). 5001.053 605
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Interior installation, door

1
2 Enclosure
Model No. Model No.
1316.600 5001.052 5001.050 5001.050

5001.051 5001.051
1317.600 5001.053
5001.050 5001.050
Interior installation, enclosure

Enclosure
Rails for interior TS punched Mounting
installation section with plates
mounting flange
17 x 73 mm
Model No. Model No. Model No.

1308.600
5001.050 – –
1310.600
8612.130
8612.400
1316.600 5001.052 (only on
8612.410
lock side)
3
8612.130
8612.400
1317.600 5001.053 (only on
8612.410
lock side)

Stainless steel
Small enclosures
Switch housings .........................................................................................176
Terminal boxes KL......................................................................................177
Bus enclosures BG.....................................................................................178
Compact enclosures
Compact enclosures AE .............................................................................179
Enclosure systems
Baying systems TS 8 ..................................................................................182
Baying systems TS 8, IP 66/NEMA 4X........................................................183
System enclosures SE 8 .............................................................................184
System enclosures SE 8, IP 66/NEMA 4X...................................................185
One-piece consoles....................................................................................186
Command panels
Premium Panel IP 69K................................................................................188
Command panel housings with door ..........................................................189
Support arm system


Switch housings
Material: Surface finish: Supply includes:

– Enclosure: Stainless steel – Enclosure and cover: Brushed, – Enclosure with cover
1.4301 (AISI 304) grain 240 – Quick-release fasteners
– Cover: Stainless steel 1.4301
Protection category IP to Technical details:
(AISI 304), all-round foamed-in
IEC 60 529: Available on the Internet
PU seal
– IP 66 R
R
– NEMA 4X
Stainless steel
Height mm 100 100 100 100
Depth mm 90 90 90 90
Material thickness - enclosure mm 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Material thickness - cover mm 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Model No. 1 pc(s). 2384.010 2384.020 2384.030 2384.040
Pitch pattern (R) mm – 60 60 60
No. of switch cut-outs Ø 22.5 mm 1 2 3 4
Number of quick-release fasteners 2 4 4 4
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket 4 pc(s). 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 587
Pressure relief stoppers 5 pc(s). 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 533
Cable gland HD see page see page see page see page 659
Earthing kit 5 pc(s). 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 646
Earth straps see page see page see page see page 644
Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 pc(s). – 2314.000 2315.000 2315.000 614

Terminal boxes KL
System accessories Page 507 KL sheet steel Page 30 KL for potentially explosive areas Page 192 KL Hygienic Design Page 170

– Enclosure: Stainless steel IEC 60 529: – UL Available on the Internet
1.4301 (AISI 304) – IP 66 – CSA
– Cover: Stainless steel 1.4301 – TÜV
(AISI 304), all-round foamed-in – Germanischer Lloyd
– NEMA 4X
PU seal – Russian Maritime Register of
Surface finish:
– Enclosure with cover – Lloyds Register of Shipping
– Enclosure and cover: Brushed,
– Quick-release fastener includ- – Bureau Veritas
grain 180
ing plastic bushes – VDE
Stainless steel
Width mm Packs of 150 150 300 200 200 Page
Height mm 150 150 150 200 200
Depth mm 80 120 80 80 120
Material thickness - cover mm 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1521.010 1527.010 1522.010 1523.010 1528.010
Weight kg 1.3 1.6 1.8 1.8 2.2
Number of quick-release fasteners 4 4 4 4 4
Accessories
Mounting plates 1 pc(s). 1560.700 1560.700 1561.700 1562.700 1562.700 591
Wall angle 4 pc(s). 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 588
Pole clamp 1 set(s) 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 pc(s). 2314.000 2314.000 2316.000 2315.000 2315.000 614
Cover hinge 2 pc(s). 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 574
Pressure relief stoppers 5 pc(s). 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 533
Stainless steel
Height mm 200 200 200 300 300
Depth mm 80 120 120 120 120
Material thickness - cover mm 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1524.010 1529.010 1525.010 1526.010 1530.010
Weight kg 2.4 2.9 3.6 3.9 4.6
Accessories
Mounting plates 1 pc(s). 1563.700 1563.700 1564.700 1567.700 1568.700 591
Wall angle 4 pc(s). 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 588
Pole clamp 1 set(s) 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 pc(s). 2316.000 2316.000 2317.000 2316.000 2316.000 614
Cover hinge 2 pc(s). 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 574

Bus enclosures BG
System accessories Page 507 BG sheet steel Page 36
Material: Surface finish: Supply includes: Approvals:

– Enclosure: Stainless steel – Enclosure and cover: Brushed, – Enclosure with cover – UL
1.4301 (AISI 304) grain 240 – 180° hinges (2) – cUL
– Cover: Stainless steel 1.4301 – 180° hinges: Chrome-plated – Support rail TS 35/7.5 – TÜV
(AISI 304), all-round foamed-in – Lloyds Register of Shipping
PU seal – Bureau Veritas
IEC 60 529:
– 180° hinges: Die-cast zinc – VDE
– IP 66
Technical details:
– NEMA 4X
Stainless steel

Height mm 300 300 300 200 200
Depth mm 80 80 80 123 123
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1583.010 1584.010 1585.010 1558.010 1559.010
Weight kg 2.8 3.7 4.5 4.5 6.0
adjustable on profile strip – – – ◾ ◾
Design support rail
attached to studs ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
bottom – – – ◾ ◾
Door hinge
right/left ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
Accessories
Pole clamp 1 set(s) 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
Condensate discharge 6 pc(s). 2459.000 2459.000 2459.000 2459.000 2459.000 533

System accessories Page 507 AE sheet steel Page 46 Hygienic Design Page 171
Material: Supply includes: Approvals:

F
– Enclosure: Stainless steel – Enclosure with door(s) – UL
– Door: Stainless steel, all-round – Mounting plate – CSA
T
foamed-in PU seal Please note the product-specific – TÜV B
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel scope of supply. – Germanischer Lloyd
Surface finish:
Shipping
– Enclosure and door: Brushed,
G
– Lloyds Register of Shipping
grain 240
– Bureau Veritas
H
– VDE
Technical details:
Stainless steel
Height (H) mm 300 300 300 300 300 300
Depth (T) mm 120 155 155 210 155 210
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) ◾ – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Material
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) – ◾ – – – –
Die-cast zinc, nickel-plated ◾ – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Material of lock
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) – ◾ – – – –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1001.600 1002.500 1002.600 1003.600 1004.600 1011.600
Weight kg 3.6 4.1 4.1 6.9 7.4 8.4
Protection category NEMA NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 4X
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Cam lock 1 1 1 1 1 1
3-point lock system – – – – – –
Accessories
Rails for interior installation 4 pc(s). – – – 2383.210 – 2383.210 605
Rain canopies, stainless steel 1 pc(s). – 2470.000 2470.000 2361.000 2471.000 2472.000 580
Wall angle 4 pc(s). 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 588
Pole clamp 1 set(s) 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
Cam locks 1 pc(s). 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 570
Cam lock HD 1 pc(s). 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 172

Stainless steel
Height (H) mm 380 380 380 380 380 500
Depth (T) mm 210 210 210 210 210 210
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) – ◾ – ◾ ◾ ◾
Material
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) ◾ – ◾ – – –
Die-cast zinc, nickel-plated – ◾ – ◾ ◾ ◾
Material of lock
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) ◾ – ◾ – – –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1005.500 1005.600 1006.500 1006.600 1009.600 1015.600
Weight kg 8.4 8.4 9.8 9.8 14.6 12.9
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Cam lock 1 1 1 1 1 2
Accessories
Rain canopies, stainless steel 1 pc(s). 2361.000 2361.000 2472.000 2472.000 2473.000 – 580
Wall angle 4 pc(s). 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 588
Pole clamp 1 set(s) 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
Cam locks 1 pc(s). 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 570
Cam lock HD 1 pc(s). 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 172
Stainless steel
Height (H) mm 500 500 600 600 600 760
Depth (T) mm 210 300 210 210 210 210
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) ◾ ◾ ◾ – ◾ ◾
Material
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) – – – ◾ – –
Die-cast zinc, nickel-plated ◾ ◾ ◾ – ◾ ◾
Material of lock
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) – – – ◾ – –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1007.600 1013.600 1008.600 1010.500 1010.600 1012.600
Weight kg 15.7 18.4 15.1 23.5 23.5 30.2
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Cam lock 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessories
Rain canopies, stainless steel 1 pc(s). 2362.000 – 2472.000 2473.000 2473.000 2473.000 580
Wall angle 4 pc(s). 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 588
Pole clamp 1 set(s) 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 589
Cam locks 1 pc(s). 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 570
Cam lock HD 1 pc(s). 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 172

Stainless steel
Height (H) mm 760 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200
Depth (T) mm 300 300 300 300 300 300
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ – ◾
Material
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) – – – – ◾ –
Die-cast zinc, nickel-plated ◾ ◾ ◾ – – –
Material of lock
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) – – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Model No. 1 pc(s). 1014.600 1016.600 1018.600 1017.600 1019.500 1019.600
Weight kg 42.5 52.9 71.0 61.5 76.0 76.0
Protection category NEMA NEMA 4X NEMA 4X NEMA 12 NEMA 4X NEMA 12 NEMA 12
Door(s) 1 1 2 1 2 2
Cam lock 2 2 2 – – –
3-point lock system – – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Rain canopies, stainless steel 1 pc(s). 2474.000 2475.000 2363.000 2475.000 2363.000 2363.000 580
Wall angle 4 pc(s). 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 588
Pole clamp – – – – – –
Cam locks 1 pc(s). 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 – – – 570
Cam lock HD 1 pc(s). 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 – – – 172
Accessories
Cable gland HD
see page 659

Baying systems TS 8
System accessories Page 507 Baying systems TS 8, sheet steel Page 62 EMC baying systems TS 8 Page 80
Material and surface finish: Protection category IP to Approvals: F

– Enclosure frame: Stainless steel IEC 60 529: – UL T B
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm, – IP 55 – CSA
uncoated – TÜV
– Roof: Stainless steel 1.4301 – Germanischer Lloyd
– NEMA 12
(AISI 304), 1.5 mm, exterior – Russian Maritime Register of
brushed, grain size 400 Supply includes: Shipping
G
– Door: Stainless steel 1.4301 – Enclosure frame with door(s) – Lloyds Register of Shipping
(AISI 304), 2 mm, exterior – Roof – Bureau Veritas
H
brushed, grain size 400 – Gland plates – VDE
– Rear panel: Stainless steel – Rear panel
Technical details:
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm, – Mounting plate
exterior brushed, grain size 400 – 4 eyebolts
– Gland plates: Stainless steel – Lock: 3 mm double-bit
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm,
Note:
uncoated
– Due to the hardness of the
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel,
material, we recommend using
3 mm, zinc-plated
metal multi-tooth screws for
the interior installation.
Stainless steel
Height (H) mm 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000
Depth (T) mm 400 400 500 500 500 600 600 600
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8454.600 8456.600 8453.600 8455.600 8457.600 8450.600 8451.600 8452.600
Door(s) 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1
Weight kg 112.9 170.4 174.9 116.3 92.5 129.7 194.7 104.4
2 support strips fitted in the enclosure depth – – – – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Side panels, screw-fastened, stainless steel 2 pc(s). 8700.840 8700.840 8700.850 8700.850 8700.850 8700.060 8700.060 8700.060 534
Divider panel 1 pc(s). 8609.840 8609.840 8609.850 8609.850 8609.850 8609.060 8609.060 8609.060 537
Divider panel for module plates 1 pc(s). – – 8609.100 8609.100 8609.100 8609.130 8609.130 8609.130 538
Base/plinth trim panels, side, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8701.040 8701.040 8701.050 8701.050 8701.050 8701.060 8701.060 8701.060 518
Base/plinth components, front and rear, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8701.800 8701.200 8701.200 8701.800 8701.600 8701.800 8701.200 8701.600 518
Base/plinth trim panels, side, 200 mm 1 set(s) 8702.040 8702.040 8702.050 8702.050 8702.050 8702.060 8702.060 8702.060 518
Base/plinth components, front and rear, 200 mm 1 set(s) 8702.800 8702.200 8702.200 8702.800 8702.600 8702.800 8702.200 8702.600 518
Base/plinth trim, modular 4 pc(s). 2907.000 2907.000 2908.000 2908.000 2908.000 2913.000 2913.000 2913.000 518
Cable clamp rails 2 pc(s). 4192.000 4196.000 4196.000 4192.000 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 4191.000 665
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets 1 pc(s). 4118.000 4116.000 4116.000 4118.000 4116.000 4118.000 4116.000 4116.000 578
Metal multi-tooth screws 300 pc(s). 2486.300 2486.300 2486.300 2486.300 2486.300 2486.300 2486.300 2486.300 625
System lights from page from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 634
Rail systems from page from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 602
Levelling feet 4 pc(s). 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 4612.000 521
Baying system from page from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 542
Door stay from page from page from page from page from page from page from page from page 578
Baying systems TS 8
System accessories Page 507 Cable entry Page 650
Material and surface finish: Protection category IP to Supply includes: F

– Enclosure frame: Stainless steel IEC 60 529: – Enclosure frame with door
T B
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm, – IP 66 – Roof
uncoated – Base, solid
– Roof: Stainless steel 1.4301 – Rear panel
– NEMA 4X
(AISI 304), 1.5 mm, exterior – Mounting plate
brushed, grain size 400 – 4 eyebolts
G
– Door: Stainless steel 1.4301 – Lock: 3 mm double-bit
(AISI 304), 2 mm, exterior
H
brushed, grain size 400
– Rear panel: Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm,
exterior brushed, grain size 400
– Base: Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304), 1.5 mm, uncoated
3 mm, zinc-plated
IP 66/NEMA 4X
Height (H) mm 2000
Depth (T) mm 600
Mounting plate width (F) mm 699
Mounting plate height (G) mm 1896
Model No. 1 pc(s). 8450.680
Door(s) 1
Accessories
Side panels, screw-fastened, stainless steel 2 pc(s). 8700.060 534
Baying frame IP 66/NEMA 4, NEMA 4X 1 pc(s). 8700.010 535
Base/plinth trim, modular 4 pc(s). 2913.000 518
Quick-fit baying clamp, one-piece 6 pc(s). 8800.500 543
Baying clamp, horizontal 4 pc(s). 8800.400 543
Angular baying bracket 4 pc(s). 8800.430 545
Rail systems from page 602
Cable duct for vertical TS section see page 663
Cable duct see page 673
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets 1 pc(s). 4118.000 578

System accessories Page 507 SE 8 sheet steel Page 81
The system enclosure is based on Protection category IP to Note: F

the TS 8 platform. System acces- IEC 60 529: – Due to the hardness of the
T B
sories for interior installation in the – IP 55 material, we recommend using
TS 8 design can be used without metal multi-tooth screws for
restrictions. the interior installation.
– NEMA 12
Material and surface finish: Approvals:
Supply includes:
– Enclosure: Stainless steel – UL
G
– Enclosure, solid top and sides
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm, – cUL
– Door(s)
H
– R/h door hinge with single-door Technical details:
– Door: Stainless steel 1.4301
enclosures, may be swapped Available on the Internet
to opposite side
– Rear panel, one-piece, detach-
able
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm,
– Mounting plate
– Gland plates
– Lock: 3 mm double-bit
3 mm, zinc-plated
– Gland plates: Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm,
uncoated
Stainless steel
Height (H) mm 1600 1800 1800 2000 1800 2000
Depth (T) mm 400 500 500 600 400 500
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5850.500 5851.500 5852.500 5853.500 5854.500 5855.500
Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 2
Weight kg 87.0 99.0 121.0 139.0 133.0 196.0
Accessories
Eyebolts 4 pc(s). 4568.500 4568.500 4568.500 4568.500 4568.500 4568.500 586
Metal multi-tooth screws 300 pc(s). 2486.300 2486.300 2486.300 2486.300 2486.300 2486.300 625
System lights from page from page from page from page from page from page 634
Snap-on nut TS see page see page see page see page see page see page 618
Cable duct for vertical TS section see page see page see page see page see page see page 663
Door stay from page from page from page from page from page from page 578

System accessories Page 507 SE 8 sheet steel Page 81
The system enclosure is based on Protection category IP to Note: F

the TS 8 platform. System acces- IEC 60 529: – Due to the hardness of the
T B
sories for interior installation in the – IP 66 material, we recommend using
TS 8 design can be used without metal multi-tooth screws for
restrictions. the interior installation.
– NEMA 4X
Material and surface finish: Approvals:
Supply includes:
– Enclosure: Stainless steel – UL
G
– Enclosure, solid top and sides
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm, – cUL
– Door(s)
H
– Door hinged on the right, may Technical details:
– Door: Stainless steel 1.4301
be swapped to the left Available on the Internet
– Rear panel
– Mounting plate
– Base, solid
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm,
– Lock: 3 mm double-bit
3 mm, zinc-plated
– Base: Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304), 1.5 mm, uncoated
IP 66/NEMA 4X
Height (H) mm 1600 1800 2000
Depth (T) mm 400 500 600
Model No. 1 pc(s). 5850.580 5852.580 5853.580
Accessories
Eyebolts 4 pc(s). 4568.500 4568.500 4568.500 586
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets 1 pc(s). 4116.000 4118.000 4118.000 578
Metal multi-tooth screws 300 pc(s). 2486.300 2486.300 2486.300 625

One-piece consoles
System accessories Page 507 Monitors, keyboards Page 706/707 Climate control Page 307 One-piece consoles, sheet steel Page 115

– Enclosure: Stainless steel IEC 60 529: – UL
B
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm – IP 55 – CSA
– Door or double door and con- – TÜV
sole lid: Stainless steel 1.4301 – Germanischer Lloyd T2
– NEMA 12
(AISI 304), 2.0 mm – Russian Maritime Register of
G
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel, Supply includes: Shipping
H
3.0 mm – Enclosure, solid back and sides – Lloyds Register of Shipping
– Door or double door at front, – VDE
Surface finish: T1
with locking rod
– Enclosure, door, console lid Technical details:
– Console lid with lid stay and
and gland plates: Brushed, Available on the Internet
cam lock latched in the enclo-
grain size 120
sure
– Locks with double-bit insert
– Gland plates, divided
– Mounting plate
Stainless steel
Height (H) mm 960 960 960 960
Depth, bottom (T1) mm 400 400 400 400
Depth, top (T2) mm 480 480 480 480
Model No. 1 pc(s). 2683.600 2684.600 2685.600 2686.600
Door(s) 1 1 2 2
Weight kg 52.0 65.2 79.5 90.3
Accessories
Base/plinth, complete, 100 mm 1 pc(s). 2865.000 2869.000 2867.000 2870.000 519
Support rails TS 35/15 6 pc(s). 4934.000 4935.000 4933.000 4937.000 614
Hose-proof hood see page see page see page see page 372

System accessories Page 507 Monitors, keyboards Page 706/707 PC enclosure system, sheet steel Page 118
PC enclosure systems based on Material: Supply includes: Approvals:

SE, stainless steel 1.4301 – Enclosure: Stainless steel – Enclosure, solid top and sides – UL
(AISI 304), for the secure accom- 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm – Rear door with locking rod – cUL
modation of all your computer – Rear door: Stainless steel – Glazed door at the top, latched
Technical details:
equipment, from the monitor, 1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm from the inside
computer system, printer, key- – Gland plates: Stainless steel – Component shelf
board to the mouse. 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm – Keyboard drawer with swing-
– Monitor field: Single-pane down front for handrest and
safety glass, 4 mm mouse pad support
– Lock insert, lock no. 3524 E
Surface finish:
– Bottom door with locking rod
– Brushed, grain size 400
– Gland plates, divided
IEC 60 529:
– IP 55
– NEMA 12
Stainless steel
Height mm 1600
Depth mm 630
Model No. 1 pc(s). 4650.100
Weight kg 115.0
Accessories
Levelling feet 4 pc(s). 2859.000 521
Base/plinth trim, modular 4 pc(s). 2913.000 518
Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19") 4 pc(s). 8613.010 684
Component shelf, pull-out 1 pc(s). 6902.960 627

Premium Panel IP 69K
System accessories Page 507 Support arm system CP 40 stainless steel Page 140 Hygienic Design Page 169
Benefits: – Optimum EMC conditions: Material: Clean room class:

– Resistant to high-pressure The labyrinth seal achieves a – Stainless steel 1.4301 – Air purity class 1 to
cleaning: (protection category particularly high level of RF (AISI 304) DIN EN ISO 14 644-1
IP 69K). The seal lies between shielding of the enclosure.
Surface finish: Technical details:
two seals and is optimally com-
– Brushed, grain size 240 Available on the Internet
pressed by the screw fasten-
ing. Protection category IP to
– Suitable for clean room use: DIN 40 050-9:
Screw fastening to comply with – IP 69K
high standards in the food
industry. With plastic stoppers
on the inside or hex screws on
the outside.
Stainless steel
Height mm 360
Depth mm 120
Operating housing for panel width mm 482.6
Operating housing for panel height mm 310
Installation depth mm 115
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6681.000
Support arm connection Top or bottom (by rotating the enclosure)

Command panel housings with door
System accessories Page 507 Support arm system CP 40 stainless steel Page 140 Hygienic Design Page 169
Material: Supply includes: Note:

– Enclosure and door: Stainless – Enclosure of all-round solid – The support arm connection B
steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) construction and door hinge may be
– Handle strips: Plastic approved – Cut-out and reinforcement for swapped over by rotating the T
for use with foodstuffs support arm system CP 40 enclosure
stainless steel – Matching mounting plates from
Surface finish:
– Fastener with guide plate compact enclosures AE may
– Brushed, grain size 240
H
– Door with sealing frame and be used
Colour: side handle strips – 3 mm double-bit lock insert
– Handle strips: similar to – Lock: 3 mm double-bit may be exchanged for 41 mm
RAL 5002 lock inserts, plastic handles
and T handles, type C
IEC 60 529:
– IP 66 Approvals:
– UL
– TÜV
– CSA
Technical details:
Stainless steel
Height (H) mm 300 300 400 400
Depth (T) mm 150 150 150 150
Model No. 1 pc(s). 6535.010 6536.010 6538.010 6539.010
Weight kg 6.3 7.5 8.8 12.1
Accessories
Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 pc(s). 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 – 614

Ex enclosures
Ex enclosures
Stainless steel, empty enclosure with screw-fastened cover .......................192
Stainless steel, empty enclosure with hinged door ......................................193
Plastic, empty enclosure with hinged door ..................................................194

Ex enclosures
Applications: Material: Supply includes: T

– Zone 1 and 2 or 21 and 22 to – Enclosure: Stainless steel – Enclosure B
94/9/EC 1.4301 (AISI 304) – Cover

– Ambient temperature range: – Cover: Stainless steel 1.4301
Certificates:
-30°C...+80°C (AISI 304), all-round foamed-in
– PTB 03 ATEX 1013U
H
– Protection type to EN 60 079: silicone seal
– IEC Ex PTB 09.0033U
Equipment protection due to
Surface finish:
increased safety, equipment Approvals:
– Enclosure: Brushed, grain 240
protection due to enclosure – ATEX
Protection category IP to – IEC
IEC 60 529:
Technical details:
– IP 66
Stainless steel, empty enclosure with screw-fastened cover

Height (H) mm 150 200 150 200 300 200
Depth (T) mm 80 80 80 80 120 120
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9301.000 9303.000 9302.000 9304.000 9306.000 9305.000
Weight kg 1.3 1.8 1.8 2.4 3.9 3.6
Accessories

Ex enclosures
Applications: Material: Supply includes: F

– Zone 1 and 2 or 21 and 22 to – Enclosure: Stainless steel – Enclosure
94/9/EC 1.4301 (AISI 304) – Door
T
– Ambient temperature range: – Door: Stainless steel 1.4301 – Mounting plate B
-30°C...+80°C (AISI 304), all-round foamed-in
Certificates:
– Protection type to EN 60 079: silicone seal
Equipment protection due to – Mounting plate: Sheet steel
G
increased safety, equipment
Surface finish:
protection due to enclosure Approvals:
H
– Enclosure: Brushed, grain 240
– ATEX
– IEC
Technical details:
IEC 60 529:
– IP 66
Stainless steel, empty enclosure with hinged door

Width (B) mm Packs of 200 300 380 380 380 600 600 760 800 Page
Height (H) mm 300 380 300 380 600 600 760 760 1000
Depth (T) mm 155 210 155 210 210 210 210 300 300
Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 334 334 334 334 549 549 704 739
Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 275 275 355 570 570 730 730 955
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9401.600 9409.600 9402.600 9403.600 9404.600 9405.600 9406.600 9407.600 9408.600
Cam lock with 3 mm double-bit insert 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
Reinforcement section in the door – – – – – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Weight kg 3.8 7.7 7.4 9.7 13.3 15.6 22.3 30.5 36.3
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket 4 pc(s). 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 587
Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 pc(s). 2315.000 2316.000 – – – – – – – 614
Rails for interior installation 4 pc(s). – 2383.210 – 2383.210 2383.210 2383.210 2383.210 2383.300 2383.300 605
Support rails TS 35/15 10 pc(s). – – – – – 2319.000 2319.000 – – 614
Earth straps see page see page see page see page see page see page see page see page see page 644

Ex enclosures
Applications: Material: Supply includes:

F
– Zone 1 and 2 or 21 and 22 to – Fibre-glass-reinforced unsatu- – Enclosure
94/9/EC rated polyester, surface resist- – Door
– Ambient temperature range: ance: < 109 Ω – Mounting plate T
B
-30°C...+80°C – Door: Fibre-glass-reinforced
Certificates:
– Protection type to EN 60 079: unsaturated polyester, surface
Equipment protection due to resistance: < 109 Ω all-round
increased safety, equipment foamed-in silicone seal
G
protection due to enclosure – Mounting plate: Sheet steel, Approvals:
zinc-plated – ATEX
H
– IEC
Colour:
– RAL 9011 Technical details:
IEC 60 529:
– IP 66
Plastic, empty enclosure with hinged door

Width (B) mm Packs of 200 250 300 400 400 500 600 600 800 Page
Height (H) mm 300 350 400 400 600 500 600 800 1000
Depth (T) mm 150 150 200 200 200 300 200 300 300
Mounting plate width (F) mm 145 195 245 345 345 417 545 517 717
Mounting plate height (G) mm 250 300 350 350 550 450 550 750 950
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9201.600 9202.600 9203.600 9204.600 9205.600 9207.600 9206.600 9208.600 9209.600
Cam lock with 3 mm double-bit insert 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 – –
3-point locking rod – – – – – – – ◾ ◾
Reinforcement section in the door – – – – – ◾ ◾ – –
Weight kg 3.7 4.6 6.0 6.5 11.5 12.9 15.9 24.3 39.0
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket 4 pc(s). 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 588
Threaded inserts M6 20 pc(s). 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 625
Mounting plate adjustment bracket 4 pc(s). 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1491.000 1481.000 1491.000 1491.000 594
Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 pc(s). 2315.000 – 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 – – – – 614
Support rails TS 35/15 10 pc(s). – – – – – 2318.000 2319.000 2319.000 – 614
Earth straps see page see page see page see page see page see page see page see page see page 644

Simple, one-person installation
with the TS 8
195
196 Rittal Catalogue 34/Power distribution
Power distribution
Busbar systems
Overview ....................................................................................................205
Mini-PLS busbar system (40 mm) ...............................................................206
RiLine shrouded busbar systems (60 mm) ..................................................212
RiLine fuse elements...................................................................................236
RiLine accessories......................................................................................251
Ri4Power Form 1-4

Overview ....................................................................................................267
Installation accessories for modular front design .........................................552
Maxi-PLS busbar systems ..........................................................................268
Flat-PLS busbar systems............................................................................271
Connection components for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS.........................................274
Busbar systems (100/185/150 mm)............................................................278
Cover systems Form 1................................................................................281
Compartment configuration Form 1-4.........................................................283
Ri4Power accessories ................................................................................289
Ri4Power ISV distribution enclosures

Overview ....................................................................................................297
Mounting kits for TS, SE .............................................................................298
Mounting kits for AE ...................................................................................298
Installation modules ....................................................................................299
Accessories ................................................................................................304
Rittal Catalogue 34/Power distribution 197

nextlevel
for industry
Automate your processes. Computer-assisted switchgear engineering with

Eplan and Power Engineering allows you to plan your switchgear in next to no time,
and order the required components at the push of a button.

◾ Eplan – Efficient engineering
◾ Rittal – Power Engineering
◾ Rittal – Tested power distribution systems

Power distribution from
the smallest to the largest
The tried-and-trusted, super-flexible power distribution system for individual requirements.
From small power distribution, to individual switchgear and controlgear, through to heavy-current
power distribution for infrastructure and industry applications.
◾ RiLine – Busbar systems and components for switchgear and controlgear

◾ Ri4Power – The modular system for low-voltage switchgear
◾ Ri4Power ISV – The modular distribution enclosure system for infrastructure
power supply

◾ Design verification to IEC 61 439 – Made easy with tested system solutions
◾ Increased planning confidence – Power Engineering ensures optimised designs

Your benefits
As a system supplier, Rittal is a leading global provider of tested system engineering solutions.
Planning Enclosures Busbars

◾ Eplan – Engineering tools ◾ Strength requirements ◾ Short-circuit withstand
◾ Power Engineering (IEC 61 439) tested strength
with heat loss ◾ IP protection category ◾ Current carrying capacity
calculation tested ◾ Dielectric properties
◾ Therm – Climate control ◾ Verified PE conductor ◾ Clearance and creepage
design function distances
◾ All verified in conjunction with
the enclosure

Climate control Switchgear
◾ Cooling units ◾ Rittal fuse technology
◾ Air cooling ◾ Protection devices, switch-
◾ Liquid cooling gear and controlgear from all
well-known manufacturers
Simple generation:
Design verification
to IEC 61 439

Busbar systems
Mini-PLS busbar system (40 mm)
Busbar supports.........................................................................................206
Special busbars E-Cu .................................................................................206
Contact hazard protection ..........................................................................206
Busbar connection adaptor ........................................................................206
Bus-mounting fuse base.............................................................................207
NH fuse-switch disconnector, size 000.......................................................207
Component adaptor up to 25 A..................................................................208
Component adaptor up to 100 A................................................................209
Allocation of switchgear ..............................................................................209
RiLine busbar systems (60 mm)

Flat copper bar system ...............................................................................212
PLS busbar system ....................................................................................214
Busbar connection adaptor ........................................................................216
Busbar connection adaptor expansion set ..................................................218
OM adaptor up to 65 A, with connection cables .........................................219
OM adaptor up to 65 A, with tension spring clamps ...................................222
OM adaptor up to 25 A, with plug-in cable outlet........................................224
OM support ................................................................................................225
Circuit-breaker component adaptor up to 630 A, 3-pole.............................226
Circuit-breaker component adaptor up to 500 A, 4-pole.............................229
Allocation of switchgear ..............................................................................231
Bus-mounting fuse bases ...........................................................................236
NH fuse-switch disconnector, size 000.......................................................238
NH fuse-switch disconnector, size 00 to 3..................................................240
– with electronic fuse monitoring.................................................................242
– with electromechanical fuse monitoring....................................................244
NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 to 3....................................246
– with electronic fuse monitoring.................................................................248
Fuse holder 30 A to 400 A ..........................................................................249
RiLine accessories......................................................................................251

Mini-PLS busbar system (40 mm)
Component adaptors Page 208 Fuse components Page 207
Busbar supports, Colour: Contact hazard protection Technical details:

busbar connection adaptors – RAL 7035 Available on the Internet
Material:
– RAL 9011 (busbar connection
Material: – Thermally modified hard PVC
adaptor chassis)
– Polyamide (PA 6.6) – Fire protection corresponding
– Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0
to UL 94-V0
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Mini-PLS busbar supports (3-pole)

Busbar support, suitable for top mounting Packs of ◾
Bar centre distance mm 40
Approvals
Model No. 4 pc(s). 9600.000
A Mini-PLS special busbars E-Cu, bar thickness 3 mm, bar cross-section 120 mm2
Length mm Packs of 500 700 1100 1500
Approvals
A
Model No. 3 pc(s). 9601.000 9602.000 9603.000 9624.000
B Accessories
Approvals Model No.
B Busbar connectors
3 pc(s). 9611.000
Mini-PLS contact hazard protection

Components Approvals Length mm Packs of Model No.
C D
500 1 pc(s). 9605.000
C Base tray 700 1 pc(s). 9606.000
1100 1 pc(s). 9607.000
250 1 pc(s). 9608.000
D Cover section
E 500 1 pc(s). 9609.000
E End cover – 2 pc(s). 9610.000
Mini-PLS busbar connection adaptors (3-pole) Page

Rated current max. A Packs of 63 250
Rated operating voltage V, ~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~
Cable outlet Top/bottom Top/bottom
Connection of round conductors mm² 1.5 – 35 10 – 120
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 10 x 8 17 x 15
Width mm 54 115
Height mm 160 182
Approvals
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9613.000 9612.000
Accessories
Laminated copper bars ◾ ◾ 255

Mini-PLS fuse elements
Busbar system Page 206 Busbar connection adaptors Page 206 Component adaptors Page 208/209
Bus-mounting fuse base NH fuse-switch disconnector Busbar adaptor Technical details:

Material: Material: Material:
– Polyamide (PA 6.6) – Fibreglass-reinforced poly- – Polyamide (PA 6.6)
– Fire protection corresponding amide – Fire protection corresponding
to UL 94-V0 – Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0
to UL 94-V0
Colour: Colour:
– Contact tracks: Silver-plated
– Chassis: RAL 9011 – RAL 9011
hard copper
– Cover: RAL 7035
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Basis of test:
– IEC 60 947-3
– IEC 60 269-2 (fuse inserts)
Mini-PLS bus-mounting fuse base (3-pole)

Fuse insert Packs of D 02-E18
Rated current max. A 63
Rated operating voltage V, ~ 400, 3~
Connection of round conductors mm² 1.5 – 16
Width mm 38
Height mm 160
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9630.000
NH fuse-switch disconnector size 000 (3-pole)

Rated current max. A Packs of 100 Page
Cable outlet Top/bottom
Type of connection Box terminal
Connection of round conductors mm² 1.5 – 50
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 10 x 10
Width mm 89
Height mm 141.5
Model No. 1 pc(s). 3431.000 238
Also required
Mini-PLS busbar adaptors (3-pole)
With connection cables mm² 35
Width mm 90
Height mm 160
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9629.100
Accessories
Micro-switch 5 pc(s). 3071.000 263

Mini-PLS component adaptor
Busbar system Page 206 Busbar connection adaptors Page 206 Fuse components Page 207 Allocation of switchgear Page 209
Material: Colour: Technical details:

– Polyamide (PA 6.6) – RAL 7035 Available on the Internet
– Fire protection corresponding – RAL 9011 (9629.000)
to UL 94-V0
Rated current max. 12 – 25 A
Rated current max. A Packs of 12 25 25 25 25 25 25 Page

Rated operating voltage V, ~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~
Number of poles 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole
Connection cables AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12
Support rails quantity/height mm 1/7.5 1/7.5 1/15 1/7.5 1/15 1/7.5 1/7.5
Width mm 45 45 45 54 54 72 90
Height mm 160 160 160 160 160 160 160
Approvals
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9614.110 9614.100 9615.100 9614.000 9615.000 9625.000 9629.010
Accessories
Insert strip 2 pc(s). 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 258
Width 45 mm 10 pc(s). 9320.150 9320.150 9320.150 – – – 9320.150 258
Support rails,
Width 54 mm 10 pc(s). – – – 3548.000 3548.000 – – 258
Height 7.5 mm
Width 72 mm 10 pc(s). – – – – – 3549.000 – 258

Mini-PLS component adaptor
Rated current max. A Packs of 40 40 40 100 Page

Rated operating voltage V, ~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~
Number of poles 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole
Connection cables AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 35 mm2
Support rails quantity/height mm 1/7.5 1/15 1/7.5 –
Width mm 54 54 72 90
Height mm 160 160 160 160
Approvals
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9616.000 9617.000 9627.000 9629.000
Accessories
Insert strip 2 pc(s). 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 – 258
Width 54 mm 10 pc(s). 3548.000 3548.000 – – 258
Height 7.5 mm
Support rails Width 72 mm 10 pc(s). – – 3549.000 – 258
Height 15 mm Width 72 mm 5 pc(s). – – – 9320.120 261
Allocation of switchgear – Mini-PLS component adaptors 12 A/25 A

Make/model Model No. Make/model Model No.
ABB Siemens
MS116 9614.100 S0
MS325 9614.000 3RV10 21... 9614.100
MS450 (max. 25 A) 9614.000 3RV20 21... (up to 25 A) 9614.100
MS451 (max. 25 A) 9614.000 S00
Eaton 3RV10 11... 9614.1001)
3RV20 11... 9614.1001)
PKZM0 (up to 25 A) 9614.100 S2
PKZM01 (up to 25 A) 9614.100 3RV10 31... (up to 25 A) 9614.000
PKZM4 (up to 25 A) 9614.000 1)
PKE12 9614.100 Support rail must be offset
PKE32 (up to 25 A) 9614.100
PKE65 (up to 25 A) 9614.000
Schneider Electric
GV2-P (up to 25 A) 9614.100
GV2-RT 9614.100
GV2-LE10 9614.100
GV3 (up to 25 A) 9614.100
Allocation of switchgear – Mini-PLS component adaptors 40 A/100 A

Accessories Accessories
Make/model Model No. Make/model Model No.
Model No. Model No.
ABB Schneider Electric
MS450 (max. 40 A) 9617.000 – NS 80 9629.000 –
MS451 (max. 40 A) 9629.000 9320.120 GV3 (max. 40 A) 9616.000 –
MS495 9629.000 9320.120 GV3 9629.000 9320.120
MS496 9629.000 9320.120 Siemens
MS497 9629.000 9320.120
Tmax S2
T1 9629.000 – 3RV10 31... (max. 40 A) 9616.000 –
T2 9629.000 – 3RV10 31... 9629.000 9320.120
S3
Eaton 3RV1341/42 9629.000 9320.120
NZM 1 9629.000 –
PKZ2 9627.000 –
PKZM4 (max. 40 A) 9617.000 –
PKZM4 9629.000 9320.120

RiLine
Busbar systems
3 and 4-pole and DC
Support + bars + contact hazard protection
◾ Flat copper bar system,
see page 212
◾ PLS busbar system,
see page 214
◾ Accessories, see page 251
Connection system
3 and 4-pole
◾ Busbar connection adaptor,
see page 216
◾ Connection clamps,
see page 257
◾ Connection block,
see page 258
◾ Accessories,
see page 257
Component adaptor
3 and 4-pole
◾ OM adaptor,
see page 219
◾ Circuit-breaker component adaptor,
see page 226
◾ Accessories,
see page 259
Fuse elements
3-pole
◾ Bus-mounting fuse bases,
see page 236
◾ NH fuse-switch disconnectors,
see page 238
◾ NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors,
see page 246
◾ Fuse holders,
see page 249
◾ Accessories,
see page 262
Rittal Power Engineering

with update function
Model No. 3020.500,
see page 295
◾ Configuration of RiLine busbar systems
◾ Simple component selection,
integral switchgear database
◾ Automatic calculation of rated currents
and heat losses

RiLine shrouded busbar systems up to 800 A (60 mm)
Busbar connection adaptors Page 216 Component adaptors Page 219 Fuse elements Page 236
Material: Note: Technical details:

– Polyamide (PA 6.6) – UL approval only valid in con- Available on the Internet
– Fire protection corresponding junction with AC applications
to UL 94-V0 – The use of a base tray is
required for UL applications
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Flat copper bar system

Busbar support
Number of poles Packs of 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 4-pole Page

Bar centre distance mm 60 60 60 60
External attachment ◾ – – –
Internal attachment – ◾ ◾ ◾
12 x 5/10 ◾ ◾ – ◾
For busbars mm 15 x 5 – 25 x 10, 30 x 5 ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
30 x 10 ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
1000, 3~ 1000, 3~ 1000, 3~ 1000, 3~
Rated operating voltage V, ~
– – 1500 (DC) –
Approvals – –
Model No. 4 pc(s). 9340.010 9340.000 9340.050 9340.004
Also required
Spacers when using busbars 12 x 5/10 mm ◾ ◾ – ◾
Model No. 12 pc(s). 9340.090 9340.090 – 9340.090 251

RiLine shrouded busbar systems up to 800 A (60 mm)
Flat copper bar system
Busbar support
Number of poles Packs of 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 4-pole Page

Model No. 4 pc(s). 9340.010 9340.000 9340.050 9340.004 212
Also required
Spacer when using busbars 12 x 5/10 mm ◾ ◾ – ◾
Model No. 12 pc(s). 9340.090 9340.090 – 9340.090 251
Contact hazard protection

Length
Components Approvals Packs of Model No. Model No. Page
C mm
B A End covers – 2 pc(s). 9340.070 9340.070 9340.070 9340.074 –
B Base trays 500 2 pc(s). – 9340.100 9340.100 – 256
700 2 pc(s). – 9340.110 9340.110 – 256
900 2 pc(s). – 9340.120 9340.120 – 256
1100 2 pc(s). – 9340.130 9340.130 9340.134 256
2400 1 pc(s). – 9340.170 – – 256
C Base tray infills 100 2 pc(s). – 9340.140 9340.140 – 256
A E F D
D Cover sections 700 2 pc(s). – 9340.200 9340.200 – 256
1100 2 pc(s). – 9340.210 9340.210 9340.214 256
E Support panels – 5 pc(s). – 9340.220 9340.220 9340.224 256
F Cross members 160 2 pc(s). – – 9340.230 – 256
Busbars E-Cu; length: 2400 mm/bar

Max. rated current A
Dimensions acc. to Approvals Packs of Model No. Model No. Page
mm
DIN EN UL 508
12 x 5 210 – 6 pc(s). 3580.000 3580.000 3580.000 3580.000 252
12 x 10 340 – 6 pc(s). 3580.100 3580.100 3580.100 3580.100 252
15 x 5 260 175 6 pc(s). 3581.000 3581.000 3581.000 3581.000 252
15 x 10 360 350 6 pc(s). 3581.100 3581.100 3581.100 3581.100 252
20 x 5 319 230 6 pc(s). 3582.000 3582.000 3582.000 3582.000 252
20 x 10 497 465 3 pc(s). 3585.005 3585.005 3585.005 3585.005 252
25 x 5 384 290 6 pc(s). 3583.000 3583.000 3583.000 3583.000 252
30 x 5 447 350 6 pc(s). 3584.000 3584.000 3584.000 3584.000 252
30 x 10 800 700 3 pc(s). 3586.005 3586.005 3586.005 3586.005 252
CUPONAL busbars; length: 2400 mm/bar

Max. rated current A
Dimensions acc. to Approvals Packs of Model No. Model No. Page
mm
DIN EN UL 508
20 x 5 235 – – 6 pc(s). – 3582.020 3582.020 – 252
20 x 10 363 – – 3 pc(s). – 3585.020 3585.020 – 252
30 x 5 328 – – 6 pc(s). – 3584.020 3584.020 – 252
30 x 10 493 – – 3 pc(s). – 3586.020 3586.020 – 252
Accessories
For busbars
mm
12 x 5 – 15 x 10 3 pc(s). 9350.075 9350.075 9350.075 9350.075 254
Busbar connectors for single connection
20 x 5 – 30 x 10 3 pc(s). 9320.020 9320.020 9320.020 9320.020 254
Busbar connectors for baying connection1) 20 x 5 – 30 x 10 3 pc(s). 9320.030 9320.030 9320.030 9320.030 254
12 x 5 – 30 x 10 10 pc(s). 3092.000 3092.000 3092.000 3092.000 253
Busbar cover sections
12/15 x 5 4 pc(s). 9350.010 9350.010 9350.010 9350.010 253
Length: 1000 mm/section
12/15 x 10 4 pc(s). 9350.060 9350.060 9350.060 9350.060 253
1) Connection from enclosure to enclosure

RiLine shrouded busbar systems 800 A/1600 A (60 mm)
Connection systems Page 216 Component adaptors Page 219 Fuse elements Page 236

– Polyamide (PA 6.6) – UL approval only valid in con- Available on the Internet
– Fire protection corresponding junction with AC applications
to UL 94-V0 – The use of a base tray is
required for UL applications
Colour:
– RAL 7035
PLS busbar system

Busbar support
PLS 1600
PLUS
For Rittal system Packs of PLS 800 PLS 1600

Number of poles 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 4-pole
Bar centre distance mm 60 60 60 60 60
Internal attachment ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Busbar support, suitable for top mounting ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
1000, 3~ 1000, 3~ 1000, 3~ 1000, 3~ 1000, 3~
– 1500 (DC) – 1500 (DC) –
Approvals – –
Model No. 4 pc(s). 9341.000 9341.050 9342.000 9342.050 9342.004

RiLine shrouded busbar systems 800 A/1600 A (60 mm)
PLS busbar system
Busbar support
PLS 1600
PLUS
For Rittal system Packs of PLS 800 PLS 1600 Page

Bar centre distance mm 60 60 60 60 60
Model No. 4 pc(s). 9341.000 9341.050 9342.000 9342.050 9342.004 214

Length
C mm
B A End covers – 2 pc(s). 9341.070 9341.070 9342.070 9342.070 9342.074 –
B Base trays 500 2 pc(s). 9341.100 9341.100 9342.100 9342.100 – 256
700 2 pc(s). 9341.110 9341.110 9342.110 9342.110 – 256
900 2 pc(s). 9341.120 9341.120 9342.120 9342.120 – 256
1100 2 pc(s). 9341.130 9341.130 9342.130 9342.130 9342.134 256
2400 1 pc(s). 9341.170 – 9342.170 – – 256
C Base tray infills 100 2 pc(s). 9341.140 9341.140 9342.140 9342.140 – 256
A E F D
D Cover sections 700 2 pc(s). 9340.200 9340.200 9340.200 9340.200 – 256
1100 2 pc(s). 9340.210 9340.210 9340.210 9340.210 9340.214 256
E Support panels – 5 pc(s). 9340.220 9340.220 9340.220 9340.220 9340.224 256
F Cross members 160 2 pc(s). – 9340.230 – 9340.230 – 256
PLS special busbars E-Cu

Version Packs of PLS 800 PLS 1600 Page
Bar cross-section mm2 300 900
Bar thickness mm 5 10
Max. rated current A DIN EN 800 1600
acc. to UL 508 700 1400
For enclosure width
Length mm Approvals Model No. Model No.
mm
495 600 3 pc(s). 3524.000 3527.000 253
695 800 3 pc(s). 3525.000 3528.000 253
895 1000 3 pc(s). 3525.010 3528.010 253
1095 1200 3 pc(s). 3526.000 3529.000 253
2400 variable 1 pc(s). 3509.000 3516.000 253
Accessories
Single connection 3 pc(s). 3504.000 3514.000 254
PLS busbar connectors
Baying connection1) 3 pc(s). 3505.000 3515.000 254
PLS expansion connectors2) 3 pc(s). 9320.060 9320.070 254
2) Two PLS busbar connectors (single connection) are required to fit one expansion connector

Connection adaptors
Busbar system Page 212 OM adaptors Page 219 Circuit-breaker component adaptors Page 226 Fuse elements Page 236
Material: Colour: Note: Technical details:

– Cover: ABS – RAL 7035 – The technical data may vary for Available on the Internet
– Chassis: Polyamide (PA 6.6) UL applications
– Chassis 3439.010: Fibreglass- – UL approval only applies in
reinforced, thermoplastic poly- conjunction with AC application
ester (PBT) – The rated operating voltage for
– Fire protection corresponding DC applications depends on
to UL 94-V0 the busbar arrangement in the
busbar support 9340.050/
9341.050/9342.050.
Packs
Rated current max. A 63 63 125 125 125 Page
of
Rated operating voltage V, ~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 4~
Rated operating voltage (L1 + L2) V – 1000 (DC) – 1000 (DC) –
Rated operating voltage (L1 + L3) V – 1500 (DC) – 1500 (DC) –
Cable outlet Top Bottom Top/bottom Bottom Top/bottom
Connection of round conductors, fine wire with wire
2.5 - 10 2.5 - 10 10 - 25 10 - 25 10 - 25
end ferrule mm²
Connection of round conductors, multi-wire mm² 2.5 - 10 2.5 - 10 16 - 35 16 - 35 16 - 35
Connection of round conductors, single-wire mm² 2.5 - 10 2.5 - 10 – – –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm – – 10 x 7.8 10 x 7.8 10 x 7.8
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H
– – – – –
(for 5 mm bar thickness) mm
– – – – –
Width mm 20 20 55 55 75
Height mm 215 215 210 210 270
Approvals UL UL UR UL UL
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60 60 60
For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9342.200 9342.210 9342.220 9342.240 9342.224
Accessories
Laminated copper bars – – see page see page see page 255
Connection adaptor expansion set – – – – –

Connection adaptors
Rated current max. A 250 250 250 600 Page

Rated operating voltage (L1 + L2) V – 1000 (DC) – –
Rated operating voltage (L1 + L3) V – 1500 (DC) – –
Cable outlet Top/bottom Bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom
35 - 120 35 - 120 35 - 120 35 - 240
end ferrule mm²
Connection of round conductors, multi-wire mm² 35 - 120 35 - 120 35 - 120 35 - 240
Connection of round conductors, single-wire – – – –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 18.5 x 15.5 18.5 x 15.5 18.5 x 15.5 24 x 21
– – – –
– – – –
Width mm 90 90 118 180
Height mm 210 210 270 247
Approvals UL UL UL –
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60 60
For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10
Model No. 9342.250 9342.270 9342.254 3439.010
Packs
1 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 set(s)
of
Accessories
Laminated copper bars see page see page see page see page 255
Connection adaptor expansion set – – – –

Rated operating voltage (L1 + L2) V – 1000 (DC) 1000 (DC) 1000 (DC)
Rated operating voltage (L1 + L3) V – 1500 (DC) 1500 (DC) 1500 (DC)
Cable outlet Top/bottom Top/bottom Bottom Top/bottom
95 - 185 95 - 185 95 - 185 –
end ferrule mm²
Connection of round conductors, multi-wire mm² 95 - 300 95 - 300 95 - 300 –
Connection of round conductors, single-wire – – – –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 33 x 20 – 33 x 20 –
– 33 x 26 – 65 x 27
– 33 x 21 – 65 x 22
Width mm 129 150 129 255
Height mm 246 210 246 210
Approvals UR UL UL UL
Model No. 9342.280 9342.310 9342.300 9342.320
Packs
1 pc(s). 1 set(s) 1 pc(s). 1 set(s)
of
Accessories
Connection adaptor expansion set 1 pc(s). – 9342.314 – 9342.324 218

Connection adaptor expansion set
Busbar system Page 212 OM adaptors Page 219 Circuit-breaker component adaptors Page 226 Fuse elements Page 236
Single-pole extra set to comple- Material: Note: Technical details:

ment the 3-pole connection – Cover: ABS – The technical data may vary for Available on the Internet
adaptor for 4-pole configurations. – Chassis: Polyamide (PA 6.6) UL applications
– Fire protection corresponding – UL approval only applies in
to UL 94-V0 conjunction with AC application
Colour:
– RAL 7035
for 4-pole configuration
Packs
To fit Model No. 9342.310 9342.320 Page
of
Rated current max. A 800 1600
Number of poles Single-pole Single-pole
95 - 185 –
end ferrule mm²
Connection of round conductors, multi-wire mm² 95 - 300 –
33 x 26 65 x 27
33 x 21 65 x 22
Width mm 50 85
Height mm 270 270
Approvals UL UL
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60
For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9342.314 9342.324
Accessories
Laminated copper bars see page see page 255

OM adaptors
Busbar system Page 212 Connection adaptors Page 216 Fuse elements Page 236 Allocation of switchgear Page 231

– Polyamide (PA 6.6) – The technical data may vary for Available on the Internet
– Fire protection corresponding UL applications
to UL 94-V0
Colour:
– Chassis: RAL 7035
Rated current max. 16 – 25 A, with connection cables
Rated current max. A Packs of 16 25 25 25 25 25 Page

Rated operating voltage V, ~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~
Number of poles 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole
Connection cables, design AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12
Connection cables, length mm 165 130 130 130 130 130
With support frame mm 45 x 237 – 45 x 170 45 x 170 – 45 x 170
With support frame support ◾ – – – – –
With PinBlock ◾ – – ◾ – –
With insert strips – – – – – –
Support rails Qty/height mm 1 / 10 1 / 10 1 / 10 1 / 10 2 / 10 3 / 10
TS 45D
Support rail version TS 45D TS 45C TS 45C TS 45C TS 45D
TS 45D-V
Width mm 45 45 45 45 45 90
Height mm 272 208 208 208 208 208
Approvals UL UL UL UL UL UL
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60 60 60 60
For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9340.760 9340.310 9340.340 9340.370 9340.320 9340.400
Accessories
Connection pin 20 pc(s). 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 – 260
Insert strip 2 pc(s). 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 – 259
Support rails from page from page from page from page from page from page 259
OM supports see page see page see page see page see page – 225
PinBlock 5 pc(s). – – 9342.800 – – 9342.800 260

OM adaptors
Rated current max. 32 A, with connection cables

Connection cables, design AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10
Connection cables, length mm 130 130 130 165 130 130
With support frame mm 45 x 170 45 x 170 45 x 237 45 x 237 55 x 170 55 x 170
With support frame support – – ◾ ◾ – –
With PinBlock – – – ◾ – –
With insert strips – – – – – –
TS 45D TS 45D TS 55D
Support rail version TS 45C TS 45D TS 55D
TS 45D-V TS 45D-V TS 55D-V
Width mm 45 45 45 45 55 55
Height mm 208 208 272 272 208 208
Approvals UL UL UL UL UL UL
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9340.350 9340.380 9340.390 9340.770 9340.460 9340.470
Accessories
Connection pin 20 pc(s). 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 260
Insert strip 2 pc(s). 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 259
OM supports see page see page see page see page see page see page 225
PinBlock 5 pc(s). 9342.800 9342.800 9342.800 9342.800 9342.810 9342.810 260
Rated current max. A Packs of 40 40 40 40 40 Page

Connection cables, design AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 8
Connection cables, length mm 130 130 130 130 130
With support frame mm 55 x 170 – – 55 x 237 –
With support frame support – – – ◾ –
With PinBlock – – – – –
With insert strips – – – – ◾
Support rails Qty/height mm 1 / 10 2 / 10 1 / 15 2 / 10 2 / 7.5
TS 55D
Support rail version TS 55D TS 55D Metal Metal
TS 55D-V
Width mm 55 55 55 55 75
Height mm 208 208 208 272 208
Approvals UL UL UL UL UL
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9340.720 9340.740 9340.750 9340.730 9340.710
Accessories
Connection pin 20 pc(s). 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 260
Insert strip 2 pc(s). 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 – 259
Support rails from page from page from page from page from page 259
OM supports see page see page see page see page see page 225
PinBlock 5 pc(s). 9342.810 – – 9342.810 – 260

OM adaptors

Connection cables, design AWG 6 AWG 6 AWG 6 AWG 6
Connection cables, length mm 130 130 130 130
With support frame mm – 55 x 170 55 x 237 –
With support frame support – – ◾ –
With PinBlock – – – –
With insert strips – – – ◾
Support rails Qty/height mm 1 / 10 1 / 10 2 / 10 1 / 7.5
TS 55E
Support rail version TS 55E TS 55E Metal
TS 55D-V
Width mm 55 55 55 75
Height mm 208 208 272 208
Approvals UL UL UL UL
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9340.410 9340.430 9340.450 9340.700
Accessories
Connection pin 20 pc(s). 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 – 260
Insert strip 2 pc(s). 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 – 259
Support rails from page from page from page from page 259
OM supports see page see page see page see page 225
PinBlock 5 pc(s). – 9342.810 9342.810 – 260
Accessories
Power Engineering
see page 295

OM adaptors
Busbar system Page 212 Connection adaptors Page 216 Fuse elements Page 236 Allocation of switchgear Page 231
Material: Technical details:

– Polyamide (PA 6.6) Available on the Internet
– Fire protection corresponding
to UL 94-V0
Colour:
Rated current max. 32 A, with tension spring clamp

Connection of round conductors mm² 1.5 - 6 1.5 - 6 1.5 - 6 1.5 - 6 1.5 - 6 1.5 - 6
With support frame mm – – 45 x 170 45 x 170 45 x 237 55 x 170
With support frame support – – – – ◾ –
With PinBlock – – – ◾ – –
TS 45D
Support rail version TS 45C TS 45D TS 45C TS 45C TS 55D
TS 45D-V
Width mm 45 45 45 45 45 55
Height mm 208 208 208 208 272 208
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9340.510 9340.520 9340.530 9340.550 9340.560 9340.660
Accessories
Cable set see page see page see page see page see page see page 260
Twin cords – – – – – –
Connection pin 20 pc(s). 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 260
Insert strip 2 pc(s). 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 259
OM supports see page see page see page see page see page see page 225
PinBlock 5 pc(s). – – 9342.800 9342.800 9342.800 9342.810 260

OM adaptors
Rated current max. 65 A, with tension spring clamp

Connection of round conductors mm² 2.5 - 16 2.5 - 16 2.5 - 16 2.5 - 16
With support frame mm – – 55 x 170 55 x 237
With support frame support – – – ◾
With PinBlock – – – –
Support rails Qty/height mm 1 / 10 2 / 10 1 / 10 2 / 10
TS 55E TS 55E
Support rail version TS 55E TS 55E
TS 55D TS 55D-V
Width mm 55 55 55 55
Height mm 208 208 208 272
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9340.610 9340.620 9340.630 9340.650
Accessories
Cable set see page see page see page see page 260
Twin cords see page see page see page see page 260
Connection pin 20 pc(s). 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 260
Insert strip 2 pc(s). 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 259
Support rails from page from page from page from page 259
OM supports see page see page see page see page 225
PinBlock 5 pc(s). – – 9342.810 9342.810 260
Accessories
Therm software
see page 385

OM adaptors
Busbar system Page 212 Connection adaptors Page 216 Fuse elements Page 236

to UL 94-V0
Colour:
Rated current max. 25 A, with plug-in cable outlet
Packs
Rated current max. A 25 25 25 Page
of
Rated operating voltage V, ~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~
Number of poles 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole
Connection of round conductors mm² 1.5 - 4 1.5 - 4 1.5 - 4
With support frame mm 45 x 170 55 x 170 45 x 237
With support frame support – – ◾
With PinBlock – – ◾
Support rails Qty/height mm 2 / 10 2 / 10 1 / 10
TS 45D TS 55D
Support rail version TS 45C
TS 45D-V TS 55D-V
Width mm 45 55 45
Height mm 208 208 292
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60
For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9340.910 9340.930 9340.900
Product-specific supply scope
Connector with connection facility for 3 main contacts
◾ ◾ –
(1.5 – 4 mm²)
Sub-unit with connection facilities for 3 main contacts
(1.5 – 4 mm²) and 8 auxiliary contacts (0.5 – 2.5 mm²) – – ◾
including connectors
Accessories
Cable set see page see page see page 260
Support rails from page from page from page 259

OM supports
For mounting of switchgear with Material: Technical details:

external power supply. – Polyamide (PA 6.6) Available on the Internet
to UL 94-V0
Colour:
without contact system
Number of poles Packs of 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole Page

With support frame mm 45 x 170 55 x 237 –
With support frame support – ◾ –
With PinBlock ◾ – –
Support rails Qty/height mm – 1 / 10 2 / 10
Support rail version – TS 55D-V TS 45D
Width mm 45 55 45
Height mm 208 272 208
Approvals UL UL UL
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9340.260 9340.270 9340.300
Accessories
Connection pin 20 pc(s). 9340.280 9340.280 9340.280 260
Insert strip 2 pc(s). 9340.290 9340.290 9340.290 259
Support rails from page from page from page 259

Circuit-breaker component adaptors

– Polyamide (PA 6.6) – RAL 7035 – The technical data may vary for Available on the Internet
to UL 94-V0 – Cable outlet: Switch outlet or
as outgoing cable from the
switchgear
Rated current max. 100 – 125 A, 3-pole
Packs
of
Cable outlet Top Bottom Top Bottom
Type of connection Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal
Connection of round conductors mm² 10 - 35 10 - 35 35 - 120 35 - 120
Clamping area for laminated copper bars,
10 x 7.8 10 x 7.8 18.5 x 15.5 18.5 x 15.5
W x H mm
ABB (S2, T1, T1 UL, ABB (S2, T1, T1 UL,
T2, T2 UL) T2, T2 UL)
Allen Bradley (140-CMN) Allen Bradley (140-CMN)
ABB (MS 497) ABB (MS 497) Eaton (NZM1, Eaton (NZM1,
Eaton (PKZ2) Eaton (PKZ2) NZM1 UL, BZM B1) NZM1 UL, BZM B1)
For switchgear make (model) Schneider Electric Schneider Electric GE (FD) GE (FD)
(GV3ME80) (GV3ME80) OEZ (BC160N) OEZ (BC160N)
Siemens (S3) Siemens (S3) Schneider Electric (NS80, Schneider Electric (NS80,
NSC100, NSE75, NSE100) NSC100, NSE75, NS100)
Siemens (3RV13 53, 3VT1) Siemens (3RV13 53, 3VT1)
Terasaki (E125, S125) Terasaki (E125, S125)
Width mm 72 72 90 90
Height mm 210 210 225 225
For bar systems with centre-to-centre
60 60 60 60
spacing mm
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9342.400 9342.410 9342.540 9342.550
Terminal cover – – ◾ ◾
Sliding blocks – – ◾ ◾
Accessories
Support rails 35 x 15 mm 5 pc(s). 9320.120 9320.120 – – 261
Sliding blocks 6 pc(s). – – 9342.560 9342.560 261
Connection bracket 3 pc(s). – – 9342.570 9342.570 261
Insert strip – – – –

Packs
of
Type of connection Box terminal Box terminal – –
Connection of round conductors mm² 35 - 120 35 - 120 – –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 18.5 x 15.5 18.5 x 15.5 – –
ABB (S3, T3, T4, ABB (S3, T3, T4,
T3 UL, T4 UL) T3 UL, T4 UL)
Allen Bradley (140 U-J) Allen Bradley (140U-J)
Eaton (NZM2, Eaton (NZM2,
NZM2 UL, BZM B2) NZM2 UL, BZM B2)
GE (FE 250) GE (FE 250)
ABB (S2, T1, T2, ABB (S2, T1, T2,
Mitsubishi Mitsubishi
XT1, XT2) XT1, XT2)
(NF125-SGW/HGW, (NF125-SGW/HGW,
Allen Bradley Allen Bradley
NF160-SGW/HGW) NF160-SGW/HGW)
(140-CMN) (140-CMN)
OEZ (BD250N, OEZ (BD250N,
Eaton Eaton
BD250S) BD250S)
(NZM1, BZM B1) (NZM1, BZM B1)
Schneider Electric Schneider Electric
For switchgear make (model) GE (FD) GE (FD)
(NS(X)100, NS(X)160, (NS(X)100, NS(X)160,
OEZ (BC160N) OEZ (BC160N)
NS(X)250, NSF150, NS(X)250, NSF150,
NSF250, GV7) NSF250, GV7)
(NS80, NSC100) (NS80, NSC100)
Siemens (VL150 UL, Siemens (VL150 UL,
Siemens Siemens
VL150X UL, VL160, VL150X UL, VL160,
(3RV13 53, 3VT1) (3RV13 53, 3VT1)
VL160X, VL250, VL160X, VL250,
VL250 UL, 3RV10 63, VL250 UL, 3RV10 63,
3RV13 63, 3RV13 63,
3RV13 64, 3VT2) 3RV13 64, 3VT2)
Terasaki (L125, H125, Terasaki (L125, H125,
S160, H160, L160, S160, H160, L160,
E250, L250, H250) E250, L250, H250)
Width mm 90 90 105 105
Height mm 215 215 240 240
Approvals – – – –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9342.500 9342.510 9345.600 9345.610
Terminal cover ◾ ◾ – –
Sliding blocks ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Connection straps – – ◾ ◾
Accessories
Support rails 35 x 15 mm – – – –
Sliding blocks 6 pc(s). 9342.560 9342.560 9342.640 9342.640 261
Connection bracket 3 pc(s). 9342.570 9342.570 – – 261
Insert strip – – – –

Packs
of
Type of connection – – – –
Connection of round conductors – – – –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H – – – –
ABB (S5, T5, T5 UL) ABB (S5, T5, T5 UL)
Allen Bradley (140U-L) Allen Bradley (140U-L)
NZM3 UL/630 A) NZM3 UL/630 A)
NZM3 UL/400 A) NZM3 UL/400 A)
Mitsubishi (NF630- Mitsubishi (NF630-
Mitsubishi (NF400- Mitsubishi (NF400-
SEW/HEW/REW) SEW/HEW/REW)
SEW/HEW/REW) SEW/HEW/REW)
OEZ (BH630N, OEZ (BH630N,
For switchgear make (model) BH630S) BH630S)
(NS(X)400, NSJ400) (NS(X)400, NSJ400)
Siemens (VL400, Siemens (VL400,
(NS(X)630, NSJ600) (NS(X)630, NSJ600)
VL400X UL, VL400 UL) VL400X UL, VL400 UL)
Siemens Siemens
Terasaki (E400, S400, Terasaki (E400, S400,
(VL630, 3VT3, (VL630, 3VT3,
H400, L400) H400, L400)
3V10 73, 3RV13 73, 3V10 73, 3RV13 73,
3RV13 74) 3RV13 74)
Width mm 140 140 140 140
Height mm 345 345 345 345
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9345.720 9345.730 9345.700 9345.710
Connection straps ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Support rails 35 x 15 mm – – – –
Sliding blocks – – – –
Connection bracket – – – –
Insert strip 4 pc(s). 9342.720 9342.720 9342.720 9342.720 261

Busbar system Page 212 Connection adaptors Page 216

– Polyamide (PA 6.6) – The technical data may vary for Available on the Internet
to UL 94-V0 – Cable outlet: Switch outlet or
as outgoing cable from the
Colour:
switchgear
– RAL 7035
Packs
of
Type of connection Box terminal Box terminal – –
Connection of round conductors mm² 35 - 120 35 - 120 – –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 18.5 x 15.5 18.5 x 15.5 – –
ABB (T3S/250 A, ABB (T3S/250 A,
ABB (T1/160 A, ABB (T1/160 A, T4V/315 A) T4V/315 A)
T2/160 A) T2/160 A) Eaton (NZM2-4/250 A) Eaton (NZM2-4/250 A)
Eaton (NZM1-4/125 A, Eaton (NZM1-4/125 A, Schneider Electric Schneider Electric
For switchgear make (model)
BZM E1-4/100 A) BZM E1-4/100 A) (NS(X)100, NS(X)160, (NS(X)100, NS(X)160,
Schneider Electric Schneider Electric NS(X)250) NS(X)250)
(NSC100) (NSC100) Siemens (VL160X, Siemens (VL160X,
VL160, VL250) VL160, VL250)
Width mm 120 120 140 140
Height mm 277 277 310 310
Approvals UL UL – –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9342.504 9342.514 9345.604 9345.614
Terminal cover ◾ ◾ – –
Connection straps – – ◾ ◾
Accessories
Sliding blocks 6 pc(s). 9342.560 9342.560 9342.640 9342.640 261

Rated current max. 500 A, 4-pole
Packs
of
Cable outlet Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom
Type of connection – – – –
Connection of round conductors – – – –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H – – – –
Schneider Electric Eaton
For switchgear make (model) ABB (Tmax T5) Siemens (3VL400)
(NS(X)400, NS(X)630) (NZM3-4-XKR130)
Width mm 185 185 185 185
Height mm 300 300 300 300
Approvals – – – –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9345.704 9345.714 9345.724 9345.734
Spacer rolls ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Connection screws ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Contact plates ◾ – – –
Accessories
Sliding blocks – – – –
Perforex
see page 488
New

OM adaptor with connection cables
Allocation of switchgear
For make/model ABB Eaton
Reversing Soft Reversing Soft
MCB Starter MCB Starter
starter starter starter starter
MS 116 + PSR3, PSR6, PSR9, PSR12, PSR16, PSR25

MS 132 + AF09, AF12, AF16, AF26, AF30, AF38
MS 132 + AF09, AF12, AF16, AF26, AF30, AF38

MS 116 + AF09, AF12, AF16
MS 116 + AF09, AF12, AF16
PKE 12, PKE 32 + DS7-340

MSC - DE ... M17 - M32
MSC - DE ... M17 - M32

MSC - DE ... M7 - M12
MSC - DE ... M7 - M12

PKZM4 + DILM 17-65
MSC-D + M17 - M32
MSC-D + M7 - M15
MS 450 + A40, A50
MS 450 + A40, A50
PKE 65 + DILM 65
PKE 65 + DILM 65
MS 325 + PSR25
MS 450 + PSR30
PKZ0 + DS7-340
MS 495/496/497
MS 116/132
MS 450/451
PKZM01
MS 325
PKZM0
PKZM4
PKE12
PKE32
PKE65
Construction width Construction width
140
110
45
54
55
70
45
45
70
90
90
45
45
55
45
45
55
45
45
55
45
45
55
45
45
55
90
90
45
45
Model No. Version Required quantity (pieces) Required quantity (pieces)
OM adaptor 25 A,
9340.340 1 1 1 1
AWG 12, W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.350 1 1
AWG 10, W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 25 A,
9340.370 1 1 1
AWG 12, W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.380 1 1
AWG 10, W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.390 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
AWG 10, W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 65 A,
9340.430 1 1 1 1
AWG 6, W = 55 mm
OM adaptor 65 A,
9340.450 1 1 1 1 1
AWG 6, W = 55 mm
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.460 1
AWG 10, W = 55 mm
OM support,
9340.260 1 1 1 1
45 x 208 mm
OM support,
9340.270 1
55 x 272 mm
Support rail TS45D,
9342.860 1 1
35 x 10 mm
Support rail TS45D-V
9342.870 1 1
35 x 10 mm
Insert strip,
9340.290 2 2 3
10 x 208 mm
9340.280 Connection pin 3 3 3 3 3

OM adaptor with connection cables
For make/model Siemens Schneider Electric
Soft
Reversing Reversing
MCB Starter MCB Starter star-
starter starter
ter
GV2 - ME (screw terminal and tension spring clamp)

3RV20 11...(S00 + S0) Tension spring clamp
3RV20 21... (S0) screw terminal up to 40 A
3RA21 20... (S00/S0) Screw terminal
3RV10 31.. + 3RT103... (S2 + S2)

3RA21 10... (S00) Screw terminal

3RV20 11... (S00) Screw terminal
GV2 - DM102 + LC1D/LC1K
GV2 ME + LC2D/LC2K (AC)

3RA12 10... (S00 + S00)
GV2 - DP + LC1D/LC1K
GV2 DM + LC2D/LC2K
GV2 DP + LC2D/LC2K
GV2 DP + LC2D/LC2K
3RA11 20... (S0 + S0)
GV2 - RT, LE10, L10
GV2 P + LC2D (AC)

3RA11 10... (S00)
3RV10 11... (S00)
GV2 ME + LC1D
3RA11 20... (S0)
3RA11 30... (S2)
3RV10 31... (S2)
3RV10 21... (S0)
GV3 + LC1D65
GV2 ME + ATS
GV2 P + LC1D
GV3 BIS 65A
3RA61 20...
GV2 - P
LUB 12
LUB 32
100
120
45
45
55
45
45
45
45
55
45
45
45
45
45
90
90
90
45
55
45
55
45
45
45
45
55
45
45
90
90
90
90
90
45
OM adaptor 16 A,
9340.760 1
AWG 12, W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 25 A,
9340.340 1 1 1 1 1 1
AWG 12, W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.350 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
AWG 10, W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.770 1 1
AWG 10, W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 25 A,
9340.370 1 1 1 1 1 1
AWG 12, W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 25 A,
9340.390 1
AWG 12, W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 65 A,
9340.430 1 1 1
AWG 6, W = 55 mm
OM adaptor 65 A,
9340.450 1 1 1
AWG 6, W = 55 mm
OM adaptor 40 A,
9340.720 1
AWG 8, W = 55 mm
OM support
9340.260 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
45 x 208 mm
OM support
9340.270 1 1
55 x 272 mm
Insert strip
9340.290 1 1
10 x 208 mm
9340.280 Connection pin 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
PinBlock,
9342.800 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
W = 45 mm
9342.820 PinBlock PLUS 1 1 1 1 1

OM adaptor with tension spring clamps
For make/model ABB Eaton
Reversing Soft Reversing Soft
MCB Starter MCB Starter
starter starter starter starter
MS 116 + PSR3, PSR6, PSR9, PSR12, PSR16, PSR25

MS 132 + AF09, AF12, AF16, AF26, AF30, AF38
MS 132 + AF09, AF12, AF16, AF26, AF30, AF38

MS 116 + AF09, AF12, AF16
MS 116 + AF09, AF12, AF16
MSC - DE ... M17 - M32
MSC - DE ... M17 - M32

MSC - DE ... M7 - M12
MSC - DE ... M7 - M12

PKZM4 + DILM 17-65
MSC-D + M17 - M32
MSC-D + M7 - M15
MS 450 + A40, A50
MS 450 + A40, A50
PKE 12 + DS7-340
PKE 32 + DS7-340
PKE 65 + DILM 65
PKE 65 + DILM 65
MS 325 + PSR25
MS 450 + PSR30
PKZ0 + DS7-340
MS 495/496/497
MS 116/132
MS 450/451
PKZM01
MS 325
PKZM0
PKZM4
PKE12
PKE32
PKE65
140
110
45
54
55
70
45
45
70
90
90
45
45
55
45
45
55
45
45
55
45
45
55
45
45
55
90
90
45
45
45
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.530 1 1 1 1 1 1
1.5 – 6 mm², W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.550 1 1 1 1 1
1.5 – 6 mm², W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.560 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1.5 – 6 mm², W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.660 1
1.5 – 6 mm², W = 55 mm
OM adaptor 65 A,
9340.630 1 1 1 1
2.5 – 16 mm², W = 55 mm
OM adaptor 65 A,
9340.650 1 1 1 1 1 1
2.5 – 16 mm², W = 55 mm
OM support
9340.260 1 1 1 1
45 x 208 mm
OM support
9340.270 1 1
55 x 272 mm
Insert strip
9340.290 2 2 3
10 x 208 mm
9340.280 Connection pin 3 3 3 3 3 3
Cable set
9340.860 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AWG 12
Cable set
9340.870 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AWG 10
Cable set
9340.890 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AWG 6
Support rail TS45D,
9342.860 1
35 x 10 mm
Support rail TS55D,
9342.930 1
35 x 10 mm

OM adaptor with tension spring clamps
For make/model Siemens Schneider Electric
Soft
Reversing Reversing
MCB Starter MCB Starter star-
starter starter
ter
GV2 - ME (screw terminal and tension spring clamp)

3RV20 21... (S0) screw terminal up to 40 A
3RA21 20... (S00/S0) Screw terminal
3RV10 31.. + 3RT103... (S2 + S2)


3RV20 11... (S00) Screw terminal
GV2 - DM102 + LC1D/LC1K
GV2 ME + LC2D/LC2K (AC)

3RA12 10... (S00 + S00)
GV2 - DP + LC1D/LC1K
GV2 DM + LC2D/LC2K
GV2 DP + LC2D/LC2K
3RA11 20... (S0 + S0)
GV2 - RT, LE10, L10
GV2 P + LC2D (AC)

3RA11 10... (S00)
3RV10 11... (S00)
GV2 ME + LC1D
3RA11 20... (S0)
3RA11 30... (S2)
3RV10 31... (S2)
3RV10 21... (S0)
GV3 + LC1D65
GV2 ME + ATS
GV2 P + LC1D
GV3 BIS 65A
GV2 - P
LUB 12
LUB 32
100
120
45
45
55
45
45
45
45
55
45
45
45
90
90
90
45
55
45
55
45
45
45
45
55
45
45
90
90
90
90
45
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.530 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1.5 – 6 mm², W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.550 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1.5 – 6 mm², W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 32 A,
9340.560 1
1.5 – 6 mm², W = 45 mm
OM adaptor 65 A,
9340.630 1 1 1
2.5 –16 mm², W = 55 mm
OM adaptor 65 A,
9340.650 1 1 1
2.5 –16 mm², W = 55 mm
OM support
9340.260 1 1 1 1 1
45 x 208 mm
OM support
9340.270 1
55 x 272 mm
Insert strip
9340.290 1
10 x 208 mm
9340.280 Connection pin 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Cable set
9340.860 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AWG 12
Cable set
9340.870 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AWG 10
Cable set
9340.880 3
AWG 8
Cable set
9340.890 3 3 3 3 3 3
AWG 6
9342.820 PinBlock PLUS 1 1 1 1 1 1

Bus-mounting fuse bases
235
Bus-mounting fuse bases
Busbar system Page 212 Connection adaptors Page 216 OM adaptors Page 219 Circuit-breaker component adaptors Page 226

– Bus-mounting fuse base: – RAL 7035 Available on the Internet
Fibreglass-reinforced, thermo-
Note:
plastic polyester (PBT)
– For the use of fuse inserts to
– Contact hazard protection:
EN 60 269-3 (DIN VDE 0636-
Polyamide (PA 6.6)
301)
to UL 94-V0
D 02-E 18 D 02-E 18 D II-E 27 D II-E 27 D III-E 33 D III-E 33

Fuse inserts Page
(adaptor sleeve) (adaptor sleeve) (adaptor screw) (adaptor screw) (adaptor screw) (adaptor screw)
Rated current max. A 63 63 25 25 63 63
400, 3~ 400, 3~ 500, 3~ 500, 3~ 690, 3~ 690, 3~
400 (DC) 400 (DC) 500 (DC) 500 (DC) 690 (DC) 690 (DC)
Type of connection Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal
Connection of round conductors mm² 1.5 - 25 1.5 - 16 1.5 - 16 1.5 - 16 1.5 - 25 1.5 - 16
Width mm 27 41 42 56 57 71
Height mm 209 251 209 251 209 251
For bar systems with centre-to-centre
60 60 60 60 60 60
spacing mm
Model No. 3418.010 3418.040 3427.010 3427.040 3433.010 3433.040
Pre-configured element ready for connection
including cover plate, contact hazard protec- – ◾ – ◾ – ◾
tion and exterior connection clamps
Also required
Contact hazard protection cover plate 10 pc(s). 3418.020 – 3427.020 – 3433.020 – 262
Accessories
Connection space extender 10 pc(s). 3418.030 – 3427.030 – 3433.030 – 262
Side covers 10 pc(s). 3093.010 – 3093.020 – 3093.020 – 262

Bus-mounting fuse base D-Switch
Material: Supply includes: Note: Technical details:

– Polyamide (PA 6) – Reducing retaining springs for – For the use of fuse inserts to Available on the Internet
– Fire protection corresponding D 01 and 10 x 38 mm fuses EN 60 269-3 (DIN VDE 0636-
to UL 94-V0 301)
Basis of test:
– With integral visual fuse moni-
Colour: – IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3
toring via flashing indicator and
operating status display as well
– Fuse holder: RAL 7001
as cable routing for conduc-
tors up to 6 mm²
D 01 (with retaining spring)

Packs
Fuse inserts D 02 (with Neozed adaptor sleeve) Page
of
10 x 38 (with retaining spring)
Rated operating current max. A 63
Number of poles 3-pole
Voltage, indicator light V 100 - 400
Connection of round conductors mm² 1.5 - 25
Width mm 27
Height mm 226
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60
For bar thickness mm 5/10
Model No. 3 pc(s). 9340.950

NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 000
Material: Colour: Basis of test:

– Fibreglass-reinforced – Chassis: RAL 9011 – IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3
polyamide – Cover: RAL 7035 – DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts)
Technical details:
to UL 94-V0
hard copper
Size 000, for mounting plate assembly

Packs
Size 000 Page
of
Rated operating current max. A 100
Number of poles 3-pole
Cable outlet Top/bottom
Connection of round conductors mm² 1.5 - 50
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 10 x 10
Width mm 89
Height mm 141.5
For mounting plate assembly ◾
Model No. 1 pc(s). 3431.000
Accessories
Micro-switch 5 pc(s). 3071.000 263

NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 000

Technical details:
to UL 94-V0
hard copper
Size 000
Size Packs of 000 000 000 Page
Rated operating current max. A 100 100 100
Cable outlet Bottom Top Bottom
Type of connection Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal
Width mm 53 53 53
Height mm 213 213 213
With electronic fuse monitoring ◾ – –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 3431.035 3431.020 3431.030
Accessories
Micro-switch 5 pc(s). 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 263

NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 to 3

– Polyamide (PA 6) – Chassis: RAL 7035 – The technical data may vary for Available on the Internet
– Fire protection corresponding – Cover: RAL 7035/7001 UL applications.
to UL 94-V0
Basis of test:
– Contact tracks: Electrolytic
– IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3
copper, silver-plated
– DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts)
Size 00
Size Packs of 00 00 00 00 Page
Rated operating current max. A 160 160 160 160
Cable outlet Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom
Type of connection Box terminal Screw M8 Box terminal Screw M8
Connection of sector-shaped conductors – – – –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 13 x 13 20 x 5 13 x 13 20 x 5
Width mm 106 106 106 106
Height mm 194 194 194 194
Approvals UR UR UR UR
For mounting plate assembly – – ◾ ◾
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – –
For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 – –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9343.000 9343.010 9344.000 9344.010
Accessories
Box terminals – – – –
Connection space cover 2 pc(s). 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520 263
Arc chambers – – – –
Micro-switch 5 pc(s). 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 263

Size 1
Connection of sector-shaped conductors mm² 50 - 150 – 50 - 150 –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 20 x 3 - 14 32 x 10 20 x 3 - 14 32 x 10
Width mm 184 184 184 184
Height mm 298 298 298 298
Approvals UR UR UR UR
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9343.100 9343.110 9344.100 9344.110
Accessories
Box terminals 3 pc(s). – 9344.610 – 9344.610 263
Arc chambers 3 pc(s). 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 263
Micro-switch 2 pc(s). 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 263
Size 2 – 3
Size Packs of 2 2 2 3 3 3 Page
Rated operating current max. A 400 400 400 630 630 630
Cable outlet Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom
Type of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10 Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10
Connection of round conductors mm² 95 - 300 10 - 240 10 - 240 95 - 300 10 - 300 10 - 300
Connection of sector-shaped conductors mm² 120 - 300 – – 120 - 300 – –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 32 x 10 - 20 50 x 10 50 x 10 32 x 10 - 20 50 x 10 50 x 10
Width mm 210 210 210 250 250 250
Height mm 298 298 298 298 298 298
Approvals UR UR UR UR UR UR
For mounting plate assembly – – ◾ – – ◾
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – 60 60 –
For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 – 5/10 5/10 –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9343.200 9343.210 9344.210 9343.300 9343.310 9344.310
Accessories
Box terminals 3 pc(s). – 9344.620 9344.620 – 9344.620 9344.620 263
Connection space cover 2 pc(s). 9344.540 9344.540 9344.540 9344.550 9344.550 9344.550 263
Arc chambers 3 pc(s). 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 263
Micro-switch 2 pc(s). 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 263
Laminated copper bars see page see page see page see page see page see page 255


– Polyamide (PA 6) – Chassis: RAL 7035 – IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3
– Fire protection corresponding – Cover: RAL 7035/7001 – DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts)
to UL 94-V0
Technical details:
Size 00, with electronic fuse monitoring

Rated operating voltage V, ~ 400 - 690, 3~ 400 - 690, 3~ 400 - 690, 3~ 400 - 690, 3~
Width mm 106 106 106 106
Height mm 194 194 194 194
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9343.020 9343.030 9344.020 9344.030
Accessories
Micro-switch 5 pc(s). 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 263

Size 1, with electronic fuse monitoring
Rated operating voltage V, ~ 400 - 690, 3~ 400 - 690, 3~ 400 - 690, 3~
Cable outlet Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom
Type of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10
Connection of round conductors mm² 35 - 150 10 - 150 10 - 150
Connection of sector-shaped conductors mm² 50 - 150 – –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 20 x 3 - 14 32 x 10 32 x 10
Width mm 184 184 184
Height mm 298 298 298
For mounting plate assembly – – ◾
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 –
For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9343.120 9343.130 9344.130
Accessories
Box terminals 3 pc(s). – 9344.610 9344.610 263
Connection space cover 2 pc(s). 9344.530 9344.530 9344.530 263
Arc chambers 3 pc(s). 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 263
Micro-switch 2 pc(s). 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 263
Laminated copper bars see page see page see page 255
Size 2 – 3, with electronic fuse monitoring

Rated operating voltage V, ~ 400 - 690, 3~ 400 - 690, 3~ 400 - 690, 3~ 400 - 690, 3~
Type of connection Screw M10 Screw M10 Screw M10 Screw M10
Width mm 210 210 250 250
Height mm 298 298 298 298
For mounting plate assembly – ◾ – ◾
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 – 60 –
For bar thickness mm 5/10 – 5/10 –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9343.230 9344.230 9343.330 9344.330
Accessories
Box terminals 3 pc(s). – – 9344.620 9344.620 263
Arc chambers 3 pc(s). 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 263
Micro-switch 2 pc(s). 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 263


– Polyamide (PA 6) – Chassis: RAL 7035 – IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3
– Fire protection corresponding – Cover: RAL 7035/7001 – DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts)
to UL 94-V0
Technical details:
Size 00, with electromechanical fuse monitoring

Width mm 106 106 106 106
Height mm 194 194 194 194
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9343.040 9343.050 9344.040 9344.050
Accessories
Micro-switch 5 pc(s). 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 263

Size 1, with electromechanical fuse monitoring
Type of connection Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10
Connection of round conductors mm² 35 - 150 10 - 150 10 - 150
Connection of sector-shaped conductors mm² 50 - 150 – –
Clamping area for laminated copper bars, W x H mm 20 x 3 - 14 32 x 10 32 x 10
Width mm 184 184 184
Height mm 298 298 298
For mounting plate assembly – – ◾
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 –
For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9343.140 9343.150 9344.150
Accessories
Box terminals 3 pc(s). – 9344.610 9344.610 263
Connection space cover 2 pc(s). 9344.530 9344.530 9344.530 263
Arc chambers 3 pc(s). 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 263
Micro-switch 2 pc(s). 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 263
Laminated copper bars see page see page see page 255
Size 2 – 3, with electromechanical fuse monitoring

Type of connection Screw M10 Screw M10 Screw M10 Screw M10
Width mm 210 210 250 250
Height mm 298 298 298 298
For mounting plate assembly – ◾ – ◾
For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 – 60 –
For bar thickness mm 5/10 – 5/10 –
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9343.250 9344.250 9343.350 9344.350
Accessories
Box terminals 3 pc(s). 9344.620 9344.620 9344.620 9344.620 263
Arc chambers 3 pc(s). 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 263
Micro-switch 2 pc(s). 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 263

NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 to 3

– Fire protection corresponding – Handle: RAL 7016
Technical details:
to UL 94-V0
hard copper
Size 00
Size Packs of 00 00 00 00 00 Page
Rated operating current max. A 160 160 160 160 160
Cable outlet Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom
Type of connection Box terminal Screw M8 Box terminal Screw M8 Screw M8
Connection of round conductors mm² 2.5 - 95 2.5 - 95 2.5 - 95 2.5 - 95 2.5 - 95
Width mm 50 50 50 50 50
Height mm 400 400 400 400 400
For converter installation – – – – ◾
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9346.000 9346.010 9346.020 9346.030 9346.060
3 mounting hooks ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Accessories
Connection space cover 1 pc(s). 9346.460 9346.460 9346.460 9346.460 9346.460 264
Clamp-type terminal connection 1 set(s) – 3592.010 – 3592.010 3592.010 264
Box terminals – – – – –
Busbar terminal – – – – –
Micro-switch 5 pc(s). 9346.400 9346.400 9346.400 9346.400 9346.400 263
Current converter – – – – –
Cable ties – – – – –
Inserted screw nuts M12 – – – – –

Size 00 – 3
Size Packs of 00 00 1 2 3 Page
Rated operating current max. A 160 160 250 400 630
Cable outlet Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom Top/bottom
Type of connection Screw M8 Screw M8 Bolt M12 Bolt M12 Bolt M12
Connection of round conductors mm² 2.5 - 95 2.5 - 95 6 - 240 6 - 240 6 - 240
Width mm 50 50 100 100 100
Height mm 740 740 740 740 740
For converter installation – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9346.040 9346.050 9346.110 9346.210 9346.310
3 screws M12 x 30 for equipment attachment – – ◾ ◾ ◾
3 inserted screw nuts M12 – – ◾ ◾ ◾
3 hex nuts for conductor connection – – ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Connection space cover – – – – –
Clamp-type terminal connection 1 set(s) 3592.010 3592.010 – – – 264
Box terminals 3 pc(s). – – 9346.450 9346.450 9346.450 264
Busbar terminal 3 pc(s). 9346.470 9346.470 9346.440 9346.440 9346.440 264
Micro-switch 5 pc(s). 9346.400 9346.400 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 263
Current converter – see page see page see page see page 265
Cable ties 1 pc(s). – – 9346.480 9346.480 9346.480 265
Inserted screw nuts M12 30 pc(s). – – 3591.060 3591.060 3591.060 253
Ri4Power ISV
distribution enclosures
see page 297
New


– Fire protection corresponding – Handle: RAL 7016
Technical details:
to UL 94-V0
hard copper
Size 00 – 3, with electronic fuse monitoring

Type of connection Screw M8 Bolt M12 Bolt M12 Bolt M12
Connection of round conductors mm² 2.5 - 95 6 - 240 6 - 240 6 - 240
Width mm 50 100 100 100
Height mm 400 740 740 740
For converter installation – ◾ ◾ ◾
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9346.015 9346.115 9346.215 9346.315
3 mounting hooks ◾ – – –
3 screws M12 x 30 for equipment attachment – ◾ ◾ ◾
3 inserted screw nuts M12 – ◾ ◾ ◾
3 hex nuts for conductor connection – ◾ ◾ ◾
Accessories
Connection space cover 1 pc(s). 9346.460 – – – 264
Clamp-type terminal connection 1 set(s) 3592.010 – – – 264
Box terminals 3 pc(s). – 9346.450 9346.450 9346.450 264
Busbar terminal 3 pc(s). – 9346.440 9346.440 9346.440 264
Micro-switch 5 pc(s). 9346.400 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 263
Current converter – see page see page see page 265
Cable ties 1 pc(s). – 9346.480 9346.480 9346.480 265
Inserted screw nuts M12 30 pc(s). – 3591.060 3591.060 3591.060 253

Fuse holder
Material: Note: Approvals:

– Polyamide (PA 6) – For snap-on mounting on – UL 512, CSA C22.2 No.39
– Fire protection corresponding 35 mm (7.5 mm/15 mm high)
Technical details:
to UL 94-V0 support rails to DIN EN 60 715
or RiLine component adaptor
Colour:
combinations (OM adaptors/
– RAL 7035
supports)
Rated operating current max. 30 – 60 A

Fuse type (class) CC J J Page
Fuse standard UL 4248-4 UL 4248-8 UL 4248-8
Fuse size mm 10 x 38 21 x 57 27 x 60
Connection of round conductors AWG 6 – AWG 14 AWG 2 – AWG 14 AWG 2 – AWG 14
Width mm 52.5 97.5 120
Height mm 78 114 122
Depth mm 59 80 89
Approvals UL UL UL
Model No. 9345.000 9345.010 9345.030

Fuse holder
Material: Colour: Approvals:

– Polyamide (PA 6) – Chassis: RAL 7035 – UL 4248-1
– Fire protection corresponding – Cover: RAL 7035/7001 – UL 4248-8
to UL 94-V0 – CSA C22.2 No. 4248.1-07
– Contact tracks: Electrolytic – CSA C22.2 No. 4248.8-07
Technical details:
Rated operating current max. 100 – 400 A

Fuse type (class) Packs of J J J Page
Rated operating current min. A 61 101 201
Fuse standard UL 4248-8 UL 4248-8 UL 4248-8
Fuse size mm 29 x 118 41 x 146 54 x 181
Type of connection Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal
Connection of round conductors AWG 2 – MCM 300 AWG 3/0 – MCM 600 AWG 3/0 – MCM 600
Width mm 184 210 250
Height mm 288 288 328
Approvals UR UR UR
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9345.100 9345.200 9345.400

RiLine accessories
Busbar supports/base isolators
Busbar support Note:

9340.030/9342.030
1 and 2-pole – The busbar supports may be bayed with 60 mm
Material: bar centre distance for the configuration of multi-
– Polyamide (PA 6.6) pole systems
– Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Technical details:
1
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
9342.030
– Raised section for stepped configuration of the
PLS busbars
Version Packs of Page

Bar centre distance mm – – 60
2
PLS 1600 – – 253
For busbars E-Cu 12 x 5/101),
– 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm 252
15 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm
1000, 1~ 1000, 1~ 1000, 2~
1500 (DC) 1500 (DC) –
PEN/N/PE support ◾ ◾ ◾
N/PE support – – ◾
Model No. 4 pc(s). 9342.030 9340.030 9340.040
Accessories
Spacers 12 pc(s). – 9340.090 – 251
Captive nuts M52) 50 pc(s). – 4166.000 4166.000 624
1) If 12 x 5/10 mm busbars are used, the spacer 9340.090 is additionally required
2) For attaching the busbar support to the TS frame section and punched sections with mounting flanges with rectangular
system punchings 12.5 x 10.5 mm
Base isolators Rated operating voltage kV 1 1

For configuring busbar systems with any given bar Tensile strength kN 12 13
centre distances and for assembling insulated PE or Torsional strength Nm 75 90
PEN busbars. Bending strength kN 6 6
Material: Height mm 40 50
– Duroplastic polyester (UP resin) Thread M10 M10
Technical details: Packs of 6 pc(s). 6 pc(s).
Available on the Internet Model No. 3031.000 3032.000
Spacers Packs of Model No.

for RiLine busbar supports (flat bar system) 12 pc(s). 9340.090
For adapting 12 x 5 and 12 x 10 mm size busbars.
For busbar supports
◾ 9340.030 (1-pole), see page 251
◾ 9340.000/.010 (3-pole), see page 212
◾ 9340.004 (4-pole), see page 212
Material:
– Polyamide (PA 6.6)
Colour:
– RAL 7035

RiLine accessories
Busbars
CUPONAL busbars Dimensions Rated current1)

Packs of Model No.
mm A
To DIN EN 13 601
20 x 5 235 6 pc(s). 3582.020
Length: 2400 mm/bar 20 x 10 363 3 pc(s). 3585.020
Copper-coated aluminium busbars, suitable for the 30 x 5 328 6 pc(s). 3584.020
configuration of busbar systems with busbar sup- 30 x 10 493 3 pc(s). 3586.020
ports 9340.000/9340.050, see page 212. 1) Current carrying capacity at 65°C bar temperature
Material: and 35°C ambient temperature
– Aluminium core with crimped copper coating Correction factor diagram to DIN 43 671
made from E-Cu
Short-circuit resistance diagrams
70
65
Ip peak short-circuit current [kA]

60
55 b
50
45
40
35 a
30
25
20
200 250 300 350 400 450 500

Busbar support spacing [mm]
CUPONAL busbars
Busbar support Curve
mm
20 x 5/10 9340.000/.050 a
30 x 5/10 9340.000/.050 b
Busbars E-Cu Technical details:

To DIN EN 13 601
Length: 2400 mm/bar
Material:
E-Cu F30
Dimensions
Approvals Packs of Model No. Page
mm
12 x 5 6 pc(s). 3580.000
15 x 5 6 pc(s). 3581.000
20 x 5 6 pc(s). 3582.000
25 x 5 6 pc(s). 3583.000
30 x 5 6 pc(s). 3584.000
12 x 10 6 pc(s). 3580.100
15 x 10 6 pc(s). 3581.100
20 x 10 3 pc(s). 3585.005
30 x 10 3 pc(s). 3586.005
40 x 10 – 3 pc(s). 3587.000
50 x 10 – 2 pc(s). 3588.005
60 x 10 – 2 pc(s). 3589.005
80 x 10 – 1 pc(s). 3590.005
100 x 10 – 1 pc(s). 3590.015
Accessories
Busbar connectors 12 x 5 – 15 x 10 (single connection) 3 pc(s). 9350.075 254
for busbars 20 x 5 – 30 x 10 (single connection) 3 pc(s). 9320.020 254
mm 20 x 5 – 30 x 10 (bayed connection) 3 pc(s). 9320.030 254
12/15 x 5 4 pc(s). 9350.010 253
Busbar cover sections 12/15 x 10 4 pc(s). 9350.060 253
for busbars
mm 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 10 pc(s). 3092.000 253
40 – 60 x 10 10 pc(s). 3085.000 253

RiLine accessories
Busbars
Busbar cover sections Note:

– Contact hazard protection, alternative solutions,
Contact hazard protection via covering of the see page 256
busbars. May be cut to required length.
Technical details:
Length: 1000 mm/section Available on the Internet
Material:
– Thermally modified hard PVC
Colour:
– RAL 7035
For busbars
Approvals Packs of Model No.
mm
12/15 x 5 – 4 pc(s). 9350.010
12/15 x 10 – 4 pc(s). 9350.060
12 x 5 – 30 x 10 10 pc(s). 3092.000
40 – 60 x 10 10 pc(s). 3085.000
Inserted screw nuts M12 Packs of Model No.

Self-holding nuts with knurled ring for busbars E-Cu. 30 pc(s). 3591.060
Hole diameter: 14.5 mm
PLS special busbars E-Cu Technical details:

For system PLS 800, bar thickness 5 mm, bar cross-section 300 mm2
For enclosure width Length
mm mm
600 495 3 pc(s). 3524.000
800 695 3 pc(s). 3525.000
1000 895 3 pc(s). 3525.010
1200 1095 3 pc(s). 3526.000
variable 2400 1 pc(s). 3509.000
Accessories
PLS busbar connector (single connection) 3 pc(s). 3504.000 254
PLS busbar connector (bayed connection) 3 pc(s). 3505.000 254
PLS expansion connector 3 pc(s). 9320.060 254
For system PLS 1600, bar thickness 10 mm, bar cross-section 900 mm2
mm mm
600 495 3 pc(s). 3527.000
800 695 3 pc(s). 3528.000
1000 895 3 pc(s). 3528.010
1200 1095 3 pc(s). 3529.000
variable 2400 1 pc(s). 3516.000
Accessories
PLS busbar connector (single connection) 3 pc(s). 3514.000 254
PLS busbar connector (bayed connection) 3 pc(s). 3515.000 254
PLS expansion connector 3 pc(s). 9320.070 254

RiLine accessories
Busbars
Busbar connectors Technical details:

For connecting square busbars, no drilling required.
Material:
9350.075
– Top piece: St 37, nickel-plated surface finish
– Contact plate: E-Cu, nickel-plated surface finish
9320.020/9320.030
– Top piece: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated
– Contact plate: E-Cu, silver-plated
Application
For busbars
Single Bayed Approvals Packs of Model No.
mm
connection connection1)
12 x 5 – 15 x 10 ◾ – 3 pc(s). 9350.075
◾ – 3 pc(s). 9320.020
20 x 5 – 30 x 10
– ◾ 3 pc(s). 9320.030
PLS busbar connectors Technical details:

For connecting the PLS special busbars; no drilling
required.
Material:
– E-Cu
Surface finish:
– Nickel-plated
Application For system Approvals Packs of Model No.

PLS 800 3 pc(s). 3504.000
Single connection
PLS 1600 3 pc(s). 3514.000
PLS 800 3 pc(s). 3505.000
Bayed connection1)
PLS 1600 3 pc(s). 3515.000
PLS expansion connector Note:

– At a temperature increase of 30 K, there is an
For thermal and mechanical compensation during expansion in the length of the busbars by approx-
connection of PLS special busbars from enclosure imately 0.5 mm/m. For this reason, it is advisable
to enclosure. to use an expansion connector for thermal com-
Material: pensation in busbar systems with busbar sec-
– E-Cu tions > 3600 mm.
Technical details:
Expansion connector For system Approvals Packs of Model No. Page

PLS 800 3 pc(s). 9320.060
PLS 1600 3 pc(s). 9320.070
Also required
PLS 800 3 pc(s). 3504.000 254
PLS busbar connectors1)
PLS 1600 3 pc(s). 3514.000 254
1) Two busbar connectors are needed to fit one expansion connector

RiLine accessories
Busbars
Laminated copper bars Technical details:

Length: 2000 mm/bar
Material:
Cu lamina
– High-purity electrolyte copper F20
Insulation
– High-strength vinyl compound
– Expansion 370%
– Temperature range: -30°C…+105°C
– Dielectric strength: 20 kV/mm
Configuration1) In at 70 K2) In at 50 K2) In at 30 K2)

Packs of Model No.
mm A A A
6 x 9 x 0.8 285 240 180 1 pc(s). 3565.005
6 x 15.5 x 0.8 415 350 265 1 pc(s). 3568.005
10 x 15.5 x 0.8 575 480 365 1 pc(s). 3569.005
5 x 20 x 1 525 435 330 1 pc(s). 3570.005
5 x 24 x 1 605 510 385 1 pc(s). 3571.005
10 x 24 x 1 920 770 585 1 pc(s). 3572.005
5 x 32 x 1 770 645 485 1 pc(s). 3573.005
10 x 32 x 1 1155 965 730 1 pc(s). 3574.005
5 x 40 x 1 930 780 590 1 pc(s). 3575.005
10 x 40 x 1 1370 1145 865 1 pc(s). 3576.005
5 x 50 x 1 1125 940 710 1 pc(s). 3577.005
10 x 50 x 1 1635 1365 1030 1 pc(s). 3578.005
10 x 63 x 1 1950 1610 1230 1 pc(s). 3579.005
1) Number of lamina x lamina width x lamina thickness
2) The conductor temperature of the laminated copper bar is derived by adding the ambient temperature and the
temperature increase together
Example:
3565.005 carrying 180 A, i.e. the temperature increases by 30 K. At an ambient temperature of 35°C
this produces a resultant conductor temperature of 35°C + 30 K = 65°C
Universal support Packs of Model No.

For the attachment of laminated copper bars from 3 pc(s). 3079.000
5 x 20 x 1 to 10 x 63 x 1 mm.
Material:
– Fibreglass-reinforced, thermoplastic polyester Accessories:
(PBT)
– Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 – PS punched rails, see page 610
Colour: Technical details:

– RAL 7035 Available on the Internet
Supply includes:
– Screws and sliding nuts for mounting on PS
punched rails
Universal support Packs of Model No.

For the attachment of multi-stacked laminated 3 set(s) 3079.010
copper bars from 5 x 40 x 1 to 10 x 100 x 1 mm.
Material: Note:
– Fibreglass-reinforced, thermoplastic polyester – 3 sets of universal supports correspond to the
(PBT) supply scope shown in the photograph
Colour: Accessories:
– RAL 7035
– C rails 30/15, see page 612
Supply includes:
– Screws and sliding nuts for mounting on C rails

RiLine accessories
System components Technical details:

Material:
– Thermally modified hard PVC
Colour:
– RAL 7035
3-pole 4-pole
For RiLine busbar systems PLS 1600
Flat bars PLS 800 PLS 1600 Flat bars
PLUS
Base trays
Packs
Length (L) mm Approvals Model No. Model No.
of
500 2 pc(s). 9340.100 9341.100 9342.100 – –
700 2 pc(s). 9340.110 9341.110 9342.110 – –
900 2 pc(s). 9340.120 9341.120 9342.120 – –
1 1100 2 pc(s). 9340.130 9341.130 9342.130 9340.134 9342.134
2400 1 pc(s). 9340.170 9341.170 9342.170 – –
Base tray infills
100 2 pc(s). 9340.140 9341.140 9342.140 – –
Cover sections
700 2 pc(s). 9340.200 9340.200 9340.200 – –
1100 2 pc(s). 9340.210 9340.210 9340.210 9340.214 9340.214
Base tray Base tray infill Cover section

2 For rear contact hazard protection For rear contact hazard protection when May be cut to length as required;
of the flat bar assembly. connecting the busbars from enclosure for clip-on mounting to the base tray.
to enclosure.
Note:
Supply includes: If the cover section is loaded from the
Assembly parts front, the support panel is needed for
stability.
Support panels For system

configuration
for cover section
To prevent side access to the cover section. The 3-pole 5 pc(s). 9340.220
support panel also provides additional stability. 4-pole 5 pc(s). 9340.224
Recommended mounting distance: ≤ 500 mm
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Cross members Length

mm
for RiLine busbar connections
3-pole 160 2 pc(s). 9340.230
To comply with the clearances required for “feeder
circuits” under UL 508. For flat bar systems with
60 mm bar centre distance and PLS 800/1600.
Also required:
Material: – Support panel 9340.220, see page 256
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Note:
– Two cross members are required for one busbar
connection

RiLine accessories
Connection system
Conductor connection clamps Accessories:

Material:
3450.500 – 3459.500 – Laminated copper bars, see page 255
– Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated Technical details:
3550.000/3555.000 Available on the Internet
– Brass
Connection of Clamping area for

For bar thickness
round conductors laminated copper bars, Approvals Packs of Model No.
mm
mm2 W x H mm
3–5 1–4 – 15 pc(s). 3550.000
5 1–4 – 15 pc(s). 3450.500
5 2.5 – 16 8x8 15 pc(s). 3451.500
5 16 – 50 10.5 x 11 15 pc(s). 3452.500
5 35 – 70 16.5 x 15 15 pc(s). 3453.500
5 70 – 185 22.5 x 20 15 pc(s). 3454.500
6 – 10 1–4 – 15 pc(s). 3555.000
10 1–4 – 15 pc(s). 3455.500
10 2.5 – 16 8x8 15 pc(s). 3456.500
10 16 – 50 10.5 x 11 15 pc(s). 3457.500
10 35 – 70 16.5 x 15 15 pc(s). 3458.500
10 70 – 185 22.5 x 20 15 pc(s). 3459.500
Plate clamps Clamping area for

For busbars laminated
For connecting laminated copper bars; no drilling Packs of Model No.
mm copper bars,
required. W x H mm
Material: 12 x 5 –
34 x 10 3 pc(s). 3554.000
– Sheet steel 30 x 10
40 x 10 34 x 10 3 pc(s). 3559.000
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated, passivated 50 x 10 34 x 10 3 pc(s). 3560.000
50 x 10 54 x 10 3 pc(s). 3562.000
Accessories: 60 x 10 34 x 10 3 pc(s). 3561.000
60 x 10 54 x 10 3 pc(s). 3563.000
– Laminated copper bars, see page 255
80 x 10 65 x 10 3 pc(s). 3460.500
Technical details:
System covers Note:

– For 3-pole systems with 60/100 mm bar centre
For conductor connection clamps and plate clamps. distance
Material: – Only suitable for use with systems without a base
– ABS tray
– Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 – For systems with a base tray, the system covers
must be mechanically shortened
Colour:
– RAL 7035 Technical details:
Height mm
Width Depth
For mounting on bar systems Approvals Packs of Model No.
mm mm
60 mm 100 mm
50 80 230 325 4 pc(s). 3086.000
100 80 230 325 4 pc(s). 3087.000
100 110 230 325 4 pc(s). 3090.000
200 80 230 325 4 pc(s). 3088.000
200 110 230 325 4 pc(s). 3091.000

RiLine accessories
Connection system/Mini-PLS component adaptors
Connection block Note:

– When using the terminal on 2-pole busbar sys-
Material: tems, the terminal must be rotated through 180°
Chassis for connection to the PE busbar
Cover
– ABS
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 3 terminals including cover
Rated current max. A Packs of 800 1600 Page
Rated operating voltage (L1 + L2) V 1000 (DC) 1000 (DC)
Rated operating voltage (L1 + L3) V 1500 (DC) 1500 (DC)
Cable outlet Top/bottom Top/bottom
Connection of round conductors,
95 – 185 –
fine wire with wire end ferrule mm²
Connection of round conductors,
90 – 300 –
multi-wire mm²
Clamping area for laminated copper bars
33 x 26 65 x 27
(with 5 mm bar thickness) W x H mm
Clamping area for laminated copper bars
33 x 21 65 x 22
(with 10 mm bar thickness) W x H mm
Width mm 50 85
Height mm 88 88
For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10
Model No. 3 pc(s). 9342.311 9342.321
Accessories
Laminated copper bars ◾ ◾ 255
Insert strips Width

Packs of Model No.
mm
for Mini-PLS component adaptors
To extend the construction width. 9 2 pc(s). 9623.000
Material:
– ABS
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Support rails 35 x 7.5 mm Width

Packs of Model No.
mm
for Mini-PLS component adaptors
45 10 pc(s). 9320.150
Material: 54 10 pc(s). 3548.000
– Sheet steel
72 10 pc(s). 3549.000
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws and side anti-slip guard

RiLine accessories
for OM adaptor/support
Support rails 35 x 10 mm Supply includes:

– Assembly screws
For attaching to the adaptor section and support Note:
frame. – UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/
support
Material:
Colour:
– RAL 9005
Width
Version With anti-slip guard1) Packs of Model No.
mm
TS 45C 45 ◾ 5 pc(s). 9342.850
TS 45D 45 – 5 pc(s). 9342.860
TS 45D-V2) 45 – 5 pc(s). 9342.870
TS 55C 55 ◾ 5 pc(s). 9342.920
TS 55D 55 – 5 pc(s). 9342.930
TS 55D-V2) 55 – 5 pc(s). 9342.940
1) Anti-slip guard for motor circuit-breaker
2) Support rail only suitable for non-pitch pattern-dependent mounting on support frame
Support rails 35 x 15 mm Width

Packs of Model No.
mm
For attaching to the adaptor section 45 5 pc(s). 9342.880
55 5 pc(s). 9342.950
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Support rails 35 x 7.5 mm Width

Packs of Model No.
mm
For assembly on 55 mm wide OM adaptors/sup- 72 5 pc(s). 9342.980
ports with 10 mm wide insert strips mounted on the
right and left.
Arrangement of the mounting hole for central config-
uration on 55 mm wide adaptor section or support
frame.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Insert strips Width

mm
To extend the construction width in a 10 mm pitch 10 2 pc(s). 9340.290
pattern. May be bayed as often as required on both
sides. With integral cable duct.
Material:
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 6 connection pins

RiLine accessories
Connection pin Approvals Packs of Model No.

For any required mechanical connection of 20 pc(s). 9340.280
OM adaptor/support and insert strip 9340.290.
Material:
– Polyamide (PA 6)
Colour:
– RAL 5010
PinBlock For support frame width

Packs of Model No.
mm
for support frames
For secure attachment and positioning of the con- 45 5 pc(s). 9342.800
tactor on motor starter combinations, for simple 55 5 pc(s). 9342.810
clip-on mounting onto the support frame. Individual
vertical positioning is achieved by relocating the Pin-
Block. Note:
– UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/
Material: support
– RAL 9005
– PinBlock Plus, see page 260
PinBlock Plus Packs of Model No.

for starters with increased contactor 5 pc(s). 9342.820
attachment
Mounted by simply clipping onto the PinBlock
9342.800/.810. Note:
– UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/
Material: support
Colour:
– RAL 9005
Cable set Version Packs of Model No.

Pre-assembled connection cables for individual AWG 14 =
15 pc(s). 9340.850
connection of switchgear, top-mounted on OM 2.08 mm2 ≙ 2.5 mm2
adaptors with tension spring clamps, or for wiring AWG 12 =
15 pc(s). 9340.860
between the individual switchgear units. 3.31 mm2 ≙ 4 mm2
AWG 10 =
Length: 130 mm 5.26 mm2 ≙ 6 mm2
15 pc(s). 9340.870
Material: AWG 8 =
6 pc(s). 9340.880
– PVC insulation 8.37 mm2 ≙ 10 mm2
– Temperature resistant to 105°C AWG 6 =
6 pc(s). 9340.890
– Wire ends with ultrasonic wire-end compression 13.3 mm2 ≙ 16 mm2
at both ends AWG = American Wire Gauges
Technical details:
Twin cords Version Packs of Model No.

for OM adaptors AWG 10 =
6 pc(s). 9340.820
with tension spring clamp 2.5 – 16 mm2 5.26 mm2 ≙ 6 mm2
Pre-assembled connection cables for individual con- AWG 8 =
6 pc(s). 9340.830
nection of up to two switchgear units per adaptor. 8.37 mm2 ≙ 10 mm2
AWG = American Wire Gauges
Cable length:
L1 = 140 mm
L2 = 250 mm Technical details:
Material: Available on the Internet
– PVC insulation
– Temperature resistant to 105°C
– Wire ends with ultrasonic wire-end compression
at both ends

RiLine accessories
for circuit-breaker component adaptors
Insert strips To fit Width

Approvals
Packs
Model No.
Model No. mm of
To extend the construction width from 140 mm to 9345.700/.710
25 4 pc(s). 9342.720
9345.720/.730
190 mm.
Material:
– ABS Note:
– 4 pieces are needed to widen a component
Colour: adaptor
– RAL 7035
Sliding blocks To fit With Packs

Model No.
Model No. threaded insert of
For additional locking of circuit-breakers with more 9342.500/.510
9342.504/.514 M3/M4 6 pc(s). 9342.560
than two attachment points. 9342.540/.550
Colour: 9345.600/.610
M4/M5 6 pc(s). 9342.640
– RAL 7035 9345.604/.614
Note:
– UL approval in conjunction with circuit-breaker
component adaptor
Connection bracket Technical details:

Pre-assembled, laminated flat copper for connect-
ing standard, commercially available moulded case
circuit-breakers (MCCB).
Material:
– Electrolytic copper F20
Insulation:
– Vinyl compound
– Temperature resistant to 105°C
To fit Dimensions1) For connecting moulded case circuit-breakers (MCCB), Packs

Model No.
Model No. mm make (model) of
ABB (T1, T1 UL, T2, T2 UL),
Eaton (NZM1, NZM1 UL, BZM B1),
9342.500/.510
6 x 9 x 0.8 OEZ (BC160N), 3 pc(s). 9342.5702)
9342.540/.550
Schneider Electric (NSC100, NSE75, NSE100)
Siemens (3RV13 53, 3VT 1)
1) Number of lamina x lamina width x lamina thickness
2) Universal application for switchgear with a dimensional difference between the mounting level and the upper edge of the
contact level of 20 ± 5 mm
Support rails 35 x 15 mm To fit Width

Approvals
Packs
Model No.
Model No. mm of
for
◾ Circuit-breaker component adaptor 9342.400
9342.410 72 5 pc(s). 9320.120
◾ Mini-PLS component adaptor 9629.000
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:

RiLine accessories
for bus-mounting fuse bases
Contact hazard protection To fit Model No. Packs of Model No.

covers 3418.010 (D 02-E 18) 10 pc(s). 3418.020
for bus-mounting fuse bases 3427.010 (D II-E 27) 10 pc(s). 3427.020
The cover ensures contact hazard protection from 3433.010 (D III-E 33) 10 pc(s). 3433.020
the front, top and below. All-round contact hazard
protection (up to IP 2X) in conjunction with the side
cover 3093.010/.020.
Material:
Covers, side To fit Model No. Packs of Model No.

for bus-mounting fuse bases 3418.010 (D 02-E 18) 10 pc(s). 3093.010
For clip-on mounting onto the contact hazard 3427.010 (D II-E 27)
10 pc(s). 3093.020
protection cover. 3433.010 (D III-E 33)
Material:
Connection space extenders, To fit Model No. Packs of Model No.

side 3418.010 (D 02-E 18) 10 pc(s). 3418.030
for bus-mounting fuse bases 3427.010 (D II-E 27) 10 pc(s). 3427.030
All-round contact hazard protection cover including 3433.010 (D III-E 33) 10 pc(s). 3433.030
cable duct for side extension of the connection
space by 14 mm.
Material:

RiLine accessories
for NH fuse-switch disconn./NH slimline fuse-switch disconn.
Box terminals Technical details:

for NH disconnectors, sizes 1 to 3 with screw
terminal
For direct connection of round and sector-shaped
conductors and laminated copper bars.
Material:
– Cast brass
Surface finish:
– Nickel-plated
Clamping area Connection

To fit for laminated Sector-shaped
Round conductor Packs of Model No.
NH disconnectors copper bars, conductor
W x H mm mm2
mm2
Size 1 20 x 14 35 – 150 50 – 150 3 pc(s). 9344.610
Size 2/3 32 x 20 95 – 300 120 – 300 3 pc(s). 9344.620
Connection space covers To fit

Packs of Model No.
NH disconnectors
for NH disconnectors
For extending the contact hazard protection cover, Size 00 2 pc(s). 9344.520
e.g. when using ring terminals with a long collar. Size 1 2 pc(s). 9344.530
Bayable as required at the top and bottom. Size 2 2 pc(s). 9344.540
Material: Size 3 2 pc(s). 9344.550
Arc chambers Packs of Model No.

for NH disconnectors, sizes 1 to 3 3 pc(s). 9344.680
To increase switching capacity (utilisation category).
Technical details:
Micro-switch
for NH disconnectors/NH slimline fuse-switch To fit
disconnectors To fit Packs of Model No.
NH slimline
NH
To indicate the switch position of the NH unit fuse-switch
disconnectors
(cover). disconnectors
Size 000/00 Sizes 1/2/3 5 pc(s). 3071.000
Sizes 1/2/3 – 2 pc(s). 9344.5101) 1
– Size 00 5 pc(s). 9346.400
1) Including plastic lug for attaching the microswitch
to the disconnector chassis

RiLine accessories
for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors
Connection space cover To fit

Packs of Model No.
Model No.
for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors,
size 00 9346.000/.010/.015
1 pc(s). 9346.460
9346.020/.030/.060
Extended version for the use of ring terminals with
a long collar.
Material:
– Polycarbonate
Clamp-type terminal Packs of Model No.

connection 1 set(s) 3592.010
for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors,
size 00 with screw terminal
For the connection of round conductors 1.5 to
95 mm2.
Material:
– Cast brass
Surface finish:
– Nickel-plated
Technical details:
Box terminals Packs of Model No.

for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, 3 pc(s). 9346.450
sizes 1 to 3
For converting NH slimline fuse-switch disconnec-
tors to box terminal connection for round conduc-
tors up to 300 mm2.
Material:
– Cast brass
Surface finish:
– Nickel-plated
Busbar terminals For size 00

for NH slimline fuse-switch disconectors To fit Model No. Packs of Model No.
For mounting NH slimline fuse-switch disconnec- 9346.040/.050 3 pc(s). 9346.470
tors on bar systems with 185 mm centre-to-centre
spacing, no drilling required.
For sizes 1 to 3
To fit Model No. Packs of Model No.
9346.110/.210/.310
3 pc(s). 9346.440
9346.115/.215/.315

RiLine accessories
for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors
Current converter ◾ Compact design without altering the installation

depth via mechanical integration into the fuse-
for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors switch disconnector (sizes 1 to 3); this allows
space-saving assembly
◾ User-friendly cable connection via terminal block
For size 00 1
9346.050
For NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors
(185 mm bar centre distance)
Phases 1 1
Primary current I1N 150 A 150 A
Secondary current I2N 1A 5A
Accuracy class 1 1
Rated frequency 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz
Thermal rated continuous current 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N
Thermal rated short-time withstand current Ith 60 x I1N 60 x I1N
2.5 x Ith, 2.5 x Ith, 1
Rated surge current Idyn
max. 120 kA max. 120 kA
Overcurrent limiting factor (FS) FS 5 FS 5
Insulation voltage 3 kV 3 kV
Insulating material category E E
Fibreglass-reinforced Fibreglass-reinforced
Material
polycarbonate polycarbonate
Connection Screw terminal M5 Screw terminal M5
Rated output 2.5 VA 2.5 VA
Packs of 3 pc(s). 3 pc(s).
2
Model No. 9346.560 9346.570
For sizes 1 to 3
9346.110/.115/.210/.215/.310/.315
For NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors
(185 mm bar centre distance)
Primary current I1N 250 A 250 A 400 A 400 A 600 A 600 A
Secondary current I2N 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A
Accuracy class 1 1 1 1 1 1
Rated frequency 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz 50 – 60 Hz
Thermal rated continuous current 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N 1.2 x I1N 2
60 x I1N, 60 x I1N, 60 x I1N, 60 x I1N, 60 x I1N, 60 x I1N,
Thermal rated short-time withstand current Ith
max. 50 kA max. 50 kA max. 50 kA max. 50 kA max. 50 kA max. 50 kA
2.5 x Ith, 2.5 x Ith, 2.5 x Ith, 2.5 x Ith, 2.5 x Ith, 2.5 x Ith,
Rated surge current Idyn Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max.
120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA 120 kA
Overcurrent limiting factor (FS) FS 5 FS 5 FS 5 FS 5 FS 5 FS 5
Insulation voltage 3 kV 3 kV 3 kV 3 kV 3 kV 3 kV
Insulating material category E E E E E E
Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide
Material
PA 6 PA 6 PA 6 PA 6 PA 6 PA 6
Connection (box terminal) 1.5 – 4 mm2 1.5 – 4 mm2 1.5 – 4 mm2 1.5 – 4 mm2 1.5 – 4 mm2 1.5 – 4 mm2
Rated output 5 VA 5 VA 5 VA 5 VA 5 VA 5 VA
Model No. 9346.600 9346.630 9346.610 9346.640 9346.620 9346.650
Cable ties Packs of Model No.

for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, 1 pc(s). 9346.480
sizes 1 to 3
For rear routing of the current converter cables.
Material:

Ri4Power
Modular system
◾ For low-voltage switchgear with
design verification to IEC 61 439-1/-2
and DIN EN 61 439-1/-2
◾ For control systems and power distribu-
tors
◾ Structured system solution for switchgear
with Form separation 1-4b
◾ Simple, assembly-friendly system layout
Busbar systems up to 5500 A

◾ RiLine – The compact busbar system
up to 1600 A, see page 211
◾ Maxi-PLS – The assembly-friendly system,
see page 268
◾ Flat-PLS – The flat bar system for
standard requirements, see page 271
◾ Tested PE conductor system,
see page 648
◾ High levels of short-circuit withstand (ICW)
up to 100 kA for 1 sec./220 kA peak
Modular enclosure system

◾ Based on enclosure platform TS 8,
see page 76
◾ Flexible, modular front design,
see page 552
◾ Roof plates to suit most requirements,
see page 583
◾ Modular compartment configuration
for internal compartmentalisation up to
Form 4b, see page 283
◾ Inner contact hazard protection covers
for air circuit-breakers and NH slimline
fuse-switch disconnectors, see page 281
◾ Accessories for Ri4Power,
see page 289
Simple planning
◾ Rittal Power Engineering
with update function
Model No. 3020.500,
see page 295
◾ Configuration of low-voltage switchgear
with design certificate
◾ Simple, fast assembly with automatically
generated assembly plan
◾ Generation of parts lists with graphical
output

Busbar systems Maxi-PLS
System components
Note: Technical details:
– Busbars for Available on the Internet
PE/PEN combinations,
see page 648/649
Packs Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

Supports and attachment in the TS enclosure
of Model No. Model No.
3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole
A Busbar support
1 pc(s). 9649.000 9659.000
Material: Polyamide (PA 6.6)
D
B Busbar support, suitable for top mounting
1 pc(s). 9649.160 9659.160
A
B C End supports
2 pc(s). 9649.010 9659.010
C
D System attachment for installation in the busbar support.
Material: Stainless steel
For Bar centre
For Packs
enclosure depth distance Model No. Model No.
D1 application of
mm mm
D2
100 2 pc(s). 9640.080 –
D1 In the roof/base 600
section, directly
150 2 pc(s). – 9650.100
above/below the
coupling switch
800 150 2 pc(s). – 9650.080
D2 Rear section
– 150 2 pc(s). – 9650.098
top/bottom
D3
3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole
D3 Rear section, centre
– 185 2 pc(s).
(185 mm)
9640.150 – 9650.150 –
Maxi-PLS Maxi-PLS Maxi-PLS

A Maxi-PLS busbars, E-Cu
1600 2000 3200
For enclosure width For Length Packs
A Model No. Model No.
mm application1) mm of
600 a 491 1 pc(s). 9640.206 9640.201 9650.201
600 b 525 1 pc(s). 9640.216 9640.211 9650.211
600 c 599 1 pc(s). 9640.226 9640.221 9650.221
800 a 691 1 pc(s). 9640.236 9640.231 9650.231
800 b 725 1 pc(s). 9640.246 9640.241 9650.241
B 800 c 799 1 pc(s). 9640.256 9640.251 9650.251
1000 a 891 1 pc(s). 9640.266 9640.261 9650.261
b 1000 b 925 1 pc(s). 9640.276 9640.271 9650.271
c 1000 c 999 1 pc(s). 9640.286 9640.281 9650.281
b 1200 a 1091 1 pc(s). 9640.296 9640.291 9650.291
1200 b 1125 1 pc(s). 9640.306 9640.301 9650.301
1200 c 1199 1 pc(s). 9640.316 9640.311 9650.311
– – 2400 3 pc(s). 9640.365 9640.360 9650.360
– – 2400 4 pc(s). – 9649.360 9659.360
a B Longitudinal connector E-Cu for simple baying connection
of Maxi-PLS busbars. 1 pc(s). 9640.191 9640.191 9650.191
Incl. sliding blocks, bolts, washers and nuts.
1) a = Cable connection system with end support
b = Left-hand or right-hand end enclosure in a switchgear installation
c = Bayed enclosure with sections bayed on the left and right
Contact hazard protection Packs of Model No. Model No.
B A Cover section for clip-on mounting on the Maxi-PLS

busbars, length 1000 mm. 5 pc(s). 9640.050 9650.050
Material: Hard PVC
B End cover for clip-on mounting on the end surface of

A Maxi-PLS busbars. 2 pc(s). 9649.060 9659.060

System components
Packs Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

Connection system
Contact maker E-Cu for contacting the connection brackets to the Maxi-PLS busbars. Incl. sliding blocks.
60 1 pc(s). 9640.171 9650.171

Width mm
100 1 pc(s). 9640.181 9650.181
Connection clamp for the connection of round conductors (Cu/Al) 95 to 300 mm² (single-wire and multi-wire). Incl. assembly parts.
1 pc(s). 9640.325 9650.325
Connection plates for the connection of laminated flat copper bars. Assembly parts.
2 x 10 x 32 x 1 3 pc(s). 9640.330 9650.330
Maximum clamping area

2 x 10 x 63 x 1 3 pc(s). 9640.340 9650.340
mm
2 x 10 x 100 x 1 3 pc(s). 9640.350 –
Terminal stud for connecting cables with ring terminals,

Length 30 mm Length 32 mm
including sliding blocks.
M12 3 pc(s). 9640.370 9650.370

Thread
M16 3 pc(s). 9640.380 9650.380
Sliding blocks for sliding into the Maxi-PLS busbar section at the sides.
M8 Length 20 mm 15 pc(s). 9640.970 –
Thread M10 Length 25 mm 15 pc(s). 9640.980 9650.980
M12 Length 35 mm 15 pc(s). – 9650.990
Sliding nuts for retrospective insertion into the Maxi-PLS busbar section.
M6 15 pc(s). 9640.900 9650.900
15 pc(s). 9640.910 –
M8
Thread 3 pc(s). – 9650.905
M10 15 pc(s). 9640.920 9650.910
M12 15 pc(s). – 9650.920
Threaded bolts for individual connection options.
Including nuts, plain washers, spring lock washers (M6 and M8 only) or washers (M10 and M12 only).
Note: Sliding blocks or sliding nuts are additionally required for attachment.
M6 Length 35 mm 6 pc(s). 9640.930 9640.930
M8 Length 35 mm 6 pc(s). 9640.940 9640.940
M10 Length 35 mm 8 pc(s). 9676.971 9676.971
M10 Length 45 mm 8 pc(s). 9676.972 9676.972
M10 Length 55 mm 8 pc(s). 9676.973 9676.973
M10 Length 70 mm 8 pc(s). 9676.976 9676.976
Thread
M10 Length 80 mm 8 pc(s). 9676.977 9676.977
M12 Length 40 mm 8 pc(s). – 9676.981
M12 Length 50 mm 8 pc(s). – 9676.982
M12 Length 60 mm 8 pc(s). – 9676.983
M12 Length 70 mm 8 pc(s). – 9676.986
M12 Length 80 mm 8 pc(s). – 9676.987

System components
Connection system Packs of Model No.
Compact infeed for Maxi-PLS busbar 1600/2000
For individual use as a 3-pole
cable connection bar system.
Direct mounting on the mounting plate or on the
punched section without mounting flange.
1 set(s) 9660.980
Supply includes:
6 end supports, 2 support plates for end supports,
1 PS punched rail, 23 x 23 mm
(length 495 mm), mounting accessories
Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200

Shielding
Model No. Model No.
A Divider panel for TS enclosures. For side shielding from neighbouring panels.
Assembly parts.
Maxi-PLS busbars in the roof section
B For enclosure depth For enclosure height
Packs of
mm mm
600 2000 1 pc(s). 9660.620 9660.620
Maxi-PLS busbars in the rear section
For enclosure depth For enclosure height
Packs of
mm mm
600 2000 1 pc(s). 9660.610 9660.610
A B Busbar gland
The busbar gland may also be used as a cover for the longitudinal connectors.
Including assembly parts.
Use with longitudinal connector 1600/2000 3200
Packs required Packs of
no yes 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole
B
◾ – 6 1 set(s) 9640.600 – 9650.600 –
◾ – 8 1 set(s) – 9640.600 – 9650.600
9640.610 9650.610
3 1 set(s)
– ◾ 3 1 set(s)
+ – + –
9640.600 9650.600
9640.610 9650.610
4 1 set(s)
– ◾ 4 1 set(s)
– + – +
9640.600 9650.600
Accessories
Power Engineering
see page 295

Busbar systems Flat-PLS
System components
Busbar system Flat-PLS 60/ Technical details:
Flat-PLS 100, for flat copper bars Available on the Internet
For the configuration of busbar
systems from flat copper bars.
For mounting on a system attachment or
directly on the mounting plate.
Max. admissible tolerance of bar width
(60/100 mm) ± 0.3 mm, bar thickness
(10 mm) ± 0.15 mm
Flat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100

Supports and attachment in the TS enclosure
Model No. Model No.
A Busbar support
For
Packs
D System busbars up to
of
mm1)
Flat-PLS 60 4 x 60 x 10 1 pc(s). 9676.002 –
Flat-PLS 100 4 x 100 x 10 1 pc(s). – 9676.004
B Busbar support for stabiliser bar
A
For
Packs
System busbars up to
of
mm1)
Flat-PLS 60 4 x 60 x 10 1 pc(s). 9676.020 –
Flat-PLS 100 4 x 100 x 10 1 pc(s). – 9676.021
D D System attachment for installation in the busbar support.
Material: Stainless steel
For Bar centre distance
For mm Packs
enclosure depth 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole
application of
mm 120 165 185
◾ – – 2 pc(s). 9674.162 9674.162 – –
D1 In the roof/base 600
section/directly – ◾ – 2 pc(s). – – 9674.164 –
B above/below ◾ – – 2 pc(s). 9674.182 9674.182 – –
C coupling switch 800
– ◾ – 2 pc(s). – – 9674.184 9674.184
◾ – – 2 pc(s). 9674.172 9674.172 – –
600
– ◾ – 2 pc(s). – – 9674.174 –
D2 Vertical coupling set
◾ – – 2 pc(s). 9674.192 9674.192 – –
D1 800
– ◾ – 2 pc(s). – – 9674.194 9674.194
D3
D3 Rear section ◾ – – 2 pc(s). 9674.122 9674.122 – –
top/bottom – ◾ – 2 pc(s). – – 9674.124 9674.124
–
D4 Rear section, centre – – ◾ 2 pc(s). 9674.152 – – –
(185 mm) – – ◾ 2 pc(s). – – 9674.154 –
D5 Single-pole assembly, for mounting on the TS frame 2 pc(s). 9674.102 9674.102 9674.104 9674.104
C Busbar stabiliser bars
D2 Material: Stainless steel
For Bar centre distance Packs
System layout 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole
D4 busbar support mm of
D5 120 3/4-pole 2 pc(s). 9676.022 9676.023 – –
9676.020
185 3-pole 2 pc(s). 9676.026 – – –
165 3/4-pole 2 pc(s). – – 9676.024 9676.025
9676.021
185 3-pole 2 pc(s). – – 9676.027 –
1) At a bar width of < 60 mm for Flat-PLS 60 or < 100 mm for Flat-PLS 100, the empty gaps in the support should be filled with spacers.
When using only 1, 2 or 3 bars, the vacant bar slots should be closed using the filler pieces.

System components
Busbars and accessories for supports
Model No. Model No.
A Busbars E-Cu to DIN EN 13 601. Length: 2400 mm/bar
Dimensions mm Packs of
E
40 x 10 3 pc(s). 3587.000 –
50 x 10 2 pc(s). 3588.005 –
60 x 10 2 pc(s). 3589.005 –
80 x 10 1 pc(s). – 3590.005
E 100 x 10 1 pc(s). – 3590.015
A D B Spacer – At a bar width of < 60/100 mm the spacer should be used.
E-Cu Required number of spacers
Packs of
Dimensions mm per chamber
B 40 x 10 2 pc(s).
50 x 10 1 pc(s). 16 pc(s). 9676.007 9676.007
80 x 10 2 pc(s).
C Filler piece – When using only 1, 2 or 3 bars, the vacant bar slots should be closed using the filler pieces.
C Material: Polyamide (PA 6.6)
Packs of
Flat-PLS 60 2 per free bar slot
16 pc(s). 9676.008 9676.008
Flat-PLS 100 3 per free bar slot
D Longitudinal connector E-Cu for connecting Flat-PLS busbar systems, no drilling required.
No. of strands For busbar width
Screw Packs of
per conductor mm
2 40 – 100 1) 1 pc(s). 9676.621 9676.621
3 or 4 40 – 100 1) 1 pc(s). 9676.641 9676.641
1) Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width B
(length = B + 40 mm, screw connections, see page 273).
E Busbar claws for Flat-PLS
For busbar width up to
Screw Packs of
mm
2 x B x 10 1) 1 pc(s). 9676.017 9676.017
4 x B x 10 1) 1 pc(s). 9676.019 9676.019
(length = B + 20 mm, screw connections, see page 273)

Model No. Model No.
Cover sections for Flat-PLS
C Material: Hard PVC
No. of
For busbar Length
For system bars per Packs of
width mm mm
conductor
B A Edge cover section for
bar systems with no space 1 – 1000 10 pc(s). 9676.041 9676.041
A between the strands
A Edge cover section for 2 – 1000 10 pc(s). 9676.052 9676.052
bar systems with 10 mm
D space between the strands 4 – 1000 10 pc(s). 9676.054 9676.054
B Side cover section for bar – 60 1000 10 pc(s). 9676.056 9676.056

systems, to match the – 80 1000 10 pc(s). 9676.058 9676.058
B A edge cover sections – 100 1000 10 pc(s). 9676.059 9676.059
C End covers for busbar supports Flat-PLS
Packs of
For Flat-PLS 60 and Flat-PLS 100
A B 2 pc(s). 9676.006 9676.006
D Covers for busbar claws
For busbar claw
No. of bars per conductor Packs of
Model No.
9676.017
2 8 pc(s). 9676.046 9676.046
9676.832
4 9676.019 8 pc(s). 9676.048 9676.048

System components
Connection system
Model No. Model No.
A Direct connection terminal for Flat-PLS
A For the direct connection of round conductors.
For
Screw Packs of
round conductors
95 – 300 mm2 re/rm 1) 1 pc(s). 9676.730 9676.730
B B Connection plates for laminated copper bars, including assembly parts (excluding screws)
For
busbar width Screw Packs of
mm
2 x 10 x 32 x 1 1) 1 pc(s). 9676.747 9676.747
2 x 10 x 63 x 1 1) 1 pc(s). 9676.748 9676.748
2 x 10 x 100 x 1 1) 1 pc(s). 9676.749 9676.749
C
C Connection plates with bolts M10, including assembly parts (excluding screws)
Terminal studs Screw Packs of
M10 1) 1 pc(s). 9676.710 9676.710
D
D Connection plates with bolts M12, including assembly parts (excluding screws)
Bolt length
Terminal studs Screw Packs of
mm
M12 1) 30 1 pc(s). 9676.700 9676.700
A Claw with threaded insert M10
B
Threaded insert Packs of
A M10 8 pc(s). 9676.832 9676.832
B Screw connections
Screw design Packs of
M10 x 60 8 pc(s). 9676.806 9676.806
M10 x 70 8 pc(s). 9676.807 9676.807
M10 x 80 8 pc(s). 9676.808 9676.808
M10 x 90 8 pc(s). 9676.809 9676.809
M10 x 100 8 pc(s). 9676.810 9676.810
M10 x 110 8 pc(s). 9676.811 9676.811
M10 x 120 8 pc(s). 9676.812 9676.812
M10 x 130 8 pc(s). 9676.813 9676.813
M10 x 140 8 pc(s). 9676.814 9676.814
M10 x 150 8 pc(s). 9676.815 9676.815
M10 x 160 8 pc(s). 9676.816 9676.816
M10 x 170 8 pc(s). 9676.817 9676.817
M10 x 190 8 pc(s). 9676.819 9676.819
A Claw with threaded insert M8 for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00
A For mounting NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 on Flat-PLS bar systems with 185 mm centre-to-centre spacing.
Note: M8 screws (zinc-plated and passivated, strength 8.8, length: busbar width + 20 mm) are additionally required.
Screws are not included with the supply.
Threaded insert Packs of
M8 3 pc(s). 9676.831 9676.831
A Contact makers E-Cu for contacting the connection brackets to the Flat-PLS busbars.
For No.
busbar Screw of strands Packs of
width (B) mm per conductor
60 1) 2 1 pc(s). 9676.526 9676.526
A
60 1) 3 or 4 1 pc(s). 9676.546 9676.546
80 1) 2 1 pc(s). 9676.528 9676.528
80 1) 3 or 4 1 pc(s). 9676.548 9676.548
100 1) 2 1 pc(s). 9676.520 9676.520

B 100 1) 3 or 4 1 pc(s). 9676.540 9676.540
1) Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width B (screw connections, see page 273).
Screw length = (no. of strands x 10 mm) + bar width of main busbar + 40 mm.
No. of screws per bracket:
– with 2 strands per conductor of the main busbar system: 2 pc(s).
– with 3/4 strands per conductor of the main busbar system: 4 pc(s).

Connection components for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS
For air circuit-breakers and busbar connections
For connecting air circuit-breakers (ACB) to Material:
Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS busbar systems in TS – E-Cu Also required:
enclosures. Alternatively, for connecting main
Note: – Screw connections M10/M12,
and multi-terminal busbar systems and for see page 280
– Please quote the complete design code on
connecting horizontal and vertical main bus- – Terminal studs Maxi-PLS, see page 269
all enquiries and orders
bar systems.
– For configuration with the Rittal Power – Screw connections Flat-PLS, see page 273
Please include the design code of the specifi- – Spacer rolls, page 289
Engineering software, 2 check numbers are
cation given below in the order text for your
additionally output with a hyphen
connector kit.
We recommend the Rittal Power Engineer-
ing 3020.500 software from Version 6.1 for
easier configuration of the connector kits and
connection brackets, see page 295.
Design code
Multi-
Multi- terminal
Compart-
terminal busbar
Busbar Busbar ment Busbar
busbars system, Code
Enclosure system, Air circuit-breaker system, height, configu-
Model No. Type and in front of length
bottom top air circuit- ration
number or behind
breaker
of poles mounting
plate
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q
Connector kit for
9676.910 14
ACB, top
Connector kit for
9676.912 14
ACB, bottom
Connection bracket
9676.200 14
above ACB
Connection bracket
9676.210 14
below ACB
9675.100 T-connector kit 9
Bracket connector
9675.840 8
kit
Fuse-switch discon-
9674.480 nector section 8
connection bracket
Leave grey sections blank
Enclosure
Selection
Width mm
a 2 200 4 400 6 600 8 800 0 1000 1 1200
Height mm
b
b 0 2000 2 2200
Depth mm
a c c 6 600 8 800

Busbar system, bottom
Busbar type Selection
3-pole A
1600
4-pole B
3-pole C
Maxi-PLS 2000
4-pole D
3-pole E
3200
4-pole F
3-pole I
60
d 4-pole J
Flat-PLS
3-pole M
100
2 bars 3 bars 4 bars 4-pole N
3-pole Q
RiLine Cu 30 x 5/10 mm
4-pole R
(for T-connector kit
only) 3-pole S
Cu PLS PLS 1600
4-pole T
No system available X
Busbar system configuration Selection
in the base section 6
in the lower rear section 7
e
as cable connection system 8
directly underneath the air circuit-breaker 9
No system available 0
Air circuit-breaker
Selection Selection
ABB A 3-pole 3
ABB (Emax2) B 4-pole 4
Static
Eaton/Moeller E instal- 3-pole
GE G lation with non-
5
switched
f Brand Mitsubishi J Number N
i of poles/
Schneider Electric M Version 3-pole 6
Siemens/Moeller S 4-pole 8
Terasaki T Rack- 3-pole
mounted with non-
Various V 7
switched
1/none 1 N
2 2 Behind the door HT H
g Size
n 3 3 j Position In front of the door
V
4 4 (in door cut-out) VT
f/g/h/i/j
630 A A 0 mm 0
800 A B 150 mm 1
1000 A C Compart- 200 mm 2
k
1250 A D ment height 250 mm 3
directly
Rated 1600 A E k 300 mm 4
h beneath the
current 2000 A F air circuit- 400 mm 5
breaker 600 mm1) 6
2500 A G
3200 A H 800 mm 7
4000 A2) I 1000 mm 8
5000 A2) J Compart- 600 mm1) 6
ment height 800 mm 7
2) Not available for all brands n
of air cir-
cuit-breaker 1000 mm 8
1) Standard height in version 1
With version 1, a 6 should be selected

Busbar system, top
Busbar type Selection
3-pole A
1600
4-pole B
3-pole C
Maxi-PLS 2000
4-pole D
3-pole E
3200
4-pole F
3-pole I
60
l 4-pole J
Flat-PLS
3-pole M
100
2 bars 3 bars 4 bars 4-pole N
3-pole Q
Cu 30 x 5/10 mm
RiLine 4-pole R
(for T-connector kit only) 3-pole S
Cu PLS PLS 1600
4-pole T
No system available X
Busbar system configuration Selection
in the roof section

1
in the top rear section

2
as cable connection system 600 mm 3

as cable connection system 800 mm 8
m
m as cable connection system 1000 mm 9
directly above the air circuit-breaker 4
in rear centre section, version 1 5
No system available 0
RiLine Cu 30 x 5/10 mm 3-pole Q
RiLine Cu 30 x 5/10 mm 4-pole R
Multi-terminal RiLine PLS 1600 3-pole S
busbar system RiLine PLS 1600 4-pole T
o Multi-terminal busbar system
Type and number
of poles Multi-terminal busbar fuse-switch
3-pole E
disconnector section
Multi-terminal busbar fuse-switch
4-pole F
disconnector section
Multi-terminal In front of mounting plate (indoor) 1

busbar system
p
in front of or behind
mounting plate Behind mounting plate 2
in front of mounting behind mounting
Bar configuration, busbar dimensions up to Selection

Version/bar configuration of the busbar systems Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 H–V A
to be connected Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 HR – V B
Maxi-PLS 3200 H–V C
Maxi-PLS 3200 HR – V D
up to 2 x 40 x 10 H–V E
up to 2 x 60 x 10 H–V F
up to 4 x 60 x 10 H–V G
q up to 4 x 40 x 10 H–V H
H–V HR – V
up to 2 x 100 x 10 H–V I
up to 4 x 80 x 10 H–V J
H = Horizontal up to 4 x 100 x 10 H–V K
V = Vertical
HR = Horizontal in the rear section, up to 2 x 60 x 10 HR – V L
behind one another up to 4 x 60 x 10 HR – V M
up to 2 x 100 x 10 HR – V N
up to 4 x 100 x 10 HR – V O

Sample design code
Multi-ter-
Multi-
Compart- minal bus-
terminal
Busbar Busbar ment bar system, Busbar
busbars Code
Enclosure system, Air circuit-breaker system, height, in front of configu-
Model No. Type and length
bottom top air circuit- or behind ration
number of
breaker mounting
poles
plate
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q
Connector kit for
9676.910
ACB, top
8 0 6 B 8 A 1 E 4 V 6 D 1 6 14
Connector kit for

9676.912
ACB, bottom
8 0 6 B 8 A 1 E 4 V 6 D 1 6 14
Connection bracket
9676.200
above ACB
8 0 6 B 8 A 1 E 4 V 6 D 1 6 14
Connection bracket
9676.210
below ACB
8 0 6 B 8 A 1 E 4 V 6 D 1 6 14
9675.100 T-connector kit 6 0 6 X 0 T 2 T 1 9
Bracket connector
9675.840
kit
2 0 6 B 9 X 0 A 8
Fuse-switch discon-
9674.480 nector section 1 0 6 X 0 J 1 F 8
connection bracket
Leave grey sections blank
Example of 9676.910, 9676.912, 9676.200, 9676.210 Example of 9675.100

Design code: 806B8A1E4V6D16 Design code: 606X0T2T1
1 1 Maxi-PLS 2000 1
4-pole, in roof area
1 9675.100
2
2 9676.200
2
3
3 9676.910 3
2000
2000
600
2 RiLine, PLS 1600,

4 ACB: ABB E1, 1600 A,
4 4-pole, in rear section,
4-pole, VT
top
5
5 9676.912
600
7
6 9676.210 3 RiLine, PLS 1600,
4-pole, in front of
80 60
mounting plate
0 60
0 7 Maxi-PLS 1600, 4-pole, 0 60
0
as cable connection
system
Example of 9675.840 Example of 9674.480

Design code: 206B9X0A Design code: 106X0J1F
1
1 Busbar system 1
vertical, Maxi-PLS 1600, 1 9674.480
4-pole
2
2000
2000
3
2 Flat-PLS 60, 4-pole,
2 9675.840
in the roof section
20 3 Busbar system
0 3 Multi-terminal busbar
horizontal, 12
0 60
0 system, 4-pole
60
0
Maxi-PLS 1600, 4-pole 0
0
60

Busbar systems (100/185/150 mm)
NH slimline fuse-switch disconnector Page 246/248 NH fuse-switch disconnector Page 238 Accessories Page 289

Busbar supports, inserts – RAL 7035 Available on the Internet
– Fibreglass-reinforced, thermo-
Note:
plastic polyester (PBT)
– The base component of the
busbar support 3052.000 may
to UL 94-V0
also be used as a single-pole
support
Busbar systems up to
1250 A (100 mm), 1600 A (185 mm), 2500 A (150 mm), 3000 A (150 mm)
Packs Model No.
Busbar support, 3-pole Page
of A 1250 A B 1600 A C 2500 A C 3000 A
30 x 420 x 30 x 420 x
Width x height x depth mm 22 x 320 x 70 24 x 515 x 51
160 170
Max. bar accommodation mm 60 x 10 80 x 10 2 x 80 x 10 2 x 100 x 10
Inserts for
a) Cross-section reduction to mm 30 x 10 to 50/60 x 10 – –
50 x 10
b) Reducing the bar width in 10 mm increments – – ◾ ◾
Packs of 4 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 2 pc(s).
3073.000 3052.000 3055.000 3057.000
C Accessories
30 x 10 mm 24 pc(s). 3074.000 – – –
40 x 10 mm 24 pc(s). 3075.000 – – –
B Inserts to adapt the bar dimensions
50 x 10 mm 24 pc(s). 3076.000 3074.000 – –
A
60 x 10 mm 24 pc(s). – 3075.000 – –
Spacing element for reducing the bar width in 10 mm
12 pc(s). – – 3056.000 3056.000
increments
D System attachment for rear section
Material: Sheet steel
2 pc(s). – 9674.100 – –
Surface finish: Zinc-plated
Supply includes: Assembly parts
Busbars E-Cu1) to DIN EN 13 601, length 2400 mm
Dimensions mm
30 x 10 3 pc(s). 3586.005 – – –
40 x 10 3 pc(s). 3587.000 – – –
50 x 10 2 pc(s). 3588.005 3588.005 – – 252
60 x 10 2 pc(s). 3589.005 3589.005 3589.005 3589.005
80 x 10 1 pc(s). – 3590.005 3590.005 3590.005
100 x 10 1 pc(s). – – – 3590.015
Accessories
30 x 10 mm 4 pc(s). 9661.350 – – –
Baying bracket E-Cu for 40 x 10 mm 4 pc(s). 9661.050 – – –
649
80 x 10 mm 4 pc(s). – 9661.150 – –
Longitudinal connector for 2 x bar width x 10 mm 1 pc(s). – – 9676.6212) 9676.6212) 272
1) For other busbar lengths, see page 648 2) The required screw must be ordered separately according to the bar width, see page 273

Busbar systems (100/185/150 mm)
Packs Model No.
Contact hazard protection Page
of 1250 A 1600 A 2500 A 3000 A
End covers for busbar supports 10 pc(s). 3083.000 – – –
30 x 10 mm 10 pc(s). 3092.000 – – –
Busbar cover section,
253
length 1 m for E-Cu
40 x 10 to 60 x 10 mm 10 pc(s). 3085.000 3085.000 – –
A Edge cover section for bar for 1 busbar per conductor 10 pc(s). 9676.041 9676.041 – –
B A systems with 10 mm space
between the strands, length 1 m for 2 busbars per conductor 10 pc(s). – – 9676.052 9676.052
For busbar width 272
Side cover section for bar 60 mm 10 pc(s). 9676.056 9676.056 9676.056 9676.056
B B systems, to match the edge
A cover sections, length 1 m 80 mm 10 pc(s). 9676.058 9676.058 9676.058 9676.058
100 mm 10 pc(s). 9676.059 9676.059 9676.059 9676.059
Connection system, see page 257 (system accessories)
A Plate clamps for connecting laminated copper bars; no drilling required
For busbars Clamping area for
A mm laminated copper bars mm
30 x 10 34 x 10 3 pc(s). 3554.000 – – –
40 x 10 34 x 10 3 pc(s). 3559.000 – – –
50 x 10 34 x 10 3 pc(s). 3560.000 3560.000 – – 257
50 x 10 54 x 10 3 pc(s). 3562.000 3562.000 – –
60 x 10 34 x 10 3 pc(s). 3561.000 3561.000 – –
C
60 x 10 54 x 10 3 pc(s). 3563.000 3563.000 – –
B 80 x 10 65 x 10 3 pc(s). – 3460.500 – –
Conductor connection clamps for 10 mm bar thickness
Connection of round conductors1) Clamping area for
mm² laminated copper bars mm
B 1–4 – 15 pc(s). 3555.000 3555.000 3555.000 3555.000
1–4 – 15 pc(s). 3455.500 3455.500 3455.500 3455.500
257
D 2.5 – 16 8x8 15 pc(s). 3456.500 3456.500 – –
C 16 – 50 10.5 x 11 15 pc(s). 3457.500 3457.500 – –
35 – 70 16.5 x 15 15 pc(s). 3458.500 3458.500 – –
70 – 185 22.5 x 20 15 pc(s). 3459.500 3459.500 – –
D System covers for conductor connection clamps and plate clamps
Width x depth mm
230 – 325
50 x 80 4 pc(s). 3086.000 – – –
100 x 80 4 pc(s). 3087.000 – – –
257
100 x 110 4 pc(s). 3090.000 – – –
200 x 80 4 pc(s). 3088.000 – – –
200 x 110 4 pc(s). 3091.000 – – –
E Inserted screw nuts M12, self-holding nuts with knurled ring for mounting NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors
E For drilled holes in busbars Ø 14.5 mm 30 pc(s). 3591.060 3591.060 – – 253
F Connection plates for laminated copper bars
For laminated copper bars
up to
Connection of laminated copper
bars 2 x 10 x 100 x 1.0 mm 2 x 10 x 32 x 1 mm 1 pc(s). – – 9676.7472) 9676.7472) 273
F on a busbar system with two bars
per conductor 2 x 10 x 63 x 1 mm 1 pc(s). – – 9676.7482) 9676.7482)
2 x 10 x 100 x 1 mm 1 pc(s). – – 9676.7492) 9676.7492)
G Direct connection terminals
G For the connection of round conductors 95 – 300 mm2

1 pc(s). – – 9676.7302) 9676.7302) 273
(single or multi-wire)
1) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine and extra-fine wire conductors
2) The required screw connection must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width, see page 273

Connector kits for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS
System accessories
Screw connections Material:

– Steel screws, zinc-plated, passivated
for connection brackets
For connecting connection brackets and a connec- Supply includes:
tor kit. – 8 nuts and 16 washers
May be used for 3- and 4-pole connector kits. Note:
– For a bar width of 120 mm, 2 packs are required
per connector kit
Technical details:
No.
For Screw
of bars Packs of Model No.
systems type
per phase
M10 x 40 1 8 pc(s). 9676.966
Maxi-PLS1)
M10 x 60 2 8 pc(s). 9676.967
1600/2000/3200
M10 x 80 3 8 pc(s). 9676.968
Maxi-PLS2) M12 x 40 1 8 pc(s). 9676.961
1600/2000/3200 and M12 x 60 2 8 pc(s). 9676.962
Flat-PLS 60/100 M12 x 80 3 8 pc(s). 9676.963
1) For connection bracket width 60/80 mm
2) For connection bracket width 100/120 mm
Stacking insulator Packs of Model No.

To support the connector kits top/bottom for circuit- 6 pc(s). 9660.200
breakers. Easily retro-fitted.
– Assembly parts Available on the Internet
Support rails For enclosure width

Packs of Model No.
mm
for stacking insulator
For attaching to the outer mounting level of the TS 600 2 pc(s). 9676.196
enclosure and for the configuration of stacking insu- 800 2 pc(s). 9676.198
lators. C rail may also be used as cable manage-
ment rail.
Material:
– Sheet steel, zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Stabiliser For enclosure width

Packs of Model No.
mm
for connector kit
To increase short-circuit withstand ratings of the 600 2 pc(s). 9676.186
connector kits from 75 kA to 100 kA, 1 sec. 800 2 pc(s). 9676.188
2 stabilisers are required per connector kit.
May be used for 3- and 4-pole connector kits. One
stabiliser is used in place of a normal stacking insu-
lator arrangement. Also required:
Material: – Support rail for stacking insulator, see page 280
– Reinforcement section: Fibreglass-reinforced
plastic
Supply includes:
– 2 reinforcement sections
– 10 stacking insulators
– Assembly parts

Cover systems
Form 1
Device module Supply includes:

– 2 side parts
For use in air circuit-breaker outgoing/incoming A
– 2 centre parts
sections with a minimum depth of 600 mm. The – Connector parts
removable mounting plate may be used for the – Mounting plate
configuration e.g. of fuses, air circuit-breakers and
switchgear. Note:
– Please observe the manufacturer-specific data
Material: regarding the arcing space of air circuit-breakers
– Side parts, centre parts: Sheet steel – 4 mounting brackets are required to attach a
– Mounting plate: Sheet steel, zinc-plated device module
– Side parts, centre parts: RAL 7035 Available on the Internet
For enclosure width mm Mounting plate

600 800 Width mm Height mm
◾ – 420 250 1 pc(s). 9660.700 A
– ◾ 620 250 1 pc(s). 9660.710
Also required
Mounting bracket 24 pc(s). 9660.090 282
Contact hazard protection Note:

– Cut-outs for air circuit-breakers must be pro-
cover vided by the customer
for TS enclosures with air circuit-breaker – 12 mounting brackets are required to attach the
To cover incoming and outgoing sections and contact hazard protection cover
NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors with the B
Technical details:
Maxi-PLS busbar system in the rear enclosure
section so that they are safe from finger contact Available on the Internet
(IP2X).
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 3 front covers
For enclosures, 1-door

B
Width mm Height Device module version
600 800 mm With Without
◾ – 2000 ◾ – 1 set(s) 9660.280
◾ – 2000 – ◾ 1 set(s) 9660.780
– ◾ 2000 ◾ – 1 set(s) 9660.380
– ◾ 2000 – ◾ 1 set(s) 9660.880
Also required

Cover systems
Form 1
Contact hazard protection Note:

– 12 mounting brackets are required to attach the
cover contact hazard protection cover
For TS enclosures with NH slimline fuse-switch
disconnectors Technical details:
C To cover incoming and outgoing sections and
NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors with the
Maxi-PLS busbar system in the rear enclosure
section so that they are safe from finger contact
(IP2X).
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 3 front covers
– 2 depth covers
C – 2 side covers
– Connector parts
Free installation width mm1)

For enclosures
when using longitudinal connectors Packs of Model No. Page
Width mm Height mm Depth mm Without One side Both sides
600 2000 600 500 450 400 1 set(s) 9660.460
800 2000 600 700 650 600 1 set(s) 9660.470
1000 2000 600 900 850 800 1 set(s) 9660.480
1200 2000 600 1100 1050 1000 1 set(s) 9660.490
Also required
Accessories
Size 00 4 pc(s). 9660.180 282
Blanking cover for NH fused isolators
Sizes 1 to 3 4 pc(s). 9660.190 282
1) When using the top-mounted busbars 9649.160/9659.160, see page 268.
Longitudinal connectors 9640.191/9650.191 for Maxi-PLS busbars, see page 268.
Mounting bracket Packs of Model No.

For attaching the device modules and contact 24 pc(s). 9660.090
hazard protection covers. Tapped hole M6.
Material: 15 40
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws
Blanking covers For NH slimline

Width (B)
fuse-switch Packs of Model No.
To cover free NH slimline fuse-switch disconnector mm
disconnectors
slots.
Size 00 49.5 4 pc(s). 9660.180
Material: Sizes 1 to 3 99.5 4 pc(s). 9660.190
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
600
Colour:
579
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws
B

Compartment configuration
Form 1-4
Compartment side panel Material:

– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm
modules
Surface finish:
for internal compartmentalisation
◾ Side divider panel for compartments, for locating – Zinc-plated
into the TS pitch pattern Supply includes:
◾ Prepared for the location of mounting brackets – Assembly parts
for horizontal compartment dividers or mounting
plates
Accessories:
◾ Two TS system punchings in the side panel mod-
ule allow the use of additional TS accessories – Gland plates, see page 284
◾ The side panel modules for reduced compart- – TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm, see page 615
ment depth and an auxiliary construction using – Frame connector piece, see page 622
TS punched rails 17 x 17 mm can be used to – T-connector piece, see page 622
provide a separate enclosure space in the side – Corner connector, see page 622
panel area, e.g. for the provision of a busbar
system
With pre-punched
For With pre-punched
Height knockouts for
compartment depth knockouts for Packs of Model No.
mm gland plate for
mm cable entries M40
cable entry
100 425 2 – 6 pc(s). 9673.051
150 425 – 3 6 pc(s). 9673.055
200 425 – 3 6 pc(s). 9673.052
100 600 2 – 6 pc(s). 9673.061
150 600 – 3 6 pc(s). 9673.065
200 600 – 3 6 pc(s). 9673.062
300 600 – 3 2 pc(s). 9673.063
400 600 – 3 2 pc(s). 9673.064
600 600 – 9 2 pc(s). 9673.066
100 800 2 – 6 pc(s). 9673.081
150 800 – 3 6 pc(s). 9673.085
200 800 – 3 6 pc(s). 9673.082
300 800 – 3 2 pc(s). 9673.083
400 800 – 3 2 pc(s). 9673.084
600 800 – 9 2 pc(s). 9673.086
Compartment side panel Height

Model No.
modules mm
Packs of For enclosure depth mm
for cable connection space 600 800
For mounting a Maxi-PLS cable connection bar 450 2 pc(s). 9673.069 9673.089
system. Suitable for cable connection busbar system
Material: Number of
Maxi-PLS
– Sheet steel, 2 mm poles
1600/2000 3-pole ◾ ◾
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated 1600/2000 4-pole ◾ ◾
3200 3-pole ◾ ◾
Supply includes:
3200 4-pole – ◾
– Assembly parts
Also required:
– End support, see page 268
Accessories:
– 2 compartment side panel modules for internal
compartmentalisation with height 150 mm,
see page 283

Form 1-4
Gland plates For side panel modules

Packs of Model No.
height mm
for compartment side panel modules (internal
compartmentalisation) 150 10 pc(s). 9673.195
For closing cable entries. 200/600 10 pc(s). 9673.192
Material: 300 4 pc(s). 9673.193
– PVC, 3 mm 400 4 pc(s). 9673.194
Colour:
– RAL 7004
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Terminal box Form 4b For For

compartment cable chamber Packs
for modular outgoing section Model No.
height width of
For shielding the connections (terminals) of the com- mm mm
partment, busbar space and cable chamber in 150 400/600 1 set(s) 9674.701
accordance with Form 4b to IEC 61 439-2. The ter-
minal boxes are externally mounted on the compart- 200 400/600 1 set(s) 9674.702
ment side panel modules in the cable chamber to 300 400/600 1 set(s) 9674.703
match the heights of the compartments. 400 400/600 1 set(s) 9674.704
If necessary, a clamping strip may be mounted on 600 400/600 1 set(s) 9674.706
the cable retainer included with the supply.
Material:
Also required:
Surface finish:
– Compartment side panel modules for internal
– Zinc-plated
compartmentalisation, see page 283
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Note:
– For installation of the connection spaces, the
width of the cable chamber must be at least
400 mm
Compartment divider Note:

– 2 mounting brackets are required to install one
◾ For the horizontal separation of compartments compartment divider
◾ In combination with the side panel modules,
creates form separation to Form 3 or 4
Also required:
Material:
– Sheet steel, 1.25 mm – Mounting bracket, see page 286
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
With louvres
For For
Width Depth
enclosure width compartment depth Packs of Model No.
mm mm
mm mm
400 425 306 445 4 pc(s). 9673.444
400 600 306 588 4 pc(s). 9673.445
400 800 306 788 4 pc(s). 9673.448
600 425 506 445 4 pc(s). 9673.464
600 600 506 588 4 pc(s). 9673.465
600 800 506 788 4 pc(s). 9673.468
800 425 706 445 4 pc(s). 9673.484
800 600 706 588 4 pc(s). 9673.485
800 800 706 788 4 pc(s). 9673.488

Form 1-4

for RiLine busbar systems compartment divider
◾ For the horizontal separation of compartments
with integral RiLine distribution busbar system
◾ In combination with the side panel modules, Also required:
creates form separation to Form 3 or 4 – Mounting bracket, see page 286
Material:
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
With louvres
For For
Width Depth
enclosure width compartment depth Packs of Model No.
mm mm
mm mm
600 401 506 413 4 pc(s). 9673.454

with duct for vertical busbar systems compartment divider
◾ For the horizontal separation of compartments
with vertical busbars
◾ In combination with the side panel modules, Also required:
creates form separation to Form 3 or 4 – Gland plate, see page 285
Material: – Mounting bracket, see page 286
– Sheet steel, 1.25 mm Technical details:
Surface finish: Available on the Internet
– Zinc-plated
With louvres
For For
Width Depth Width of duct Depth of duct Packs
enclosure width compartment depth Model No.
mm mm mm mm of
mm mm
400 600 306 588 212 201 4 pc(s). 9673.436
400 800 306 788 212 201 4 pc(s). 9673.438
600 600 506 588 412 201 4 pc(s). 9673.456
600 800 506 788 412 201 4 pc(s). 9673.458
800 600 706 588 612 201 4 pc(s). 9673.476
800 800 706 788 612 201 4 pc(s). 9673.478
Gland plates
for compartment divider with duct
To cover the duct.
Material:
– ABS PMMA
For enclosure width Width Height

Packs of Model No.
mm mm mm
400 250 223.5 4 pc(s). 9673.504
600 450 223.5 4 pc(s). 9673.506
800 650 223.5 4 pc(s). 9673.508

Form 1-4
Air circuit-breaker support rails For enclosure Length of

Packs of Model No.
width mm mm
◾ For the configuration of air circuit-breakers (ACB)
in compartments 400 351 2 pc(s). 9673.004
◾ The support rail is secured using a mounting 600 551 2 pc(s). 9673.006
bracket 800 751 2 pc(s). 9673.008
Material:
Surface finish: Also required:
– Zinc-plated – Mounting bracket for compartment divider and air
Supply includes: circuit-breaker support rail, see page 286
– Assembly parts – Mounting kit for air circuit-breaker installation,
see page 286
Mounting bracket For compartment Length Packs

Model No.
depth mm mm of
for compartment divider
◾ The mounting bracket is secured 425 427 8 pc(s). 9673.4051)
– to the TS frame 600 552 8 pc(s). 9673.406
– to the side panel module or 800 752 8 pc(s). 9673.408
– between a frame section and an auxiliary 1) In conjunction with vertical busbar compartment
construction separation
◾ Pre-machined mounting openings allow slide-in
attachment of compartment dividers
Material:
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Mounting bracket For compartment Length Packs

Model No.
depth mm mm of
for compartment divider and air circuit-breaker
support rail 600 552 2 pc(s). 9673.426
◾ The mounting bracket is attached to the side 800 752 2 pc(s). 9673.428
panel module
◾ Pre-machined mounting openings allow slide-in
attachment of compartment dividers
◾ The air circuit-breaker support rail may be
attached to the upper level
Material:
– Sheet steel, 2 mm
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Mounting kit Packs of Model No.

for air circuit-breaker installation 1 set(s) 9660.970
For attaching air circuit-breakers (ACB) to air circuit-
breaker support rails.
Material:
– Steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 4 threaded plates (M8/M12)

Form 1-4
Partial mounting plates Material:

with or without duct
◾ For direct attachment to the compartment side Surface finish:
panel modules – Zinc-plated
◾ Universal internal installation with switchgear and Supply includes:
control devices – 2 angle brackets
◾ Additional mounting levels – Version with duct:
◾ In combination with compartment dividers and Additional square cut-out with insulating plates for
side panel modules, internal separation in sealing the cut-out
accordance with Form 2, 3 or 4 is possible – Assembly parts
Also required:
– Compartment side panel modules for internal
compartmentalisation, see page 283
With duct
For enclosure width For compartment Width Height
Packs of Model No.
mm height mm mm mm
600 150 502 143 1 pc(s). 9673.671
600 200 502 193 1 pc(s). 9673.672
600 300 502 293 1 pc(s). 9673.673
600 400 502 393 1 pc(s). 9673.674
800 200 702 193 1 pc(s). 9673.692
800 300 702 293 1 pc(s). 9673.693
800 400 702 393 1 pc(s). 9673.694
Without duct
For enclosure width For compartment Width Height
Packs of Model No.
mm height mm mm mm
400 200 302 193 1 pc(s). 9673.642
400 300 302 293 1 pc(s). 9673.643
400 400 302 393 1 pc(s). 9673.644
400 600 302 593 1 pc(s). 9673.646
400 800 302 793 1 pc(s). 9673.648
600 150 502 143 1 pc(s). 9673.661
600 200 502 193 1 pc(s). 9673.662
600 300 502 293 1 pc(s). 9673.663
600 400 502 393 1 pc(s). 9673.664
600 600 502 593 1 pc(s). 9673.666
600 800 502 793 1 pc(s). 9673.668
600 1000 502 993 1 pc(s). 9673.660
800 150 702 143 1 pc(s). 9673.681
800 200 702 193 1 pc(s). 9673.682
800 300 702 293 1 pc(s). 9673.683
800 400 702 393 1 pc(s). 9673.684
800 600 702 593 1 pc(s). 9673.686
800 800 702 793 1 pc(s). 9673.688
800 1000 702 993 1 pc(s). 9673.680

Form 1-4
Support frame For For

No. of
enclosure compart- Packs
for DIN rail-mounted devices pitch units Model No.
width ment height of
◾ Support frame set for accepting DIN rail-mounted 17.5 mm
mm mm
devices (e.g. MCBs) 600 150 1 x 24 1 set(s) 9674.761
◾ The support rails are attached to the compart-
ment side panel modules with two mounting 600 300 2 x 24 1 set(s) 9674.762
brackets 800 300 2 x 36 1 set(s) 9674.782
◾ The cover is attached to the support frame with
knurled screws
◾ In combination with compartment dividers, partial
mounting plates and side panel modules, inter- Also required:
nal compartmentalisation in accordance with – Compartment side panel modules for internal
Form 2, 3 or 4 is possible compartmentalisation, see page 283
Material: – Partial mounting plates, see page 287
– Support frame: Sheet steel 1.5 mm
– Cover: Sheet steel 1.5 mm
Surface finish:
– Support frame: Zinc-plated
– Cover: Spray-finished
Supply includes:
– Support rails
– 2 mounting brackets
– 1 cover with cut-out
– Assembly parts
For Maxi-PLS busbar system

Coupling set mounting kit
for busbar enclosure or riser For For
Packs
enclosure width enclosure depth Model No.
The mounting kit is used as a base support for a mm mm
of
vertical Maxi-PLS busbar system/Flat-PLS busbar
system. 200 600 1 set(s) 9674.196
200 800 1 set(s) 9674.198
Material:
– Sheet steel
For Flat-PLS busbar systems
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated For For
Packs
enclosure width enclosure depth Model No.
Supply includes: of
mm mm
– 1 mounting plate 400 600 1 set(s) 9674.046
– 2 punched sections with mounting flanges
– Version for Flat-PLS busbar system includes 400 800 1 set(s) 9674.048
isolating gland plate
– Assembly parts
Also required:
– End support (for Maxi-PLS busbar system),
see page 268

Ri4Power accessories
Busbar system
System attachments For

Width Height Packs
enclosure width Model No.
for RiLine main busbar system mm mm of
mm
System attachment with threaded holes M5 and M6
400 338.5 362 1 pc(s). 9674.004
on a 50 mm pitch pattern for rear assembly of a
RiLine main busbar system. For locating into the 600 538.5 362 1 pc(s). 9674.006
TS frame. 800 738.5 362 1 pc(s). 9674.008
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Note:
– RiLine busbar systems, see page 211
Distribution busbars Material:

– E-Cu
Prepared for the connection of T-connector kits.
Flat bar Cu 30 x 10 mm
For distribution busbar systems For distribution busbar system in the
behind the compartment compartment (indoors) Length
Packs of Model No.
For enclosure height mm
mm
1800 – 1 pc(s). 1210 9675.218
2000 – 1 pc(s). 1410 9675.210
2200 18001) 1 pc(s). 1610 9675.212
– 20001) 1 pc(s). 1810 9675.220
1)Also suitable as a vertical busbar for PE/PEN/N
PLS 1600
For distribution busbar systems For distribution busbar system in the
behind the compartment compartment (indoors) Length
Packs of Model No.
For enclosure height mm
mm
2000 – 1 pc(s). 1350 9675.230
2200 18001) 1 pc(s). 1550 9675.232
– 20001) 1 pc(s). 1750 9675.240
– 22001) 1 pc(s). 1950 9675.242
1)Also suitable as a vertical busbar for PE/PEN/N
Spacer rolls Material:

– E-Cu
for Maxi-PLS busbars and flat copper bars
For use as a universal spacer.
Height: 20 mm
Hole diameter: 13 mm
For connecting
Diameter Cu bar – Cu bar Maxi-PLS – Cu bar Flat-PLS – Cu bar
Packs
(D) Cross-section Model No.
Rated max. Contact area Rated max. Contact area Rated max. of
mm size
current A mm2 current A mm2 current A
mm2
30 550 1100 360 800 380 850 4 pc(s). 9676.503
40 1100 2200 780 1600 670 1400 4 pc(s). 9676.504
13
50 1800 3400 1380 2800 990 2000 4 pc(s). 9676.505 D
20

Fuse-switch disconnector section
Front trim panels Height Model No.

for fuse-switch disconnector section mm Packs Version
The front trim panels cover above and below the of IP 3X
Top Bottom
mounting area of the NH fuse-switch disconnector with louvres
on the front. 336 136 1 set(s) 9674.340
Protection categories IP 3X/IP 2X of the fuse-switch
disconnector section are achieved with integral vent
openings.
Also required:
Material:
– Sheet steel, 2 mm – Assembly kit for fuse-switch disconnector sec-
tion, see page 290
Colour:
– Textured RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 2 front trim panels
– Assembly parts
Note:
– In order to achieve protection category IP 2X,
the inner perforated plate must be removed
Assembly kit For For

NH fused-switch enclosure Packs
for fuse-switch disconnector section Model No.
disconnector height of
Assembly kit for installing fuse-switch disconnector brand mm
brands ABB or Jean Müller and attaching the distri- Jean Müller SASIL 2000 1 set(s) 9674.350
bution busbar system.
ABB SlimLine 2000 1 set(s) 9674.356
Material:
– Section corner piece: Sheet steel, 2 mm
– Trim panel: Sheet steel, 2 mm
Also required:
Surface finish:
– Section corner piece: Zinc-plated – Divider panel for fuse-switch disconnector sec-
– Trim panel: Spray-finished tion, see page 291
Colour:
– Textured RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 2 section corner pieces
– 2 trim panels
– Assembly parts

Divider panels For main busbar system in the roof section
for fuse-switch disconnector section For For

Packs
The divider panel is required for interior configura- enclosure height enclosure depth Model No.
of
mm mm
tion of the fused-switch disconnector section, and
divides the connection space from the functional 2000 600 1 pc(s). 9674.306
space. Depending on the chosen position of the 2000 800 1 pc(s). 9674.308
main busbar system, the divider panel is fitted in the
prepared fuse-switch disconnector enclosures.
The prepared cut-outs are suitable for the connec-
tion of fuse-switch disconnectors Jean Müller Sasil
and ABB SlimLine.
Material:
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Dividing plates For

Installation Packs
NH fused-switch Model No.
for fuse-switch disconnector section position of
disconnector brand
Dividing plate to divide the busbar compartment
Jean Müller SASIL Top/bottom 1 pc(s). 9674.346
and NH fuse-switch disconnector compartment.
ABB SlimLine Top/bottom 1 pc(s). 9674.348
Material:
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated Also required:
– Assembly kit for fuse-switch disconnector sec-
Supply includes:
tion, see page 290
– Assembly parts
Contact hazard protection For main busbar system in the roof section
cover For For

enclosure width enclosure depth
Packs
Model No.
for fuse-switch disconnector section of
mm mm
(cable chamber) 1000 600 1 set(s) 9674.362
The contact hazard protection cover shields the
1200 600 1 set(s) 9674.366
main busbar in the cable chamber, enabling the safe
connection of cables and lines.
Suitable for Maxi-PLS and Flat-PLS busbar sys-
tems. Also required:
Material: – Divider panel for fuse-switch disconnector sec-
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm tion, see page 291
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 2 covers
– 1 mounting bracket
– Assembly parts

Cover Packs of Model No.

for distribution busbar 1 set(s) 9674.380
(Jean Müller fuse-switch disconnector section)
To cover the distribution busbar system of a fuse-
switch disconnector section, designed to accom-
modate Jean Müller devices. The 150 mm high bus- Also required:
bar and cable connection space covers shield the – Punched rail for distribution busbar cover,
busbar compartment from the functional space so see page 292
that it is safe from finger contact, with a protection
category of IP 20.
Suitable for use in enclosures with height 2000 mm
and 2200 mm.
Material:
– PVC, black
Supply includes:
– 12 busbar covers
– 12 cable connection space covers
Punched rail Packs of Model No.

for distribution busbar cover 1 set(s) 9674.381
(Jean Müller fuse-switch disconnector section)
Required for mounting the distribution busbar cover.
Suitable for use in enclosures with height 2000 mm
and 2200 mm.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 2 punched rails
Note:
– 1 pack of punched rails is required for 1 fuse-
switch disconnector section
Cover Note:
– The cover may be ordered from ABB under order
for distribution busbar reference NHP 407062R000X
(for ABB/Siemens fuse-switch disconnector – For enclosure height 2000 mm, a height of
section) 1500 mm should be covered, and for enclosure
To cover the distribution busbar system of a fuse- height 2200 mm, a height of 1700 mm should
switch disconnector section, designed to accom- be covered
modate ABB (SlimLine) or Siemens (3NJ62) devices.
The 200 mm high busbar compartment covers
shield the busbar compartment from the functional
space so that it is safe from finger contact, with a
protection category of IP 20.
Material:
– PVC, black

Busbar support For

Number Packs
busbars Model No.
for fuse-switch disconnector section of poles of
mm
Busbar support for the distribution busbar system of
50 x 10 3/4-pole 1 pc(s). 9674.415
the switch-disconnector-fuse section.
60 x 10 3/4-pole 1 pc(s). 9674.416
Material:
80 x 10 3/4-pole 1 pc(s). 9674.418
– Duroplastic polyester
100 x 10 3/4-pole 1 pc(s). 9674.410
Supply includes:
– Mounting bracket and screws
Also required:
tion, see page 290
– End support for fuse-switch disconnector section,
see page 293
– Distribution busbar for fuse-switch disconnector
section, see page 293
End support For

Number Packs
busbars Model No.
for fuse-switch disconnector section of poles of
mm
End support for the distribution busbar system of
50 x 10 3/4-pole 1 pc(s). 9674.435
the fuse-switch disconnector section, for vertical
support of the distribution busbar system with 60 x 10 3/4-pole 1 pc(s). 9674.436
infeed from above. 80 x 10 3/4-pole 1 pc(s). 9674.438
Material: 100 x 10 3/4-pole 1 pc(s). 9674.430
– Duroplastic polyester
Supply includes:
– Mounting bracket and screws Also required:
tion, see page 290
– Distribution busbar for fuse-switch disconnector
section, see page 293
Distribution busbars
Also required:
for fuse-switch disconnector section
Distribution busbar to fit the main busbar systems – Busbar support for fuse-switch disconnector sec-
Maxi-PLS and Flat-PLS for installation in the fuse- tion, see page 293
switch disconnector sections. – End support for fuse-switch disconnector section,
see page 293
Material: – Terminal block for distribution busbar (fuse-switch
– E-Cu disconnector section), see page 294
Size mm Length mm For enclosure height mm Packs of Model No.

50 x 10 1632.5 2000 1 pc(s). 9674.405
60 x 10 1632.5 2000 1 pc(s). 9674.406
80 x 10 1632.5 2000 1 pc(s). 9674.408
100 x 10 1632.5 2000 1 pc(s). 9674.400

Terminal block For

busbar width Packs of Model No.
for distribution busbar mm
(fuse-switch disconnector section)
50/60 1 pc(s). 9674.485
For connecting the connection brackets to the distri-
bution busbar system of the fuse-switch disconnec- 80/100 1 pc(s). 9674.488
tor section, no drilling required.
Material:
– E-Cu Also required:
Supply includes: – Connection bracket for fuse-switch disconnector
– Assembly parts section, see page 274
Technical details:

Software/documentation
Rittal Power Engineering Packs of Model No.

Planning software for RiLine busbar systems 1 pc(s). 3020.500
and Ri4Power low-voltage switchgear with
design certificate
The multi-lingual software package includes the fol- ◾ Generation of special fields configured by the
lowing functions: customer with graphical processing in the CAD
◾ Project handling, from the initial enquiry through view
to ordering ◾ Import/export interfaces for product and CAD
◾ Configuration of RiLine busbar systems in the TS data
enclosure, compact enclosures AE, CM, KS and ◾ Export function for order lists and bills of materi-
free-standing enclosure SE als in Excel format
◾ Configuration of low-voltage switchgear with ◾ Interface to EPLAN Electric P8, for the export of
Ri4Power systems Form 1-4 and ISV CAD data and bills of materials
◾ Complete, automatic function for the generation ◾ The extra benefit for engineering and planning
of bills of materials and a calculation program for offices: Output of detailed tender texts based on
quote preparation plants that have been project-planned in Power
◾ Input and evaluation of assembly times to calcu- Engineering in MS Word format
late man hours ◾ Output of project-specific assembly plans
◾ Access to the entire range of Rittal products together with field and plant definitions
◾ Output of automatically generated plant ◾ Integral configurator for the generation of draw-
documentation with rated current and heat loss ings and bills of materials to create connector kits
calculation for connecting air circuit-breakers (ACB)
◾ Simple generation of the design certificate to
IEC 61 439
Supply includes:
– DVD-ROM
Languages: German/English/French/Dutch/
Danish/Swedish/Czech/Italian/Spanish/Polish/
Russian/Chinese
Assembly instructions This documentation is available for downloading at

the Rittal website www.rittal.com under “Down-
for Ri4Power low-voltage load brochures”. Alternatively, it may be ordered as
switchgear a CD.
for Form 1-4, with Flat-PLS, Maxi-PLS and
RiLine Packs of Model No.
These assembly instructions explain the configura- 1 pc(s). 9676.000
tion of type-tested Ri4Power field types and possi-
ble busbar systems, divided into 3 sections. The first
section explains the assembly sequence for the indi-
vidual stages of the possible field types in diagram-
matic form.
The second section provides detailed assembly
instructions using diagrams and data tables. The
final section explains the installation of optional
accessories and general work operations.

Ri4Power ISV
distribution
enclosures
Installation distribution
enclosure
◾ Based on baying system TS 8,
see page 75
◾ Based on system enclosure SE 8,
see page 81
◾ Mounting kits,
see page 298
Wall-mounted distribution
◾ Based on compact enclosure AE,
see page 46
◾ Mounting kits,
see page 298
Extension modules
◾ Easy mounting on support frame or
support plate
◾ Individual combination and configuration
◾ Pitch pattern 150 x 250 mm
◾ Extension modules,
see page 299
Power distribution
components
◾ Bus-mounting fuse bases,
see page 236
◾ NH fuse-switch disconnectors,
see page 238
◾ NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors,
see page 246

ISV distribution enclosures
Mounting kits
Mounting kits Supply includes:

– Mounting aid support
for TS, SE – Contact hazard protection
For mounting installation modules in TS/SE enclo- – Support for contact hazard protection
sures. – Basic supports for frame holders
Note: – Assembly parts
– TS 8 baying systems, see from page 68
– System enclosures SE 8, see from page 81
For enclosure Packs of Page

8684.500
Design:
8685.500
Sheet steel, spray-finished 8604.500 8606.500 9666.955 9666.915 9666.965 9666.925
8686.500
Model No.
5830.500
Design:
8457.600
Stainless steel 1.4301 – 8452.600 – – – –
5851.500
Model No.
Enclosure width mm 600 850 1100 600
Enclosure height mm 2000 2000 2000 1800
Enclosure depth mm 400 600 400 600 400 600 400 500 600
Width unit (WU) 2 3 4 2
Height unit (U) 12 12 12 11
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9666.900 9666.910 9666.920 9666.930
Also required
Mounting angle 11 U 2 pc(s). – – – 9666.711 305
Mounting angle 12 U 2 pc(s). 9666.712 9666.712 9666.712 – 305
Depth stay for enclosure
2 pc(s). – – 9666.730 – 305
depth 400/500/600 mm
Accessories
Cross rail 2 WU 2 pc(s). 9666.722 9666.722 9666.722 9666.722 305
Cross rail 3 WU 2 pc(s). – 9666.723 9666.723 – 305
Cross rail 4 WU 2 pc(s). – – 9666.724 – 305
Mounting angle 2 U 2 pc(s). 9666.702 9666.702 9666.702 9666.702 305
Depth stay for enclosure
2 pc(s). 9666.730 9666.730 – 9666.730 305
depth 400/500/600 mm
Equipment support
4 pc(s). 9666.740 9666.740 9666.740 9666.740 305
connectors
1 WU ≙ 250 mm, 1 U ≙ 150 mm
Mounting kits Supply includes:

– Support plates
for AE – Spacer brackets
For mounting installation modules in AE enclosures. – Contact hazard protection
Note: – Angle bracket for contact hazard protection
– Compact enclosures AE, see from page 47 – Horizontal mounting angle
– Assembly parts
Packs
For enclosure Page
of
Design: Sheet steel, spray-finished
1038.500 1057.500 1076.500 1090.500 1260.500 1213.500
Model No.
Design: Stainless steel 1.4301
1008.600 – 1012.600 – – 1019.600
Model No.
Design: Stainless steel 1.4404
– – – – – 1019.500
Model No.
Enclosure width mm 380 500 600 600 600 1000
Enclosure height mm 600 700 760 1000 1200 1200
Enclosure depth mm 210 250 210 250 300 300
Width unit (WU) 1 1 2 2 2 3
Height unit (U) 3 4 4 6 7 7
Model No. 1 pc(s). 9666.800 9666.810 9666.820 9666.830 9666.840 9666.850
Accessories
Mounting angle 3 U 2 pc(s). 9666.753 – – – – – 305
Mounting angle 4 U 2 pc(s). – 9666.754 9666.754 – – – 305
Mounting angle 6 U 2 pc(s). – – – 9666.756 – – 305
Mounting angle 7 U 2 pc(s). – – – – 9666.757 9666.757 305
1 WU ≙ 250 mm, 1 U ≙ 150 mm
Installation modules
Contact hazard protection Material:

– Cover: Polystyrene (PS)
modules
Colour:
◾ For covering free installation areas
◾ Cover is prepared for a lead seal – RAL 7035
Mounting plate modules

1
◾ With mounting plate made from 2 mm zinc-
plated sheet steel
◾ Cover is prepared for a lead seal
◾ Possible installation depth 105 – 140 mm
Size Contact hazard Mounting plate

Packs protection
Width unit Height unit of Interior Dimensions of
Model No. Model No.
WU mm U mm installation mounting plate mm
1 250 1 150 1 pc(s). 9666.000 188 x 116 9666.080
2
1 250 2 300 1 pc(s). 9666.010 188 x 266 9666.090
1 250 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.020 188 x 416 9666.100
1 250 4 600 1 pc(s). 9666.030 188 x 566 9666.110
2 500 1 150 1 pc(s). 9666.040 438 x 116 9666.120
Empty
2 500 2 300 1 pc(s). 9666.050 438 x 266 9666.130
module
2 500 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.060 438 x 416 9666.140
2 500 4 600 1 pc(s). 9666.070 438 x 566 9666.150
3 750 2 300 1 pc(s). 9666.053 688 x 266 9666.133
3 750 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.063 688 x 416 9666.143
3 750 4 600 1 pc(s). 9666.073 – –
1 WU ≙ 250 mm
1 U ≙ 150 mm
Support rail modules Material:

◾ For installing terminal blocks, switchgear, etc.
◾ Support rails 35/15 mm Colour:
◾ Adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern – RAL 7035
Accessories:
DIN rail mounted device – Cover strips for DIN rail mounted device modules, 1
modules see page 304
◾ To accommodate DIN rail mounted devices
◾ Support rails 35/15 mm
Size Support rails DIN rail mounted devices

Packs
Width unit Height unit Number of Mechanical interior
WU mm U mm support rails installation1)
12 divider units
1 250 1 150 1 pc(s). 1 9666.160 9666.240 2
(1 x 12 x 18 mm)
24 divider units
1 250 2 300 1 pc(s). 2 9666.170 9666.250
(2 x 12 x 18 mm)
36 divider units
1 250 3 450 1 pc(s). 3 9666.180 9666.260
(3 x 12 x 18 mm)
48 divider units
1 250 4 600 1 pc(s). 4 9666.190 9666.270
(4 x 12 x 18 mm)
24 divider units
2 500 1 150 1 pc(s). 1 9666.200 9666.280
(2 x 12 x 18 mm)
48 divider units
2 500 2 300 1 pc(s). 2 9666.210 9666.290
(4 x 12 x 18 mm)
72 divider units
2 500 3 450 1 pc(s). 3 9666.220 9666.300
(6 x 12 x 18 mm)
2 500 4 600 1 pc(s). 4 9666.230 – –
72 divider units
3 750 2 300 1 pc(s). 2 9666.213 9666.293
(6 x 12 x 18 mm)
108 divider units
3 750 3 450 1 pc(s). 3 9666.223 9666.303
(9 x 12 x 18 mm)
1 WU ≙ 250 mm
1 U ≙ 150 mm
1) No. of fields x divider units x width

Connection terminal blocks Material:

– Duroplastic
◾ For connecting copper and aluminium conduc-
tors Colour:
◾ Single-wire or multi-wire conductors with – RAL 7035
crimped wire end ferrule or laminated copper bar
Clamping area for

1 Connection of round Packs
Design laminated copper bars, Model No. Page
conductors mm2 of
W x H mm
1 x 16 – 150 or
250 A, 5-pole 17 x 21 1 pc(s). 9666.340
2 x 16 – 70

1 x 50 – 240 or
400 A, 5-pole 25 x 21 1 pc(s). 9666.350
2 x 25 – 120
Also required
Size
Packs
Description Width unit Height unit Model No.
of
WU mm U mm
2 Mounting kit for connec-
tion terminal block
1 250 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.310

1 250 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.020 299
modules
Accessories
Laminated copper bars 255
1 WU ≙ 250 mm
1 U ≙ 150 mm
NH fuse-switch disconnector Material:

modules
Colour:
◾ Suitable for the accommodation of NH fuse-
– RAL 7035
switch disconnectors for mounting plate
assembly Note:
◾ Cover is prepared for a lead seal – Blanking cover 9666.665 should be used to seal
unneeded cut-outs for NH fuse-switch discon-
nectors size 00
To fit NH disconnector Size

Packs
Width unit Height unit Model No. Page
Size Model No. of
WU mm U mm
2 pc(s). size 00 9344.000/.010/ 1 250 2 300 1 pc(s). 9666.380
4 pc(s). size 00 .020/.030/.040/.050 2 500 2 300 1 pc(s). 9666.390
9344.100/.110/
1 pc(s). size 1 1 250 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.400
130/.150
9344.200/.210/
1 pc(s). size 2 1 250 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.410
230/.250
1 pc(s). size 3 or 9344.300/.310/ 1 pc(s). 9666.0601) 299
2 500 3 450
2 pc(s). size 2 330/.350 1 pc(s). 9666.4201) 300
1 WU ≙ 250 mm
1 U ≙ 150 mm
1) Module unit consisting of disconnector cross-member 9666.420 and contact hazard protection module 9666.060
Disconnector cross-member
for NH fuse-switch disconnector, size 2/3
◾ Suitable for the accommodation of NH fuse-
switch disconnectors for mounting plate
assembly
To fit NH disconnector Size

Packs
Size Model No. of
WU mm U mm
1 pc(s). size 3 or 9344.300/.310/
2 500 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.420
2 pc(s). size 2 330/.350
Also required
Contact hazard protection modules 1 pc(s). 9666.060 299

NH slimline fuse-switch Note:

– Busbars are not included with the supply
disconnector modules – In order to ensure problem-free cable connec-
For NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, sizes 00 tion, a contact hazard protection module or an
to 3 (100/185 mm bar centre distance). N/PE busbar module must be installed above or
Material: below the NH slimline fuse-switch disconnector
modules
Colour:
– RAL 7035
To fit Size
NH slimline fuse- Width unit Height unit Packs
Design Model No. Page
switch disconnectors of
Model No. WU mm U mm
100 mm module,
3-pole, 1 250 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.570
max. 3 x size 00
100 mm module,
9346.020
3-pole, 2 500 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.580
9346.030
max. 6 x size 00
100 mm module,
3-pole, 3 750 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.583
max. 10 x size 00
185 mm module,
3-pole,
9346.040 2 500 5 750 1 pc(s). 9666.550
max. 8 x size 00/
4 x size 1, 2, 3 9346.050
9346.110/.115
185 mm module, 9346.210/.215
3-pole, 9346.310/.315 3 750 5 750 1 pc(s). 9666.560
max. 12 x size 00/
6 x size 1, 2, 3
Also required
Contact hazard protection modules 299
Busbar modules N/PE 302
1 WU ≙ 250 mm
1 U ≙ 150 mm
Circuit-breaker modules Note:

– Attachment of the circuit-breakers and the corre-
◾ Suitable for accommodating standard moulded- sponding cut-out dimensions for the cover are
case circuit-breakers from ABB, Eaton, Schnei- shown in the enclosed assembly instructions
der Electric and Siemens – Circuit-breakers are not included with the supply
Material:
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Size
Packs
For moulded-case circuit-breakers Width unit Height unit Model No.
of
WU mm U mm
up to 250 A 1 250 2 300 1 pc(s). 9666.430
up to 630 A 2 500 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.440
1 WU ≙ 250 mm
1 U ≙ 150 mm

Meter mounting board module Note:

– The meter mounting board module does not
◾ Open module for internal measurements comply with meter mounting board standard
◾ Clearance depth available for meter installation DIN 43 870/VDE 0603 and does not meet the
170 mm conditions for total insulation. Use in unmetered
Material: areas only by arrangement with the local elec-
– Meter mounting board: Polystyrene (PS) tricity supply company.
– 1 contact hazard protection module/DIN rail
Colour: mounted device module with 1 WU and at least
– RAL 7035 1 U is required both above and below the module
Size
Packs
of
WU mm U mm
1 250 3 450 1 pc(s). 9666.640
Also required
Contact hazard protection modules 299
Support rail modules 299
DIN rail mounted device modules 299
1 WU ≙ 250 mm
1 U ≙ 150 mm
Busbar modules N/PE Note:

– Copper or CUPONAL busbars should be ordered
◾ For attaching the busbars for N and PE separately, see page 252
◾ Cover is prepared for a lead seal – Not suitable for use in mounting kit AE
Material:
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Size
Packs
For busbars mm Width unit Height unit Model No.
of
WU mm U mm
1 250 2 300 1 pc(s). 9666.590
12 x 5 to 30 x 10 mm 2 500 2 300 1 pc(s). 9666.600
3 750 2 300 1 pc(s). 9666.603
1 WU ≙ 250 mm
1 U ≙ 150 mm

Busbar modules Note:

– Busbars are not included with the supply
For assembling bus-mounting fuse bases E18, E27,
E33 and D-Switch as well as NH fuse-switch dis-
connectors sizes 000 and 00 (3-pole, 60 mm bar
centre distance).
Material:
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Size To fit
Width unit Height unit Fusible elements Packs
NH disconnectors Model No. Page
for busbar systems of
WU mm U mm Model No.
Model No.
9343.0001)
9343.0201)
9343.0401)
1 250 2 300 1 pc(s). 9666.520
3431.020
3418.010 3431.030
3427.010 3431.035
3433.010 3431.020
2 500 2 300 9340.950 3431.030 1 pc(s). 9666.530
3431.035
3431.020
3 750 2 300 3431.030 1 pc(s). 9666.533
3431.035
Accessories
Blanking cover 10 pc(s). 9666.660 304
1 WU ≙ 250 mm
1 U ≙ 150 mm
1) A depth extension frame 9666.680 should additionally be used to ensure unrestricted connection.
NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 cannot be combined with other equipment.

Accessories
Cover strips Packs of Model No.

for DIN rail mounted device modules 5 pc(s). 9666.650
For blanking spare component cut-outs in DIN rail
mounted device modules, max. 12 divider units
(12 x 18 mm), divisible every 9 mm.
Material:
– ABS
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Blanking cover Packs of Model No.

◾ For blanking unused cut-outs 10 pc(s). 9666.660
◾ To fit bus-mounting fuse base, D-Switch and
NH fuse-switch disconnector size 000 (3-pole,
60 mm busbar systems) in busbar modules
(9666.520/.530/.533)
◾ Width: 16 – 34 mm variable
Material:
– Polypropylene (PP)
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Blanking cover Packs of Model No.

for disconnectors, size 00 1 pc(s). 9666.665
◾ For blanking unused cut-outs with NH fuse-
switch disconnectors size 00 in NH fuse-switch
disconnector modules (9666.380/.390)
◾ Width: 117 mm
Material:
– PVC
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Wiring brackets Packs of Model No.

For tool-free attachment to support rails TS 35/15, 10 pc(s). 9666.670
for cable routing on the rear of support rail modules.
Material:
Depth extension frame Size

Packs
For extending the depth of the contact hazard pro- Width unit Height unit Model No.
of
tection cover. Allows unrestricted connection of WU mm U mm
NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 (3-pole, 1 250 2 300 1 pc(s). 9666.680
60 mm busbar systems).
1 WU ≙ 250 mm
Material: 1 U ≙ 150 mm
– Polystyrene (PS)
Colour: Note:
– RAL 7035 – NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 with
covers and depth extension frame cannot be
used in conjunction with other equipment

Accessories
Cross rails Width unit Packs

Model No.
for TS, SE WU mm of
For horizontal sub-division of the support frame in 2 500 2 pc(s). 9666.722
the TS/SE enclosure. 3 750 2 pc(s). 9666.723
Material: 4 1000 2 pc(s). 9666.724
– Sheet steel 1 WU ≙ 250 mm
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Mounting angles Height unit Packs

Model No.
for TS, SE U mm of
For vertical sub-division of the support frame in the 2 300 2 pc(s). 9666.702
TS/SE enclosure. 3 450 2 pc(s). 9666.703
Material: 4 600 2 pc(s). 9666.704
– Sheet steel 5 750 2 pc(s). 9666.705
Surface finish: 6 900 2 pc(s). 9666.706
– Zinc-plated 7 1050 2 pc(s). 9666.707
11 1650 2 pc(s). 9666.711
12 1800 2 pc(s). 9666.712
1 U ≙ 150 mm
Accessories:
– Equipment support connector, see page 305
Mounting angles Height unit Packs

Model No.
for AE U mm of
For vertical sub-division of the support frame in the 3 450 2 pc(s). 9666.753
AE enclosure. 4 600 2 pc(s). 9666.754
Material: 6 900 2 pc(s). 9666.756
– Sheet steel 7 1050 2 pc(s). 9666.757
Surface finish: 1 U ≙ 150 mm
– Zinc-plated
Depth stay Packs of Model No.

◾ For enclosure depth 400/500/600 mm 2 pc(s). 9666.730
◾ For attaching the support frame in the TS/SE
enclosure
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Equipment support connector Packs of Model No.

◾ For connecting 2 mounting angles for TS/SE 4 pc(s). 9666.740
◾ Increases the stability of the frame structure
Material:
– T-section: Aluminium

306 Rittal Catalogue 34/Climate control
Climate control
Cooling with ambient air
Fan-and-filter units......................................................................................316
Roof-mounted fans.....................................................................................324
Rack-mounted fans/tangential fans ............................................................326
Air/air heat exchangers ...............................................................................329
Cooling units
Thermoelectric coolers ...............................................................................334
Wall-mounted cooling units.........................................................................335
Roof-mounted cooling units........................................................................346
Modular climate control concept.................................................................350
Cooling with water

Air/water heat exchangers ..........................................................................354
Liquid Cooling Package ..............................................................................360
Chillers .......................................................................................................361
Enclosure heaters
Enclosure heaters .......................................................................................366
Climate control accessories

Filter technology .........................................................................................369
Air routing...................................................................................................374
Water distribution .......................................................................................377
Control/regulation .......................................................................................379
Mounting ....................................................................................................383
Project planning/monitoring ........................................................................385
TÜV-tested performance to
DIN EN 14511:2012-01
Rittal is the only supplier worldwide whose
complete range of enclosure cooling units
is tested to the latest (DIN) EN standard
(except cooling units with Atex approval for
zone 22 and NEMA 4X).
Rittal Catalogue 34/Climate control 307

nextlevel
for industry
With our Therm software and the innovative Therm App, calculating the climate
control requirements becomes child’s play.
Meanwhile, the Rittal range of climate control products has the right solution to suit
every application.

◾ Rittal – Therm software
◾ Rittal – Type-tested climate control systems

Climate control from the smallest
to the largest
◾ Cooling with ambient air
◾ Cooling units
◾ Cooling with water
◾ Enclosure heaters

◾ Up to 10% more output – with TÜV-tested cooling units
◾ Energy savings of up to 45% – with the “Blue e” generation of cooling units

Your benefits
As a system supplier, Rittal is the world’s leading provider of exceptionally effective yet
energy-efficient and environmentally-friendly climate control solutions, precisely tailored to
the customer’s individual requirements.
Faster – Simple project planning with the Therm App

Better – Efficient, energy-saving climate control technology, TÜV-tested
Everywhere – Global spare parts service

Cooling with ambient air
TopTherm fan-and-filter units
TopTherm fan-and-filter units........................................ 20 – 55 m3/h.........316
TopTherm fan-and-filter units.................................... 105 – 180 m3/h.........317
TopTherm fan-and-filter units.................................... 230 – 550 m3/h.........317
TopTherm fan-and-filter units..............................................700 m3/h.........318
TopTherm fan-and-filter units, with EC technology...... 55 – 230 m3/h.........319
TopTherm fan-and-filter units, with EC technology.... 550 – 900 m3/h.........320
TopTherm fan-and-filter units, EMC ............................ 20 – 180 m3/h.........321
TopTherm fan-and-filter units, EMC .......................... 230 – 900 m3/h.........322
TopTherm fan-and-filter units, air throughput and protection category ........323
Roof-mounted fans
TopTherm roof-mounted fans ................................... 400 – 800 m3/h.........324
Roof-mounted fans, roof ventilation ....................................360 m3/h.........325
Rack-mounted climate control

Rack-mounted fans for 482.6 mm (19˝)..................... 320 – 480 m3/h.........326
Vario rack-mounted fans for 482.6 mm (19˝) ............. 320 – 480 m3/h.........327
Tangential fans for 482.6 mm (19˝)......................................320 m3/h.........328
Air/air heat exchangers

TopTherm, wall-mounted with controller .....................17.5 – 90 W/K.........329
Roof-mounted ...................................................................... 66 W/K.........330

Air throughputs incl. outlet filter and protection categories Page 323 Climate control accessories Page 369 Therm software Page 385
Colour: Note: Approvals: T2

– RAL 7035 – For energy-efficient operation of Available on the Internet T1
the fan-and-filter units, we rec-
Supply includes: Performance diagrams:
ommend using the enclosure
– Complete unit ready to install, Available on the Internet
internal thermostat, the speed
including filter mat
control or the digital enclosure Technical details:
internal temperature display Available on the Internet
and thermostat
H
B
Air throughput 20 – 55 m³/h

Packs
Model No. 3237.100 3237.110 3237.124 3238.100 3238.110 3238.124 Page
of
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 24 (DC) 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 24 (DC)
Air throughput, unimpeded air flow
20 / 25 20 / 25 20 55 / 66 55 / 66 55
m³/h
Rated current A 0.065 / 0.052 0.12 / 0.1 0.125 0.12 / 0.11 0.24 / 0.22 0.24
Pre-fuse A 2 2 2 2 2 2
Motor circuit-breaker – – – – – –
Power consumption W 11 / 9 11 / 9 3 19 / 18 19 / 18 5.5
Width (B) mm 116.5 116.5 116.5 148.5 148.5 148.5
Height (H) mm 116.5 116.5 116.5 148.5 148.5 148.5
Depth (T1) mm 16 16 16 16 16 16
Max. installation depth (T2) mm 43 43 43 58.5 58.5 58.5
Required mounting cut-out (BxH) mm 92 x 92 92 x 92 92 x 92 124 x 124 124 x 124 124 x 124
Axial, self-start- Axial, self-start- Diagonal, self- Diagonal, self-
Diagonal, DC
Fan ing shaded pole ing shaded pole Axial, DC motor starting shaded starting shaded
motor
motor motor pole motor pole motor
Operating temperature range -15°C...+55°C -15°C...+55°C -15°C...+55°C -15°C...+55°C -15°C...+55°C -15°C...+55°C
Storage temperature range -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C
Noise level dB(A) 38 / 43 38 / 43 38 46 / 49 46 / 49 46
Accessories
Outlet filter 1 pc(s). 3237.200 3237.200 3237.200 3238.200 3238.200 3238.200 372
Spare filter mats see page see page see page see page see page see page 371
Fine filter mats 5 pc(s). – – – 3238.055 3238.055 3238.055 371
Hose-proof hood 1 pc(s). 3237.080 3237.080 3237.080 3238.080 3238.080 3238.080 372
Blanking cover 2 pc(s). 3237.020 3237.020 3237.020 3238.020 3238.020 3238.020 372
Digital enclosure internal temperature
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 379
display and thermostat
Hygrostat 1 pc(s). 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 380
Speed control 1 pc(s). 3120.200 3120.200 – 3120.200 3120.200 – 381

Packs
Model No. 3239.100 3239.110 3239.124 3240.100 3240.110 3240.124 Page
of
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 24 (DC) 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 24 (DC)
105 / 120 105 / 120 105 180 / 160 180 / 160 180
m³/h
Rated current A 0.12 / 0.11 0.24 / 0.22 0.23 0.21 / 0.19 0.42 / 0.38 0.43
Pre-fuse A 2 2 2 2 4 2
Motor circuit-breaker – – – – – –
Power consumption W 19 / 18 19 / 18 5.5 35 / 34 35 / 34 10
Width (B) mm 204 204 204 255 255 255
Height (H) mm 204 204 204 255 255 255
Depth (T1) mm 24 24 24 25 25 25
Max. installation depth (T2) mm 90 90 90 107 107 107
Required mounting cut-out (BxH) mm 177 x 177 177 x 177 177 x 177 224 x 224 224 x 224 224 x 224
Diagonal, self- Diagonal, self- Diagonal, self- Diagonal, self-
Diagonal, DC Diagonal, DC
Fan starting shaded starting shaded starting shaded starting shaded
motor motor
pole motor pole motor pole motor pole motor
Storage temperature range -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C
Noise level dB(A) 46 / 49 46 / 49 46 51 / 46 51 / 46 51
Accessories
Outlet filter 1 pc(s). 3239.200 3239.200 3239.200 3240.200 3240.200 3240.200 372
Spare filter mats see page see page see page see page see page see page 371
Fine filter mats 5 pc(s). 3181.100 3181.100 3181.100 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 371
Hose-proof hood 1 pc(s). 3239.080 3239.080 3239.080 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 372
Blanking cover 2 pc(s). 3239.020 3239.020 3239.020 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 372
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 379
Hygrostat 1 pc(s). 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 380

Packs
Model No. 3241.100 3241.110 3241.124 3243.100 3243.110 Page
of
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 24 (DC) 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60
230 / 250 230 / 250 230 550 / 600 550 / 600
m³/h
Rated current A 0.26 / 0.24 0.52 / 0.48 0.8 0.37 / 0.39 0.78 / 0.8
Pre-fuse A 4 4 2 4 6
Motor circuit-breaker – – – – –
Power consumption W 40 / 42 40 / 42 19 70 / 87 75 / 90
Width (B) mm 255 255 255 323 323
Height (H) mm 255 255 255 323 323
Depth (T1) mm 25 25 25 25 25
Max. installation depth (T2) mm 107 107 107 118.5 118.5
Required mounting cut-out (BxH) mm 224 x 224 224 x 224 224 x 224 292 x 292 292 x 292
Diagonal, self-start- Diagonal, self-start-
Diagonal, 1~ capaci- Diagonal, 1~ capaci-
Fan ing shaded pole ing shaded pole Diagonal, DC motor
tor motor tor motor
motor motor
Operating temperature range -30°C...+55°C -30°C...+55°C -30°C...+55°C -30°C...+55°C -30°C...+55°C
Storage temperature range -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C
Noise level dB(A) 54 / 56 54 / 56 54 59 / 61 59 / 61
Accessories
Outlet filter 1 pc(s). 3240.200 3240.200 3240.200 3243.200 3243.200 372
Spare filter mats see page see page see page see page see page 371
Fine filter mats 5 pc(s). 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 3183.100 3183.100 371
Hose-proof hood 1 pc(s). 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 3243.080 3243.080 372
Blanking cover 2 pc(s). 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 3243.020 3243.020 372
Enclosure internal thermostat 1 pc(s). 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 379
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 379
Hygrostat 1 pc(s). 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 380
Speed control 1 pc(s). 3120.200 3120.200 – 3120.200 3120.200 381

Air throughput 700 m³/h
Packs
Model No. 3244.100 3244.110 3244.140 Page
of
400, 3~, 50
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60
460, 3~, 60
700 / 770 700 / 770 700 / 770
m³/h
Rated current A 0.43 / 0.6 0.9 / 1.25 0.17 / 0.21
Pre-fuse A 4 6 –
Motor circuit-breaker A – – 6.3...10
Power consumption W 95 / 135 100 / 145 93 / 140
Width (B) mm 323 323 323
Height (H) mm 323 323 323
Depth (T1) mm 25 25 25
Max. installation depth (T2) mm 130.5 130.5 130.5
Required mounting cut-out (BxH) mm 292 x 292 292 x 292 292 x 292
Fan Diagonal, 1~ capacitor motor Diagonal, 1~ capacitor motor Diagonal, three-phase motor
Operating temperature range -30°C...+55°C -30°C...+55°C -30°C...+55°C
Storage temperature range -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C
Noise level dB(A) 65 / 66 65 / 66 65 / 66
Accessories
Outlet filter 1 pc(s). 3243.200 3243.200 3243.200 372
Spare filter mats see page see page see page 371
Fine filter mats 5 pc(s). 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 371
Hose-proof hood 1 pc(s). 3243.080 3243.080 3243.080 372
Blanking cover 2 pc(s). 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 372
Enclosure internal thermostat 1 pc(s). 3110.000 3110.000 – 379
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 – 379
Hygrostat 1 pc(s). 3118.000 3118.000 – 380
Speed control 1 pc(s). 3120.200 3120.200 – 381
Accessories
Spare filter mats

see page 371

Energy-efficient version of the Supply includes: Approvals: T2

TopTherm fan-and-filter units with – Complete unit ready to install, Available on the Internet T1
diagonal fan technology. Model including filter mat
Performance diagrams:
numbers 3240.500 to 3245.510
Note: Available on the Internet
have a control interface with
– For even more efficient opera-
tacho signal output integrated as Technical details:
tion or for monitoring the fan-
standard, allowing the fan to be Available on the Internet
and-filter units, we recom-
controlled and its speed moni-
mend the use of an EC speed
tored.
H
control for EC fan-and-filter B
Colour: units
– RAL 7035
Air throughput 55 – 230 m³/h, with EC technology

Packs
Model No. 3238.500 3239.500 3240.500 3241.500 Page
of
Control interface – – ◾ ◾
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 200 - 240, 1~, 50/60 200 - 240, 1~, 50/60 200 - 240, 1~, 50/60 200 - 240, 1~, 50/60
55 105 180 230
m³/h
Rated current A 0.05 0.05 0.12 0.17
Pre-fuse A 6 6 6 6
Power consumption W 6 6 11 16
Width (B) mm 148.5 204 255 255
Height (H) mm 148.5 204 255 255
Depth (T1) mm 16 24 25 25
Max. installation depth (T2) mm 58.5 90 107 107
Required mounting cut-out (BxH) mm 124 x 124 177 x 177 224 x 224 224 x 224
Fan Diagonal, EC motor Diagonal, EC motor Diagonal, EC motor Diagonal, EC motor
Operating temperature range -20°C...+55°C -20°C...+55°C -25°C...+55°C -25°C...+55°C
Storage temperature range -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -25°C...+70°C -25°C...+70°C
Noise level dB(A) 49 53 47 52
Accessories
Outlet filter 1 pc(s). 3238.200 3239.200 3240.200 3240.200 372
Spare filter mats see page see page see page see page 371
Fine filter mats 5 pc(s). 3238.055 3181.100 3182.100 3182.100 371
Hose-proof hood 1 pc(s). 3238.080 3239.080 3240.080 3240.080 372
Blanking cover 2 pc(s). 3238.020 3239.020 3240.020 3240.020 372
EC speed control – – from page from page 380
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 379
Hygrostat 1 pc(s). 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 380

Air throughput 550 – 900 m³/h, with EC technology
Packs
Model No. 3243.500 3244.500 3245.500 3245.510 Page
of
Control interface ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 200 - 240, 1~, 50/60 200 - 240, 1~, 50/60 200 - 240, 1~, 50/60 100 - 130, 1~, 50/60
550 700 900 900
m³/h
Rated current A 0.5 0.7 1.33 2.1
Pre-fuse A 6 6 4 6
Power consumption W 51 80 165 165
Width (B) mm 323 323 323 323
Height (H) mm 323 323 323 323
Depth (T1) mm 25 25 25 25
Max. installation depth (T2) mm 118.5 130.5 130.5 130.5
Fan Diagonal, EC motor Diagonal, EC motor Diagonal, EC motor Diagonal, EC motor
Accessories
Spare filter mats see page see page see page see page 371
EC speed control from page from page from page from page 380
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 379
Hygrostat 1 pc(s). 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 380
Accessories
EC speed control
see page 380

Colour: Note: Approvals: T2

– RAL 7035 – For energy-efficient operation of Available on the Internet T1
the fan-and-filter units, we rec-
Supply includes: Performance diagrams:
ommend using the enclosure
– Complete unit ready to install, Available on the Internet
internal thermostat, the speed
including filter mat
control or the digital enclosure Technical details:
internal temperature display Available on the Internet
and thermostat
H
B
Air throughput 20 – 180 m³/h, EMC

Packs
Model No. 3237.600 3238.600 3239.600 3240.600 Page
of
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60
20 / 25 55 / 66 105 / 120 180 / 160
m³/h
Rated current A 0.065 / 0.052 0.12 / 0.11 0.12 / 0.11 0.21 / 0.19
Pre-fuse A 2 2 2 2
Power consumption W 11 / 9 19 / 18 19 / 18 35 / 34
Width (B) mm 116.5 148.5 204 255
Height (H) mm 116.5 148.5 204 255
Depth (T1) mm 16 16 24 25
Max. installation depth (T2) mm 43 58.5 90 107
Axial, self-starting shaded Diagonal, self-starting Diagonal, self-starting Diagonal, self-starting
Fan
pole motor shaded pole motor shaded pole motor shaded pole motor
Noise level dB(A) 38 / 43 46 / 49 46 / 49 51 / 46
Accessories
Spare filter mats 5 pc(s). 3237.066 3238.066 3239.066 3240.066 371
Fine filter mats 5 pc(s). – 3238.055 3181.100 3182.100 371
EC speed control – – – – 380
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 379
Hygrostat 1 pc(s). 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 380
Speed control 1 pc(s). 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 381

Air throughput 230 – 900 m³/h, EMC
Packs
Model No. 3241.600 3243.600 3244.600 3245.600 Page
of
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 200 - 240, 1~, 50/60
230 / 250 550 / 600 700 / 770 900
m³/h
Rated current A 0.26 / 0.24 0.37 / 0.39 0.43 / 0.6 1.33 / 1.33
Pre-fuse A 4 4 4 4
Power consumption W 40 / 42 70 / 87 95 / 135 165 / 165
Width (B) mm 255 323 323 323
Height (H) mm 255 323 323 323
Depth (T1) mm 25 25 25 25
Max. installation depth (T2) mm 107 118.5 130.5 130.5
Diagonal, self-starting Diagonal, 1~ capacitor Diagonal, 1~ capacitor
Fan Diagonal, EC motor
shaded pole motor motor motor
Storage temperature range -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C -30°C...+70°C +-25°C...+70°C
Noise level dB(A) 54 / 56 59 / 61 65 / 66 72
Accessories
Spare filter mats 5 pc(s). 3240.066 3243.066 3243.066 3243.066 371
EC speed control – – – from page 380
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 379
Hygrostat 1 pc(s). 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 380
Speed control 1 pc(s). 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 381
Accessories
Therm software
see page 385

Air throughput and protection category

Air throughput m3/h at 50/60 Hz Protection category IP to IEC 60 529
Model No. With additional With hose-proof
Unimpeded air flow With outlet filter including filter mat Standard
fine filter mat hood
3237.100
20/25 1 x 3237.200
3237.110 – – –
15/18
3237.124 20
3238.100 1 x 3238.200 2 x 3238.200
55/66
3238.110 43/50 48/57
–
1 x 3238.200 2 x 3238.200
3238.124 55
43 48
3239.100 1 x 3239.200 2 x 3239.200 1 x 3240.200
105/120
3239.110 87/100 93/108 98/111
1 x 3239.200 2 x 3239.200 1 x 3240.200
3239.124 105
87 93 98
3240.100 1 x 3240.200 2 x 3240.200 1 x 3243.200
180/160 IP 54 IP 55 IP 56
3240.110 138/115 165/140 165/140
1 x 3240.200 2 x 3240.200 1 x 3243.200
3240.124 180
138 165 165
3241.100 1 x 3240.200 2 x 3240.200 1 x 3243.200
230/250
3241.110 183/195 203/230 203/230
1 x 3240.200 2 x 3240.200 1 x 3243.200
3241.124 230
183 203 203
3243.100 1 x 3243.200 2 x 3243.200
550/600 –
3243.110 440/490 510/560
3244.100
1 x 3243.200 2 x 3243.200
3244.110 700/770 –
544/610 630/690
3244.140
TopTherm fan-and-filter units with EC technology

Unimpeded air flow With outlet filter including filter mat Standard
1 x 3238.200 2 x 3238.200
3238.500 55 –
43 48
1 x 3239.200 2 x 3239.200 1 x 3240.200
3239.500 105
87 93 98
1 x 3240.200 2 x 3240.200 1 x 3243.200
3240.500 180
138 165 165
IP 54 IP 55
1 x 3240.200 2 x 3240.200 1 x 3243.200
3241.500 230
183 203 203
IP 56
1 x 3243.200 2 x 3243.200
3243.500 550 –
440 510
1 x 3243.200 2 x 3243.200
3244.500 700 –
544 630
1 x 3243.200 2 x 3243.200
3245.500 900 –
680 820
IP 51 IP 52
1 x 3243.200 2 x 3243.200
3245.510 900 –
680 820
TopTherm fan-and-filter units, EMC

Unimpeded air flow With EMC outlet filter including EMC filter mat Standard
1 x 3237.060
3237.600 20/25 – – –
15/18
1 x 3238.060 2 x 3238.060
3238.600 55/66 –
43/50 48/57
1 x 3239.060 2 x 3239.060 1 x 3240.060
3239.600 105/120
87/100 93/108 98/111
1 x 3240.060 2 x 3240.060 1 x 3243.060
3240.600 180/160 IP 54
138/115 165/140 165/140
IP 55 IP 56
1 x 3240.060 2 x 3240.060 1 x 3243.060
3241.600 230/250
183/195 203/230 203/230
1 x 3243.060 2 x 3243.060
3243.600 550/600 –
440/490 510/560
1 x 3243.060 2 x 3243.060
3244.600 700/770 –
544/610 630/690
1 x 3243.060 2 x 3243.060
3245.600 900 – IP 51 IP 52
680 820

TopTherm roof-mounted fans
Climate control accessories Page 369 Vent attachment TS Page 383
The active roof-mounted fans fit Material: Protection category IP to Technical details:
precisely onto the cut-outs of the – Sheet steel, spray-finished IEC 60 529: Available on the Internet
small and medium performance – IP 43
Colour:
categories of TopTherm roof-
– RAL 7035 Supply includes:
mounted cooling units.
– Unit ready for connection with
built-in radial fan
– Sealing and assembly parts

Packs
Model No. 3149.410 3149.420 3149.440 3149.810 3149.820 3149.840 Page
of
400, 3~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Air throughput, unimpeded air flow m³/h 400 400 400 800 800 800
Rated current A 1.1 / 1.6 0.55 / 0.88 0.35 / 0.35 1.5 / 2.2 0.75 / 1.1 0.35 / 0.55
Power consumption W 120 / 170 120 / 170 95 / 140 170 / 225 170 / 225 180 / 310
Width mm 550 550 550 550 550 550
Height mm 125 125 125 125 125 125
Depth mm 370 370 370 370 370 370
Required mounting cut-out mm 475 x 260 475 x 260 475 x 260 475 x 260 475 x 260 475 x 260
Noise level dB(A) 68 / 69 68 / 69 68 / 69 69 / 70 69 / 70 69 / 70
Weight kg 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
Accessories
Roof plates TS 1 pc(s). 8801.320 8801.320 8801.320 8801.320 8801.320 8801.320 383
Digital enclosure internal temperature display and
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 – 3114.200 3114.200 – 379
thermostat
Enclosure internal thermostat 1 pc(s). 3110.000 3110.000 – 3110.000 3110.000 – 379

Roof-mounted fans, roof ventilation
Climate control accessories Page 369
Material: Supply includes: Note: Technical details:

– Sheet steel, spray-finished – Unit ready for connection with – Via additional installation of the Available on the Internet
built-in radial fan filter holder with filter mat, a
Colour:
– Sealing and assembly parts protection category of IP 44 is
– RAL 7035
– Connection cable (3 m) achieved with roof vent
Protection category IP to – Drilling template 3148.007
IEC 60 529:
– IP 43

Packs
Model No. 3148.007 3149.007 3169.007 Page
of
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz without fan motor 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60
Air throughput, unimpeded air flow m³/h – 360 360
Rated current A – 0.2 0.55
Power consumption W – 42 65
Width mm 420 420 420
Height mm 65 95 95
Depth mm 340 340 340
Required mounting cut-out mm 345 x 265 345 x 265 345 x 265
Operating temperature range -10°C...+60°C -10°C...+60°C -10°C...+60°C
Noise level dB(A) – 53 53
Weight kg 6.8 7.8 7.8
Accessories
Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat 1 pc(s). – 3114.200 3114.200 379
Enclosure internal thermostat 1 pc(s). – 3110.000 3110.000 379
Filter holder 1 pc(s). 3175.000 – – 373

Rack-mounted fans for 482.6 mm (19")
Supply includes: Approvals: 20

0
0
– Fully wired unit ready for con- Available on the Internet 18 41
0
nection
Technical details: 73
44
– Terminal strip and assembly 10
Available on the Internet 0
parts 48
2.6
(19
˝)

Packs
Model No. 3340.230 3341.115 3341.230 3342.024 3342.230 3342.500 Page
of
With monitoring – – – – – ◾
115 - 230, 1~,
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 24 (DC) 230, 1~, 50/60 50/60
24 (DC)
Air throughput, unimpeded air flow m³/h 320 480 480 480 480 480
No. of fans 2 3 3 3 3 3
Distance between axes mm 85 85 85 105 105 105
Rated current A 0.24 / 0.22 0.69 / 0.69 0.36 / 0.33 0.74 0.36 / 0.33 0.85
Pre-fuse A 6 6 6 6 6 6
Width mm 482.6 482.6 482.6 482.6 482.6 482.6
Height mm 44 44 44 44 44 44
Depth mm 200 200 200 200 200 200
Noise level dB(A) 51 52 51 51 51 51
Accessories
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 379
thermostat
Speed control 1 pc(s). 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 3120.200 – 381

Vario rack-mounted fans for 482.6 mm (19")

4
6
– Fully wired unit ready for con- Available on the Internet 20
nection
Technical details: 43
– Terminal strip and assembly 2
parts.
48 42
2.6 6
(19
˝)
44
Packs
Model No. 3350.230 3351.230 3352.230 3352.500 Page
of
With monitoring – – – ◾
115 - 230, 1~, 50/60
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60
24 (DC)
Air throughput, unimpeded air flow m³/h 320 480 480 480
No. of fans 2 3 3 3
Distance between axes mm 85 85 105 105
Rated current A 0.24 / 0.22 0.36 / 0.33 0.36 / 0.33 0.85 / 0.85
Pre-fuse A 6 6 6 6
Width mm 482.6 482.6 482.6 482.6
Height mm 44 44 44 44
Depth mm 200 200 200 200
Also required
Guide frame 1 pc(s). 3355.100 3355.100 3355.100 3357.100 384
Accessories
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 379
thermostat
Speed control 1 pc(s). 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 381

Tangential fans for 482.6 mm (19")

3
– Fully wired unit ready for con- Available on the Internet 16
nection 38
0
Technical details:
88
– Filter mat
48
2.6
(19
˝)

Model No. Packs of 3144.000 3145.000 Page
Air throughput, unimpeded air flow m³/h 320 320
Rated current A 0.16 0.32
Power consumption W 37 37
Width mm 482.6 482.6
Height mm 88 88
Depth mm 158 158
Operating temperature range -10°C...+55°C -10°C...+55°C
Noise level dB(A) 52 52
Speed rpm 2245 2245
Maximum static pressure difference Pa 65 - 70 65 - 70
Accessories
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 379
thermostat
Enclosure internal thermostat 1 pc(s). 3110.000 3110.000 379
Filter mats 5 pc(s). 3177.000 3177.000 369
Front outlet grille 2 U 1 pc(s). 3176.000 3176.000 372
Roof-mounted fan, roof vent 1 pc(s). 3148.007 3148.007 325
Speed control 1 pc(s). 3120.200 3120.200 381

TopTherm air/air heat exchangers
Temperature control: Protection category IP to Approvals:

– Electronic control with digital IEC 60 529: Available on the Internet
display (factory setting +35°C) – Internal circuit IP 54
Colour: Supply includes: Available on the Internet
– RAL 7035 – Complete unit ready for con-
Technical details:
nection
– Plug-in terminal strip
– Floating fault signal contact in
case of overtemperature
Specific thermal output 17.5 – 90 W/K, wall-mounted with controller

Model No. Packs of 3126.100 3127.100 3128.100 3129.100 3130.100 Page
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60
Specific thermal output W/K 17.5 30 45 60 90
Max. rated current per fan A 0.11 / 0.13 0.28 / 0.34 0.3 / 0.4 0.38 / 0.4 0.67 / 0.88
Output per fan W 23 / 27 60 / 75 70 / 90 85 / 90 150 / 200
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow),
265 / 315 480 / 525 600 / 625 860 / 900 850 / 945
external circuit m³/h
265 / 315 480 / 525 600 / 625 860 / 900 850 / 945
internal circuit m³/h
Width mm 280 400 400 400 400
Height mm 550 950 950 950 1580
Depth mm 150 205 205 225 215
Weight kg 10.0 18.0 19.0 21.0 34.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.300 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 369
Metal filters 1 pc(s). 3286.310 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 370

Air/air heat exchangers
Climate control accessories Page 369 Therm software Page 385
Colour: Supply includes: Note: Technical details:

– RAL 7035 – Complete unit ready for con- – For precise temperature con- Available on the Internet
– RAL 9005 nection trol inside the enclosure, we
– The fans are connected via two recommend the enclosure
3-wire connection cables, with internal thermostat, the digital
IEC 60 529:
wire end ferrules enclosure internal temperature
– Internal circuit IP 54
display and thermostat or the
speed control
Specific thermal output 66 W/K, roof-mounted

Packs
Model No. 3248.000 Page
of
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60
Specific thermal output W/K 66
No. of fans 2
Max. rated current per fan A 0.45 / 0.55
Pre-fuse A 4
Output per fan W 75
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow), external circuit m³/h 965
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow), internal circuit m³/h 965
Width mm 595
Height mm 362
Depth mm 440
Operating temperature range -5°C...+55°C
Type of electrical connection Connection cable
Weight kg 16.8
Accessories
Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat 1 pc(s). 3114.200 379
Enclosure internal thermostat 1 pc(s). 3110.000 379
Hygrostat 1 pc(s). 3118.000 380
Speed control 1 pc(s). 3120.200 381

Efficient climate control solutions
for every application
331
Cooling units
Thermoelectric coolers
Thermoelectric coolers ......................................................100 W ..............334
Wall-mounted cooling units

TopTherm, horizontal format.............................................. 300 W ..............335
TopTherm..........................................................................300 W ..............336
TopTherm “Blue e” ............................................................ 500 W ..............337
TopTherm “Blue e” ............................................................ 750 W ..............338
TopTherm “Blue e” ..........................................................1000 W ..............339
TopTherm “Blue e” ..........................................................1500 W ..............340
TopTherm “Blue e” ..........................................................2000 W ..............341
TopTherm “Blue e” ..........................................................2500 W ..............342
TopTherm “Blue e” ..........................................................4000 W ..............342
TopTherm “Blue e”, slimline .............................................1500 W ..............343
TopTherm “Blue e”, NEMA 4X ............................... 500 – 1500 W ..............344
TopTherm “Blue e”, NEMA 4X ............................. 2000 – 2500 W ..............345
Roof-mounted cooling units

TopTherm “Blue e” ............................................................ 500 W ..............346
TopTherm “Blue e” ............................................................ 750 W ..............347
TopTherm “Blue e” ..........................................................1000 W ..............347
TopTherm “Blue e” .............................................. 1100 – 1500 W ..............348
TopTherm “Blue e” ..........................................................2000 W ..............348
TopTherm “Blue e” .............................................. 3000 – 4000 W ..............349
Modular climate control concept

Cooling module “Blue e” .........................................1500/2500 W ..............350
Section doors for installing cooling modules ...............................................351
Generation “Blue e”
Permanent energy savings with Rittal cooling units.
Up to 45% reduced energy consumption

(70% over the Rittal TopTherm Plus cooling unit
actually achieved in field trials).

Material: Performance diagrams:

– Aluminium, anodised Available on the Internet
Colour of cover: Technical details:
T2
IEC 60 529:
– External circuit IP 34
Supply includes:
H
– Thermoelectric climate control
H
unit
– Fully wired ready for connec-
tion (plug-in terminal strip)
– Mounting accessories
– Configuration software B T1 B T1
Total cooling output/heating output 100 W

Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 100 - 240, 1~, 50/60 24 (DC)
Total cooling output L35 L35 W 100 / 100 100
Heating output W 100 100
Height (H) mm 400 400
Depth (T1) mm 155 155
Installation depth (T2) mm 100 100
Start-up current A 6.4 4.5
Rated current max. A 1.9 4.5
Pre-fuse A 4 10
Operating temperature range -30°C...+55°C -30°C...+60°C
Refrigeration factor/COP 1 1.2
Power pack integrated ◾ –
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow), internal circuit / external circuit m³/h 50 / 50 50 / 50
Weight kg 3.0 2.4
Accessories
Spare filter mats 5 pc(s). 3201.050 3201.050 371
SK BUS system 1 pc(s). 3201.070 3201.070 382
Condensate hose 1 pc(s). 3301.606 3301.606 377

TopTherm wall-mounted cooling units, horizontal format
Temperature control: Supply includes:

– Basic controller (factory setting – Nano-coated condenser
+35°C) – Fully wired ready for connec-
Colour:
– RAL 7035
– Assembly parts
340
Approvals:
IEC 60 529:
– Internal circuit IP 54 Performance diagrams:
5
Technical details: 3 98
15
Output class 300 W
Material Sheet steel ◾ ◾
Total cooling output 50 Hz L35 L35 to DIN EN 14511 kW 0.36 –
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.36 / 0.38 0.38
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 0.21 / 0.22 0.23
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 60
Width mm 525 525
Height mm 340 340
Depth mm 153 153
Rated current max. A 1.6 / 1.7 4
Start-up current A 4.3 / 5.3 12
Pre-fuse A 10 10
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.27 / 0.29 0.32
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 0.31 / 0.33 0.37
Operating temperature range +10°C...+55°C +10°C...+55°C
Setting range +30°C...+55°C +30°C...+55°C
Energy efficiency ratio (EER) 50 Hz L35 L35 to DIN EN 14511 1.3 1.18
Refrigerant g R134a, 100 R134a, 95
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 25 25
Weight kg 13.0 13.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.110 3286.110 369
Metal filters 1 pc(s). 3286.120 3286.120 370
Door-operated switch 1 pc(s). 4127.010 4127.010 639

TopTherm wall-mounted cooling units
Temperature control: Supply includes: Approvals:

– Basic controller (factory setting – Nano-coated condenser Available on the Internet
+35°C) – Fully wired ready for connec-
Protection category IP to Available on the Internet
IEC 60 529:
– Assembly parts Technical details:
H
B
T
Output class 300 W
Model No. Packs of 3302.100 3302.110 3302.200 Page
Sheet steel ◾ ◾ –
Material
Stainless steel – – ◾
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ ◾ –
Total cooling output 50 Hz L35 L35 to DIN EN 14511 kW 0.36 – 0.36
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.36 / 0.38 0.38 0.36 / 0.38
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60
Width (B) mm 280 280 280
Height (H) mm 550 550 550
Depth (T) mm 140 140 140
Rated current max. A 1.6 / 1.7 3.3 1.6 / 1.7
Start-up current A 3 / 3.4 8 3 / 3.4
Pre-fuse A 10 10 10
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.27 / 0.28 0.32 0.28 / 0.29
Operating temperature range +10°C...+55°C +10°C...+55°C +10°C...+55°C
Setting range +30°C...+55°C +30°C...+55°C +30°C...+55°C
Energy efficiency ratio (EER) 50 Hz L35 L35 to DIN EN 14511 1.32 1.18 1.3
Refrigerant g R134a, 100 R134a, 100 R134a, 100
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 25 25 25
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow), internal circuit / external circuit m³/h 345 / 310 345 / 310 345 / 310
Weight kg 13.0 13.0 13.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 369
Metal filters 1 pc(s). 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 370
Door-operated switch 1 pc(s). 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 639
Condensate hose 1 pc(s). 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 377

TopTherm wall-mounted cooling units "Blue e"

– e-Comfort controller (factory – Nano-coated condenser Available on the Internet
setting +35°C) – Fully wired ready for connec-
IEC 60 529:
H
B
T
Output class 500 W
Material
Total cooling output 50 Hz L35 L35 to DIN EN 14511 kW 0.55 – 0.55
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60
Width (B) mm 280 280 280
Height (H) mm 550 550 550
Depth (T) mm 210 210 210
Rated current max. A 2.6 / 2.6 5.7 2.6 / 2.6
Start-up current A 5.1 / 6.4 11.5 5.1 / 6.4
Pre-fuse A 10 10 10
Weight kg 17.0 17.0 17.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 369
Condensate hose 1 pc(s). 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 377

Output class 750 W
Model No. Packs of 3361.500 3361.510 3361.540 3361.600 Page
Sheet steel ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Material
Stainless steel – – – ◾
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Total cooling output 50 Hz L35 L35 to
0.85 – 0.85 0.85
DIN EN 14511 kW
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.85 / 0.89 0.89 0.85 / 0.89 0.85 / 0.89
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 0.67 / 0.67 0.67 0.67 / 0.67 0.67 / 0.67
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 60 400, 2~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60
Width (B) mm 280 280 280 280
Height (H) mm 550 550 550 550
Depth (T) mm 280 280 280 280
Rated current max. A 2.7 / 2.7 5.3 1.2 / 1.4 2.7 / 2.7
Start-up current A 6 / 9.6 12 3.1 / 3.3 6 / 9.6
Pre-fuse A 10 10 – 10
Transformer circuit-breaker A – – 6.3...10 –
Toroidal transformer (external) Ø x D mm – – 126 x 65 –
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.41 / 0.44 0.56 0.41 / 0.44 0.41 / 0.44
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 0.47 / 0.5 0.66 0.47 / 0.5 0.47 / 0.5
Operating temperature range +10°C...+55°C +10°C...+55°C +10°C...+55°C +10°C...+55°C
Operating temperature (max.) 60 Hz +10°C...+53°C +10°C...+52°C +10°C...+53°C +10°C...+53°C
Setting range +20°C...+55°C +20°C...+55°C +20°C...+55°C +20°C...+55°C
Energy efficiency ratio (EER) 50 Hz L35 L35 to
2.08 1.59 2.08 2.08
DIN EN 14511
Refrigerant g R134a, 280 R134a, 260 R134a, 280 R134a, 280
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 28 28 28 28
230 / 550 230 / 625 230 / 550 230 / 550
internal circuit / external circuit m³/h
Weight kg 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 369
Metal filters 1 pc(s). 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 370
Door-operated switch 1 pc(s). 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 639
Condensate hose 1 pc(s). 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 377
Accessories
see page 334


setting +35°C) – Integral electric condensate
evaporation
IEC 60 529:
tion (plug-in terminal strip) Technical details:
H
– Drilling template Available on the Internet
– Assembly parts
B
T
Output class 1000 W
Sheet steel ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
Material
Stainless steel – – – ◾ ◾
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
DIN EN 14511 kW
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 1.1 / 1.25 1.1 / 1.25 1.1 / 1.25 1.1 / 1.25 1.1 / 1.25
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Width (B) mm 400 400 400 400 400
Height (H) mm 950 950 950 950 950
Depth (T) mm 260 260 260 260 260
Rated current max. A 5.4 / 5 10.6 / 11.1 2.8 / 2.9 5.4 / 5 2.8 / 2.4
Start-up current A 12 / 14 26 / 28 11.5 / 12.7 12 / 14 11.5 / 12.7
Pre-fuse A 10 – – 10 –
Transformer circuit-breaker A – 11...16 – – –
Motor circuit-breaker A – – 6.3...10 – 6.3...10
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.6 / 0.68 0.6 / 0.68 0.64 / 0.79 0.6 / 0.68 0.64 / 0.79
Operating temperature range +10°C...+55°C +10°C...+55°C +10°C...+55°C +10°C...+55°C +10°C...+55°C
Setting range +20°C...+55°C +20°C...+55°C +20°C...+55°C +20°C...+55°C +20°C...+55°C
1.83 1.83 1.83 1.83 1.83
DIN EN 14511
Refrigerant g R134a, 325 R134a, 500 R134a, 325 R134a, 325 R134a, 325
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 28 28 28 28 28
600 / 900 600 / 900 600 / 900 600 / 900 600 / 900
Weight kg 39.0 44.0 40.0 39.0 40.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 369
Door-operated switch 1 pc(s). 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 639

Output class 1500 W
Material
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
DIN EN 14511 kW
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Width (B) mm 400 400 400 400 400
Height (H) mm 950 950 950 950 950
Depth (T) mm 260 260 260 260 260
Rated current max. A 5.5 / 5.8 11.5 / 12.5 2.5 / 2.8 5.5 / 5.8 2.5 / 2.8
Pre-fuse A 16 – – 16 –
1.83 1.83 1.83 1.83 1.83
DIN EN 14511
800 / 900 800 / 900 800 / 900 800 / 900 800 / 900
Weight kg 41.0 46.0 42.0 41.0 42.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 369
Accessories
Therm software
see page 385


evaporation
IEC 60 529:
H
– Assembly parts
Note:
– Full installation not supported
on model numbers 3332.XXX
B
T
Output class 2000 W
Material
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
DIN EN 14511 kW
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Width (B) mm 400 400 400 400 400
Height (H) mm 1580 1580 1580 1580 1580
Depth (T) mm 295 295 295 295 295
Pre-fuse A 16 – – 16 –
2.4 2.4 2.2 2.4 2.2
DIN EN 14511
980 / 980 980 / 980 900 / 900 980 / 980 900 / 900
Weight kg 66.0 73.0 67.0 66.0 67.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 369

Output class 2500 W
Material
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55
DIN EN 14511 kW
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 1.89 / 1.97 1.89 / 1.97 1.95 / 2 1.89 / 1.97 1.95 / 2
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Width (B) mm 400 400 400 400 400
Height (H) mm 1580 1580 1580 1580 1580
Depth (T) mm 295 295 295 295 295
Rated current max. A 8.2 / 9.3 17 / 22 3.7 / 3.8 8.2 / 9.3 3.7 / 3.8
Pre-fuse A 16 – – 16 –
2.11 2.11 2.11 2.11 2.11
DIN EN 14511
1230 / 1230 1230 / 1230 1200 / 1200 1230 / 1230 1200 / 1200
Weight kg 69.0 76.0 70.0 69.0 70.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 369
Output class 4000 W
Sheet steel ◾ –
Material
Stainless steel – ◾
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ –
3.95 3.95
DIN EN 14511 kW
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 3.95 / 4.35 3.95 / 4.35
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Height (H) mm 1580 1580
Depth (T) mm 340 340
Rated current max. A 4.2 / 4.2 4.2 / 4.2
Start-up current A 9.2 / 11 9.2 / 11
Pre-fuse – –
Transformer circuit-breaker – –
Motor circuit-breaker A 6.3...10 6.3...10
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 1.6 / 2 1.6 / 2
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 1.87 / 2.34 1.87 / 2.34
2.47 2.47
DIN EN 14511
1500 / 2000 1500 / 2000
Weight kg 91.0 91.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.400 3286.400 369

TopTherm wall-mounted cooling units "Blue e", slimline

evaporation
IEC 60 529:
– Assembly parts
Output class 1500 W
Material Sheet steel ◾ ◾
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ ◾
Total cooling output 50 Hz L35 L35 to DIN EN 14511 kW 1.6 1.6
400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60
Width mm 435 435
Height mm 1590 1590
Depth mm 205 205
Rated current max. A 6.7 / 6.9 2.7 / 2.9
Start-up current A 22 / 24 8 / 8.8
Pre-fuse A 10 –
Motor circuit-breaker A – 6.3...10
Energy efficiency ratio (EER) 50 Hz L35 L35 to DIN EN 14511 1.9 1.9
Weight kg 45.0 46.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.400 3286.400 369

TopTherm wall-mounted cooling units "Blue e", NEMA 4X

46
Temperature control: Supply includes: Note: Approvals:
– e-Comfort controller (factory – Nano-coated condenser – 3303.XXX without integral con- Available on the Internet
setting +35°C) – Integral electric condensate densate evaporation
evaporation
Protection category NEMA: Available on the Internet
– NEMA 4X
– Assembly parts
Output class 500 – 1500 W

Model No. Packs of 3303.504 3303.514 3304.504 3304.544 3305.504 3305.544 Page
Material Stainless steel ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
0.55 – 1.1 1.1 1.6 1.6
DIN EN 14511 kW
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.55 / 0.66 0.66 1.1 / 1.25 1.1 / 1.25 1.6 / 1.76 1.6 / 1.61
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 0.33 / 0.4 0.4 0.91 / 0.9 0.98 / 0.91 1.25 / 1.37 1.33 / 1.35
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Width mm 285 285 405 405 405 405
Height mm 620 620 1020 1020 1020 1020
Depth mm 298 298 358 358 358 358
Rated current max. A 2.6 / 2.6 5.7 3.9 / 4.3 2.2 / 2.1 5.5 / 5.8 2.6 / 2.8
Start-up current A 5.1 / 6.4 11.5 12 / 14 11.5 / 12.7 12 / 14 12.2 / 11.3
Pre-fuse A 10 10 10 – 16 –
Motor circuit-breaker A – – – 6.3...10 – 6.3...10
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.36 / 0.38 0.47 0.6 / 0.68 0.64 / 0.82 0.79 / 0.98 0.9 / 1.08
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 0.42 / 0.39 0.5 0.71 / 0.81 0.73 / 0.93 0.9 / 1.15 1.06 / 1.25
Operating temperature range +10°C...+50°C +10°C...+50°C +10°C...+50°C +10°C...+50°C +10°C...+50°C +10°C...+50°C
Setting range +20°C...+50°C +20°C...+50°C +20°C...+50°C +20°C...+50°C +20°C...+50°C +20°C...+50°C
1.4 1.31 1.83 1.83 1.83 1.83
DIN EN 14511
Refrigerant g R134a, 170 R134a, 170 R134a, 325 R134a, 325 R134a, 600 R134a, 600
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 28 28 28 28 28 28
265 / 315 280 / 345 600 / 900 600 / 900 800 / 900 800 / 900
Weight kg 25.0 25.0 49.0 50.0 51.0 52.0
Accessories
Door-operated switch 1 pc(s). 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 639

TopTherm wall-mounted cooling units "Blue e", NEMA 4X
Material Stainless steel ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
2.2 2.2 2.55 2.55
DIN EN 14511 kW
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 2.2 / 2.36 2.2 / 2.35 2.55 / 2.66 2.55 / 2.7
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Width mm 405 405 405 405
Height mm 1650 1650 1650 1650
Depth mm 388 388 388 388
Rated current max. A 6.1 / 6.6 2.8 / 3.3 8.2 / 9.3 3.7 / 3.8
Start-up current A 20 / 22 6.8 / 7.8 20 / 24 6.8 / 7.6
Pre-fuse A 16 – 16 –
Motor circuit-breaker A – 6.3...10 – 6.3...10
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.92 / 1.06 0.92 / 1.15 1.21 / 1.35 1.2 / 1.4
2.4 2.4 2.11 2.11
DIN EN 14511
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow), Internal
980 / 980 900 / 900 1230 / 1230 1200 / 1200
circuit / external circuit m³/h
Weight kg 80.0 81.0 83.0 84.0
Accessories
Accessories
Metal filters
see page 370

TopTherm roof-mounted cooling units "Blue e"
Climate control accessories Page 369 Therm software Page 385 Roof plates TS with mounting cut-out Page 383
Temperature control: Supply includes: Note: Approvals:

– e-Comfort controller (factory – Nano-coated condenser – The roof-mounted cooling units Available on the Internet
setting +35°C) – Integral electric condensate 3273.500 and 3273.515 are
evaporation suitable for office applications
– Fully wired ready for connec- due to their low noise level
IEC 60 529:
– Assembly parts
Output class 500 W
Material
Total cooling output 50 Hz L35 L35 to DIN EN 14511 kW 0.55 0.55 0.55
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.55 / 0.62 0.55 / 0.62 0.55 / 0.62
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 0.42 / 0.48 0.42 / 0.48 0.42 / 0.48
Width mm 597 597 597
Height mm 417 417 417
Depth mm 380 380 380
Rated current max. A 2.3 / 2.6 4.7 / 5.4 2.3 / 2.6
Start-up current A 9.1 / 8.8 18.2 / 15.9 9.1 / 8.8
Pre-fuse A 10 – 10
Transformer circuit-breaker A – 6.3...10 –
Motor circuit-breaker – – –
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.27 / 0.31 0.27 / 0.32 0.27 / 0.32
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 0.31 / 0.37 0.31 / 0.37 0.31 / 0.37
Weight kg 30.0 35.0 30.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 369
Air duct system 1 pc(s). 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 374
Stoppers 2 pc(s). 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 376

Output class 750 W
Material
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ ◾ ◾ –
0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77
DIN EN 14511 kW
Width mm 597 597 597 597
Height mm 417 417 417 417
Depth mm 380 380 380 380
Start-up current A 9.2 / 9 18.4 / 18 5.4 / 5.2 9.2 / 9
Pre-fuse A 10 – – 10
Transformer circuit-breaker A – 11...16 6.3...10 –
2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28
DIN EN 14511
585 / 800 440 / 910 585 / 800 585 / 800
Weight kg 32.0 37.0 37.0 32.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 369
Air duct system 1 pc(s). 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 374
Stoppers 2 pc(s). 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 376
Output class 1000 W
Material
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ ◾ ◾ –
1 1 1 1
DIN EN 14511 kW
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 1 / 1.09 1 / 1.09 1 / 1.09 1 / 1.09
Width mm 597 597 597 597
Height mm 417 417 417 417
Depth mm 475 475 475 475
Start-up current A 8.8 / 10 14.4 / 15.8 4.6 / 5.7 8.8 / 10.1
Pre-fuse A 10 – – 10
Transformer circuit-breaker A – 11...16 6.3...10 –
2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58
DIN EN 14511
491 / 1600 491 / 1600 491 / 1600 491 / 1600
Weight kg 40.0 46.0 46.0 40.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 369
Stoppers 2 pc(s). 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 376

Sheet steel ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Material
Stainless steel – – – – – ◾
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ –
1.1 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
DIN EN 14511 kW
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 1.1 / 1.2 1.1 / 1.2 1.5 / 1.65 1.5 / 1.65 1.5 / 1.65 1.5 / 1.65
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 0.85 / 0.87 0.85 / 0.87 1.15 / 1.3 1.15 / 1.3 1.15 / 1.3 1.15 / 1.3
110 (DC), 1~,
50/60
Width mm 597 597 597 597 597 597
Height mm 417 417 417 417 417 417
Depth mm 475 475 475 475 475 475
Rated current max. A 5.2 / 5.4 11 / 11.5 3.9 / 4.8 8.5 / 15.3 2.4 / 2.8 3.9 / 4.8
Start-up current A 15.5 / 16.5 32 / 35 14.8 / 16 27.4 / 27.2 8.7 / 9 14.8 / 16
Pre-fuse A 10 – 10 – – 10
Transformer circuit-breaker A – 11...16 – 14...20 6.3...10 –
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.52 / 0.54 0.52 / 0.54 0.67 / 0.77 0.67 / 0.76 0.67 / 0.76 0.67 / 0.77
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 0.59 / 0.73 0.59 / 0.74 0.79 / 0.91 0.8 / 0.93 0.79 / 0.93 0.79 / 0.91
2.16 2.16 2.24 2.24 2.24 2.24
DIN EN 14511
Refrigerant g R134a, 700 R134a, 700 R134a, 700 R134a, 700 R134a, 700 R134a, 700
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 28 28 28 28 28 28
440 / 1760 440 / 1760 491 / 1600 491 / 1600 491 / 1600 491 / 1600
Weight kg 42.0 47.0 41.0 47.0 47.0 41.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 369
Metal filters 1 pc(s). 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 370
Air duct system 1 pc(s). 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 374
Stoppers 2 pc(s). 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 376
Output class 2000 W
Material
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
2 2 2 2 2
DIN EN 14511 kW
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 2 / 2.14 2 / 2.14 2 / 2.14 2 / 2.14 2 / 2.14
Width mm 597 597 597 597 597
Height mm 417 417 417 417 417
Depth mm 475 475 475 475 475
Start-up current A 19.7 / 17.9 36 / 32 36 / 32 19.7 / 17.9 36 / 32
Pre-fuse A 10 10 – 10 –
Transformer circuit-breaker A – – 6.3...10 – 6.3...10
2.09 2.09 2.09 2.09 2.09
DIN EN 14511
470 / 1760 470 / 1760 470 / 1760 470 / 1760 470 / 1760
Weight kg 42.0 48.0 48.0 42.0 48.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 369
Air duct system 1 pc(s). 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 374
Stoppers 2 pc(s). 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 376

Sheet steel ◾ – ◾ –
Material
Stainless steel – ◾ – ◾
Colour RAL 7035 ◾ – ◾ –
3 3 3.8 3.8
DIN EN 14511 kW
Total cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 3 / 3.3 3 / 3.3 3.8 / 4 3.8 / 4
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Width mm 796 796 796 796
Height mm 470 470 470 470
Depth mm 580 580 580 580
Start-up current A 8/9 8/9 17 / 19 17 / 19
Motor circuit-breaker A 6.3...10 6.3...10 6.3...10 6.3...10
2.56 2.56 2.38 2.38
DIN EN 14511
1280 / 3450 1280 / 3450 1420 / 3870 1420 / 3870
Weight kg 70.0 70.0 77.0 77.0
Accessories
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.600 3286.600 3286.600 3286.600 369
Stoppers 2 pc(s). 3286.980 3286.980 3286.980 3286.980 376
Accessories
Air duct system

see page 374

Modular climate control concept - Cooling module "Blue e"
Climate control accessories Page 369 TS 8 enclosures Page 65 Therm software Page 385
All cooling modules are compati- Protection category IP to Note:

ble with all section doors. IEC 60 529: – A base/plinth with a height of
– External circuit IP 34 100 or 200 mm is required for
Temperature control:
– Internal circuit IP 54 efficient operation
– e-Comfort controller (factory
setting +35°C) Supply includes: Approvals:
– Cooling module prepared for Available on the Internet
Material:
installation in section door
– Sheet steel Performance diagrams:
– Nano-coated condenser
Colour: – Integral electric condensate
– RAL 7035 evaporation Technical details:

Material Sheet steel ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Rated current max. A 6 / 6.1 2.5 / 2.7 7.6 / 9.4 3.5 / 3.7
Start-up current A 22 / 24 8.5 / 9.2 22 / 24 13 / 14
Pre-fuse A 16 – 16 –
Motor circuit-breaker A – 6.3...10 – 6.3...10
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L35 kW 0.85 / 1.05 0.79 / 1 1.31 / 1.52 1.13 / 1.48
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L50 kW 1 / 1.15 0.9 / 1.1 1.48 / 1.85 1.4 / 1.75
1.8 1.9 1.9 2.2
DIN EN 14511
600 / 1100 600 / 1100 1100 / 1100 1100 / 1100
Weight kg 68.0 68.0 73.0 72.0
Also required
Modular climate control concept - Section doors see page see page see page see page 351
Accessories
SK BUS system 1 pc(s). 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 382
RiDiag II 1 pc(s). 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 385
Interface board 1 pc(s). 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 381

Modular climate control concept - Section doors
Climate control accessories Page 369 TS 8 enclosures Page 65 Therm software Page 385
Material: Note: Approvals:

– Sheet steel The following information applies Available on the Internet
to 1200 mm wide TS 8 enclo-
sures
– With the unit positioned on the
Supply includes: right, one pack consists of a
– Section door without pre- section door for installing in the
configured cooling module right-hand half of the enclosure
– TS 8 hinges, door opening plus a special lockable door for
angle approx. 110° the left-hand half.
– With the unit positioned on the
left, one pack consists of a
section door for installing in the
left-hand half of the enclosure.
The existing lockable door on
the right may be used.
for installing cooling modules

H
H
B
B B
B
Model No. Packs of 3300.040 3300.050 3300.060 3300.070 3300.080 3300.090 3300.110 3300.120 Page
Dimensions to fit enclosure type TS 8 TS 8 TS 8 TS 8 TS 8 TS 8 TS 8 TS 8
with height mm 1800 2000 1800 2000 1800 2000 1800 2000
with width mm 600 600 800 800 1200 1200 1200 1200
Unit positioned on the left – – – – ◾ ◾ – –
Unit positioned on the right – – – – – – ◾ ◾
Also required
Modular climate control con-
see page see page see page see page see page see page see page see page 350
cept - Cooling module “Blue e”
Accessories
Metal filters 1 pc(s). 3284.210 3284.210 3284.210 3284.210 3284.210 3284.210 3284.210 3284.210 370

Cooling with water
Air/water heat exchangers
Wall-mounted .......................................................... 300 – 500 W ..............354
Wall-mounted ........................................................ 600 – 1000 W ..............355
Wall-mounted ...................................................... 1250 – 3000 W ..............356
Wall-mounted ...................................................... 3000 – 5000 W ..............357
Wall-mounted ..................................................................7000 W ..............358
Roof-mounted ..................................................... 1875 – 4000 W ..............359

LCP Rack Industry............................................................. 10 kW ..............360
Chillers
TopTherm............................................................ 1000 – 1500 W ..............361
TopTherm............................................................ 3000 – 6000 W ..............362
TopTherm, wall-mounted..................................... 1000 – 2500 W ..............363
TopTherm.......................................................... 8000 – 16000 W ..............364
TopTherm........................................................ 20000 – 40000 W ..............365

Climate control accessories Page 369 Chillers Page 361 Therm software Page 385
Colour: Supply includes: Note: Approvals:

– RAL 7035 – Fully wired ready for connec- – Integral non-return valve for Available on the Internet
tion (plug-in terminal strip) version with e-Comfort con-
Protection category IP to Performance diagrams:
– Drilling template troller
– IP 55
Technical details:
Cooling medium: Available on the Internet
– Water (see Internet for specifi-
cations)
Output class 300 – 500 W, wall-mounted

Water-carrying parts Copper/brass (Cu/CuZn) ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Basic controller (factory set-
– – – ◾ –
ting +35°C)
Temperature control
e-Comfort controller (factory
– – – – ◾
setting +35°C)
Total cooling output L35 W10, 200 l/h kW 0.3 0.3 0.3 – –
Total cooling output L35 W10, 400 l/h kW – – – 0.5 0.5
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 24 (DC) 115, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60
Width mm 150 150 150 280 280
Height mm 300 300 300 550 550
Depth mm 85 85 85 120 120
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz W 26 26 / 30 23 / 27 37 / 38 37 / 38
Rated current max. A 1.2 0.23 / 0.24 0.11 / 0.13 0.18 / 0.18 0.18 / 0.18
Setting range – – – +20°C...+55°C +20°C...+55°C
Water inlet temperature +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C
½" connector sleeve – – – ◾ ◾
Water connection G ⅜" external thread – – – ◾ ◾
⅜" connector sleeve ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) m³/h 250 260 / 300 280 / 310 290 / 345 290 / 345
Weight kg 3.2 3.2 3.2 8.0 8.0
Accessories
Condensate hose 1 pc(s). 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.612 3301.612 377
Toroidal transformer, primary connection 115 V/400 V 1 pc(s). – – 3201.960 see page see page 382
Fitting G ⅜" 2 pc(s). – – – 3201.900 3201.900 378
Flow regulator valve see page see page see page see page see page 378
1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 – – 379
thermostat
SK BUS system 1 pc(s). – – – – 3124.100 382
Interface board 1 pc(s). – – – – 3124.200 381

Copper/brass (Cu/CuZn) ◾ – ◾ ◾
Water-carrying parts
Stainless steel (1.4571) – ◾ – –
– – ◾ –
ting +35°C)
Temperature control – ◾ – ◾
setting +35°C)
Thermostat-controlled
◾ – – –
magnetic valve
Total cooling output L35 W10, 200 l/h kW 0.6 – – –
Total cooling output L35 W10, 400 l/h kW 0.7 0.95 1 1
Width mm 200 280 280 280
Height mm 500 550 550 550
Depth mm 100 120 120 120
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz W 36 / 37 37 / 38 37 / 38 37 / 38
Pre-fuse A 2 4 4 4
Water inlet temperature +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C
½" connector sleeve ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Water connection
G ⅜" external thread – ◾ ◾ ◾
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) m³/h 280 / 310 290 / 345 290 / 345 290 / 345
Weight kg 7.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
Accessories
Toroidal transformer, primary connection 115 V/400 V see page see page see page see page 382
Fitting G ⅜" 2 pc(s). – 3201.900 3201.900 3201.900 378
Flow regulator valve see page see page see page see page 378
– – – –
thermostat
SK BUS system 1 pc(s). – 3124.100 – 3124.100 382
Interface board 1 pc(s). – 3124.200 – 3124.200 381
Accessories
Therm software
see page 385

Copper/brass (Cu/CuZn) ◾ ◾ ◾ – ◾
Stainless steel (1.4571) – – – ◾ –
– ◾ – – ◾
ting +35°C)
Temperature control – – ◾ ◾ –
setting +35°C)
◾ – – – –
magnetic valve
Total cooling output L35 W10, 200 l/h kW 1.25 – – – –
Total cooling output L35 W10, 400 l/h kW 1.3 2 2 2.8 3
Width mm 200 400 400 400 400
Height mm 950 950 950 950 950
Depth mm 100 145 145 145 145
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz W 83 / 85 110 / 140 110 / 140 169 / 232 169 / 232
Water inlet temperature +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C
½" connector sleeve ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Water connection
G ⅜" external thread – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) m³/h 680 / 735 880 / 950 880 / 950 1150 / 1300 1150 / 1300
Weight kg 13.0 20.0 20.0 23.0 23.0
Accessories
Condensate hose 1 pc(s). 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 377
Toroidal transformer, primary connection 115 V/400 V see page – – – – 382
Fitting G ⅜" 2 pc(s). – 3201.900 3201.900 3201.900 3201.900 378
Flow regulator valve see page see page see page see page see page 378
– – – – –
thermostat
SK BUS system 1 pc(s). – – 3124.100 3124.100 – 382
Interface board 1 pc(s). – – 3124.200 3124.200 – 381
LCP –
see page 360
New

Copper/brass (Cu/CuZn) ◾ – ◾ ◾
Stainless steel (1.4571) – ◾ – –
– – ◾ –
ting +35°C)
Temperature control
◾ ◾ – ◾
setting +35°C)
Total cooling output L35 W10, 200 l/h W – – – –
Total cooling output L35 W10, 400 l/h kW 3 4.5 5 5
Width mm 400 450 450 450
Height mm 950 1400 1400 1400
Depth mm 145 220 220 220
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz W 169 / 232 178 / 232 178 / 232 178 / 232
Pre-fuse A 4 4 4 4
Water inlet temperature +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C
½" connector sleeve ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Water connection
G ⅜" external thread ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) m³/h 1150 / 1300 1490 / 1660 1490 / 1660 1490 / 1660
Weight kg 23.0 39.0 39.0 39.0
Accessories
Toroidal transformer, primary connection 115 V/400 V – – – –
Fitting G ⅜" 2 pc(s). 3201.900 3201.900 3201.900 3201.900 378
Flow regulator valve see page see page see page see page 378
– – – –
thermostat
SK BUS system 1 pc(s). 3124.100 3124.100 – 3124.100 382
Interface board 1 pc(s). 3124.200 3124.200 – 3124.200 381
TopTherm chillers
Accessories
see page 361

Colour: Supply includes: Note: Technical details:

– RAL 7035 – Fully wired ready for connec- – Use 3-pole miniature circuit- Available on the Internet
tion (plug-in terminal strip) breaker
IEC 60 529: Approvals:
Cooling medium: Performance diagrams:
– Water (see Internet for specifi- Available on the Internet
cations)
Output class 7000 W, wall-mounted

Model No. Packs of 3216.480 Page
Water-carrying parts Copper/brass (Cu/CuZn) ◾
Temperature control ◾
magnetic valve
Total cooling output L35 W10, 500 l/h kW 7
Total cooling output L35 W20, 500 l/h kW 4.5
400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60
Width mm 450
Height mm 1800
Depth mm 300
Rated current max. A 1.4 / 1.6
Pre-fuse A 4
Operating temperature range +1°C...+70°C
Setting range +20°C...+55°C
Water inlet temperature +1°C...+30°C
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 1 - 10
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) m³/h 3630 / 4670
Weight kg 79.0
Accessories
Door-operated switch 1 pc(s). 4127.010 639
Condensate hose 1 pc(s). 3301.612 377
Flow regulator valve see page 378

Climate control accessories Page 369 Chillers Page 361 Roof plates TS with mounting cut-out Page 383 Air routing Page 374
Colour: Supply includes: Approvals:

– RAL 7035 – Fully wired ready for connec- Available on the Internet
Protection category IP to Performance diagrams:
– Sealing mat
– IP 55
Cooling medium: Available on the Internet
– Water (see Internet for specifi-
cations)
Output class 1875 – 4000 W, roof-mounted

Copper/brass (Cu/CuZn) – ◾ ◾ – ◾ ◾
Stainless steel (1.4571) ◾ – – ◾ – –
Basic controller (factory
– ◾ – – ◾ –
setting +35°C)
Temperature control
e-Comfort controller
◾ – ◾ ◾ – ◾
(factory setting +35°C)
Total cooling output L35 W10, 400 l/h kW 1.88 2.5 2.5 3 4 4
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60
Width mm 597 597 597 597 597 597
Height mm 417 417 417 417 417 417
Depth mm 475 475 475 475 475 475
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz W 95 / 110 95 / 110 95 / 110 100 / 120 100 / 120 100 / 120
Rated current max. A 0.4 / 0.48 0.4 / 0.48 0.4 / 0.48 0.44 / 0.5 0.44 / 0.5 0.44 / 0.5
Pre-fuse A 4 4 4 4 4 4
Water inlet temperature +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C +1°C...+30°C
½" connector sleeve ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Water connection
G ⅜" external thread ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) m³/h 925 / 1030 925 / 1030 925 / 1030 815 / 925 815 / 925 815 / 925
Weight kg 23.5 23.5 23.5 25.5 25.5 25.5
Accessories
SK BUS system 1 pc(s). 3124.100 – 3124.100 3124.100 – 3124.100 382
Interface board 1 pc(s). 3124.200 – 3124.200 3124.200 – 3124.200 381
Air duct system 1 pc(s). 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 374
Stoppers 2 pc(s). 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 376
Condensate hose 1 pc(s). 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 377
Flow regulator valve see page see page see page see page see page see page 378

Air/water heat exchangers in TS 8 Colour: Supply includes: Performance diagrams:

baying system, to fit 600 or – RAL 7035 – Fully wired ready for connec- Available on the Internet
800 mm deep and 2000 mm high tion (plug-in terminal strip)
Protection category IP to Photo shows a configuration
TS 8 enclosures. Air outlet either – Front door
IEC 60 529: example with equipment not
with 5 kW on each side or 10 kW
– IP 54 Note: included in the scope of supply
on one side only. Options availa-
– Bayable by screw-fastening at
ble for water connection on the Cooling medium:
the sides
top or bottom of the unit. – Water (see Internet for specifi-
cations)
Output class 10 kW, LCP Rack Industry

Water-carrying parts Copper/brass (Cu/CuZn) ◾ ◾
Total cooling output L35 W10, 2000 l/h kW 10 10
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz W 704 / 816 704 / 816
Width mm 300 300
Height mm 2000 2000
Depth mm 600 800
Rated current max. A 3 / 3.5 3 / 3.5
Pre-fuse A 4 4
Water inlet temperature +7°C...+30°C +7°C...+30°C
¾" connector sleeve ◾ ◾
Water connection
¾" internal thread ◾ ◾
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 1 - 10 1 - 10
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) m³/h 2120 / 1960 2120 / 1960
Weight kg 121.0 130.0
Accessories
Base/plinth components, front and rear, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.915 8601.915 513
Base/plinth trim panels, side, 100 mm 1 set(s) 8601.060 8601.080 514
Base/plinth components, front and rear, 200 mm 1 set(s) 8602.915 8602.915 513
Base/plinth trim panels, side, 200 mm 1 set(s) 8602.060 8602.080 514
Side panels, screw-fastened, sheet steel 2 pc(s). 8106.235 8108.235 534

TopTherm chillers
Climate control accessories Page 369 Cooling medium Page 378 Flow regulator valve Page 378 Therm software Page 385
Design: Temperature control: Supply includes: Characteristic curves of pump:

– Compact, modular layout of the – Microcontroller control (factory – Complete unit ready for con- Available on the Internet
refrigeration components setting +20°C) nection
Approvals:
– Nano-coated condenser – Multilingual documentation
– Pump to convey the medium including functional diagram
– RAL 7035
– Precise temperature control, and wiring plans Technical details:
based on microprocessor tech- Protection category IP to Available on the Internet
Note:
nology IEC 60 529:
– For 3334.660, two metal filters
– Collective fault signal with float- – IP 44 (electrics)
are required
ing contact

Total cooling output at Tw = 10°C / Tu = 32°C kW 0.8 / 0.9 0.8 / 0.9 1.2 / 1.3 1.2 / 1.3
Total cooling output at Tw = 18°C / Tu = 32°C kW 1 / 1.1 1 / 1.1 1.5 / 1.7 1.5 / 1.7
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz kW 0.63 / 0.78 0.63 / 0.78 0.85 / 1.05 0.85 / 1.05
Width mm 600 600 600 600
Height mm 400 400 400 400
Depth mm 430 430 430 430
Refrigerant R134a R134a R134a R134a
Water connection ½" internal thread ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Temperature hysteresis +/- 2 K +/- 2 K +/- 2 K +/- 2 K
Temperature of liquid +10°C...+30°C +10°C...+30°C +10°C...+30°C +10°C...+30°C
Design Pressure-sealed Open Pressure-sealed Open
Tank – PP plastic – PP plastic
Tank capacity l – 2.5 – 2.5
Weight kg 48.0 48.0 51.0 51.0
Accessories

TopTherm chillers
Total cooling output at Tw = 10°C / Tu = 32°C kW 2.7 / 3 3.9 / 4.7 4.8 / 5.2
Total cooling output at Tw = 18°C / Tu = 32°C kW 3 / 3.4 4.5 / 5.4 6.1 / 6.6
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz kW 2.1 / 2.7 2.9 / 4.1 4.1 / 4.8
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Width mm 602 602 602
Height mm 676 676 1050
Depth mm 645 645 645
Rated current max. A 4.1 / 4.4 5.7 / 6.3 8.4 / 9
Refrigerant R134a R134a R134a
Integral tank level display – – ◾
½" internal thread ◾ ◾ –
Water connection
¾" internal thread – – ◾
Temperature hysteresis +/- 2 K +/- 2 K +/- 2 K
Temperature of liquid +10°C...+30°C +10°C...+30°C +10°C...+30°C
Design Open Open Open
Tank PP plastic PP plastic PP plastic
Tank capacity l 30 30 30
Weight kg 88.0 94.0 125.0
Accessories
LCP –
see page 429
New

TopTherm chillers
Design: Temperature control: Characteristic curves of

– Compact, modular layout of – Microcontroller control (factory pump:
the refrigeration components setting +20°C) Available on the Internet
– Nano-coated condenser
Colour: Approvals:
– Pump to convey the medium
– Precise temperature control,
H
based on microprocessor tech- Protection category IP to Technical details:
nology IEC 60 529: Available on the Internet
– Open system with tank – IP 44 (electrics)
– Collective fault signal with float-
Supply includes: B
ing contact T
– Complete unit ready for con-
nection
– Multilingual documentation
including functional diagram
and wiring plans

Total cooling output at Tw = 10°C / Tu = 32°C kW 0.8 / 0.9 2.1 / 2.3
Total cooling output at Tw = 18°C / Tu = 32°C kW 1 / 1.1 2.5 / 2.8
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz kW 0.7 / 0.76 1.55 / 2
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Rated current max. A 4.2 / 4 5.5 / 5.6
Refrigerant R134a R134a
Quick-release coupling (mating
Water connection ◾ ◾
part included in accessory bag)
Temperature hysteresis +/- 2 K +/- 2 K
Temperature of liquid +10°C...+30°C +10°C...+30°C
Tank PP plastic PP plastic
Tank capacity l 5 10
Weight kg 47.0 78.0
Accessories

TopTherm chillers
Benefits: Temperature control: Supply includes: Characteristic curves of pump:

– Modular design – Microcontroller control (factory – Fully wired unit ready for con- Available on the Internet
– Small footprint setting +18°C, differential value nection with side panels and
Approvals:
– Convenient servicing control also available) door
– High reliability thanks to icing – Multilingual documentation
Colour:
protection including functional diagram Technical details:
– RAL 7035
– One version for two frequen- and wiring plans Available on the Internet
cies = international compa- Protection category IP to
Note:
tibility IEC 60 529:
– For 3335.880 and 3335.890,
– Fast availability, because the – IP 44 (electrics)
two metal filters are required
basic platform is available off
the shelf

Total cooling output at Tw = 10°C / Tu = 32°C kW 6.5 / 7.5 6.5 / 7.5 10.3 / 11.3 13.8 / 15.2
Total cooling output at Tw = 18°C / Tu = 32°C kW 8 / 8.6 8 / 8.6 12 / 13.1 16 / 17.6
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz kW 4.37 / 5.21 4.37 / 5.21 6.6 / 7.76 7.3 / 9.2
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Width mm 805 805 805 805
Height mm 1700 2100 2140 2140
Depth mm 605 605 605 605
Rated current max. A 8.2 / 7.7 8.2 / 7.7 10 / 11.4 12.7 / 13.3
Water connection 1" internal thread ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Tank capacity l 75 75 75 75
Weight kg 248.0 248.0 282.0 282.0
Accessories
Flex-Block base/plinth system from page from page from page from page 510
Base/plinth TS from page from page from page from page 512
Cooling medium see page see page see page see page 378

TopTherm chillers
Total cooling output at Tw = 10°C / Tu = 32°C kW 16.6 / 18.7 20.8 / 23.8 27 / 30.4 32.5 / 37.5
Total cooling output at Tw = 18°C / Tu = 32°C kW 20 / 21.8 25 / 27.6 32 / 35.2 40 / 44
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz kW 9.2 / 12 11.4 / 13.9 14.95 / 17.6 17.91 / 23.1
400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60 460, 3~, 60
Width mm 1205 1205 1605 2405
Height mm 2140 2140 2140 2140
Depth mm 605 605 605 605
1" internal thread ◾ ◾ – –
Water connection
1¼" internal thread – – ◾ ◾
Tank capacity l 150 150 75 150
Weight kg 360.0 374.0 511.0 646.0
Accessories
Flex-Block base/plinth system from page from page from page from page 510
Base/plinth TS from page from page from page from page 512
Cooling medium see page see page see page see page 378
LCP –
see page 360
New

Enclosure heaters
Supply includes: – In order to prevent condensa- Approvals: B
– PTC heater tion on assemblies, a hygrostat – UR

– Quick-connection terminal is recommended to regulate – cUR
– Assembly parts heating. – CSA
– In larger enclosures, even heat
Note: Technical details:
distribution is best achieved by
H
– For precise temperature con- Available on the Internet
installing several low-output
trol inside the enclosure, we
heaters.
recommend the enclosure
– The installation of heaters is
internal thermostat or the digi- T
generally advisable, in order to
tal enclosure internal tempera-
prevent condensation.
ture display and thermostat.
Continuous thermal output 10 – 150 W, without fan

Model No. Packs of 3105.310 3105.320 3105.330 3105.340 3105.350 3105.360 3105.370 Page
Width (B) mm 45 45 64 64 64 90 90
Height (H) mm 120 120 155 155 230 165 180
Depth (T) mm 46 46 56 56 56 75 75
Continuous thermal output at Tu = 10°C W 8 - 10 18 - 20 23 - 30 49 - 50 63 - 75 86 - 100 130 - 150
110 - 240, 110 - 240, 110 - 240, 110 - 240, 110 - 240, 110 - 240, 110 - 240,
1~, 50/60 1~, 50/60 1~, 50/60 1~, 50/60 1~, 50/60 1~, 50/60 1~, 50/60
Pre-fuse A 2 2 4 4 4 4 4
Accessories
Enclosure internal thermostat 1 pc(s). 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 379
Hygrostat 1 pc(s). 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 380
Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat 1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 379
Bottom-mounted adaptor 1 pc(s). 3110.200 3110.200 3110.200 3110.200 3110.200 3110.200 3110.200 380

Enclosure heaters
Supply includes: – In order to prevent condensa- Approvals: B

– PTC heater tion on assemblies, a hygrostat – UR
– Fan is recommended to regulate – cUR
– Quick-connection terminal heating. – CSA
– Assembly parts – In larger enclosures, even heat
Technical details:
distribution is best achieved by
Note: Available on the Internet
installing several low-output
– For precise temperature con-
heaters.
trol inside the enclosure, we
– The installation of heaters is
H
recommend the enclosure
generally advisable, in order to
internal thermostat or the digi-
prevent condensation.
tal enclosure internal tempera-
ture display and thermostat.
Continuous thermal output 235 – 800 W, with fan

Width (B) mm 103 103 103 103 103 103
Height (H) mm 200 200 200 200 200 200
Depth (T) mm 103 103 103 103 103 103
Continuous thermal output at Tu = 10°C 50/60 Hz W 235 / 250 250 / 265 355 / 400 400 / 415 710 / 800 800 / 870
115, 1~, 230, 1~, 115, 1~, 230, 1~, 115, 1~, 230, 1~,
50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Pre-fuse A 4 4 6 6 10 6
Accessories
Hygrostat 1 pc(s). 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 380
Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat 1 pc(s). 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 379
Bottom-mounted adaptor 1 pc(s). 3110.200 3110.200 3110.200 3110.200 3110.200 3110.200 380

Filter technology
Filter mats Material:

– Chemical fibres
for tangential fans
Made of chopped-fibre mat with a progressive
structure.
Temperature-resistant to 100°C, self-extinguishing
category F1 to DIN 53 438.
Dust-laden air side: Open structure.
Clean-air side: Closed structure.
Reliable filtering of virtually all types of dust from a
particle size of 10 μm.
For tangential fans/front outlet grilles 2 U W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.

3144.000/3145.000/3176.000 425 x 85 x 8 5 pc(s). 3177.000
Filter mats Material:

– Open-celled polyurethane foam
for – Outstanding physical and mechanical properties
◾ Cooling units – Temperature-resistant: from -40°C...+80°C
◾ Air/air heat exchangers – Thickness: 10 mm
Rittal cooling units are low-maintenance and are
supplied without filter mats. Filter mats may be used
for extreme conditions.
For cooling units W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.

3302.300/3302.310 190 x 95 x 10 3 pc(s). 3286.110
3302. . . ./3303. . . ./3361. . . . 265 x 200 x 10 3 pc(s). 3286.300
3304. . . ./3305. . . ./3328. . . ./3329. . . ./3332. . . ./3366. . . . 344 x 268 x 10 3 pc(s). 3286.400
3273. . . ./3382. . . ./3383. . . ./3384. . . ./3385. . . ./3359. . . . 530 x 255 x 10 3 pc(s). 3286.500
3386. . . ./3387. . . . 720 x 300 x 10 3 pc(s). 3286.600
For air/air heat exchangers W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.

3126.100/3126.115 265 x 200 x 10 3 pc(s). 3286.300
3127.100/3127.115/3128.100/3128.115/3129.100/3129.115/
344 x 268 x 10 3 pc(s). 3286.400
3130.100/3130.115

Filter technology
Metal filter Material:

– Aluminium
Particularly when cooling units are used in dusty and – Thickness: 10 mm
oily environments, it is advisable to use washable
metal filters. Note:
If air or steam condenses on the metal surfaces, any – 2 metal filters are required for 3334.660,
particles present will adhere to the metal, and can 3335.880 and 3335.890
easily be washed out with water or grease-
dissolving solvents.
For cooling units W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.

3302.300/3302.310 190 x 95 x 10 1 pc(s). 3286.120
3302.100/3302.110/3302.200/3303. . . ./3361. . . . 265 x 200 x 10 1 pc(s). 3286.310
3304. . . ./3305. . . ./3328. . . ./3329. . . ./3332. . . ./3366. . . . 344 x 268 x 10 1 pc(s). 3286.410
3273. . . ./3382. . . ./3383. . . ./3384. . . ./3385. . . ./3359. . . . 530 x 255 x 10 1 pc(s). 3286.510
3386. . . ./3387. . . . 720 x 300 x 10 1 pc(s). 3286.610
For climate control door/section door W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.

3300.040/3300.050/3300.060/3300.070/3300.080/3300.090/
425 x 78 x 10 1 pc(s). 3284.210
3300.110/3300.120
For air/air heat exchangers W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.

3126.100/3126.115 265 x 200 x 10 1 pc(s). 3286.310
3127.100/3127.115/3128.100/3128.115/3129.100/3129.115/
344 x 268 x 10 1 pc(s). 3286.410
3130.100/3130.115
For chillers W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.

3318.600/3318.610/3319.600/3319.610/3334.660 530 x 255 x 10 1 pc(s). 3286.510
3320.600/3334.600 500 x 558 x 8 1 pc(s). 3286.520
3335.790/3335.830 600 x 800 x 20 1 pc(s). 3286.550
3335.840/3335.850/3335.880 600 x 1050 x 20 1 pc(s). 3286.530
3335.860/3335.870/3335.890 1000 x 1035 x 20 1 pc(s). 3286.540
3360.100/.250 344 x 268 x 10 1 pc(s). 3286.410

Filter technology
Spare filter mats

structure.
Temperature resistant to +100°C,
self-extinguishing category F1 to DIN 53 438.
Filter class to
For thermoelectric coolers Material W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.
DIN EN 779
3201.200/3201.300 Chemical fibres 90 x 106 x 8 G2 5 pc(s). 3201.050
Filter class to
For fan-and-filter units Material W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.
DIN EN 779
89 x 89 (8-sided) 5 pc(s). 3321.700
3237. . . . G2
x 10 50 pc(s). 3321.705
5 pc(s). 3322.700
3238. . . . 120 x 120 x 12 G2
50 pc(s). 3322.705
5 pc(s). 3171.100
3239. . . . Chemical fibres 173 x 173 x 17 G3
50 pc(s). 3171.105
5 pc(s). 3172.100
3240. . . ./3241. . . . 221 x 221 x 17 G3
50 pc(s). 3172.105
5 pc(s). 3173.100
3243. . . ./3244. . . ./3245. . . . 289 x 289 x 17 G3
50 pc(s). 3173.105
Filter class to
For filter holders Material W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.
DIN EN 779
3175.000 Chemical fibres 338 x 242 x 17 G2 3 pc(s). 3174.000
Filter class to
For EMC fan-and-filter units Material W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.
DIN EN 779
3237. . . . 92 x 92 x 10 G2 5 pc(s). 3237.066
3238. . . . Copper-nickel- 125 x 125 x 12 G2 5 pc(s). 3238.066
3239. . . . chrome-coated 178 x 178 x 17 G3 5 pc(s). 3239.066
3240. . . ./3241. . . . chemical fibres 226 x 226 x 17 G3 5 pc(s). 3240.066
3243. . . ./3244. . . ./3245. . . . 294 x 294 x 17 G3 5 pc(s). 3243.066
Fine filter mats Material:

– Chemical fibres
for fan-and-filter units
structure.
Temperature resistant to +100°C,
self-extinguishing category F1 to DIN 53 438.
Filter class to
For fan-and-filter units W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.
DIN EN 779
3238. . . . 120 x 120 x 12 F5/M5 5 pc(s). 3238.055
3239. . . . 173 x 173 x 12 F5/M5 5 pc(s). 3181.100
3240. . . ./3241. . . . 221 x 221 x 12 F5/M5 5 pc(s). 3182.100
3243. . . ./3244. . . ./3245. . . . 289 x 289 x 12 F5/M5 5 pc(s). 3183.100

Filter technology
Outlet filter Dimensions Model No.

For ventilation by convection, an outlet filter can be W x H x D mm Standard EMC
installed in the upper and lower sections of the 116.5 x 116.5 x 16 3237.200 3237.060
enclosure. 148.5 x 148.5 x 24 3238.200 3238.060
Material: 204 x 204 x 24 3239.200 3239.060
– ABS, material resistance to UL 94-5VA 255 x 255 x 25 3240.200 3240.060
Colour: 323 x 323 x 25 3243.200 3243.060
– RAL 7035
– IP 54 including filter mat Accessories:
Supply includes: – Spare filter mats, see page 371
– Filter mat – Fine filter mats, see page 371
– Hose-proof hood, see page 372
– Blanking cover, see page 372
Hose-proof hood For fan-and-filter units/ Dimensions

Model No.
outlet filters mm
to increase the protection category
Easy cleaning thanks to exterior silicone coating 3237. . . . 150 x 230 x 40 3237.080
approved for use with foodstuffs. 3238. . . . 176 x 245 x 55 3238.080
Material: 3239. . . . 233 x 330 x 55 3239.080
– Stainless steel 3240. . . ./3241. . . . 282 x 390 x 85 3240.080
– Silicone 3243. . . ./3244. . . . 350 x 480 x 110 3243.080
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: 3245. . . . 350 x 480 x 160 3245.080
– IP 56 when fitted over fan-and-filter unit/outlet
filter with filter mat
– NEMA Type 12 for 3237.080
– NEMA Type 1, 12, 3, 4, 4X for 3238.080,
3239.080, 3240.080, 3243.080
– NEMA Type 1, 12, 3R for 3245.080
Blanking cover For fan-and-filter units/

Packs of Model No.
outlet filters
If existing mounting cut-outs for fan-and-filter units/
outlet filters need to be closed to achieve a higher 3237. . . . 2 pc(s). 3237.020
protection category, the filter mat of the fan-and- 3238. . . . 2 pc(s). 3238.020
filter unit/outlet filter can simply be replaced with a 3239. . . . 2 pc(s). 3239.020
blanking cover; welding or other mechanical modifi- 3240. . . ./3241. . . . 2 pc(s). 3240.020
cation of the enclosure is not necessary.
3243. . . ./3244. . . ./3245. . . . 2 pc(s). 3243.020
Material:
– Closed-cell polythene foam
Colour:
– Anthracite
– IP 54
Front outlet grille 2 U Packs of Model No.

for tangential fans 1 pc(s). 3176.000
This front outlet grille is required if a 482.6 mm (19˝)
cross-flow blower 3144.000/3145.000 is used in
the lower section of the electronic enclosure and the
hot air is to be expelled to the outside from the Accessories:
upper section of the enclosure. – Filter mat, see page 369
The design of the grille matches that of the intake
grille in the cross-flow blower.
These grilles can also be used as simple inflow and
outflow grilles with natural convection.

Filter technology
Filter holder W x H x D mm Model No.

for roof ventilation 340 x 244 x 15 3175.000
The use of a filter mat is required in order to
increase the protection category of the roof vent
3148.007.
Accessories:
Material:
– Sheet steel – Spare filter mat, see page 371

– IP 44
Supply includes:
– Filter holder including filter mat
Enclosure internal fans Air

throughput
for TS Rated Rated Rated
(unim-
To prevent hot-spots and support the air routing of output current voltage Model No.
peded
active enclosure climate control components. W A V, ~, Hz
airflow)
Adjustable in two axes. Attached to the TS 8 frame m3/h
section. Several fans may be cascaded using the 230, 1~,
160 19.0/18.0 0.12/0.11 3108.100
quick-release clamping strip. 50/60
Supply includes: 115, 1~,
160 19.0/18.0 0.24/0.23 3108.115
50/60
– Complete unit with radial fan ready for connection
– Snap-on pivot device 160 3.5 0.15 24 V (DC) 3108.024
– Assembly parts
Technical details:
Mini-fan Dimensions
Packs of Model No.
W x H x D mm
Compact DC fan for enclosure and component
cooling in enclosures. 60 x 60 x 25.4 1 pc(s). 3236.124
Technical specifications:
– Rated operating voltage: 24 V (DC) Supply includes:
– Power consumption: 1 W – Fan
– Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 21 m3/h – Assembly screws
– Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 20 dB (A) – Contact hazard protection grille (2 pc(s).)
– Operating temperature range: –20°C…+70°C
Integrated louvres W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.

For ventilation by convection; easily retro-fitted using 160 x 110 x 8 4 pc(s). 2541.235
4 screws. 210 x 100 x 8 4 pc(s). 2542.235
Material: 330 x 110 x 8 4 pc(s). 2543.235
– Sheet steel
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
B
H

Air routing
Air duct system Note:

– Do not direct cold air straight at active compo-
for roof-mounted cooling units and air/water nents.
heat exchangers – When using the ducting system, the perfor-
Cold air can be routed directly to specific areas of mance of the cooling unit may be reduced,
the enclosure using the air duct system. The risk depending on the respective application.
of air short circuits due to self-ventilated installed
devices is therefore eliminated.
The flat duct has dimensions of W x H x D
Also required:
229 x 1500 x 29 mm, and may be shortened to the
required length. – TS support strips, see page 609
– Air duct adaptor 3286.840 (for units
Material: 3359. . . ./3382. . . .), see page 374
– Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1
– RAL 7035
– Deflector 90°, see page 374
Supply includes: – Stopper, see page 376
– Flat duct, compensating hose – Flat duct extension, see page 375
For unit Packs of Model No.

3209. . . ./3210. . . ./3273. . . ./3359. . . ./3382. . . ./3383. . . ./3384. . . ./3385. . . . 1 pc(s). 3286.870
3386. . . ./3387. . . . 1 pc(s). 3286.970
Air duct adaptor Packs of Model No.

for air duct system and flat air duct system 1 pc(s). 3286.840
An adaptor that allows connection of the spigot
from which air is supplied by the cooling unit to the
air duct system. To fit roof-mounted cooling units
3359.XXX, 3382.XXX.
Material:
– ABS
Colour:
– RAL 9005
Deflector, 90° Packs of Model No.

for air duct system 1 pc(s). 3286.990
For targeted air deflection at the end of the flat duct.
Colour:
– RAL 7035

Air routing
Flat air duct system Note:

– Do not direct cold air straight at active compo-
for roof-mounted cooling units and air/water nents
heat exchangers, to fit TS 8 enclosures from a – When using the ducting system, the perfor-
width of 800 mm and a depth of 600 mm mance of the heat exchanger may be reduced,
Cold air may be routed directly to specific areas of depending on the respective application
the enclosure using the air duct system. The risk – Not to be used in conjunction with quick-change
of air short circuits due to self-ventilated installed frame, see page 384
devices is therefore eliminated.
The flat duct has dimensions of W x H x D
229 x 1500 x 29 mm, and may be shortened to Also required:
the required length. – TS support strips, see page 609
Material:
– Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1 Accessories:
Colour: – Deflector 90°, see page 374
– RAL 7035 – Stopper, see page 376
Supply includes: – Flat duct extension, see page 375
– Flat duct
– Adaptor
– Compensating piece
– Deflector, 90°
For unit Packs of Model No.

3209. . . ./3210. . . ./3273. . . ./3383. . . ./3384. . . ./3385. . . . 1 pc(s). 3286.850
Flat duct extension Packs of Model No.

Extension kit for air duct system and flat air duct 1 pc(s). 3286.860
system for width, depth or height length extensions
in TS 8 enclosures.
Supply includes:
Material: – Flat duct 1500 mm
– Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1 – Connecting piece

Air routing
Stoppers Material:
– Polyurethane foam
for roof-mounted cooling units and air/water
heat exchangers
To cover any cold air outlets that are not required.
Diameter Max. no. of

For units Packs of Model No.
mm stoppers per unit
3359. . . ./3382. . . . 80 1 2 pc(s). 3286.780
3209. . . ./3210. . . ./3273. . . ./
100 2 2 pc(s). 3286.880
3383. . . ./3384. . . ./3385. . . .
3386. . . ./3387. . . . 150 1 2 pc(s). 3286.980
Max. 2 x
Max. 1 x
3359. . . ./3382. . . ./ 3209. . . ./3210. . . . /3383. . . ./

3386. . . ./3387. . . . 3384. . . ./3385. . . ./3273. . . .
Air diverter For units Model No.

For use with wall-mounted cooling units, for tar- 3304. . . ./3305. . . . 3213.310
geted routing of cold air in a downward direction. 3328. . . ./3329. . . . 3213.320
Particularly well-suited for densely-packed electrical 3332. . . . 3213.3301)
components in the lower section of the enclosure.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Air circuit,
Colour: external
– RAL 7035
Air circuit,
internal
65 1)
1) 115 mm for 3213.330

Water distribution
Electric condensate evaporator Width Rated operating voltage

Model No.
mm V, ~, Hz
For external mounting on enclosures. For use with
all cooling units and air/water heat exchangers 280 115 – 230, 1~, 50/60 3301.500
(wall-mounted). 400 115 – 230, 1~, 50/60 3301.505
Suitable for international use thanks to multi-voltage
support.
Technical details:
Evaporation performance: Available on the Internet
– at 230 V: 3.5 l/d
– at 115 V: 3.0 l/d
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Electric condensate evaporator, ready to connect
1
Condensate collecting bottle Packs of Model No.
1 pc(s). 3301.600 2
For mounting on the enclosure. For use with all
enclosure cooling units and air/water heat ex- 3
changers.
◾ Safety overflow at the side Supply includes:
239
◾ Capacity approximately 0.75 l – Condensate collecting bottle
– Bottle holder
66
Condensate discharge hose – Assembly parts
Membrane grommet Ø 73
Max. 70 mm
Condensate hose
For discharging and transporting condensate. For
connection to cooling units and air/water heat
exchangers.
Material:
– PVC, transparent
Hose length Material thickness

For units Model No.
m Ø mm
3201. . . . 5 6x1 3301.606
3212. . . ./3302. . . ./3303. . . ./3361. . . . 10 10 x 1.5 3301.610
3209. . . ./3210. . . ./3214.100/3215.100/3216.480/3273. . . ./
3304. . . ./3305. . . ./3328. . . ./3329. . . ./3332. . . ./3359. . . ./
3363. . . ./3364. . . ./3366. . . ./3373. . . ./3374. . . ./3375. . . ./ 10 12 x 2 3301.612
3377. . . ./3378. . . ./3382. . . ./3383. . . ./3384. . . ./3385. . . ./
3386. . . ./3387. . . .

Water distribution
Flow regulator valve Design Packs of Model No.

For use with air/water heat exchangers, particularly ¾˝ x ½˝
1 pc(s). 3301.930
if more than one heat exchanger (n > 1) is used in for volumetric flow control
the cooling water circuit. The correctly set valve then ¾˝ x ¾˝
1 pc(s). 3301.940
ensures the same quantity of cooling medium for for volumetric flow control
all equipment. The valve is used for hydraulic bal-
ancing.
Setting range:
– 3 to 12 l/min
Material:
– Brass
Fitting G⅜˝ For air/water heat

Design
Packs
Model No.
exchanger of
Provides a G⅜˝ internal thread for connecting ﬁxed
pipework on air/water heat exchangers on the inlet 3209. . . ./3210. . . ./
and return. 3363. . . ./3364. . . ./ G⅜˝ 2 pc(s). 3201.900
3373. . . ./3374. . . ./ internal thread
Material: 3375. . . .
– Brass
Cooling medium Cooling Antifreeze/ Container

Model No.
medium water mixture l
for chillers
10 3301.950
Ready mix Outdoor 1:2
25 3301.955
Apart from chillers for oil and emulsion, all other
chillers are only suitable for the cooling of water or 10 3301.960
Standard 1:4
a water/glycol mixture. 25 3301.965
As well as protecting against frost, this cooling
medium also serves to inhibit bacterial growth and
provide optimum corrosion protection.
Supply includes:
– 10 l canister
– 25 l canister

Control/regulation
Digital enclosure internal tem- Packs of Model No.

perature display and thermostat 1 pc(s). 3114.200
For installation in the enclosure door or wall.
Technical specifications: Colour:
– 2 voltage ranges for 100 – 230 V, 50/60 Hz – RAL 7035
and 24 – 60 V (DC)
– Depth: 100 mm
– Three-digit, 7-segment display
– Option of switching between °C/°F
– Temperature range: +5°C…+55°C
– Includes 1800 mm long NTC sensor
– Two relay outputs as change-over contact and
normally open contact (max. contact load 230 V,
6 A)
– Freely selectable switching hysteresis
– The freely adjustable setpoint values can be set
using the membrane keyboard at the front,
setting range: +5°C…+55°C
– Display and switching accuracy ±2 K
– The minimum and maximum recorded tempera-
tures are stored until it is next reset
Digital enclosure internal tem- Packs of Model No.

perature display and thermostat 1 pc(s). 7109.035
Integrated into a patch panel 1 U
Including cable attachment for connection cable Colour:
and label holder. – RAL 7035
– 2 voltage ranges for 100 – 230 V, 50/60 Hz
and 24 – 60 V (DC)
– Depth: 100 mm
– Three-digit, 7-segment display
– Option of switching between °C/°F
– Includes 1800 mm long NTC sensor
– Two relay outputs as change-over contact and
normally open contact (max. contact load 230 V,
6 A)
– Freely selectable switching hysteresis
– The freely adjustable setpoint values can be set
using the membrane keyboard at the front,
setting range: +5°C…+55°C
– Display and switching accuracy ±2 K
– The minimum and maximum recorded tempera-
tures are stored until it is next reset
Enclosure internal thermostat Rated operating voltage

Model No.
V, ~
Particularly suitable for controlling fan-and-filter
units, heaters and heat exchangers, this thermostat 230, 115, 1~, 60, 48, 24
3110.000
can also be used as a signal generator for monitor- 60/48/24 (DC)
ing the enclosure internal temperature.
Technical specifications: – Flexible mounting on a vertical or horizontal
– Bi-metal controller as a temperature-sensitive 35 mm support rail to EN 50 022, and snap-
element with thermal feedback fastening in the TS/SE enclosure section or on
– Contact population: Single-pole change-over the mounting plate using the supplied adaptor
contact as a quick-break contact
– Permissible contact load: Colour:
Category 5 – 3 (heating) – RAL 7035
AC 10 (4)1) A,
DC = max. 30 W
Category 5 – 4 (cooling) Accessories:
AC 5 (4)1) A, – Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail,
DC = max. 30 W see page 617
1) = Inductive load at cos φ = 0.6
– Bottom-mounted adaptor, see page 380
– Setting range: +5°C…+60°C
– Weight: approx. 105 g
– Dimensions: 71 x 71 x 33.5 mm
– Switching hysteresis: approx. 1 K ± 0.8 K

Control/regulation
Hygrostat Rated operating voltage V, ~ Model No.

The hygrostat switches on the heater and/or fan 24 – 230, 1~
3118.000
when a preset relative humidity in the enclosure is 12 – 75 (DC)
exceeded.
In this way, the relative humidity is reduced and
– Flexible mounting on a vertical or horizontal
condensation on assemblies or electronic compo-
35 mm support rail to EN 50 022, and snap
nents is avoided. fastening in the TS/SE enclosure section or on
Technical specifications: the mounting plate using the supplied adaptor.
– Contact population: Single-pole change-over
Colour:
contact as a quick-break contact – RAL 7035
– Permissible contact load:
AC ~ 5 (0,2)1) A
DC = max. 20 W Accessories:
1) = Inductive load at cos φ = 0.6
– Setting range: 50 – 100 % relative humidity – Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail,
– Weight: approx. 100 g see page 617
– Dimensions: 71 x 71 x 33.5 mm – Bottom-mounted adaptor, see page 380
– Switching hysteresis: approx. 4%
Bottom-mounted adaptor Packs of Model No.

for enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 and 1 pc(s). 3110.200
hygrostat 3118.000
Bottom-mounted adaptor with mounting option for
screwed cable glands, for targeted cable infeed
from appropriate equipment such as fan-and-filter
units and enclosure heaters. In conjunction with
screwed cable glands, it is also provides strain relief.
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Speed control EC For EC fan-and-filter units Model No.

Control unit 3240.500/3241.500/3243.500/
3235.440
Temperature-dependent speed control for EC fan- 3244.500/3245.XXX
and-filter units to reduce noise and save energy.
The status of the fan can also be monitored.
Supply includes:
◾ Activation and monitoring of up to 4 EC fan-and-
– NTC sensor, length 1.80 m
filter units (caution: EC fan-and-filter units cannot
be controlled with speed control 3120.200!)
◾ Rated operating voltage: 100 – 250 V
◾ Top-hat rail assembly
◾ Temperature setting range: +5°C…+55°C/
41°F…131°F
◾ External temperature sensor to record the
ACTUAL temperature
◾ Status LED to display the operating status
◾ Alarm relay for reporting overtemperature, fan
defect, cable interruption and sensor failure

Control/regulation
Speed control EC For EC fan-and-filter units Model No.

Sensor for speed control 3240.500/3241.500/3243.500/
3235.450
NTC sensor for temperature-dependent speed con- 3244.500/3245.XXX
trol of EC fan-and-filter units to reduce noise and
save energy. Activated via an EC fan-and-filter unit.
Technical specifications: – IP 40
– Rated voltage: 10 – 12 V (DC)
Supply includes:
(supplied via EC fan-and-filter unit) – Sensor and cable (length 3 m)
– Intake current: 1 mA
– Output current: 0.1 mA
– Operating temperature range: –25°C…+80°C
– Cable length: 3 m
– Control characteristic: fixed setpoint at 35°C, with
linear control range between +35°C (maximum
speed 100%) and +20°C (minimum speed 10%)
Speed control Packs of Model No.

Temperature-dependent speed control for fan-and- 1 pc(s). 3120.200
filter units, air/air heat exchangers, rack-mounted
fans and tangential fans to reduce noise and save
energy in part-load operation. Supply includes:
– Speed control
Technical specifications: – NTC sensor, length 1.80 m
– For mounting on a 35 mm support rail
DIN EN 50 022 Note:
– Dimensions (W x H x D): 105 x 90.5 x 60.2 mm – Only suitable for use with single-phase AC motors
– Rated operating voltage: 100 – 230 V (AC) and equipment
– Setting range: +20°C…+55°C – Not suitable for EC motors
– Phase cross-over with microcontroller
– Maximum fan output 300 W or 2 A
Accessories:
– Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail,
see page 617
Interface board Packs of Model No.

for equipment with e-Comfort controller 1 pc(s). 3124.200
The interface board is an extension for equipment
with e-Comfort controller. In this way it is possible,
e.g. to monitor a master/slave combination of up to Supply includes:
10 cooling units. Control is achieved via standard- – Interface board integrated into a plastic box
ised interfaces: RS232 (DB9) or RS485, one PLC W x H x D (mm): 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129
interface (DB9). The extension board is built into a – Serial SUB-D cable, 1.5 m
1 U plastic housing. Technical details:
A voltage supply of 24 V (DC) is required. This can Available on the Internet
be provided externally using a Kycon connector.

Control/regulation
SK BUS system For cooling units and air/

Model No.
water heat exchangers
Master-slave cable
The SK Bus system allows several cooling units and 3124.100
35C air/water heat exchangers with e-Comfort controller
25C to communicate with one another using a master/
Supply includes:
20C slave protocol, providing optimum operating con-
– 3 m shielded interface cable
30C 40C ditions in complex bayed enclosure systems. – Operating instructions for programming
20C the cooling units
– The master-slave configuration facilitates com-
Note:
35C mon activation and deactivation via door limit – nB = nK – 1
switches, parallel activation and deactivation via
– nB: Number of order units (SK bus system)
a temperature setpoint, and common collective
– nK: Number of cooling units to be linked
fault signals and temperature logging, eliminating
the need for intricate wiring. Technical details:
SK BUS system For thermoelectric cooler Model No.

Master/slave adaptor 3201.200/3201.300 3201.070
Parallel operation of up to 5 thermoelectric coolers
to increase cooling output or for redundant use.
Supply includes: Also required:
– Adaptor including connection cable to master
– Assembly parts – CAN bus connection cable, 1 x RJ 45 per slave,
see page 457
Toroidal transformer For Primary Secondary

air/water heat connection connection Model No.
Primary connection 115 V/400 V exchanger V, 1~, Hz V, 1~, Hz
Technical specifications: 3363.X0X
– Output 110 VA 3364.X0X 115, 1~, 230, 1~,
3201.970
– Primary connection 3500 mm long 3214.100 50/60 50/60
3215.100
– Secondary connection 1500 mm long
– Dimensions W x H x D: 105 x 123 x 55 mm 3363.X0X
– For mounting on a 35 mm support rail EN 50 022 3364.X0X
400, 2~, 230, 1~,
3212.230 3201.960
– Voltage tolerance ±10% 3214.100
50/60 50/60
Supply includes: 3215.100
– Assembly parts for top-hat rail mounting

Mounting
Roof plates TS Material:

– Sheet steel
For mounting:
◾ Roof-mounted cooling units Colour:
◾ Roof-mounted air/water heat exchangers – RAL 7035
◾ Roof-mounted fan Supply includes:
◾ Vent attachment TS – Assembly parts
The cut-out in the roof plate is such that the roof-
mounted equipment is positioned centrally on the
enclosure.
For enclosures B1 B2 T1 T2 T3
For mounting Model No.
W x D mm mm mm mm mm mm
=
3382. . . ./3359. . . ./ T3
13
800 x 600 767.5 475 567.5 260 129.3 8801.320 T2
3149.4 . ./3149.8 . . B2
600 x 600 3209. . . ./3383. . . ./ 567.5 490 567.5 390 61.3 8801.3101) B1 =
3210. . . ./3384. . . ./ T1
800 x 600 767.5 490 567.5 390 61.3 8801.330
3273. . . ./3385. . . ./
1200 x 600 8801.380 1167.5 490 567.5 390 61.3 8801.350
800 x 600 3386. . . ./3387. . . . 767.5 692 567.5 392 57.8 8801.3402)
1) When installing the roof-mounted equipment, it may interfere with the eyebolts of the enclosure; for this reason,
roof fastening screws are supplied loose with the roof plates
2) Attachment is from the inside using metal brackets and retaining clamps
Vent attachment TS For roof plates

Model No.
with cut-out mm
For passive ventilation with labyrinthine air flow rout-
ing, to match the roofs for roof-mounted cooling 490 x 390 8801.380
units.
Colour:
– RAL 7035
– IP 43
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
37.5
56 4
4 46
Trim frame For cooling unit Model No.

for slimline cooling units 3366. . . . 3377.000
Slimline cooling units can be internally or externally
mounted on an enclosure door or wall. The trim
frame presents a closed front for the cooling unit.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
140
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Trim frame

Mounting
Quick-change frame For roof-mounted cooling units Model No.

for roof-mounted cooling units 3359. . . ./3382. . . . 3286.700
The quick-change frame is more than just an alter- 3209. . . ./3210. . . ./3383. . . ./
3286.800
nate frame. Together with the seal, the lower part of 3384. . . ./3385. . . .
the frame is screw-fastened to the enclosure. In this 3386. . . . /3387. . . . 3286.900
way, it is possible to install and remove the connec-
tor-ready cooling unit with the upper part of the
alternate frame previously mounted on the cooling
unit with quick-release fasteners. During servicing
work, this means shorter assembly times and hence
minimised downtime. What is more, the quick-
change frame offers effective protection against the
ingress of oil into the enclosure in oily atmospheres,
thanks to its integral drainage trough.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Quick-change frame
– Seal
– Quick-release fasteners
Guide frame For Vario rack-mounted fan Model No.

for Vario rack-mounted fan 3350.230/3351.230/3352.230 3355.100
3352.500 3357.100
Supply includes:
– Connector and fitted connection cable (3 m)
– Mounting bracket for optional attachment to the
482.6 mm (19˝) system
– Assembly parts

Project planning/monitoring
Therm software Packs of Model No.

The Therm software package takes care of the 1 pc(s). 3121.000
complex calculation of climate control require-
ments. A user-friendly interface guides the operator
to the most suitable, correctly dimensioned climate Supply includes:
control component. All evaluations are closely – CD-ROM, 19 languages
based on the requirements of IEC/TR 60 890 Note:
AMD 1/02.95 and DIN 3168 for cooling units. – A quick version of the Therm software is available
Therm is a calculation program for enclosure as a free App
climate control
◾ Improved user prompting via tabs and simple Note:
selection menus Your free 30-day trial version may be downloaded
◾ Express and expert versions at www.rittal.com
◾ Configurator for recooling systems
◾ Heat loss calculator
◾ Internet updates
◾ Fast and thorough determination of the climate
control requirements
◾ Easy calculation of the required actual cooling
output, as well as any upgrades or enhance-
ments to the switchgear
◾ Documentation is supplied with the calculation
RiDiag II Packs of Model No.

For the diagnosis, maintenance and long-term data 1 pc(s). 3159.100
capture of TopTherm units with e-Comfort control-
ler. RiDiag logs equipment data and prepares an
error list. RiDiag also offers the option of displaying
and setting the device’s operating parameters. The
logging of measurement data can be tracked in real
time in the form of a diagram.
Supply includes:
– CD-ROM, 6 languages
– Connection cable

386 Rittal Catalogue 34/IT infrastructure
IT infrastructure
RiMatrix S
Standard room ...........................................................................................400
Standard security room ..............................................................................401
Standard container .....................................................................................402
IT enclosure systems
Data Rack distributor frame ..........................................................................96
IT enclosures
VerticalBox ...................................................................................................97
FlatBox .........................................................................................................98
Wall-mounted enclosure EL, 3-part, pre-configured
with mounting angles..................................................................................100
with punched rails and mounting angles .....................................................101
Wall-mounted enclosure EL, 3-part, with mounting plate
and mounting angles ..................................................................................102
Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles............104
and splicing cassette holder .......................................................................105
IT power
Power Distribution Rack/Module.................................................................408
Power System Module................................................................................409
Power Distribution Unit ...............................................................................414
MID measurement module for CMC III ........................................................421
Power supply..............................................................................................422
IT cooling
Liquid Cooling Package ..............................................................................428
Aisle containment .......................................................................................435
Roof-mounted cooling unit for cooling IT equipment ...................................436
Small cooling units......................................................................................437
Chillers for IT cooling ..................................................................................441
IT monitoring
CMC III – Monitoring system .......................................................................446
Door control system ...................................................................................459
Monitor/keyboard unit.................................................................................461
Dynamic Rack Control ................................................................................462
Management software ................................................................................463
IT security solutions
Micro Data Centre ......................................................................................466
Climate control for Micro Data Centre .........................................................469
Data Centre Container ................................................................................472
Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC/EFD Plus ................................473
Security rooms ...........................................................................................474
Rittal Catalogue 34/IT infrastructure 387

nextlevel
for data centres
Rittal opens up brand new perspectives for the IT world. Be it the standardised
RiMatrix S data centre module or the efficient individual components,
everything is available off the shelf with short delivery times.

◾ Rittal – Mass-produced, modular and standardised data centres with RiMatrix S
◾ Rittal – System components for individual IT solutions

nextlevel for data centres

IT infrastructure from the smallest
to the largest
◾ RiMatrix S
◾ IT enclosure systems
◾ IT enclosures
◾ IT power
◾ IT cooling
◾ IT monitoring
◾ IT security solutions

◾ RiMatrix S – The first mass-produced data centre, tested and documented modules
◾ IT security rooms – Certified to ECB·S

Your benefits with RiMatrix
Unique IT system solutions from Rittal provide state-of-the-art data centre infrastructures.
Flexibly select your standardised components from the RiMatrix system components IT enclosure
systems/enclosures, IT power, IT cooling, IT monitoring and IT security solutions. In this way,
the IT infrastructure may be tailored precisely to your requirements – leaving plenty of flexibility
for future expansion.
Faster – Precise-fit data centre infrastructures with “Rittal – The System.”

Better – Standardised, coordinated system components
Everywhere – Commissioning by our 1,000 international service engineers

Your benefits with RiMatrix S
RiMatrix S is the revolutionary alternative in data centre construction. Based on pre-configured,
complete data centre modules, it supports the creation of standardised data centre infrastructures.
The data centre modules already contain all the essential components, such as IT enclosure systems,
power back-up and distribution, cooling, monitoring and security solutions. All data centre modules
are pre-manufactured, available off the shelf, and permit fast configuration of coordinated customer
solutions.
Faster – Pre-configured data centre modules available off the shelf

Better – Tested and documented data centre modules with outstanding efficiency
Everywhere – Installation in system-tested security rooms, standard aisle containment or containers

396
RiMatrix S
RiMatrix S
RiMatrix S at a glance .................................................................................398
Standard room ...........................................................................................400
Standard security room ..............................................................................401
Standard container .....................................................................................402
Your benefits
◾ Standardised data centre infrastructures based
on data centre modules
◾ Tested and documented modules with outstanding efficiency
◾ Simplified planning with pre-configuration
◾ Available off the shelf
◾ Guaranteed efficiency ratings (PuE)
◾ Simplified service and administration processes
RiMatrix S App
Your configurator for standardised
data centres for SMEs, branch con-
cepts and flexible cloud applications.
A simple user interface will guide you
to your complete data centre in just
five steps.

RiMatrix S at a glance
Standard room
Integration of RiMatrix S modules into an Aisle containment is a combination of door
existing property. and roof components which allow consistent
separation of the hot and cold air.
In order to achieve optimum air routing,
precise-fit aisle containment is included with – Enhanced energy efficiency
the supply. – Superior output density, due to guaranteed
cold air supply
– Dust- and water-tight in the protected area
above the raised floor, IP 20 to IEC 60 529
Single 6 Double 6 Single 9 Double 9

Model No. 7998.106 7998.107 7998.406 7998.407
Fire protection –
Burglar resistance –
Acrid gas-tightness –
Dust and water protection –
Early fire detection ◾
Room extinguisher system Optional
Humidification and dehumidification system Optional
External dimensions
Width mm 2828 4854 2828 4854
Height mm 2750 2750 2750 2750
Depth mm 7080 7080 7080 7080
Rack configuration
Server enclosure
6 pc(s). 12 pc(s). 8 pc(s). 16 pc(s).
(600 x 2000 x 1200 mm)
Combined network server enclosure
1 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 2 pc(s).
(800 x 2000 x 1200 mm)
Uninterruptible power supply
60 kW + 20 kW 2 x (60 kW + 20 kW) – –
(Partner product, see note on page 407)

RiMatrix S at a glance
Security rooms Container

Standard security room Construction of the standard Standard container
security room
– Fire protection category EI 90 to Robust sheet steel container specifically
EN 1363/F90 to DIN 4102 – Element core made from thermally effective designed for IT applications. The reinforced
– Protection from unauthorised access – insulating material frame structure allows optimum weight distri-
Resistance category II to DIN V ENV 1630 – Robust, encapsulated sheet steel cassettes bution. Encapsulated interior wall structure with
– Basic EMC protection – Innovative connection system using thermal insulating materials.
– Acrid gas-tightness based on DIN 18 095 patented profile technology
– Vandal-proof interior in accordance with
– Impact test with 3,000 Nm energy after – Use of temperature- and humidity-resistant
Resistance Class II to DIN EN 1630
30 min. flame impingement over uniform seals
– Fire protection category EI 30 to EN 1363
temperature curve – Use of climate control valves with electro-
– Basic EMC protection
– Dust and water protection to IP 56 to magnetic drive
– Dust and water protection to IP 55 to
IEC 60 529 – Dismantling and reassembly are possible at
IEC 60 529
any time
Single 6 Double 6 Single 9 Double 9 Single 6 Single 9

7998.306 7998.307 7998.606 7998.607 7998.206 7998.506
EI 90/F90 EI 30
WK II RC II
◾ –
IP 56 IP 55
◾ ◾
Optional Optional
Optional Optional
2950 4974 2950 4974 3000 3000

2800 2800 2800 2800 3000 3000
7500 7500 7500 7500 7250 7250
6 pc(s). 12 pc(s). 8 pc(s). 16 pc(s). 6 pc(s). 8 pc(s).
1 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s).
60 kW + 20 kW 2 x (60 kW + 20 kW) – – 60 kW + 20 kW –

RiMatrix S
RiMatrix S Single 6/Double 6 ◾ Consistent separation of cold RiMatrix S Single 9/Double 9 ◾ Consistent separation of cold
◾ 6 server enclosures, air intake and warm exhaust air ◾ 8 server enclosures, air intake and warm exhaust air
1 network enclosure integrated into the mechanical 1 network enclosure integrated into the mechanical
◾ Two separate, optimised concept ◾ 1 climate zone for server concept
climate zones for server and ◾ Cable routing above the racks sector ◾ Cable routing above the racks
technology zones ◾ In the Double 6, the second ◾ When using a pre-existing UPS ◾ In the Double 9, the second
◾ UPS, battery case and distri- module is a mirror image with ◾ Distribution enclosures module is a mirror image with
bution enclosure integral cold aisle ◾ Space-saving climate control in integral cold aisle
◾ Space-saving climate control in the raised floor
the raised floor
Standard room
Width 2828 4854 2828 4854
External dimensions mm Height 2750 2750 2750 2750
Depth 7080 7080 7080 7080
Width 2750 4774 2750 4774
Internal dimensions mm Height 2700 2700 2700 2700
Depth 7000 7000 7000 7000
Model No. 7998.106 7998.107 7998.406 7998.407
Physical security
Fire protection –
Burglar resistance –
Dust and water protection –
Infrastructure
Server enclosure (600 x 2000 x 1200 mm) 6 pc(s). 12 pc(s). 8 pc(s). 16 pc(s).
Combined network-server enclosure
1 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 2 pc(s).
(800 x 2000 x 1200 mm)
60 kW + 20 kW 2 x (60 kW + 20 kW) – –
Redundancy 1 x 20 kW 2 x 20 kW – –
Min. autonomy 13 minutes
Low-voltage main distributor 1 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 2 pc(s).
PDU Basic 14 pc(s). 28 pc(s). 18 pc(s). 36 pc(s).
Climate control (ZUCS) 60 kW + 10 kW 120 kW + 20 kW 90 kW + 10 kW 180 kW + 20 kW
Redundancy n+1 n+2 n+1 n+2

RiMatrix S
RiMatrix S Single 6/Double 6 ◾ Consistent separation of cold RiMatrix S Single 9/Double 9 ◾ Consistent separation of cold
◾ 6 server enclosures, air intake and warm exhaust air ◾ 8 server enclosures, air intake and warm exhaust air
1 network enclosure integrated into the mechanical 1 network enclosure integrated into the mechanical
◾ Two separate, optimised concept ◾ 1 climate zone for server concept
climate zones for server and ◾ Cable routing above the racks sector ◾ Cable routing above the racks
technology zones ◾ In the Double 6, the second ◾ When using a pre-existing UPS ◾ In the Double 9, the second
◾ UPS, battery case and distri- module is a mirror image with ◾ Distribution enclosures module is a mirror image with
bution enclosure integral cold aisle ◾ Space-saving climate control in integral cold aisle
◾ Space-saving climate control in the raised floor
the raised floor
Standard security room

Width 2950 4974 2950 4974
External dimensions mm Height 2800 2800 2800 2800
Depth 7500 7500 7500 7500
Width 2750 4774 2750 4774
Internal dimensions mm Height 2700 2700 2700 2700
Depth 7300 7300 7300 7300
Model No. 7998.306 7998.307 7998.606 7998.607
Physical security
Fire protection EI 90/F90
Burglar resistance WK II
Acrid gas-tightness ◾
Dust and water protection IP 56
Infrastructure
Server enclosure (600 x 2000 x 1200 mm) 6 pc(s). 12 pc(s). 8 pc(s). 16 pc(s).
1 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 2 pc(s).
(800 x 2000 x 1200 mm)
60 kW + 20 kW 2 x (60 kW + 20 kW) – –
Redundancy 1 x 20 kW 2 x 20 kW – –
Low-voltage main distributor 1 pc(s). 2 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 2 pc(s).
PDU Basic 14 pc(s). 28 pc(s). 18 pc(s). 36 pc(s).
Climate control (ZUCS) 60 kW + 10 kW 120 kW + 20 kW 90 kW + 10 kW 180 kW + 20 kW
Redundancy n+1 n+2 n+1 n+2

RiMatrix S
RiMatrix S Single 6/Single 9 Our services include: Supply includes:

The RiMatrix S solution is assem- ◾ Advice and ROI calculation – Complete technical documen-
bled in the container, then com- ◾ Delivery and integration into the tation of all components and
missioned and tested in accord- customer infrastructure works, together with the rele-
ance with our guidelines. ◾ Commissioning and handover vant user manuals
◾ Documentation, training,
instruction
◾ Hotline and service/service
agreements
Standard container
Single 6 Single 9
Width 3000 3000
External dimensions mm Height 3000 3000
Depth 7250 7250
Width 2750 2750
Internal dimensions mm Height 2685 2685
Depth 7000 7000
Model No. 7998.206 7998.506
Physical security
Fire protection EI 30
Burglar resistance RC II
Dust and water protection IP 55
Infrastructure
Server enclosure (600 x 2000 x 1200 mm) 6 pc(s). 8 pc(s).
1 pc(s). 1 pc(s).
(800 x 2000 x 1200 mm)
60 kW + 20 kW –
Redundancy 1 x 20 kW –
Low-voltage main distributor 1 pc(s). 2 pc(s).
PDU Basic 14 pc(s). 18 pc(s).
Climate control (ZUCS) 60 kW + 10 kW 90 kW+ 10 kW
Redundancy n+1 n+1

The first mass-produced data centre.
Simply plug in and it’s ready to use.
RiMatrix S Selector RiMatrix S App

Your solution is configured on the basis Your configurator for standardised
of standardised data centre modules. data centres for SMEs, sector concepts
and flexible cloud applications.
◾ The planning phase, delivery and
commissioning times are significantly An intuitive user interface will guide you
shortened to your complete data centre in five easy
◾ A precise efficiency calculation steps:
(including consumption figures) is
1. Requirements and peripheral conditions
always included as part of our consulting
2. Technical specifications
service, based on the data sheet
3. Standardised module selection
◾ Standardisation leads to significant
4. Optional packages
potential savings
5. Your RiMatrix S solution
◾ The data centre modules are complete
functional units (including electricity,
cooling supply and monitoring)
◾ The modules are comprehensively
measured and have a data sheet,
and can therefore be ordered off the
shelf using a model number
403
2
3
1

Distributor racks
Data Rack ....................................................................................................96
IT housings
5
VerticalBox ...................................................................................................97
FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles...............................................98
FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame ................................................99
with mounting angles..................................................................................100
with punched rails and mounting angles .....................................................101
Wall-mounted enclosure EL, 3-part, with mounting plate
and mounting angles ..................................................................................102
Wall-mounted enclosure AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles .............104
and splicing cassette accommodation ........................................................105
Your benefits
Network/server enclosures
◾ Individually usable for stand-alone siting and data centres
◾ Complete system solutions for small to large networks
◾ Maximum configuration diversity and protection for installed equipment
◾ Investment protection and flexibility thanks to simple conversions
and use of our extensive modular system
Wall-mounted enclosures
◾ Choose from an extensive range of products – the right enclosure
to suit all applications – up to protection category IP 66
◾ Wide choice of sizes available from 3 U to 21 U
◾ Wide choice of accessories with “Rittal – The System.”
◾ Fast assembly, conversion and simple installation based on the
modular principle
Sample applications
Wall-mounted enclosures EL, see page 100
VerticalBox, see page 97
Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles,
see page 104
TS IT with glazed door for rack climate control, see page 92
Base/plinth and installation accessories, see page 507
TS IT with vented door for room cooling, see page 90
Bayed with base/plinth and installation accessories, see page 507
Small fibre-optic distributor, see page 105

4 1

IT power
Power Distribution Rack
Power Distribution Rack PDR .....................................................................408
Power Distribution Module PDM .................................................................408
Power System Module

PSM busbars..............................................................................................409
PSM measurement bar for CMC III .............................................................410
PSM socket modules..................................................................................411
PCU Power Control Unit .............................................................................412
PSM accessories........................................................................................413
MID measurement module for CMC III ........................................................421

PDU international........................................................................................414
PDU UK......................................................................................................418
PDU accessories ........................................................................................418
PDU configuration ......................................................................................419
PDU sample applications............................................................................420
Power supply
Socket strips ..............................................................................................422
Your benefits
◾ Holistic, systematic energy management concepts
◾ Comprehensive, complete solutions for power distribution and back-up,
consistently modular, and flexibly extendible at any time
◾ Optimum energy and cost efficiency with maximum availability of the
entire system
◾ Reduced installation, administration and manpower costs
◾ High level of investment security
◾ All from a single partner
Sample applications
Power Distribution Rack PDR, see page 408
Power Distribution Module PDM, see page 408
Power System Module PSM, see page 409
Power distribution, see page 197
UPS (partner product)
Please note:
Rittal has decided to stop offering its own single-phase and three-phase
UPS systems. Instead, from now on, we are collaborating with a few
selected product partners and recommending them for use in system solu-
tions and IT projects.
The advantages for our customers are as follows:
◾ Independent selection of the best UPS systems from a technical and
financial perspective, depending on the technical requirements and
regional framework conditions
◾ Clear regulation of the customer/supplier relationship in terms of
procurement, installation, commissioning and services
◾ Clear regulation of warranties and product liability
For our chosen product partners, Rittal provides key basic information
(such as technical properties, ordering instructions, contact addresses
and other details, where applicable). Further details can be found on our
website at www.rittal.com.

Power Distribution Rack
Power Distribution Rack PDR Material: Supply includes: Power Distribution Module
◾ To accommodate a maximum – Sheet steel – Enclosure frame with door PDM
of 8 PDM (without tubular door frame) ◾ Mechanically latchable in the
Surface finish:
◾ Height 1.20 m for 4 PDM and – Rear panel PDR
– Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-
2 m height for 8 PDM – Side panels and roof plate ◾ Scalable
primed
◾ PDM may be retrofitted whilst – Levelling feet incl. base/plinth ◾ RC circuit-breaker, optional
– Doors, roof and base/plinth:
operational adaptor
Dipcoat-primed, powder- Supply includes:
◾ A maximum of 32 racks may – Earthing of all enclosure panels
coated – 482.6 mm/19˝ module, 3 U
be fitted to the sub-distributor – Busbars shock-hazard-
– Gland plates, punched sec- – Master switch
◾ Fully shock hazard-protected protected
tions with mounting flanges and – 4 fused 3-phase outlets to the
◾ Master switch in various con- – Integral master switch
mounting angles: Zinc-plated, rack
figurations:
clear chromated Note: – 3 x 230 V/16 A per outlet
– Isolator switch
– Observe the standards of the – Connected load 400 V, 3 AC,
– Fuse-switch disconnector Colour:
local electricity supply compa- max. 63 A
– Air circuit-breaker – RAL 7035
nies
– RC circuit-breaker Photo shows a configuration
◾ Low-voltage distribution up to Approvals: example with equipment not
250 A – VDE included in the scope of supply
Technical details:
Power Distribution Rack PDR

Packs of
Possible number of PDM modules 4 8
Width mm 800 800
Height mm 1200 2000
Depth mm 500 500
Model No. 1 pc(s). 7857.310 7857.300
Accessories
Flex-Block base/plinth system see page 510
TS base/plinth see page 512
Power Distribution Module PDM

U Packs of 3
Configuration 4 outlets per 10 kW
Width mm 482.6 (19˝)
Height mm 133.4
Depth mm 350
Model No. 1 pc(s). 7857.320
Also required
Length 3 m 1 pc(s). 7857.130
Plug and play connection cable
Length 5 m 1 pc(s). 7857.150
for PSM busbar to the server enclosures
Length 9 m 1 pc(s). 7857.190

Power System Module
PSM busbars
PSM busbars + Technical specifications/benefits:

◾ Each socket module picks off a phase on the
PSM socket modules support rail, either from infeed A or from the
PSM busbars redundant infeed B, depending on the direction
The modular system facilitates basic configuration of connection
of the racks, thanks to a vertical support rail with ◾ Single-/3-phase construction with a maximum
single-/3-phase infeed. current of 2 x (3 x 16 A)
The various socket modules to supply the active ◾ 3-phase redundant infeed supported
components may be snap-fitted into the support ◾ The redundant circuit is completely separate from
rail. This can even be done whilst the system is the 3 phases of the support rail
operational, because the support section is shock ◾ Modules may be retrofitted whilst operational
hazard-protected. ◾ Modules may be equipped with integral overcur-
rent protection, so that only the affected module
PSM socket modules
The various modules, earthing pins, IEC320 etc. is deactivated in the event of an excessively high
current; the other modules remain operational
may be inserted into the support rail in any combi-
◾ Overvoltage protection may be integrated into the
nation. This is easily achieved, even by non-electri-
cians, thanks to the shock-hazard-protected supply line
◾ Various modules also available with current
plug & play system.
measurement and switchable outputs
Approvals:
Photo shows a configuration example with equip- A Circuit reversal
ment not included in the scope of supply B by rotating the
PSM module
PSM busbars
For Max.
Phases Connection, Circuit
enclosure No. of Input current no. of
per connector breaker Packs of Model No.
height infeeds (A) module
infeed type 16 A
mm slots
With measurement of voltage, current and power (consumption) via CMC, remote-controllable
1
2000 3 2 16 6 Wago X-COM – 1 pc(s). 7859.050
2000 1 1 32 6 CEE 2 1 pc(s). 7859.053
With 2 infeeds (jack), 3-phase redundancy

1200 3 2 16 4 Wago X-COM – 1 pc(s). 7856.010
2000 3 2 16 7 Wago X-COM – 1 pc(s). 7856.020
2200 3 2 16 8 Wago X-COM – 1 pc(s). 7856.008
With 3 m connection cable (connector type CEE/EN 60 309)

2000 3 1 16 7 CEE – 1 pc(s). 7856.005
2
2000 3 2 16 7 CEE – 1 pc(s). 7856.006
With 3 m connection cable (connector type CEE/EN 60 309)

2000 1 1 32 6 CEE 2 1 pc(s). 7856.321
2000 3 1 32 6 CEE 6 1 pc(s). 7856.323
Also required: Accessories:

– PSM socket modules, see page 411 – Mounting kit for PSM busbars, see page 413
– Connection cables, see page 413 3
– Cable lock, see page 413
– Overvoltage protection, see page 413

Power System Module
PSM measurement bar
PSM measurement bar Measurement functions:

– Voltage (V), current (A), frequency (Hz)
for CMC III – Active power (kW), active energy (kWh),
Measurement bars for direct connection to the apparent power (VA), apparent energy (kVAh)
CMC III system. With a PSM mounting kit, the – Power factor (cos phi)
measurement bar may be vertically mounted in a – Zero conductor measurement/load imbalance
2000 mm high TS 8 or in the TS IT rack. detection
Display and monitoring of all major output parame- – Measurement per phase or infeed
ters is supported, separated by phase and infeed. – Measurement accuracy 1% (kWh)
An integral display provides a local on-site display in to IEC 50 430-1
the rack.
Material:
Remote administration and network connectivity are
created via the CMC III system. – Extruded aluminium section, anodised
Benefits: Protection category IP to IEC 60 529:

– IP 20
◾ Modular extendible system
◾ For 16 A and 32 A phase current Standards:
◾ Various PSM connection modules (pin patterns) – EN 60 950
◾ PSM modules may be connected with the sys- – EN 61 000-6-1
tem operational – EN 61 000-6-2
◾ VDE-tested, shock hazard-protected system – EN 55 022
◾ Easy to assemble
Safety directive:
◾ CAN bus for connection to CMC III system
◾ Extensive management and monitoring functions – 2006/95/EC
(via CMC III) EMC directive:
◾ High-MTBF and measurement accuracy of 1% – 2004/108/EC
◾ Energy-efficient electric design – minimal
Approvals:
inherent power consumption
◾ High-quality aluminium housing, for flexible
mounting Photograph shows a configuration example with
equipment not included in the scope of supply
Model No. 7859.050 7859.053 Page

Version/rated current A (per phase) 16 32
No. of infeeds (3-phase, 16 A/single-phase, 32 A) 2 1
Connection cable, plug-in, various configurations ◾ –
Connection cable, static, 3 m, with CEE connector, 32 A, single-phase
– ◾
(IEC 60 309)
Electromagnetic circuit-breaker (2 x 16 A, type C) – ◾
Input voltage 230 V/400 V (50/60 Hz) ◾ ◾
Power supply via CMC III system (24 V DC) ◾ ◾
CAN bus for direct connection to CMC III system (RJ 45, 2 x socket) ◾ ◾
Maximum no. of systems that may be connected to one CMC-PU III 8 8
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0°C…+45°C
Storage temperature -25°C…+70°C
Ambient humidity % (non-condensing) 10 – 95
Accessories
PSM connection cable, 3-phase, with CEE connectors (IEC 60 309),
7856.025 Fixed installation 413
length 3 m (2 x required when using both infeeds)
PSM mouting kit for mounting on the TS IT enclosure frame,
7856.029 7856.029 413
height 2000 mm
PSM module 4 x earthing-pin, black 7856.100 7856.100 411
PSM module 4 x earthing-pin, red 7856.240 7856.240 411
PSM module 6 x C13 7856.080 7856.080 411
PSM module 4 x C19 7856.230 7856.230 411
Other PSM socket modules see page 411

Power System Module
PSM socket modules
PSM socket modules

Required Thermal
module slots Connector pattern Slots overcurrent Packs of Model No.
in PSM busbar protection
Standard socket modules/non-switchable

1 C13 6 – 1 pc(s). 7856.080 1
1 C13 6 ◾ 1 pc(s). 7856.070
1 C13 4 ◾/per output 1 pc(s). 7856.220
1 Earthing-pin 320/CEE 7/4 4 – 1 pc(s). 7856.100
1 Earthing-pin 320/CEE 7/4 4 ◾ 1 pc(s). 7856.090
1 C19 4 – 1 pc(s). 7856.230
1 C13 red 6 – 1 pc(s). 7856.082
1 Earthing-pin, red 4 – 1 pc(s). 7856.240
Socket modules, international

1 France/Belgium/CEE 7/5 4 – 1 pc(s). 7856.120 2
1 Switzerland 5 – 1 pc(s). 7856.190
Socket modules with LED display/current measurement per module

1 C13 6 – 1 pc(s). 7859.120
1 C19 4 – 1 pc(s). 7859.130
Socket modules with switchable slot/aggregate current measurement per module

2 C13 8 ◾ 1 pc(s). 7856.201
2 Earthing-pin 320/CEE 7/4/C13 4/2 ◾ 1 pc(s). 7856.203
2 C19/C13 4/2 ◾ 1 pc(s). 7856.204 3
Socket modules with switchable slot/individual current measurement per slot

2 Earthing-pin 320/CEE 7/4/C13 4/2 ◾ 1 pc(s). 7859.212
2 C13 8 ◾ 1 pc(s). 7859.222
2 C19/C13 4/2 ◾ 1 pc(s). 7859.232
Approvals:
4

Power System Module
PCU Power Control Unit
Power Control Unit (PCU) Description of functions:

◾ 2-digit local LED 7-segment current display
PSM modules, active – Legibility rotates according to the installation
Socket modules, IP-compatible via CMC III, 1 U position
There are various PCU/module versions available for – LED display per slot/overload detection
installation in the 482.6 mm (19˝) level of an IT rack (only with individual current measurement)
and for use with PSM busbars. For each PCU/PSM ◾ Measuring and monitoring of the current per
module there is a choice of 6 or 8 slots with differ- module and outgoing slot
ent pin patterns. Each output slot may be switched – Adjustable min/max limits
individually or in groups via the CMC III. Alarm limits – Measurement range: 0 – 16 A
may be configured via the integral 2-digit, red ◾ Alarm notifications via a flashing display
7-segment display and the latest aggregate current ◾ Selective activation on voltage return
can be read during normal operation. Following a ◾ In conjunction with the CMC III, the 6/8 individual
power failure, the individual slots are switched on current outlets may be activated and deactivated
sequentially (i.e. individually, one after the other) in individually via HTTP and SNMP
order to avoid current spikes. ◾ Remote administration of the power supply,
For the versions with individual current measure- editing and monitoring of remote limits,
ment, 2 LEDs for each outgoing slot indicate when SNMP trap messages in case of alarm
individual limits are exceeded. For each slot, individ- ◾ User administration via CMC III
ual current limits may be defined via the CMC III.
For operation, a control voltage of 24 V (DC)/approx. Technical specifications:
0.2 A is required for each PCU/module, which may – Rated operating voltage: 250 V
be provided via the CMC III. If used without the – Rated current: 16 A
CMC III, an external power pack 24 V (DC) is – Switching load: 4000 VA per slot
required. For each power pack, up to 4 PCU/PSM – Operating temperature +5°C...+45°C
modules may be connected. In such cases, the – Ambient humidity 50 – 95% rel. humidity,
network/switch functions cannot be used. non-condensing
Operate PCU and PSM module with CMC III Dimensions:
(network function – switchable outputs) – Width: 465 mm (19˝)
For connection to the CMC III, in addition to the PU, – Height: 44.5 mm (1 U)
the CAN bus unit for 2 channels is also required. – Depth: Refer to order table
Up to 4 PCU/PSM modules of the same type may Preset current limits for PCU/PSM modules
then be connected to each channel. In such cases, with individual current measurement
the current and alarm messages may be forwarded (may be edited via CMC III):
to DCIM software (such as RiZone) via the network – LED green: 0 – 7 A
(SNMP) and slots switched via remote access. – LED amber: 7 – 13 A
– LED red: over 13 A
Material:
– Aluminium section with plastic cover
– IP 20
Supply includes:
– 1 socket strip PCU/PSM 1U
– 1 bus/infeed cable 24 V (DC)
– 1 connector for power supply (PCU versions only)
– 1 connector for power supply
– 1 connection cable 0.3 m
with Wieland connector (7200.001 only)
Approvals:
– CE
– RoHS
Number of slots Current measure- Enclosure

Input Switchable
Description Type Earthing- ment per output depth Model No.
connector C13 C19 outputs
pin slot mm
Wieland –
PCU 19˝ 8 – – ◾ 60 7200.001
GST18 (aggregate current)
PCU 19˝ C20 8 – – ◾ ◾ 160 7859.225
PCU 19˝ C20 2 4 – ◾ ◾ 160 7859.235
–
PSM Module PSM busbar 8 – – ◾ 45 7856.201
(aggregate current)
–
PSM Module PSM busbar 2 – 4 ◾ 45 7856.203
(aggregate current)
–
PSM Module PSM busbar 2 4 – ◾ 45 7856.204
(aggregate current)
PSM Module PSM busbar 2 – 4 ◾ ◾ 45 7859.212
PSM Module PSM busbar 8 – – ◾ ◾ 45 7859.222
PSM Module PSM busbar 2 4 – ◾ ◾ 45 7859.232
Also required:
– Use with CMC III:
Processing Unit 7030.000/7030.010,
and CAN bus unit 7030.030, see page 450/456
– “Stand-alone” use: Power pack 7201.210

Power System Module
Accessories
Mounting kit
for PSM busbars
Without cable routing With cable routing
For Model No. For Model No.
TS For static installation 7856.011 For static installation 7856.022
Plug and play TS Adjustable,
TS IT 7856.029
compatibility system for freely accessible 7856.023
482.6 mm (19˝) level
Connection cable
for PSM busbar
Connection cable, 3-phase

Length m Packs of Model No.
CEE-conforming 5-pole/16 A 3 1 pc(s). 7856.025
Connection cable, single-phase
CEE-conforming 3-pole/16 A 3 1 pc(s). 7856.026
Connection cable, UPS, single-phase
C14/X-COM 10 A/UPS, 1 – 2 kVA 3 1 pc(s). 7856.027
C20/X-COM 16 A/UPS, 3 kVA 3 1 pc(s). 7856.030
Connection cable C19/C20
16 A 2 1 pc(s). 7200.217
Connection cable C13/C14
16 A 0.5 2 pc(s). 7856.014
Cable lock PSM Version Packs of Model No.

for all modules with EN 60 320 C13 connector Bar 20 pc(s). 7856.013
configurations
All terminal connection cables are therefore pro-
tected against unintentional disconnection of the
power supply. Two bars are needed for two cables. Accessories:
– Optimum locking function is only available with
connection cable 7856.014,
see page 413
Overvoltage protection PSM Overvoltage protection Packs of Model No.

Connected upstream of the busbar. With adaptor connector 1 pc(s). 7856.170
◾ Fine fuse
◾ Connection: Note:
– Socket Wago X-COM – One overvoltage protection is required for each
– Connector Wago X-COM infeed

414
Simple assembly
◾ Compact design
◾ Tool-free clip attachment in the TS IT
◾ Flexible mounting at the required height
in the zero-U space
◾ Also suitable for individual installation on
the enclosure frame
◾ Reliable protection against unauthorised
access by covering any outputs that are
not required
◾ Securely fitted connectors, thanks to
connector lock
Versatile function
◾ Measurement of power, current, active
and apparent power and power factor
◾ Measurement of energy consumption and
zero conductor current (with 3-phase
PDUs)
◾ Measurement for any output is sup-
ported, depending on the PDU version
◾ Bistable relays ensure minimum inherent
power consumption by the PDU
◾ Connection options for CMC III sensors
(temperature, humidity, access)
Professional monitoring
◾ Powerful CPU and Linux Web server
◾ TCP/IP v4 and v6 plus SNMP
◾ Configuration of limits
◾ User administration, e-mail sent in case
of alarm
◾ Easily connected to DCIM software
(e.g. RiZone)

Configuration Page 419
Benefits: ◾ Redundant power supply from PDU design variants: Material:

◾ With the compact PDU, any IT all 3 phases and additionally PDU basic – Extruded aluminium section,
rack may be easily equipped via an existing PoE (Power over Robust, compact basic power anodised
with a professional power dis- Ethernet) network distributor for the IT environment
tribution system ◾ Extensive range of manage-
PDU metered IEC 60 529:
◾ With the TS IT rack, assembly ment and monitoring functions
Energy measurement per phase, – IP 20
is even tool-free ◾ High-MTBF and measurement
i.e. output requirement of an
◾ Compact design accuracy of 1% Standards:
entire IT rack
◾ Easy to assemble ◾ CAN bus for connecting slave – EN 60 950
◾ Power-saving design, minimal PDUs (not PDU basic) PDU switched – EN 61 000-4
inherent consumption by the ◾ Ambient monitoring with up to Measurement function per phase – EN 61 000-6
PDU itself, thanks to the use 4 CMC III sensors (tempera- and individually switchable output – EN 55 022
of bistable relays and OLED ture, humidity, access, vandal- slots
Safety directive:
display with power-saving ism)
PDU managed – 2006/95/EC
function
High-end IT rack, power distribu-
◾ Integral Web server for direct EMC directive:
tion with energy measurement
network connection with – 2004/108/EC
and monitoring functions for each
extensive user administration
individual output slot Photo shows a configuration
(not PDU basic/slave PDU)
included in the scope of supply
PDU international, basic version

Power Pin patterns Dimensions
Minimum Model No.
Phase current PDU length
No. of phases Input Outputs C13 Outputs C19 enclosure height
A mm
mm
1 16 CEE 24 4 970 1200 7955.110
1 32 CEE 24 4 1115 1400 7955.111
3 16 CEE 18 3 845 1200 7955.131
3 16 CEE 24 6 1145 1400 7955.132
3 32 CEE 24 6 1365 1800 7955.133
3 32 CEE 36 6 1710 2000 7955.134
3 16 CEE 42 – 1405 1800 7955.135

PDU international, metered version
Minimum Model No.
A mm
mm
1 16 C20 12 – 710 800 7955.201
1 16 CEE 24 4 1225 1400 7955.210
1 32 CEE 24 4 1370 1800 7955.211
3 16 CEE 18 3 1100 1400 7955.231
3 16 CEE 24 6 1395 1800 7955.232
3 32 CEE 24 6 1620 2000 7955.233
3 32 CEE 36 6 1960 2200 7955.234
3 16 CEE 42 – 1665 2000 7955.235
3 32 CEE 48 – 2050 2200 7955.236
3 63 CEE 12 12 482.6 mm (19˝) / 3 U 1200 7955.238
PDU international, switched version

Minimum Model No.
A mm
mm
1 16 C20 12 – 710 800 7955.301
1 16 CEE 24 4 1225 1400 7955.310
1 32 CEE 24 4 1370 1800 7955.311
3 16 CEE 18 3 1100 1400 7955.331
3 16 CEE 24 6 1395 1800 7955.332
3 32 CEE 24 6 1620 2000 7955.333
3 32 CEE 36 6 1960 2200 7955.334
3 16 CEE 42 – 1665 2000 7955.335
3 32 CEE 48 – 2050 2200 7955.336
PDU international, managed version

Minimum Model No.
A mm
mm
1 16 C20 12 – 710 800 7955.401
1 16 CEE 24 4 1225 1400 7955.410
1 32 CEE 24 4 1370 1800 7955.411
3 16 CEE 18 3 1100 1400 7955.431
3 16 CEE 24 6 1395 1800 7955.432
3 32 CEE 24 6 1620 2000 7955.433
3 32 CEE 36 6 1960 2200 7955.434
3 16 CEE 42 – 1665 2000 7955.435
3 32 CEE 48 – 2050 2200 7955.436
Slave PDU international, managed version

Minimum Model No.
A mm
mm
1 16 C20 12 – 710 800 7955.901
1 16 CEE 24 4 1225 1400 7955.910
1 32 CEE 24 4 1370 1800 7955.911
3 16 CEE 18 3 1100 1400 7955.931
3 16 CEE 24 6 1395 1800 7955.932
3 32 CEE 24 6 1620 2000 7955.933

PDU UK, basic version
Minimum Model No.
Phase current Outputs PDU length
No. of phases Input Outputs C19 enclosure height
A UK connector mm
mm
1 13 UK 6 – 440 600 7955.510
1 13 UK 8 – 535 800 7955.511
1 13 UK 10 – 640 800 7955.512
1 13 UK 12 – 745 1000 7955.513
PDU UK, metered version

Minimum Model No.
A UK connector mm
mm
1 13 UK 16 – 1210 1400 7955.520
1 16 CEE 20 4 1695 2000 7955.521
1 32 CEE 20 4 1955 2200 7955.522
PDU UK, switched version

Minimum Model No.
A UK connector mm
mm
1 13 UK 16 – 1210 1400 7955.530
1 16 CEE 16 4 1380 1800 7955.531
1 32 CEE 16 4 1520 1800 7955.532
PDU UK, managed version

Minimum Model No.
A UK connector mm
mm
1 13 UK 16 – 1210 1400 7955.540
1 16 CEE 16 4 1380 1800 7955.541
1 32 CEE 16 4 1525 1800 7955.542
Slave PDU UK, managed version

Minimum Model No.
A UK connector mm
mm
1 13 UK 16 – 1210 1400 7955.940
1 16 CEE 16 4 1380 1800 7955.941
1 32 CEE 16 4 1525 1800 7955.942
PDU accessories
Covers for C13 slot, lockable 10 pc(s). 7955.010
Covers for C19 slot, lockable 10 pc(s). 7955.015
Connector, universal lock for C14/C20 connector 20 pc(s). 7955.020
Connection cable D/C19, 1.8 m 1 pc(s). 7200.216 457
Connection cable C19/C20, 1.8 m 1 pc(s). 7200.217 457
CMC III sensors (max. 4 sensors per PDU)

CMC III/PDU sensor type Packs of Model No. Page
Temperature sensor 1 pc(s). 7030.110 454
Temperature/humidity sensor (combi-sensor) 1 pc(s). 7030.111 454
Infrared access sensor 1 pc(s). 7030.120 454
Vandalism sensor 1 pc(s). 7030.130 454
CMC III CAN bus connection cable RJ 45, length 0.5 – 10 m 1 pc(s). see page 457

Configuration
managed/
PDU version managed switched metered basic
slave1)
Mechanical
May be fitted in the zero-U space in the 600 mm wide TS IT, tool-free ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Colour coding of phases and fuse circuits (depending on PDU version) ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Connection cable, static, 3 m, with CEE connector (IEC 60 309) or C20 ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Connector lock for C13 and C19 pin patterns (optional) ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Lockable cover for slots that are not needed (for C13/C19) ◾ ◾ – –
PDU slave version without display and Ethernet connection for use with PDU master and CMC III ◾ – – –
Electrical
Power supply 110 V – 230 V/400 V, inherent power consumption approx. 15 W ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Rated current 16/32 A, single-phase/3-phase ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Version additionally 63 A/3-phase (blade PDU, no Zero-U) – – ◾ –
Electromagnetic circuit-breaker, 16 A, type C (only with 32/63 A PDU versions) ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
PDU self-supplied, no external power supply required ◾ ◾ ◾ –
PDU power supply redundant across all phases (with 3-phase PDUs) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Emergency power supply to PDU web server via PoE (Power over Ethernet),
◾ ◾ – –
remains accessible even in the event of a mains failure
Switching function per output slot ◾ ◾ – –
Sequential activation of the outputs once the power is resumed (avoids overload peaks) ◾ ◾ – –
Switching states are saved even in the event of a power failure ◾ ◾ – –
Bistable relays/minimal power consumption ◾ ◾ – –
Grouping (joint switching of several outputs) ◾ ◾ – –
Measurement functions
Voltage (V), current (A), frequency (Hz) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Active power (kW), active energy (kWh), apparent power (kVA), apparent energy (kVAh) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Power factor (cos phi) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Zero conductor measurement/load imbalance detection ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Fuse monitoring (with 32/63 A versions) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Measurement per phase or infeed – ◾ ◾ –
Measurement per output slot ◾ – – –
Measurement accuracy +/-1% (kWh) to IEC 50 430-1 ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Connectivity/management functions
Powerful 400 MHz CPU and Linux operating system (not with slave versions) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Graphic OLED display 128 x 128 pixels (RGB) with back-lighting and energy-saving mode
◾ ◾ ◾ –
(display of output data and basic IP configuration)
Position sensor for display rotation (and correct visualisation in the DCIM software RiZone) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Multi-colour LEDs (green/red) to indicate switching states and limits per phase or infeed – ◾ – –
Multi-colour LEDs (green/red) to indicate switching states and limits per individual output slot ◾ – – –
Settable limits (warning/alarm) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Operating hours meter, total and cyclical (resettable) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Ethernet connection (RJ 45) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
USB A-port for firmware update and data logging functions ◾ ◾ ◾ –
CAN bus interface (RJ 45) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Web server (HTTP, HTTPS, SSL, SSH) NTP, Telnet ◾ ◾ ◾ –
TCP/IP v4 and v6, DHCP ◾ ◾ ◾ –
SNMP v1, v2c and v3 ◾ ◾ ◾ –
FTP/SFTP (update/file transfer) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
E-mail forwarding in case of alarm (SMTP) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
User administration including rights management ◾ ◾ ◾ –
LDAP(S)/Radius/Active Directory connection ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Syslog server connection (max. 4 servers) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Plug & play drivers in the Rittal RiZone DCIM software ◾ ◾ ◾ –
MIB for linking into 3rd party software ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Suitable for connection to Rittal CMC III system ◾ ◾ ◾ –
CMC III CAN bus sensors may be connected for ambient monitoring (max. 4 sensors) ◾ ◾ ◾ –
CMC III sensors that may be used: Temperature sensor, temperature/humidity sensor,
◾ ◾ ◾ –
infrared access sensor, vandalism sensor
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0°C...+45°C 0°C...+45°C 0°C...+45°C 0°C...+45°C
Storage temperature -25°C...+70°C -25°C...+70°C -25°C...+70°C -25°C...+70°C
Ambient humidity % (non-condensing) 10 – 95 10 – 95 10 – 95 10 – 95
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
1) Managed slave without display/network

Sample applications
Master/slave principle Connection of CAN bus sensors
Up to 3 slave PDUs may be connected Additionally, up to 4 CMC III CAN bus sensors may be connected
to one PDU. to the PDU master for ambient monitoring (temperature, humidity,
access).
PDU metered master managed slave
PDU switched master (without display) Up to 4 CAN bus com-
PDU managed master ponents supported
PDU metered master
PDU switched master
PDU managed master
IP network
Configuration example of a redundant network infrastructure

Monitoring via 2 separate networks. The leading system is configurable.
CMC III
CMC III sensors
CAN
PDU metered master PDU managed slave

PDU switched master (without display/network)
PDU managed master
IP network

Power System Module
CMC III monitoring system Page 446
For upgrading existing installa- Benefits: Measurement functions: Material:

tions or for measuring individual ◾ For 16 A and 32 A phase – Voltage (V), current (A), – Enclosure: Sheet steel
16 A/32 A equipment, the PSM current frequency (Hz)
Colour:
1 U MID measurement modules ◾ Easy to assemble – Active power (kW), active
– RAL 9005
may be used. ◾ Billable MID measurement units energy (kWh), apparent power
These are readily integrated into ◾ CAN bus for connection to (kVA), apparent energy (kVAh) Protection category IP
the 482.6 mm (19˝) level or into CMC III system – Power factor (cos phi) to IEC 60 529:
the zero-U space of the rack, and ◾ Extensive management – Zero conductor measurement/ – IP 51
connected using suitable connec- and monitoring functions (via load imbalance detection
Standards:
tion cables. These measurement CMC III) – Measurement per phase or
– EN 60 950
modules have an MID-compliant ◾ High-MTBF and measurement infeed
– EN 61 000-6-1
active energy meter and are accuracy of +/-1% – Measurement accuracy +/-1%
– EN 61 000-6-2
therefore suitable for energy bill- ◾ Energy-efficient electric design (kWh) to IEC 50 430-1
– EN 55 022
ing purposes. – minimal inherent power con- – MID certification of the active
MID stands for “Measurement sumption energy meter, suitable for Safety directive:
Instruments Directive” and regu- ◾ 1 U, 482.6 mm (19˝) sheet steel energy billing purposes – 2006/95/EC
lates 10 types of measurement enclosure, for flexible mounting
EMC directive:
equipment based on EU Directive
– 2004/108/EC
2004/22/EC. MID-approved
equipment is authorised for use Photo shows a configuration
throughout the EU. example with equipment not
MID measurement module for CMC III

Model No. 7859.312 7859.332
Version 16 A 32 A
Sheet steel enclosure 1 U for 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting, approx. 200 mm deep ◾ ◾
Assembly parts ◾ ◾
Connection cable, plug-in, various versions ◾ ◾
Input voltage 230 V/400 V (50/60 Hz) ◾ ◾
No. of infeeds (each 3-phase) 2 2
Rated current A (per phase) 16 32
Power supply across all 3 phases (internal power pack) ◾ ◾
Maximum no. of systems that may be connected to one CMC-PU III 8 8
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature -25°C…+55°C -25°C…+55°C
Storage temperature -25°C…+70°C -25°C…+70°C
Ambient humidity % (non-condensing) 10 – 95 10 – 95
Accessories
Connection cables, set: 1 x input 2 m/1 x output 2 m CEE (IEC 60 309, jack)
7859.315 7859.335
(2 x required when using both infeeds)
Connection cables for PSM busbars: Input cable 3 m/output cable 1.2 m (with Wago X-COM connector)
7859.316 –
(2 x required when using both infeeds)

Power supply
Socket strips
Socket strips Technical specifications:

Earthing-pin socket strips:
in an aluminium duct – Connector type F (CEE 7/4)
The socket strips in the aluminium duct are avail- – Rated operating voltage: 250 V
able in various lengths with different functional ele- – Connection cable: 2 m long H05VV-F3G1.5
ments. Special attention has been devoted to prac- without connector, with connector
tical, universal fastening:
Variable attachment facilities have been created with Belgium/France (B/F) socket strips:
1 – Connector type E (CEE 7/5)
an angle bracket which may be inserted in four posi-
tions. Hence, for example, the 482 mm long socket – Rated operating voltage: 250 V
strip may optionally be mounted on 482.6 mm (19˝) – Connection cable: 2 m long H05VV-F3G1.5
mounting angles, the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting with wire end ferrules
frame, the enclosure frame, or in the rear section of Equipment connector strips (IEC 60 320-1/C13)
the wall-mounted distributor. Without additional Socket strips:
mounting accessories, the socket strip may be – Rated operating voltage: 250 V
inserted into all sections with a 25 mm pitch pat- – Connector input: C14 or cable H05VV-F3G1.0,
tern. This makes selection much easier, as well as depending on the version
providing additional flexibility and saving on ware-
housing. Provision has also been made for cable Material:
2 routing of the infeed, and when mounting in the – Aluminium section: Natural anodised
482.6 mm (19˝) section there is adequate space to – Socket inserts: Polycarbonate
route the infeed between the socket strip and the Supply includes:
mounting angle without kinks. – Socket strip
The arrangement of the IEC 320 sockets at a 45° – Two mounting brackets
angle allows unrestricted use of angular connectors. – Assembly parts
Standards:
– Earthing-pin socket: DIN 49 440
– IEC 320 socket: EN 60 320-2-2
– Overvoltage protection: DIN EN 61 643-11
3 (VDE 0675 Part 6-11)
Approvals:
– CE
– RoHS
T2
T1 Note:
– Depending on the application, we recommend
44
use of a charging current reserve to prevent

44 31
.75
incorrect activation due to starting-current spikes
Technical details:
4
Connector type earthing-pin
Attachment
Mounting
Rated Wall- Length
Con- No. of dimen-
Version current mounted 482.6 mm (T1) Model No.
nection sockets Frame sion (T2)
A distributor, (19˝) level mm
mm1)
horizontal
3 ◾ – – 262.6 232.5 7240.110
Without rocker switch 16 Cable 7 ◾ ◾ ◾ 482.6 452.5 7240.210
12 ◾ – – 658.6 628.5 7240.310
5 3 ◾ ◾ – 306.6 276.5 7240.120
With rocker switch 16 Cable
7 ◾ ◾ ◾ 482.6 452.5 7240.220
Overvoltage protection, 5 ◾ ◾ ◾ 482.6 452.5 7240.230
type 3 and interference 16 Cable
suppressor filter 9 ◾ – – 658.6 628.5 7240.330
Circuit-breaker, type B, 16 Cable 5 ◾ ◾ ◾ 482.6 452.5 7240.240
16 A, 2-pole
UPS strip, connection
cable with 10 A IEC 320
10 C14 7 ◾ ◾ ◾ 482.6 452.5 7240.260
connector type E,
with 10 A G-fuse
6 FI switch, 0.03 A, 2-pole, 16 Cable 5 ◾ ◾ ◾ 482.6 452.5 7240.280
type A
B/F sockets, type E with
16 Cable 7 ◾ ◾ ◾ 482.6 452.5 7240.510
earthing pin (Belgium/France)
1) Variable attachment distance within a range of 25 mm, the dimension given is hole centre – hole centre
of the mounting bracket
Connector type C13

Attachment
Mounting
Rated Wall- Length
Con- No. of dimen-
Version current mounted 482.6 mm (T1) Model No.
nection sockets Frame sion (T2)
A distributor, (19˝) level mm
mm1)
horizontal
For IEC 320 connectors 10 Cable 12 ◾ ◾ ◾ 482.6 452.5 7240.200
For IEC 320 connectors with
10 C14 9 ◾ ◾ ◾ 482.6 452.5 7240.201
IEC 320 input

Power supply
Socket strips
Socket strip Socket strip Model No.

Earthing-pin, with plastic housing 8-way, earthing-pin 7000.630
Robust 8-way earthing-pin socket strip in a plastic
housing. The strip may be mounted vertically on the
enclosure frame or in the 482.6 mm (19˝) section. Supply includes:
2.5 U are required for 482.6 mm (19˝) installation. – 1 socket strip
The earthing-pin inserts are arranged at an angle of – Assembly parts
45° so that angular connectors are also easily used. Material:
The connection cable is attached to a terminal con- – Plastic (grey/black)
nection (behind a removable cover) in the socket
strip. The socket strip has a terminal for an external Approvals:
earthing connection. – CE
– RoHS
– Connector type F (CEE 7/4)
– Rated operating voltage: 230 V
– Rated current: 16 A
– Connection cable: Type H05VV-F3G1.5 (black)
with wire end ferrules
– Length: 2 m
– Dimensions:
W x H x D: 483 x 74 x 45 mm
Socket strip Material:

– Aluminium section: Natural anodised
Earthing-pin, with ammeter – Socket inserts: Polycarbonate
The socket strip with ammeter measures the active
power of the connected equipment. The 482.6 mm Display colour:
(19˝) long socket strip may optionally be mounted – Blue, luminescent
on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, on the Supply includes:
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, on the enclosure – 1 socket strip
frame or in the rear section of wall-mounted distribu- – 2 installation brackets
tors. The installation bracket may be mounted in – Assembly parts
four different positions for variable mounting. With- – 3 m connection cable with wire end ferrules
out additional mounting accessories, the socket
strip may be inserted into all sections with a 25 mm Approvals:
pitch pattern. – CE
– RoHS
– Connection cable: Type H05VV-F3G1.5 (black)
with wire end ferrules
– Length: 3 m
– Dimensions:
W x H x D: 480 x 45 x 50 mm
Attachment
Mounting
No. of Wall-mounted Length
Version 482.6 mm dimensions Model No.
sockets Frame distributor, mm
(19˝) level mm1)
horizontal
IEC 320/CEE 7/4 7 ◾ ◾ ◾ 482.6 464.1 7240.300

Power supply
Socket strips
Junction box Packs of Model No.

with multi-functional bracket 1 set(s) 7280.035
The angle bracket can be installed in all network
enclosures in a system-compatible design. The
junction box serves as a transfer point for the power
supply to all equipment (fans, lights and socket
strips). As well as being used as a junction box or
transfer point, the bracket can also accommodate
the enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 or the
hygrostat 3118.000, due to its integral holes.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 1 junction box
– 1 bracket
– 6 m connection cable 3 x 1.5 mm2 (flexible)
Socket Version Packs of Model No.

◾ For mounting on support rails TS 35/7.5 and Earthing-pin/CEE 7/4 2 pc(s). 2506.100
TS 35/15 to EN 60 715
◾ Uniform screw terminals from one side
◾ Enclosure width 45 mm
– Rated voltage: 250 V
Material:
– Polyamide
Colour:
– Grey
Standards:
– DIN VDE 0620-1
– DIN 49 440-1
Service socket Packs of Model No.

for enclosure frame attachment/16 A 1 set(s) 7280.100
Integration of a service socket within a separate
supply circuit, independently of the IT network and
UPS.
Simple installation via an angle bracket for attaching
to the enclosure frame.
Type: Earthing contact/CEE 7/4
Material:
– Angle bracket: Sheet steel
– Socket: Plastic
Surface finish:
– Angle bracket: Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 1 angle bracket
– 1 damp-proof socket (IP 44)
– Assembly parts

Power supply
Socket strips
Energy-Box, 3 U, Packs of U Model No.

482.6 mm (19˝) 1 pc(s). 3 7480.035
– Depth-adjustable top hat rail for installed equip- Photograph shows a configuration example
ment to DIN 43 880, sizes 1 – 3 (e.g. to accom- with equipment not included in the scope of supply
modate built-in sockets, circuit-breakers etc.).
– Cable clamping rear, one N and one PE rail on
insulated base/plinth
– Plastic hood including extension cover (UL 94-V0)
– Maximum accommodation capacity of 22 HP
(22 x 18 mm = 396 mm)
– Enclosure height: 3 U
– Enclosure depth: 155 mm
– Overall installation depth with C rail: 155 mm
– Dimensions:
W x H x D: 483 x 132.5 x 155 mm
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 1 Energy-Box with fitted N and PE rails and brush
strip
– 4 connection clamps, 35 mm2
– 2 blanking covers
– 12 clips for cable strain relief
– Identification strips, self-adhesive
Energy-Box, 3 U, U Model No.

482.6 mm (19˝) 3 7480.300
Pull-out
Technical specifications: Photograph shows a configuration example
– Depth-adjustable top hat rail for snap-in attach- with equipment not included in the scope of supply
ment of installed equipment to DIN 43 880 in
sizes 1 – 3 (e.g. to accommodate built-in sock-
ets, circuit-breakers etc.) or entire installation
assemblies
– Cable clamping at rear
– Two power distribution rails with connection
clamps on insulated base/plinth
– Plastic hood including extension cover
– Maximum accommodation capacity of 22 HP
(22 x 18 mm = 396 mm)
– Enclosure height: 3 U
– Enclosure depth: 223 mm
– Maximum extension: 220 mm
– Dimensions:
W x H x D: 483.5 x 132 x 223 mm
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 1 Energy-Box with fitted N and PE rails and brush
strip
– 12 clips for cable strain relief
– Identification strips, self-adhesive

3
2
2 2

IT cooling
LCP Rack CW ............................................................................................428
LCP Inline CW ............................................................................................429
LCP T3+ CW ..............................................................................................430
LCP Rack DX .............................................................................................431
LCP Inline DX..............................................................................................432
Accessories for LCP CW/DX.......................................................................433
Aisle containment
Aisle containment .......................................................................................435

For cooling IT equipment ............................................................................436
Small cooling units

Roof-mounted fans.....................................................................................437
Fan mounting plate for TS IT.......................................................................437
Fan mounting plate.....................................................................................438
Fan expansion kit........................................................................................438
Fan cross member......................................................................................439
Fan expansion kit for fan cross member .....................................................439
Vent cover ..................................................................................................440
Chillers for IT cooling

Overall cooling output 15 – 481 kW ............................................................441
Your benefits
◾ State-of-the-art climate control technology, from cooling single racks
to complete data centres
◾ Individual climate control concepts for rack, suite and room cooling
◾ Enhanced security plus superior energy and cost efficiency
◾ Optimisation with aisle containment and cross-system control concepts
◾ Energy-efficient cooling with IT chillers
◾ Minimisation of operating costs with free cooling
1 ◾ Environmentally friendly, thanks to resource and CO2 savings
◾ Planning, assembly, commissioning and servicing – all from a single
supplier!
Sample applications
Aisle containment, see page 435
Liquid Cooling Package LCP, see page 428
IT chiller with integral free cooling, see page 441
Pipework
Raised floor for cold air supply
CRAC system (partner product)
Please note:
Rittal no longer sells its own CRAC systems; instead, from now on, we
are collaborating with a few selected product partners and recommending
them for use in system solutions and IT projects.
The advantages for our customers are as follows:
◾ Independent selection of the best CRAC systems from a technical and
financial perspective, depending on the technical requirements and
regional framework conditions
◾ Clear regulation of the customer/supplier relationship in terms of
procurement, installation, commissioning and services
◾ Clear regulation of warranties and product liability
For our chosen product partners, Rittal provides key basic information
(such as technical properties, ordering instructions, contact addresses
and other details, where applicable). Further details can be found on our
website at www.rittal.com.

Accessories for LCP Page 433 Chillers for IT cooling Page 441 Network/server enclosures TS IT Page 92
Benefits: – Targeted cooling output thanks Functions: Colour:

– Maximum energy efficiency to modular fan units The LCP draws in the air at the – RAL 7035
thanks to EC fan technology – Fan modules configurable as sides at the rear of the server
and IT-based control n+1 redundancy enclosures, cools it using high-
IEC 60 529:
– Minimal pressure loss at the air – Standard 3-phase connection performance compact impellers,
– IP 20
end, which in turn minimises for electrical redundancy and blows the cooled air back
the power consumption of the – The separation of cooling and into the front part of the server Cooling medium:
fans rack prevents water from enclosure at the sides – Water
– Control of the server inlet tem- entering the server enclosure
Monitoring: Optional:
perature – Up to 55 kW cooling output on
– Monitoring of all system-rele- – Fully integrated fire detection
– With redundant temperature a footprint of just 0.36 m²
vant parameters such as server and extinguisher system
sensor integrated at the air end – Minimal area load due to low
air intake temperature, server – Automatic server enclosure
as standard weight
waste air temperature, water door opening
– Optimum adaptability thanks to
inlet/return temperature, water – Various sensors
dynamic, continuous control of
flow, cooling output, fan speed, – Racks 2200 mm high
the cold water volume flow
leakage
– By using high water inlet tem- Technical details:
– Direct connection of the unit via
peratures, the proportion of Available on the Internet
SNMP over Ethernet
indirect free cooling is
increased, which in turn Temperature control:
reduces operating costs – Linear fan control
– Two-way control valve
LCP Rack CW
10 / 1 10 / 1 40 / 4
Total cooling output/Number of fan modules
20 / 2 20 / 2 45 / 5
required kW
30 / 3 30 / 3 55 / 6
Number of fan modules in supplied state 1 1 4
Width mm 300 300 300
Height mm 2000 2000 2000
Depth mm 1000 1200 1200
Installation in bayed enclosure suite Flush Flush Flush
230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60
400, 3~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60
Type of electrical connection Connector Connector Connector
Air throughput at max. cooling output m³/h 4800 4800 8000
Fans may be exchanged with the system operational ◾ ◾ ◾
EC fan ◾ ◾ ◾
Water inlet temperature °C 15 15 15
Duty cycle % 100 100 100
Water connection 1½" external thread 1½" external thread 1½" external thread
Weight as delivered kg 214.0 214.0 235.0
Accessories
Fan module 1 pc(s). 3311.011 3311.011 3311.011 434
Touchscreen display, colour 1 pc(s). 3311.030 3311.030 3311.030 433
Connection hose, bottom and top 2 pc(s). 3311.040 3311.040 3311.040 433

Benefits: – With redundant temperature Functions: Temperature control:

– Maximum energy efficiency sensor integrated at the air end The hot air is drawn in from the – Linear fan control
thanks to EC fan technology as standard room or hot aisle at the rear of the – Two-way control valve
and IT-based control – The separation of cooling and device and expelled at the front
Colour:
– Minimal pressure loss at the air rack prevents the ingress of into the cold aisle after cooling.
– RAL 7035
end, which in turn minimises water into the server enclosure The LCP achieves maximum per-
the power consumption of the – Up to 55 kW cooling output on formance and efficiency in con- Protection category IP to
fans a footprint of just 0.36 m² junction with Rittal cold aisle con- IEC 60 529:
– Optimum adaptability due to – Minimal area load due to low tainment. With this product, a – IP 20
dynamic, continuous control of weight raised floor is not necessary.
Cooling medium:
the cold water volume flow
Monitoring: – Water
– By using high water inlet tem-
– Monitoring of all system-rele-
peratures, the proportion of Optional:
vant parameters such as server
indirect free cooling is – Various sensors
air intake temperature, server
increased, which in turn – Racks 2200 mm high
waste air temperature, water
reduces operating costs
inlet/return temperature, water Technical details:
– Targeted cooling output thanks
flow, cooling output, fan speed, Available on the Internet
to modular fan units
leakage
– Fan modules configurable as Photo shows a configuration
– Direct connection of the unit via
n+1 redundancy example with equipment not
SNMP over Ethernet
– Standard 3-phase connection included in the scope of supply
– Integration into RiZone
for electrical redundancy
LCP Inline CW
10 / 1 18 / 2 40 / 4
Total cooling output/Number of fan modules
20 / 2 27 / 3 45 / 5
required kW
30 / 3 30 / 4 55 / 6
Number of fan modules in supplied state 1 2 4
Width mm 300 300 300
Height mm 2000 2000 2000
Depth mm 1200 1200 1200
Installation in bayed enclosure suite Set forward Flush Set forward
230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60
400, 3~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60
Type of electrical connection Connector Connector Connector
Air throughput at max. cooling output m³/h 4800 4800 8000
Fans may be exchanged with the system operational ◾ ◾ ◾
EC fan ◾ ◾ ◾
Duty cycle % 100 100 100
Water connection 1½" external thread 1½" external thread 1½" external thread
Water inlet temperature °C 15 15 15
Weight as delivered kg 214.0 221.0 235.0
Accessories
Fan module 1 pc(s). 3311.011 3311.011 3311.011 434
Touchscreen display, colour 1 pc(s). 3311.030 3311.030 3311.030 433
Connection hose, bottom and top 2 pc(s). 3311.040 3311.040 3311.040 433
Rear adaptor 1 pc(s). 3311.080 – 3311.080 433

Benefits: – Interfaces which facilitate user- Functions: Temperature control:

– Error-tolerant, efficient cooling friendly operation and monitor- The LCP draws in the air at the – Linear fan control
of server racks with high ther- ing via the network or BSM sides at the rear of the server – Two-way control valve
mal loads systems enclosures, cools it using high-
Colour:
– Fully redundant – two active performance compact impellers,
– RAL 7035
cooling circuits and two switch- and blows the cooled air back
able power circuits ensure opti- into the front part of the server Protection category IP to
mum fail-safeness enclosure at the sides IEC 60 529:
– The built-in controllers are – IP 20
Monitoring:
capable of adapting all device
– Monitoring of all system-rele- Cooling medium:
parameters automatically to
vant parameters such as server – Water
preserve the required cooling
air intake temperature, server
outputs Optional:
waste air temperature, water
– A separate decentralised intelli- – Fully integrated fire detection
inlet/return temperature, water
gence which automatically rec- and extinguisher system
flow, cooling output, fan speed,
ognises emergency situations – Automatic server enclosure
leakage
and responds appropriately door opening
with the "auto-load balancing" – Various sensors
and "auto-recovery" functions
LCP T3+ CW
Total cooling output kW 20
Width mm 300
Height mm 2200
Depth mm 1200
Type of electrical connection C19/C20
Fans may be exchanged with the system operational ◾
EC fan ◾
Duty cycle % 100
Weight as delivered kg 215.0

Benefits: – With redundant temperature Functions: Protection category IP to

– Maximum energy efficiency sensor integrated at the air end The LCP draws in the air at the IEC 60 529:
due to EC fan technology and as standard sides at the rear of the server – IP 20
IT-based control – Specific maintenance of the enclosures, cools it using high-
Cooling medium:
– Minimal pressure loss at the air LCP DX due to separation of performance compact impellers,
R410a
end, which in turn minimises cooling and server rack and blows the cooled air back
the power consumption of the – Absorbed thermal energy is into the front part of the server Optional:
fans emitted to the ambient air at enclosure at the sides – Humidifier, reheater or conden-
– Control of the server inlet tem- the external condenser loca- sate pump
perature tion, without heating up the – Higher cooling output
– Linear fan control
– Due to the speed-regulated installation room
– Inverter-regulated compressor Photo shows a configuration
compressor, the cooling out- – Ideal for IT cooling of small and
put is ideally adapted to actual medium-sized locations Colour:
requirements – One or two racks can be – RAL 7035
cooled separately
LCP Rack DX
Total cooling output/Number of fan modules required kW 12 / 4 12 / 4
Width mm 300 300
Height mm 2000 2000
Depth mm 1000 1200
Installation in bayed enclosure suite Flush Flush
380, 3~, 50/60 380, 3~, 50/60
480, 3~, 50/60 480, 3~, 50/60
Type of electrical connection Connection clamp Connection clamp
Air throughput at max. cooling output m³/h 4800 4800
Fans may be exchanged with the system operational ◾ ◾
EC fan ◾ ◾
Duty cycle % 100 100
Weight as delivered kg 181.0 181.0
Accessories
SNMP card 1 pc(s). 3311.320 3311.320 434
Condenser unit 1 pc(s). 3311.360 3311.360 433

Benefits: – Minimal area load due to low Functions: Protection category IP to

– Maximum energy efficiency weight The LCP is designed for siting IEC 60 529:
due to EC fan technology and – Specific maintenance of the within a bayed enclosure suite. – IP 20
IT-based control LCP DX due to separation of Hot air is drawn in from the aisle
Cooling medium:
– Minimal pressure loss at the air cooling and server rack at the rear of the device, cooled
– R410a
end, which in turn minimises – Absorbed thermal energy is by the high-capacity compact
the power consumption of the emitted to the ambient air at impellers, and blown back into the Optional:
fans the external condenser loca- room or cold aisle after cooling – Humidifier, reheater or conden-
– Temperature monitoring and tion, without heating up the sate pump
control installation room – Higher cooling output
– Linear fan control
– Due to the speed-regulated – Ideal for IT cooling of small and
– Inverter-regulated compressor Photo shows a configuration
compressor, the cooling out- medium-sized locations
put is ideally adapted to actual – One or two racks can be Colour:
requirements cooled separately – RAL 7035
– With redundant temperature
sensor integrated at the air end
as standard
LCP Inline DX
Total cooling output/Number of fan modules required kW 12 / 4 12 / 4
Width mm 300 300
Height mm 2000 2000
Depth mm 1000 1200
Installation in bayed enclosure suite Flush Flush
380, 3~, 50/60 380, 3~, 50/60
480, 3~, 50/60 480, 3~, 50/60
Type of electrical connection Connection clamp Connection clamp
Air throughput at max. cooling output m³/h 4800 4800
Fans may be exchanged with the system operational ◾ ◾
EC fan ◾ ◾
Duty cycle % 100 100
Weight as delivered kg 181.0 181.0
Accessories
SNMP card 1 pc(s). 3311.320 3311.320 434
Condenser unit 1 pc(s). 3311.360 3311.360 433

Accessories for LCP CW/DX
Touchscreen display For LCP CW Packs of Model No.

for LCP Rack, Inline, CW 3311.130
The colour display offers the opportunity of directly 3311.230
3311.260
monitoring key LCP functions and implementing set- 3311.530
1 pc(s). 3311.030
tings. 3311.540
3311.560
Condenser unit For LCP DX Packs of Model No.

The condenser unit is needed to operate the refrig- 3311.410
erant-based LCPs, and comprises the external con- 3311.420
1 pc(s). 3311.360
3311.430
denser and fan. 3311.440
Refrigerant:
– R410a
Note:
– The pipework between the LCP DX and the con-
denser is not included with the supply.
Vertical shielding For sealing

For enclosure
Packs
width Model No.
for enclosure height 2000 mm between of
mm
To block the airflow on the left and right of the
Side panel and 600 1 pc(s). 3301.380
482.6 mm (19˝) level. 482.6 mm (19˝)
level 800 1 pc(s). 3301.390
Length: 1900 mm
LCP and 600 1 pc(s). 3301.370
Material: 482.6 mm (19˝)
– Cellular PU foam level 800 1 pc(s). 3301.320
– Flame-inhibiting to UL 94 (HF1)
– Self-adhesive on one side
Connection hose Water

Packs
For LCP CW Thread connection Model No.
bottom and top of
from
Flexible connection hose, may be cut to required
3311.130
length, including union nuts on both sides for con- 3311.230
necting the LCP to existing pipework. 3311.260
11/2˝ bottom/top 2 pc(s). 3311.040
3311.530
3311.540
3311.560
Rear adaptor For LCP Inline CW Packs of Model No.

for LCP Inline CW 3311.530
1 pc(s). 3311.080
May be positioned to the rear of the set forward 3311.560
LCP Inline to close the existing gap in the rear sec-
tion.

Accessories for LCP CW/DX
SNMP card For LCP DX Packs of Model No.

For connecting LCP Rack/Inline DX units to the net- 3311.410
work. 3311.420
1 pc(s). 3311.320
3311.430
3311.440
Fan module For LCP Packs of Model No.

for LCP 3311.130, 3311.230,
To increase the cooling output, individual fan mod- 3311.260, 3311.530, 1 pc(s). 3311.011
3311.540, 3311.560
ules may be retro-fitted into the LCPs. This can also
achieve redundancy or reduce the electric power
consumption of the LCP.
The LCP 3311.130/.230/.530 To achieve the max. cooling out- The LCP 3311.540 (max. 30 kW)
(max. 30 kW) is supplied with one put of 30 kW, the customer/ser- is supplied with two fan modules
fan module as standard. vice should install two additional as standard.
fan modules.
To achieve the max. cooling out- The LCP 3311.260/.560 (max. To achieve the max. cooling out-
put of 30 kW, the customer/ser- 55 kW) is supplied with four fan put of 55 kW, the customer/ser-
vice should install two additional modules as standard. vice should install two additional
fan modules. fan modules.

Aisle containment
Liquid Cooling Package Page 428 Network/server enclosures TS IT Page 90
Slimline door element with view- Benefits: Functions: Note:

ing window and sliding door. Sta- – Increased energy efficiency and Aisle containment is a combina- – Individual project planning only
ble roof elements in a composite performance capability of cli- tion of door and roof compo-
metal with a high level of light per- mate control. nents which facilitate consistent
meability. Where required, safety – Superior output density is facili- separation of the hot and cold air
glass may also be used. tated, thanks to targeted cold in the data centre. Such separa-
air supply. tion is pivotal to saving energy
Applications:
– Easily installed and retrofitted, and increasing the efficiency of
– Depending on the application,
as it is fully compatible with the the available climate control tech-
aisle containment may be used
TS 8 enclosure system. nology.
with CRAC systems or LCP
– An inexpensive way to boost
Inline as hot or cold aisle con-
the performance of your exist-
tainment.
ing plant, lengthening the
investment cycle until a
replacement needs to be pur-
chased.

Temperature control: Colour: Supply includes: Note:

– Control of the server air infeed – RAL 7035 – Nano-coated condenser – A roof plate with cut-out to
temperature – Integral electric condensate match the enclosure dimen-
evaporation sions is required
Material: IEC 60 529:
– Fully wired ready for connection
– Sheet steel – External circuit IP 34
– Assembly parts
for cooling IT equipment

Model No. Packs of 3301.800 Page
Total cooling output L25 L35 W 3000
Total cooling output L35 L45 W 3200
Width mm 597
Height mm 417
Depth mm 895
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 1~, 50
Type of electrical connection Plug-in terminal strip
Pre-fuse (T) A 16
Start-up current max. A 36
Rated current max. A 9.2
Refrigerant R134a
Permissible operating pressure (p. max.) bar 25
Duty cycle % 100
Operating temperature range +10°C...+45°C
Setting range +20°C...+25°C
Weight as delivered kg 72.0
Accessories
Condensate hose 1 pc(s). 3301.612 377
Door-operated switch 1 pc(s). 4127.010 639
Air baffle plates see page 692
Filter mats 3 pc(s). 3286.500 369

Small cooling units
Roof-mounted fans Technical specifications:

– With 3164.620 pre-configured on the roof plate,
for TS, TS IT in the office sector solid, based on TS
This roof ventilation concept offers a wealth of per- – Easy assembly; no need to make mounting cut-
formance, assembly and cost benefits associated outs
with the use of integrated ventilation systems. This – Radial fan
roof-mounted fan may be ordered with and without
a roof plate. Another outstanding feature is the enor- Colour:
mous volumetric flow in proportion to exceptionally – RAL 7035
low noise levels, making it ideal for use in sensitive Supply includes:
office areas. – Fully wired ready for connection
– Assembly parts 51
1 51
1
Technical details:
H
B T
Model No. 3164.620 3164.230 Page
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz: 230, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60
Air throughput, unimpeded airflow m3/h 15001) 15001)
T B
with without
Version
roof plate roof plate
13.5
Power consumption W 68/81 68/81 41 0
45 0 41 0
0 45
Rated current A 0.3/0.35 0.3/0.35
Noise level dB (A) 40 40
Operating temperature range +20°C…+55°C +20 °C … +55 °C
Accessories
Temperature display in 1 U patch panel 7109.035 7109.035 379
Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 379
Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 379
1) 800 m3/h at 40 Pa counterpressure using two vented base/plinth trim panels 8100.802
in the Flex-Block base/plinth system
Fan mounting plate Supply includes:

– 1 fan unit
for TS IT – 2 fans
For active ventilation. For use in the cut-out inte- – 1 thermostat
grated into the roof plate. The unit may optionally be – 1 connection cable, top
extended with additional fans. – Assembly parts
Technical specifications for one fan: Note:
– Fan expansion kit 7980.000, see page 438 – Connection via distributor box or country-specific
Technical specifications of thermostat: connector
Accessories:
Colour:
– RAL 7035 – Fan expansion kit, see page 438
WxD No. of No. of

Model No.
mm prewired fans fans supported
800 x 600, 600 x 1000, 600 x 1200 2 3 5502.010
800 x 800, 800 x 1000, 800 x 1200 2 6 5502.020

Small cooling units
Fan mounting plate For enclosures

Number
Max.
For upgrading existing DK-TS applications. Width Depth number Model No.
of fans
mm mm of fans
The fan mounting plate may be retro-fitted in all 600 600 2 pc(s). 4 pc(s). 7966.035
DK-TS network enclosures from above. The plate is
mounted at the front of the enclosure, whilst the rear 800
600 1000 2 pc(s). 6 pc(s). 7968.035
section is left free for cable entry. A rubber cable 1200
clamp strip is supplied loose for optional sealing at
800 600 2 pc(s). 6 pc(s). 7986.035
the rear.
800
The following combinations are also possible: 800 1000 2 pc(s). 6 pc(s). 7988.035
◾ Solid roof plate raised with 20 or 50 mm roof 1200
spacers
◾ Roof plate for cable entry raised with 20 or
50 mm roof spacers The air throughput can be increased with the fan
◾ Vented roof plate for cable entry expansion kit 7980.000.
In conjunction with the large swing frame, usage is
only possible from an enclosure depth of 800 mm, Accessories:
in conjunction with a roof plate for cable entry from – Fan expansion kit, see page 438
1000 mm. – Foam rubber cable clamp strip 2573.000 for
Technical specifications for one fan: sealing at the sides and targeted air routing when
– Rated operating voltage: 230 V bayed, see page 652
– Power consumption: 15/14 W at 50/60 Hz
– Air throughput (unimpeded air flow):
160/180 m3/h, 50/60 Hz
– Operating temperature range: -10°C…+55°C
Technical specifications of thermostat:
40
– Operating temperature range: +5°C…+55°C
Colour: 52
5/7
25 85
– RAL 7035 5/5
38
Supply includes:
– 2 fans
– 2/4 cut-outs to extend to 4/6 fans
– Thermostat
– Rubber cable clamp strip
– Thermostat and fan fully wired to connection
cable (3.5 m)
Note:
– Not suitable for crane transportation
– Not suitable for combination with 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting frame
Fan expansion kit Dimensions

Packs of Model No.
W x H x D mm
For retro-fitting various fan units or to supplement
the fan mounting plate. 119 x 119 x 38 1 set(s) 7980.000
119 x 119 x 25 1 set(s) 7980.100
Technical specifications 7980.000:
– Rated operating voltage: 230 V~ 119 x 119 x 38 1 set(s) 7980.148
– Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): Supply includes:
160/180 m3/h, 50/60 Hz – 1 fan expansion kit
– Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 37 dB (A) – Assembly parts
– Operating temperature range: -10°C…+55°C – 1 connection cable (0.61 m)
– Rated operating voltage: 230 V~
– Air throughput (unimpeded air flow):
108/120 m3/h, 50/60 Hz
– Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 34 dB (A)
– Rated operating voltage: 48 V (DC)
– Power consumption: 7.7 W
– Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 184 m3/h
– Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 43 dB (A)

Small cooling units
Fan cross member Supply includes:

– Fully wired ready for connection
For upgrading existing DK-TS applications. – Connection cable 2.5 m
Specifically for installing in one-piece perfo- – Assembly parts
rated sheet steel doors Note:
Given the growing packaging density in data com- – Only for mounting on the tubular door frame
munications and network enclosures, active, direct
ventilation of the enclosure is essential. The fan
cross member, which is attached to the tubular door Accessories:
frame of the rear or front door, supports horizontal – Fan expansion kit, see page 438
air routing via the servers and therefore facilitates
faster heat dissipation from active components. Technical details:
– Standard cross member with two fans
– Air throughput, unimpeded airflow 600 m3/h
– By adding two fan expansion kits, the air through-
put is increased to 1200 m3/h
– The direction of air flow is easily reversed by B
rotating the fan
– Several cross members may be positioned in a
cascade arrangement
H
– Simple mounting on the tubular door frame
For doors with width 600 mm

Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz: 230, 1~, 50/60 T
Air throughput (unimpeded airflow) m3/h 600
Power consumption for two fans W 70/70
Rated current fan A 0.38/0.36
Width (B) mm 493
Height (H) mm 606
Depth (T) mm 64.5
Noise level dB (A) 55
Temperature range +20°C…+55°C
Colour RAL 7035
Accessories
Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat 3114.200 379
Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 379
For doors with width 800 mm

Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz: 230, 1~, 50/60
Air throughput (unimpeded airflow) m3/h 600
Power consumption for two fans W 70/70
Rated current fan A 0.38/0.36
Width (B) mm 693
Height (H) mm 606
Depth (T) mm 64.5
For doors with width (mm) 800
Noise level dB (A) 55
Temperature range +20°C…+55°C
Colour RAL 7035
Accessories
Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat 3114.200 379
Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 379
Fan expansion kit To fit fan cross member Model No.

for fan cross member 3165.630, 3165.830 3165.230
To increase the air throughput of the fan cross
member.

Small cooling units
Cover plates for fan panels Packs of Model No.

for FlatBox 6 pc(s). 7507.760
To cover unused fan panels when using fan motors
in the FlatBox.
Colour:
Material: – RAL 7035
– Sheet steel
Supply includes:
Surface finish: – Assembly parts
– Powder-coated
Vent cover Width Height Depth

Packs of Model No.
mm mm mm
The ideal addition for incorporating sealed racks into
an existing central climate control system. The 450 144 300 1 pc(s). 7826.750
stepped connection is suitable for standard pipe
diameters 150 mm and 200 mm, thereby ensuring
effective cooling thanks to targeted air exchange
inside the rack.
Design:
– Diameter of hose connection:
150 mm/200 mm
– Maximum cut-out on roof plate:
380 mm x 230 mm
Material:
– PET-G, transparent
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Applications: Technical specifications: Protection category IP to Note:

– Especially for cooling IT appli- – Compact design with control IEC 60 529: – Technical deviations in terms of
cations, such as LCP or air/ components in the front and air – IP 54 cooling output, dimensions or
water heat exchangers. Safety- intake via both side panels, air weight are possible for unit
Supply includes:
relevant features such as outlet upwards types with free cooling
– Chiller wired ready for connec-
redundant speed-controlled – Pressure-sealed system – The performance data varies
tion
pumps, compressors or buffer – Digital thermostat for tempera- according to the option pack-
– Multi-lingual documentation
stores are the distinguishing ture control with setpoint and age chosen, and should be
– Functional diagram and wiring
features of these atmospheri- actual value display taken from the IT chiller config-
plans
cally sealed systems – Monitoring interface with SNMP urator. We reserve the right to
supported Optional: make technical modifications
– Integral bypass – Free cooling may be integrated – Pump and tank are available as
from 15 kW. Please follow the options with IT chillers. If these
instructions configuration options are
– Electronic control with digital
– Buffer store for separate siting required, the technical data
display (factory setting +15°C)
– Emergency cooling with mains applies
water infeed
Technical details:
– Special voltages
Total cooling output 15 – 67 kW

Total cooling output kW 15 24 36 48 67
Width mm 810 810 810 1000 1100
Height mm 1542 1542 1542 1780 1606
Depth mm 1800 1800 1800 2300 3240
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50 400, 3~, 50
Air throughput at max. cooling output m³/h 10880 10880 14000 18000 22000
Power consumption kW 6.9 9.7 14.6 21 21
Rated current max. A 23 25 37 46.5 52.2
Refrigerant R407c R407c R407c R407c R410a
Temperature of liquid +5°C...+15°C +5°C...+15°C +5°C...+15°C +5°C...+15°C +5°C...+15°C
Pump capacity l/min 60 60 120 120 240
Pump pressure bar 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Number of cooling circuits 1 1 1 1 2
Steel tank, with 10 mm condensate insulation ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Tank capacity l 48 48 48 100 200
Water connection 1½" internal thread 1½" internal thread 1½" internal thread 1½" internal thread 2½" internal thread
Weight as delivered kg 400.0 415.0 505.0 710.0 896.0
Operating weight kg 448.0 463.0 553.0 810.0 1096.0
Colour RAL 7035 RAL 7035 RAL 7035 RAL 7035 RAL 9002

Width mm 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100
Height mm 1606 1606 1606 1875 1875
Depth mm 3240 3240 3240 3240 3240
Power consumption kW 24 26 29 36 41
Rated current max. A 59.2 64.2 69.2 84.1 89.1
Refrigerant R410a R410a R410a R410a R410a
Tank capacity l 200 200 200 300 300
Water connection 2½" internal thread 2½" internal thread 2½" internal thread 2½" internal thread 2½" internal thread

Width mm 1100 1100 1100 1500 2200
Height mm 1875 1875 1875 1975 2450
Depth mm 3240 3240 4240 4350 3400
Rated current max. A 108 120 127 149 181
Tank capacity l 300 300 300 300 700
Water connection 2½" internal thread 2½" internal thread 2½" internal thread 2½" internal thread 3" internal thread

Width mm 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200
Height mm 2450 2450 2450 2450 2450
Depth mm 3400 3400 4250 4250 4250
Rated current max. A 203 225 293 307 336
Tank capacity l 700 700 700 700 700
Water connection 3" internal thread 3" internal thread 4" internal thread 4" internal thread 4" internal thread
RiMatrix S
see page 398
New

1
1 2

IT monitoring
CMC III – Monitoring system
CMC III system representation ....................................................................446
CMC III system overview.............................................................................448
CMC III Processing Unit/Compact ..............................................................450
CMC III sensors/accessories

CMC III control units/CMC III sensors .........................................................451
Interface for CMC II sensors .......................................................................451
Access System...........................................................................................452
Interface for PSM, PCU ..............................................................................452
PSM and slave PDU for direct connection ..................................................453
CMC III accessories

Power supply unit .......................................................................................457
Programming cable ....................................................................................457
CAN bus connection cable .........................................................................457
Connection cable/extension........................................................................457
Extension cable RJ 12 ................................................................................458
Mounting unit, 1 U ......................................................................................458
Mounting unit .............................................................................................458
Door control system

Door control system ...................................................................................459
Door control module...................................................................................460
Door kit ......................................................................................................460
Door comfort handle...................................................................................460
Door switch ................................................................................................460
Monitor/keyboard unit
Monitor/keyboard unit, 1 U .........................................................................461
KVM switch ................................................................................................461
Dynamic Rack Control

RFID aerial ..................................................................................................462
RFID tags ...................................................................................................462
RFID controller............................................................................................462
CMC III CAN bus DRC................................................................................462
Management software
RiZone........................................................................................................463
Server shutdown software ..........................................................................463
Your benefits
◾ A better overview of your IT infrastructure
◾ Enhanced security
◾ Automated processes
◾ Exceptional cost efficiency
◾ High energy savings
◾ Simple project management
◾ Fast installation
◾ Flexible, individual solutions with standard products from Rittal
◾ High standard of quality with coordinated standard products
Sample applications
CMC III, see page 449
Liquid Cooling Package LCP, see page 428
Monitor/keyboard unit, see page 461
Electric comfort handle TS 8, see page 460
CMC III – Monitoring system
Computer Multi Control (CMC) is an alarm system
for network and server enclosures, cases, containers
and rooms.
◾ It monitors temperatures, humidity, access, smoke,
energy and many other physical ambient parameters.
◾ It is a modular system that can be flexibly adapted
to meet the customer's specific monitoring require- 1 CMC III Processing Unit
ments. 3
2
◾ User benefits plus exceptional savings are achieved,
thanks to monitoring via the network and the auto-
mation of security processes.
Further information can be found at: www.rittal.com
12
4
7
10
11

5
CMC III Processing Unit, see page 449

Power supply
Redundant power supply
CMC III I/O unit
CMC III power unit
CMC III PSM measuring bar for direct connection
! Up to 16 CAN bus systems may be connected
# CMC III vandalism sensor
$ CMC III temperature sensor
&* CAN bus sensor for connection of CMC II sensors
&; CMC III CAN bus access
&< Up to 16 CAN bus systems may be connected

CMC III Processing Unit Compact
System overview
Up to 4 CAN bus com- Mini USB:

ponents are supported1) Programming cable 7030.080 is required for
programming, see page 457
CMC III sensors

for direct connection Internal infrared access sensor
0°
CAN bus 1
CMC III
CAN bus
sensor CMC III Processing Unit
as adaptor for Compact
CMC II sensors
Voltage supply 24 V (DC) and

Redundant voltage supply 24 V (DC)
Power packs, see page 457
CMC III CAN bus Alarm relay output:

access Changeover contact
with integral for safety extra-low voltage
IR access sensor
Ethernet 10/100 BaseT RJ 45 with PoE:

Ethernet interface to IEEE 802.3
Over 10/100 BaseT full duplex 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ 12/RS232 accessory modules:

Display unit, ISDN unit, GSM unit
External temperature sensor

(included in the supply of PUC)
Two integral digital inputs
Note:
CMC III CAN bus unit Server shutdown software
for CMC III is required to
shut down the server,
see page 463
+ –
24 V (DC)2)
Interfaces unit for connect-

ing CMC II accessories
Connection for other

products,
see page 452
2) External 24 V (DC) supply
via 7030.060 required
1) Dependingon power supply/ Model No.

connection combinations, CMC III 7030.030
see page 451 CAN bus unit

CMC III Processing Unit
System overview
CAN bus 1
Mini USB:
Programming cable 7030.080 is required for
CMC III sensors programming, see page 457
for direct connection
0°
Internal infrared access sensor
CMC III CAN bus 2 SD card insert:

CAN bus for data logging
sensor
as adaptor for
CMC II
sensors
CMC III Processing Unit
CMC III CAN bus

Voltage supply 24 V (DC) and redundant
access
voltage supply 24 V (DC)
with integral
Power packs, see page 457
IR access sensor
Alarm relay output:
Changeover contact for safety extra-low
voltage
Ethernet 10/100 BaseT RJ 45 with PoE:

Ethernet interface to IEEE 802.3
via 10/100 BaseT full duplex 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ 12/RS232 accessory modules:

Display unit, ISDN unit, GSM unit
External temperature sensor

(included in the supply of PU)
Up to 16 CAN bus sys-
tems are supported1)
USB master for data logging and update
1) Dependingon power
supply/connection Two integral digital inputs
combinations,
see page 451
Up to 16 CAN bus sys-
tems are supported1)
Control units CMC III CAN bus unit
CMC III I/O unit CMC III power unit
+ –
24 V (DC)2)
2 1
Contains Functions: Interfaces unit for connect-

– Switching and measuring ing CMC II accessories
1 8 digital inputs voltage, current, power
2 and 4 relay outputs and work Connection for other
– With two outputs products,
– Also for the activation of see page 452
fans
2) External 24 V (DC) supply
via 7030.060 required
Model No. Model No. Model No.

CMC III 7030.040 CMC III 7030.050 CMC III 7030.030
I/O unit Power unit CAN bus unit

CMC III Processing Unit/Compact
System overview Page 448/449 Basic modules and connection accessories Page 451
◾ Redundant voltage supply, Material: Protection category IP to Approvals:

plus Power over Ethernet (PoE) – Plastic IEC 60 529: – cULus
◾ Simple wiring with CAN bus – IP 30
Surface finish: Photo shows a configuration
connection system (RJ 45)
– Front: Smooth Supply includes: example with equipment not
◾ Connection to control room
– Enclosure: Textured – Basic system included in the scope of supply
systems via OPC UA
– Quick-start instructions
Colour:
– 4 mounting feet
– Front: RAL 9005
– Enclosure: RAL 7035
CMC III Processing Unit CMC III Processing Unit Compact

W x H x D mm 138 x 40 (1 U) x 120 + 12 (front assembly) 138 x 40 (1 U) x 120 + 12 (front assembly)
Operating temperature range 0°C…+45°C 0°C…+45°C
5 – 95 % relative humidity, 5 – 95 % relative humidity,
Operating humidity range
non-condensing non-condensing
Sensors/CAN bus connection units max. 32 max. 4
Max. overall cable length for CAN bus 2 x 50 m 1 x 50 m
Model No. 7030.000 7030.010
Network interface (RJ 45) Ethernet to IEEE 802.3 via 10/100BaseT with PoE Ethernet to IEEE 802.3 via 10/100BaseT with PoE
Front USB interface Mini USB for system setting Mini USB for system setting
For USB stick for data records
Rear USB interface –
and SW updates up to 32 GB
Interfaces Front SD-HC slot 1 x up to 32 GB for data recording –
1 x for the connection of 1 x for the connection of
Rear serial RS232 (RJ 12)
display unit, GSM unit or ISDN unit display unit, GSM unit or ISDN unit
2 x for max. 16 sensors each = 32 sensors in total 1 x for max. 4 sensors
CAN bus (RJ 45)
(quantity restriction, see page 451 – 453) (quantity restriction, see page 451 – 453)
Inputs and Digital inputs (terminal) 2 2
outputs Relay output (terminal) Changeover contact max. 24 V (DC), 1 A Changeover contact max. 24 V (DC), 1 A
Push-button 1 x acknowledgement button 1 x acknowledgement button
Concealed reset button 1 x service button 1 x service button
Operation/
Piezo signal generator 1 1
signals
LED display 1 x multi-colour OK/warning/alarm 1 x multi-colour OK/warning/alarm
Rear LED 1 x for the network status 1 x for the network status
TCP/IPv4, TCP/IPv6, SNMPv1, SNMPv2c, SNMPv3, TCP/IPv4, TCP/IPv6, SNMPv1, SNMPv2c, SNMPv3,
Protocols Ethernet Telnet, SSH, FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS, NTP, DHCP, Telnet, SSH, FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS, NTP, DHCP,
DNS, SMTP, Syslog, LDAP DNS, SMTP, Syslog, LDAP
Input 24 V DC (jack) 1 x for connecting CMC III power pack 1 x for connecting CMC III power pack
Redundant 1 x for direct connection or 1 x for direct connection or
Input 24 V DC (terminals)
power supply for connecting CMC III power pack for connecting CMC III power pack
Power over Ethernet PoE 1 x 15.4 W 1 x 15.4 W
Real-time clock, energy-buffered (24 h) Real-time clock, energy-buffered (24 h)
Time function
without battery/accumulator, with NTP without battery/accumulator, with NTP
Functions User administration LDAP LDAP
User interface Integral WEB server Integral WEB server
Control room connection Integral OPC UA server Integral OPC UA server
Integral Temperature sensor NTC sensor with cable, supplied loose NTC sensor with cable, supplied loose
sensors Access sensor Infrared technology in the enclosure front Infrared technology in the enclosure front

CMC III
Sensors/accessories
Control units for CMC III Processing Unit

PU
PU
Model No. Compact Page
Maximum quantity
CMC III I/O Unit, 8 digital inputs + 4 relay outputs 7030.040 – 16 454
CMC III Power Unit, 1 input (C14) + 2 outputs (C13) 230 V, 50/60 Hz
– For switching 10 A total current (fan/heater etc.) 7030.050 – 16 454
– For measuring current, voltage, power, energy
Also required:
– CAN bus connection cable 7030.090/.095,
see page 457
– Mounting unit, 1 U, 7030.070, see page 458
CMC III sensors for direct connection

PU
PU
Maximum quantity
Temperature sensor with external sensor 7030.110 4 32 454
Temperature/humidity sensor 7030.111 4 32 454
Infrared access sensor 7030.120 4 32 454
Vandalism sensor 7030.130 4 32 454
Analog airflow sensor 7030.140 4 101) 454
Analog differential pressure sensor 7030.150 4 32 454
Universal sensor (2x digital input and 4 – 20 mA) 7030.190 4 32 454
1) Max. 5 pieces for power supply with PoE
Also required:
see page 457
Interface for CMC II sensors

PU
PU
Maximum quantity
CMC III CAN bus sensor 7030.100 4 32 –
For connecting the following products:
5 x access sensors (packs of 2), connect a max. of 5 in series 7320.530 ◾ ◾ 455
1 x smoke detector 7320.560 ◾ ◾ 455
1 x motion detector 7320.570 ◾ ◾ 455
1 x leakage sensor 7320.630 ◾ ◾ 455
1 x leakage sensor, with sensor length 15 m 7320.631 ◾ ◾ 455
1/3 x fire detector and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus with 3 messages 7338.120 ◾ ◾ 473
1/3 x early fire detector system DET-AC Plus with 3 messages 7338.220 ◾ ◾ 473
1/2 x door control system for one rack 7320.790 ◾ ◾ 460
Also required:
see page 457

CMC III
Accessories
Access system
The CAN bus access is designed for one door. It
has an integral IR access sensor and may be con-
nected to one handle system and one reader unit.
PU
PU
Maximum quantity
CMC III CAN bus access 7030.200 2 161) –
For connection to handle:
1 x TS 8 handle with master key function 7320.721 2 161) 455
For connection to reader unit:
1 x CMC III coded lock 7030.220 2 161) 455
1 x CMC III transponder reader 7030.230 2 161) 455
1) Max. 5 pieces for power supply with PoE
Also required:
see page 457
Interface for PSM, PCU

The products listed may be connected to the
PU/PU Compact via CAN bus unit 7030.030,
see page 456.
PU
PU
Maximum quantity
CMC III CAN bus unit 7030.030 1 4 456
For connecting the following products:
2 x 4 x Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) 8-way 7200.001 ◾ ◾ 412
2 x 4 x Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) C13 LED, 8-way 7859.225 ◾ ◾ 412
2 x 4 x Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) C13/19 LED, 6-way 7859.235 ◾ ◾ 412
2 x 4 x PSM socket module C13, 8-way 7856.201 ◾ ◾ 411
2 x 4 x PSM socket module C13/earthing-pin, 6-way 7856.203 ◾ ◾ 411
2 x 4 x PSM socket module C13/19, 6-way 7856.204 ◾ ◾ 411
2 x 4 x PSM socket module C13/earthing-pin LED, 6-way 7859.212 ◾ ◾ 411
2 x 4 x PSM socket module C13 LED, 8-way 7859.222 ◾ ◾ 411
2 x 4 x PSM socket module C13/19 LED, 6-way 7859.232 ◾ ◾ 411
Note:
Accessories: – Allow one power pack 7030.060 for every
CMC III CAN bus unit
– Power supply unit 7030.060 and connection
cable 7200.210, see page 457
see page 457

CMC III
Accessories
PSM and slave PDU for direct connection

PU
PU
Maximum quantity
PSM measuring bars 16 A, with 2 infeeds 7859.050 4 8 410
PSM measuring bars 32 A, with 1 infeed 7859.053 4 8 410
PSM MID measuring module 16 A, with 2 infeeds 7859.312 4 8 421
PSM MID measuring module 32 A, with 2 infeeds 7859.332 4 8 421
Slave PDU international, managed, 16 A, 12 x C13 7955.901 3 6 417
Slave PDU international, managed, 16 A, 24 x C13, 4 x C19 7955.910 3 6 417
Slave PDU UK, managed, 13 A, 16 x UK 7955.940 3 6 418
Slave PDU UK, managed, 16 A, 16 x UK, 4 x C19 7955.941 3 6 418
Slave PDU UK, managed, 32 A, 16 x UK, 4 x C19 7955.942 3 6 418
Accessories:
see page 457

CMC III
Accessories
CMC III control units/ Material:

– Plastic
Colour:
– Front: RAL 9005
CMC III sensors – Enclosure: RAL 7035
Surface finish:
– Front: Smooth Protection category IP to IEC 60 529:
– Enclosure: Textured – IP 30

Connection RJ 45 Model No.
Inputs Outputs
2 x CAN bus
CMC III IO Unit
C
Control unit I/O unit
– Inputs for earth-free signals
NC NO C NC NO C – Relay output (changeover contact) ◾ 8 x digital 4 x relays 7030.040
can handle loads of up to max.
NC NO C NC NO C
24 V (DC)/1 A
3 2 1
CMC III Power Unit
C
Control unit, power unit
1 x voltage 2 x current
– Switches 2 outputs
C14 C13
– Measures voltage, current, power, work ◾ 7030.050
110 – 230 V Aggregate current
– For controlling and switching fans,
50/60 Hz max. 10 A
heaters, equipment
2 3 1
C° Temperature sensor
– External NTC sensor, 2 m cable
◾ – – 7030.110
– Measurement range for external sensors:
1 -40°C…+80°C
C° Temperature/humidity sensor
Measurement range: 0°C…+55°C/
◾ – – 7030.111
5 % relative humidity ... 95 % relative
1 humidity
Infrared access sensor

Monitoring and reflector on the door, ◾ – – 7030.120
spacing adjustable
1
Vandalism sensor
– Axis: x, y, z
◾ – – 7030.130
– Acceleration limits:
1 -7 – 7 g, adjustable
Analog airflow sensor

– External airflow sensor: 4 – 20 mA
– Measurement range: 0.5 – 15 m/s ◾ – – 7030.140
– Application: Fan, filter, climate control
1 devices
Analog differential pressure sensor
∆P – 2 pressure measuring points
(infeed via hose)
– Measurement range: ◾ – – 7030.150
-500 m Pa – +500 m Pa
1
– Application: Cold aisle containment,
raised floor
Universal sensor 2 x digital may be
Choice of digital inputs for an application: switched over to
– Earth-free signals pulse input S0 or
◾ a Wiegand interface – 7030.190
– S0 Input for energy measurement systems
1 2 – 1 Wiegand interface (external access 1 x analog
systems) 4 – 20 mA

CMC III
Accessories
Interface for CMC II sensors

Connection RJ 45 Model No.
Input RJ 12 Output RJ 12
2 x CAN bus
CMC III CAN Bus Sensor
CAN bus sensor ◾ 1x – 7030.100

For connecting one CMC II sensor
1 1 2
CMC II access sensor

– Sensor: Reed contact/magnet
– – 1x 7320.530
– Max. 5 reed contacts in series
2 3 – 2 m cable included with the supply
3 3 CMC II smoke detector

Sensor: Visual – – 1x 7320.560
2 m cable included with the supply
4 3
CMC II motion detector
– Sensor: Infrared – – 1x 7320.570
– 2 m cable included with the supply
5 3
CMC II leakage sensor

– Sensor: Point infrared sensor – – 1x 7320.630
6 3
CMC II leakage sensor 15 m

– Sensor: 15 sensitive cables – – 1x 7320.631
Access system
Connection Inputs Outputs
Model No.
RJ 45 Flat-pin Flat-pin
RJ 12 RJ 12
2 x CAN bus connector connector
CMC III CAN Bus Access
CAN bus access

– For connecting one handle and
◾ 1x 1x – – 7030.200
one reader unit for door monitoring
1 1 2 3 – Integral IR access sensor
Handles – – – 1x – 7320.721
– TS 8 handle with master key
function
2
– Handle monitoring
– Rated voltage: 24 V (DC)
4 – 3 m cable, 2 m extension cable
included with the supply
3
CMC III reader units – – – – 1x 7030.220
– Coded lock
5 7030.230
– Transponder reader
– Numerical code from 0 – 8 digits may
be selected
– Transponder technology: Mifare

CMC III
Accessories
Interface for PSM, PCU Material:

– Plastic
Colour:
– Front: RAL 9005
– Enclosure: RAL 7035
Surface finish:
– Front: Smooth Protection category IP to IEC 60 529:
– Enclosure: Textured – IP 30
Connection RJ 45
Model No.
2 x CAN bus Inputs
CMC III CAN Bus Unit
C
CAN bus unit For operating
For connecting: 2x the required
– PSM socket strips ◾ for PSM, PCU, connection clamp 7030.030
+ –
– PCU 482.6 mm (19˝) socket see page 452 for the 24 V power
strips pack 7030.060
3 2 1
CMC III CAN Bus DRC
C
Connection clamps
CAN bus DRC Max. 1 x
for the 24 V power
For connecting: ◾ RFID controller, 7030.550
pack (optional)
– RFID controller 7890.500 see page 462
– +
7030.060
3 2 1
PSM – MID
measuring module
see page 421
New

CMC III
Accessories
Power supply unit Packs of Model No.

for PU, PU Compact, CAN bus unit, CAN bus DRC, 1 pc(s). 7030.060
Door Control System.
– Input voltage: 100 – 240 V / 50/60 Hz Also required:
– Output voltage: 24 V (DC)/2.5 A
– Length of 24 V DC connection cable: 0.6 m – Connection cable, see page 457
Supply includes:
– 4 mounting feet Accessories:
– Mounting unit, see page 458
Programming cable Packs of Model No.

For commissioning the Processing Unit (PU) or PU 1 pc(s). 7030.080
Compact.
Supply includes:
– CD with driver and system description
CAN bus connection cable CMC III CAN bus

connection cable
Length
m
Packs
of
Model No.
This can be used to connect the PU with the CAN
RJ 45 0.5 1 pc(s). 7030.090
bus sensors III, units III, control units III as a bus.
Also for cabling the CAN bus sensors III, units III, RJ 45 1 1 pc(s). 7030.091
control units III together. RJ 45 1.5 1 pc(s). 7030.092
RJ 45 2 1 pc(s). 7030.093
RJ 45 3 1 pc(s). 7030.480
RJ 45 4 1 pc(s). 7030.490
RJ 45 5 1 pc(s). 7030.094
RJ 45 10 1 pc(s). 7030.095
Connection cable/extension Country Voltage

Packs of Model No.
Version Volt
For connecting to:
◾ CMC III power pack C13 D/F/B/C13 230 1 pc(s). 7200.210
◾ CMC III power unit C13 Non-heating
◾ PCU C19 appliance extension 230/115 1 pc(s). 7200.215
◾ PDU C19 C13/C14
Connection cable
Technical specifications: 230/115 1 pc(s). 7200.216
D/C19
– PVC cable, 3-pole, with IEC cable coupling Connection cable
(non-heating appliances) with contact protection 230/115 1 pc(s). 7200.217
C19/C20
CEE22
– Length: Minimum 1.8 m

CMC III
Accessories
Extension cable RJ 12 Length m Packs of Model No.

with RJ 12 connector/jack 1 2 pc(s). 7320.814
To extend the cable connections to CMC II sensors.
Mounting unit, 1 U Packs of Model No.

To accommodate 1 pc(s). 7030.070
◾ PU
◾ PU Compact
◾ Control units
◾ CMC III CAN bus unit Accessories:
◾ CMC III CAN bus DRC – Cable clamp strap 7610.000, see page 458
◾ CMC III power pack
Can accommodate up to 3 units and is attached
to the 482.6 mm (19˝) frame.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Cable clamp strap Packs of Model No.

For rear attachment on the mounting unit. 1 pc(s). 7610.000
Material:
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Mounting unit Packs of Model No.

To accommodate 1 pc(s). 7030.071
◾ PU
◾ PU Compact
◾ Control units
◾ CMC III CAN bus unit
◾ CMC III CAN bus DRC
◾ CMC III power pack
Can accommodate one unit and is mounted on the
enclosure frame.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated

Door control system
Door control system Note:

To be connected at rear:
◾ Automation adjustable via CMC – Door kit
◾ Manual and automatic door opening 2 door kits and 2 door kit extensions for LCP may
◾ Automatic opening in case of power failure be connected to one door control module
– Door comfort handle or door switch
Up to 2 door comfort handles/door switches may
be connected for manual opening
– Automatic door opening is achieved by connect-
ing to the PU/PU Compact. Independently of this,
the doors may be opened via the door comfort
handle/door switch
– In the event of a power failure, the doors will also
open
– Door kit extension for LCP must be backed up
with a UPS
– The front and rear door must always be opened
Also required:
– CMC III processing unit/compact, see page 450
– CAN bus sensor, see page 451
System diagram
Door control system:
◾ A maximum of 16 door control systems per Processing Unit
◾ A maximum of 2 door control systems may be connected per Processing Unit Compact
CMC III CAN bus sensor Door control

– Processing Unit module
– Processing Unit Compact
Door kit 2 3
Door comfort handles
Door kit extension for LCP
min. 800 mm enclosure depth

Door control system
Accessories
Door control module Model No. 7320.790

To activate up to 2 door kits and 2 door kit exten- Packs of 1 pc(s).
sions for LCP. There is 1 control channel available Rated voltage 24 V (DC)
per 2 door kits (magnets/spindel motor). There is Outputs door kit/
optionally a normally-closed contact integrated for 2 x 24 V (DC)
door kit extension for LCP
each door output, which is used to connect the Ports for CMC III
automatic door switch, door comfort handle or a 2 x RJ 12
CAN bus sensor
customer-specific system (e.g. room extinguisher Connection must be
system). Normally closed contacts
designed for 30 V (DC)/1 A
Technical specifications: Operating temperature
+5°C…+45°C
– W x H x D mm: 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129 range
5 – 95% relative humidity,
Operating humidity range
non-condensing
Protection category IP
IP 40
to IEC 60 529
Also required:
– Power supply unit 230 V, 2 pc(s), see page 457
– Connection cable, 2 pc(s), see page 457
– CAN bus sensor 7030.100, 2 pc(s), see page 451
Door kit Version Packs of Model No.

for TS IT TS IT, 1-piece door 1 pc(s). 7030.240
To open the door in an emergency situation. TS IT, 2-piece door 1 pc(s). 7030.250
Connection and activation via door control module. TS IT, extension for LCP 2 pc(s). 7030.260
◾ For standard door TS IT.
With gas pressure damper system. The doors are
held closed by a magnet system. Supply includes:
◾ For climate control applications with Liquid Cool-
ing Package (LCP). Door kit TS IT:
With spindle motor. Due to high negative pres- – Gas pressure damper
sures, a spindle motor for every door is attached – Cable harness
to the TS IT roof plate. – Magnetic lock
– Assembly parts
Door kit extension for LCP
Also required: – Spindle motor
– For 7030.250: Tubular door frame, see page 549 – Assembly parts
Door comfort handle Packs of Model No.

with door opener function 1 pc(s). 7320.794
By actuating the lock mechanism, the door is
released via the automatic door opening system.
Prepared for the installation of standard commer-
cially available semi-cylinders, 40 mm, and SZ lock Also required:
and push-button inserts. – Handle adaptor for mounting on glazed door
Length: 302 mm. 8611.080, see page 549
– Rated voltage: 24 V (DC) Accessories:
– Rated current: max. 3 A
– Connection cable: Length 3 m – Lock and push-button inserts, see page 565
– Operating temperature range: +5°C…+40°C
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Door switch Packs of Model No.

Switch with normally-closed contact for door con- 1 pc(s). 7320.793
trol module 7320.790, for manual door opening.
It is mounted on the 25 mm pitch pattern of the
TS IT frame section. Supply includes:
– 3 m connection cable
Technical specifications: – Mounting bracket
– Installation: Ø 16.2 mm – Assembly parts
– 250 V/2 A

Monitor/keyboard unit
Accessories
Monitor/keyboard unit, 1 U Technical design:

– 432 mm/17˝ TFT display
with 17˝ TFT display and VGA/DVI connection – Physical resolution: 1280 x 1024
Benefits: – Format: 4 : 3
◾ With digital and analog interfaces, VGA, DVI-D, – Colours: 16.7 million
PS/2, USB – Brightness: approx. 350 cd/m2 (typ.)
◾ Simple, one-man installation – Contrast ratio: approx. 1000 : 1
◾ Optionally with integrated KVM switch for up to – Mains voltage: 100 – 240 V/50 – 60 Hz
8 servers – Ambient temperature: +5°C…+45°C (operation)
– Max. power consumption in operation, without
optional KVM system: 32 W
– Max. power consumption with closed monitor
unit, without optional KVM system: < 1 W
– Rear connections:
Mains voltage, VGA, DVI, PS/2, USB,
power supply for KVM
– Lockable at the front
– Cables are safely routed in the energy chain
Accessories:
– For monitoring several servers:
KVM switch, see page 461
Installation
Height Depth
Width depth Packs of Colour Keyboard Model No.
U mm
mm
German 9055.310
RAL 7035
482.6 mm/ English 9055.312
1 680 680 – 850 1 pc(s).
19˝ German 9055.410
RAL 9005
English 9055.412
KVM switch Packs of Model No.

SSC view 8 USB SSC view 8 USB 1 pc(s). 7552.002
For rear attachment on the monitor/keyboard unit.
The SSC view 8 USB may be operated with up to
8 servers. It is operated via the monitor/keyboard
unit with an OSD menu or hotkeys. Connection cable for Length Packs
Model No.
server/VGA m of
Technical specifications: PS/2 2 1 pc(s). 7552.120
– Server/console connections
Video: VGA/HD15 PS/2 4 1 pc(s). 7552.140
Keyboard/mouse: PS/2 or USB USB 2 1 pc(s). 7552.122
– Max. video resolution: 1280 x 1024 at 85 Hz USB 5 1 pc(s). 7552.142
– Bandwidth: 200 MHz
– Power consumption: 10 W
– W x H x D: 482.6 x 44 x 140 mm
– Voltage supply: 12 V (DC) via monitor/keyboard Also required:
unit – Monitor/keyboard unit, see page 461
– IP 20
Colour:
– RAL 9006

Dynamic Rack Control
Accessories
RFID aerial U Packs of Model No.

for TS IT 42 1 pc(s). 7890.242
For insertion into the 482.6 mm (19˝) section of the 47 1 pc(s). 7890.247
TS IT.
Position detection of the components is accurate to
within 1/3 U, therefore there are 3 aerial elements
and signalling LEDs integrated into each U. Reading Also required:
and writing of the RFID tags is likewise signalled by – RFID controller 7890.500, see page 462
one LED in each case. – RFID tags 7890.020, see page 462
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
RFID tags Packs of Model No.

1 RFID tag is required for each component. Each 20 pc(s). 7890.020
tag has a “Unique ID” (UID, not sequential), which
cannot be altered; all other data is stored on the tag
in conformity with ISO 15693. The tag is stuck to
the inside right of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
bracket using its adhesive surface. The component
is later screw-fastened to the 482.6 mm (19˝) level,
including the tag.
– Type: passive, writable
– Frequency: 13.56 MHz
RFID controller Packs of Model No.

Connects the RFID aerial to the CAN bus DRC. 1 pc(s). 7890.500
In this way, the CMC is able to notify automatic
changes, graphically depict the enclosure with the
built-in components, and list capacity management.
One RFID controller is required per rack/aerial. Also required:
Connections: – CAN bus cable, see page 457
– RJ 45 jack for a maximum of one CAN bus DRC – CMC III, CAN bus DRC, see page 462
– Mini-DIN for a maximum of one RFID aerial – Attachment
Supply includes:
– Nylon loop tapes for attachment
CMC III CAN bus DRC Packs of Model No.

For connecting an RFID controller 7890.500 to the 1 pc(s). 7030.550
PU/PU Compact.
4 CAN bus DRCs may be connected to the pro-
cessing unit, or 2 to the processing unit compact.
Also required:
– CAN bus connection cable, see page 457

IT management software
RiZone Appliance Standard Note:

– Both appliances support communication with
RiZone is supplied as a hardware or software appli- Rittal devices and devices from third-party
ance. manufacturers via an integral MIB browser
As a hardware appliance, RiZone is supplied with
global support, installed on a powerful 1 U server.
Also required:
The software appliance is available as a virtual
server which can easily be used on existing hard- – RiZone Appliance IP node licence according to
ware in the data centre. the number of IP nodes available.
Standard version Model No.

Server with Windows RiZone software RiZone graphics tool
Hardware appliance1)
7990.101 7990.201 7990.301
Hard drive + Windows RiZone software RiZone graphics tool
Software appliance1)
7990.103 7990.203 7990.303
1) All Model Nos. on the same line belong together, and must always be ordered together
RiZone Appliance IP node For Console Model No.

number of licences
licence IP nodes1) included
RiZone
software
RiZone
graphics tool
The flexible RiZone licence model allows optimum
25 4 7990.206 7990.306
adaptation to any project size, while at the same
time allowing the opportunity to grow with the data 100 8 7990.208 7990.308
centre. 1) All Model Nos. on the same line belong together,
and must always be ordered together
The volume licences for the IP nodes are graduated
from 25 to 100 nodes and may be adapted pre-
cisely to the size of the data centre. For each active
component or other SNMP-compatible component
to be covered, one node licence is required.
Server shutdown software Licences Model No.

for CMC III Single licence 7857.421
Client software to control the server shutdown via
CMC III. The software supports all common operat-
ing systems and versions (e.g. Windows 7, VISTA, Note:
XP, Server 2003/2008, UNIX/LINUX and VMWARE – Software updates and a complete list of currently
Sphere/ESX Server, CITRIX XEN etc). supported operating systems may be found at
One licence is required for each server to be shut www.rittal.com
down on an event-controlled basis.

1

IT security solutions
Micro Data Centre
Level E ......................................................................................................466
Level B .......................................................................................................467
Level A .......................................................................................................468
Compact split cooling solution ....................................................................469
Outdoor split cooling solution .....................................................................470
Outdoor split cooling solution with inverter technology................................471
Data Centre Container

Data Centre Container DCC .......................................................................472
Fire alarm and extinguisher system

Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC/EFD Plus ................................473
Security rooms
Security rooms ...........................................................................................474
Your benefits
◾ Simple, flexible integration into existing building structures
◾ Extendible for permanent cost-effectiveness and future-proofing
◾ Optimum space utilisation, due to the flexible modular system
◾ System-tested protection from potential physical threats
◾ Compatible with cross-plant IT infrastructures
Sample applications
Micro Data Centre, Level E with climate control, see page 466
Micro Data Centre, Level A, see page 468
Micro Data Centre, Level B as compact data centre, see page 467
Micro Data Centre
Applications: Protection standards: Protection category IP

60
◾ A high level of protection – Fire protection category F 90 to to IEC 60 529: 10
T3 B1
against potential physical DIN 4102 Part 2 – IP 56 T1
threats for IT – Compliance with limits 60
Supply includes: 10
◾ Targeted configuration compo- ΔT < 50 K, rel. humidity
– Micro Data Centre with opera-
nents complete it to a Micro < 85%, over 30 minutes T2
tor door and service door
Data Centre – Burglar resistance WK II, III and
– Cable entry in both side ele-
IV, tool attack analogous to
H2
H1
Benefits: ments
DIN V ENV 1630/1999-04/
◾ As well as facilitating installa- – Both doors with key lock
WK II
tion in poorly accessible sites,
– Smoke protection based on Optional: B2
the modular design also makes
DIN 18 095-2: 1991-03 – Choice of door hinges
it possible to retrospectively
– Bifold doors
enclose existing IT structures Material:
– Different cable entry systems
◾ Extendibility, dismantling and – Sheet steel, coated
– Cable entry additionally in the
re-assembly mean targeted,
Colour: top or base unit
future-safe investments Note:
– Enclosure and service door: – Different lock variants
◾ Tested security – testing has – The Micro Data Centre is con-
RAL 7035 – Supporting structure
been carried out by accredited figured on a project-specific
– Operator door: RAL 9005
institutes and confirmed with basis
test reports
Technical details:
Level E
Units U 42 47 42 47 Page
Width (B1) 1100 1100 1100 1100
Height (H1) 2210 2410 2210 2410
External dimensions mm
Depth (T1) 1200 1200 1400 1400
Depth (T3) 3320 3320 3520 3520
Width (B2) 920 920 920 920
Internal dimensions mm Height (H2) 2030 2230 2030 2230
Depth (T2) 1000 1000 1200 1200
Model No. 7999.009 7999.009 7999.009 7999.009
Empty weight excluding cooling unit and excluding rack approx. kg 660 700 730 800
Accessories
Network/server enclosures TS IT see page see page see page see page 86
Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC/EFD Plus see page see page see page see page 473
CMC monitoring system see page see page see page see page 446
PSM – Power System Module busbar see page see page see page see page 409
PDU – Power Distribution Unit see page see page see page see page 416
Climate control for micro data centre from page from page from page from page 469
LCP – Liquid Cooling Package, rack depth 1000 mm see page see page see page see page 428
Standard protection from:
Fire Extinguishing water Corrosive gases Vandalism Unauthorised access Dust Theft/burglary

Micro Data Centre
Applications: Protection standards: Supply includes:

Material:
◾ Basic
Basic protection
protection against
against poten-
potential – Fire protection –F fire
90 toresistance
EN 1363 – Micro
Pladur®Data Centre with integral
plate
T3T3 1 BB
tial physical
physical threatsthreats for IT com-
for IT compo- class EI 90/F
and based on90
DINto 4102
DIN EN TS 8 frame TT1 11
ponents. Targeted configura- Colour:
nents. Targeted configuration – 1363-1: 1999 based
Theft protection RC 2on based on – Front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝)
tion components complete it to DIN 4102-2: 1977 – level
Enclosure and rear door:
components transform the safe EN 1630
RAL 7035air baffle plates
intoa aMicro Data Centre
complete, compact data – Burglar resistance RC
Acrid gas-tightness 2, on
based – Adjusted T2T2
tool attack analogous to –
– Operator
Every sidedoor: RALis9005
element prepared
centre.
Benefits: EN 1634
– DIN EN 1630/2011-09/RC
Protection category IP 56 to2 for one
Supply cable entry at the bot-
includes:
H2
H1
◾ Modular layout for installation
H2
H1
Benefits: – Smoke protection based on
EN 60 529 – tom
Safeand
withone cableTSentry
integral at the
8 frame
◾ inTShard-to-access locations
8 frame with protection DIN EN 18 1634-3: 2005-01
◾ Lower weight than the Level E – top
Cable duct in both side ele-
standards – Operator
◾ Tested ments and service door with BB
22
Modularsecurity
assembly– testing has Material:
– swing-lever
Operator and handle and
service semi-
door with
◾ been carried out by accredited
Low weight – Sheet steel, coated
cylinder
swing-lever handle and semi-
◾ institutes
Easier cableandentry
confirmed with
Colour: cylinder
◾ test
Fast reports
assembly – Enclosure and rear door:
Optional:
– Choice of door hinges
RAL 7035
– Bifold doors Note:
– Different cable entry systems – The Micro Data Centre is con-
Protection category IP – Cable entry additionally in the figured on a project-specific
to IEC 60 529: top and base element basis
– IP 56 – Different lock variants
– Supporting structure with fire Technical details:
protection Available on the Internet
Level B
Units U 42 47 42 47 Page
Width (B1) 1115 1115 1115 1115
Height (H1) 2205 2405 2205 2405
Depth (T1) 1377 1377 1577 1577
Depth (T3) 3274 3274 3474 3474
Width (B2) 905 905 905 905
Internal dimensions mm Height (H2) 2000 2200 2000 2200
Depth (T2) 1060 1060 1260 1260
Model No. 7999.709 7999.709 7999.709 7999.709
Empty weight excluding cooling unit approx. kg 595 630 660 700
Accessories
Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC/EFD Plus see page see page see page see page 473
CMC monitoring system see page see page see page see page 446
PSM – Power System Module busbar see page see page see page see page 409
PDU – Power Distribution Unit see page see page see page see page 416
Climate control for micro data centre from page from page from page from page 469
LCP – Liquid Cooling Package, rack depth 1000 mm see page see page see page see page 428
Fire Extinguishing water Corrosive gases Vandalism Unauthorised access Dust Theft/burglary

Micro Data Centre
Applications: Protection standards: Protection category IP

◾ Protection for server and – Fire protection category F 90 to to IEC 60 529:
storage applications DIN 4102 Part 2, compliance – IP 55
T3
◾ Protection for business-critical with limits ΔT < 50 K,
Supply includes:
data rel. humidity < 85 % over
– Security enclosure with operat-
◾ Storage of personal data, e.g. 10 minutes
ing and service doors (three-
doctors’ surgeries or tax advi- – Burglar protection WK II,
point locking) T2
sors tool attack analogous to
– Cable entry in both side ele-
DIN V ENV 1630/1999-04/ B2
Benefits: ments
H1
WK II
◾ Complete system with built-in – Cooling 2.4 kW designed as a
cooling and 482.6 mm (19˝) Material: split unit
H2
rack – Sheet steel, coated
Technical details:
◾ High level of operational and B1 T1
service-friendliness thanks to
– Enclosure and service door:
the two-door system
RAL 7035
◾ Compatibility with other infra-
structure elements
◾ Tested security – testing has
been carried out by accredited
institutes and confirmed with
test reports
Level A
Units U 15 Page
Cooling output W 2400
Width (B1) 806
Height (H1) 1699
Depth (T1) 1270
Depth (T3) 2746
Width (B2) 620
Internal dimensions mm Height (H2) 827
Depth (T2) 1024
Weight excluding internal fittings, including climate control unit approx. kg 360
Model No. Micro data centre with built-in 482.6 mm (19˝) rack 7999.999
Model No. Micro data centre without built-in 482.6 mm (19˝) rack 7999.898
Accessories
482.6 mm (19˝) rack, 15 U, depth 1000 mm 7995.992
Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC/EFD Plus see page 473
CMC monitoring system see page 446
PDU – Power Distribution Unit see page 416
Fire Extinguishing water Vandalism Unauthorised access Dust Theft/burglary

Micro Data Centre
System accessories Page 507 Micro Data Centre Page 466/467
◾ Separate, hermetically sealed ◾ Suitable for use in rooms with 4 5

internal and external circuits climate control in the building
◾ Dust and flue gases are una- or adequate ventilation, and
ble to ingress low or no noise level require-
◾ The internal and external unit ments. The evaporator coil is
are connected to one another fastened to the side panel on 1
via refrigerant lines and control the inside of the Micro Data 3
cables and shielded for fire Centre, and the external device
protection on the service door.
◾ Air routing in the Micro Data
Colour:
Centre is horizontal. Modified
– RAL 7035
air baffle plates ensure tar-
geted air routing. By separat- Protection category IP
ing the “cold side” from the to IEC 60 529: 2
“hot side”, air short-circuits are – External circuit IP 54
avoided, and the efficiency of – Internal circuit IP 24 Flexible refrigerant lines inlet/ External unit
cooling is enhanced. return
Supply includes: Internal unit
– Internal unit Power supply
– External unit
– Refrigerant lines
Data cable
– Data and supply lines
Compact split cooling solution

Model No. 3126.230 3126.240
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 400/460, 3~, 50/60 400/460, 3~, 50/60
Width mm 500 500
External unit Height mm 1580 1580
Depth mm 231 231
Width mm 804 804
Internal unit Height mm 1544 1544
Depth mm 100 100
Cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 W 2500/3090 4000/4010
Cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L50 W 2070/2300 3020/3250
Rated max. current A 3.3/3.5 4.1/4.8
Start-up current A 14.2/14.7 15.2/15.8
Pre-fuse A 6.3 – 10.0 6.3 – 10.0
Motor circuit-breaker ◾ ◾
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L35 W 1275/1615 1620/2125
Power consumption Pel 50/60 Hz L35 L50 W 1525/1920 1825/2835
Refrigeration factor ɛ = QK/Pel L35 L35 2.0 2.5
Refrigerant g R134a,1500 R134a, 2900
Temperature range +20°C…+55°C +20°C…+55°C
Setting range +20°C…+55°C +20°C…+55°C
Noise level dB (A) < 70 < 72
External unit 65 65
Weight kg
Internal unit 70 70
Temperature control Comfort controller (factory setting +25°C)

Micro Data Centre
System accessories Page 507 Micro Data Centre Page 466/467
◾ The internal circuit of the cool-

4 5
ing unit is secured to the side 2
panel inside the Micro Data
Centre. 4
5
The external unit is positioned
outside of the building. The 1
internal and external units are 3
connected to one another via
refrigerant lines and control
cables.
◾ The hot air from the servers is
drawn in at the rear, and the 4
cooled air is expelled in front of
the 482.6 mm (19˝) level.
The waste heat is routed Supply includes:
directly to the outside. As a – Internal unit
result, room ventilation or air- – External unit Copper pipe inlet/return External unit
conditioning is not necessary. – Refrigerant lines
– Data and supply cables
Power supply Internal unit
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Data cable
Outdoor split cooling solution

Model No. 7999.963 7999.965 7999.964 7999.966
Redundancy – – ◾ ◾
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 50, 1~ 400, 50, 3~ 230, 50, 1~ (2 x) 400, 50, 3~ (2 x)
Width mm 795 900 795 900
External unit Height mm 610 680 610 680
Depth mm 290 340 260 340
Width mm 1020 1020 1020 1020
Internal unit Height mm 1500 1500 1500 1500
Depth mm 100 100 100 100
Cooling output 50/60 Hz L35 L35 W 2400 5000 2400 5000
Rated current per unit, max. A 3.8 4.1 3.8 4.1
Start-up current per unit A 19.5 35 19.5 35
Pre-fuse A 16 3 x 16 16 (2 x) 3 x 16 (2 x)
Temperature range -15°C…+35°C -15°C…+35°C -15°C…+35°C -15°C…+35°C
External unit 38 74 2 x 38 2 x 74
Weight kg
Internal unit 59 59 63 66
Accessories
Refrigerant line incl. electric control cable for 2400 W,
7999.961 – 7999.961 –
length 20 m
Refrigerant line incl. electric control cable for 5000 W,
– 7999.962 – 7999.962
length 20 m

Micro Data Centre

XXX Micro Data Centre Page 466/467
◾ The
Demand-based
cooling unit speed control
with inverter 7
of the compressor. The refrig- 7
technology allows targeted
erant
speedvolume
controlisofregulated
the compres- via
8
the
sor. electronic expansion
The refrigerant volume valve.
is
◾ Energy
regulated savings
via theofelectronic
up to 40%.
The cold airvalve.
expansion is expelled in front
Adaptation to
of the 482.6
cooling mm (19˝) facili-
requirements level by 1
the
tatesinternal
energyunit (evaporator
savings of up to 2
coil),
40 %.while
The the
coldhot
air air is drawn
is expelled
in at theofrear.
front the 482.6 mm (19˝)
level by the internal unit (evap- 3
Colour:
orator
– RAL coil), while the hot air is
7035
drawn in at the rear.
Supply includes:
– Internal unit 4 6
– External unit Copper pipe inlet/return
– Refrigerant lines Control box
External unit
Power supply 5
– Data and supply cables Internal unit
Operating unit
Data cable
Copper pipe inlet/return Control box
Changeover box

External unit
Power supply Operating unit Internal unit
Data cable Changeover box
Split outdoor cooling solution with inverter technology

Model No. 7999.991 7999.992
Redundancy – ◾
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 230, 50, 1~ 230, 50, 1~ (2 x)
Width mm 900 900
External unit Height mm 795 795
Depth mm 320 320 (2 x)
Width mm 804 804
Internal unit Height mm 1544 1544
Depth mm 100 100
Cooling output 50 Hz L181) L35 W 7850 7850
Cooling output 50 Hz L18 L43 W 7030 7030
Rated max. current A 13.9 13.9 (2 x)
Start-up current A 36 36 (2 x)
Pre-fuse A 25 25 (2 x)
Refrigerant R410a R410a
Temperature range -15°C…+43°C -15°C…+43°C
Noise level dB (A) 48…49 48…49
External unit 63 63 (2 x)
Weight kg
Internal unit 70 70 (2 x)
Also required
Heat exchanger (evaporator coil) 3126.270 3126.2702)
1) Server inlet temperature
2) 2 heat exchangers are required

Data Centre Container
Fire protection: Climate control: Customised solutions: Note:

– Fire protection, internal panels: – Customised climate control – Interlinked containers, other – Standard range of models with
F30, optionally F90 based on variants climate control variants pre-configured data centre
DIN 4102/EN1363, compo- – Targeted cooling via aisle con- types
Optional:
nent-tested tainment – The Data Centre Container is
– Up to seven TS IT racks with
– Energy-efficient DFC cooling configured on a project-specific
Duct system: power supply
(direct free cooling), with no basis
– Type: Hard duct DN200 – Fire alarm/extinguisher system
additional external units
– Dimensions of packing space: (Novec 1230) Technical details:
– Powerful LCP cooling (liquid
120 x 120 mm – Access systems, access door Available on the Internet
cooling package), with minimal
– Protected cable/tube entries (keyboard, code card)
space requirements Photo shows a configuration
– Monitoring and management
Raised floor: example with equipment not
Power distribution: (CMC, RiZone) for monitoring
– Optimised load distribution included in the scope of supply
– Infeed: CEE connector 125 A, alarm, maintenance messages
– Equipped with cable/tube
3-phase/N/PE, 400 V/50 Hz and customer-specific para-
routing
– Busbar system for rack-based meters
– Variable ventilation panels with
power distribution
DFC
Type 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Width mm 3000
Height mm 3250
Depth mm 6058 8000 10000 11500 6058 8000 10000 11500 9500
Useful area m2 15.2 20.4 25.7 29.7 15.2 20.4 25.7 29.7 20.4
Model No. 7857.998
Climate control, Direct Free Cooling/Liquid Cooling Packages DFC DFC DFC DFC LCP LCP LCP LCP LCP
Max. cooling output kW 20 20 50 50 20 40 80 100 40
Redundancy cooling n+1 n+1 n+1 n+1 n+1 n+1 n+1 n+1 n+1
Heavy-duty raised floor ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Plug-and-play power distribution ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Hard ducts DN200 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5
Security door, resistance class 2 ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Optional fittings
DET-AC XL fire alarm/extinguisher system ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽
UPS (uninterruptible power supply) ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽
Max. no. of racks 42 U (600 mm wide) without UPS 6 9 10 12 6 8 11 13 8
Max. no. of racks 42 U (800 mm wide) without UPS 4 6 7 9 4 6 8 9 6
Higher racks (47 U) ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽
Rack power supply ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽
Monitoring package (CMC III) ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽
RiZone package ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽
Security door, resistance class 3 ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽
Additional hard ducts for cable/pipe entry ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽
Metal sun shade ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽ ◽
Standard ◽ Option

Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC/EFD Plus
System accessories Page 507 Network/server enclosures Page 90
Benefits: DET-AC Plus DET-AC Plus slave EFD Plus

◾ Early fire detection Compact fire alarm and active In conjunction with the DET-AC Compact early fire detection sys-
◾ Automatic extinguishing extinguisher system with smoke Plus slave system, up to five tem with active smoke extraction
– Innovative extinguisher gas extraction system, built into one bayed enclosures may be extin- system.
NOVEC 1230 height unit. The detection system guished. In addition to the The integral fan continuously
– Eco-friendly is identical to that used in the EFD DET-AC Plus unit, each additional extracts the air from the enclo-
– Uncritical for IT components Plus system. Fire extinguishing enclosure requires a DET-AC Plus sure, and passes it over two
◾ 482.6 mm (19˝) rack mount with the extinguisher gas NOVEC slave unit, which contains the smoke detectors. The first smoke
with just 1 U 1230 is automatically activated extinguisher gas for one enclo- detector is extremely sensitive
when a main alarm is triggered. sure. The pipework from the and triggers a pre-alarm.
Colour:
With the extinguisher gas supply DET-AC Plus system is laid in all The second smoke detector trig-
– RAL 7035
provided, a volume of up to 3 m3 enclosures to facilitate detection. gers the main alarm.
can be extinguished. The collec-
tive fault signal and the alarms
may be forwarded to the CMC.
included in the scope of supply.
Fire alarm and extinguisher system Additional unit Early fire detection system
DET-AC Plus DET-AC Plus slave EFD Plus
Width mm 482.6 (19˝ rack mount) 482.6 (19˝ rack mount) 482.6 (19˝ rack mount)
Height mm 44 (1 U) 44 (1 U) 44 (1 U)
Depth mm 640 570 500
Weight, approx. kg 15 12 8
Model No. 7338.120 7338.320 7338.220
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
Ambient temperature (operation) +10°C…+35°C +10°C…+35°C +10°C…+35°C
Battery storage -15°C…+40°C -15°C…+40°C -15°C…+40°C
Rated operating voltage V, ~, Hz 100/240, 1~, 50/60 24 (DC) 100/240, 1~, 50/60
Uninterruptible mains electricity operation 2 x 12 V; 2.2 A/approx. 4 h 2 x 12 V; 2.2 A/approx. 4 h 2 x 12 V; 2.2 A/approx. 4 h
3 x RJ 12, alternatively 3 x relays, 3 x RJ 12, alternatively 3 x relays, 3 x RJ 12, alternatively 3 x relays,
Connections
max. 24 V DC/0.5 A max. 24 V DC/0.5 A max. 24 V DC/0.5 A
Sensors 2 different scattered-light sensors – 2 different scattered-light sensors
Display LCD display with plain text information – LCD display with plain text information
No. of slave modules max. 4 – max. 5
No. of monitored enclosures max. 5 – max. 5
Extinguisher gas NOVEC 1230 NOVEC 1230 –
Extinguisher gas fill volume kg 3.2 3.2 –
Admissible max. protection volume m3 3 3 –
Also required
Pipe kit 7338.130 7338.130 7338.130 Page
RJ 12 cable for alarm relaying to CMC,
packs of 2
7320.8141) 7320.8141) 7320.8141) 458
Access sensors 7320.530 7320.530 – 455
Depth-variable slide rails – – 5501.480 687
1) 2 packs are required.

Security rooms
The basic protection room Benefits:

The basic protection room provides a high-quality, system-tested solu- ◾ System-tested protection levels
tion. It is an optimum, modular room-within-a-room solution for pro- ◾ Multi-functional risk coverage
tecting IT/infrastructure components such as extinguisher systems, ◾ Dust- and noise-reduced installation
uninterruptible power supplies and climate control. The flexible modular ◾ Dismantling and reassembly plus extendibility = investment security
system means that it can be extended whilst the IT systems are opera- ◾ May be adapted for use in other room systems, such as the
tional. High Availability room
Criterion Standards
Testing the following standards as a complete system
System testing or construction
ECB·S certification to EN 1047-2, 50 K temperature increase

and 85% rel. humidity for up to 24 hours (reheating period),
flame impingement time 60 minutes
Fire protection
50 K temperature increase and 85% rel. humidity without reheating period, flame impingement time 30 minutes
F 120 to DIN 4102
F 90 to DIN 4102
Corrosive fire gases Acrid gas-tightness based on DIN 18 095
Falling debris Impact test at 200 kg
IP X6 to IEC 60 529
Water
Protection from standing water
Dust IP 5X to IEC 60 529
WK IV to DIN V ENV 1630, door system only
Unauthorised access WK III to DIN V ENV 1630, or DIN V 18 103 (ET2)
WK II to DIN V ENV 1630
Explosion Detonation test
EMC Protection from high-frequency irradiation and radiation
System-tested structures are tested as a complete construction, comprising the cell structure and built-in modules such as doors, cable shields or ventilation units.
By contrast, generic component testing only refers to individual parts.
Conventional construction methods refer to room structures made of plasterboard, concrete and other standard construction materials which do not offer sufficient
protection for data centre applications. Conventional construction methods are generally unsuitable for use as a fire wall and are therefore only subjected to component
testing.

Security rooms
The High Availability room Benefits:

The High Availability room offers maximum physical protection for data ◾ System-tested High Availability protection
centres and IT system locations. The system was certified by ECB ◾ Multi-functional risk coverage
(European Certification Body GmbH) to ECB·S regulations. ◾ Dust- and noise-reduced installation
This certification confirms that the High Availability room meets the ◾ Dismantling and reassembly plus extendibility = investment security
requirements of EN 1047-2 without restriction. Moreover, the construc- ◾ ECB·S certification
tion of the security room is subject to continuous quality monitoring by ◾ Independent quality monitoring
an independent agent. ◾ May be adapted for use in other room systems, such as the basic
protection room
Basic protection room High Availability room
◾ ◾
– ◾
◽ –
– ◾
◾ –
◾ ◾
◾ ◾
◾ ◾
– ◾
◾ ◾
– ◾
◽ ◾
◾ –
– ◾
◾ ◾
◾ Standard ◽ Optional

476 Rittal Catalogue 34/Software & services
Software & services
Engineering tools
Planning and project management .............................................................480
Design, calculation, verification ...................................................................482
Components and system technology..........................................................484
Virtual enclosure layout ...............................................................................486
Enclosure machining...................................................................................488
Documentation ...........................................................................................490
Benefits of the value chain ..........................................................................492
Tools/CAD data
RiCAD 3D...................................................................................................495
Therm software ..........................................................................................495
Rittal Power Engineering.............................................................................495
Configurators
TS 8 configurator........................................................................................497
Command panel configurator .....................................................................497
Support arm configurator............................................................................497
RiZone........................................................................................................498
DCIM – Data Center Infrastructure Management.........................................499
Server shutdown software ..........................................................................499
Service
Global availability ........................................................................................500
Services......................................................................................................502
Quality management
Quality management...................................................................................504
Rittal Catalogue 34/Software & services 477

nextlevel
for industry
The alliance between Eplan, Rittal and Kiesling is the only one of its kind in the world.
Take value-added to the next level and completely re-automate your processes, from
engineering through to production.
◾ Planning and project management

◾ Design, calculation, verification
◾ Components and system technology + +
◾ Virtual enclosure assembly
◾ Enclosure machining
◾ Documentation

Planning and project management
With Eplan, you are placing your trust in Europe's leading solutions for the engineering process.
The Eplan platform integrates all relevant works in the development and design process, and is
considered a pace-setter in the engineering world. The EPLAN Data Portal is the basis for cross-
platform engineering, with a Web service for high-quality device data available worldwide.
EPLAN Electric P8 – the high-end tool for process-oriented project management, documentation
and administration of electrical automation projects – is incorporated into the Eplan platform.
◾ EPLAN Data Portal – Over 340,000 component data records

for project management in electrical engineering
◾ EPLAN Electric P8 – Innovative project management, documentation and administration
of electrical engineering automation projects
Planning
Project
management

Design – Calculation – Verification
The application-dependent design of power distribution components and climate control measures
is a key element in the engineering process of an automation plant.
Rittal offers perfect tools to assist you:
“Rittal Power Engineering” allows you to easily configure standard-compliant Ri4Power low-voltage
switchgear and busbar systems – with integral design certificate!
One key criterion of efficient plant planning is optimum design of the climate control system.
Here, our “Therm” product provides precise, fast calculation of your climate control requirements
and helps you to design suitable climate control measures – also available as an App for iPhones
and Androids! The CAD data of the components provide the basis for efficient planning. This data
can be retrieved online via the Rittal website with our “RiCAD-3D” software, and worldwide via
Partcommunity.
◾ Therm – Calculation program for enclosure climate control

◾ Rittal Power Engineering – Configuration of standard-compliant low-voltage switchgear and
busbar systems
◾ RiCAD-3D – The database of Rittal CAD data compatible with all commercially available
CAD systems
Design
Calculation
Verification

Components and
system technology
“Rittal – The System.” Due to its coordinated, innovative modular system, Rittal’s solutions offer
maximum cost efficiency for your company, whatever its size. Tested components with regard to
IP protection category, strength requirements and PE conductor function – ideal for compliance
with standard IEC 61 439.
◾ Enclosures
◾ Climate Control
Components
System
technology

Virtual enclosure layout
Based on electrical project management and hardware engineering, correct system-based design
of power distribution and climate control, backed up by technological data on Rittal system
components, EPLAN Pro Panel allows you to achieve a virtual enclosure assembly layout.
EPLAN Pro Panel is the software solution for technological project management and 3D assembly
layout of enclosures.
Fully integrated into the Eplan platform, consistent product data from the EPLAN Data Portal
supports interdisciplinary engineering in electrical design and enclosure project management,
enhances project quality, and in this way permanently accelerates the product creation process.
The virtual 3D product data model provides all data needed to control NC production machines,
automated wire assembly or the production of individual copper busbars.
◾ EPLAN Pro Panel Professional – Virtual enclosure layout in 3D
Virtual
enclosure
layout

Enclosure machining
The NC data output from EPLAN Pro Panel provides the basis for the professional machining of
enclosures, cases and mounting plates. All machining (drilling, thread-tapping, milling) operations
are fully automated, fast, precise and reliable with “Perforex” machining centres from Kiesling.
The cost-intensive, time-consuming manual machining of enclosure parts is eliminated altogether,
for the ultimate efficiency boost!
Enclosure
machining

Kiesling Perforex
◾ Perforex – The machining centre for enclosure production

Documentation
Prepare your documentation to the latest standard IEC 61 439. Many Rittal components already
meet the defined requirements, and have done for many years. Now, we can help you to prepare
the required documentation with superbly coordinated processes in the value chain.
◾ Planning and project management with engineering solutions from Eplan

◾ Calculation and design using tools from Rittal
◾ Tested system components from Rittal
◾ 3D enclosure layout with engineering solutions from Eplan
◾ Machining with the Kiesling machining centre
Documentation

Benefits of the value chain
By accelerating processes throughout the value chain, you can achieve potential savings
of up to 50%.
◾ Shorter throughput times

◾ Enhanced quality
◾ Flexible response to customer requirements
◾ Faster delivery
◾ Cost transparency and control
◾ Standard-compliant documentation
Planning Design Components Virtual Enclosure Documentation

Project Calculation System enclosure machining
management Verification technology layout

nextlevel for industry
+ +
Up to 50% faster processes

Tools/CAD data
RiCAD 3D Fast online access to original data in all commer-

cially available CAD formats with direct download-
Greater efficiency in plant design ing facility available at: www.rittal.com
Regardless of which CAD system you use, RiCAD
3D effectively supports the efficiency and productiv-
ity of your plant design work.
It includes both 2D and 3D drawings for virtually all
Rittal products, together with an extensive range of
system accessories.
Three options for retrieving the CAD data
◾ Offline: RiCAD 3D as a database on your hard
drive
◾ Online: Request data via the product pages on
the Rittal website
◾ Online: Retrieve data via the Web platform
“PARTcommunity”
Benefits for users of RiCAD 3D
◾ All CAD data may be transferred into any com-
mercially available CAD system, due to the
intelligent, native 2D/3D multiCAD-compatible
format.
◾ The accurately detailed and validated drawings
allow design drawings to be created by users
with optimum planning confidence, in a fraction
of the time taken for conventional design, by sim-
ply remodelling.
◾ Thanks to the freely selectable level of detail in
CAD models, these may be represented in a
greatly simplified format, enabling huge perfor-
mance enhancements among users.
Therm software
The Therm software package eliminates the need
for time-consuming calculation of climate control
requirements, see page 385.
Rittal Power Engineering

Planning software for RiLine busbar systems and
Ri4Power low-voltage switchgear with design certifi-
cate, see page 295.

Configurators
Enclosures
Menu-assisted configurators will help you to select As well as the Rittal Model Number for the parts list
the right enclosure and matching standard accesso- definition, you will also receive the appropriate CAD
ries. data for your CAD system according to your selec-
tion.
TS 8 configurator Benefits:
◾ Easy, menu-assisted configuration of a TS 8
A complete enclosure configured in just eight clicks, bayed enclosure with base/plinth, side panels
including parts list and 3D model. and the required handle system
◾ Mounting rails and punched sections with mount-
ing flanges can be pre-assembled for interior
installation
◾ This will produce a 3D drawing that can be incor-
porated directly into the system design or inte-
grated into EPLANCabinet
www.rittal.com
Human/machine interface
Operation and monitoring play an increasingly vital Design, function and ergonomics are the distin-
role in mechanical and plant engineering. Rittal guishing features of this product range.
meets the exacting requirements placed on the Rittal provides free Internet planning tools to assist
“packaging” of the sensitive yet powerful electron- with planning and engineering of the command
ics with its integrated modular system at the human/ panels and support arm systems.
machine interface. In this way, the right product for your customer
application is achieved simply, quickly and reliably.
Command panel configurators Benefits:

◾ Select the enclosure that holds the HMI panel to
The online configurators for Comfort Panel and be used (the integral database contains a variety
Optipanel allow you to configure individual, perfectly of commercial panels from various manufactur-
coordinated panel solutions. Using a catalogue of ers)
questions, the configurators automatically guide you ◾ Easy navigation through the catalogue of ques-
through the individual selection masks until you have tions
compiled a complete system. The system also has a ◾ Quick compilation of the required features
built-in smart consistency check to ensure that your ◾ Request a quote based on the selected data
configuration is complete and error-free. ◾ Request a 3D CAD model for integration into the
system design
www.rittal.com
Support arm configurator Benefits:

◾ Individual assembly tailored to the requirements
for CP 40/60/120/180 of the application
The tool is able to precisely define the correct sup- ◾ Built-in consistency check
port arm system using important user-specific ◾ The outcome is a plausibility-checked parts list
parameters such as the jib length, enclosure weight
or required cable cross-section. www.rittal.com

RiZone – Customer-focussed,
cost-efficient
Six good reasons to choose RiZone Combine the sum total of all RiZone
◾ Energy optimisation throughout the benefits with the particular benefits
entire data centre offered by Rittal, whatever your
◾ Simple project management requirements.
◾ Automatic detection of Rittal ◾ Comprehensive advice
components ◾ Holistic system concept
◾ Increased protection and ◾ Fast, immediate delivery service
reliability of the data centre ◾ Global and local presence
◾ Incorporation of the physical data
centre infrastructure into a
network management system
◾ Communication with third-party
devices via SNMP
Measurements from RiZone-

compatible components (example)
UPS
◾ Inverter status
◾ Status of primary network
◾ Battery status
CMC Ri4Power
◾ Temperature ◾ Current
◾ Humidity ◾ Voltage
◾ Access ◾ Energy
PSM/PDU ◾ Power
◾ Current measurement of Cooling/LCP Chillers
PSM busbars ◾ Inlet temperature ◾ Inlet and return temperature
◾ Measurement of power consump- ◾ Setpoint (target value) ◾ Pump speed
tion per socket with active PSM ◾ Averaged air injection ◾ Operating mode
◾ Switching of individual sockets temperature ◾ Power consumption

DCIM – Data Center ◾ Messaging service

The SNMP and OPC-UA protocols provide an
Infrastructure Management interface to superordinate management systems
RiZone – Perfect support of Rittal IT infra-
structure components ◾ Workflow engine
Control loops for optimisation of the data centre
Rittal components – from server enclosures to
and individual escalation management
power supply and climate control, through to secu-
rity and monitoring technology – are optionally sup- ◾ Reporting modules
ported during integration and in the operational Reports based on any given data compilation
phase, thanks to coordinated sensors and control. and time interval
◾ Incorporation of the physical data centre
◾ Monitoring modules
infrastructure into a data centre infrastructure
management system Internal watchdog module ensures availability
◾ Simple configuration ◾ Communication modules
◾ Automatic detection of Rittal components Communication with SNMP-compatible devices
◾ Workflow editor for user-defined scenarios (what in the physical data centre infrastructure
happens if …)
◾ Autodiscovery
◾ Increased security and reliability
◾ Energy optimisation in the data centre Detection of all SNMP-compatible IT infrastruc-
ture components
◾ Integration of SNMP-compatible third-party
equipment ◾ Database
Own SQL database or link to external MS-SQL
RiZone plus Rittal components creates a system
solution with maximum energy efficiency. and Oracle databases
Note: ◾ Administration
Configuration of RiZone (user and rights
– RiZone Appliance Standard
management, network integration)
– RiZone Appliance IP node licence
– Server shutdown software
see page 463

Service – Global availability
Your direct line to our service department

Whenever, wherever and however you need us, we The benefits to you:
are always on hand to assist you! Simply give us ◾ International availability
a call, send an e-mail or visit our website to get in ◾ 24-hour availability
touch. Fast, simple and reliable. ◾ Communication in your local language
Faster
◾ Short paths, fast communications:
Due to regional service support points and
service partners
◾ Perfect interplay between service and
engineering
Better
◾ Individual service solutions from a single source
◾ A high level of qualifications among Rittal service
technicians worldwide
Everywhere
◾ More than 150 service partners with over
1,000 service technicians
Rittal service addresses worldwide

[email protected]
+49(0)2772 505-1855
www.rittal.com
Rittal Europe (Herborn) Rittal China (Shanghai)

[email protected] [email protected]
+49(0)2772 505-1855 +86 800 820 0866
Rittal North America (Urbana) Rittal India (Bangalore)

+1 (800) 477 4000 Option 3 +91 80 22 890 78
Rittal South America (São Paulo) Rittal Asia-Pacific (Singapore)

+55 11 36 22 23 77 +65 65 42 68 18
Individual services for the entire production cycle

With Rittal products, rest assured that your production processes are in safe hands.
Rittal lifecycle management goes far beyond mere The benefits to you:
statutory liability for defects and voluntary manufac- ◾ Preserve the value of your systems
turer warranties. Rittal safeguards the long-term and equipment
productivity of your systems. What is more, this ◾ Reduced downtimes
service is tailored to your specific requirements, ◾ Long-term cost management
because you decide for yourself which service level
best caters for your risk of production downtime.

Services
Flexible service contracts:

The right solution to match your requirements
Features of the Rittal service packages at a glance:
Availability: Office hours

Response time: Next working day
Spare parts availability: Standard
BASIC Maintenance: 1 x per annum
+ Response time: Next day

+ Extended warranty
COMFORT
+ Availability: 24 hours/day, 365 days/year

+ Spare parts availability: 24 hours
ADVANCED + Extended warranty
+ Response time: 8 hours (technician on site)

+ Spare parts availability: Individual concept
FULL + Maintenance: Individual (at least twice a year)
+ Extended warranty
+ Response time: 4 hours (technician on site)

Optional
CUSTOMIZED + Extended warranty
The benefits to you:

◾ Short response times thanks to local technicians 5 years
◾ Preserve the value of your equipment Manufacturers’ warranty
◾ Extended warranty up to 5 years in conjunction with a
◾ Spare parts held in stock signed service agreement
◾ Cost transparency
We are committed to perfection at every phase

PRE-SALES IMPLEMENTATION AFTER-SALES
We pave the way Because we would love to be We take our responsibilities
for your decision-making. on board when you arrive at a very seriously.
Requirement analysis solution. Maintenance/installation
+ Load test Installation/integration + Repairs
+ Thermography + Commissioning + Spare parts management
+ Simulation and calculations + Instruction + Training
+ Certification + Service contracts
Spare parts – any time, anywhere

Added value, thanks to global availability of individual parts
Professional spare parts management guaranteeing The benefits to you:
maximum global availability of spare parts, and ◾ Customer-specific components are held in stock
graduated service contracts matched precisely to on the basis of individual service contracts
your individual requirements: That is what you can ◾ Decentralised warehousing to ensure fast and
expect from Rittal International Service. A service reliable spare parts availability
contract enables you to spell out many details, such ◾ Approved original spare parts from the manufac-
as the availability of spare parts, specifically for your turer
equipment or system. International service: At your
service, any time, anywhere.

Quality management
Quality management is a must.

Quality philosophy is an attitude.
“Rittal – The System.” stands for consistent quality management and on-going refinements to
products, services and internal processes.
Rittal quality management ensures that regulations and standards are observed, and individual customer
requirements are met. In addition to this, we also define our exacting product quality demands in supple-
mentary Rittal standards. The consistent Rittal quality philosophy guarantees perpetually high standards and
ensures the global usability of all products with countless international approvals and licences.
Alongside product quality, we also focus on process and service quality.
All internal processes are continuously refined by quality control groups, and reviewed during in-house
audits. Each year, our improvements and high standards are verified by countless successful external
system and customer audits.
Rittal offers support from day one

◾ Project planning of technical specifications
◾ Prototype assembly, testing and simulations
◾ Manufacturing and assembly
◾ Warehousing service and on-time delivery
◾ Your own personal point of contact throughout
the entire project
Accredited Rittal test laboratory
◾ Simulation of climatic conditions
◾ Dynamic and static load tests
◾ 3D measurement
◾ Testing of IP protection categories and
NEMA type ratings
◾ Salt spray tests
◾ Electrical safety and function tests
◾ Performance testing of cooling units and heat
exchangers
◾ Material tests

506 Rittal Catalogue 34/System accessories
System accessories
Base/plinth
Flex-Block base/plinth system ....................................................................510
Base/plinth TS ............................................................................................512
Base/plinth .................................................................................................519
Base
Base...........................................................................................................521
Walls
Side panels.................................................................................................534
Divider panels/partitions..............................................................................537
Isolator door locking ...................................................................................541
Baying system
Enclosure suites .........................................................................................542
Doors/locks
Door variants ..............................................................................................549
Installation accessories for modular front design TS....................................552
Viewing panels/operating panels.................................................................556
Lock systems .............................................................................................560
Hinges ........................................................................................................574
Door, internal ..............................................................................................575
Roof/wall mounting
Roof ...........................................................................................................580
Wall mounting.............................................................................................587
Interior installation
Mounting plates..........................................................................................591
Rail systems ...............................................................................................598
Assembly components ...............................................................................618
Component shelves....................................................................................627
System lights ..............................................................................................634
EMC ...........................................................................................................640
Interior installation for areas at risk of earthquakes ......................................643
Earthing ......................................................................................................644
Cable management
Cable entry .................................................................................................650
Gland plates ...............................................................................................653
Cable gland ................................................................................................658
Cable gland ................................................................................................660
Cable management ....................................................................................663
482.6 mm (19˝) cable management.............................................................673
482.6 mm (19˝) installation system

Swing frames..............................................................................................678
Accessories for Data Rack..........................................................................682
Mounting angles .........................................................................................683
Slide rails ....................................................................................................687
482.6 mm (19˝) installation ..........................................................................689
Patch panels...............................................................................................696
Splicing boxes ............................................................................................697
LSA connection system ..............................................................................699
Handles ......................................................................................................700
External mounting accessories ...................................................................703
Front assembly ...........................................................................................704
Monitors .....................................................................................................706
Keyboards, supports and drawers..............................................................707
Interfaces....................................................................................................714
Signal pillars ...............................................................................................716
Technical information
Coating/spray-finishing ...............................................................................722
Protection categories..................................................................................723
Rittal Catalogue 34/System accessories 507

The Rittal base/plinth system
Flex-Block

Save time
◾ Fast assembly by simply clipping together
the base/plinth components
◾ Easily bayed with tool-free baying clip
◾ The enclosure is easily transported, both
in its empty and configured state, by
removing the base/plinth trim panel
Easy to assemble
◾ Tool-free assembly of all base/plinth
components
◾ Tool-free assembly of accessories,
e.g. baying and levelling feet
◾ Symmetrical in enclosure widths and
depths
◾ With the 200 mm high Flex-Block,
combinations of 100 and 200 mm high
trim panels may be used
Large mounting area

◾ Space-saving cable management in the
base/plinth means more space for enclo-
sure configuration
◾ Installation using punched rail –
Clip into position from the outside or inside
◾ Flexible configuration: Punched rail with
25 mm pitch pattern of holes

Base/plinth
Flex-Block base/plinth system
The Rittal base/plinth system The enclosure load rests on the corner pieces, so
that the trim panels can be attached or removed at
Flex-Block any time by using clips. The base/plinth trim panels
Freely combinable base/plinth system for virtually are symmetrical and are readily exchanged in the
any application. Because the corner pieces and trim width and depth. This creates unprecedented flexi-
panels are packaged separately, it may be tailored bility and great savings potential with base/plinth
to any application. configuration.
One Model No. for the One Model No. for the One Model No. for the A complete
Flex-Block corner pieces Flex-Block trim panels Flex-Block trim panels Flex-Block base/plinth
front and rear front and rear at the sides
Base/plinth, height 100 mm
Base/plinth, height 200 mm with 200 mm trim panel
Base/plinth, height 200 mm. Combination of 100 mm and 200 mm trim panel
Functional and cost benefits

Potential savings
Order includes Functional benefits for 100 mm high Flex-Block compared
with complete base/plinth Flex-Block
3 packs of Flex-Block The enclosures rest securely on the corner 12 trim panels
corner pieces pieces. Transportation via forklift or lifting
truck with free-standing enclosures is sup-
ported.
3 packs of Flex-Block Completely closed suite of base/plinths, no 4 trim panels

corner pieces trim panels between the enclosure panels.
4 packs of Flex-Block This means more space for assembly and
trim panels cable entry.
3 packs of Flex-Block Trim panels are only needed in the area 8 trim panels
corner pieces viewed; there are no trim panels between the
2 packs of Flex-Block enclosures. This means more space for
trim panels assembly and cable entry.
Other options:
◾ Cable clamp may be configured individually in every enclosure panel
using system accessories
◾ With 200 mm Flex-Block corner pieces, either 100 mm high or 200 mm
high trim panels may be used, depending on requirements

Base/plinth
Flex-Block base/plinth system
Flex-Block corner pieces Corner pieces height

Model No.
mm
for TS, TS IT, SE, PC
High-strength plastic corner pieces for individual 100 8100.000
tool-free assembly with Flex-Block trim panels and 200 8200.000
accessories.
Material:
– Corner pieces: Fibreglass-reinforced plastic Accessories:
– Cover caps: ABS
– Flex-Block trim panels, see page 511
Colour: – Punched rail 23 x 23 mm, see page 611
– RAL 9005 – Baying clip 8000.100, see page 511
Supply includes: – Adaptor sleeve 8000.500, see page 522
– 1 set = – Base mounting plate 2817.000, see page 516
4 corner pieces
4 cover caps
Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure
Flex-Block trim panels 100 mm high, solid
for Flex-Block corner pieces For enclosure width and depth

Model No.
in mm
For tool-free assembly. With symmetrical enclosure
dimensions, trim panels are identical in the width 300 8100.300
and depth. 400 8100.400
Material: 500 8100.500
– Sheet steel 600 8100.600
Colour: 800 8100.800
– RAL 9005 1000 8100.010
Supply includes: 1200 8100.120
– 1 set = 2 trim panels 1600 8100.160
1800 8100.180
200 mm high, solid

For enclosure width and depth
Model No.
in mm
300 8200.300
400 8200.400
500 8200.500
600 8200.600
800 8200.800
1000 8200.010
1200 8200.120
100 mm high, vented

For enclosure width and depth
Model No.
in mm
600 8100.602
800 8100.802
Accessories:
– Filter mats for vented Flex-Block trim panels
7583.500, see page 517
Baying clip Packs of Model No.

for baying the Flex-Block corner pieces 12 pc(s). 8000.100
Tool-free baying of Flex-Block base/plinths via a
simple clip system.
Material:
– Fibreglass-reinforced plastic
Colour:
– RAL 9005

Base/plinth
Base/plinth TS
Modular base/plinth diversity Mounting on the enclosure is conveniently carried

out from the outside. The base/plinth interior offers
Regardless of the enclosure depth: diverse opportunities for cable management mount-
The base/plinth components at the front and rear, ing levels.
pre-configured with corner pieces, are always the
same for the chosen width.
Only the side trim panels are selected according to
the enclosure depth and the required base/plinth
configuration. The modular concept produces
exceptional advantages in terms of cost and func-
tion. One Model No. One Model No. A complete
for the base/plinth for the base/plinth
components front base/plinth trim TS
and rear panels, side
Base/
plinth Basic form Cable entry options
Stabilisation of bayed base/

plinths
100 mm
200 mm
Functional and cost benefits The following table shows five possible solutions
using three bayed base/plinths in 200 mm height
Fewer parts, more opportunities, lower purchasing, from the wide range of options available, together
storage and assembly costs – this is the winning with the potential savings with trim panels com-
formula behind the modular base/plinth system. pared with the previous 200 mm base/plinth sys-
tem each with two trim panels of 100 mm height at
the sides.
Potential savings compared
Order includes Functional benefits
with twelve 100 mm trim panels
3 packs of base/plinth components Continuous cable chamber 2 trim panels 200 mm
1 pack of base/plinth trim panels,
200 mm high
3 packs of base/plinth components Additional stabilisation for transporta- 2 trim panels 200 mm
1 pack of base/plinth trim panels, tion purposes with base/plinth trim 2 trim panels 100 mm
200 mm high rotated through 90°
100 mm high
1 pack of base/plinth baying brackets
8601.100 (packs of 20 pieces)
4 pieces are required for this solution
3 packs of base/plinth components Shielding of the base/plinths in relation 4 trim panels 200 mm
2 pack of base/plinth trim panels, to one another
200 mm high
3 packs of base/plinth components Additional connection of the base/ 2 trim panels 200 mm
1 pack of base/plinth trim panels, plinths 2 trim panels 100 mm
200 mm high
100 mm high
Other options:
◾ Cable entry at the side by mounting a 100 mm base/plinth trim panel (top or bottom)
◾ Cable entry from the rear by dismantling one or more trim panels of the base/plinth components
◾ Cable clamp rail fitted on the 100 mm high trim panel

Base/plinth
Base/plinth TS
Base/plinth components
Also required:
front and rear
– Depending on the application/load, side base/
Sheet steel
plinth trim panels, see page 514
for TS, TS IT, SE, CM, TP, PC, IW
Base/plinth component consisting of one trim panel
and two pre-configured corner pieces. In 200 mm Accessories:
high base/plinth components, one trim panel is – Base mounting plate 2817.000,
divided into two for cable entry. see page 516
– Base/plinth components: Sheet steel Available on the Internet
– Cover caps: Plastic
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Colour:
– Cover caps: RAL 9005/7035
Supply includes:
– 1 set =
2 base/plinth components, 4 cover caps,
4 screws and captive nuts M12 for mounting
on the enclosure.
100 mm high, colour: RAL 7022 200 mm high, colour: RAL 7022
For For
enclosure width Version Model No. enclosure width Version Model No.
mm mm
300 Solid 8601.915 300 Solid 8602.915
400 Solid 8601.400 400 Solid 8602.400
500 Solid 8601.500 500 Solid 8602.500
600 Solid 8601.600 600 Solid 8602.600
800 Solid 8601.800 800 Solid 8602.800
850 Solid 8601.850 850 Solid 8602.850
1000 Solid 8601.000 1000 Solid 8602.000
1100 Solid 8601.300 1100 Solid 8602.100
1200 Solid 8601.200 1200 Solid 8602.200
1600 Solid 8601.920 1600 Solid 8602.920
1800 Solid 8601.980 1800 Solid 8602.980
For For
enclosure width Version Model No. enclosure width Version Model No.
mm mm
300 Solid 8601.905 300 Solid 8602.905
600 Solid 8601.605 600 Solid 8602.605
800 Solid 8601.805 800 Solid 8602.805

Base/plinth
Base/plinth TS
Base/plinth trim panels, side Also required:

Sheet steel
for base/plinth components, front and rear – Base/plinth baying brackets 8601.100,
For mounting between the base/plinth compo- see page 514, when mounting base/plinth trim
nents. With the 200 mm height, two 100 mm base/ panels rotated through 90°
plinth trim panels may also be used. Base/plinth trim
panels (100 mm high) may be installed rotated Accessories:
through 90° to stabilise bayed base/plinth compo-
nents. – Assembly bolts for base/plinth, see page 516
– Sheet steel Available on the Internet
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Supply includes:
– 1 set =
2 base/plinth trim panels, including parts for
attaching to the base/plinth components
For enclosure depth For enclosure depth
Model No. Model No.
mm mm
300 8601.030 300 8602.030
400 8601.040 400 8602.040
500 8601.050 500 8602.050
600 8601.060 600 8602.060
800 8601.080 800 8602.080
For enclosure depth For enclosure depth
Model No. Model No.
mm mm
600 8601.065 600 8602.065
800 8601.085 800 8602.085
1000 8601.015 1000 8602.015
1200 8601.025 1200 8602.025
Base/plinth baying brackets Packs of Model No.

for base/plinth TS 20 pc(s). 8601.100
Essential if the trim panels are mounted rotated
through 90° for additional stabilisation during the
transportation of bayed enclosures.
Additional brackets required for each trim panel:
2 pc(s).
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Screws M8 x 16 mm

Base/plinth
Base/plinth TS
Cable chamber For enclosures

Model No.
for TS, SE Width mm Depth mm
With integral system punchings for individual system 400 500 8600.455
accessories. 400 600 8600.465
Height: 200 mm 600 500 8600.655
Material: 600 600 8600.665
– Sheet steel 800 500 8600.855
Colour: 800 600 8600.865
– RAL 7035 1200 500 8600.255
Supply includes: 1200 600 8600.265
– Sheet steel trim panels front and rear
– Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure
Accessories:
– Side panels for cable chamber,
see page 515
Technical details:
Side panels For enclosure depth

Packs of Model No.
mm
for cable chamber
500 2 pc(s). 8600.510
Height: 200 mm 600 2 pc(s). 8600.520
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Transport castors Floor clearance

Model No.
mm
for base/plinth TS
For locating onto the base/plinth corner piece 100 100 8800.390
or 200 mm high.
Load capacity:
– Maximum permissible load per twin castor: Also required:
static 100 kg – Base/plinth trim panels, side, see page 514
Supply includes:
– 1 set =
4 twin castors, 2 x with, 2 x without locks
Colour:
– RAL 7022

Base/plinth
Base/plinth TS
Base mounting plate Packs of Model No.

for 10 pc(s). 2817.000
◾ Base/plinth TS
◾ Flex-Block base/plinth system
◾ Base/plinth, complete
For fastening the base/plinth to the floor without
moving the enclosure or bayed enclosure suite.
For assembly screws up to 12 mm Ø.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Fastening bolts For base/plinth trim panel

Packs of Model No.
Height mm
for
◾ TS base/plinth 100 10 pc(s). 2819.000
◾ Base/plinth, complete 200 10 pc(s). 2819.200
◾ Base/plinth, stationary
For mounting on base/plinth trim panels, side.
The lockable fastening bolt allows the installation of
cable clamp rails. Tighten with hex spanner, width Accessories:
across flats 19 mm. – Cable clamp rail, see page 665
Material:
– Hexagon steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
1671)
1171)
67
1) Only for height 200 mm
Levelling component For base/plinth height

Packs of Model No.
mm
for TS base/plinth
For retrospective levelling on uneven floors at the 100 4 pc(s). 2891.000
installation site up to a maximum of 15 mm. 200 4 pc(s). 2892.000
Installed through the corner piece of the base/plinth
component. Adjusted using a SW 19 hex spanner.
Benefits:
◾ A door offset caused by uneven flooring can be
corrected
◾ Installed on the assembled enclosure, i.e. no
need to plan levelling in advance
Load capacity:
– Max. admissible static load:
2500 N per levelling component (check the load
capacity of the floor)
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Base/plinth
Base/plinth TS
Cover cap For base/plinth height

Packs of Model No.
mm
for TS base/plinth components
As a replacement. 100 4 pc(s). 8601.130
200 4 pc(s). 8601.140
Material:
– Plastic ABS
Colour:
– RAL 9005
Base/plinth, stationary For depth

Model No.
mm
for PC, IW
Design-coordinated with the enclosures, height 600 8800.920
100 mm, with front projection.
Material:
– Sheet steel, 2.0 mm Accessories:
Colour: – Twin castors 7495.000, see page 522
– RAL 7035 – Levelling feet 4612.000, see page 521
– Design component, front: RAL 7015 – Fastening bolt for cable clamp rails 2819.000,
see page 516
Supply includes: – Support bracket 4183.000, see page 620
– 1 design component, front
– 1 base/plinth component, rear
– 2 base/plinth trim panels, side
Filter mat For enclosure width

Packs of Model No.
mm
for Flex-Block, vented version
To cover the trim panel in the Flex-Block. The filter 600/800 4 pc(s). 7583.500
mat is simply inserted into the trim panel from the
rear. May be shortened to the required length.

Base/plinth
Base/plinth TS
Base/plinth components For enclosure

Height
width Model No.
front and rear mm
mm
Stainless steel 600 100 8701.600
for TS, SE 800 100 8701.800
Material: 1000 100 8701.000
– Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1200 100 8701.200
Surface finish: 600 200 8702.600
– Brushed, grain 400 800 200 8702.800
Supply includes: 1000 200 8702.000
– Mounting accessories for mounting on the 1200 200 8702.200
enclosure
100 mm high:
– 2 trim panels front/rear
Accessories:
200 mm high: – Base/plinth trim, modular (perforated plate),
– 2 corner pieces with removable trim panel see page 518
– 1 trim panel front/rear
Base/plinth trim panels, side For enclosure

Height
depth Model No.
Stainless steel mm
mm
for base/plinth components, front and rear
For mounting between the base/plinth compo- 400 100 8701.040
nents. With the 200 mm height, two 100 mm base/ 500 100 8701.050
plinth trim panels may also be used. Base/plinth trim 600 100 8701.060
panels (100 mm high) may be installed rotated 400 200 8702.040
through 90° to stabilise bayed base/plinth compo-
500 200 8702.050
nents.
600 200 8702.060
Material:
Surface finish:
Also required:
– Brushed, grain 400
– Base/plinth baying brackets 8601.100,
Supply includes: see page 514, when base/plinth trim panels
– 2 base/plinth trim panels, including parts for are installed rotated through 90°
attaching to the base/plinth components
Accessories:
– Fastening bolts for base/plinth, see page 516
Technical details:
Base/plinth trim, modular For enclosure depth

Packs of Model No.
mm
for
◾ TS base/plinth, stainless steel 400 4 pc(s). 2907.000
◾ Base/plinth, complete, stainless steel 500 4 pc(s). 2908.000
For secure cable routing in the base/plinth between 600 4 pc(s). 2913.000
the floor and the enclosure.
Width: 175 mm
Material: Accessories:
– Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) – Cable tie 2597.000, see page 667
Supply includes:
– 4 base/plinth trim panels
Note:
– One base/plinth trim panel is needed per 200 mm
base/plinth width

Base/plinth
Base/plinth
Base/plinth, complete Supply includes:

– Mounting accessories for mounting on the
Sheet steel enclosure
for AE, TP universal console
Trim panels at the front and rear with fitted corner 100 mm high:
pieces and side trim panels. – 4 corner pieces
Material: – 2 trim panels, side
– Sheet steel
200 mm high:
Surface finish: – 4 corner pieces
– Spray-finished – 1 trim panel front/rear x 200 mm
Colour: – 2 trim panels front/rear x 100 mm
– RAL 7022 – 4 trim panels, side
Base/plinth for TP universal console, 100 mm high Base/plinth for AE, 200 mm high
For enclosures/consoles Base/plinth For enclosures Base/plinth
Width Depth depth Model No. Width Depth depth Model No.
mm mm mm mm mm mm
600 500 450 2807.200 600 300 279 2826.200
800 300 279 2828.200
Base/plinth for AE, 100 mm high 1000 300 279 2802.200
For enclosures Base/plinth
Width Depth depth Model No. Technical details:
mm mm mm Available on the Internet
600 300 279 2816.200
800 300 279 2818.200
1000 300 279 2801.200
Accessories:
– Fastening bolt, see page 516
– Base mounting plate, see page 516
Base/plinth, complete For enclosures/consoles

Model No.
Stainless steel Width mm Depth mm
for stainless steel one-piece consoles 600 400 2865.000
Height: 100 mm 800 400 2869.000
Where necessary, 2 base/plinths may be installed 1000 400 2867.000
one above the other. 1200 400 2870.000
Material:
Surface finish: Accessories:
– Brushed – Levelling feet, see page 520
Supply includes: – Base/plinth trim, modular (perforated plate),
– Mounting accessories for mounting on the see page 518
enclosure
– 2 trim panels, side
Cast feet Packs of Model No.

For secure siting of 2 pc(s). 6902.920
◾ Enclosure for tower PC
or
◾ Other customer equipment
Accessories:
Depth: 700 mm
– Base mount 6147.000, see page 167
Material: – Twin castors, see page 522
– Cast aluminium
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Base/plinth
Base/plinth
Levelling feet Thread Packs of Model No.

For direct mounting underneath the base/plinth TS M12 4 pc(s). 2889.000
and the base/plinth, complete. For unhindered M16 4 pc(s). 2890.000
access e.g. when cleaning the floor, and to com-
pensate for floor irregularities.
Possible
Load capacity: alternative:
400 kg per levelling foot – Levelling feet Hygienic Design, see page 172
Adjustment range:
– M12: 55 mm – 125 mm
– M16: 45 mm – 120 mm
Material:
Cross member For enclosure depth

Packs of Model No.
mm
for TS, SE, CM, TP, PC, IW
adjustable 400
1 set(s) 8601.450
◾ To increase stability 500
◾ Height 70 mm 600
◾ Adjustable from the enclosure depth 1 set(s) 8601.680
800
To increase stability, the cross member is posi-
tioned 138 mm above the base frame of the enclo-
sure at the front and rear. For deeper enclosures,
the rear part may be extended and screw-fastened Accessories:
again. For screw-fastening to the floor and enclo- – Twin castors 6148.000, 7495.000
sure with mounting hole at the sides, front and rear. see page 522
The castors and levelling feet may be secured to the – Levelling feet 4612.000, 7493.100,
welded nuts M12. see page 521
– Sheet steel Available on the Internet
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Colour:
– RAL 7015
Stabiliser Enclosure depth mm Model No.

for TS IT 1000 7825.250
The pull-out stabiliser is quickly and easily retrofit-
ted to the lower frame of the server racks and only
extended when necessary.
Accessories:
Load capacity:
– Up to a maximum of 150 kg static load – Levelling feet, see page 521
and/or
Material: – Transport kit, see page 522
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
150kg
Note:
– The stabiliser cannot be used together with base
plates, base frames or base/plinths

Base
Base
Levelling feet Hex socket

Adjustment
Packs of Model No.
height
for TS, TS IT, SE, PC, IW
To compensate for height differences with floor Without 18 – 43 mm 4 pc(s). 4612.000
irregularities. Assembly thread M12. With 18 – 63 mm 4 pc(s). 7493.100
Optionally with hex socket for adjustment from the
inside of the enclosure.
Load capacity: Also required:
approx. 300 kg per levelling foot – For mounting on the TS base/plinth:
Base/plinth adaptor 8800.220, see page 522
Technical details:
Levelling feet Packs of Model No.

for FlatBox 4 pc(s). 7507.740
M10 x 20 mm
For screw-fastening onto the enclosure base when
used as a floor-standing or desktop enclosure.
Width across flats 17, mounting thread multi-tooth
30.
Levelling feet Packs of Model No.

85 – 115 mm high 4 pc(s). 2859.000
For mounting on TS, SE and PC enclosures, for
easier floor cleaning and to compensate for floor
irregularities ±15 mm. Possible
alternative:
Height: 100 mm
– Levelling feet Hygienic Design, see page 172
Load capacity:
350 kg per levelling foot
Material:
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts to the enclosure

Base
Base
Twin castors Maximum admissible static

75 kg
load (per castor)
Mounting thread M12 x 20. Floor clearance 85 mm
For: Lock 2 with, 2 without
◾ Baying system TS 8
Packs of 1 set(s)
◾ SE 8 free-standing enclosure system
Black with grey
◾ PC enclosure system Colour
running surface
1 ◾ Pedestal base plate
◾ Pedestal 6106.200/6106.300 Model No. 6148.000
◾ TopConsole pedestals
◾ Industrial workstations
◾ Data Rack Maximum admissible static
120 kg
load (per castor)
Floor clearance 125 mm
Also required: Lock 2 with, 2 without
– For mounting on the TS base/plinth: Packs of 1 set(s)
Base/plinth adaptor for twin castors 8800.290, Colour Black
see page 523 Model No. 7495.000
2
Transport kit Packs of Model No.

for TS IT 1 set(s) 7825.900
Floor clearance: approx. 40 mm
Load capacity: Note:
– Max. admissible static load: – Only for enclosures without gland plates and base
750 kg per enclosure tray/base mount
– 1 set = 4 castors (2 steerable) Available on the Internet
including assembly parts
Adaptor sleeve Packs of Model No.

for Flex-Block 12 pc(s). 8000.500
For stacking the base/plinth corner pieces.
Material:
– Steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 12 adaptor sleeves
– 8 screws M12
– 8 washers
Base/plinth adaptor Packs of Model No.

for levelling feet 4 pc(s). 8800.220
Connection component for fastening M12 levelling
feet to the TS base/plinth.
– Sheet steel
– Levelling feet 4612.000, 7493.100, see page 521
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated

Base
Base
Base/plinth adaptor Packs of Model No.

for twin castors 4 pc(s). 8800.290
Connection component for mounting twin castors
on the TS base/plinth.
Material: Also required:
– Sheet steel
– Base/plinth trim panels, side, see page 514,
Surface finish: wherever a twin castor is fitted
– Zinc-plated
Width divider Packs of Model No.

Divides 1200 mm wide TS and SE enclosures into 1 set(s) 8800.200
two halves.
Material:
– Sheet steel Also required:
Surface finish: – TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm, see page 609
– Zinc-plated – PS punched section without mounting flange,
Supply includes: 23 x 73 mm, see page 611
– 1 set = Depending on the installation situation
1 bracket for right/left, 2 compensating plates for
the top, mounting accessories.
1st mounting position:

Two mounting plates side by side. Also required:
Two mounting plates (from 600 mm wide enclo- – Four TS punched rails 18 x 38 mm at the bottom,
sures) in a 1200 mm wide enclosure permit inde- according to the enclosure depth,
pendent positioning and easy handling. see page 609
– One PS punched section without mounting flange
23 x 73 mm at the top, according to the enclo-
sure depth, see page 611
2nd mounting position:

System support rails, fitted on the left. Also required:
Whilst heavy installed equipment rests on the sys- – Two system support rails 4361.000,
tem support rails, the remaining floor space is left see page 613
free, e.g. for unhindered cable entry.
– 1 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm in accordance with
the enclosure depth (included with the supply of
the standard enclosure)
3rd mounting position:

Cable clamp rail, installed on the left. Also required:
With 1200 mm wide enclosures, the width divider
– 1 cable clamp rail 4191.000, see page 665
allows cable entry and cable clamping to be – 1 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm in accordance with
arranged differently on the left and right of the enclo- the enclosure depth (included with the supply of
sure.
the standard enclosure)

Base
Base
Reinforcement bracket Packs of Model No.

for TS, SE, TP universal console 4 pc(s). 8800.830
For use as an additional stabiliser to the clamping
straps when populated enclosures are screw-fas-
tened via the base tray to the base/plinth or pallet
for transportation purposes.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Base mount For enclosure depth

Packs of Model No.
mm
for TS IT
To accommodate gland plate modules. 600 2 pc(s). 5501.300
800 2 pc(s). 5501.310
◾ Tool-free mounting or screw-fastening
◾ Easily retrofitted and combined with stabiliser 1000 2 pc(s). 5501.320
1200 2 pc(s). 5501.350
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 2 mounting rails including assembly parts
Clips Packs of Model No.

for gland plates 50 pc(s). 8800.075
As replacement and for additional gland plate
attachments in TS, SE, CM, TP.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated

Base
Base
Gland plate Material:

– Sheet steel
for CM, TP
Potential equalisation is provided via assembly com- Surface finish:
ponents and earthing points. – Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Note:
– For greater stability and universal cable entry, the
base opening is divided in the width for 1000,
1200 and 1600 mm wide enclosures, and is suit-
able for various configurations
For enclosure depth 300 mm, complete module groups

For enclosure/console width
mm
One-piece base opening Two-piece base opening
For enclosure width Packs Packs 600 800 Packs Packs 1000 1200 1600
Cable entry module groups of required Model No. of required Model No.
Cable clamp strip, centre

Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 2 5001.210 5001.211 1 pc(s). 4 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233
depth 50 mm
Section for cable entry,
1 set(s) 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 set(s) 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160
centre
Cable clamp strip, rear

Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 pc(s). 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234
depth 100 mm
1 set(s) 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 set(s) 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165
rear
Grommets, 1 x
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 pc(s). 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233
depth 50 mm
Cable entry plates for
1 pc(s). 1 5001.226 5001.227 1 pc(s). 1 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237
grommets
Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 651
For cable glands

One-piece
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 pc(s). 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235
depth 150 mm
Two-piece
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 pc(s). 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233
depth 50 mm
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 pc(s). 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234
depth 100 mm
Cable glands, see page 658

Base
Base

mm

Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 pc(s). 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233
depth 50 mm
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 pc(s). 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235
depth 150 mm
1 set(s) 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 set(s) 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160
centre

Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 2 5001.214 5001.215 1 pc(s). 4 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234
depth 100 mm
1 set(s) 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 set(s) 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165
rear
Cable clamp strip, centre and rear

Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 pc(s). 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233
depth 50 mm
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 pc(s). 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234
depth 100 mm
1 set(s) 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 set(s) 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160
centre
1 set(s) 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 set(s) 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165
rear
Grommets, 1 x
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 pc(s). 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235
depth 150 mm
1 pc(s). 1 5001.226 5001.227 1 pc(s). 2 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237
grommets
Grommets, 2 x
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 pc(s). 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233
depth 50 mm
1 pc(s). 2 5001.226 5001.227 1 pc(s). 4 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237
grommets
EMC
EMC gland plate 1 set(s) 1 8800.660 8800.680 1 set(s) 2 8800.600 8800.620 –
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 pc(s). 2 5001.216 5001.217 –
depth 100 mm
For cable glands

One-piece
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 pc(s). 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236
depth 250 mm
Two-piece
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 pc(s). 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235
depth 150 mm
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 pc(s). 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234
depth 100 mm

Base
Base

mm

Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 pc(s). 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233
depth 50 mm
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 pc(s). 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236
depth 250 mm
1 set(s) 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 set(s) 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160
centre

Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 2 5001.218 5001.219 1 pc(s). 4 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235
depth 150 mm
1 set(s) 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 set(s) 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165
rear
Cable clamp strip, centre and rear

Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 pc(s). 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233
depth 50 mm
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 2 5001.214 5001.215 1 pc(s). 4 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234
depth 100 mm
1 set(s) 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 set(s) 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160
centre
1 set(s) 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 set(s) 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165
rear
Grommets, 1 x
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 pc(s). 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236
depth 250 mm
1 pc(s). 1 5001.226 5001.227 1 pc(s). 2 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237
grommets
Grommets, 2 x
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 pc(s). 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235
depth 150 mm
1 pc(s). 2 5001.226 5001.227 1 pc(s). 4 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237
grommets
EMC
EMC gland plate 1 set(s) 1 8800.660 8800.680 1 set(s) 2 8800.600 8800.620 –
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 2 5001.214 5001.215 1 pc(s). 4 5001.216 5001.217 –
depth 100 mm
For cable glands, two-piece

Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 pc(s). 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234
depth 100 mm
Gland plate,
1 pc(s). 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 pc(s). 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236
depth 250 mm

Base
Base
Gland plate Material:

– Sheet steel
for TS IT
Potential equalisation is provided via assembly com- Surface finish:
ponents and earthing points. – Zinc-plated
◾ Gland plate set
Supply includes:
To conceal the entire base opening.
– Assembly parts
◾ Gland plate modules
Select suitable modules depending on the appli-
cation.
Accessories:
– Clips for gland plates, see page 524
For enclosure depth 600 mm

For enclosure width mm
Packs
A Gland plate set Packs of 600 800
required
Model No.
Gland plate, solid, with sliding panel, multi-piece 1 set(s) 1 – 5502.510
Packs For enclosure width mm

Gland plate modules Packs of
required 600 800
B 1 module plate as selected Model No.

Gland plate, depth 150 mm 1 pc(s). 1 5001.218 5001.219
Sliding panel, depth 150 mm 1 pc(s). 1 5001.239 5001.240
Cable entry with brush strip 7825.361 7825.381
Vented 7825.360 7825.380
Module plate,
1 pc(s). 1
depth 237.5 mm Cable entry with brush strip, 7825.367 7825.387
super-airtight
Cable entry, side – 7825.388
C Cable entry, rear or front Model No.

Foam rubber cable clamp strip 3m 1 2573.000 2573.000
D Cable entry, centre Model No.

Section for cable entry, centre 1 set(s) 1 8802.060 8802.080
A B C D
7
5 3
6 5 5
1 3 8
2 3
2 5 5 5
Gland pate, depth 250 mm

Gland plate, depth 150 mm Also required:
– Base mount, see page 524
Gland plate, depth 100 mm
Sliding panel, depth 150 mm
Module plate, depth 237.5 mm

Self-adhesive foam cable clamp strip
Section for cable entry, centre

Base
Base

Packs
required
Model No.
Gland plate, solid, with sliding panel, multi-piece 1 set(s) 1 – 5502.530

required 600 800

Vented 7825.360 7825.380
Module plate,
1 pc(s). 1
super-airtight
C 2 module plates as selected Model No.

Vented 7825.360 7825.380
Module plate,
1 pc(s). 2
super-airtight
D Cable entry, rear or front Model No.

E Cable entry, centre Model No.

A B C D E
7 2
5
6 6 5 5
1 3 2
5 8
1 3
1 1 1
5 6 5 5
3



Base
Base

Packs
required
Model No.
Gland plate, solid, with sliding panel, multi-piece 1 set(s) 1 5502.540 5502.550

required 600 800

Vented 7825.360 7825.380
Module plate,
1 pc(s). 1
super-airtight

Vented 7825.360 7825.380
Module plate,
1 pc(s). 2
super-airtight


A B C D E
7 2
5
6 6 5
1 1
1 1 1
5
1 4 5 2 8
1 3 1 1
2
2 5 6 5 5



Base
Base

Packs
required
Model No.
Gland plate, solid, with sliding panel, multi-piece 1 set(s) 1 5502.560 5502.570

required 600 800

Vented 7825.360 7825.380
Module plate,
1 pc(s). 1
super-airtight

Vented 7825.360 7825.380
Module plate,
1 pc(s). 2
super-airtight


A B C D E
7
5
6 6 5 1
1
1
1 1 1
1 5 8
1
1
5
1 1 2 2
1 4 2 2
1 6
5 2 2



Base
Base
Trim panel For enclosure

for CM, TP Width Depth Model No.
To conceal the entire base opening with CM or as mm mm
the cover for a TP pedestal. 600 400 5001.130
Material: 800 400 5001.140
– Sheet steel 1000 400 5001.150
1200 400 5001.160
Surface finish:
– Textured paint 1600 400 6730.030
600 500 6730.100
Colour:
– RAL 7035 800 500 6730.110
1200 500 6730.120
Protection category to IEC 60 529:
– IP 55 1600 500 6730.130
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Gland plate module, vented For enclosure width

Model No.
mm
for TS, TS IT, SE
Large perforated section for passive enclosure 600 7825.360
ventilation. 800 7825.380
Gland plate depth:
– 237.5 mm
Supply includes: Also required:
– Filter mat and nylon tape – Base mount for installation in TS IT,
see page 524
– Gland plates for installation in TS IT,
see page 528
Gland plate module, one-piece, For enclosure width

Model No.
mm
with brush strip 600 7825.361
for TS, TS IT, SE
800 7825.381
For simple, sealed cable entry.
Gland plate depth:
– 237.5 mm
Also required:
– Base mount for installation in TS IT,
see page 524
– Gland plates for installation in TS IT,
see page 528
Gland plate module, two-piece, For enclosure width

Packs of Model No.
mm
with brush strip 600 1 pc(s). 7825.367
for TS, TS IT, SE
800 1 pc(s). 7825.387
Special brush strips with brush strips offset on alter-
nate sides offer maximum possible protection with
professional cable entry. The two-piece design even
allows retrospective fitting of the base module with Also required:
the cables already installed.
Gland plate depth: see page 524
– 237.5 mm – Gland plates for installation in TS IT,
Material: see page 528
– Module plate: Sheet steel
– Brush strip: Plastic, UL 94-V0
Surface finish:
– Module plate: Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Base
Base
Gland plate module For enclosure width

Model No.
mm
for side cable entry 800 7825.388
for TS, TS IT, SE
With adjustable openings on both sides and rubber
cable clamp strip. The two-piece design even allows
retrospective fitting of the base module with the Also required:
cables already installed.
Supply includes: see page 524
– Assembly parts – Gland plates for installation in TS IT,
see page 528
Pressure relief stoppers Packs of Model No.

Especially when enclosures are exposed to chang- 5 pc(s). 2459.500
ing climatic conditions (e.g. with outdoor siting),
condensation may form in sealed enclosures due
to pressure differences. The integral sealing mem- Technical specifications:
brane largely prevents such pressure differences – Air permeability up to 120 litres/hour with a
and hence condensation; additionally, it also pre- pressure difference of 70 mbar
vents the ingress of moisture from the outside. – Connection thread M12 x 1.5
Installed in vertical surfaces to protect against dirt. – For fitting in wall thicknesses up to 4 mm
Material:
– Polyamide
Colour:
– IP 66, 68
Protection category IP to DIN 40 050-9:
– IP 69K
Supply includes:
– Lock nut
Condensate discharge Packs of Model No.

For reliable condensate discharge from the inside 6 pc(s). 2459.000
and protection against splashed water from the out-
side (labyrinth effect).
A hole diameter of 16 mm is required.
(With AE sheet steel, the holes are already provided
in the base).
Material:
– Polyamide
Colour:
Protection category:
– Protection from splashed water, when profession-
ally installed at the bottom

Walls
Side panels
Side panels, screw-fastened, For enclosures

Packs of Model No.
sheet steel Height mm Depth mm
for TS, TS IT 800 600 2 pc(s). 8173.235
◾ Automatic potential equalisation and higher EMC 1000 600 2 pc(s). 8174.235
protection thanks to enclosure panel holders with 1200 500 2 pc(s). 8115.235
earthing insert 1200 600 2 pc(s). 8170.235
◾ Easy positioning with the location aid
1200 800 2 pc(s). 8175.235
◾ Earthing bolt with contact surface
1200 1000 2 pc(s). 8176.235
Material:
1400 500 2 pc(s). 8145.235
– Sheet steel 1.5 mm
1400 600 2 pc(s). 8146.235
– Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside
1600 500 2 pc(s). 8165.235
Colour: 1600 600 2 pc(s). 8166.235
– RAL 7035
1600 800 2 pc(s). 8168.235
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: 1800 400 2 pc(s). 8184.235
– IP 55
1800 500 2 pc(s). 8185.235
Supply includes: 1800 600 2 pc(s). 8186.235
– Assembly parts
1800 800 2 pc(s). 8188.235
Note: 1800 1000 2 pc(s). 8180.235
– Enclosure panel holders may optionally be fitted 2000 400 2 pc(s). 8104.235
from the inside or outside of the enclosure.
– Area available for population: 2000 500 2 pc(s). 8105.235
External dimension -100 mm 2000 600 2 pc(s). 8106.235
2000 800 2 pc(s). 8108.235
2000 1000 2 pc(s). 8100.235
2200 600 2 pc(s). 8126.235
2200 800 2 pc(s). 8128.235
Accessories:
– Earth straps, see page 644
– Enclosure panel holders, internal, see page 535,
for heavy installed equipment and high dynamic
loads
Side panels, screw-fastened, For enclosures

Packs of Model No.
stainless steel Height mm Depth mm
for TS 1800 400 2 pc(s). 8700.840
◾ Automatic potential equalisation and higher EMC 1800 500 2 pc(s). 8700.850
protection thanks to enclosure panel holders 2000 600 2 pc(s). 8700.060
◾ Earthing bolt with contact surface
– Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm
– Enclosure panel holders, internal, see page 535,
Surface finish: for heavy installed equipment and high dynamic
– Brushed, grain 400 loads
– IP 55
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Walls
Side panels
Baying frame, For enclosures

Packs of Model No.
IP 66/NEMA 4, NEMA 4X Height
mm
Depth
mm
for TS
2000 600 1 pc(s). 8700.010
For baying enclosure systems.
◾ Automatic potential equalisation and higher EMC
protection thanks to enclosure panel holders
◾ Foamed-in on both sides
Material:
– Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm
Surface finish:
– Brushed, grain 400
– IP 66
– NEMA 4
– NEMA 4X
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Enclosure panel holders, Packs of Model No.

internal 10 pc(s). 8800.071
for TS
For additional fixing of the side or rear panel with
heavy installed equipment and high dynamic loads.
Hinges Colour Packs of Model No.

for side panel, screw-fastened, sheet steel RAL 7035 6 pc(s). 8800.110
The 180° opening angle allows unhindered access.
May be installed optionally from the inside or out-
side of the enclosure. Replace the 3 enclosure panel Note:
holders with hinges. Despite the hinge, the protec- – Side panel and door hinges may only be installed
tion category of the enclosure is retained. on the same enclosure section when using a
180° door hinge (see page 574)
Material: – Please note: Red areas (side panels), hinged and
– Die-cast zinc unhinged, must always be opposite one another,
Supply includes: and blue areas (doors/rear panels) must always
– Assembly parts be opposite one another
– Only one surface on each vertical enclosure sec-
tion may be hinged

Walls
Side panels
Side panel, divided For enclosures

Packs of Model No.
for TS IT Height mm Depth mm
◾ Easy handling and tool-free assembly 1800 800 1 pc(s). 5501.000
◾ Quick-release fastener including security lock 2000 600 1 pc(s). 5501.010
3524 E
2000 800 1 pc(s). 5501.020
◾ Internal latch included (cannot be opened with
a key) 2000 1000 1 pc(s). 5501.030
◾ Lock with chassis, cable clamp rail may be 2000 1200 1 pc(s). 5501.040
top-mounted on the outer mounting level 2200 800 1 pc(s). 5501.050
◾ Suitable for IT climate control and rack fire extin- 2200 1000 1 pc(s). 5501.060
guishing
2200 1200 1 pc(s). 5501.070
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Powder-coated
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 1 top piece
– 1 bottom piece
– Earth conductor
– Assembly parts
Side panel, lockable For enclosures

Packs of Model No.
for TS, TS IT Height mm Depth mm
◾ Simply locate from above 1200 800 2 pc(s). 7824.128
◾ Lock via security lock no. 3524 E 1200 1000 2 pc(s). 7824.120
◾ Earthing bolt with contact lug
1800 800 2 pc(s). 7824.188
Material: 2000 600 2 pc(s). 7824.206
– Sheet steel 2000 800 2 pc(s). 7824.208
– Powder-coated 2200 800 2 pc(s). 7824.228
Colour: 2200 1000 2 pc(s). 7824.220
– RAL 7035
Internal latch For

Packs of Model No.
enclosure system
for side panel, lockable
Additional security is achieved via the option of TS 4 pc(s). 7824.510
latching the side panel from the inside.
The side panels on the frame section are screw-fas-
tened from the inside with latching brackets.
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Paint Colour RAL Model No.

For touching up and repairing powder-coated and Touch-up pen 12 ml 7035 2436.735
wet-painted surfaces, air-drying. Tin 1000 ml 7035 2438.735
7022 2581.000
Spray can 150 ml
7035 2440.735

Walls
Divider panels/partitions
Divider panel For enclosures

Model No.
for TS Height mm Depth mm
For shielding individual enclosure cells. Thanks to 1800 400 8609.840
the symmetry of the frame system, the divider panel 1800 500 8609.850
can also be used at the rear. All-round, double fold
1800 600 8609.860
for stability and to hold the seal.
Notches in the corners and half-way up the sides 2000 400 8609.040
permit the use of angular baying brackets and bay- 2000 500 8609.050
ing brackets, even with a divider panel fitted. 2000 600 8609.060
For mounting on the outer mounting level. This 2000 800 8609.080
leaves the inner level free for further population.
2200 600 8609.260
Material:
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm 302/402/502/702
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
– IP 54
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
289/389/489/689
Note:
– The divider panel can also be fitted at the rear,
allowing e.g. frequency converters for heat dissi-
pation to be installed in a divider panel with the
cooling units facing outwards and protected/
247/347/447/647
finished off with a cover (see page 540).
Accessories:
1702/1902/2102
– Cover with door, see page 540
– Baying bracket, vertical, 8800.470 for enclosures
with fitted divider panel, see page 546
Partition For enclosures

Model No.
for TS IT Height mm Depth mm
For rack mounting, suspended between two enclo- 2000 1000 7831.723
sures. With three Ø 40 mm holes in all 4 corner 2000 1200 7831.724
areas for the insertion of cables, conduits etc. Drilled
holes may be sealed with the enclosed stepped
collars. For cable entry, simply cut off at a suitable Note:
level to match the required cross-section. – Not suitable for use in conjunction with a baying
Material: seal. Any existing seals must be removed prior to
– Partition: Sheet steel installation
– Stepped collar: Plastic to UL 94-HB
– Partition: Zinc-plated
– Baying clamp 8800.490, see page 544

Walls
The divider panel and module Faster assembly:

Usually only some of the total number of connector
plate system cut-outs are used. Thanks to the new divider panel
More options: technique, the cut-outs do not need to be covered
The cut-outs of a divider panel are individually individually. The solid module plate is used instead.
equipped with module plates for 16-pole or 24-pole The benefit: Less plates, less screws, less assem-
connectors, with module plates for cable entry and bly work.
with solid module plates.
Divider panel 402/502

318
for module plates TS
With cut-outs for the installation of module plates for
connectors or for cable entry, and also for the entry
144
of busbar systems and other installed equipment.
99/105
All-round, double fold for stability and to hold the
188
seal. Thanks to the symmetry of the enclosure
frame, divider panels may also be fitted at the rear,
dimensions permitting.
For mounting on the outer mounting level. This
leaves the inner level free for further population.
Material:
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
8 x 188 (1504)/9 x 188 (1692)

Supply includes:
– Assembly parts and multi-tooth screws
1702/1902
M5 x 12 mm for mounting the module plates.
Note:
– Notches in the corners and half-way up the sides
permit the use of angular baying brackets and
baying brackets, even with a divider panel fitted
Accessories:
– Module plates, see page 539
– Cover with door, see page 540
– Baying attachment 8800.470 for enclosures
with fitted divider panel, see page 546
For enclosures
Number of cut-outs Model No.
Height mm Depth mm
1800 500 9 8609.100
1800 600 9 8609.110
2000 500 10 8609.120
2000 600 10 8609.130

Walls
Module plates Design Cut-outs Packs of Model No.

Solid – 1 pc(s). 8609.160
Material:
– Sheet steel, 2 mm For 16-pole
4 1 pc(s). 8609.150
connectors
Surface finish: For 24-pole
– Zinc-plated 4 1 pc(s). 8609.140
connectors
Supply includes: For cable entry 1 1 pc(s). 8609.170
– Seal With cable sleeve 1 1 pc(s). 8609.390
Solid
For sealing unused cut-outs. Easily machined for
individual cut-outs.
For 16/24-pole connectors

With cut-outs to accommodate connectors. In addi- Accessories:
tion to mounting on divider panels, module plates – Adaptor, cover plate, see page 540
may also be attached to the 25 mm pitch pattern of – Connector gland for connector cut-outs,
the enclosure and to the rails of the TS/PS system. see page 660
– Connector gland sealing frame and sealing
module, see page 661
For cable entry

For the entry of pre-assembled cables. Sealed, Accessories:
secure routing is achieved via adjustable angle – Cable tie for fast assembly 2597.000,
brackets with inserted foam cable clamp strip.
see page 667
Attachment bracket, punched, for cable clamping.
With cable sleeve

For 10 – 65 mm cable diameters. The flexible
grommet adapts to the cable’s bending radius.

Walls
Adaptor For reduction Packs of Model No.

for connector cut-outs From 24 to 16 poles 5 pc(s). 2479.000
For using connectors with varying numbers of poles. From 24 to 10 poles 5 pc(s). 2480.000
Material: From 24 to 6 poles 5 pc(s). 2481.000
– Sheet steel From 16 to 10 poles 5 pc(s). 2401.000
Surface finish: From 16 to 6 poles 5 pc(s). 2402.000
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Seal and assembly parts
Cover plate For Packs of Model No.

for connector cut-outs 24-pole cut-outs 20 pc(s). 2477.000
For unused cut-outs. 16-pole cut-outs 20 pc(s). 2478.000
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Cover with door For enclosures

for TS Height Depth Model No.
◾ To protect and finish off connectors or other mm mm
installed equipment. 2000 500 8609.020
◾ Optional cable entry from above or below 2000 600 8609.030
Material:
– Cover: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm
– Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm Accessories:
Colour: – Lock inserts, type F, see page 570
– RAL 7035 – Comfort handle, see page 564
Supply includes: – 180° hinge, see page 574
– Cover
– Door with locking rod and double-bit lock insert
– 1 cover plate for top or bottom

Walls
Isolator door locking
TS isolator door cover Width Height Depth

Model No.
mm mm mm
(US version) 100 1800 400 8950.840
Including main door lock for safety locking of enclo-
100 1800 500 8950.850
sures and bayed enclosure suites in accordance
with US regulations, only in conjunction with actua- 100 2000 500 8950.050
tor lever for master switches: 100 2000 600 8950.060
◾ Allen Bradley 1494 F-M1/P1/S1
and 140 U-K-FCX04
◾ Square D 9422 A1
◾ Siemens actuator for Max-Flex drives for Also required:
moulded-case circuit-breakers in the SENTRON – Operating mechanism, 4912.000, for enclosure
series (ED, FD, LD, JD; not for Siemens circuit- with isolator door cover and additionally every
breaker 3VL) US Model No.: FHOH fourth adjacent enclosure, see page 541
◾ General Electric TDA Type 1 and 2 – Adjacent door latch, 4911.000, 4911.100,
◾ Moeller NZM-XSHGVR 12-NA for every adjacent enclosure, see page 541
Benefits: – Interconnecting rods, for every adjacent enclo-
◾ In combination with sure in the appropriate enclosure width,
– Operating mechanism see page 541
– Adjacent door latch – Side panel TS, screw-fastened, see page 534
– Interconnecting rods
meets the requirements of UL 508 A
◾ Compact design with 125 mm width, may Accessories:
optionally be fitted on the left or right of the – Mounting plate infill, see page 591
enclosure. With this cover, all standard single-
door TS 8 enclosures may be configured as iso- Isolator door locking (US version)
lator door enclosures. The complete installation
surface of the enclosure is retained. Operating mechanism
◾ In conjunction with the integrable TS mounting Adjacent door latch (single-door)
plate infill, (see page 591), the mounting surface
of the main enclosure can be enlarged by around Interconnecting rod
14%. Connection component
◾ Cover may only be mounted on a single-door
enclosure with tubular door frame Main door latch
Material: Adjacent door latch (two-door)
– Sheet steel
Side panel TS, screw-fastened
Surface finish:
– Powder-coated 3 4 3 4 3
Colour:
– RAL 7035
6 6 2 2 1
5
– IP 55 7
Protection category NEMA: 7
NEMA 12
Supply includes:
– Main door lock, cover plate and assembly parts 125
Technical details:
Door latch
for bayed enclosure suites
For extending the door locking of commercially
available master switches to bayed suites TS.
Adjacent doors cannot be opened until the main
door has been opened.
1 2
Operating mechanism Packs of Model No.

Fitted in the enclosure with main switch and
Operating mechanism 1 pc(s). 4912.000
additionally in every fourth adjacent enclosure
Adjacent door latch Adjacent door latch for Packs of Model No.
Fitted in adjacent enclosure
Single-door enclosures 1 pc(s). 4911.000
Two-door enclosures 1 pc(s). 4911.100
3
Interconnecting rods For enclosure width

Packs of Model No.
To extend locking from the main enclosure to the mm
adjacent enclosures of a bayed suite. 600 10 pc(s). 4916.000
An interconnecting rod corresponding to the
800 10 pc(s). 4918.000
width of the enclosure is required for each
adjacent enclosure. 1200 10 pc(s). 4920.000

Baying system
Enclosure suites
Bayable on all sides

Whether around corners, forwards, backwards,
to the left or right or even upwards if required, the
baying options are unlimited.
For baying at the installation site

or for provisional siting in the workshop
Quick-fit baying clamp,

one-piece
Quick-fit baying clamp,
three-piece
5
Baying clamp, horizontal
Baying clamp, vertical
for TS/TS 2
Baying clamp, vertical
for TS/PS
Baying connector, external
Notes on the transportation of
bayed enclosures,
see page 544. 4
1
3

Baying system
Enclosure suites
Quick-fit baying clamp, Packs of Model No.

one-piece 6 pc(s). 8800.500
for TS/TS
Simply attach the screws, insert the quick-fit baying
clamp, tap in with a hammer and lock.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Quick-fit baying clamp, Packs of Model No.

three-piece 6 pc(s). 8800.590
for TS/TS
Simply locate, connect with the lock plate, and
secure.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Baying clamp, horizontal Packs of Model No.

for TS/TS, TS/PS 4 pc(s). 8800.400
For mounting on the horizontal enclosure sections.
Material:
– Cast steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Baying clamp, vertical Packs of Model No.

for TS/TS 6 pc(s). 8800.410
For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Baying system
Enclosure suites
Baying clamp, vertical Packs of Model No.

for TS/PS 6 pc(s). 8800.420
For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections.
Material:
– Cast steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Baying connector, external Material/surface finish Packs of Model No.

for TS/TS Sheet steel, zinc-plated 6 pc(s). 8800.490
For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections. Stainless steel 1.4301
6 pc(s). 8700.000
Simply position on the outside and screw-fasten (AISI 3304)
either from the inside or outside.
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures
Individual enclosures may be safely transported For the enclosure combina- The cable pull angle
using the eyebolts included with the supply. tion with angular baying between the roof plate
For symmetrical loads, the following maximum brackets, quick-fit baying and the cable has a
permissible loads apply: clamps and combination significant influence on
at 45° cable pull angle 4,800 N, angles shown here, the the total permissible
at 60° cable pull angle 6,400 N, load capacity with a cable load.
at 90° cable pull angle 13,600 N. pull angle of 60° is as fol- The cable pull angle
lows: must not be less than
Note:
for the left-hand enclosure 45°, and ideally not
– The eyebolts must be aligned in the direction of
7,000 N, less than 60°.
the cable pull
for the middle enclosure
14,000 N,
for the right-hand enclo-
sure 7,000 N.

Baying system
Enclosure suites
When transporting bayed Example A

enclosures 2 quick-fit baying clamps
8800.500
Baying bracket for TS/TS (see page 543)

Baying bracket for TS/TS and TS/PS
4 angular baying brackets 1
8800.430
(see page 545)
Note:
– In addition, an external baying connector
(see page 544), can be used for reinforcement. A 7
Example B
– When transporting large, heavy enclosure combi-
nations by crane, we additionally recommend the 2 quick-fit baying clamps
use of combination angles 4540.000, 8800.500
see page 546 (see page 543) 8

2 angular baying brackets
8800.430
Also required:
(see page 545)
– For protection category IP 55:
One quick-fit baying clamp is required half-way 4 baying brackets
up the enclosure height, see page 543 4582.500 1
(see page 546)
Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures, if the angular baying brackets cannot be fitted in
see page 544 the foremost installation position due to installed
equipment such as large swing frames.
7
B
Angular baying bracket Packs of Model No.

for TS/TS 4 pc(s). 8800.430
For a stable connection when transporting bayed
enclosure suites.
Screw-fastening either
◾ Horizontally or vertically with 8 screws
◾ Horizontally with 2 screws and M8 threaded
blocks, vertically with 4 screws
is supported.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Baying system
Enclosure suites
Baying brackets Packs of Model No.

for TS/TS and TS/PS 4 pc(s). 4582.500
For additional stabilisation, or in cases where
for example
◾ Mounting plate brackets
◾ Swing frames Accessories:
◾ Busbar supports – For mounting on the vertical TS enclosure
prevent the installation of angular baying brackets section: Snap-on nut M8, 8800.808,
Material: see page 618
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Angular baying brackets Packs of Model No.

The alternative to baying bracket 4582.500 and for 4 pc(s). 4582.000
individual interior installations.
Material:
Surface finish: – For mounting on the horizontal TS enclosure
– Zinc-plated section: Captive nuts/threaded blocks M8,
– Assembly parts – For mounting on the vertical TS enclosure
section: Snap-on nut M8, 8800.808,
see page 618
Combination angle Packs of Model No.

For optimum distribution of tensile forces during 4 pc(s). 4540.000
transportation of bayed enclosures by crane.
Material:
– Sheet steel Accessories:
Surface finish: – Top baying cover, see page 548
– Zinc-plated
Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures,
– Assembly parts
Baying attachment, vertical Packs of Model No.

for TS/TS with divider panel 8 pc(s). 8800.470
Only suitable for mounting in conjunction with the
angle brackets of the divider panel (included with
the supply). Note:
– May also be used for side or rear wall attach-
Material: ment/fastening of enclosures. In such cases,
– Sheet steel additional holes must be drilled in the side or rear
Surface finish: panel.
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Baying system
Enclosure suites
Baying attachment, vertical Packs of Model No.

for TS/TS 6 pc(s). 8800.670
For baying two populated enclosures on the vertical
enclosure section.
Simply locate into the vertical TS punchings, secure
and connect both brackets using the hex screws
(supplied loose).
Using the fastening bolts, the enclosure is pulled
into a defined end position, with a height or side off-
set of up to ± 2 mm.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Baying cover, vertical Packs of Model No.

To balance out the gap between the side panels 2 pc(s). 8800.870
when baying back-to-back. For enclosure height
2200 mm, or may be cut to length individually for
lower heights.
Also required:
Material:
– Cover section: Plastic – Baying connector, external, 8800.490,
see page 544
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Baying clamp, horizontal Packs of Model No.

for back-to-back mounting 4 pc(s). 8800.170
Two-piece, for in situ assembly of enclosures with
mounting plate in the rearmost installation position.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Baying system
Enclosure suites
Baying cover, top For

Plastic
Stainless
enclosure Packs steel
A cover with two end caps may additionally be RAL Model No.
depth of 1.4301
clipped over the seal between the two enclosures. 7035
mm (AISI 304)
This prevents dirt and liquid from collecting on the 400 1 pc(s). ◾ – 8800.845
baying seal.
500 1 pc(s). ◾ – 8800.855
Supply includes: 600 1 pc(s). ◾ – 8800.865
– Assembly parts
800 1 pc(s). ◾ – 8800.885
– 2 end caps
1200 1 pc(s). ◾ – 8800.825
Note:
400 1 pc(s). – ◾ 8700.140
– May also be fitted in the width with enclosure
suites bayed back-to-back 500 1 pc(s). – ◾ 8700.150
– May also be used in conjunction with dust guard 600 1 pc(s). – ◾ 8700.160
trim, see page 581
Baying connector, external Packs of Model No.

for TS IT/TS IT with side panels 4 pc(s). 7824.540
For retrospective baying of enclosures with screw-
fastened or lockable side panels.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Baying kit Packs of Model No.

for KL, AE 1 set(s) 1199.100
Special screws and nuts
◾ For fast, simple assembly without thread-tapping
◾ Compression of the seal is limited to a prede-
fined level, to ensure a long-lasting, permanent
seal between enclosures
Seal, self-adhesive
◾ Comprised of bayable sealing elements and cor-
ner pieces, for individual adaptation to various
enclosure sizes
One pack is sufficient for a baying point up to
H x D = 800 x 350 mm.
Supply includes:
– Sealing elements
– Assembly parts

Doors/locks
Door variants
Tubular door frame For doors

Packs of Model No.
for TS, TS IT, SE Width mm Height mm
To fit sheet steel doors prepared for a tubular door 300 2000 1 set(s) 5501.200
frame. 400 2000 1 set(s) 5501.210
Material:
– Tube section: Sheet steel
– Corner connectors: Plastic
Surface finish:
– Tube section: Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Glazed door For enclosures

for TS, TS IT Width Height Model No.
Instead of a sheet steel door or rear panel. mm mm
600 1800 8610.685
Material:
– Frame: Extruded aluminium section 800 1800 8610.885
– Corner pieces: Die-cast zinc 600 2000 8610.605
– Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 800 2000 8610.805
3 mm 600 2200 8610.625
Surface finish: 800 2200 8610.825
– Powder-coated
Colour:
– Frame and corner pieces: RAL 7035 Also required:
– Viewing window (printed mask on the inside):
RAL 9005 – When mounting instead of the rear panel or dou-
ble door: Lock components for frame 8800.040,
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: see page 550
– IP 55
Supply includes:
– Glazed door frame with safety glass
– Locking rod with double-bit lock insert
– 180° hinges (4)
– Visible area: W -140 mm, H -160 mm
For glazed door TS

Handle adaptor
The handle adaptor compensates for the design Colour Model No.
chamfer in the door profile to enable installation of RAL 7035 8611.080
the comfort handle.
Material: For designer door IW and PC, bottom door
– Plastic
Colour Model No.
Supply includes: RAL 7035 8611.300
– 1 adaptor plate
– 1 bolt to extend the screw-on dome
– 2 assembly screws

Doors/locks
Door variants
Lock components Packs of Model No.

for TS, TS IT, SE 4 pc(s). 8800.040
For retrofitting a glazed door or sheet steel door in
place of a rear panel.
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws
Glazed door, vented For enclosures

for TS, TS IT, SE Width Height Model No.
With 180° hinges and comfort handle with security mm mm
lock no. 3524 E. Surface perforated on both sides 600 2000 7824.201
with air inlet openings > 78 % for optimum air 800 2000 7824.202
throughput. 800 2200 7824.222
Material:
– Door: Sheet steel
– Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm
Accessories:
Surface finish:
– Powder-coated – 180° hinge for bayed TS enclosure suites with
comfort handle, see page 574
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 4 enclosure hinges
– Assembly parts
Lockable and adjacent door For enclosures

Colour
for TS, TS IT, SE Width Height Model No.
RAL
For example, if two 400 mm doors instead of one mm mm
800 mm wide door are used to comply with escape 800 2000 7035 8801.450
routes.
Material:
Surface finish: – Lock system, see page 564
– Dipcoat-primed,
Powder-coated on the outside
Supply includes:
– 2 doors, including tubular door frame, hinges and
lock parts

Doors/locks
Door variants
Protective bars For enclosure width Length Packs

Model No.
mm mm of
for TS, SE
As an alternative to a door, e.g. in sealed switch 1200 1090 1 pc(s). 8801.010
rooms. Prevents people from falling into the open
enclosure frame. Easily removable for maintenance
purposes.
For 1200 mm enclosure width; may be shortened or Clearance between Length of
Enclosure width the enclosure frame protective bar
divided for other sizes. mm (B3) (L)
Material: mm mm
– Wood, spray-finished, RAL 3000 400 312 2901)
600 512 4901)
L 800 712 6901)
60 x 40 1000 912 8901)
1200 1112 1090
1) The protective bar 8801.010 (1090 mm)
will need to be shortened
65
40
B3
Holder Packs of Model No.

for protective bars 2 pc(s). 8801.000
For mounting on the vertical section. The protective
bar is simply inserted.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws
Variable modular climate Possible

alternative:
control concept
– Modular climate control concept,
Instead of an enclosure door in a 600 mm/800 mm/ see page 350/351
1200 mm wide and 1800 mm/2000 mm high
TS enclosure, section doors with integral cooling
module may be retrofitted without major assembly
work.

Doors/locks
Installation accessories for modular front design TS
Modular front design Protection category IP to IEC 60 529:

– IP 54 for a completed enclosure
for baying systems TS 8
1 (see page 76)
Suitable for 400, 600 and 800 mm wide TS enclo-
sures instead of a door or rear panel.
3 The partial doors with and without viewing panels
including cross members may be combined with
one another as required. A trim panel is required at
the top and bottom in each case.
4 The requirements for your individual front design
and the considerations which must be taken into
account are illustrated on the sample configuration
opposite.
Front trim panel, top

Front trim panel, bottom
4
Partial door with viewing window
Partial door
Partial doors For enclosure width 400 mm
for TS Height With viewing

Packs of Model No.
mm window
The door may be optionally hinged on the right or
left. The partial door is attached to the TS enclosure 150 – 1 pc(s). 9672.141
with no drilling required. In the case of partial doors 200 – 1 pc(s). 9672.142
without a viewing panel (height 600 – 1000 mm), 300 – 1 pc(s). 9672.143
monitor frame 2305.000 may be installed.
400 – 1 pc(s). 9672.144
Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged
for lock inserts, type F, and from a height of 600 – 1 pc(s). 9672.146
600 mm, for comfort handles. 800 – 1 pc(s). 9672.148
Material: 1000 – 1 pc(s). 9672.140
– Partial door: Sheet steel, 2 mm 1600 – 1 pc(s). 9672.156
– Viewing window: 3 mm single-pane safety glass 1800 – 1 pc(s). 9672.158
Surface finish: 2000 – 1 pc(s). 9672.150
– Textured paint
Colour: For enclosure width 600 mm
– RAL 7035 Height With viewing
Packs of Model No.
Supply includes: mm window
– Cross member, hinges and lock parts 150 – 1 pc(s). 9672.161
– Assembly parts 200 – 1 pc(s). 9672.162
300 – 1 pc(s). 9672.163
Also required: 400 – 1 pc(s). 9672.164
– Front trim panels, top, see page 553 or 600 – 1 pc(s). 9672.166
Trim panel, hinged at the top, see page 554 600 ◾ 1 pc(s). 9672.167
– Front trim panels, bottom, see page 553 800 – 1 pc(s). 9672.168
800 ◾ 1 pc(s). 9672.169
Accessories: 1000 – 1 pc(s). 9672.160
– Monitor frame 2305.000, see page 558 1600 – 1 pc(s). 9672.176
– Lock inserts, type F, see page 570 1800 – 1 pc(s). 9672.178
– Comfort handle, see page 564 2000 – 1 pc(s). 9672.170
– Perforated mounting strips, see page 553
Technical details:
For enclosure width 800 mm
Height With viewing
Packs of Model No.
mm window
150 – 1 pc(s). 9672.181
200 – 1 pc(s). 9672.182
300 – 1 pc(s). 9672.183
400 – 1 pc(s). 9672.184
600 – 1 pc(s). 9672.186
600 ◾ 1 pc(s). 9672.187
800 – 1 pc(s). 9672.188
1000 – 1 pc(s). 9672.180
1600 – 1 pc(s). 9672.196
1800 – 1 pc(s). 9672.198
2000 – 1 pc(s). 9672.190

Doors/locks
Perforated mounting strips For enclosure

Length
For
Packs
width partial door Model No.
for partial doors mm of
mm height mm
For retrospective external mounting. The perforated
400 298 150 – 800 10 pc(s). 9671.204
mounting strips have a 25 mm pitch pattern of holes
and may be used for individual mountings on the 600 498 150 – 800 10 pc(s). 9671.206
rear side of the door, e.g. cable ducts, hose holders 800 698 150 – 800 10 pc(s). 9671.208
etc.
Hole diameter of perforated mounting strip: 4.5 mm
Material:
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Front trim panels, top For enclosure Height

Packs of Model No.
width mm mm
for TS
To finish off the modular front design at the top 400 100 1 pc(s). 9672.314
when using partial doors. The front trim panels may 400 300 1 pc(s). 9672.324
be removed from the outside by unscrewing. The 600 100 1 pc(s). 9672.316
cross member required for mounting is included 600 300 1 pc(s). 9672.326
with the supply of the mounted partial door.
800 100 1 pc(s). 9672.318
Material: 800 300 1 pc(s). 9672.328
Surface finish:
– Textured paint
Colour:
– RAL 7035
– IP 54
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Front trim panels, bottom Protection category IP 54
for TS For enclosure Height

Packs of Model No.
To finish off the modular front design at the bottom width mm mm
when using partial doors. If version IP 2X is chosen, 400 100 1 pc(s). 9672.334
a roof plate with protection category IP 2X should 400 300 1 pc(s). 9672.344
be selected for top ventilation. The front trim panels 600 100 1 pc(s). 9672.336
may be removed from the outside by unscrewing.
600 300 1 pc(s). 9672.346
Material: 800 100 1 pc(s). 9672.338
– Sheet steel, 2 mm 800 300 1 pc(s). 9672.348
Surface finish:
– Textured paint
Protection category IP 2X
Colour:
For enclosure Height
– RAL 7035 Packs of Model No.
width mm mm
Supply includes: 400 300 1 pc(s). 9672.354
– Front trim panel including cross member 600 300 1 pc(s). 9672.356
– Assembly parts
800 300 1 pc(s). 9672.358
Also required:
Roof plate IP 2X, see page 583
Accessories:
Upgrade kit IP 4X, see page 555

Doors/locks
Trim panel, hinged at the top Width Height

Packs of Model No.
mm mm
for TS
For the installation of control and display compo- 600 300 1 pc(s). 8801.230
nents, in conjunction with 800 300 1 pc(s). 8801.240
◾ Modular front design 1200 300 1 pc(s). 8801.250
◾ Protective bar TS
Material: Note:
– Sheet steel, 2 mm – Not in combination with top-mounted module for
Surface finish: TS (see page 582)
– Textured paint
– RAL 7035 – Stay for trim panel, hinged at the top
– Hinges, cam locks with double-bit insert and – Lock inserts, version A,
assembly parts see page 570
2
592/792/1192
6
45
287
80 80
47 5
20
3 1 4
7
15
6.5
46
Only for width 800 mm and 1200 mm Maximum opening angle with stay approx. 85°
Only for width 1200 mm Maximum opening angle without stay approx.
190°
Usable interior area
Optional: Stay 8801.260
Earthing bolt M8
Drawer Height Width

Model No.
mm mm
for TS
For mouse and keyboard with a maximum width of 200 600 8801.715
500/700 mm. 200 800 8801.915
A high level of protection is retained, even with the
flap open.
Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged Supply includes:
for 27 mm lock inserts, type A, plastic handles, – Flap and assembly parts
type B and T handles, type B. – Cross member
Material:
Colour: – 27 mm lock inserts, type A, see page 570
– RAL 7035 – Plastic handle, type B, see page 569
– T handles, type B, see page 569
Stay Packs of Model No.

for trim panel, hinged at the top 2 pc(s). 8801.260
5 pitch pattern positions up to a maximum opening
angle of approx. 85°.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated

Doors/locks
Upgrade kit IP 4X For enclosure For front trim

width panel height Packs of Model No.
for front trim panels, bottom mm mm
To increase the protection category of the bottom
400 300 1 pc(s). 9672.384
front trim panel from IP 2X to IP 4X. The upgrade kit
is attached to the front trim panel from the inside 600 300 1 pc(s). 9672.386
and secured. 800 300 1 pc(s). 9672.388
Material:
– Sheet steel (expanded metal)
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Wiring system Horizontal cable routing occurs behind the front trim
panels. This entails fitting a wiring trim panel which
for Ri4Power with internal compartmental- is suitable for accommodating a wiring channel
isation while at the same time concealing the busbar sys-
The wiring system facilitates vertical and horizontal tem.
cable routing in conjunction with internal Form 2-4
separation.
For vertical cable routing, pre-punched cut-outs are
provided in the mounting brackets for compartment
dividers, which can easily be knocked out and used
to install a vertical wiring channel.
Wiring trim panel For enclosure width

Packs of Model No.
mm
Inner front cover of the main busbar system with
the option of mounting a wiring channel size W x D 400/600 1 set(s) 9674.550
40 x 20 mm. For use in Ri4Power switchgear with 800/1000/1200 1 set(s) 9674.560
300 mm high front trim panels.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Doors/locks
Viewing panels/operating panels
30 section
System window
To conceal display and operating instruments or To fit Window size, exterior
TS, SE mm
cut-outs, and to protect against dirt and liquids as Model No.
with width
well as unauthorised access. mm W H
Consisting of the following 2 components: 270 2735.500
1. Base frame: 370 2735.510
◾ Easily screw-fastened to the door thanks to 600 500 470 2735.520
modified dimensions (tubular door frame may be 570 2735.530
used as a drilling template).
◾ Readily height-adjustable 670 2735.540
◾ Stabilises the door cut-out 270 2735.560
◾ Conceals the cut edge 370 2735.570
◾ The rain canopy
– prevents dirt from landing on the seal 800 700 470 2735.580
– protects the glass from being lifted out 570 2735.590
– prevents the ingress of dirt and moisture when 670 2735.250
opening the window
◾ Frame section height 30 mm or 60 mm
60 section
2. Viewing window:
◾ Made from single-pane safety glass: To fit Window size, exterior
– High level of resistance to solvents and TS, SE mm
Model No.
with width
scratches mm W H
– Anti-static
– Reduced risk of injury if broken 370 2736.510
◾ Cam lock with double-bit insert, may be 470 2736.520
exchanged for lock inserts, type A, and semi- 600 500
570 2736.530
cylinders in the Ergoform-S lock system (not with
2735.500 and .560) 670 2736.540
◾ Hinge with 180° opening angle, easily inserted 800 700 670 2736.500
Material: Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged
for 27 mm lock inserts, version A, see page 570
– Extruded aluminium sections with die-cast zinc and Ergoform-S lock system (except H = 270 mm),
corner pieces and single-pane safety glass see page 568
Surface finish:
– Base frame:
Powder-coated in RAL 7035
– Hinge and lock section:
Natural anodised.
– IP 54
B
85 B – 137 52 47
b – 70
h–2
h – 70
H
X View X View Y
for profile height 30 for profile height 60
Y
33
63
Viewing area (B -137) offset by 16.5 mm

towards the hinge side

Doors/locks
Depth = 34 mm
Viewing window
For mounting on For use Width Height
Model No.
as door variant with mm mm
◾ AE instead of door
◾ Surfaces 1050.500, 1350.500
497 497 2733.000
1007.600
Max. installation depth: (depth -4 mm) – 597 197 2734.000
Visible area: (width -60 mm) x (height -60 mm)
1039.500, 1339.500
597 377 2730.000
Material: 1009.600, 7641.000
– Frame: Aluminium, natural anodised 1010.500, 1054.500
– Glass panel: Acrylic 1060.500, 1360.500 597 597 2731.000
7643.000
1012.500, 1076.500
– IP 54 597 757 2732.000
1376.500, 7645.000
Supply includes:
– Plastic handle with lock insert no. 3524 E
Depth = 60 mm
For use Width Height
Model No.
as door variant with mm mm
1050.500, 1350.500
497 497 2763.000
1007.600
1039.500, 1339.500
597 377 2760.000
1009.600, 7641.000
1010.500, 1054.500
1060.500, 1360.500 597 597 2761.000
7643.000
1012.500, 1076.500
597 757 2762.000
1376.500, 7645.000
Horizontally hinged FT stay Packs of Model No.

A gas pressurised spring holds the viewing window 2 pc(s). 2772.000
securely open (top or side).
When the viewing window is closed, the gas pres-
surised spring disappears into the frame section.
Acrylic glazed cover Acrylic glazed covers, 482.6 mm (19˝)
With security lock, lock no. 3524 E Width Height Depth

U Model No.
mm mm mm
Material: 3 320 158 47.5 2780.000
– Frame:
3 534 158 47.5 2781.000
Extruded aluminium sections with die-cast corner
pieces 6 534 291.5 47.5 2782.000
– Glass panel: Smoked acrylic 9 534 425 47.5 2796.000
– IP 54 Max. installation depth: 43 mm
Visible area:
(width -40 mm) x (height -20.5 mm)
Metric acrylic glazed covers

Width Height Depth
Model No.
mm mm mm
400 200 47.5 2784.000
400 400 47.5 2785.000
500 200 47.5 2786.000
500 400 47.5 2787.000
600 200 47.5 2788.000
600 400 47.5 2789.000
Max. installation depth: 43 mm

Visible area: (width -40 mm) x (height -20.5 mm)

Doors/locks
Viewing window Width Height Depth

Model No.
mm mm mm
Stainless steel
Fitted as standard with internal 130° hinges and 522 600 38 2793.560
all-round seal.
The double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for
27 mm lock inserts, type A, and Ergoform-S handle
Accessories:
2452.000.
– Lock inserts 27 mm, version A, see page 570
Material: – Ergoform-S handle 2452.000, see page 568
Single-pane safety glass
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: 522
37.5
– IP 54 408
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
25.5
525
475
600
543
285
25
38
31
Monitor frame Dimensions

Width Height
Model No.
mm mm
for door width 600 and 800 mm
For covering a door cut-out, for all standard moni- External dimensions 470 430
tors up to 482.6 mm (19˝). Viewing area 375 325 2305.000
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: Cut-out required 415 375
– IP 54
Supply includes:
– Security glass panel
Identification strips For enclosure width mm Model No.

For individual field identifiers on the door, including 600 2403.000
transparent cover and assembly parts. 800 2404.000
For labels:
Width: Enclosure width -150 mm
Height: 29 mm
Thickness: 0.75 mm
Colour:
– RAL 7033

Doors/locks
Operating panel For use

Width Height Depth
as door variant Model No.
For mounting on mm mm mm
for AE
◾ AE instead of door
1001.600
◾ Surfaces 1002.500
Frame construction with corner connectors on the 1002.600 197 297 34 2740.0001)
1032.500
inside, 3 mm aluminium plate secured from the 1035.500
inside and sealed against the frame
1004.600
Material: 1011.600
377 297 34 2741.000
– Aluminium, natural anodised 1030.500
1031.500
Protection category to IEC 60 529: 1006.500
– IP 54 1006.600 377 377 34 2742.000
– Aluminium frame 1008.600
– Display panel 1038.500 377 597 34 2743.000
1338.500
– Hinges
– Brackets 1007.600
1013.600
497 497 34 2745.000
1050.500
1350.500
1009.600
1039.500 597 377 34 2744.000
1339.500
1010.500
1010.600
597 597 34 2746.000
1060.500
1360.500
1) With AE, only for use on the rear panel
Area available for population:

(width -70 mm) x (height -70 mm)
Dimensions of aluminium plate:
(width -54 mm) x (height -54 mm)
Accessories:
– Cam lock 2749.000, see page 559
Cam lock Packs of Model No.

May be retrofitted to the operating area or enclo- 1 pc(s). 2749.000
sure panel of operating panels.
Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged
for type C lock inserts and type C plastic handle.
Accessories:
– Lock inserts, type C, see page 570
– Plastic handle, type C, see page 569
Viewing window For operating panel Model No.

for operating panel 2741.000 2791.000
For the protection of display and control compo- 2742.000 2792.000
nents. With a build height of max. 35 mm.
Material:
– Frame: Aluminium, natural anodised
Glass panel: Smoked acrylic
Supply includes:
– Lock insert no. 3524 E

Doors/locks
Allocation of lock systems
Compact enclosures, sheet steel

Enclosure series Lock inserts for handle systems
AE,
EB BG wall-mounted CM KS EL 3-part Semi-cylinder Lock inserts
enclosures AE
push-button inserts
push-button inserts
3-point lock
3-point lock
Application – –
DIN 18 252
18 – 21 U
Version A
Lock and
Lock and
Version F
3 – 15 U
cam
cam
cam
with
with
with
with
with
from
34 36 46 48 50 52 53 100 100 565 565 570 570 565
page
Handle systems for enclosures
Comfort handle
For lock inserts 564 – – – – – – – – ◾ – – – ◾ ◾
For padlock and lock
564 – – – – – – – – ◾ – – – ◾ ◾
inserts
With security lock insert
564 – – – – – – – – ◾ – – – – –
E1
For semi-cylinder 564 – – – – – – – – ◾ ◾ ◾ – – –
Prepared for ASSA lock
564 – – – – – – – – ◾ – – – – –
system
Mini-comfort handle (from AE enclosure height 380 mm, from AE enclosure width 300 mm)
For lock inserts 567 – – ◾ – – – – ◾ – – – – ◾ ◾
For semi-cylinder 567 – – ◾ – – – – ◾ – ◾ ◾ – – –
Ergoform-S handle
Standard 568 – – – ◾ – – – – – ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
Special with lock insert,
568 – – – ◾ – – – – – – – – – –
lock E1
Special, prepared for
568 – – – ◾ – – – – – – – – – –
ASSA lock system
Standard for KS plastic
568 – – – – – – ◾ – – ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
enclosures
Folding lever handle
For lock inserts 565 – – – – ◾ – – – – ◾ ◾ – ◾ –
565 – – – – ◾ – – – – ◾ ◾ – ◾ –
inserts
With security lock insert
565 – – – – ◾ – – – – – – – – –
E1
Semi-cylinder lock
For AE 571 – – ◾ – – – – – – – ◾ – – –
Plastic handles
Version B 569 ◾ ◾ ◾ – – – – – –
Version E 569 – – – – – ◾ – – –
T handles
Version B 569 ◾ ◾ ◾ – – – – – –
Lock inserts for enclosures
Lock inserts
Version A 570 ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ – – – – –
Version E 570 – – – – – ◾ ◾ – –
Version F 570 – – – – ◾ – – ◾ ◾
Lock cylinder inserts
Version B 571 ◾ ◾ ◾ – – – – – –

Doors/locks
Large enclosures, sheet steel

PC case Semi-cylinder Lock inserts
push-button inserts
push-button inserts
keyboard drawer
or fold-out tray
Application
DIN 18 252
Version A
Lock and
Lock and
Version F
TS, SE
Door
For
from
62 118 118 565 565 570 570 565
page
Comfort handle
For lock inserts 564 ◾ ◾ – – – – ◾ ◾
For padlock and lock inserts 564 ◾ ◾ – – – – ◾ ◾
For semi-cylinder 564 ◾ ◾ – ◾ ◾ – – –
With security lock insert E1 564 ◾ ◾ – – – – – –
Prepared for ASSA lock system 564 ◾ ◾ – – – – – –
With code 566 ◾ ◾ 1) – ◾ ◾ – – –
Ergoform-S handle
Standard 568 – – – ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
Special with lock insert, lock E1 568 – – – – – – – –
Special, prepared for ASSA lock system 568 – – – – – – – –
Lock inserts
Version A 570 – – ◾
Version F 570 ◾ ◾ –
1) Only suitable for use with rear door
TS IT network/
server enclosures
see page 87
New

Doors/locks
Console systems and industrial workstation, sheet steel

One-piece console
TopConsole TP Semi-cylinder Lock inserts
TP
IW enclosure for tower PC

Desk section and console
Universal consoler TP
push-button inserts
push-button inserts
Console cover
Application
Console door
DIN 18 252
Version A
Lock and
Lock and
Version F
Pedestal
IW
from
111 111 115 115 116 120 119 565 565 570 570 565
page
Comfort handle
For lock inserts 564 – – – – – ◾ – – – – ◾ ◾
564 – – – – – ◾ – – – – ◾ ◾
inserts
For semi-cylinder 564 – – – – – ◾ – ◾ ◾ – – –
With security lock insert E1 564 – – – – – ◾ – – – – – –
Prepared for ASSA lock
564 – – – – – ◾ – – – – – –
system
With code 566 – – – – – ◾ – ◾ ◾ – – –
Ergoform-S handle
Standard 568 – ◾ – ◾ ◾ – – ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
568 – ◾ – ◾ ◾ – – – – – – –
lock E1
Special, prepared for ASSA
568 – ◾ – ◾ ◾ – – – – – – –
lock system
T handles
Version B 569 ◾ – ◾ – – – –
Lock inserts
Version A 570 ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
Version D 570 – – – – – – ◾
Version F 570 – – – – – ◾ –
Version B 571 – – – – – ◾ –
Operating housing
with handle strips
see page 129
New

Doors/locks
Enclosures and cases, stainless steel

AE One-piece console Semi-cylinder Lock inserts
push-button inserts
push-button inserts
Console cover
Console door
3-point lock
Application
DIN 18 252
Version A
Lock and
Lock and
Version F
TS, SE
cam
with
with
Page 179/180 181 186 186 182/185 565 565 570 570 565
Comfort handle
For lock inserts 564 – – – – ◾ – – – ◾ ◾
For padlock and lock inserts 564 – – – – ◾ – – – ◾ ◾
For semi-cylinder 564 – – – – ◾ ◾ ◾ – – –
With security lock insert E1 564 – – – – ◾ – – – – –
Prepared for ASSA lock system 564 – – – – ◾ – – – – –
Ergoform-S handle
Standard 568 – ◾ – ◾ – ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
568 – ◾ – ◾ – – – – – –
lock E1
Special, prepared for ASSA lock
568 – ◾ – ◾ – – – – – –
system
Plastic handles
Version C 569 ◾ 1) – ◾ – – – – – – –
T handles
Version C 569 ◾ 1) – ◾ – – – – – – –
Semi-cylinder lock
For AE 571 ◾ 2) – – – – – ◾ – – –
Lock inserts
Version A 570 – ◾ – – –
Version C 570 ◾ – ◾ – –
Version F 570 – – – – ◾
Version C 571 ◾ – ◾ – –
1) Not with 1018.600
2) Not with enclosures made from stainless steel 1.4401 (AISI 316L) and use of cam lock 2304.000
Stainless steel
Accessories
see page 175

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Comfort handle
Also required:
for TS, TS IT, SE, PC, IW
As the handle does not take up any swing space, – Handle adaptor, see page 549,
due to its folding action, the door surface area may for mounting on TS glazed door, PC bottom door,
be maximised for installed equipment. IW designer door
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
– Powder-coated
For With Prepared for

For For
padlock and lock insert, ASSA
lock inserts semi-cylinder
lock inserts lock E11) lock system
Model No.
RAL 7035 8611.020 8611.290 8611.045 8611.070 8611.280
RAL 9005 8611.350 – – 8611.360 –
Matt nickel-plated 8611.330 – – 8611.340 –
Lock inserts, type F
7 mm square 8611.100 8611.100 – – –
8 mm square 8611.110 8611.110 – – –
7 mm triangular 8611.120 8611.120 – – –
8 mm triangular 8611.130 8611.130 – – –
Screwdriver 8611.140 8611.140 – – –
Daimler insert 8611.150 8611.150 – – –
3 mm double-bit 8611.160 8611.160 – – –
Fiat 8611.170 8611.170 – – –
6.5 mm triangular
8611.220 8611.220 – – –
(CNOMO)
Lock and push-button inserts
Lock insert,
8611.180 8611.180 – 2467.000 –
lock no. 3524 E2)
Push-button insert 8611.190 8611.190 – 2468.000 –
Push-button and
8611.2003) 8611.2003) – 2469.0004) –
lock insert2)
Semi-cylinder
– – – 9785.040 –
to DIN 18 2525)
– – – 9785.0426) –
1) Only for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto, supplied without key
2) With two keys
3) Lock no. 12321; no other lock is possible
5) With 3 keys for each lock insert
6) Packs of two, simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Lock inserts
for installation in comfort handle, mini-comfort handle, Ergoform-S standard, folding lever handle
Lock and push-button inserts Semi-cylinder

Comfort handle7), Comfort handle,
Comfort handle6), Mini-comfort handle7), Mini-comfort handle,
Installation in
Mini-comfort handle6) Ergoform-S standard, Ergoform-S standard,
Folding lever handle for CM Folding lever handle for CM
Model No.
Security lock insert
8611.180 2467.000 –
Lock no. 3524 E1)
Push-button insert 8611.190 2468.000 –
Push-button and
8611.2002) 2469.0003) –
lock insert1)
– – 9785.040
to DIN 18 2524)
– – 9785.0425)
1) With two keys
6) For lock inserts
7) For semi-cylinders
Folding lever handle Size:

– Length: 242 mm (with inserted trim panel)
for CM – Width: 50 mm
As the handle does not take up any swing space, – Depth: 17.5 mm
due to its folding action, the door surface area may
be maximised for installed equipment. Colour:
– Body: Similar to RAL 9005
– Handle: Similar to RAL 9006
for for with

lock inserts padlock and lock inserts lock insert, lock E11)
Model No.
5001.060 5001.062 5001.061
7 mm square 8611.100 8611.100 –
8 mm square 8611.110 8611.110 –
7 mm triangular 8611.120 8611.120 –
8 mm triangular 8611.130 8611.130 –
Screwdriver 8611.140 8611.140 –
Daimler insert 8611.150 8611.150 –
3 mm double-bit 8611.160 8611.160 –
Fiat 8611.170 8611.170 –
6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 8611.220 8611.220 –
Lock insert, lock no. 3524 E2) 2467.000 2467.000 –
Push-button insert 2468.000 2468.000 –
Push-button and lock insert2) 2469.0003) 2469.0003) –
Semi-cylinder
9785.040 9785.040 –
to DIN 18 2524)
9785.0425) 9785.0425) –
2) With two keys

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Comfort handle Colour Model No.

with code RAL 7035 7200.800
for TS, TS IT, SE RAL 9005 7200.801
Flexible access opportunities with
◾ individual 3-digit code without key
or
◾ with master key function by additionally using Accessories:
a semi-cylinder of 40 or 45 mm to DIN 18 252, – Lock and push-button inserts, see page 565
independently of the code – Semi-cylinder, see page 565
Adjacent door latch Packs of Model No.

for TS 1 pc(s). 8611.370
For optimum operation of the adjacent door from
the outside if the handle on the inside is difficult to
access due to swing frames or 482.6 mm (19˝)
installed equipment. Retrospective conversion of the Accessories:
adjacent door is easily achieved using the supplied – Standard double-bit lock insert may be
drilling template. The handle on the inside is no exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, type A,
longer required. see page 570
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Locking bar latch to CNOMO¹) Packs of Model No.

To fit all locking bars in TS doors and glazed 10 pc(s). 8611.210
doors with standard lock or comfort handle
The latch prevents the locking bars from moving
when the door is open. For mounting on the bolt of
the bar guide. Also required:
1) CNOMO is a French automobile industry stand- – for CNOMO1)
ard. For safety reasons, it must not be possible to Lock inserts, type F, 6.5 mm triangular insert
lock the handle whilst the door is open. 8611.220, see page 570
Spring washer Packs of Model No.

Upon dismantling the TS locking rods, the spring Spring washer 100 pc(s). 8800.070
washers cannot be reused.
Material:
– Spring steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Mini-comfort handle Material:

– Die-cast zinc
for AE with cam, EL 3-part
Prepared for the installation of lock inserts and for Colour:
the installation of standard commercially available – RAL 7035
40 or 45 mm semi-cylinders, as well as lock and
push-button inserts.
For lock inserts For semi-cylinder

Model No.
For enclosure system EL AE EL AE
7705.110 2537.010 7705.120 2537.000
7 mm square 8611.100 8611.100 – –
8 mm square 8611.110 8611.110 – –
7 mm triangular 8611.120 8611.120 – –
8 mm triangular 8611.130 8611.130 – –
Screwdriver 8611.140 8611.140 – –
Daimler insert 8611.150 8611.150 – –
3 mm double-bit 8611.160 8611.160 – –
Fiat 8611.170 8611.170 – –
6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 8611.220 8611.220 – –
Lock insert, lock no. 3524 E1) 8611.180 8611.180 2467.000 2467.000
Push-button insert 8611.190 8611.190 2468.000 2468.000
Push-button and lock insert1) 8611.2002) 8611.2002) 2469.0003) 2469.0003)
Semi-cylinder
– – 9785.040 9785.040
to DIN 18 2524)
– – 9785.0425) 9785.0425)
1) With two keys

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Ergoform-S lock system

The unlocked handle folds down forwards, and the
lock is opened by swivelling.
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
– Powder-coated
Standard Special Specially

Standard for KS plastic with lock insert, prepared for ASSA
enclosures lock E11) lock system
Model No.
RAL 7035 with brown handle – – 2456.500 –
Brown – – – 2453.000
Matt nickel-plated 2452.000 – – –
RAL 7035 2435.000 1490.010 – –
RAL 7035
2455.010 – – –
With brown handle and bracket
Lock inserts, version A
7 mm square 2460.000 2460.000 – –
8 mm square 2461.000 2461.000 – –
7 mm triangular 2462.000 2462.000 – –
8 mm triangular 2463.000 2463.000 – –
Screwdriver 2464.000 2464.000 – –
Daimler insert 2465.000 2465.000 – –
3 mm double-bit 2466.000 2466.000 – –
Fiat 2307.000 2307.000 – –
6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 2460.650 2460.650 – –
Lock insert, lock no. 3524 E2) 2467.000 2467.000 – –
Push-button insert 2468.000 2468.000 – –
Push-button and lock insert2) 2469.0003) 2469.0003) – –
Semi-cylinder
9785.040 9785.040 – –
to DIN 18 2524)
9785.0425) 9785.0425) – –
2) With two keys

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Plastic handles
With or without lock cylinder insert.
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts and seal
Version B C E G
With With With With

lock cylinder Without lock cylinder Without lock cylinder Without lock cylinder
insert, lock cylinder insert, lock cylinder insert, lock cylinder insert,
lock insert lock insert lock insert lock
no. 3524 E1) no. 3524 E1) no. 3524 E1) no. 3524 E1)
Model No.
RAL 9011 2576.000 2533.000 2485.000 2485.100 – – 2599.000
RAL 8019 – – – – 1484.000 1484.001 –
1) With two keys
T-handles
With or without lock cylinder insert.
Supply includes:
– Seal
Version B C
With lock Without lock With lock Without lock

cylinder insert1) cylinder insert cylinder insert1) cylinder insert
Model No.
2575.0002) 2572.000 2535.0002) 2536.000
1) With two keys
2) Lock no. 3524 E

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Cam locks
With
With With With With lock insert, With
double-bit lock cylinder double-bit lock cylinder lock E11) double-bit insert
insert insert3) insert, insert3)
RAL 7035
Made entirely from
Material: Die-cast zinc,
Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide stainless steel
Enclosure nickel-plated
1.4404 (AISI 316L)
Model No.
2520.000 2530.000 2420.000 2430.000 2540.500 2304.000
Lock inserts
7 mm square 2523.000 – 2460.000 – – –
8 mm square 2526.000 – 2461.000 – – –
7 mm triangular 2527.000 – 2462.000 – – –
8 mm triangular 2528.000 – 2463.000 – – –
Screwdriver – – 2464.000 – – –
Daimler insert 2522.000 – 2465.000 – – –
3 mm double-bit 2483.000 – 2466.000 – – –
Fiat – – 2307.000 – – –
6.5 mm triangular
– – 2460.650 – – –
(CNOMO)
With lock no. 3524 E2) – – 2571.000 – – –
2) With two keys
3) Lock no. 3524 E
Lock inserts
Version A C D E F
Material Die-cast zinc Die-cast zinc Die-cast zinc Plastic Die-cast zinc
Length 27 mm 41 mm 47 mm
Model No.
7 mm square 2460.000 2523.000 – – 8611.100
8 mm square 2461.000 2526.000 – 1488.000 8611.110
7 mm triangular 2462.000 2527.000 – – 8611.120
8 mm triangular 2463.000 2528.000 – 1486.000 8611.130
Screwdriver 2464.000 – – – 8611.140
Daimler insert 2465.000 2522.000 – – 8611.150
3 mm double-bit 2466.000 2483.000 2484.000 1492.000 8611.160
Fiat 2307.000 – – – 8611.170
6.5 mm triangular
2460.650 – – – 8611.220
(CNOMO)

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Version B C
With lock no. 3524 E1) With lock no. 3524 E1)
Material Die-cast zinc Die-cast zinc
Model No.
2571.000 2525.000
1) With two keys
Semi-cylinder lock Version Model No.

for compact enclosures AE RAL 7035 2534.100
For retro-fitting to all single-door enclosures with Nickel-plated (matt) 2534.500
cam lock.
The cover plate is locked by semi-cylinders with a
total length of 40/45 mm (to DIN 18 252). An addi-
tional cover protects the cylinder against dirt. The Accessories:
protection category of the enclosure is not impaired. – Semi-cylinder, see page 565
Supplied without semi-cylinder.
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
55 55 28.5
49
90
90
70
27.5
91.5
Lock cover Packs of Model No.

for padlocks or multiple locks 1 pc(s). 2493.000
For retrospective mounting on all compact enclo-
sures AE, sheet steel, with cam lock.
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
– Nickel-plated

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Multiple lock Packs of Model No.

for 6 cam locks 2 pc(s). 2493.500
The ideal solution in cases where individual access
for several persons is required for maintenance and
repair purposes.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Lock cover Packs of Model No.

Prepared for lead seal 2 pc(s). 2476.000
For use in all enclosure types with Rittal-specific
locks, such as AE and EB.
Material:
– Polyamide
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Security lock Connection voltage

Model No.
for lock magnet
Fitted to doors, to protect against contact with live
electrical equipment whilst the master switch is ON. 230 V AC 11 VA 2416.000
24 V DC 8 W 2418.000
Function:
◾ Locks the door when the master switch is ON 120 V AC 8 VA 2419.000
◾ Mains power (voltage) is only enabled whilst the
door is closed
◾ Monitoring of the lock magnet via an additional
closing contact
Supply includes:
– Lock
– Actuator Also required:
– Angle bracket – For twin-door enclosures (for the overlapping
– Assembly parts door, to indicate “enclosure door closed”):
Door-operated switch 4127.010, see page 639

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Enclosure keys
For lock inserts (one double-bit key is supplied with
every enclosure).
Model No.
– – 2549.000 2549.5002)3)
Double-bit key no. 5 2531.000 – ◾ ◾
Security key no. 3524 E – 2532.0001) – –
7 mm triangular 2545.000 – – ◾
8 mm triangular 2546.000 – ◾ ◾
7 mm square 2547.000 – – ◾
8 mm square 2548.000 – ◾ ◾
For HD locks 2549.600 – – –
For Daimler 2521.000 – – –
For Fiat 2308.000 – – –
1) Packs of 2
2) With bit adaptor and reversible bit for:
Multi-tooth size 25 and Phillips-head (Ph 2)
3) Bit 2549.510 for HD lock insert, see page 172

Doors/locks
Hinges
130°/180° hinges
Also required:
Supply includes: 1)
– Assembly parts – Lock components for frame 8800.040,
see page 550
Packs
Enclosure type Door variant Material Colour
of
130° 180°
Model No.
TS 8, SE Sheet steel door Die-cast zinc – 4 pc(s). 8800.0201) –
RAL 7035 – 8800.190
TS 8, SE Sheet steel door Die-cast zinc RAL 9005 4 pc(s). – 8800.950
Matt nickel-plated – 8701.180
Doors with high
dynamic loads, Precision casting/
TS 8, SE RAL 7035 4 pc(s). – 8800.710
door installations die-cast zinc
up to 900 N
TS 8 bayed Sheet steel door Die-cast zinc RAL 7035 7824.520
enclosure suites 4 pc(s). –
with comfort handle Glazed door Die-cast zinc RAL 7035 7824.5252)
AE Standard door Die-cast zinc – 2 pc(s). – 2449.000
CM Standard door Die-cast zinc RAL 9011/9006 3 pc(s). – 5001.000
2) max. 140°
Hinge pin removal tool For enclosure Model No.

For safe and easy removal of hinge pins. AE/CM 2432.000
Cover hinge Material Packs of Model No.

for KL Die-cast zinc 6 pc(s). 1592.000
The cover hinge is simply screwed to the enclosure Stainless steel 1.4404
2 pc(s). 1592.010
protection channel and to the edge fold. (AISI 316L)
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Cover retainer Packs of Model No.

for KL 3 pairs 1591.000
The cover retainer is easily fitted without drilling,
and allows the covers to be opened, even when
the terminal box below is bayed.

Doors/locks
Door, internal
Support strips Material:

– Sheet steel
For attachment of
◾ Cable ducts Surface finish:
◾ Cable conduit holders – Zinc-plated
◾ Contact hazard protection covers Supply includes:
◾ Equipment installed on the door – Assembly parts
◾ Cable clamping and attachment
4.5 mm diameter hole on a 25 mm DIN pitch
pattern Accessories:
– Screws and self-tapping screws M5,
see page 625
For TS, SE, CM, TP For door width Length

Packs of Model No.
mm mm
400 290 20 pc(s). 4594.000
500 390 20 pc(s). 4309.000
600 490 20 pc(s). 4596.000
800 690 20 pc(s). 4598.000
900 790 20 pc(s). 4579.000
1000 890 20 pc(s). 4599.000
For AE For enclosures AE Packs of Model No.

1018.6002), 1019.5002)
1050.5001), 1057.500
1100.500, 1110.500 20 pc(s). 2325.000
1114.5001), 1130.500
1213.5001), 1350.5001)
1012.5002), 1376.500
1054.500, 1039.500
1060.500, 1058.500
20 pc(s). 2326.000
1090.500, 1076.500
1339.500, 1260.5001)
1360.500
1014.5002), 1073.500
20 pc(s). 2327.000
1077.500
1016.5002), 1017.5002)
1055.500, 1180.500 20 pc(s). 2328.000
1280.5001)
1) For these AE models, the door rails should be cut
to length at the knockout.
2) Only in conjunction with perforated mounting strips
(see page 576)
Spacers Length
Packs of Model No.
mm
The universal assembly component for all situations
where a distance from the mounting level is 25 12 pc(s). 2311.225
required. With self-tapping thread for diameter 50 12 pc(s). 2311.250
4.5 mm. The following components may be
attached to the rear using 5.5 x 13 mm screws:
◾ Top-hat/cross rails
◾ Contact hazard protection covers
◾ Master switch trim panels
◾ Cable clamp rails
etc.
Material:
25
– Hexagonal steel (SW8)

Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Accessories:
– Screws 5.5 x 13 mm, see page 625
50

Doors/locks
Door, internal
Perforated mounting strip To match AE

Length
Model No.
mm
for AE stainless steel
For vertical mounting on the threaded bolts of the 1012.600, 1014.600 698 2310.076
door, for attaching 1016.600, 1018.600 938 2310.100
◾ Support strips for AE, see page 575 1017.600, 1019.500,
1138 2310.120
◾ Door stay 2519.000, see page 578 1019.600
3.7 mm diameter hole on a 25 mm DIN pitch
pattern
– Sheet steel – Screws, see page 625
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Packs of 20 (nuts and serrated washers included)
Utility lectern Support area For door

For programming units etc. Prepared for mounting Width Depth width Model No.
mm mm mm
on the tubular door frame of TS, SE, CM, PC or on
any sufficiently large surface. 413 400 600 4638.600
When required for servicing, it folds down quickly 613 400 800 4638.800
with a maximum support area, and after use is
stowed between the tubular door frames in a
space-saving design.
Load capacity:
– max. 30 kg.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Wiring plan lectern For enclosures Packs of Model No.

Holds wiring plans during fault finding and mainte- TS, SE, CM, TP, PC 1 pc(s). 4120.000
nance work. The wiring plan lecterns can be bayed
according to the door width. For mounting on the Required/possible number
tubular door frame. For door width of wiring plan lecterns
mm
Material: min. max.
– Utility lectern: Polypropylene 400 1 1
– Mounting bracket: Die-cast zinc 500 1 1
Colour: 600 2 2
– Similar to RAL 7035 800 2 3
Supply includes: 1000 3 3
– Wiring plan lectern (width 210 mm)
– Assembly parts
CD/DVD box Packs of Model No.

For fixing to all flat, clean surfaces with double-sided 1 pc(s). 2446.000
adhesive tape.
Capacity:
– Max. 10 CDs/DVDs
Material:
– Polyamide
Colour:
– RAL 7033

Doors/locks
Door, internal
Plastic wiring plan pockets Supply includes:

– 2 holders with double-sided adhesive tape
for AE – Acrylic glazed pane
For installation options, refer to table – Assembly parts
◾ B = Screw-fastened to the perforated door strip
on both sides Note:
◾ E = Screw-fastened on one side, other side stuck – The acrylic glazed pane may be shortened to any
with adhesive required size for shorter doors
or stuck entirely with adhesive
Model No. 2514.500 2514.600 2514.800

Usable width mm 340 415 615
Usable depth mm 18 18 18
Height of acrylic glazed pane mm 167 167 167
Installation options
For Model No. AE Width mm
1050.500 500 B – –
1054.500 600 E E –
1055.500 800 E E E
1057.500 500 B – –
1058.500 600 E E –
1060.500 600 E E –
1073.500 760 E E –
1076.500 600 E E –
1077.500 760 E E –
1090.500 600 E E –
1100.500 1000 B – –
1110.500 1000 B – –
1114.500 1000 B1) – –
1130.500 1000 B – –
1180.500 800 E E E
1213.500 1000 B1) – –
1260.500 600 E B –
1280.500 800 E E B
1350.500 500 B – –
1360.500 600 E E –
1376.500 600 E E –
1) Prepared for mounting on the l/h side door; for installation in the r/h side door, the acrylic glazed pane may be shortened
Plastic wiring plan pockets Clearance openings

For format mm Model No.
For affixing to the inside surfaces of doors.
W H D
Material: A3 landscape 438 286 45 2513.000
– Polystyrene with self-adhesive fastening strips
A4 portrait 228 254 17 2514.000
Colour: A5 landscape 228 174 17 2515.000
Wiring plan pockets For format Model No.

with transparent pouch DIN A4 2510.000
With welded-on transparent pouch and self-adhe- DIN A3 2512.000
sive backing.

Doors/locks
Door, internal
Sheet steel wiring plan pockets D = 90 mm
for TS, SE, CM, TP pedestal, PC To fit Clearance openings

For fastening to tubular door frames at any height. door width mm Model No.
mm W H
Colour:
400 255 210 4114.000
– RAL 7035
500 355 210 4115.000
Supply includes:
600 455 210 4116.000
– Assembly screws
800 655 210 4118.000
900 755 210 4123.000
1000 855 210 4124.000
D = 35 mm
To fit Clearance openings
door width mm Model No.
mm W H
500 355 210 4115.500
600 455 210 4116.500
800 655 210 4118.500
Door stay For Mounting

Packs
Model No.
of
To secure the door in the open position.
TS, SE,
Supply includes: Bottom 5 pc(s). 4583.000
TP universal console, PC
– Assembly parts CM, TP Top 2 pc(s). 2519.200
AE (except 1032.500
and 1035.500)
Top 5 pc(s). 2519.000
and all AE stainless steel
enclosures1)
1) With AE stainless steel, only in conjunction with
perforated mounting strips, see page 576
Door stay for escape routes Packs of Model No.

for TS, SE, PC 1 pc(s). 4583.500
In case of an emergency, conventional door stays
can block the escape route. This stay is actuated
automatically in the event of pressure, releasing the
door in both directions. In conjunction with 180° Accessories:
hinges, this ensures that no escape routes are – 180° hinge, see page 574
blocked by open doors in the event of an emer-
gency.
180° hinge
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
90° 130°

Doors/locks
Door, internal
Ride-up roller Packs of Model No.

for TS, SE, PC 10 pc(s). 4538.000
Lifts the door with heavy installed equipment (e.g.
cooling unit) as a closing aid. For attaching to the
tubular door frame.
Transport and mounting handle Packs of Model No.

for doors TS, SE 1 pc(s). 2415.100
For safe installation and removal of the door and
during relocation in the workshop. The matching
hinge pin removal tool for 130° hinges is pre-
integrated, and supplied loose for 180° hinges.
Document clip, magnetic Packs of Model No.

For simple attachment of installation documentation 2 pc(s). 7950.200
as a reminder or for flexible accommodation of a
wide range of documents, measurement records,
test reports etc. May be attached to any magnet-
compatible surface via a permanent magnet.
Material:
– Plastic: Transparent
– Handle pieces: Black
Alternate frame, magnetic Packs of Model No.

For individual marking or labelling of the existing net- 10 pc(s). 7950.150
work infrastructure. The magnetic surface facilitates
flexible mounting on all magnet compatible sur-
faces. Adhesive strips are supplied for non-mag-
netic surfaces. The maximum size of the labels is
130 x 50 mm.

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Rain canopies Note:

– For outdoor siting, we generally recommend a
for AE, CM
rain canopy above the enclosure or the gap
Reliable protection for outdoor siting – with water
between the door and the enclosure, in order to
run-off to the rear. Easily retro-fitted.
protect against water and UV radiation
Supply includes: – Testing of IP protection categories for water pro-
– Assembly parts tection (2nd code number to IEC 60 529) cannot
be compared with an enclosure sited outdoors or
under similar conditions
Accessories:
– Depending on the ambient conditions, additional
– Condensate discharge, see page 533 measures may be required (see “Technical Infor-
– Pressure relief stopper, see page 533 mation”)
– Wall mounting brackets 2503.010 and 2508.010,
see page 587
For AE, sheet steel version For

Material: Enclosure width Enclosure depth Model No.
– Sheet steel mm mm
380 210 2501.500
Surface finish:
– Powder-coated, textured paint 600 210 2502.500
600 350 2511.500
Colour:
– RAL 7035
For AE, stainless steel version For

Material: Enclosure width Enclosure depth Model No.
– Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) mm mm
200 155 2470.000
Surface finish:
– Brushed, grain 240 300 210 2361.000
380 155 2471.000
T1
380 210 2472.000
500 210 2362.000
50
15.5
25
600 210 2473.000

T2 38 1.25
760 300 2474.000
800 300 2475.000
23
1000 300 2363.000

B1
23
B1 = Enclosure width + 11 mm
T1 = Enclosure depth + 25 mm
T2 = Enclosure depth – 90 mm, from enclosure
width 600 mm: Enclosure depth – 115 mm
For CM, sheet steel version Width Depth

Model No.
mm mm
32.5
600 400 5001.310

25
13
800 400 5001.330

1000 400 5001.350
12.5 6.5 Enclosure depth 1200 400 5001.360
6.5
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Powder-coated, textured paint
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Enclosure width
6.5

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Dust guard trim For enclosure

Length A
Model No.
mm mm
for AE, CM, EB, KL and BG
To protect against deposits on the upper edge of AE 25
the door and between the enclosure and the door/ CM 1200 20 2426.500
cover. Cut the dust guard trim to length according KL, EB, BG 20.5
to the enclosure width. Drill the enclosure and fit the
dust guard trim using the adhesive strips and
screws. 60
Material: A
6
– Plastic, resistant to UV
Colour:
Ø5
Dust guard trim Length

Model No.
mm
for TS, SE
To protect against dust deposits on the upper edge 600 2424.100
of the door and between the door and upper hori- 800 2425.100
zontal enclosure section. The dust guard trim pro- 1000 2427.100
vides space for texts or company logos. 1200 2426.100
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Note:
Supply includes: – Also suitable for use in conjunction with top
– Clear plastic strip for text labels baying cover, see page 548
(height 29.5 mm)

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Top-mounting module For enclosures

for TS Width (B) Depth Model No.
As a cable chamber for cable infeed from above or mm mm
for power distribution with busbar systems across 600 600 8801.735
bayed enclosures. The TS cover plate supplied as 800 600 8801.745
standard is used to finish off at the top. The enclo- 1000 600 8801.755
sure height is increased by 200 mm with the top
1200 600 8801.765
module fitted.
The top baying cover cannot be fitted. Installation
accessories for top and bottom, see diagram and Supply includes:
explanations below. – 1 frame module
Material: – 2 trim panels (front and rear)
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm – 8 holders with automatic
potential equalisation
Surface finish: – 4 tapped rods
– Spray-finished, textured paint with eyebolts
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Also required:
– IP 55 – Side panel for top-mounting module, 8801.775,
6 B- see page 582
60 3 Protection category NEMA:
– NEMA 12
200
150
B- 2
88 51
Accessories:
Description Page
TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm 609
PS punched rail 23 x 23 mm 610
with angle bracket
PS punched rail 23 x 23 mm 610
with support bracket PS
PS punched section without
mounting flange 23 x 73 mm 611
11 1 2 3 4 5
with support bracket PS
PS punched section with mounting 612
flange 23 x 73 mm
Support rail 613

System support rails 613
10 C rail 30/15 with support bracket 612
or spacer
Cable clamp rail 665
TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm 608
TS punched section without 608
mounting flange 45 x 88 mm
1 6 7 8 9
Side panel Packs of Model No.

for top-mounting module 2 pc(s). 8801.775
To finish off the side of a top-mounting module or
bayed suite.
Material:
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished, textured paint
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Roof plates Material:

for TS
For enclosures without roof plate and in exchange Surface finish:
for the standard roof in other TS enclosures. – Textured paint
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
IP 55, solid For cable entry glands

For enclosures For enclosures Required
Width Depth Packs of Model No. Width Depth number of Packs of Model No.
mm mm mm mm glands
400 600 1 pc(s). 9671.646 600 400 2 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 9665.943
600 600 1 pc(s). 9671.666 850 400 3 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 9665.953
800 600 1 pc(s). 9671.686 1100 400 4 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 9665.963
400 800 1 pc(s). 9671.648 400 600 3 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 9671.546
600 800 1 pc(s). 9671.668 600 600 4 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 9665.903
800 800 1 pc(s). 9671.688 800 600 8 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 9671.586
850 600 6 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 9665.913
IP 4X 1100 600 8 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 9665.923
In order to achieve a protection category of IP 41, a roof 400 800 4 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 9671.548
plate IP 55 should be fitted above the existing roof plate 600 800 8 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 9671.568
using four spacers 7967.000.
800 800 8 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 9671.588
For enclosures
Also required:
Width Depth Packs of Model No.
mm mm Cable entry gland, see page 584
400 600 1 pc(s). 9671.364
600 600 1 pc(s). 9671.366
800 600 1 pc(s). 9671.368
400 800 1 pc(s). 9671.384
600 800 1 pc(s). 9671.386
800 800 1 pc(s). 9671.388
IP 2X with ventilation hole, build height: 72 mm

For enclosures
Width Depth Packs of Model No.
mm mm
400 600 1 pc(s). 9671.846
600 600 1 pc(s). 9660.235
800 600 1 pc(s). 9660.245
1000 600 1 pc(s). 9660.255
1200 600 1 pc(s). 9660.265
400 800 1 pc(s). 9671.848
600 800 1 pc(s). 9659.525
800 800 1 pc(s). 9659.535
1000 800 1 pc(s). 9659.545
1200 800 1 pc(s). 9659.555

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Cable entry gland

◾ Including seal
◾ External dimensions 250 x 160 mm
◾ Protection category IP 55
Version Material Colour Packs of Model No.

1 Insulating
14 x M25/32
material
RAL 7035 1 pc(s). 9665.750
Insulating
2 x M25/32/40, 1 x M32/40/50, 2 x M40/50/63
material
RAL 7035 1 pc(s). 9665.760
With sealing membranes Insulating

32 x Ø 7 – 16 mm, 4 x Ø 10 – 20 mm, 3 x Ø 14 – 26 mm material
RAL 7035 1 pc(s). 9665.770
Insulating
With entry glands up to Ø 66 mm
material
RAL 7035 1 pc(s). 9665.780
Sheet steel,
Solid
spray-finished
RAL 7035 4 pc(s). 9665.785
Ø 223
4.
5
138
135
3 R2
5
226
Cut-out dimensions for 9665.750 to 9665.785

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Roof plate For enclosures

for cable entry, two-piece Width Depth Model No.
for TS, TS IT mm mm
In exchange for the standard roof. Equipped with a 600 600 7826.665
sliding angular bracket in the rear section. Rubber 600 800 7826.685
cable clamp strip on both sides for attaching cable 600 1000 7826.605
bundles and bunched cables.
800 600 7826.865
Thanks to the symmetrical design of the TS frame,
side cable entry can also be achieved by rotating 800 800 7826.885
the roof plate. The two-piece design allows conveni- 800 1000 7826.805
ent retrofitting. 800 1200 7826.825
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Roof plate, vented For enclosures

for TS, TS IT Width Depth Model No.
In exchange for the standard roof. mm mm
72 mm high roof plate, all-round vent slots and 600 600 7826.669
clamp strip for cable entry. The two-piece design 600 800 7826.689
allows convenient retrofitting. 800 600 7826.869
Material: 800 800 7826.889
– Sheet steel 800 1000 7826.809
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Roof mounting screw Packs of Model No.

For screw-fastening the roof plate instead of eye- 20 pc(s). 4198.000
bolts. With contact washers for potential equalisa-
tion.
Thread: M12
Material:
– Steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 20 panhead Allen screws M 12 x 20
– 20 serrated sealing washers A 12.5

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Spacers Height
Packs of Model No.
mm
for roof plate TS
To raise the TS roof for ventilation purposes, in three 10 4 pc(s). 2422.000
different heights. 20 4 pc(s). 2423.000
Not suitable for crane transportation! 50 4 pc(s). 7967.000
Thread: M12
Material:
– Hexagonal sectional steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Eyebolts Material Packs of Model No.

for TS, SE Sheet steel, zinc-plated C 15E 4 pc(s). 4568.000
For crane transportation of enclosures, where not Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 pc(s). 4568.500
already included in the supply.
Thread: M12
Supply includes:
– 4 eyebolts M12
– 4 serrated lock washers A 12.5
Eyebolts Packs of Model No.

for CM 2 pc(s). 2509.500
For crane transportation of enclosures, with rein-
forcement plate to be inserted underneath.
Mounting via the two holes in the top of the CM.
Thread: M12
Supply includes:
– Eyebolts
– Reinforcement plates
Eyebolts Packs of Model No.

for AE 4 pc(s). 2509.000
For crane transportation of enclosures, with rein-
forcement plate to be inserted underneath.
Thread: M12
Supply includes:
– Eyebolts
– Reinforcement plates

Roof/wall mounting
Wall mounting
Wall mounting bracket Material

Wall distance Packs
Model No.
mm of
For the attachment of KL, EB, BG and
IT enclosures based on EL. Brass
8 4 pc(s). 1580.000
nickel-plated
Supply includes: Sheet steel
– Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure. 8 4 pc(s). 1590.000
zinc-plated
Note: Stainless steel
8 4 pc(s). 1594.000
– For hygiene reasons, and in view of the protec- 1.4301 (AISI 304)
tion category, the stainless steel enclosures do
not have any drilled holes for the wall mounting 20
brackets. 25 8
10
10
20
Ø
Ø 8.2
9
20
Wall mounting bracket Wall distance

Packs of Model No.
mm
for AE
For attaching to the enclosure from the outside. 15 4 pc(s). 2508.100
Simply insert the expandable dowel into the enclo-
sure hole from the outside, and screw-fasten the
wall bracket from the outside.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Wall bracket pre-fitted with seal and expandable
dowel
Wall mounting bracket Material

Wall distance Packs
Model No.
(A) mm of
For mounting KL, EB, BG, AE, CM, IT enclosures
based on EL and AE, TP consoles and small fibre- Sheet steel, 40 4 pc(s). 2503.010
optic distributors. zinc-plated 10 4 pc(s). 2508.010
Supply includes: Stainless steel
10 4 pc(s). 2433.000
1.4301 (AISI 304)
Stainless steel
Note: 10 4 pc(s). 2433.500
1.4404 (AISI 316L)
– Item 2503.010 is only suitable up to a depth of
600 mm
29
Possible 54 A
alternative:
15
15
– Hygienic Design wall spacer bracket,

20
see page 172

Ø 10.2
Ø
9
20

Roof/wall mounting
Wall mounting
Wall mounting bracket Colour Packs of Model No.

for KS Similar to RAL 7035 4 pc(s). 1483.010
For attachment to the wall, only possible from the Similar to RAL 9011 4 pc(s). 9266.0001)
outside of the enclosure. 1) With graphite additive for Ex applications
Material:
– Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide1)
50 30
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure.
Ø 8.5
35
11.5
Wall angle Material Colour Packs of Model No.

For compact enclosures (additional holes required in Sheet steel RAL 7035 4 pc(s). 2505.510
the enclosure). Stainless steel
– 4 pc(s). 2583.010
1.4301 (AISI 304)
Supply includes:
35
20
13
90
2
6.5
26
R4
34
70
Wall bracket Packs of Model No.

For roof-side wall attachment of TS and SE with a 4 pc(s). 4595.000
low depth and e.g. heavy components on the door
or built-in swing frame.
Possible
Material: alternative:
– Sheet steel
– With TS 8 inside the enclosure (without mounting
Surface finish: plate), baying bracket 800.470, see page 546
– Zinc-plated

Roof/wall mounting
Wall mounting
Pole clamp Packs of Model No.

for KL, EB, BG, AE, KS 1 set(s) 2584.000
For reliable, convenient fastening to round or square
poles.
For pole diameter/size:
– Ø from 40 to 190 mm
– □ from 50 to 150 mm
Material:
– Mounting angles, clamping section: Sheet steel
– Clamping strap: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Surface finish:
– Mounting angle, clamping section: Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 2 mounting angles, 600 mm long
– 4 clamping sections
– 2 clamping straps
– 4 clamping brackets
– 4 screws and captive nuts M8 for mounting
on the enclosure
Enclosure connectors Packs of Model No.

Adjustable 1 set(s) 6016.200
Between Command Panels, terminal boxes, com-
pact enclosures and horizontal or vertical surfaces.
Pre-mount the connector halves on both sides, Note:
screw together and secure with a locking screw, – The locking screws may be exchanged for
and/or adjust the angle of rotation. standard, commercially available clamping levers
(M10 x 50 mm)
Rotation range:
– ±105° adjustable in 7.5° stepped increments
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
5°
10
10
Surface finish:
5°
– Powder-coated
Colour:
54 54
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts for both sides.

Roof/wall mounting
Wall mounting
Frame connector, adjustable Packs of Model No.

for Comfort Panel 1 set(s) 6005.500
Between the command panel and keyboard hous-
ing and horizontal or vertical surfaces.
Rotation range: –14°/+178°
– Adjustable in 8° stepped increments, see drawing
Material: 12
0°
– Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
– Powder-coated
47.5
Colour:
32°
– RAL 7024
64
Supply includes:
104°
– Assembly parts and clamping levers for both
sides
Wall mounting bracket Packs of Model No.

Vertically hinged 1 set(s) 6341.000
Between the Compact Panel and horizontal or verti-
cal surfaces.
Rotation range:
– 180° adjustable on a 7.2° pitch pattern
Material:
– Wall mounting bracket: Sheet steel
– Knurled screw: Steel with plastic knurled handle
Supply includes:
– Knurled screw and assembly parts for mounting
on the Compact Panel

Mounting plates
Mounting plates Accessories:

for KL and KL-HD
For component installation outside of the enclosure. – Self-tapping screws 2487.000, see page 625
Assembly screws included as accessories with the
enclosure. Possible
alternative:
Material:
– Sheet steel, 2 mm – Support rails, see page 614
Surface finish: Technical details:
– Zinc-plated Available on the Internet
For size mm For Model No. KL and KL-HD Model No.

150 x 150 1500.510, 1514.510, 1521.010, 1527.010, 1670.600, 1671.600 1560.700
200 x 150 1528.510, 1529.510 1575.700
300 x 150 1501.510, 1515.510, 1522.010, 1530.510 1561.700
400 x 150 1589.510 1576.700
200 x 200 1502.510, 1516.510, 1523.010, 1528.010, 1672.600 1562.700
300 x 200 1503.510, 1517.510, 1524.010, 1529.010, 1531.510, 1674.600 1563.700
400 x 200 1504.510, 1518.510, 1525.010, 1532.510, 1675.600 1564.700
500 x 200 1505.510, 1533.510 1565.700
600 x 200 1506.510, 1519.510, 1534.510 1566.700
800 x 200 1527.510, 1542.510 1574.700
300 x 300 1507.510, 1526.010, 1535.510 1567.700
400 x 300 1508.510, 1530.010, 1536.510, 1676.600 1568.700
500 x 300 1509.510, 1537.510 1569.700
600 x 300 1510.510, 1538.510 1570.700
400 x 400 1511.510, 1539.510 1571.700
600 x 400 1512.510, 1540.510 1572.700
800 x 400 1513.510, 1541.510 1573.700
Mounting plate For enclosure height mm Model No.

for TS, 400 mm wide 1800 8614.180
Depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern. 2000 8614.200
Material:
Surface finish: 299
– Zinc-plated 23 23 23
24.5
48
73
Supply includes:
17
Accessories:
1696/1896
– TS 18 x 38 mm punched rail, used as mounting

plate slide rail, see page 609
– TS width divider, for installation in wider enclo-
sures, see page 523
Mounting plate infill For enclosure height

Model No.
mm
for TS
For a continuous mounting surface in bayed suites 1800 4590.700
where the mounting plate is set forward. 2000 4591.700
Material: 2200 4592.700
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Mounting plates
Mounting plate attachment Material:

– Sheet steel
For additional clamping and to reduce potential
vibration of the mounting plate. Select according to Surface finish:
mounting position, installation type and enclosure. – Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
For TS, SE Packs of Model No.

Installation options:
10 pc(s). 8800.630
◾ Side, at half height in conjunction with mounting
plate infill
◾ In the penultimate position
◾ Set forward (supplied state) Accessories:
Benefit: – Mounting plate infill, see page 591
No impairment to the mounting surface, but mount-
ing is only possible from the enclosure rear

10 pc(s). 8800.610
◾ Side
◾ Rear, flush with enclosure frame
Benefit:
No impairment to the mounting surface, but mount-
ing is only possible from the enclosure rear

10 pc(s). 8800.090
◾ Side
◾ Set forward on a 25 mm pitch pattern
Benefit: Also required:
No impairment to the mounting surface, for optional – Punched section with mounting flange
use as attachment or screw-fastening 17 x 73 mm for the inner mounting level,
see page 606 (for fig. 3)
Mounting plate attached in the rearmost installa-

tion position
Mounting plate screw-fastened from the rear in
the rearmost installation position
Mounting plate in a set forward position, either
attached or screw-fastened (not shown)
1 2

10 pc(s). 8800.050
◾ Side
Slide over the plate at the side and secure with
screws. Additionally, the mounting plate may be
drilled and screw-fastened at the rear C-edge.

Mounting plates
Mounting plate attachment Material:

– Sheet steel
For additional clamping and to reduce potential
vibration of the mounting plate. Select according to Surface finish:
mounting position, installation type and enclosure. – Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

10 pc(s). 4593.000
◾ All-round
◾ Set forward on a 25 mm pitch pattern
Slide in between the bar and plate from below or
above or from the side, and secure with screws. Also required:
– Support strip (with TS for inner level),
see page 609 or
– Punched section with mounting flange
(with TS for inner level), see page 606 or
– Punched rails and punched sections,
see page 610/611

10 pc(s). 4576.000
◾ On the top and bottom of the mounting plate
Screw in the clip behind the plate and secure with
screws.
Installation kit Packs of Model No.

for mounting plates TS, SE, back-to-back 1 set(s) 8800.280
The minimal distance between the two mounting
plates ensures a maximum installation depth for
installed equipment on both sides.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Note:
Build height front and rear, with central installation
= (enclosure depth -48 mm) : 2
Example:
8806.521 = Depth 600 mm
Build depth = 2 x 276 mm

Mounting plates
Slide rails For enclosure width

Packs of Model No.
mm
for mounting plate TS
Slides in from the side. 600 2 pc(s). 8802.260
◾ Attachment of the mounting plate to the slide 800 2 pc(s). 8802.280
rails via captive nuts and screws. 1200 2 pc(s). 8802.220
◾ Mounting of the slide rails directly on the enclo-
sure frame, depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch
pattern
– Possible mounting depth T6 -25 mm, refer to the
Internet
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Mounting plate adjustment For enclosures KS Packs of Model No.

bracket 1423.500, 1432.500,
1434.500, 1444.500,
for KS 1446.500, 1448.500, 4 pc(s). 1481.000
Infinitely adjustable. 1449.500, 1466.500,
Other equipment can also be installed on a rail 1467.500
system in this way, instead of the mounting plate. 1400.500, 1453.500,
1454.500, 1468.500,
Material: 4 pc(s). 1491.000
1469.500, 1479.500,
– Sheet steel 1480.500
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
H
B Enclosure width:
M8 x 15
– 76 mm (1481.000)
– 104 mm (1491.000)
H Enclosure height: B
– 150 mm

Mounting plates
Mounting plate attachment Packs of Model No.

for CM, TP one-piece console, TP pedestal 1 set(s) 5001.075
for high dynamic loads
For example, if a direct connection between the
mounting plate and the enclosure is required for
mobile use (cranes etc.). Tested as per
DIN EN 60 721 severity 3 M4, with a weight of
150 kg evenly distributed over the mounting plate.
Simply screw-fasten to the existing holes in the
mounting plate to pre-assemble for:
Wall mounting from the inside
Direct, using a bracket and wall/support mounted
enclosure
Wall mounting from the outside
Screws for wall mounting brackets (see page 587)
are easily screwed into the plate nuts from the
outside
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Cross-brace for For enclosure width

Model No.
mm
mounting plates 1200 4333.120
for TS, SE
1600 4333.160
Additional horizontal rigidity for vibration resistance
and/or stabilisation of wide mounting plates. This 1800 4333.180
brace may also be used as an attachment aid for
heavy components.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 2 sections
– 4 clamping sections
– 4 grub screws M10 x 16 mm
Transport handles Packs of Model No.

for mounting plates 2 pc(s). 2415.500
for TS, SE
May be used at any given position in the side
C-fold.
Benefits include
◾ Can be used for people of different heights
◾ Optimised force transmission
◾ Easy handling

Mounting plates
Partial mounting plates Material:

for TS, SE
For Surface finish:
◾ Universal interior installation, also in conjunction – Zinc-plated
with punched sections with mounting flanges Supply includes:
and support strips; defective assemblies are – Assembly parts
easily and quickly replaced
◾ Additional mounting levels
Partial mounting plates are fastened directly onto Accessories:
the vertical enclosure sections via the inner mount- – TS punched section with mounting flange
ing level using the assembly parts supplied loose. 17 x 73 mm for the outer mounting level,
In this mounting position (in both the width and the see page 606
depth) they form one level with TS punched sec- – TS support strip, see page 609
tions with mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm and TS – Hinge attachment, see page 597
support strips for the inner mounting level. – Self-tapping screws, 2487.000, see page 625
For installation in
Size Packs
Enclosure width mm Enclosure depth (side) mm Model No.
mm of
400 600 800 1000 1200 400 500 600 800
◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ 500 x 300 1 pc(s). 8614.640
◾ ◾ ◾ 500 x 400 1 pc(s). 8614.650
◾ ◾ 500 x 500 1 pc(s). 8614.660
◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ 500 x 700 1 pc(s). 8614.680
◾ ◾ 500 x 775 1 pc(s). 8614.6751)
◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ 700 x 300 1 pc(s). 8614.840
◾ ◾ ◾ 700 x 400 1 pc(s). 8614.850
◾ ◾ 700 x 700 1 pc(s). 8614.880
◾ ◾ ◾ 900 x 300 1 pc(s). 8614.040
◾ ◾ 900 x 400 1 pc(s). 8614.050
◾ ◾ ◾ 900 x 500 1 pc(s). 8614.060
◾ ◾ ◾ 1100 x 300 1 pc(s). 8614.240
◾ ◾ 1100 x 400 1 pc(s). 8614.250
◾ ◾ ◾ 1100 x 500 1 pc(s). 8614.260
1)Also suitable for installing in
– PC enclosures based on SE behind the lower front door
– IW enclosures, height 900 and 1000 mm
When installing around corners due to collision Set forward installation position
between the assembly components Quickly and easily achieved with four TS punched
sections with mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm for the
At least 75 mm (adjustable on a 25 mm pitch outer mounting level, see page 606
pattern)
Maximum space utilisation
1 mm (adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern)
Continuously flush
Partial installation In bayed enclosures, the partial mounting plate is
Partial utilisation of the enclosure depth or in the rearmost position flush with the standard
width is possible, in this case using a PS punched mounting plate; this facilitates continuous compo-
section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, nent mounting
see page 611

Mounting plates
Hinge attachment Packs of Model No.

for partial mounting plate TS, SE 1 set(s) 8614.100
Material:
– Steel
Surface finish: Also required:
– Zinc-plated – Installation kit for swing frame, small,
Supply includes: for enclosure width
– Assembly parts 600 mm 2377.860,
800 mm 2377.880,
see page 678
– PS punched section without mounting flange
23 x 73 mm according to the enclosure depth,
see page 611,
Examples Support brackets 8800.330, see page 620,
In the highest or lowest position depending on the installation position
At the front Set back Side installation:

In conjunction with hinge, for side panel,
see page 535, for an enclosure depth of 600 or
800 mm, side installation is identical to installation
1 1 parallel to the front.
2
1
1
2
In a central position Side installation

At the front Set back
2
1 1
2
1
2
1
1 2
Partial mounting plates, Width Height

Packs of Model No.
mm mm
locatable into rails 200 437 1 pc(s). 6730.310
for TS, SE, TP
500 437 1 pc(s). 6730.330
For installation in
◾ Console and desk unit on the interior installation 700 437 1 pc(s). 6730.340
system rails
◾ Punched sections with mounting flanges or sup-
port strips fitted to the side of the pedestal in the For console/desk unit Max. partial mounting plates
depth Width mm that may be installed
◾ Other enclosures mounted on rails with 25 mm 600 1 x 6730.330
pitch pattern punchings 800 1 x 6730.340
For easy mounting on pre-fitted assembly screws. 2 x 6730.310
1200
Bayable by screw-fastening at the sides. 1 x 6730.340
1 x 6730.330
Material: 1600
1 x 6730.340
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
From width 200/500/700
500 mm 150/450/650
1
– Assembly parts
Ø
Ø
6.
6.
10
425
437
350
425
5
5
Ø
10
6.5
1

Rail systems
AE installation examples with TS system rails

Rails for interior installation (preparing for installation)
For enclosure depth mm Packs of 210 250 300 350 Page
Model No. 4 pc(s). 2383.210 2383.250 2383.300 2383.350 605
Interior installation in the width and height

TS punched section AE from enclosure A1)
with mounting Packs of Model No.
width/height mm mm
flange, 17 x 73 mm
380 225 4 pc(s). 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130
325 4 pc(s). 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140
500
375 4 pc(s). 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040
425 4 pc(s). 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150
600
475 4 pc(s). 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050
525 4 pc(s). 8612.160 8612.160 8612.160 8612.160
760
575 4 pc(s). 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060
606
725 4 pc(s). 8612.180 8612.180 8612.180 –
1000 775 4 pc(s). 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 –
875 4 pc(s). 8612.090 8612.090 8612.090 –
1
925 4 pc(s). – – 8612.100 –
1200
975 4 pc(s). – – 8612.000 –
1125 4 pc(s). – – 8612.120 –
1400
1175 4 pc(s). – – 8612.020 –
TS support strip 400 325 20 pc(s). 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000
500 425 20 pc(s). 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000
609
600 525 20 pc(s). 4696.000 4696.000 4696.000 4696.000
800 725 20 pc(s). 4697.000 4697.000 4697.000 4697.000
1) A = Rail mounting distance
3
A
X
A

Rail systems
CM installation examples with TS system rails

For enclosure width/height mm Packs of 600 800 1000 1200 1400 Page
Model No. 4 pc(s). 5001.050 5001.051 5001.052 5001.053 5001.054 605
Base configuration rail (preparing for installation)

For enclosure depth Packs of 300 400 – – –
Model No. 2 pc(s). 5001.371 5001.370 – – – 608
Installation in the width

Packs of Model No.
For enclosure width mm 600 800 1000 1200 1400
A1) mm 575 775 975 1175 –
TS punched section with mounting flange, 4 pc(s). 8612.060 8612.080 8612.000 8612.020 – 606
17 x 73 mm
TS support strips 20 pc(s). 8800.130 4579.000 – – – 609
Slotted 4 pc(s). 4396.000 4398.000 – – – 613
Support rail Unslotted 4 pc(s). 4396.500 4398.500 – – – 613
1
System support rails 2 pc(s). 4361.000 4362.000 4347.000 4363.000 – 613

C rails 30/15 6 pc(s). 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 – 612
Cable clamp rail 2 pc(s). 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 – 665
2
Installation in the height (individual installation e.g. with)
see page 606
17 x 73 mm
TS support strips see page 609
Installation in the depth

For enclosure
A1)
depth Packs of Model No.
mm
mm
TS punched section 300 225 4 pc(s). 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130
with mounting 606
flange, 17 x 73 mm 400 325 4 pc(s). 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140
TS support strips 400 325 20 pc(s). 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 609
TS punched rail, 400 325 4 pc(s). 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 609
18 x 38 mm
PS punched rail,
400 275 12 pc(s). 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 610
23 x 23 mm
with mounting bracket TS (2 per rail) 24 pc(s). 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 619
X
12
1
9
3
10
X
8
5
A
11 7
2
6
10

Rail systems
TP pedestal/one-piece console
Installation examples with TS system rails
For enclosure width mm Packs of 600 800 1200 1600 Page
For enclosure height mm 675 675 675 675
Model No. 4 pc(s). 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 605
Installation in the width

Packs of Model No.
For enclosure width mm 600 800 1200 1600
A1) mm 575 775 1175 1575
TS punched section with mounting flange, 4 pc(s). 8612.060 8612.080 8612.020 – 606
17 x 73 mm
TS support strips 20 pc(s). 8800.130 4579.000 – – 609
Installation in the height (individual installation e.g. with)

TS support strips see page 609
TS punched rail, 18 x 38 mm see page 609
1
Installation in the depth

For
enclosure A1)
Packs of Model No.
depth mm
mm
TS punched section 400 325 4 pc(s). 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140
with mounting 606
flange, 17 x 73 mm 500 425 4 pc(s). 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150
400 325 20 pc(s). 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000
TS support strips 500 425 20 pc(s). 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000
609
TS punched rail, 400 325 4 pc(s). 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240

609
18 x 38 mm 500 425 4 pc(s). 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250

PS punched rail, 400 325 12 pc(s). 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000
610
23 x 23 mm 500 425 12 pc(s). 4170.000 4170.000 4170.000 4170.000
with mounting bracket TS
24 pc(s). 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 619
(2 per rail)
X
6
7
1
2
5
3
4 A

Rail systems
TP console
Installation examples with TS system rails
For enclosure width mm Packs of 600 800 1200 1600 Page
Model No. 4 pc(s). 5001.050 5001.051 5001.053 5001.054 605
Installation in the height

A1) mm Packs of Model No.
For enclosure width mm 600 800 1200 1600
TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 1
For cover 375 4 pc(s). 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 606
For enclosure 425 4 pc(s). 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 606
TS support strips
For cover 375 4 pc(s). 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 609
TS punched rail, 18 x 38 mm
Console/desk unit/console lid

1
X
2
A
3
A

Rail systems
TS/SE installation examples with TS system rails
Installation between vertical sections

in the width and depth
Installation in roof
and base frame Inner level Outer level
in the width and depth A A
A
A
TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

For
A1) A1) A1)
A enclosure width/depth Packs of Model No. Model No. Model No. Page
mm mm mm
mm
300 4 pc(s). – – 275 8612.030 225 8612.130
400 4 pc(s). – – 375 8612.040 325 8612.140
500 4 pc(s). – – 475 8612.050 425 8612.150
600 4 pc(s). – – 575 8612.060 525 8612.160 606
A 800 4 pc(s). – – 775 8612.080 725 8612.180
1000 4 pc(s). – – 975 8612.000 925 8612.100
1200 4 pc(s). – – 1175 8612.020 1125 8612.120
TS punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm

A For
A1) A1) A1)
enclosure width/depth Packs of Model No. Model No. Model No. Page
mm mm mm
mm
500 4 pc(s). – – 425 8612.550 – –
600 4 pc(s). – – 525 8612.560 – –
800 4 pc(s). – – 725 8612.580 – – 607
1000 4 pc(s). – – 925 8612.500 – –
1200 4 pc(s). – – 1125 8612.520 – –
TS punched section without mounting flanges, 45 x 88 mm

For
A1) A1) A1)
mm mm mm
mm
500 2 pc(s). 375 8612.650 375 8612.650 – –
600 2 pc(s). 475 8612.660 475 8612.660 – – 608
800 2 pc(s). 675 8612.680 675 8612.680 – –
A 1) A = Rail mounting distance

Rail systems

A
A
TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm (with snap-on nut M8)

For
A1) A1) A1) A
mm mm mm
mm
500 2 pc(s). – – 435 8612.750 – –
600 2 pc(s). – – 535 8612.760 – – 608
800 2 pc(s). – – 735 8612.780 – –
TS punched rail, 18 x 38 mm
For
A1) A1) A1) A
mm mm mm
mm
400 4 pc(s). 335 8612.240 – – 325 8612.240
500 4 pc(s). 435 8612.250 – – 425 8612.250
609
600 4 pc(s). 535 8612.260 – – 525 8612.260
800 4 pc(s). 735 8612.280 – – 725 8612.280
1)A = Rail mounting distance
Two TS punched rails 18 x 38 mm are included in the supply of enclosures with a mounting plate to serve as an installation
aid. After installing the mounting plate, the TS punched rail may be inserted, as shown here.
TS support strips
For
A1) A1) A1) A
mm mm mm
mm
400 20 pc(s). – – – – 325 4694.000
500 20 pc(s). – – – – 425 4695.000
600 20 pc(s). – – – – 525 4696.000
800 20 pc(s). – – – – 725 4697.000
400 20 pc(s). – – 375 4309.000 – –
609 A
500 20 pc(s). – – 475 4596.000 – –
600 20 pc(s). – – 575 8800.130 – –
– 20 pc(s). – – 675 4598.000 – –
800 20 pc(s). – – 775 4579.000 – –
– 20 pc(s). – – 875 4599.000 – –
Alternatively, the TS support strip for the inner mounting level may also be used for mounting on the door.
PS punched rails 23 x 23 mm
(For installation options see support bracket TS/PS, angle bracket, mounting bracket)
A
For
A1) A1) A1)
mm mm mm
mm
400 12 pc(s). 275 4169.000 275 4169.000 – –
500 12 pc(s). 375 4170.000 375 4170.000 – –
600 12 pc(s). 475 4171.000 475 4171.000 – –
800 12 pc(s). 675 4172.000 675 4172.000 – –
1000 12 pc(s). 875 4173.000 875 4173.000 – –
1200 6 pc(s). 1075 4174.000 1075 4174.000 – – 610
1400 6 pc(s). 1275 4393.000 1275 4393.000 – –
1600 6 pc(s). 1475 4175.000 1475 4175.000 – –
1800 6 pc(s). 1675 4176.000 1675 4176.000 – –
2000 6 pc(s). 1875 4177.000 1875 4177.000 – –
2200 6 pc(s). 2075 4178.000 2075 4178.000 – –

Rail systems

A
A
PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm (installation option with support bracket TS)
For
A A1) A1) A1)
mm mm mm
mm
400 4 pc(s). 275 4374.000 275 4374.000 – –
500 4 pc(s). 375 4375.000 375 4375.000 – –
600 4 pc(s). 475 4376.000 475 4376.000 – –
800 4 pc(s). 675 4377.000 675 4377.000 – –
1000 4 pc(s). 875 4382.000 875 4382.000 – – 611
1200 4 pc(s). 1075 4378.000 1075 4378.000 – –
1800 4 pc(s). 1675 4379.000 1675 4379.000 – –
2000 4 pc(s). 1875 4380.000 1875 4380.000 – –
2200 4 pc(s). 2075 4381.000 2075 4381.000 – –
PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm

(installation options with TS adaptor rail when mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section)
For
A1) A1) A1)
mm mm mm
mm
400 4 pc(s). 335 8800.640 – 8800.640 – –
500 4 pc(s). 435 8800.650 – 8800.650 – –
A 600 4 pc(s). 535 4364.000 – 4364.000 – –
612
800 4 pc(s). 735 4365.000 – 4365.000 – –
1000 4 pc(s). 935 4373.000 – 4373.000 – –
1200 4 pc(s). 1135 4367.000 – 4367.000 – –
A
Support rails, slotted

A For
A1) A1) A1)
mm mm mm
mm
400 4 pc(s). 335 4394.000 – – – –
500 2 pc(s). 435 4395.000 – – – –
613
600 2 pc(s). 535 4396.000 – – – –
800 2 pc(s). 735 4398.000 – – – –
Support rails, unslotted
400 4 pc(s). 335 – – – – –
500 2 pc(s). 435 – – – – –
613
600 2 pc(s). 535 4396.500 – – – –
800 2 pc(s). 735 4398.500 – – – –
Alternatively, the slotted and unslotted support rail may also be fitted on the vertical TS enclosure section using the
snap-on nut M8, adaptor rail or TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm.

Rail systems
Rails for interior installation For enclosure depth

Packs of Model No.
mm
for AE
For mounting in the enclosure, no machining 210 4 pc(s). 2383.210
required. Suitable for all-round mounting on the 250 4 pc(s). 2383.250
sides, base and roof areas. 300 4 pc(s). 2383.300
Variable with 2 rows of system punchings, creates 350 4 pc(s). 2383.350
additional mounting space e.g. for
◾ TS punched section with mounting flange
◾ Enclosure lights Configuration examples:
◾ Door-operated switch
◾ Door stay
◾ Cable conduit holder
Benefits:
◾ Only one screw for attaching the rail inside the
enclosure
◾ Larger mounting space than with the previous
rail, thanks to separate adaptor for door-oper-
ated switches (included with the supply)
◾ Compatibility with TS 8 system accessories
◾ Enclosure protection category is retained (no
machining required)
◾ May be retrospectively installed even with the
mounting plate in situ. Suitable for installation via
A
gland plates
Material:
– Sheet steel X
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Note:
A
Other mounting options:

– Mounting plates, locatable, 8612.400,
see page 616 X
– Mounting plates, screw-fastening, large,
8612.410, see page 616 A = Bar centre distance
– Mounting plates, screw-fastening, small,
4532.000, see page 617
– Mounting brackets, 4597.000, see page 617
Rails for interior installation Width Height

mm mm Packs of Model No.
for CM, TP
For mounting on the existing threaded bolts. CM TP1) CM TP2)
With TS system punchings on three sides. 600 600 – 675 4 pc(s). 5001.050
Material: 800 800 800 960 4 pc(s). 5001.051
– Sheet steel 1000 1000 1000 – 4 pc(s). 5001.052
1200 1200 1200 – 4 pc(s). 5001.053
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated – 1600 1400 – 4 pc(s). 5001.054
1) Only with TP console and desk unit (cover or
Supply includes: rear panel/base), one-piece console in cover
– Assembly parts 2) Only with TP pedestal/one-piece console
Configuration examples:
See page 599

Rail systems
TS punched section with For the outer mounting level
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For

enclosure width/depth Packs of Model No.
Variable, with 5 rows of holes for universal skeleton mm
structures or partial assembly. Simply locate into the 300 4 pc(s). 8612.130
TS punchings and secure.
400 4 pc(s). 8612.140
Installation options: 500 4 pc(s). 8612.150
◾ On the vertical TS enclosure section 600 4 pc(s). 8612.160
– On the outer mounting level, all-round, at the
same height 800 4 pc(s). 8612.180
– On the inner mounting level, all-round, height- 1000 4 pc(s). 8612.100
offset 1200 4 pc(s). 8612.120
◾ In the tubular door frame for TS, SE and PC
◾ For SE, may additionally be mounted on the top
horizontal section in the depth For the inner mounting level
or for tubular door frames
◾ In CM and TP via rail for interior installation
– In the depth, for outer mounting level For door
– In the width, for inner mounting level width For enclosure
(for width/depth
Material: Length Packs
tubular (for inner Model No.
mm of
– Sheet steel door mounting level)
frame) mm
Surface finish: mm
– Zinc-plated 400 300 290 4 pc(s). 8612.030
Supply includes: 500 400 390 4 pc(s). 8612.040
– Assembly screws 600 500 490 4 pc(s). 8612.050
– 600 590 4 pc(s). 8612.060
Also required: 800 – 690 4 pc(s). 8612.070
900 800 790 4 pc(s). 8612.080
– For installation in CM, TP:
Rail for interior installation, see page 605 1000 – 890 4 pc(s). 8612.090
– 1000 990 4 pc(s). 8612.000
Accessories: – 1200 1190 4 pc(s). 8612.020
– Screws, see page 625

– Cable tie for fast assembly 2597.000, Configuration examples:
see page 667 See from page 598
Attachment TS Packs of Model No.

for TS punched section with mounting flange, 12 pc(s). 8612.010
17 x 73 mm
Benefits: Material:
◾ For attaching the TS punched section with – Sheet steel
mounting flange where access to installed equip-
ment, such as mounting plates, is blocked by the Surface finish:
screw fastening – Zinc-plated
◾ May also be screw-fastened onto the punched
section with mounting flange or enclosure frame
and used as a support for contact hazard protec-
tion covers or master switch trim panels

Rail systems
TS punched section with Length

mm
Packs of Model No.
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 530 – 700 2 pc(s). 7000.678
Depth-variable
To fit the outer and inner mounting level.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
TS punched section with For the inner mounting level
mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm For enclosure width/

depth mm
Packs of Model No.
The alternative to the TS punched section with 500 4 pc(s). 8612.550
mounting flange 17 x 73 mm, see page 606, with
punchings for captive nuts/threaded blocks instead 600 4 pc(s). 8612.560
of the slotted holes top and bottom. Simply locate 800 4 pc(s). 8612.580
and secure. 1000 4 pc(s). 8612.500
◾ On the vertical TS, SE enclosure section
Material:
Surface finish: – Screws, see page 625
– Zinc-plated – Threaded blocks, captive nuts, see page 624
Supply includes: Configuration examples:
– Assembly screws See page 598

Rail systems
TS punched sections without For the inner mounting level
mounting flanges 45 x 88 mm For

Heavy top-mounted equipment mounted directly on mm
the internal surfaces (e.g. roof) is supported. 500 2 pc(s). 8612.650
Mounted on the side or rear, the enclosure can then
600 2 pc(s). 8612.660
be screw-fastened securely to the machine. The
twin profile with 11 rows of holes offers numerous 800 2 pc(s). 8612.680
additional opportunities for interior installation.
◾ On the vertical and horizontal TS, SE enclosure Accessories:
section – Screws, see page 625
Material: – Threaded blocks, captive nuts, see page 624
– Sheet steel Configuration examples:
Surface finish: See page 598
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm For

For heavy installed equipment, with attachment mm
holes.
500 2 pc(s). 8612.750
800 2 pc(s). 8612.780
With 9 mm round holes on a 25 mm pitch pattern
on all sides, for mounting
◾ Support rails, see page 614
◾ System support rails, see page 613 Also required:
◾ C rails 30/15, see page 612 – Snap-on nut M8, 8800.808, see page 618
◾ Cable clamp rails (right angle section),
see page 665 Note:
◾ Customer assemblies – In conjunction with the snap-on nut, particularly
well-suited for dynamic connections
Material:
– Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Configuration examples:
See page 598
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws
Base configuration rail For enclosure depth

Packs of Model No.
mm
for CM, TP
For mounting in the enclosure depth, on the exist- 400 2 pc(s). 5001.370
ing threaded bolts, no machining required. TS sys- 300 2 pc(s). 5001.371
tem punchings on 2 sides. Creates additional instal-
lation options.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Rail systems
TS punched rail For

18 x 38 mm mm
Simply locate and secure with a screw. The loca- 400 4 pc(s). 8612.240
tion system makes assembly and dismantling eas- 500 4 pc(s). 8612.250
ier. It only needs to be secured on one side, but
600 4 pc(s). 8612.260
may be secured on both sides if required.
800 4 pc(s). 8612.280
– On the outer mounting level
◾ On the horizontal TS, SE enclosure section Accessories:
◾ On base configuration rail for CM
Material: – Cable tie for fast assembly 2597.000,
– Sheet steel see page 667
Surface finish: – Cable clamps, see page 666
– Zinc-plated Configuration examples:
Supply includes: See from page 598
– Assembly screws
Note:
– In enclosures with a mounting plate, 2 punched
rails are already included with the supply
TS support strips For the outer mounting level
Installation options: For

Length
◾ On the vertical and horizontal TS, SE enclosure mm
mm
section
– On the outer mounting level, all-round, at the 400 340 20 pc(s). 4694.000
same height 500 440 20 pc(s). 4695.000
– On the inner mounting level, all-round, height- 600 540 20 pc(s). 4696.000
offset 800 740 20 pc(s). 4697.000
◾ On the tubular door frame TS, SE
◾ On the perforated door strip CM, TP
Material:
Surface finish:
– Cable tie for fast assembly 2597.000,
– Zinc-plated
see page 667
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws
See from page 598
For the inner mounting level and for mounting on doors

For enclosure width/depth For door width Length
Packs of Model No.
mm mm mm
– 400 290 20 pc(s). 4594.000
400 500 390 20 pc(s). 4309.000
500 600 490 20 pc(s). 4596.000
600 – 590 20 pc(s). 8800.130
– 800 690 20 pc(s). 4598.000
800 900 790 20 pc(s). 4579.000
– 1000 890 20 pc(s). 4599.000

Rail systems
TS assembly block Packs of Model No.

Installation in the vertical TS, SE enclosure sections 4 pc(s). 8800.310
for mounting PS-compatible individual components.
Material: Possible
– Die-cast zinc alternative:
Supply includes: – Snap-on nut, see page 618
– Assembly screws
Adaptor rail For

enclosure height Packs of Model No.
for PS compatibility mm
Installation in the vertical TS, SE enclosure sections
1800 4 pc(s). 8800.380
(across the entire enclosure height or in sub-
sections), and in the case of SE, may additionally 2000 4 pc(s). 8800.300
be fitted to the top horizontal section in the width 2200 4 pc(s). 8800.320
(must be cut to length depending on the width of
the enclosure), in order to achieve compatibility with:
◾ PS punched rail, 23 x 23 mm
◾ PS punched section without mounting flange, Accessories:
23 x 73 mm – Screws, see page 625
◾ PS punched section with mounting flange,
23 x 73 mm Possible
alternative:
Material:
– Sheet steel – Snap-on nut, see page 618
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws
PS punched rails 23 x 23 mm Length mm For WHD mm Packs of Model No.

for TS, SE 295 400 12 pc(s). 4169.000
395 500 12 pc(s). 4170.000
◾ On the vertical enclosure section 495 600 12 pc(s). 4171.000
– Directly via support brackets TS 695 800 12 pc(s). 4172.000
– Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility in conjunc- 895 1000 12 pc(s). 4173.000
tion with angle brackets, mounting brackets or 1095 1200 6 pc(s). 4174.000
support brackets PS
◾ On the horizontal enclosure section 1295 1400 6 pc(s). 4393.000
– Directly via angle brackets, mounting brackets 1495 1600 6 pc(s). 4175.000
or support brackets PS 1695 1800 6 pc(s). 4176.000
Material: 1895 2000 6 pc(s). 4177.000
– Sheet steel 2095 2200 6 pc(s). 4178.000
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Also required:
– U nuts, see page 624
– Mounting brackets TS/PS, see page 619
or
– Angle brackets, support brackets TS/PS,
see page 620
Accessories:
– Cable attachment, see page 667
see page 667
See from page 598

Rail systems
Punched rail 23 x 23 mm Length

For
width/depth Packs of Model No.
for Flex-Block mm
mm
Supports tool-free installation in two levels via a
245 400 12 pc(s). 4169.500
plug-in system in the Flex-Block depth.
For the installation of cable clamp rails. 345 500 12 pc(s). 4170.500
445 600 12 pc(s). 4171.500
– In the width and depth 645 800 12 pc(s). 4172.500
Material:
– Sheet steel
Accessories:
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated – Cable clamp rail (4193.000 etc.),
see page 665
Supply includes:
– 12 punched rails
– Assembly parts for mounting
PS punched section without Length mm For WHD mm Packs of Model No.

mounting flange 23 x 73 mm 295 400 4 pc(s). 4374.000
for TS, SE 395 500 4 pc(s). 4375.000
495 600 4 pc(s). 4376.000
◾ On the vertical enclosure section 695 800 4 pc(s). 4377.000
– Directly via support brackets TS 895 1000 4 pc(s). 4382.000
– Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility in conjunc- 1095 1200 4 pc(s). 4378.000
tion with support brackets PS 1695 1800 4 pc(s). 4379.000
◾ On the horizontal enclosure section
1895 2000 4 pc(s). 4380.000
– Directly via support brackets PS
2095 2200 4 pc(s). 4381.000
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Support brackets PS/TS, see page 620
Accessories:
see page 667
– U nuts, see page 624
See page 598

Rail systems
PS punched section with Installation in the

enclosure width/depth TS Packs of Model No.
mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm mm
for TS, SE 400 4 pc(s). 8800.640
Variable, with 5 rows of holes for universal skeleton 500 4 pc(s). 8800.650
structures or partial assembly. Simply locate into the
600 4 pc(s). 4364.000
system punchings and secure.
800 4 pc(s). 4365.000
1000 4 pc(s). 4373.000
◾ On the vertical TS enclosure section
– Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility 1200 4 pc(s). 4367.000
◾ On the horizontal TS enclosure section
◾ In the case of SE, may additionally be fitted to the
horizontal section at the bottom (width/depth)
and top (width) Also required:
– Adaptor rail for PS compatibility
Material:
(when mounting on the vertical TS, SE enclosure
– Sheet steel
section), see page 610
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
See page 598
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws
C rails 30/15 For

Length
to EN 60 715 for TS, SE mm
mm
Installation options: 500 455 6 pc(s). 4943.000
◾ On the vertical TS, SE enclosure section 600 555 6 pc(s). 4944.000
– Via snap-on nut 8800.808 (Fig. 1)
800 755 6 pc(s). 4945.000
– Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility
◾ On the horizontal TS enclosure section (Fig. 2) 1000 955 6 pc(s). 4946.000
◾ In the case of SE, additionally on the horizontal 1200 1155 6 pc(s). 4947.000
section
– In the width, bottom/top
– In the depth, bottom (without mounting plate)
– In the depth, top Accessories:
using snap-on nuts 8800.808 (Fig. 1) – Cable clamps, see page 666
◾ On base configuration rail for CM – Support bracket or spacer, see page 621
Material: – Quick-assembly block, see page 621
– Sheet steel – Snap-on nut M8, 8800.808, see page 618
– Adaptor rail, see page 610
1 2 Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated Possible
alternative:
– Rail for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief,
see page 641

Rail systems
C rails For
Length
for TS, SE mm
mm
For direct external mounting between the horizontal
400 298 4 pc(s). 7828.040
or vertical TS, SE enclosure sections. Thanks to the
universal mounting piece, the C rails may optionally 500 398 4 pc(s). 7828.050
be attached to the inner or outer level of the TS 8 600 498 4 pc(s). 7828.060
frame. 800 698 4 pc(s). 7828.080
Material: 1000 898 4 pc(s). 7828.100
– Sheet steel 1200 1098 4 pc(s). 7828.120
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes: Accessories:
– Assembly parts – Cable clamps, see page 666
System support rails For

enclosure width Packs of Model No.
For heavy installed equipment such as transform- mm
ers. T-head screw and slot in the support rail
600 2 pc(s). 4361.000
accommodate all mounting dimensions.
800 2 pc(s). 4362.000
1000 2 pc(s). 4347.000
– Via snap-on nut 8800.808 (Fig. 1) 1200 2 pc(s). 4363.000
– Height-offset, via TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm
(Fig. 2)
Accessories:
– In the width – Width divider e.g. for the installation of 2 system
– In the depth (without mounting plate) support rails (for 600 mm width) in 1200 mm wide
◾ In the case of SE, additionally on the horizontal enclosures, see page 523
section – Snap-on nut M8, 8800.808, see page 618
– In the width, bottom/top – Adaptor rail, see page 610
– In the depth, bottom (without mounting plate) – TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm, see page 608
– In the depth, top (without mounting plate) 1 2
using snap-on nuts 8800.808 (Fig. 1)
◾ On base configuration rail for CM
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 2 system support rails (45 x 25 mm)
– 4 T-head screws M12 x 60 mm
– Assembly parts
Support rails For Model No. Model No.

enclosure
for TS, SE, CM Packs of
width/depth Slotted Unslotted
For heavy installed equipment. Particularly suitable mm
for the installation of base isolators. 400 4 pc(s). 4394.000 –
Installation options: 500 4 pc(s). 4395.000 –
◾ On the vertical TS, SE enclosure section 600 4 pc(s). 4396.000 4396.500
– Via snap-on nut 8800.808 (Fig. 1)
800 4 pc(s). 4398.000 4398.500
– Height-offset, via TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm
(Fig. 2) Material:
◾ On the horizontal TS enclosure section – Sheet steel
– In the width
– In the depth Surface finish:
◾ In the case of SE, additionally on the horizontal – Zinc-plated
section Supply includes:
– In the width – Assembly parts
– In the depth, top
using snap-on nut 8800.808 1 2
◾ On base configuration rail for CM Accessories:
– Snap-on nut M8, 8800.808, see page 618
– Adaptor rail, see page 610
– TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm, see page 608
See from page 598

Rail systems
Support rail 65 x 42 mm For

for TS, SE mm
Benefits: 600 2 pc(s). 8612.960
◾ For heavy assemblies up to 5000 N per support 800 2 pc(s). 8612.980
rail
Permissible static load:
– 10000 N per enclosure
Material: 28.5
– Steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
535/735
575/775
Support rails TS 35/15 For Support

enclosure rails Packs
to EN 60 715 for TS, SE Model No.
width/depth length of
Mounting on the TS vertical section via mm mm
– Snap-on nut M8, 8800.808, see page 618 500 455 6 pc(s). 4933.000
– Assembly block see page 610 or
– Adaptor rail, see page 610 600 555 6 pc(s). 4934.000
800 755 6 pc(s). 4935.000
1200 1155 6 pc(s). 4937.000
Support rails TS 35/7.5 and For Support

enclosure rails Packs
TS 35/15 width length
Version
of
Model No.
to EN 60 715 for KL, KL-HD, AE mm mm
Length sized to the enclosure width 150 137 10 pc(s). 2314.000
200 187 10 pc(s). 2315.000
TS 35/7.5
300 287 10 pc(s). 2316.000
400 387 10 pc(s). 2317.000
500 487 10 pc(s). 2318.000
TS 35/15
600 587 10 pc(s). 2319.000
Support rails Version Length

Packs
Model No.
of
to EN 60 715
Standard length 2 m TS 35/15 2m 6 pc(s). 2313.150
TS 35/7.5 2m 6 pc(s). 2313.750
Mounting clip Packs of Model No.

for support rails 30 pc(s). 2309.000
For fast, secure attachment of
◾ Cable ducts
◾ Mounting plates
◾ Mounting angles
on support rail TS 35/7.5 and TS 35/15 to
EN 60 715.
Simply pre-assemble the mounting clip on the part
to be installed, then snap into position on the sup-
port rail.

Rail systems
TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm
for TS
Mounting angle with TS pitch on three sides.
Suitable for
◾ Building an auxiliary construction for dividing the
busbar space
◾ Individual use as mounting frame for low and
medium loads
◾ Fastening to the internal or external mounting
level of the TS 8 enclosure
Material:
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Note:
– Where necessary, punched rails should be short-
ened to the applicable mounting dimension
For enclosure width/depth

For compart- For compart- mm
For compart-
ment height ment height
Length ment depth Inner Outer Packs of Model No. Page
Top Bottom
mm mounting mounting
mm mm
level level
62.5 425 – – – – 12 pc(s). 9673.915
137.5 600 – – – – 12 pc(s). 9673.920
262.5 425/800 – – – 400 12 pc(s). 9673.940
487.5 – 350 – 500 350 – 400 400/500 500/600 12 pc(s). 9673.953
787.5 – 550 – 800 450 – 700 600/800 800 12 pc(s). 9673.983
862.5 – – 750 – 800 – – 12 pc(s). 9673.995
Also required
Frame connector piece 24 pc(s). 9673.901 622
T-connector piece 24 pc(s). 9673.903 622
Corner connector 10 pc(s). 9673.902 622

Rail systems
C rails For Length

enclosure width/depth (L) Packs of Model No.
for TS, SE mm mm
For attaching cables and lines and for mounting
600 600 4 pc(s). 9660.210
stacking insulators.
800 800 4 pc(s). 9660.220
Material:
– Sheet steel
Supply includes:
– 4 C rails
– 8 brackets
– Assembly parts
Punched sections with For

mounting flanges mm
for coupling section 600 2 pc(s). 9674.056
For assembling a Maxi-PLS or Flat-PLS busbar sys- 800 2 pc(s). 9674.058
tem directly beneath or above the circuit-breaker.
This punched section with mounting flange may be
used without conflict in conjunction with the com-
partment space side panel modules.
It is attached to the outer level of the TS 8 enclo-
sure system, but the PS punchings support a
mounting level as in the roof or base frame, thereby
facilitating the use of busbar system attachment for
the roof/base section.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Mounting plates Packs of Model No.

Locatable 4 pc(s). 8612.400
on
◾ The vertical TS, SE enclosure section
◾ TS punched section with mounting flange, Technical details:
17 x 73 mm Available on the Internet
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws

Screw-fastened, large 4 pc(s). 8612.410
On all enclosures and mounting parts with system
punchings on a 25 mm pitch pattern.
Technical details:
Material: Available on the Internet
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws

Rail systems

Screw-fastened, small 4 pc(s). 4532.000
Material:
– Sheet steel Technical details:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws
Mounting plate TS Packs of Model No.

with integral top-hat rail 1 pc(s). 7526.964
For direct snap-mounting of components such as
speed control, enclosure internal thermostat and
hygrostat.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Mounting plate (mounting accessories included)

May be screw-fastened onto all enclosures and 4 pc(s). 4597.000
mounting parts with system punchings on a 25 mm
pitch pattern.
– Sheet steel
Surface finish: – Cable tie for fast assembly 2597.000,
– Zinc-plated see page 667
– Assembly screws Available on the Internet

for interior installation 4 pc(s). 6205.100
For installing punched sections with mounting

flanges and support strips in: Technical details:
◾ Comfort Panel horizontal/vertical from 74 mm Available on the Internet
installation depth
or for installing in:
◾ Optipanel from an installation depth of 100 mm
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Comfort Panel/Optipanel
Page
Front panel width 482.6 mm (19˝)
Punched sections with mounting Horizontal
8612.150 606
flanges Vertical
Horizontal
Support strips 4695.000 609
Vertical

Assembly components
Snap-on nut TS Thread Packs of Model No.

Metric thread for vertical TS, SE enclosure section. M6 20 pc(s). 8800.806
To install, insert into slot and clip into position. The M8 20 pc(s). 8800.808
snap-on nut is then secure. By tightening the screw,
it is securely tightened against the section, and
potential equalisation is automatically created.
Also required:
◾ On the vertical TS, SE enclosure section and on – Multi-tooth screw M6 x 12 or M8 x 12,
the horizontal SE enclosure section (top, in the see page 625
width)
– With metric thread M6 or M8
– The alternative to metal screws
– Particularly well-suited for dynamically loaded
connections
Material:
– Precision-cast stainless steel
1 2 Accessories for interior installation
Support rails, see page 613
Cable clamp rails, see page 665
C rails 30/15, see page 612
System support rails, see page 613
TS punched rail, 25 x 38 mm,
see page 608
3 4
Adaptor bracket TS Packs of Model No.

For external mounting of 6 pc(s). 8800.360
◾ System lights
◾ Cable ducts
on the vertical TS enclosure section and on the hori-
zontal SE enclosure section (top, in the width)
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly screws

Assembly components
Mounting bracket TS Packs of Model No.

Offers variable mounting options for the punched rail 24 pc(s). 8800.370
23 x 23 mm, e.g. for supporting external surfaces or
creating an additional internal level.
– Die-cast zinc
– U nuts (recommendation: M6), see page 624
Supply includes:
– 24 screws 5.5 x 13 mm
– flush with the outer edge of the enclosure or
– flush with the enclosure clearance width
Support of the external surfaces with two

mounting options:
◾ Without mounting plate (photograph)
◾ With mounting plate (drawing)
Two installation options for the inner mounting level:

If there is no divider panel fitted
With a divider panel fitted, and without or with a

mounting plate in a set forward position
Mounting bracket PS Packs of Model No.

For variable attachment of punched rail 23 x 23 mm. 24 set(s) 4182.000
◾ Optionally flush with:
– Outer enclosure edge or Also required:
– Enclosure clearance width
◾ On the vertical TS, SE enclosure section via – U nuts (recommended: M6), see page 624
– Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, – Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 625
see page 610
◾ On the horizontal SE enclosure section, bottom
◾ On the horizontal SE enclosure section, top in the
depth
◾ On enclosures and rails with rectangular system
punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
– 1 set =
1 mounting bracket,
1 screw M6 x 12 mm,
1 captive nut M6

Assembly components
Angle bracket PS Packs of Model No.

For quick attachment of punched rails 23 x 23 mm. 12 set(s) 4181.000
◾ On the vertical TS, SE enclosure section via
– Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, Also required:
see page 610
◾ On the horizontal TS enclosure section – U nuts (recommended: M6), see page 624
◾ On the horizontal SE enclosure section, bottom – Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 625
depth
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 1 set =
1 angle bracket, left,
1 angle bracket, right,
2 screws 5.5 x 13 mm
Support bracket TS Packs of Model No.

For the attachment of 6 set(s) 8800.330
◾ Punched sections without mounting flanges
23 x 73 mm or
◾ Punched rails 23 x 23 mm
Also required:
◾ On the vertical TS, SE enclosure section – U nuts (recommended: M6), see page 624
– on a 25 mm pitch pattern – Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 625
– in 2 mm increments
◾ On the horizontal SE enclosure section, in the
width, top
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
– 1 set =
1 support bracket,
1 stay,
Support bracket PS Packs of Model No.

For the attachment of 24 set(s) 4183.000
◾ Punched sections without mounting flanges
23 x 73 mm or
Also required:
◾ On the vertical TS enclosure section via – U nuts (recommended: M6), see page 624
– Snap-on nut 8800.806, – Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 625
see page 618 or – Adaptor rail for PS compatibility
– Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, (when mounting on the vertical enclosure sec-
see page 610 tion), see page 610
◾ On the horizontal SE enclosure section, bottom
depth
◾ On enclosures and rails with square
system punchings 12.5 x 10.5 mm
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
– 1 set =
1 support bracket,
2 countersunk screws,
2 serrated lock washers

Assembly components
Bracket/spacer Packs of Model No.

For the attachment of C rails, punched rails or cable 6 set(s) 4199.000
clamp rails (angle section). On the sides, to accom-
modate square sections or cable tubes (Ø 20 mm).
Attachment points with M8 thread. Material:
– Die-cast zinc
◾ On the vertical TS, SE enclosure section via Supply includes:
– Snap-on nut 8800.808, see page 618 – 1 set =
or 1 bracket or spacer,
– Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, 2 screws M8 x 16 mm,
see page 610 2 spring lock washers,
◾ On the horizontal TS enclosure section 2 captive nuts M8,
◾ On the horizontal SE enclosure section, bottom 2 serrated lock washers,
◾ On the horizontal SE enclosure section, top in the 2 screws
depth
◾ On enclosures and rails with rectangular system Accessories:
– Angle piece 4134.000, see page 621
Quick-assembly block Packs of Model No.

For a variety of installation options. 12 pc(s). 4133.000
◾ On the vertical TS, SE enclosure section via Material:
– Snap-on nut 8800.808, see page 618 – Die-cast zinc
or
– Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, Supply includes:
see page 610 – 12 quick-assembly blocks
◾ On the horizontal TS enclosure section – 12 threaded blocks M8
◾ On the horizontal SE enclosure section, bottom – 24 screws M8 x 12 mm
◾ On the horizontal SE enclosure section, top in the – 24 square nuts M8
depth
Angle piece Packs of Model No.

For assembling punched rails and mounting 12 set(s) 4134.000
surfaces with a 45° incline.
Installation options: Material:
◾ On the vertical TS, SE enclosure section via – Angle pieces: Die-cast zinc
– Snap-on nut 8800.806, see page 618 – Insulating pieces: Plastic
or
– Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, Supply includes:
see page 610 – 1 set =
◾ On the horizontal TS enclosure section 1 angle piece,
◾ On the horizontal SE enclosure section, bottom 1 insulating piece,
◾ On the horizontal SE enclosure section, top in the 1 insulating screw,
depth 2 assembly screws,
◾ On enclosures and rails with rectangular system 1 threaded block M6

Assembly components
Frame connector piece Packs of Model No.

for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 24 pc(s). 9673.901
Mounting part with integral M4 threads for attach-
ing the TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm to the horizon-
tal and vertical TS frame section (outer level). The
frame adaptor piece can be used as a self-holding
construction aid in the TS pitch and fastened with a
screw to the frame. Can also be used for fastening
other sections with TS pitch.
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
T-connector piece Packs of Model No.

Mounting piece with integral M4 threaded holes for
attaching the TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm
◾ to the horizontal and vertical TS chassis
◾ to TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm
◾ to the vertical TS frame section (internal level).
The T-connector piece may be inserted into the
TS pitch pattern as a self-holding construction and
attached to the frame with a screw. Can also be
used for fastening other sections with TS pitch.
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Corner connector Packs of Model No.

Mounting part with integral M4 threads for connect-
ing two TS punched rails 17 x 17 mm at an angle of
90° across the corner. Required for building the
auxiliary construction for the busbar space separa-
tion.
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Assembly components
Universal bracket Packs of Model No.

For the installation of 6 pc(s). 2373.000
◾ Enclosure lights in
– Compact enclosures AE
◾ Door-operated switches in
28 Ø 4.2
8
– TopConsole system TP
◾ Cable conduit holders 2593.000 and 2591.000 in
◾ Support rails for terminals in
– Command panels and command panel hous-
ings with door
Mounting screws are concealed when the door is
closed. Existing holes for mounting blocks or hinges
may be used with AE.
Material:
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
45
Cable retainer Cable retainer Packs of Model No.

For individual rail mounting. Flat 20 pc(s). 2365.000
Inclined 20 pc(s). 2366.000
Material:
35
M5
35°
47
M6
30
Ø7 Ø7
60 60
73 81
Mounting block Packs of Model No.

for AE 20 pc(s). 2574.000
As an accessory for additional interior installation,
e.g. mounting of cable ties, PS punched rails, top
hat rails and C rails (e.g. for a second pair of mount-
ing angles).
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Assembly components
U nuts Thread Packs of Model No.

for M4 20 pc(s). 4119.000
◾ Punched rail 23 x 23 mm M5 20 pc(s). 4157.000
◾ Punched section without mounting flange, M6 20 pc(s). 4179.000
23 x 73 mm
M8 20 pc(s). 4180.000
◾ Punched section without mounting flange,
45 x 88 mm
◾ Punched section with mounting flange,
23 x 73 mm Accessories:
For mounting punched rails and punched sections
without mounting flanges on angle brackets, mount- – Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, for 4179.000,
ing brackets and support brackets, we recommend see page 625
U nuts with M6 thread (4179.000).
Captive nuts/threaded blocks Possible

alternative:
On enclosures and rails with rectangular system – On the vertical TS enclosure section TS snap-on
punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm nuts, see page 618
for example on:
◾ TS, SE enclosure section,
– vertically, via adaptor rail for PS compatibility
– TS horizontally, direct
◾ SE horizontally, bottom, direct
◾ SE horizontally, top (in the depth only), direct
23 x 73 mm
45 x 88 mm
◾ Punched section with mounting flange,
23 x 73 mm
Captive nuts Thread Packs of Model No.

The compression spring, designed as an insertion
M5 50 pc(s). 4166.000
aid, ensures reliable mechanical and electrical con-
nection in the system punchings. M6 50 pc(s). 4164.000
M8 50 pc(s). 4165.000
Threaded block Thread Packs of Model No.

With snap-off insertion aid, die-cast zinc.
M6 50 pc(s). 4162.000
M8 50 pc(s). 4163.000
Captive nuts Thread Packs of Model No.

The nuts are inserted from the same side as screw-
M6 50 pc(s). 8800.340
fastening takes place. Consequently, attachment
points in the same height or width may also be used M8 50 pc(s). 8800.350
around corners.
The spring cage also ensures electrical connection
in the system punchings.

Assembly components
Spring nut M5 Packs of Model No.

For 50 pc(s). 6108.000
◾ Comfort Panel from an installation depth of
74 mm
◾ Optipanel from an installation depth of 100 mm
◾ Compact Panel
The spring ensures reliable protection against unin-
tentional displacement.
Other interior installation, e.g. with
◾ Mounting bracket 4597.000 (see page 617) or
◾ Mounting bracket for interior installation
6205.100 (see page 617)
Material:
Threaded inserts M6 Packs of Model No.

for KS 20 pc(s). 1482.000
For securing installed equipment to the moulded
bosses in the door and in the enclosure rear panel.
Screw length available for insertion: 8 mm.
Multi-tooth screws Multi-tooth drive for optimum transmission of tor-

ques, an extended tool life and increased safety and
M6 x 12 to fit: reliability when tightening and loosening screw con-
◾ Snap-on nuts (8800.806) nections.
◾ U nuts for punched rails (4179.000)
◾ Captive nuts (4164.000)
◾ Threaded blocks (4162.000) Size
Type of screw Packs of Model No.
mm
M8 x 12 to fit: M6 x 12 300 pc(s). 2504.500
◾ Snap-on nut (8800.808) Multi-tooth screws
M8 x 12 300 pc(s). 2504.800
Metal multi-tooth
5.5 x 13 300 pc(s). 2486.500
Metal multi-tooth screws screws
For the round holes 4.5 mm diameter in the enclo- Metal multi-tooth
screws for stainless 5 x 13 300 pc(s). 2486.300
sure section, punched rails and punched sections steel
without mounting flanges.
Self-tapping screws:
◾ Hex screws M5 x 10 500 pc(s). 2504.000
◾ Posidrive raised M5 x 12 500 pc(s). 2488.000
countersunk
screws
◾ Pan-head screws, M5 x 12 500 pc(s). 2489.000
posidrive
◾ Multi-tooth M5 x 12 500 pc(s). 2489.500
Self-tapping screws pan-head screws
For the round holes 4.5 mm diameter in the enclo- Self-tapping screws ST 4.8 x 16 300 pc(s). 2487.000
sure section, punched rails and punched sections
without mounting flanges.
Self-tapping screws
Mark, drill and tighten in a single operation using
electric or pneumatic tools.
For metal thickness: 0.8 – 3 mm
Length: 16 mm
Usable length: 9.5 mm
Width across flats: 8 mm

Assembly components
TS adaptor for wiring systems For

enclosure depth Packs of Model No.
Adaptor rail mm
for the Lütze LSC wiring system
500 8800.150
Supply includes: 600 1 set(s) 8800.160
– 1 set =
800 8800.180
6 adaptor rails,
24 spring lock washers,
Note:
– Mounting parts for the LCS wiring system not
included with the supply
Kit Packs of Model No.

for separate frame TS 4 pc(s). 7829.400
Every TS 8 frame is easily converted to a rack suita-
ble for dismantling. To this end, the frame sections
in the roof and base frame are separated, optionally
in the width or depth. The four connection compo-
nents are inserted into the frame section and screw-
fastened. The external dimensions of the frame
remain unchanged.
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Note:
– The maximum achievable IP protection category
is restricted by separation of the frame.

Component shelves for frame attachment
Component shelf Material:

– Sheet steel
for frame attachment
Colour:
Enclosure width 600 and 800 mm for TS and
for upgrading existing DK-TS applications – RAL 7035
For installation in enclosures without 482.6 mm Supply includes:
(19˝) accommodation. – Assembly parts
Max. depth of component shelves =
Enclosure depth -100 mm
– Mounting bolts or mounting rails may be installed 4
on a 25 mm pitch pattern in the enclosure depth
– Mounting hole for handles provided 3
– Slotted component shelf
1
2
Enclosure width 600 mm
Load capacity kg
50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100
(surface load, static)
Component shelf depth mm 400 500 600 700 400 500 600 700
Component shelf height mm 29 29 29 29 45 45 45 45
Model No. 7164.035 7165.035 7166.035 7166.735 7464.035 7465.035 7466.035 7466.735
Fastening bolts
Enclosure width 800 mm Mounting rails
Load capacity kg Installation kit
50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100
(surface load, static) Telescopic slides
Component shelf depth mm 400 500 600 700 400 500 600 700
Component shelf height mm 29 29 29 29 45 45 45 45
Model No. 7184.035 7185.035 7186.035 7186.735 7484.035 7485.035 7486.035 7486.735
Also
required:
500 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050
TS punched section with
mounting flange 600 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060
17 x 73 mm as installation 800 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080
kit for enclosure depth 1000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000
mm, see page 606
1200 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020
Accessories:
Telescopic slides, see page 632 7061.000 7081.000 7161.000 7161.700 7064.000 7065.000 7066.000 7066.700
Handles for component shelves,
5501.730 5501.730 5501.730 5501.730 5501.730 5501.730 5501.730 5501.730
see page 633
Hinged cable support see page 633
Component shelf, pull-out For enclosures1) Support area

for TS, PC, IW Width Depth Width Depth Model No.
For direct mounting on the vertical TS enclosure mm mm mm mm
section. 600 600 465 545 6902.9602)
Load capacity: 600 800 465 745 6902.980
1) For enclosures without a mounting plate
– 40 kg surface load, static
2) May also be installed in 800 mm deep enclosures based
Material: on TS (pull-out rear attachment)
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7015
Supply includes:
– 2 telescopic slides.

Component shelves for frame attachment
Component shelf, For enclosures1) Support area

Model No.
static installation Width
mm
Depth
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
for TS, PC, IW
600 600 507 550 8800.900
prepared for fan expansion kit
For direct mounting on the vertical TS enclosure 600 800 507 750 8800.910
section. Simply locate into 4 pre-fitted screws and 1) For enclosures without a mounting plate
secure.
Load capacity:
– 40 kg surface load, static Accessories:
Material: – Fan expansion kit 7980.XXX, see page 438
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7015
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Drawer tray Packs of Model No.

Pull-out 1 pc(s). 6902.700
For enclosures with TS frame construction in series
IW, PC.
Width 600 mm and depth 600 – 800 mm
Tray height: 83 mm
Load capacity:
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 2 telescopic slides

Component shelves for attachment to the 19˝ system punchings
Component shelf,
Also required:
482.6 mm (19˝) installation
Enclosures with two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting – Adaptor for L-shaped mounting angles TS,
levels for TS and for upgrading existing DK-TS see page 632
applications – Installation kit, depth variable 7063.850, for flexi-
Depending on their depth, the component shelves ble mounting on L-shaped mounting angles,
have several attachment points, so the distance see page 631
between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles is var-
iable within certain limits. Each component shelf T
secured in this way can be retrospectively upgraded 200 (T 500)
to full withdrawal using telescopic slides. For this 100
purpose, the telescopic slides are screw-fastened in 50 50
place of the spacers.
Load capacity:
– 50 kg surface load, static 29
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Component shelf width mm 409 409 409 409

Component shelf depth mm 400 500 600 700
Distance between levels (X) 348/398 348/448/498 448/548/598 548/648/698
Model No. 7144.035 7145.035 7145.635 7145.735
Accessories:
Telescopic slides for 50 kg,
7061.000 7081.000 7161.000 7161.700
see page 632
Handles for component shelf,
5501.730 5501.730 5501.730 5501.730
see page 633
Hinged cable support see page 633
For TS: For TS, 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings:

Note for installation in network enclosures Note regarding flexible installation between
based on TS, L-shaped mounting angle: two L-shaped mounting angles:
If L-shaped mounting angles are used, May be mounted directly on the 482.6 mm (19˝) sys-
adaptor 7827.300, see page 632, is required. tem punchings using the depth-variable installation
kit, 7063.850, see page 631.
X 4
2
3
2
Spacers Telescopic slides

Telescopic slides Installation kit, depth-variable
Adaptors
X Distance between levels

Component shelf, Distance Load

between capacity, Height Packs
static installation levels static U of
Model No.
482.6 mm (19˝), depth-variable mm kg
for TS IT 400 – 600 50 ½ 1 set(s) 5501.655
For static installation between two 482.6 mm (19˝) 600 – 900 50 ½ 1 set(s) 5501.665
mounting levels. 400 – 600 100 1 1 set(s) 5501.695
◾ Depth-variable to adapt to individual distances
between levels 600 – 900 100 1 1 set(s) 5501.705
◾ Tool-free, time-saving one-man assembly
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Colour:
– RAL 9005
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Component shelf, pull-out Distance Load

between capacity, Height Depth Packs
482.6 mm (19˝) Model No.
levels static U mm of
for TS IT mm kg
For mounting between two 482.6 mm (19˝) 400 – 600 50 1 500 1 set(s) 5501.675
mounting levels.
◾ Depth-variable to adapt to individual distances 600 – 900 50 1 700 1 set(s) 5501.685
between levels 400 – 600 100 1½ 500 1 set(s) 5501.715
◾ Tool-free, time-saving one-man assembly from 600 – 900 100 1½ 700 1 set(s) 5501.725
the enclosure front
◾ Self-locking
◾ Full withdrawal
Accessories:
Material:
– Sheet steel – Handle for component shelf 5501.730,
see page 633
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Colour:
– RAL 9005
Supply includes:
– Component shelf, slotted
– Telescopic slide with mounting kit
– Assembly parts
Component shelf 1 U, Component shelf depth

Model No.
mm
static installation 140 7119.140
482.6 mm (19˝)
for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings
The ideal support surface for small active compo-
nents such as modems or mini-hubs in 482.6 mm Also required:
(19˝) or metric levels.
– Captive nuts, see page 624
Load capacity: – Screws, see page 625
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Note:
– Cannot be combined with server telescopic slides
– Free installation height inside the U approx.
35 mm

Component shelf 2 U, Component shelf

Packs
depth Colour RAL Model No.
static installation mm
of
482.6 mm (19˝) 7035 1 pc(s). 7119.250
for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings 250
9005 1 pc(s). 5501.615
For mounting between 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
7035 1 pc(s). 7119.400
angles. 400
9005 1 pc(s). 5501.625
Load capacity:
Material: Note:
– Sheet steel – Not suitable for combination with telescopic
slides
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Also required:
– Captive nuts, see page 624
Installation kit, depth-variable Distance between

482.6 mm (19˝) levels Packs of Model No.
for 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelves mm
Depending on the distance between the two
482.6 mm (19˝) levels, the installation kit is screw- 550 – 850 2 pc(s). 7063.850
fastened directly to the 482.6 mm (19˝) system
punchings in the depth.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Installation kits/accessories for component shelves
TS punched section with Installation in

mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm mm
as installation kit for component shelves 500 4 pc(s). 8612.050
Simply locate and secure. One pack is sufficient for 600 4 pc(s). 8612.060
2 component shelves.
800 4 pc(s). 8612.080
Load capacity: 1000 4 pc(s). 8612.000
1200 4 pc(s). 8612.020
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Adaptor for L-shaped Packs of Model No.

mounting angles 4 pc(s). 7827.300
for TS network enclosures
For mounting component shelves and slide rails on
L-shaped mounting angles.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Telescopic slides Load capacity 50 kg
for component shelves in TS and for upgrad- For component shelf

ing existing DK-TS applications depth Packs of Model No.
mm
Fixed component shelves are easily converted to full
withdrawal. For this purpose, the existing fastening 400 2 pc(s). 7061.000
bolts or mounting rails (heavy-duty version) are 500 2 pc(s). 7081.000
exchanged for the telescopic slides. 600 2 pc(s). 7161.000
Technical specifications: 700 2 pc(s). 7161.700
– For installation and locking on a 25 mm pitch pat-
tern in the enclosure depth
3 Load capacity 100 kg
Load capacity: For component shelf
– 50 kg/100 kg per set depth Packs of Model No.
mm
Material:
2 400 2 pc(s). 7064.000
– Sheet steel
1
500 2 pc(s). 7065.000
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated 600 2 pc(s). 7066.000
700 2 pc(s). 7066.700
Assembly bolts
Mounting rails
Telescopic slides

Accessories for component shelves
Cable support For enclosure depth mm Model No.

hinged, with quick-release fastener < 600 7163.500
For secure routing of connection cables from the > 600 7163.550
component shelf to the clamping point. The attach-
ment may be released on both sides thanks to the
quick-release fastener.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Cable support For enclosure depth mm Model No.

hinged, with anti-kink device and quick-release < 600 7163.560
fastener > 600 7163.565
For secure routing of connection cables from the
component shelf to the clamping point. Kink-free
cable routing in the central part via mobile chain
links. The attachment may be released on both
sides, thanks to the quick-release fastener.
Material:
– Centre part: Plastic
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Handles Packs of Model No.

for pull-out component shelves 2 pc(s). 5501.730
The component shelves are prepared for the attach-
ment of handles.
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished, silver-grey
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Fastening bolts Packs of Model No.

for slotted component shelves 4 pc(s). 7115.000
For non-slip attachment of your components.
The bolts are screwed into the longitudinal slots of
the component shelf support surface. Conse-
quently, they are infinitely adjustable and can be
adapted to suit any appliance.

System lights
System lights
Also required:
◾ for direct attachment in all large enclosures
◾ for mounting on compact enclosures, wall- – Connection accessories, see page 639
mounted enclosures and in the console system
with system accessories Accessories:
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: – Adaptor bracket, see page 618
– IP 20 – Universal bracket, see page 623
– Rail for interior installation, see page 605
System
Standard Courtesy Universal Compact
Technical comparison/equipment light
light light light light
LED
Page 635 635 635 636 637
100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz – ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Voltage 120 V, 60 Hz ◾ – – – –
supply 230 V, 50 Hz ◾ – – – –
24 V (DC) – – – ◾ ◾
Full-electronic ballast – ◾ ◾ ◾ –
Fluorescent lamp, base G13 ◾ ◾ – – –
Compact fluorescent lamp, base 2G11 – – ◾ – –
Light
Fluorescent lamp T5 – – – ◾ –
LEDs, cold white – – – – ◾
I (PE conductor) ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
Protection
II (all-insulated) – – – ◾ –
category
III (SELV) – – – – ◾
Screw-fastening ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Installation
Clip attachment – – – ◾ ◾
type
Magnet attachment (accessory) – – – ◾ ◾
TS roof frame
direct ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(horizontal section)
TS, SE vertical with adaptor bracket ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
section direct – – – ◾ ◾
SE roof frame with adaptor bracket ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
(front and rear
Mounting sections) direct – – – ◾ ◾
options
SE roof frame
direct ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
(side sections)
with universal bracket ◾ ◾ ◾ – –
AE, CM, TP
with magnet attachment – – – ◾ ◾
with rail for interior
AE ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
installation
Infeed/connection cable ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾3) ◾
Connection Door-operated switch ◾ ◾ – ◾ ◾
options Through-wiring
◾ ◾ ◾ – ◾
(series connection of several lights)
UL/cUL ◾2) – ◾2) ◾2) –1)
Approvals ENEC ◾2) ◾ – ◾2) –
VDE – – ◾2) – –
Light cover – ◾ ◾ ◾ ◾
Light cone adjustment – – – – ◾
Integral sockets, earthing-pin ◾2) ◾ ◾2) – –
Equipment
Integral sockets, USA ◾2) – – – –
Integral motion detector – – ◾ – –
Integral door-operated switch ◾2) ◾2) – – –
1) Safety extra-low voltage, not required by the standard
2) Depending on the equipment
3) Integral

System lights
Universal light Material:

– Plastic
With integral motion detector
Supply includes:
Benefits: – Mounting clips
◾ Insulated plastic housing
◾ Efficient compact fluorescent tube
◾ Simple attachment of the light to the enclosure
Also required:
– Connection accessories, see page 639
Width Height Depth

Technical specifications Socket Model No. Approvals
mm mm mm
Earthing-pin 343 95 55 4155.110 VDE
18 W, 110 – 240 V,
– 343 95 55 4155.010 VDE
50 – 60 Hz
– 343 95 55 4155.510 UL
Courtesy light
Without door operated switch
Width Height Depth
mm mm mm
14 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 452 117 50 4139.140 ENEC
With door operated switch

Width Height Depth
mm mm mm
Also required:
Standard light
Without door operated switch
Width Height Depth
mm mm mm
14 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 452 117 50 4138.140 ENEC
18 W, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 682 117 50 4138.180 ENEC
14 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 452 117 50 4138.240 cURus
18 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 682 117 50 4138.280 cURus
30 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 987 117 50 4138.400 cURus
With door operated switch

Width Height Depth
mm mm mm
14 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 452 117 50 4138.250 cURus
18 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 682 117 50 4138.290 cURus
30 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 987 117 50 4138.450 cURus
Also required:

System lights
Compact light Colour:

Slimmer – Faster – Brighter
◾ Slimmer: Around 50% less height and depth and Protection category IP to IEC 60 529:
therefore around 75% less volume than conven- – IP 20
tional lights Supply includes:
◾ Faster: Universal fast attachment via clips, – Compact light with clip and screw mounting kits,
screws, or powerful magnets (optional). Simply including assembly parts
slide in at the side or rear, fit the light, and it's
done!
◾ Brighter: Up to 75% greater luminous efficiency Accessories:
from the lamp with the same power helps to cut – Mounting kit magnet, see page 636
electricity costs – Door-operated switch with connection cable,
◾ Door-operated switch can also be connected via see page 639
a 2-pole connection
ENEC 24 4140.010 – 4140.020 – 4140.110 4140.120

Model No.
cURus – 4140.2101) – 4140.2201) – –
Rated voltage 100 – 240 V ±10% at 50 – 60 Hz 24 V (DC) ±10%
Wattage 8 14 8 14
Protection category II (all-insulated)
Width (B1) mm 455 705 455 705
Mounting distance (B2) mm
400 650 400 650
Clip/magnet
Mounting distance (B3) mm 475 725 475 725
Connection cable 3 m (open end)
Cover colour Yellow Grey Yellow Grey Yellow Yellow
Rated current A
– at 230 V 0.045 – 0.088 0.073 – 0.127 – –
– at 110 V 0.083 – 0.149 0.149 – 0.216 – –
– at 24 V (DC) – – 0.35 0.57
Light Fluorescent lamp T5
Operating unit Wide-range electronic ballast Electronic ballast
Circuit-breakers Integral, on/off/door-operated switch mode
Light cover Transparent, grooved on the inside
Cable deflector across rear ◾ – ◾ – ◾ ◾
1) Only for the North American market
B1 24 Clip/magnet Screw
attachment attachment
59
B
.5
Ø6
B B A B
B2 B3 A
A
A Rear attachment
B Side attachment
Mounting kit magnet Packs of Model No.

For reliable adhesion on all sheet steel surfaces. 2 pc(s). 4140.000

System lights
LED system light Material:

– Light body: Extruded aluminium
in 24 V (DC) version – Light cover: Polycarbonate (halogen-free)
◾ Max. EMC compatibility – Light ends: PC-ABS
◾ Protected, thanks to use within the safety extra- Colour:
low voltage range – Similar to RAL 7035
◾ Economical energy use
◾ Low-maintenance thanks to the use of LEDs Protection category IP to IEC 60 529:
◾ May be connected to a door-operated switch – IP 20
◾ Integral through-wiring Supply includes:
◾ Universal attachment options – LED system light with clip and screw mounting
◾ Vertically hinged light cone kits, assembly parts
Model No. 4140.810 4140.820 4140.830 4140.840

Rated voltage 24 V (DC) (±10%)
No. of LEDs 10 20 30 40
Protection category III (SELV)
Width (B1) mm 230 330 430 530
Mounting distance CLIP (B2) mm 175 275 375 475
Mounting distance, screw attachment (B3) mm 250 350 450 550
Rated current A1) 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16
Circuit-breakers Integral on/off/door-operated switch mode
1) Maximum baying up to a total rated current strength of 2 amps
Note:
Also required: – Only intended for use in enclosures and sealed
– LED connection cable, see page 638 or cases!
– Door operated switch with LED connection cable, – When using on customer-supplied power packs,
see page 638 it is important to obtain the requisite approvals
depending on the application
Accessories:
– Mounting kit magnet, see page 636
– Door-operated switch with LED connection cable,
see page 638
– Connection cable, LED, see page 638
– Adaptor power pack, see page 638
B3
32.8
8.2
B2
20.64
B1
Light, 1 U Packs of Model No.

Complete ready-to-connect light for installation in 1 pc(s). 7109.200
the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level. The slot attach-
ment additionally allows it to be fastened to the
25 mm system punchings. Material:
– Aluminium, anodised
Technical specifications: – Plastic
– Fluorescent tube 8 W, 230 V, 50 Hz
– Mains switch
– 2.5 m connection cable
– Earthing-pin connector

System lights
Connection accessories
for LED system light
Length
Connection cable Packs of Model No.
mm
1
LED connection cable 3000 1 pc(s). 4315.800
Length
Door-operated switch Packs of Model No.
mm
With LED connection cable 3000 1 pc(s). 4315.810
With LED interconnecting cable 1000 1 pc(s). 4315.820
Length
Interconnecting cable Packs of Model No.
mm
600 1 pc(s). 4315.830
2 3 LED interconnecting cable 1000 1 pc(s). 4315.840
3000 1 pc(s). 4315.850
Adaptor power pack Technical specifications Packs of Model No.

Adaptor power pack 100 – 230 V/24 V (DC), 1 A 1 pc(s). 4315.860
4 Layout diagram for LED system light 24 V (DC):

Connection cable
Door-operated switch with LED connection cable (open end/cable bush)
Door-operated switch with LED interconnecting cable
LED interconnecting cable for through-wiring
1 3
2 4
+U
GND

System lights
Connection accessories Accessories:

The following components can be used for time-
saving and simple installation of the lights: – Cable ties for quick assembly, see page 667
Connection cable Length Packs Model No. 1 2

UL
for mm of Orange Grey
Power supply
– 3000 5 pc(s). 4315.100 –
(with socket, without connector)
Power supply
◾ 3000 1 pc(s). – 4315.150
(with socket and strain relief, without connector)
Through-wiring
◾ 600 1 pc(s). – 4315.450
(with socket and connector)
Through-wiring/infeed – 600 4315.400 –
5 pc(s).
via connection component 2507.500 – 1000 4315.200 –
(with socket and connector) – 4000 1 pc(s). 4315.600 – 3
Door-operated switch Length Technical Packs Model No.

UL
With mounting accessories mm specifications of Orange Yellow Grey
600 1 pc(s). 4315.520 – –
With connection cable –
(not required for universal lights 1000 240 V, 6 A 1 pc(s). 4315.320 – –
and standard/courtesy lights with 125 V, 8 A
600 1 pc(s). – – 4315.550
integral door-operated switch) ◾ 24 V, 6 A
1000 24 V (DC), 6 A 1 pc(s). – – 4315.350
Without connection cable ◾ – 1 pc(s). 4127.010 4
– 600 240 V, 2,5 A 1 pc(s). – 4315.710 –
With connection cable 125 V, 2,5 A
(for compact light) ◾ 600 24 V, 2,5 A 1 pc(s). – – 4315.720
24 V (DC), 2,5 A
Door-operated switch Technical

UL Packs of Model No.
With toggle specifications
Without connection cable, for TS enclosures with installed
240 V, 6 A
large swing frame.
125 V (DC), 8 A
The toggle is actuated via the tubular door frame of the sheet ◾ 1 pc(s). 4127.210 5
24 V, 6 A
steel door, or in the case of glazed doors, via an adaptor
24 V (DC), 6 A
included with the supply.
Connection component with circuit-breaker 10 A Packs of Model No.

Reduce assembly costs:
Power is supplied rapidly and reliably to system and workstation lights via connection cables.
1 pc(s). 2507.500
For independently configured cables, connector 2507.200 must be used.
Connection component to be snapped onto the top hat rail.
For self-assembly Packs of Model No.

Sockets for power supply through-wiring 5 pc(s). 2507.100
Connectors for connection component through-wiring 5 pc(s). 2507.200

T distributor with 2 sockets, 1 connector 5 pc(s). 2507.300

Connector for door-operated switch cable 5 pc(s). 2507.400
Connection cable for infeed

7
Connection cable for through-wiring/infeed
Door-operated switch with connection cable
1 2
3

EMC
EMC side panels For enclosures

Packs of Model No.
for TS Height mm Depth mm
Automatic potential equalisation via assembly com- 2000 600 2 pc(s). 8106.750
ponents, and a high level of EMC protection thanks 2000 800 2 pc(s). 8108.750
to a special EMC seal.
Material:
Surface finish:
– Aluminium zinc coated, powder-coated on the
outside
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
EMC baying seal Cross-section

Model No.
mm
for TS
For baying enclosure systems. 6.3 x 6.3 8800.690
Seal with all-round, electrically conductive
sheathing.
Supply includes:
– 3 seals, length 2 m each
EMC divider panel seal Packs of Model No.

This seal ensures optimum contact in bayed EMC 1 pc(s). 4348.000
enclosure systems and when using a zinc-plated
divider panel.
Material:
– PU foam with electrically conductive sheathing
Supply includes:
– 1 roll (12.7 x 12.7 x 5300 mm)

EMC
Rail Width mm Packs of Model No.

for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief 600 1 pc(s). 2388.600
Combined rail for strain relief and EMC contacting of 800 1 pc(s). 2388.800
inserted cables. 1000 1 pc(s). 2388.000
Mounting options 1200 1 pc(s). 2388.120
◾ On the horizontal/vertical TS, SE, PC enclosure
section
◾ On a mounting plate
May also be fitted without a retaining bracket Also required:
Additional contacting on the left or right of the rail – EMC shielding bracket, see page 641
via existing holes (9 mm diameter) – Cable clamps for strain relief, see page 666
Material:
Surface finish: – Earth straps, see page 644
– Zinc-plated – Earthing braid, see page 644
– 1 rail Available on the Internet
– 2 retaining brackets
– Assembly parts
EMC shielding bracket For

shield diameter Packs of Model No.
Quick assembly without the use of tools: mm
Press the EMC shielding bracket against the cable
3 – 10 10 pc(s). 2388.100
shield and clip into the rail.
Diameter changes are compensated in full by the 4 – 15 10 pc(s). 2388.150
spring of the EMC shielding bracket. 10 – 20 10 pc(s). 2388.200
Material: 15 – 28 10 pc(s). 2388.280
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
EMC gland plates Width mm Packs of Model No.

For shielded cables with a maximum diameter of 600 1 set(s) 8800.660
20 mm. 800 1 set(s) 8800.680
Combined EMC/IP seal provides low-resistance 1000 1 set(s) 8800.6001)
contact between cable shield and gland plate.
1200 1 set(s) 8800.6201)
For all 400, 500, 600 and 800 mm deep enclosures
1) For one enclosure half only
in conjunction with standard gland plates.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 1 gland plate with T-head punching
– 1 sliding gland plate
– 2 IP/EMC gaskets

EMC
EMC cable glands Cable glands, metric
The cable sheathing may optionally be interrupted at Minimum1)

Cable-
the contact point or removed completely inside the shield Packs
Size diameter Model No.
diameter of
enclosure. mm
mm
The cable shield in the enclosure is retained.
M16 4.5 – 10 3 5 pc(s). 2843.160
The supplied lock nut cuts automatically into the
paint when screwed down, thus creating a conduc- M20 6 – 12 5 5 pc(s). 2843.200
tive connection. M25 11 – 17 8 5 pc(s). 2843.250
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: M32 15 – 21 10 1 pc(s). 2843.320
– IP 68 M40 19 – 28 15 1 pc(s). 2843.400
M50 27 – 38 19 1 pc(s). 2843.500
Possible M63 34 – 44 30 1 pc(s). 2843.630
alternative: 1) Minimum shield diameter =
– Hygienic Design cable gland, see page 659 Cable diameter minus cable sheathing
EMC shield bus Bar length

Connections
Packs
Model No.
mm of
Made of clear chromated steel strip, 75 mm2 cross
section, for cable shield contact. 375 10 1 pc(s). 2413.375
550 16 1 pc(s). 2413.550
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
EMC earth clamps Size

Packs of Model No.
mm
The clamps may be used directly on the device or
operating equipment on the mounting plate for 4 50 pc(s). 2367.040
cable shield contact. 6 50 pc(s). 2367.060
Material: 8 50 pc(s). 2367.080
– Sheet steel 12 50 pc(s). 2367.120
16 50 pc(s). 2367.160
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated 20 25 pc(s). 2367.2001)
1) 2 assembly brackets
Contact cutter For Model No.

The contact cutter enables EMC-compatible prepa- Frame section 2414.000
ration of the contact point e.g. for earthing braids. Earthing bolts1) 2414.500
Plastic-bound abrasive with guide pin for round sys- 1) Not necessary with TS
tem punchings.
With location point for drill, grinder etc.
Contact paint Packs of Model No.

Contact paint prevents the corrosion of conductive, 1 pc(s). 2415.000
unprotected contact points.
Contents:
– 12 ml

For areas at risk of earthquakes
TS 8 for earthquake zone 1, 2 and 3 to Bellcore TS 8 for earthquake zone 4 to Bellcore

8806.500: 8806.500: 3
W x H x D 800 x 2000 x 600 mm W x H x D 800 x 2000 x 600 mm
With base/plinth (base/plinth components front and Fitted with:
2
rear, see page 513 and base/plinth trim panel, side, – Earthquake kit and
see page 514), 100 mm high. – Earthquake base/plinth, see page 643
Note: (Photo shows TS 8 for earthquake zone 4 to Bell-
– These versions have been tested and meet the core) 4
requirements to Telcordia GR 63-CORE. They
Technical details:
should be seen as a comparative variable to the
customer's own plant, since empty enclosures
cannot be certified.
1
Earthquake kit For enclosures

WxHxD Packs of Model No.
Material: mm
3
– Sheet steel 800 x 2000 x 600 1 pc(s). 8613.860
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
2 side reinforcements, bottom
2 bracing struts each, sides
8 gusset plates
Mounting plate attachment and reinforcement, 2 4
including assembly parts
Earthquake base/plinth For enclosures

Packs of Model No.
W x D mm
Height 100 mm
800 x 600 1 pc(s). 8601.860
Material:
– Corner pieces: Sheet steel 5 mm
– Trim panels: Sheet steel 2 mm
Surface finish:
– Powder-coated
Colour:
– RAL 7022
Supply includes:
– 1 set =
4 corner pieces
2 depth stays
1 trim panel each front and rear
fully assembled

Earthing
Earth straps Cross-

Length Packs
Connection section Model No.
For configuring a reliable earthing connection with mm of
mm2
perfect contact.
M8 – M8 4 170 5 pc(s). 2564.000
◾ With ring terminals in M6 and M8 to match the
earthing screws M8 – M8 16 170 5 pc(s). 2565.000
◾ Length-optimised and ready to install M8 – M8 25 170 5 pc(s). 2566.000
M6 – M6 10 200 5 pc(s). 2565.100
Connection facility M8 – M8 4 300 5 pc(s). 2567.000
Enclosure Mounting
Door/lid Enclosure M6 – M8 10 300 5 pc(s). 2565.110
plate
M8 – M8 10 300 5 pc(s). 2565.120
KL M6 M6 M8
M8 – M8 16 300 5 pc(s). 2568.000
EB/BG M6 M6/M81) –
M8 – M8 25 300 5 pc(s). 2569.000
AE M6 M62)/M8 M8
KE/KEL M8 M8 M8
CM/TP M6 M8 M8
TS/SE M8 M8 M8
PC M8 M8 –
1) M8 with BG 1050.900
2) M6 with AE 1032.XXX/AE 1035.XXX
Earthing braid Cross

Length
For section Packs of Model No.
Tin-plated copper, in various lengths and cross-sec- mm
mm2
tions with press-fitted contact rings. Earthing braids
M6 10 200 10 pc(s). 2412.210
counteract the current displacement effect at high
frequencies, whilst at the same time offering highly M8 16 200 10 pc(s). 2412.216
flexible connection opportunities. M8 25 200 10 pc(s). 2412.225
M6 10 300 10 pc(s). 2412.310
M8 16 300 10 pc(s). 2412.316
M8 25 300 10 pc(s). 2412.325
Assembly parts Size Packs of Model No.

for system punchings M6 10 set(s) 2570.000
For fastening the earth straps and earthing braids to: M8 10 set(s) 2559.000
◾ Horizontal TS enclosure sections
◾ PS rail systems
◾ Horizontal SE enclosure sections (in the depth
only, top) Also required:
– For mounting on the horizontal TS, SE enclosure
section: Captive nuts, see page 624
Assembly parts Size Packs of Model No.

for gland plates M8 10 set(s) 2570.200
For fastening the earth straps and earthing braids to:
◾ Gland plates
Fast assembly thanks to self-tapping screws
Contact washers Size Packs of Model No.

Serrated contact washers facilitate secure PE con- M5 100 pc(s). 2343.000
ductor connection. As a result, there is no need to M6 100 pc(s). 2334.000
manually strip paint in the connection area. M8 100 pc(s). 2335.000

Earthing
Earthing plate Packs of Model No.

For installation in 1 pc(s). 2570.500
◾ Comfort Panel
◾ Optipanel
◾ TS Supply includes:
◾ SE – Assembly parts
◾ PC
One earthing cable can be screw-fastened to the
threaded bolt and connected to up to 8 compo-
nents with earth straps via 6.3 mm flat-pin connec-
tors.
Central earthing point Packs of Model No.

For connecting 1 pc(s). 7829.200
◾ Earth straps
◾ Earthing braids
to the vertical and horizontal enclosure profile. Supply includes:
The connection bracket is connected to the enclo- – 1 connection bracket
sure frame with 2 screws and is securely contacted. – 2 assembly screws for mounting on the enclo-
Earth connection is carried out via the threaded bolt sure section
M8 x 20 mm. – 2 serrated washers
– 1 nut M8
Material: – 1 contact lock washer M8
– Sheet steel – 1 washer
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Potential equalisation star Packs of Model No.

for 8 mm earthing bolt 10 pc(s). 7548.210
The earthing connector is used for simple potential
equalisation on an 8 mm earthing bolt, or in con-
junction with central earthing point 7829.200. Up to Supply includes:
five flat-pin connectors (6.3 mm) may be contacted – 10 earthing connectors
on one earthing point. – Assembly parts
Complete earthing kit Packs of Model No.

for upgrading existing DK-TS applications 1 set(s) 7829.150
To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2.
For system-compatible earthing of all enclosure
parts on the enclosure frame. The earth conductors Supply includes:
are pre-assembled ready for connection with con- – 8 earth straps
nectors and cut to the correct length. – Central earthing point and assembly parts
Extension kit for complete Packs of Model No.

earthing kit 1 set(s) 7829.152
for upgrading existing DK-TS applications
To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2. Supply includes:
To extend the complete earthing kit 7829.150, in – 5 earth straps
order to keep additional components potential-free. – Assembly parts and identification labels
Conductor length 300 mm in each case.
For 6.3 mm flat-pin connectors, 8 mm earthing bolts
or for attachment with contact washers and screw.

Earthing
Earthing kit KE Packs of Model No.

For producing the required external potential 5 pc(s). 9214.000
equalisation for spray-finished enclosures in the fol-
lowing series:
◾ KL
◾ AE
◾ TS
For applications in Unit Group II, Category 3, in
compliance with Directive 94/9 EU-Appendix VIII,
internal production control.
Earthing kit Packs of Model No.

for KL 5 pc(s). 2570.100
Consisting of all the screws, nuts, contact washers
and earth strap needed to earth the cover; length
250 mm, cross-section 4 mm2.
PE busbar Packs of Model No.

699 mm long PE busbar with 42 pre-fitted screws, 1 pc(s). 2364.000
including terminal clamps up to 6 mm2 (fine-wire
conductors), 10 mm2 (single wire or multi-wire con-
ductors) and main terminal clamp up to 35 mm2.
Accessories:
– Cable retainer, see page 623
Earth rail, horizontal Length mm Packs of Model No.

for TS 450 1 pc(s). 7113.000
Supply includes:
– Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to DIN EN 12 163,
DIN EN 13 601, 15 x 5 mm
– 20 connection points with M5 screws
– 2 earth connections 25 mm2
– 2 isolators
– Assembly parts

Earthing
Earthing kit, pre-assembled For TS enclosures

Packs of Model No.
up to W x H x D mm
for TS, TS IT
For star earthing. With the pre-assembled earth 800 x 2000 x 800 1 set(s) 7829.100
conductors on a potential equalisation rail, star 800 x 2200 x 1200 1 set(s) 7829.110
potential equalisation is easily integrated into net-
work enclosures.
Supply includes:
– Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to DIN EN 12 163,
DIN EN 13 601
– 16 earthing leads 6 mm2
– 2 isolators
– Assembly parts
Earth rail, vertical For

Length
enclosure height Packs of Model No.
for TS mm
mm
Easily fitted to the 25 mm DIN pitch pattern of dis-
800 545 1 set(s) 7541.000
tributors or to the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles.
The supplied earth conductors facilitate star earth- 1000 745 1 set(s) 7542.000
ing of the cable clamp straps in the patch panels. 1200 945 1 set(s) 7543.000
The earth terminals are fully adjustable. 1400 1145 1 set(s) 7544.000
Current carrying capacity of rail approx. 200 A. 1600 1345 1 set(s) 7545.000
Supply includes: 1800 1545 1 set(s) 7546.000
– Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to DIN EN 12 163, 2000 1745 1 set(s) 7547.000
DIN EN 13 601, 15 x 5 mm
2200 1945 1 set(s) 7548.000
– 16 conductor connection clamps 2.5 – 16 mm2
– 15 earthing leads 6 mm2, L = 500 mm
– Assembly parts
Extension kit Packs of Model No.

for earth rail, vertical 10 pc(s). 7549.000
For system-compatible expansion of the star
earthing on the vertical potential equalisation rail.
Supply includes:
– Earthing leads 6 mm2, L = 500 mm
– Preassembled, with ring terminal and wire end
ferrule
– Earth terminals, 2.5 – 16 mm2
– Assembly parts
ESD connection point Packs of Model No.

Dangerously high potential differences can occur 1 pc(s). 7752.950
during maintenance or conversion work on the
enclosure. To protect sensitive electronic compo-
nents, this standardised connection point (push- Material:
button) provides potential equalisation. The connec- – Sheet steel
tion point is directly conductively connected to the Surface finish:
enclosure frame via two screws. – Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Earthing
Busbars E-Cu Technical details:

with integral holes
Suitable for
◾ Direct installation in enclosures
◾ Busbar supports
– 9340.000/.010, see page 212
– 9340.004, see page 212
– 3052.000, see page 278
– 3073.000, see page 278
◾ PE/PEN combinations in conjunction with
PE/PEN combination angles, see page 649 and
baying bracket E-Cu, see page 649
Size 30 x 5 mm (hole Ø 11 mm)

mm mm
400 365 2 pc(s). 9661.345
600 565 2 pc(s). 9661.365
800 765 2 pc(s). 9661.385
1000 965 2 pc(s). 9661.305
1200 1165 2 pc(s). 9661.325
Accessories
Baying bracket E-Cu 95 4 pc(s). 9661.355 649
PE/PEN combination angle – 4 pc(s). 9661.235 649

mm mm
400 365 2 pc(s). 9661.340
600 565 2 pc(s). 9661.360
800 765 2 pc(s). 9661.380
1000 965 2 pc(s). 9661.300
1200 1165 2 pc(s). 9661.320
Accessories
PE/PEN combination angle – 4 pc(s). 9661.230 649

mm mm
400 392 2 pc(s). 9661.040
600 592 2 pc(s). 9661.060
800 792 2 pc(s). 9661.080
1000 992 2 pc(s). 9661.000
1200 1192 2 pc(s). 9661.020
Accessories
PE/PEN combination angles for use with
– 4 pc(s). 9661.240 649
Form 2-4
PE/PEN combination angles for other applica-
– 4 pc(s). 9661.200 649
tions

mm mm
400 392 2 pc(s). 9661.140
600 592 2 pc(s). 9661.160
800 792 2 pc(s). 9661.180
1000 992 2 pc(s). 9661.100
1200 1192 2 pc(s). 9661.120
Accessories
PE/PEN combination angles for use with
– 4 pc(s). 9661.240 649
Form 2-4
PE/PEN combination angles for other applica-
– 4 pc(s). 9661.200 649
tions

Earthing
Inserted screw nuts M12 Packs of Model No.

Self-holding nuts with knurled ring for busbars E-Cu. 30 pc(s). 3591.060
Hole diameter: 14.5 mm
PE/PEN combination angle Tested short-circuit resistance

– PE/PEN combination
E-Cu 30 x 5 mm:
for PE/PEN combinations Icw 18 kA, 1 sec.
The PE/PEN combination, comprising busbars, – PE/PEN combination
combination angles and baying brackets, supports 30 x 10 mm:
type-tested configurations as per IEC 61 439-1. Icw 30 kA, 1 sec.
The pre-assembled combination angles, baying – PE/PEN combination
brackets and busbars customised to match the 40/80 x 10 mm:
enclosure width mean a significant reduction in Icw 60 kA, 1 sec.
assembly time and costs.
Material:
– E-Cu
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
For busbars Application Size

Packs of Model No.
mm Form 2-4 Others mm 1
30 x 5 ◾ ◾ 30 x 5 4 pc(s). 9661.235
30 x 10 ◾ ◾ 30 x 10 4 pc(s). 9661.230
40 x 10 and ◾ – 40 x 10 4 pc(s). 9661.240
80 x 10 – ◾ 40 x 10 4 pc(s). 9661.200
Baying bracket E-Cu

For busbars Length
Packs of Model No.
mm mm
30 x 5 95 4 pc(s). 9661.355
30 x 10 95 4 pc(s). 9661.350
40 x 10 88 4 pc(s). 9661.050
80 x 10 88 4 pc(s). 9661.150

Cable management
Cable entry
Cable entry plates For installation in TS, SE and PC enclosures
for Enclosure width Cut-outs Packs

Model No.
◾ Cable entry grommets mm per plate of
◾ Connector grommets 600 5 2 pc(s). 8800.060
instead of segments of the standard divided gland 800 8 2 pc(s). 8800.080
plates 1000 4 4 pc(s). 8800.100
Material: 1200 6 4 pc(s). 8800.120
– Sheet steel
Surface finish: For installation in CM enclosures and TP TopConsole
– Zinc-plated system
Supply includes: Enclosure width Cut-outs Packs
Model No.
– Assembly parts mm per plate of
600 5 1 pc(s). 5001.226
800 8 1 pc(s). 5001.227
1000 4 1 pc(s). 5001.228
1200 6 1 pc(s). 5001.229
1600 8 1 pc(s). 5001.237
For installation in TP universal console

Enclosure width Cut-outs Packs
Model No.
mm per plate of1)
600 5 2 pc(s). 4320.700
800 8 2 pc(s). 4321.700
1000 10 2 pc(s). 4323.700
1) Incl. compensating plate
Accessories:
– Cable entry grommets, see page 651
Three examples from a wide range

of possibilities
The diagrams show three TS examples for the posi-
tioning of cable entry plates instead of segments of
the three-piece gland plates supplied as standard.
This facilitates positioning to fit the mounting plate.
Thanks to the enclosure symmetry, where dimen-
sions permit, cable entry plates may also be
inserted in the enclosure depth, right and left,
analogous to the gland plates.

Cable management
Cable entry
Cable entry grommets Cables Max. Ø

Packs of Model No.
per grommet mm
In conjunction with the cable entry plate, simple and
fast sealing of cables inserted in the base area of 8 13 25 pc(s). 4316.000
enclosures. 3 21 25 pc(s). 4317.000
Material: 1 47 25 pc(s). 4318.000
– Body: Polypropylene
– Cover: Thermoplastic elastomer
– IP 55 if installed correctly
Connector grommets Packs of Model No.

Suitable for cable diameters from 8 to 36 mm. 10 pc(s). 4311.000
Material:
– Outer cover: Polypropylene covered with thermo-
plastic elastomer
– Seal: Cellular rubber
Section for cable entry, centre For enclosure width

Packs of Model No.
mm
for TS, SE, CM, TP
600 1 set(s) 8802.060
For top-mounting on gland plates. A superior alter- 800 1 set(s) 8802.080
native to the foam rubber cable clamp strip, thanks
to: 1000 2 set(s) 8802.100
◾ Easier mounting 1200 2 set(s) 8802.120
◾ Full-surface support 1600 2 set(s) 8802.160
◾ High level of sealing of cables inserted into the
enclosure
– Extruded aluminium section
– Seal: PU foam – Cable clamp rail (right angle section),
– Cross-section: 30 x 25 mm see page 665
– C rail 30/15, see page 612
Note:
– 1 set is sufficient for one base opening
up to an enclosure width of 800 mm. From an
enclosure width of 1000 mm, two base openings Y 24.5
are provided.
– 2 sets per enclosure may be fitted
5
129.5 30 x 25
25.5
Y = Mounting plate depth-adjustable

on a 25 mm pitch pattern (final pitch 30 mm)

Cable management
Cable entry
Section for cable entry, rear For enclosure width

Packs of Model No.
mm
for TS, SE, CM, TP
Unlike the section for cable entry, centre, the rear 600 1 set(s) 8802.065
section is mounted directly onto the base opening. 800 1 set(s) 8802.085
In this way, when installing the mounting plate in the 1000 2 set(s) 8802.105
rearmost position (TS) or with CM, the cables may 1200 2 set(s) 8802.125
be routed directly on a cable clamping rail with no
1600 2 set(s) 8802.165
large radii. In conjunction with the cable clamp rail,
optimum adjustment between the cable entry and
mounting plate can be achieved.
– Extruded aluminium section – Cable clamp rail, see page 665
– Seal: PU foam
– Cross-section: 30 x 25 mm
Note:
– 1 set is sufficient for one base opening
up to an enclosure width of 800 mm. From an
enclosure width of 1000 mm, two base openings
are provided.
– 2 sets per enclosure may be fitted
Foam rubber cable clamp strip Packs of Model No.

For sealing the cable entry between the gland 3m 2573.000
plates. Particularly suitable for identical cable cross-
sections.
Material:
– PU foam
– Cross-section: 30 x 30 mm
EMC gland plates

see page 641

Cable management
Gland plates
Plastic cable gland plates Size Packs of Model No.

with metric knockouts 1 10 pc(s). 2560.010
With pre-punched holes for cable glands. Used for 3 10 pc(s). 2561.010
sealing standard gland plates. 4 5 pc(s). 2562.010
Temperature range: 5 5 pc(s). 2563.010
– Suitable for use from -40°C…+70°C
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Note:
– The applicable size may be taken from the
respective product ordering page
Size 1 Size 3
330 M12
160
45 120 120 M16
25 110
7.5
M20
7
M25
90
75
70
56
M32
M40
M50
Size 4 Size 5
339 530
49.5 120 120 45 110 110 110 110
8
8
149
133
149
133
Plastic cable gland plates Size PG Qty. Packs of Model No.

with PG knockouts 13.5 12 5 pc(s). 1581.000
With pre-punched PG holes for cable glands. Used 2 13.5 6
for sealing standard gland plates. 16 2 5 pc(s). 1582.000
21 2
Temperature range:
– Suitable for use from -40°C…+70°C
1581.000
Material:
220
– ABS
202
Colour: Ø5
– RAL 7035
PG
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: 13.5
90
72
76
Note:
1582.000
PG PG PG PG PG
13.5 21 16 13.5 13.5
PG PG PG PG PG
13.5 13.5 16 21 13.5

Cable management
Gland plates
Plastic gland plates Size Packs of Model No.

with membranes 3 1 pc(s). 2561.500
Simply pierce the plastic with a sharp object, and 4 1 pc(s). 2562.500
pull through the cable. 5 1 pc(s). 2563.500
Material:
– Plastic to UL 94-V0
Diameter Number of cable entries for
Colour: mm Model No.
– Similar to RAL 7035 2561.500 2562.500 2563.500
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: 5–9 – – 18
– IP 65 with careful cable entry 6 – 11 17 – –
Note: 7 – 12 – 24 16
– The applicable size may be taken from the 10 – 15 27 48 36
15 – 21 2 4 –
15 – 24 – – 6
15 – 25 – 8 –
Size 3
16 – 25 4 – –
330
120 120
19 – 34 2 – –
45
Ø6 23 – 30 – – 2
26 – 35 – 4 2
26 – 54 – – 4
90
75
50 – 110 – – 1
7.5
Size 4 Size 5
339 534
49.5 120 120 47 110 110 110 110
Ø6 Ø6
149
133
149
133
8
8

Cable management
Gland plates
Metal gland plates Size Packs of Model No.

with metric knockouts 2 1 pc(s). 1581.100
Simply knock out the holes for the cable glands 3 1 pc(s). 2561.100
using a screwdriver. 4 1 pc(s). 2562.100
Material: 5 1 pc(s). 2563.100
– Sheet steel
Colour: Number of cable entries
– RAL 7035
– IP 66 when mounting in the usual position at the Model No.
bottom Diameter
Note: M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 M40
– The applicable size may be taken from the – – 12 – – – 1581.100
– – 9 4 2 – 2561.100
– 2 5 13 2 2 2562.100
Size 2 1 – 12 11 8 4 2563.100
221
9.5 101 101
7
9
Accessories:
90
72
76
– Cable glands made from polyamide or brass,

see page 658
Size 3
330
45 120 120
7.5
90
75
7.5 315
Size 4 Size 5
339 534
49.5 120 120 47 110 110 110 110
8
8
133
149
149
133
8 323 8 518

Cable management
Gland plates
Metal gland plates Size Design Packs of Model No.

As spare/replacement part for the standard gland 1 Solid 1 pc(s). 2560.400
plates supplied loose. 2 Solid 6 pc(s). 1158.500
Material: 3 Solid 1 pc(s). 2561.400
– Sheet steel 4 Solid 1 pc(s). 2562.400
Colour: 5 Solid 1 pc(s). 2563.150
– RAL 7035
– IP 66 when mounting in the usual position at the Accessories:
bottom – Cable glands made from polyamide or brass,
Note: see page 658
2560.400 2563.150
160 534
133 500
70
43
149
113
1
1
2561.400
330
1158.500
303
220
192
90
63
90
62
2562.400 R9
339
303
Area available for population

149
113
Gland plate Packs of Model No.

for metric cable glands, for EL 1 pc(s). 7705.235
Folded gland plate with foamed-in seal and pre-
punched, knock-out holes for metric cable glands 599
19
M12, M20, M25, M32, M40.

Material:
– Sheet steel, 1.5 mm 20.5 12.5 32.5
(7 x) (4 x) (2 x)
Colour:
– RAL 7035
133.5

27
28
– IP 55 40.5 25.5
(2 x) (5 x)

Cable management
Gland plates
Gland plate Packs of Model No.

with brush insert, for EL 1 pc(s). 7705.035
Folded gland plate with foamed-in seal and plastic
brush inserts for simple cable entry.
Material:
133.5
Colour:
40
– RAL 7035
390 19
599
Brush strip Packs of Model No.

For individual installation of enclosure panels, gland 2m 7072.200
plates and panels. Cut-outs for cable routing at any
given positions in the side panel, rear panel, doors,
roof and base plate may be finished off attractively Technical specifications:
by simply attaching the brush strip. – For metal thickness: 0.6 – 1.5 mm
– Bristle length: 30 mm
– Plastic sheathing: 18 mm
– Snap-on surface: 10 mm
– Maximum cut-out height: 38 mm
Brush strip, super-airtight Packs of Model No.

For individual installation of enclosure panels, gland 2x1m 7825.375
plates and panels. Cut-outs for cable routing at any
position in the side panel, rear panel, doors, roof
and base plate. Technical specifications:
These special brush strips may be used to create – For metal thickness: 1.5 – 2 mm
airtight entries for cable sections and conductors. – Bristle length: 58 mm
The brush strips arranged in an offset configuration – Plastic sheathing: 14 mm
ensure good sealing from the routed cables even – Snap-on surface: 11.5 mm
with large quantities of cables. In this way, – Cut-out width: 88 – 90 mm
unwanted flow losses may be reduced to a Material:
minimum. – Plastic, UL 94-V0
Supply includes:
– Each 1 brush strip,
1 m in length, right-hand and left-hand version

Cable management
Cable gland
Cable gland, brass Size

Cable diameter
Packs of Model No.
mm
Benefits:
◾ Because the gland and lock nut are sold together M12 x 1.5 3–7 15 pc(s). 2411.800
in a single pack, this saves additional ordering M16 x 1.5 4.5 – 10 15 pc(s). 2411.810
and storage M20 x 1.5 7 – 13 10 pc(s). 2411.820
◾ Clamping membranes for even tightening and M25 x 1.5 10 – 17 10 pc(s). 2411.830
strain relief which protects the cables
M32 x 1.5 13 – 21 5 pc(s). 2411.840
Material: M40 x 1.5 19 – 28 4 pc(s). 2411.850
– Brass
M50 x 1.5 25 – 35 2 pc(s). 2411.860
– Seal: TPE/NBR
M63 x 1.5 35 – 48 1 pc(s). 2411.870
Surface finish:
– Nickel-plated
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: Possible
– IP 68 (1 bar, 30 min.) alternative:
– Hygienic Design cable gland, see page 659
Approval:
– VDE tested to EN 50 262
Cable gland, polyamide Size

Cable diameter
Packs of Model No.
mm
Benefits:
◾ Because the gland and lock nut are sold together M12 x 1.5 2.5 – 6.5 50 pc(s). 2411.600
in a single pack, this saves additional ordering M16 x 1.5 4.5 – 10 50 pc(s). 2411.610
and storage M20 x 1.5 7 – 13 50 pc(s). 2411.620
◾ Clamping membranes for even tightening and M25 x 1.5 10 – 17 25 pc(s). 2411.630
strain relief which protects the cables
M32 x 1.5 17 – 25 15 pc(s). 2411.640
Material: M40 x 1.5 22 – 33 5 pc(s). 2411.650
– Polyamide 6
M50 x 1.5 28 – 38 5 pc(s). 2411.660
– Seal: Neoprene
M63 x 1.5 32 – 44 3 pc(s). 2411.670
Colour:
– RAL 7035
– IP 68 (1 bar, 30 min.)
Approval:
– VDE tested to EN 50 262

Cable management
Cable gland
Standard version
Cable gland HD Cable diameter
Size Packs of Model No.
Applications: mm
◾ Manufacturing and packaging of foodstuffs etc. M12 x 1.5 3 – 6.5 5 pc(s). 2410.000
◾ Clean room technology (e.g. pharmaceuticals) M16 x 1.5 5 – 10 5 pc(s). 2410.010
◾ Biotechnology
◾ Chemical industry M20 x 1.5 6 – 12 5 pc(s). 2410.020
M25 x 1.5 12 – 17 5 pc(s). 2410.030
Benefits:
◾ Smooth, solid exterior surfaces effectively pre-
vent the depositing of harmful micro-organisms EMC version
◾ Much easier, and therefore cheaper to clean Cable diameter
compared with conventional cable glands Size Packs of Model No.
mm
Material: M16 x 1.5 5 – 10 5 pc(s). 2410.110 1
– Cap nut: Stainless steel 1.4305 (AISI 303) M20 x 1.5 6 – 12 5 pc(s). 2410.120 2
– Seal: Conforms to FDA 21 CFR 177.2600 M25 x 1.5 12 – 17 5 pc(s). 2410.130
3
– IP 68 (5 bar, 30 min.) 4
Protection category IP to DIN 40 050-9: 5

– IP 69K 6
Why hygiene-compatible cable glands?

Seal
Critical points with Hygiene-compatible Cap nut
conventional solu- 1
design features
tions Clamping jaws
Seal directly at the
Cable entry in front 2
1
cable entry Shield spring
of seal EMC version only
2 Compliance with
No minimum radii minimum radii on Clamping ring
on the hexagon
3 3
the hexagon Enclosure seal
External thread 4
No external threads
Base with locator for
Gap caused by Flush termination assembly tool
O-ring on the 4 between the cap nut
enclosure surface and the enclosure
Stainless steel lock nut Size Packs of Model No.

To match HD cable glands. M12 x 1.5 10 pc(s). 2410.200
M16 x 1.5 10 pc(s). 2410.210
Material:
– Stainless steel 1.4305 (AISI 303) M20 x 1.5 10 pc(s). 2410.220
M25 x 1.5 10 pc(s). 2410.230
Assembly tool Packs of Model No.

for HD cable gland 1 set(s) 2410.290
For attaching HD cable glands in an internal thread
or using lock nuts. This can be achieved either from
the inside or from the outside using an Allen key.
Supply includes:
– 1 set = Adaptor for sizes from M12 – M25

Cable management
Cable gland
Connector gland Packs of Model No.

for connector cut-outs (24-pole) 1 set(s) 2400.000
For the entry of 2 pre-assembled cables in the con-
nector cut-out, without dismantling the connector.
Cable diameter: 8 – 36 mm
Material:
– Enclosure: Plastic
– Clamps: Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Clamps: Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 1 set =
2 half-shells, including seals, with fastening clamp
Cable gland Packs of Model No.

for IW worktops 1 pc(s). 6902.770
To fit drilled holes Ø 60 mm. For the entry of cables
with pre-assembled connectors, the rotating flap
and cover are easily removed.
Material:
– Plastic
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Edge protector Packs of Model No.

For covering sharp edges of cut-outs. Provides 10 m 7072.100
protection from injuries and prevents damage to
inserted cables. The edge protector is suitable for
material thicknesses ranging from approximately
1.0 – 2.0 mm and may be cut to the required length.
Material:
– Plastic PVC
Colour:
– Black

Cable management
Cable gland
The connector gland proves that sometimes "less is

more": significantly faster installation, a flexible seal-
ing system for different cable diameters, and simple
cable entry with pre-assembled cables. Low installa-
tion costs, a high degree of protection and flexible
cable management – added value guaranteed with
the latest generation of cable entry solutions from
Rittal.
Benefits:
◾ Cable diameters 4 – 16 mm
◾ Simple cable entry for pre-assembled cables
◾ Individual cables can be added or replaced with-
out dismantling the sealing frame
◾ Sealing modules remain safely attached to their
cables
Sealing frame For modules

For cut-out Packs of Model No.
20 x 20 mm
For pre-assembled cables with connectors.
10 pc(s). 24-pole 1 pc(s). 2400.900
Mounting over 24-pole or 16-pole connector
8 pc(s). 16-pole 1 pc(s). 2400.910
cut-outs in
◾ Module plates for TS divider panels
◾ Metal gland plates
– Frame: Polyamide – Module plates for TS divider panel,
– Flat seal: CR see from page 538
– IP 64
103
86
– NEMA 12
130
112
36
36
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts M4
32 M4
32
16-pole 24-pole
Sealing modules Sealing modules 20 x 20 mm
To seal cables in conjunction with a sealing frame. Sealing range Packs of Model No.
It is possible to combine 20 x 20 mm and 4 – 6 mm 10 pc(s). 2400.920
40 x 40 mm sealing modules. 6 – 9 mm 10 pc(s). 2400.930
Material: Solid 10 pc(s). 2400.970
– Hard shell: Polyamide
– Seal: TPE 2
Sealing modules 40 x 40 mm
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: Sealing range Packs of Model No.
– IP 64
9 – 12 mm 10 pc(s). 2400.940
Protection category NEMA: 12 – 16 mm 10 pc(s). 2400.950
– NEMA 12
Solid 10 pc(s). 2400.960

Cable management
Cable gland
Connector gland, small To fit Packs of Model No.

For pre-assembled cables with connectors. 2 cables
1 pc(s). 2400.300
◾ For use with material thickness of up to 4 mm Ø 6 – 8 mm
◾ Strain relief of the pre-assembled cables can be 3 cables
5 pc(s). 2400.500
achieved with cable ties Ø 4 – 6 mm
Material:
– Plastic
Colour:
– RAL 9005
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
55 55 36 3
11 25
8 6
Ø Ø
21.5
35
35
2400.300 2400.500
41.5 41.5
Mounting cut-out
22
4
4
42
Cable gland module Packs of Model No.

for support arm connection Ø 130 mm 1 pc(s). 6052.500
Use of the mounting cut-out for support arm con-
nection Ø 130 mm, round, with enclosures mounted
on the wall, for sealed cable entry. May also be
mounted retrospectively with the cables already 120
inserted. 10 – 39
Fitted with T-heads for cable clamping. Particularly
100 – 134
well-suited to cables with identical cross-sections.

Ø 82
100
35
Material:
– Sheet steel
25
Surface finish: 70
38.5
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
66
Stepped collar For hole

Sealing range
Packs of Model No.
mm
for wall thicknesses from 1.5 to 4.5 mm
For cable entry, simply cut off at the required level to M20 5 – 16 100 pc(s). 2899.200
match the cable diameter. M25 5 – 21 50 pc(s). 2899.250
Material: M32 13 – 26.5 25 pc(s). 2899.320
– Plastic to UL 94-HB M40 13 – 34 20 pc(s). 2899.400

– IP 54 with careful cable entry

Cable management
Cable duct Width Height

Packs of Model No.
mm mm
for vertical TS section
50 1600 8 set(s) 8800.570
For direct mounting on the vertical enclosure sec- 50 1800 8 set(s) 8800.520
tion.
100 1600 4 set(s) 8800.540
Width 50 mm 100 1800 4 set(s) 8800.510
For assembly on a vertical enclosure section in the
area of the side panel.
Width 100 mm Technical specifications:
For assembly on two bayed enclosure sections in – Depth: 80 mm
the baying area. Baying brackets and baying clamps – Length: 1600 mm (for enclosure height 1800 mm)
which have already been fitted can be covered over 1800 mm (for enclosure height 2000 mm)
with the cable duct. Can be shortened for other enclosure sizes
The nominal break points of the bars are also – Bar width: 5.5 mm
designed for combination with the cable ducts for – Slot width: 4.5 mm
mounting plates; in addition a further nominal break Material:
at the level of the mounting plate enables direct – Hard PVC
insertion into the cable duct. – Flame-resistant, self-extinguishing
The cable duct fastening points are co-ordinated – Temperature resistant to +60°C
with the TS system hole pattern; time-consuming
drilling work, as in the case of DIN ducts, is elimi- Colour:
nated. – Similar to RAL 7030
Supply includes:
– 1 set =
1 cable duct with cover
Accessories:
– Aluminium rivet for attachment, see page 664
2
71
72
100 5.5 48 5.5
4.5 4.5
8800.570/8800.520
8800.540/8800.510
1550 = 62 x 25/1750 = 70 x 25
1550 = 62 x 25/1750 = 70 x 25
25
8
14
50
1600/1800
1600/1800
6.5
14
8
50
5
25
6.5

Cable management
Cable duct For enclosure width mm Fixed length

for mounting plate Length (L) mm 2000 mm
◾ To fit the cable ducts for the vertical TS section Width (B) mm Packs of Model No.
◾ If the TS mounting plate is installed in the rear- 30 24 set(s) 8800.750
most position, the horizontally mounted cable 40 20 set(s) 8800.751
ducts are flush with the vertical ones 60 18 set(s) 8800.752
◾ For external mounting on surfaces
80 12 set(s) 8800.753
Technical specifications: 100 12 set(s) 8800.754
– Depth: 80 mm
– Length: 2000 mm, may be cut to length
– Bar width: 5.5 mm Colour:
– Slot width: 4.5 mm – Similar to RAL 7030
Material: Supply includes:
– Hard PVC – 1 set =
– Flame-resistant, self-extinguishing 1 cable duct with cover
– Temperature resistant to +60°C
Accessories:
– Aluminium rivet for attachment, see page 664
Width 30, 40 and 60 mm
50
25 25 80
B
4.5
6.5
8 14
L
Width 80 and 100 mm 80
8 14
50
6.5
B
4.5
25 25
50
L
Aluminium rivet Packs of Model No.

For secure assembly of cable ducts. Also suitable 100 pc(s). 8800.531
for mounting support rails and punched rails.
To fit
◾ TS system punchings Accessories:
◾ Drilled hole Ø 4.5 mm
– Cable ducts for vertical TS section, see page 663
– Cable ducts for mounting plate, see page 664

Cable management
Cable clamp rails Enclosure width Length

Packs of Model No.
mm mm
Right angle section
for TS, SE, PC, TP universal console, 400 385 2 pc(s). 4193.000
TS base/plinth, Flex-Block 600 585 2 pc(s). 4191.000
For strain relief with cable entry. Depth-variable 800 785 2 pc(s). 4192.000
mounting on a 25 mm pitch pattern of holes on the 1000 985 2 pc(s). 4336.000
horizontal enclosure section or in the TS base/
1200 1185 2 pc(s). 4196.000
plinth/Flex-Block.
1600 1585 2 pc(s). 4338.000
Material:
1800 1785 2 pc(s). 4339.000
– Steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Accessories:
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts – Fastening bolts for TS base/plinth,
see page 516
– Quick-assembly block 4133.000 for Flex-Block,
see page 621
– Punched rails 23 x 23 mm for Flex-Block,
see page 611
Cable clamps For

cable diameter Packs of Model No.
for cable clamp rails mm
For fastening the cables to the cable clamp rails.
6 – 12 25 pc(s). 2350.000
Material: 12 – 16 25 pc(s). 2351.000
– Sheet steel
14 – 18 25 pc(s). 2352.000
Surface finish: 18 – 22 25 pc(s). 2353.000
– Zinc-plated
22 – 26 25 pc(s). 2354.000
Supply includes: 26 – 30 25 pc(s). 2355.000
– Plastic insert 30 – 34 25 pc(s). 2356.000
34 – 38 25 pc(s). 2357.000
38 – 42 25 pc(s). 2358.000
42 – 46 25 pc(s). 2359.000
46 – 50 25 pc(s). 2360.000
Possible
alternative:
– Rail for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief,
see page 641
Cable clamp rails For

Length
C-section, for mounting plates mm
mm
for TS, SE, CM, TP
600 499 1 pc(s). 5001.080
For strain relief with cable entry.
The length of the cable clamp rail is tailored to the 800 699 1 pc(s). 5001.081
width of the mounting plate. The mounting bracket 1000 899 1 pc(s). 5001.082
included with the supply supports three different 1200 1099 1 pc(s). 5001.083
installation situations on the mounting plate:
straight, at a distance of 23 mm from the
mounting plate
Accessories:
straight, at a distance of 10 mm from the – Cable clamps for C rails, see page 666
mounting plate
tilted, towards the mounting plate
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Two mounting brackets and assembly screws


Cable management
Cable clamping bracket Packs of Model No.

For installation in command panels with mounting 1 set(s) 6052.000
cut-out ▭ 120 x 65 mm and Ø 130 mm.
Cable clamping optionally via:
◾ Cable clamps
or Accessories:
◾ Cable ties 2597.000 – Cable clamps, see page 666
◾ Standard commercially available cable ties – Cable ties, see page 667
Bracket height = 25 mm with fitted C rail 40 mm
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– C rail and assembly screws
Cable clamps For

cable diameter Packs of Model No.
for C rails mm
For attaching the cables to the C rails.
6 – 14 25 pc(s). 7077.000
Material: 12 – 18 25 pc(s). 7078.000
– Sheet steel
18 – 22 25 pc(s). 7097.000
Surface finish: 22 – 26 25 pc(s). 7097.220
– Zinc-plated 26 – 30 25 pc(s). 7097.260
Supply includes: 30 – 34 25 pc(s). 7097.300
– Plastic insert 34 – 38 25 pc(s). 7097.340
38 – 42 25 pc(s). 7098.000
42 – 56 25 pc(s). 7098.100
56 – 64 25 pc(s). 7099.000
Accessories:
– C rails, see from page 612
Cable conduit and Cable conduit
cable conduit holder Internal Ø mm Packs of Model No.

16 25 m 2595.000
For secure cable routing e.g. from the enclosure or
mounting plate to the door. Attachment facility for 29 25 m 2589.000
standard commercially available cable ties is pro- 36 25 m 2596.000
vided on the cable conduit holder, so that cables 48 25 m 2590.000
may be attached upon entry to/exit from the cable
conduit.
Cable conduit holder
Material:
– Cable conduit: Polythene For cable conduit
Packs of Model No.
– Cable conduit holder: Polyamide Ø mm
16 20 pc(s). 2593.0001)
29 20 pc(s). 2591.0001)
36 20 pc(s). 2594.000
48 20 pc(s). 2592.000
1) Installation in compact enclosures AE with universal
bracket 2373.000, see page 623

Cable management
Cable attachment For

cable diameter
For professional, secure fastening of cables and Packs of Model No.
from – to
conduits. mm
For fastening: 6–9 50 pc(s). 4319.090
◾ Slide into the mounting rail 23 x 23 mm
◾ Screw-fasten onto the round punchings of the 9 – 12 50 pc(s). 4319.120
enclosures, as well as all punched rails and 12 – 16 50 pc(s). 4319.160
punched sections 16 – 20 50 pc(s). 4319.200
Material:
– Polyamide
Note: Also required:
– As the attachments are bayable, several attach- – Posidrive raised countersunk screw M5 x 12 mm,
ments, even those of different sizes, can be 2488.000, for screw-fastening to the round sys-
assembled using just 2 screws tem punchings, see page 625
Accessories:
– Punched rail 23 x 23 mm, see page 611
Cable ties Length

Packs of Model No.
mm
The super-fast solution for fastening cables to the
enclosure profile or mounting system parts. Simply 150 100 pc(s). 2597.000
clip into the round system punchings.
Nylon loop Width Length

Max. cable
diameter Packs of Model No.
With the nylon loop, secured cables are easily mm mm
mm
released, allowing individual cables to be added
20 130 30 10 pc(s). 7072.220
or removed. Ideal for sensitive data cables (fibre-
optic/Cu), as it avoids indentations on the cable 20 200 50 10 pc(s). 7072.230
sheathing. 20 300 90 10 pc(s). 7072.240
In addition, the nylon loop may be screw-fastened
to the round system punchings or attached using
a quick-release fastener.
Also required:
Colour:
– Black – Screw 2486.500 for screw-fastening to the round
system punchings, see page 625
Supply includes:
– Quick-release fasteners
Nylon loop tape Length Width

Packs of Model No.
mm mm
For tidy cable routing. Supplied on a reel for cutting
to the required length. 5000 16 1 pc(s). 2203.400
Unlike cable ties, nylon loop tape

◾ protects the cable sheathing
◾ is easily reopened and
◾ is reusable

Cable management
Nylon loop tape holders Packs of Model No.

◾ For simple, fast cable attachment 10 pc(s). 5502.155
◾ Tool-free mounting in the system punchings with
10.5 x 12.5 mm, with a quarter rotation
◾ Direct use on the horizontal TS frame section,
on the support strips and mounting angles of the
TS IT 482.6 mm (19˝) interior installation, on the
cable route or on punched sections with mount-
ing flanges
◾ Length of nylon loop tape: 400 mm
Material:
– Plastic
Supply includes:
– 10 holders including nylon loop tape
Nylon loop cable holder Size

Length x width Packs of Model No.
Self-adhesive mm
Suitable for universal use in all network enclosures
70 x 16 10 pc(s). 7111.350
and server racks, wall-mounted enclosures, mount-
ing plates, gland plates.
Material:
– Woven polyamide 6.6
Colour:
– Black
Snap-in cable routing Version Packs of Model No.

for clipping into the system punchings. For locking
10 pc(s). 7111.300
Cable routing suitable for universal use, for tool-free, For system punchings 6.2 mm
fast assembly, in two variants: For twisting
10 pc(s). 7111.310
For system punchings 4.7 mm
For locking
◾ User-friendly opening for cable management via
locating points
◾ For cable diameters 14 – 19 mm
◾ For system punchings 6.2 mm
For routing
◾ User-friendly opening for cable management
◾ For cable diameters 10.2 – 12.7 mm
◾ For system punchings 4.7 mm
Material:
– Polyamide 6.6, self-extinguishing to UL 94-V2
Colour:
– Natural

Cable management
For the inner mounting level

Cable clamp rails For enclosures
for TS and between the mounting angles of the Packs of Model No.
TS IT in the enclosure depth Width mm Depth mm
For cable routing on the enclosure frame. The 600 600 4 pc(s). 7828.061
cables may be attached to the cable clamp rails 800 800 4 pc(s). 7828.081
with cable ties or nylon loops. The cable clamp rails 1000 1000 4 pc(s). 7828.101
are simply located onto the frame section and may
1200 1200 4 pc(s). 7828.121
additionally be secured with a screw.
Material:
– Sheet steel For the outer mounting level
For enclosures
Supply includes: Packs of Model No.
– Assembly parts Width mm Depth mm
600 600 4 pc(s). 7828.062
800 800 4 pc(s). 7828.082
1000 1000 4 pc(s). 7828.102
1200 1200 4 pc(s). 7828.122
Accessories:
– Cable ties, see page 667
– Nylon loop, see page 667
Cable clamp rails, Mounting dimensions1)

Packs of Model No.
mm
depth-variable 325 – 575 4 pc(s). 7858.160
for TS and between the mounting angles of the
500 – 895 4 pc(s). 7858.162
TS IT in the enclosure depth
1) Mounting dimensions + 152 mm =
For cable routing on the enclosure frame and for
distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels
strain relief of the routed cables. The cables may be
attached to the cable clamp rails with cable ties or
nylon loops.
The cable clamp rails may be located horizontally at Accessories:
the rear directly onto a 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
frame or in the enclosure depth between two – Cable ties, see page 667
mounting frames. An additional screw fastening – Nylon loop, see page 667
secures the unit.
The depth variability of the rails facilitates flexible
adaptation of their length to the existing attachment
distance between the two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
levels.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Cable clamp, variable Version Packs of Model No.

for enclosure-independent mounting C rail 1 pc(s). 7016.140
Variable attachment from 450 to 800 mm for flexible T-head rail 1 pc(s). 7016.150
cable clamping in two variants.
Supports attachment to punched sections with and
without mounting flanges and direct screw-fasten-
ing onto mounting plates and other flat surfaces.
1
Material:
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
C rail
T-head rail

Cable management
Cable manager Packs of Model No.

◾ For system-compatible cable deflection while Maxi kit 20 pc(s). 5502.405
complying with minimal bending radii and to
accommodate surplus cables and excess length.
The elements may optionally be used individually
or in combination for cable routing. They may be
combined into semi-circular or circular elements.
◾ Supports use on corners and edges to allow pro-
tected cable routing around them
◾ Mounting clips for use above the arc hold the
routed cables back within the elements. The ele-
75
ments are also bayable in an axial direction to
allow U-based cable routing to the mounting
50
level, or ducting of the cable bundles.
Material:
– Plastic, UL 94-V0
Colour:
– RAL 9005 50
44 75
Supply includes:
– Mounting clips and assembly parts
Cable shunting ring Dimensions

Packs of Model No.
mm
For flexible, system-compatible cable routing at the
side of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. 125 x 85 10 pc(s). 7111.900
125 x 65 10 pc(s). 7111.000
Material:
– Steel 85 x 43 10 pc(s). 7112.000
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Shunting ring Dimensions

Packs of Model No.
mm
To accommodate large quantities of cables.
Shunting ring for side attachment to 482.6 mm (19˝) 330 x 90/70 4 pc(s). 7220.600
sections in 800 mm wide network enclosures.
The ring is attached asymmetrically providing
approx. 110 mm free space in front of the
482.6 mm (19˝) level. This allows even large
quantities of cables to be effectively managed.
Material:
– Steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Cable management
Fibre-optic shunting rings Packs of Model No.

Fibre-optic shunting or jumper cables can be 2 pc(s). 7116.500
inserted into the grooves of the inner body. A rub-
ber ring holds different fibre-optic cables with dia-
meters of up to 4.5 mm. Strain relief and bending Possible
radius are ensured. alternative:
Length: 120 mm – Fibre-optic cable management panel, 1 U,
see page 677
Material:
– Dual compound plastic
Colour:
– Exterior: RAL 7035
– Interior: Black
Supply includes:
– 2 rubber rings
– Baying kit
– Mounting accessories
1 2
Assembly:
The supplied mounting brackets are suitable for uni-
versal use; the fibre-optic cables can be routed to
the patch panel in all directions in various mounting
positions:
At the side, directly on the patch panel

In front of the patch panel
At the side next to the patch panel
Behind the patch panel 3 4
System supports Packs of Model No.

for cable routes 2 pc(s). 7831.472
for TS
The depth-variable support system may be attached
to all 800 – 1200 mm deep TS enclosures with Accessories:
external screw-fastening of the roof plate. The inte-
gral system punchings, for screws or captive nuts, – Metal multi-tooth screws 5.5 x 13 mm, 2486.500,
support the attachment of most common cable see page 625
route systems. – Captive nuts M6, 8800.340, see page 624
◾ May be combined with TS IT fan mounting plate
◾ In combination with punched rail, suitable for
accommodating additional cable routing rails or
pipelines
◾ Support height: 102 mm
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Powder-coated
Colour:
– RAL 7035

Cable management
Cable route Height mm Packs of Model No.

for TS 2000 – 2200 1 pc(s). 5502.120
◾ For cable clamping and routing with network and
server applications
◾ Mounting across the entire depth with 800 mm
width, mounting only behind the second Accessories:
482.6 mm (19˝) pair of mounting angles with – Cable ties, see page 667
600 mm width – Nylon loop tape, see page 667
◾ Tool-free fast assembly – Shunting rings, see page 670
◾ Alternatively suitable for screw-fastening – Cable routing bars, see page 673
◾ Multi-functional punchings for cable manage-
ment accessories
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 9005
Surplus cable holder W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.

For fastening at the rear area of the enclosure, or at 280 x 151 x 75 1 pc(s). 7220.500
the side of network enclosures. The surplus cable
holder can be attached to all depth stays or to
punched sections and rails with a 25 mm pitch pat-
tern – mounting dimension 150 mm. May also be
joined together.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035

Cable management
482.6 mm (19˝) cable management
Cable routing bars Material:

– Support: Sheet steel
For structured routing of entire cable bundles, the – Cable routing bars, connection combs: Plastic
cable bars may be secured to a variety of different
positions inside the enclosure. Colour:
– RAL 9005
Supply includes:
– Cable routing bars
– Connection combs
482.6 mm (19˝) attachment No. of

For horizontal cable routing within the distributor U connection Packs of Model No.
level. combs
Thanks to their open mounting holes, they can also 4 2 pc(s). 4 pc(s). 7111.224
be retrospectively slotted onto the 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 5 pc(s). 10 pc(s). 7111.214
system punchings of the mounting level at any time
and secured with the existing assembly screws of
the installed components.
All-round attachment for universal use No. of

For vertical and horizontal cable routing inside the U connection Packs of Model No.
enclosure or within the distributor level. combs
4 2 pc(s). 4 pc(s). 7111.222
1 5 pc(s). 10 pc(s). 7111.212
Connection comb
For connecting individual cable routing bars into
complete systems (included with the supply).
Cable duct For enclosure height

U
Packs
Model No.
mm of
for TS IT
◾ High packing density due to U-based cable 2000 36 1 pc(s). 5502.105
routing 2200 42 1 pc(s). 5502.145
◾ Hinged on both sides, removable duct cover
◾ Suitable for back-to-back baying
◾ Easily installed with tool-free fast assembly on the
front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angle of
the TS IT
◾ Screw-fastening optionally supported
Material:
– Sheet steel, plastic UL 94 V0
Colour:
– RAL 9005
Supply includes:
– Cover and assembly parts
– 4 cable retainers for spare cables

Cable management
Cable finger 6 U Packs of Model No.

for TS IT 14 pc(s). 5502.115
◾ For U-based cable routing
◾ Simple, tool-free assembly
◾ Cable routing in conjunction with air baffle plates
is supported
Material:
– Plastic, UL 94-V0
Colour:
– RAL 9005
482.6 mm (19˝) drawer Distance

between levels Packs of Model No.
to accommodate surplus cables mm
The 1 U drawer offers a convenient opportunity for
435 – 750 1 pc(s). 7063.200
storing surplus cables in an organised, compact and
secure way within the 482.6 mm (19˝) levels.
◾ With brush strip at the front for cable entry
◾ T-head rail in the rear section for cable clamping
◾ Ring-shaped kink-free routing of the conductors Accessories:
on adjustable elements in the interior
◾ May be fitted between two 482.6 mm (19˝) levels – Nylon loop 7072.220/7072.230,
at a distance of 435 – 750 mm see page 667
◾ Independent from the enclosure system
◾ On both L-shaped and cranked mounting angles
and mounting frames
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Drawer including telescopic slides and assembly
parts
Cable management panel U Ring size mm Packs of Model No.

with plastic rings 1 70 x 44 1 pc(s). 7159.035
For horizontal management of the patch cables,
with 5 cable shunting rings.
Cable shunting rings supplied loose.
Material:
– Panel: Sheet steel
– Rings: Polyamide
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Cable management panel

with steel rings
For horizontal management of the patch cables,
with 5 cable shunting rings.
Material:
– Rings: Steel
Surface finish:
– Rings: Zinc-plated
Ring size Colour

U Packs of Model No.
mm RAL 7035 RAL 9005
1 43 x 55 ◾ – 1 pc(s). 7257.200
1 43 x 55 – ◾ 1 pc(s). 5502.205
1 43 x 105 ◾ – 1 pc(s). 7257.035
1 43 x 105 – ◾ 1 pc(s). 7257.005
2 85 x 125 ◾ – 1 pc(s). 7257.100
2 85 x 125 – ◾ 1 pc(s). 7257.105

Cable management
Cable management panel

with cable routing bars
482.6 mm (19˝)
For horizontal management of the patch cables with
cable routing bars. Opening the individual cable
routing bars allows user-friendly modification and
extension of the cabling.
Material:
– Panel: Sheet steel, spray-finished
– Cable routing bars: Plastic
Bar depth No. of Colour

mm bars/U RAL 7035 RAL 9005
1 approx. 80 5 ◾ – 1 pc(s). 7257.050
1 approx. 80 5 – ◾ 1 pc(s). 5502.225
Cable management panel, 2 U

482.6 mm (19˝)
The cable routing chamber has cut-outs from
above, into which the patch cables can be inserted.
The cable management panel is equipped with a
flap and quick-release fasteners at the front, for
optimum access to the cables. From the rear, the
cables can be inserted via a cut-out with brush
strips.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Bar depth Colour

2 85 ◾ – 1 pc(s). 7158.035
2 85 – ◾ 1 pc(s). 5502.235
Cable routing channel

482.6 mm (19˝)
To hold the patching cables.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Depth Colour
1 85 ◾ – 1 pc(s). 7149.135
1 85 – ◾ 1 pc(s). 5502.245

Cable management
Cable management panel, 2 U U Packs of Model No.

To accommodate fibre-optic and copper cables. 2 1 pc(s). 7269.135
Fibres from the patch panels are placed into the tray
via openings and may be distributed at the sides.
Rounded openings protect the cable sheathing.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Cable management duct, U Packs of Model No.

horizontal 2 1 pc(s). 7158.100
482.6 mm (19˝)
The duct facilitates concealed, simple cable routing
of large quantities of cables to installed equipment
within the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level. Large
cut-outs ensure convenient, kink-free cable routing
to the components top and bottom.
For simple handling, the entire front panel may be
removed via quick-release fasteners. After attaching
the cables, these are held in position by nylon loop
tapes, whilst the duct is resealed.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 5 nylon loops
Cable tray, 2 U U Packs of Model No.

For side routing and distribution of fibre-optic and 2 1 pc(s). 7269.235
copper cables. In this way, cables inserted into the
roof area may be routed at the side of the mounting
angles in the upper section of the rack.
Depth: 85 mm
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035

Cable management
Fibre-optic cable management U Packs of Model No.

panel, 1U 1 1 pc(s). 7256.035
482.6 mm (19˝)
The four fibre-optic cable shunting rings integrated Possible
into the front permit optimum management of up to alternative:
48 fibres.
– Fibre-optic shunting ring 7116.500, see page 671
Material:
– Ring: Dual compound plastic
Colour:
– Panel: RAL 7035
– Cable shunting rings on the outside: RAL 7035,
black interior
Cable entry panel U Packs of Model No.

482.6 mm (19˝) 1 1 pc(s). 5502.255
Cut-out 390 x 40 mm (2 U) or 390 x 20 mm (1 U) 2 1 pc(s). 5502.265
with brush insert.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 9005
Cable routing across the Material:

– Sheet steel 1
482.6 mm (19˝) level
Surface finish:
There are various different cable clamping systems
available for system-compatible cable routing in – Zinc-plated 2
482.6 mm (19˝) systems with one or two pairs of Supply includes:
mounting angles: – Assembly parts
C rail Packs
for fastening across all 482.6 mm (19˝) levels, C rail Model No.
of
for cable clamps 482.6 mm (19˝) level 6 pc(s). 7016.100
Cable clamp rail Packs

for fastening across all 482.6 mm (19˝) levels, Cable clamp rail Model No.
of
for cable ties 482.6 mm (19˝) level 6 pc(s). 7016.110

Swing frames
Swing frame, small Material:

– Sheet steel
Installation for TS, SE, 600 mm and 800 mm
wide enclosures Surface finish:
For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment. – Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Cam with double-bit lock insert and parts for
attaching to the installation kit
Technical details:
Front, Set back, Set back,

Installation
top/bottom top/bottom front, centre
1 1 1
1 2
2
1
2 2
Packs
U Model No.
of
3 1 pc(s). 2377.030
6 1 pc(s). 2377.060
9 1 pc(s). 2377.090
12 1 pc(s). 2377.120
15 1 pc(s). 2377.150
18 1 pc(s). 2377.180
Also required:
For enclosure width
Installation kit 1 set(s) 600 800
2377.860 2377.880
For
enclosure depth
PS punched mm Page
section without
400 4 pc(s). 4374.000 611
mounting flange
Requirements: 500 4 pc(s). 4375.000 611
2 or 4 pc(s). 600 4 pc(s). 4376.000 611
800 4 pc(s). 4377.000 611
Support bracket,
2 pc(s). required per PS punched 6 set(s) 8800.330 620
section without mounting flange
Accessories
Lock inserts, type D 2484.000 570
Note:
– The swing frame stay is required
to hold open the swing frame,
see page 681

Swing frames
Swing frame, large Material:

– Sheet steel
without trim panel, for 600 mm and 1200 mm
wide enclosures Surface finish:
For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment. – Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Cam with double-bit lock insert and parts for
attaching to the installation kit
Technical details:
Full installation, Partial installation, top, Partial installation,

Installation
front/set back front/set back centre, front/set back
1
1 1
2
2
2 2 1
2
1
1
For enclosure width mm 600 1200

For min.
U enclosure height Packs of Model No.
mm
22 1200 1 pc(s). 2322.700
31 1600 1 pc(s). 2331.700
36 1800 1 pc(s). 2336.700
40 2000 1 pc(s). 2340.700
45 2200 1 pc(s). 2345.700
Accessories Page
Lock inserts, type D 2484.000 570
Also required:
Installation kits
For enclosure Load
Hinge Packs of
TS SE capacity
◾ ◾ 130° < 1500 N2) 1994.835 – 1 set(s)
◾ ◾ 130° < 1500 N2) – 1996.835 1 set(s)
◾ ◾ 130° < 1500 N1) – 1996.535 1 set(s)
1) Installation only possible with the mounting plate slide rail dismantled
2) Maximum load 800 N with the TS mounting plate slide rail dismantled
For TS, SE: Note:

TS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, – The swing frame stay is required to hold open
2 or 4 pc(s). required the swing frame,
see page 681
Installation
Packs
in enclosure depth Model No. Page
of
mm
400 4 pc(s). 8612.0401) 606
500 4 pc(s). 8612.550 607
600 4 pc(s). 8612.560 607
800 4 pc(s). 8612.580 607
1000 4 pc(s). 8612.500 607
1200 4 pc(s). 8612.520 607
1) TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

Swing frames
Swing frame, large Colour:

– RAL 7035
with trim panel, for 800 mm wide enclosures
For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment. Supply includes:
– Locking rod system with double-bit lock insert
Material: and parts for attaching to the installation kit
– Sheet steel
Technical details:
– Frame: Zinc-plated
– Trim panel: Spray-finished
Partial installation,
Full installation, Partial installation, top,
centre (in the height),
Installation width 800 mm, width 800 mm,
width 800 mm,
front/set back front/set back
front/set back
1 1 1
2
1
2
2 2
1 1
Side Centre
Mounting position
With hinge 130°/180° 180°

For enclosure width mm 800
For min. enclosure height
mm
22 1200 1 pc(s). 2323.235 2324.235
31 1600 1 pc(s). 2332.235 –
36 1800 1 pc(s). 2337.235 2338.235
40 2000 1 pc(s). 2341.235 2342.235
45 2200 1 pc(s). 2346.235 2347.235
Heavy-duty version1)
U For enclosure height mm Packs of Model No.
40 2000 1 pc(s). 7858.100 –
Accessories
Ergoform-S lock systems see page 568
Lock inserts, version A see page 570
Also required:
Installation kits
For enclosure Load
Hinge Packs of
TS SE capacity
◾ ◾ < 1500 N3) 1995.235 1 set(s)
130°
◾ ◾ < 1500 N2) 1995.835 1 set(s)
◾ ◾ < 1200 N3) 1997.235 1 set(s)
180°
◾ ◾ < 1200 N2) 1997.835 1 set(s)
1) Load capacity 350 kg, including installation kit, for enclosure height 2000 mm
2) Installation only possible with the mounting plate slide rail dismantled
3) Maximum load 800 N with the TS mounting plate slide rail dismantled
For TS, SE: TS punched section with mounting flange, Note:

23 x 73 mm, – The swing frame stay is required to lock the open
2 or 4 pc(s). required swing frame, see page 681
Installation in
Packs
enclosure width/depth Model No. Page
of
mm
400 4 pc(s). 8612.1401) 606
500 4 pc(s). 8612.550 607
600 4 pc(s). 8612.560 607
800 4 pc(s). 8612.580 607
1000 4 pc(s). 8612.500 607
1200 4 pc(s). 8612.520 607
1) TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm
Swing frames
Compact swing frame Width mm 600 600 600/760

for AE Height mm 380 600 760
For the installation of slide-in electronic equipment, U 6 11 14
482.6 mm (19˝) across the entire height. Packs of 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s). 1 pc(s).
Technical specifications: Model No. 2026.200 2027.200 2034.200
– Torsionally stiff frame, welded from rectangular
tube and triple-folded support section
– Sheet steel
– 41 mm lock insert, type C,
Colour: see page 570
– RAL 7035
Technical details:
Supply includes: Available on the Internet
– Double-bit lock insert and assembly parts
Swing frame stay Packs of Model No.

Holds the swing frame in the open position. with 130° hinge 5 pc(s). 1979.200
with 180° hinge 1 pc(s). 1980.200
For mounting on swing frame, large:
◾ 1979.200, at the top of the enclosure
◾ 1980.200, at the bottom of the enclosure
(with safety catch at 160°)
For mounting on swing frame, small:

◾ 1979.200, may be mounted at the top or bottom
on the installation kit
Slide rails For equipment with a

Packs of Model No.
max. installation depth
To support heavy slide-in electronic equipment,
482.6 mm (19˝) in the swing frame. D max. < 190 mm 10 pc(s). 1962.200
D max. > 190 mm 10 pc(s). 1963.200
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated

Accessories for Data Rack
Second pair of mounting U Packs of Model No.

angles 31 1 pc(s). 7296.000
To accommodate 482.6 mm (19˝) network compo- 36 1 pc(s). 7297.000
nents or for the attachment of component shelves 40 1 pc(s). 7298.000
and slide rails. 482.6 mm (19˝) punched profile at the 45 1 pc(s). 7299.000
front, hole centre distance 465 mm (470 mm at the
rear), tailored to the attachment of patch panels and
cable routing rails. The mounting level may be posi- Technical details:
tioned on a 50 mm pitch pattern. Minimum dis- Available on the Internet
tance between levels 150 mm, maximum distance
between levels 350 mm.
Material:
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 1 torsionally stiff profile frame 50 mm pitch pattern
– Mounting accessories min. 150 – max. 350
Baying clamp Packs of Model No.

For assembling rows of distributor frames, or for 3 pc(s). 7494.000
cable routing between data racks.
– Length: 53 mm
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Depth stays Packs of Model No.

For securing and stabilising two pairs of 482.6 mm 2 pc(s). 7401.000
(19˝) mounting angles in the data rack. The length of
the depth stay is adjustable, and can accommo-
date the following spacings of mounting angles: Material:
250, 300 and 350 mm. – Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Continuous slide rail Packs of Model No.

for two pairs of mounting angles, 482.6 mm 2 pc(s). 7402.000
(19˝)
To support heavy equipment in the Data Rack.
The mounting dimensions of the slide rails were Material:
selected to enable them to be combined with – Sheet steel
500 mm deep, 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelves. Surface finish:
The mounting distance between the 482.6 mm (19˝) – Zinc-plated
mounting angles is 350 mm.
Condition: Accessories:
Second pair of mounting angles
– Component shelf, 500 mm deep, see page 629

Mounting angles
Adaptor sections, Accessories:

482.6 mm (19˝)
– Infill panels, see page 684
for TS – Captive nuts, see page 624
For the installation of subracks and other equip- – Assembly screws, see page 625
ment. – Slide rails with one-sided mounting, see page 688
Adaptor sections are easily shortened for partial – Slide rails with two-sided mounting, see page 688
assemblies. – Component shelf installation kit, see page 691
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Note:
– The 482.6 mm (19˝) measurement is obtained
when mounting on the TS frame for enclosures
with width 600 mm
For enclosure system TS1)
For enclosure height
Material U Packs of Model No.
mm
1600 33 4 pc(s). 8613.060
1800 Extruded aluminium section 38 4 pc(s). 8613.080
2000 42 4 pc(s). 8613.000
1) For the rear of electronic enclosures, see page 684
Assembly examples of TS:

Drawing 1 Drawing 2 Drawing 1 and 2:
Mounting angle or adaptor piece
fitted in the foremost installation
position, directly on the vertical
section.
When installing slide rails with
two-sided mounting (see page
688), the same adaptor sec-
tions or adaptor pieces must
also be mounted on the vertical
section at the rear.
1 1
43
63
63
75.5
3
4
Drawing 3 Drawing 5 Drawing 3:

Mounting on two vertically
installed PS punched sections
5
permits fully flexible use of the
enclosure depth.
Drawing 4 and 5:
Greater distance from the door
is achieved by mounting on
adaptor rails for PS compatibility.
1 In this position, the slide rails can
Drawing 4 be fitted with one-sided mount-
ing.
1
2
2
86
98.5
66
86
3 4
Adaptor section/piece TS glazed door

Adaptor rail Punched section without
mounting flange
TS sheet steel door
Mounting angles
Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of Model No.

for TS, SE 1 4 pc(s). 8613.010
The “1 U” sub-section of adaptor sections.
For the installation of individual subracks and other
equipment. Accessories:
Supply includes: – Captive nuts, see page 624
– Assembly parts – Assembly screws, see page 625
Assembly examples: – Slide rails with two-sided mounting, see page 688
May be found on page 683 – Component shelf installation kit, see page 691
Note:
– The 482.6 mm (19˝) measurement is obtained
when mounting on the TS frame for enclosures
with width 600 mm
– Adaptor set 7246.100 for 800 mm wide enclo-
sures, see page 690
Adaptor sections, For

enclosure height U Packs of Model No.
482.6 mm (19˝) mm
for rear installation in TS electronic enclosures 1600 33 2 pc(s). 8613.360
For installing subracks at the front and back, and for 2000 42 2 pc(s). 8613.300
attaching the slide rails 8613.150, 8613.160 and
8613.180 (see page 688).
For mounting on the inner mounting level.
The outer mounting level may still, for example, Accessories:
be used for cable routing on depth-mounted
TS punched sections with mounting flange. – Captive nuts, see page 624
– Assembly screws, see page 625
Material: – Slide rails with two-sided mounting, see page 688
– Extruded aluminium section – Component shelf installation kit, see page 691
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts Possible
alternative:
Note:
– Design similar to adaptor sections, 482.6 mm – Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 684
(19˝) (see page 683), but asymmetrical height,
suitable for TS electronic enclosure
Infill panels, 482.6 mm (19˝), For enclosure height

Packs of Model No.
mm
horizontal 1600/2000 2 pc(s). 8613.040
for adaptor sections
1800/2200 2 pc(s). 8613.030
To infill between installed 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment
positioned in the full enclosure height and the enclo-
sure clearance height.
Material:
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Mounting angles
Mounting angles, Full installation

Rack height U Packs of Model No.
482.6 mm (19˝) mm
for TS 1800 38 2 pc(s). 7827.181
L-shaped 2000 42 2 pc(s). 7827.201
The L-shaped mounting angles accommodate the 2200 47 2 pc(s). 7827.221
installation kits of server systems. The integral U
markings in the front facilitate systematic assembly
within the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level.
Also required:
– TS punched sections with mounting flanges or
– 2 mm sheet steel
TS installation brackets as installation kit for
– Integral 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings
mounting angles, see page 685
(EIA standard)
– Attachment of component shelves:
– Side round and square punchings
Adaptor 7827.300, see page 632
– Clear chromated for conductive connection of the
482.6 mm (19˝) installed equipment Technical details:
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Installation bracket TS Installation position Packs of Model No.

for L-shaped mounting angles in TS, Centre 2 pc(s). 7827.480
482.6 mm (19˝)
For upgrading existing DK-TS applications.
Material:
Installation in enclosure width 800 mm – Sheet steel
The installation brackets are screw-fastened to the
enclosure frame in the enclosure width. Surface finish:
The mounting angle is attached to the depth stay at – Zinc-plated
the top and bottom. The brackets ensure optimum Supply includes:
clearance at the sides for cable routing. For partial – Assembly parts
enclosure configuration, the installation brackets
may be attached to the TS punched sections with
mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm, on the outer attach-
ment level of the enclosure frame. Fully depth-varia- Accessories:
ble attachment is facilitated by the attachment slots. – For partial installation, TS punched section
with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm,
see page 606 – 607
– For partial installation, mounting angles,
L-shaped, see page 685
TS punched section with For enclosures

Packs of Model No.
mounting flange Width
mm
Depth
mm
as installation kit 600 600 4 pc(s). 8612.060
for L-shaped mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 600 800 4 pc(s). 8612.080
in TS 482.6 mm (19˝)
600 1000 4 pc(s). 8612.000
600 1200 4 pc(s). 8612.020
Installation in enclosure width 600 mm
The installation kit consists of 4 TS punched sec-
tions with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm to accom- Material:
modate mounting angles. One pack is sufficient for – Sheet steel
installing one or two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting lev-
els. For exceptionally heavy installed equipment, we Surface finish:
recommend the installation of additional punched – Zinc-plated
sections in the centre. Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Mounting angles
Additional fastening attach- Packs of Model No.

ment for mounting angles 2 pc(s). 7284.135
for 800 mm wide network enclosures
The additional fastening attachment counteracts Also required:
bending of the mounting angles mounted on instal-
lation brackets in case of unevenly distributed loads. – TS punched section with mounting flange,
It is attached directly to 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting for the inner mounting level, see page 606 – 607
angles and to the punched section with mounting
flange fitted in the depth (inner mounting level).
Material:
– Sheet steel
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Mounting angles, U Packs of Model No.

482.6 mm (19˝) 6 2 pc(s). 7507.706
for FlatBox 9 2 pc(s). 7507.709
L-shaped bracket as 2nd mounting level. 12 2 pc(s). 7507.712
Material: 15 2 pc(s). 7507.715
– Sheet steel 18 2 pc(s). 7507.718
21 2 pc(s). 7507.721
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts for fast, tool-free assembly
Note:
– The 2nd attachment level should always be
ordered in the same height as the basic enclosure
– Partial configuration is not possible
Adhesive measurement strip, U labelling range Packs of Model No.
482.6 mm (19˝) 1 – 56 1 pc(s). 7950.100

Made from robust aluminium foil, guarantees easy
handling and durability. With numerical labelling on a
482.6 mm (19˝) pitch pattern for clear identification
of the various height units. The double-sided label-
ling allows the counting direction to be freely
selected, up to a maximum of 56 U. In this way,
clear documentation of the various mounting parts
is easily achieved.
Material:
– Aluminium foil

Slide rails
Slide rails, static installation U Length mm Packs of Model No.

for TS IT 2 150 2 pc(s). 5501.400
For mounting between 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
angles.
◾ System punchings for mounting accessories and
cooling active components
Load capacity:
– 30 kg, static
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Slide rails, static installation Distance between

Packs
U 482.6 mm (19˝) levels Model No.
for TS IT of
mm
For mounting between a front and a rear pair of
1 345 2 pc(s). 5501.410
mounting angles.
1 445 2 pc(s). 5501.420
◾ To support heavy installed equipment
1 545 2 pc(s). 5501.430
◾ Side system punchings for mounting accesso-
ries and cooling components that expel to the 1 645 2 pc(s). 5501.440
side 1 745 2 pc(s). 5501.450
◾ Simply locate into the system punchings of the
TS IT
Load capacity:
– 80 kg, static
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Note:
– Effective contact surface 35 mm per side
Depth-variable slide rails Distance between Load

Packs
482.6 mm (19˝) levels capacity Model No.
482.6 mm (19˝) of
mm kg
for TS IT
400 – 600 80 2 pc(s). 5501.460
For mounting between a front and a rear pair of
mounting angles. Thanks to side attachment on the 600 – 900 150 2 pc(s). 5501.480
front section, all three mounting holes in the EIA
system punchings remain available for screw-fasten-
ing the equipment. Material:
– Sheet steel
◾ To support heavy installed equipment
Surface finish:
◾ To adapt to individual distances between levels
◾ Tool-free, time-saving one-man assembly from – Zinc-plated
the enclosure front Supply includes:
◾ All three mounting holes in the EIA system – Assembly parts
punchings are available for screw-fastening the
Note:
equipment
– Effective contact surface 25 mm per side
◾ Alternatively, direct attachment to the 482.6 mm
(19˝) system punchings is also possible

Slide rails
Depth-variable slide rails, Distance between

482.6 mm (19˝) Support area
1U levels mm
Packs of Model No.
for server and network enclosures mm
with two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels, 390 – 550 30 2 pc(s). 7063.750
without additional loss of U 550 – 750 30 2 pc(s). 7063.752
For direct attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) system
punchings of the mounting angles.
The slide rails are pulled out to the required length Note:
and secured between the front and rear pairs – Thanks to the thin support area of only around
of mounting angles on the 482.6 mm (19˝) pitch 0.8 mm thickness, exceeding the U pitch pattern
pattern. is generally avoided, provided the components do
not exceed a maximum height of 43.5 mm. This
Load capacity:
means that several devices are easily arranged on
– 20 kg static load
top of one another without offsetting.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Slide rails For

for TS adaptor section mm
With two-sided mounting between the
500 10 pc(s). 8613.150
482.6 mm (19˝) front and rear adaptor sections,
482.6 mm (19˝) or adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝). 600 10 pc(s). 8613.160
800 10 pc(s). 8613.180
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Supply includes: – Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 683,
– Assembly parts or
– Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 684
Slide rails Length

Packs of Model No.
mm
for TS adaptor section
With one-sided mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) 270 10 pc(s). 4531.000
adaptor sections.
Material:
Surface finish: – Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 683
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Server telescopic slides For Maximum

enclosure depth extension Model No.
Facilitate optimum accessibility to the units, even mm mm
when built-in.
600 511.2 3659.180
For up to a maximum enclosure width of 426 mm.
800 596.4 3659.190
Load capacity:
– 30 kg
Note:
Material:
– Sheet steel – May only be fitted in conjunction with L-shaped
482.6 mm (19˝) sections
Supply includes:
– 1 set =
2 telescopic slides
Installation kit
Assembly parts
Mounting kit, 2 U Packs of Model No.

for 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment 2 pc(s). 7246.420
Facilitates fast, simple integration of additional 2 U
mounting space within an enclosure by attaching to
the enclosure frame or to the existing mounting
angles at the sides. The flexible slot fastening of the
brackets means that the distance between the two
installation brackets may be freely selected, so that
other 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment dimensions may
be implemented. The second row of holes is used
for the optional configuration of additional mounting
surfaces.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Adaptor kit, 3 U Height Mounting position Packs of Model No.

for 800 mm wide TS enclosures 3U Centre 2 pc(s). 7246.100
For fastening individual 482.6 mm (19˝) compo-
nents, or as an additional mounting facility at the
rear of the enclosure. The mounting level in the
adaptor angle can be adjusted in 25 mm incre-
ments by up to 100 mm in the depth, leaving suffi-
cient space for baying where patch panels or splic-
ing boxes are used. Attachment is on the inner
mounting level of the frame section or a suitable
chassis in the enclosure depth.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Adaptor, 3 U Packs of Model No.

Depth offset 100 mm 2 pc(s). 7246.400
This adaptor is used to recess 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting of equipment inside enclosures with
482.6 mm (19˝) installation in the foremost position,
such as server or electronic enclosures. In this way,
sufficient space can be gained in front of the mount-
ing equipment to integrate patch panels or switches,
whilst at the same time exploiting the maximum
enclosure depth.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Adaptor, metric to 21˝/19˝ SU U Packs of Model No.

With this adaptor, 482.6 mm (19˝) assemblies may 2 1 2 pc(s). 7246.010
be fastened to metric (535 mm) mounting angles, or 6 3 2 pc(s). 7246.030
combined systems may be configured. 11 6 2 pc(s). 7246.060
Material:
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Drawer, 2 U, 3 U Material:
– Sheet steel
for a 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level
For front attachment to mounting angles, 482.6 mm Supply includes:
(19˝). With cover and telescopic slides to accommo- – Fully assembled, including assembly parts
date assignment lists, operating manuals and small
parts. The small version of the 2 U variant is also
suitable for mounting inside a swing frame.
Clearance openings Installation Colour

Packs
Height Width Depth depth Model No.
RAL 7035 RAL 9005 of
mm mm mm
2U 411 419 427 ◾ – 1 pc(s). 7282.035
2U 411 419 427 – ◾ 1 pc(s). 5502.305
3U 411 419 427 ◾ – 1 pc(s). 7283.035
3U 411 419 427 – ◾ 1 pc(s). 5502.325
Installation kit For enclosure system TS
for component shelves with 482.6 mm (19˝) For enclosure depth

Packs of Model No.
mm
adaptor sections in TS
For installation between the front and rear adaptor 600 1 set(s) 8800.560
sections or adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) in 800 1 set(s) 8800.580
600 mm wide enclosures. Max. depth of component shelves =
Material: Enclosure depth -100 mm
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Supply includes: – Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 683,
– Assembly parts or
– Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 684

Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of Model No.

For installation in electronic enclosures or housings. 1 3 pc(s). 1931.200
2 3 pc(s). 1932.200
Material:
– Aluminium 3 3 pc(s). 1933.200
4 3 pc(s). 1934.200
Surface finish:
– Natural anodised 6 3 pc(s). 1936.200
7 3 pc(s). 1935.200
9 3 pc(s). 1939.200
12 3 pc(s). 1937.200
Hinge Packs of Model No.

for blanking plates 2 pc(s). 1950.000
Material:
– Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Ventilated front panels Width U Packs of Model No.

For venting enclosures and housings. 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 3 pc(s). 2231.000
482.6 mm (19˝) 2 3 pc(s). 2232.000
Material:
– Aluminium 482.6 mm (19˝) 3 3 pc(s). 2233.000
Surface finish:
– Natural anodised
Air baffle plate Width x height

Packs of Model No.
mm
for TS IT
◾ To separate the hot/cold zones within an enclo- 600 x 2000 1 set(s) 5501.805
sure with aisle containment or when using an 800 x 2000 1 set(s) 5501.815
LCP system 600 x 2200 1 set(s) 5501.825
◾ With all-round brush strip for collision-free shield- 800 x 2200 1 set(s) 5501.835
ing with installed bar systems on the outer
mounting level
◾ For width 800 mm, 6 x 1 U blanking panel addi-
tionally included
Material:
– Sheet steel, plastic UL 94-V0
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Colour:
– RAL 9005
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Cover, magnetic Length

Packs of Model No.
m
For optionally covering the front system punchings
in the event of complete air blocking of the front, or 5 1 pc(s). 5501.895
in the absence of installed cable fingers or dynamic
rack control strip.
Brush strip, vertical For enclosure height

Packs of Model No.
mm
for TS IT
Within the network distributor, this serves as a flexi- 2000 1 set(s) 7827.544
ble infill panel which stylishly conceals the cable
management area to the side of the 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting level. The brush strip facilitates conveni-
ent cable routing from the side and rear distributor
area to the front connection level. The clearance
required in front of the mounting level is at least
75 mm.
Within the TS, the brush strip is mounted at the side
on the vertical frame section, on horizontal or verti-
cal punched sections. There is an additional mount-
ing option directly on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
level of the TS.
Material:
– Aluminium section with brush strip:
Plastic, UL 94-V0
Supply includes:
– 1 set = 4 brush strips,
Length 950 mm each
Mounting panel 482.6 mm (19˝), Panel height Panel width

Packs of Model No.
U mm
2U 2 450 1 pc(s). 7151.300
For fast integration of smaller mounting units within
the 482.6 mm (19˝) level, such as potential equalisa-
tion rails, distributor boxes, small electrical compo-
nents etc.
Simple screw-fastening of the components to the
integral 25 mm system punchings.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Support W x H x D mm Packs of Model No.

for small appliances 350 x 150 x 97 1 pc(s). 7246.500
For secure attachment of small, non-482.6 mm
(19˝)-conforming equipment such as modems,
power packs, routers etc. Angle-shaped support for
mounting in the empty space at the side between Accessories:
the 482.6 mm (19˝) level and the side panel on – Nylon loop, see page 667
L-mounting angles, mounting frames or chassis. – Cable ties, see page 667
Attachment of the components and connection
cables can be achieved quickly and easily using
nylon loop tape or cable ties. Also suitable for cable
routing in the enclosure depth.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Captive nuts M5/M6 Captive nut M5
For the attachment of rack-mounted electronic For metal

equipment, 482.6 mm (19˝) installed equipment and Version thicknesses Packs of Model No.
mm
blanking plates to mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝).
For use with metal thicknesses from 0.8 – 2.0 mm. With contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 pc(s). 2094.500
In areas of narrow tolerance, the captive nuts for Without contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 pc(s). 2092.500
metal thicknesses of 1.2 – 1.5 mm should be used.
Optionally with or without contact of the installed
Captive nut M6
equipment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section/enclosure.
For metal
Version thicknesses Packs of Model No.
mm
With contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 pc(s). 2094.200
Without contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 pc(s). 2092.200
With contact 1.2 – 1.5 50 pc(s). 2094.300
Without contact 1.2 – 1.5 50 pc(s). 2092.300
Multi-tooth screws Bit size Packs of Model No.

M5 x 16 mm/M6 x 16 mm M5 Multi-tooth 25 50 pc(s). 7094.130
For optimum transmission of torques, an extended M6 Multi-tooth 30 50 pc(s). 7094.140
tool life and increased safety and reliability when
tightening and loosening screw connections.
Supply includes:
– Plastic washers

Assembly screws Version Packs of Model No.

M5 x 16 mm/M6 x 16 mm Phillips-head screw M5 50 pc(s). 7094.120
For electronic equipment, 482.6 mm (19˝) installed Cheese-head screw M6 50 pc(s). 7094.110
components and blanking plates. Phillips-head screw M6 50 pc(s). 7094.100
Supply includes:
– Plastic washers
Front-mounting cage nut, Size

Mounting hole
size Packs of Model No.
482.6 mm (19˝) mm
mm
The front-mounting cage nut consists of an expand- M6 x 16 9.5 x 9.5 50 pc(s). 2094.400
ing cage which is simply inserted into the square
attachment hole at the front and then secured with
the assembly screw.
When tightening the screw, the cage expands and
thus secures the required components.
Clamping range from 1.2 – 4.5 mm.
Multi-tooth screw head, bit size T 30.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– 50 expanding nuts
– Assembly screws
– Plastic washers
Spring nuts with screws Version Packs of Model No.

M6 x 10 mm for T-slot mounting angle Phillips-head, M6 50 pc(s). 7000.990
The spring nuts ensure flexible, secure mounting of
accessory components on T-slot mounting angles.
Supply includes:
– 50 spring nuts
– 50 screws, 10 mm, self-locking

Patch panels
Blanking panel, 482.6 mm (19˝) Colour: RAL 7035
As an extension cover or for population as required. Installation height

mm
Material: 1 44 2 pc(s). 7151.035
– Sheet steel
1.5 66 2 pc(s). 7157.035
2 88 2 pc(s). 7152.035
3 132.5 2 pc(s). 7153.035
6 266 2 pc(s). 7156.035
Colour: RAL 9005

Installation height
mm
1 44 2 pc(s). 7151.005
2 88 2 pc(s). 7152.005
3 132.5 2 pc(s). 7153.005
6 266 2 pc(s). 7156.005
Blanking panel, 1 U Colour Packs of Model No.

Tool-free attachment, 482.6 mm (19˝) RAL 7035 10 pc(s). 7151.110
The blanking panel is used to seal unused areas RAL 9005 10 pc(s). 7151.105
within the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level. Quick
tool-free attachment means that it is easily inte-
grated anywhere, and can also be removed again
if necessary. The consistent use of blanking panels
ensures targeted air routing in partially populated
racks.
Material:
– Plastic, ABS
Fire protection:
– Self-extinguishing to UL 94-V0, non-halogen-free

Splicing boxes
Fibre-optic splicing box, U

Maximum no. of
Packs of Model No.
splicing cassettes
depth-variable 1 2 1 pc(s). 7241.005
The 482.6 mm (19˝) splicing box is designed to
accommodate splicing cassettes and can be
installed in any network distributor with 482.6 mm Installation depth:
(19˝) accommodation and used as a fibre-optic ter- – 302 mm
mination or distributor. The variable cassette fixture
permits twist-proof installation of all standard splic- Material:
ing cassettes. The rear section of the splicing box is – Sheet steel
completely open for cable entry; a rubber cable Colour:
clamp strip provides protection against dust. The – RAL 7035
fibre-optic cables can be secured with cable ties or
cable clamps. Supply includes:
The splicing box is infinitely depth-adjustable up to – Splicing box
100 mm within the 482.6 mm (19˝) flanges. In addi- – Cable routing clips
tion, the splicing box may be fully withdrawn from – Cassette cover
the 482.6 mm (19˝) flanges. Two strain relief clips – Mounting accessories for patch panel
and cable routing clips for the fibre stock provide a Note:
solution to suit any fibre-optic wiring system. – Supplied without patch panel and splicing
cassettes
Fibre-optic breakout box, 1 U Installation depth Packs of Model No.

For splice-free cabling of fibre-optic breakout 250 mm 1 pc(s). 7241.500
cables.
Cable bundles may be clamped onto the T-heads
at the rear. 4 self-adhesive cable clips are supplied
loose for cable clamping and for storing excess
lengths inside the box.
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Breakout box
– Cable routing clips
– Mounting accessories for patch panel
Patch panels For Number of

U
Packs
Model No.
Coupling locations of
for
◾ Fibre-optic splicing box, depth-variable ST 24 2 1 pc(s). 7242.015
◾ Fibre-optic breakout box, 1 U E-2000,
With cut-outs for population with fibre-optic E-2000 duplex1),
24 1 1 pc(s). 7241.024
couplings. SC or
LC duplex
Material: SC duplex,
– Sheet steel 12 1 1 pc(s). 7241.045
LC quad
1) For E-2000 duplex only half of the locations are available
Colour:
– RAL 7035

Splicing boxes
Fibre-optic splicing box U

Maximum no. of
Packs of Model No.
splicing cassettes
with telescopic pull-out 1 2 1 pc(s). 7170.535
Lockable
2 4 1 pc(s). 7470.535
The 482.6 mm (19˝) splicing box is designed to
accommodate splicing cassettes and can be
installed in any network distributor with 482.6 mm Installation depth:
(19˝) accommodation and used as a fibre-optic ter- – 363 mm
mination or distributor. The telescopic pull-out pro-
vides optimum access to the splicing cassettes and Material:
cable clamp. The variable cassette fixture permits – Sheet steel
twist-proof installation of all standard splicing cas- Colour:
settes. The security lock fitted at the front protects – RAL 7035
against unauthorised access. The rear section of the
splicing box is completely open for cable entry; a Supply includes:
rubber cable clamp strip provides protection against – Splicing box
dust. The fibre-optic cables can be secured with – Cable routing clips
cable ties or cable clamps; two strain relief clips and – Security lock
cable routing clips for the fibre stock provide a solu- – Cassette cover
tion to suit any fibre-optic wiring system. – Mounting accessories for patch panel
Note:
– Supplied without patch panel and splicing
cassettes
Patch panels Material:

– Sheet steel
for fibre-optic splicing box, lockable
For splicing boxes, there is a choice of multiple Colour:
panels with different cut-outs for the installation of – RAL 7035
single or duplex fibre-optic couplings.
For coupling No. of locations U Packs of Model No.

ST 24 2 1 pc(s). 7474.535
E-2000, SC, LC 20 1 1 pc(s). 7178.535
Single or duplex 24 2 1 pc(s). 7478.535
12 1 1 pc(s). 7169.535
SC duplex, LC quad
24 2 1 pc(s). 7469.535
Patch panels For

Locations Locations
Packs
per patch per Model No.
for small fibre-optic distributors coupling of
panel enclosure
Various patch panels with different connector types
ST 12 24 2 pc(s). 7462.000
are available for individual configuration of small
fibre-optic distributors. SC-,
E-2000, 12/6 24/12 2 pc(s). 7463.100
Material: E-2000 duplex
– Sheet steel SC duplex 6 12 2 pc(s). 7463.200
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Patch panel including assembly parts,
without couplings

LSA connection system
Support unit, 3 U U Packs of Model No.

for LSA-Plus strips, max. 150 paired wires 3 1 pc(s). 7050.100
To accommodate a maximum of 15 LSA-Plus strips
(each with 10 paired wires). 3 x 5 LSA-Plus connec-
tion strips 2/10, series 2, may be installed horizon-
tally. Strip length 124 mm, height pitch pattern
22.5 mm. The support unit may be integrated into
all 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. The mounting
level is recessed 75 mm behind the 482.6 mm (19˝)
flanges. Integral shunting rings enable tidy routing
and distribution of the telecommunication cables.
Material:
– Stainless steel
Supply includes:
– Support unit, 8 shunting rings
Accommodation system, 2 U U Packs of Model No.

for LSA installation kit 2 2 pc(s). 7050.035
To accommodate LSA support systems within the
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level.
Size:
– Overall depth: 98.5 mm
– Height: 2 U
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035

Handles
Handle set For horizontal mounting
for Comfort Panel With

Packs of Model No.
front panel width
For external mounting on corner pieces,
also suitable for retro-fitting. 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 set(s) 6375.010
Material:
– Handle tube: Aluminium Note:
– Handle holder: Die-cast zinc – Shorter heights and widths can be achieved by
– Covers: Polyamide cutting the handle tube to length
– For enclosures with 74 mm installation depth,
Surface finish:
cannot be mounted on the same side as the sup-
– Handle tube: Natural anodised
port arm connection
– Handle holder: Powder-coated
Colour:
Accessories:
– Handle holder: RAL 7024
– Covers: Similar to RAL 7024 – Clipboard, see page 703
– Display board, see page 703
Supply includes:
– Handle tube, Ø 20 mm
– 2 handle holders
– 2 covers
– Assembly parts
Handle set For horizontal mounting
for Optipanel With

Packs of Model No.
front panel width
For external mounting on corner pieces,
also suitable for retro-fitting. 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 set(s) 6385.010
Material:
– Handle tube: Aluminium Note:
– Handle holder: Die-cast zinc – Shorter heights and widths can be achieved by
– Covers: Polyamide cutting the handle tube to length
– For enclosures with 100 mm installation depth,
Surface finish:
cannot be mounted on the same side as the
support arm connection
– Handle holder: Powder-coated
Colour:
Accessories:
– Handle holder: RAL 7035
– Covers: RAL 7024 – Clipboard, see page 703
– Display board, see page 703
Supply includes:
– Handle tube, Ø 25 mm
– 2 covers
– Assembly parts

Handles
Handle set Packs of Model No.

For vertical and horizontal mounting on all surfaces. 1 set(s) 2389.000
Overall length: 420 mm

Material:
– Handle tube: Aluminium Accessories:
– Tube holder: Die-cast zinc – Clipboard, see page 703
Surface finish: – Display board, see page 703
Colour:
– Tube holder: RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– 4 tube holders
– 2 handle tubes
TP aluminium strip Length

Model No.
mm
For retrofitting externally on:
◾ TP three-part/two-part 1750 6731.120
◾ TP one-piece console
◾ May be mounted on all enclosures/covers with
Material:
20 mm fold height (max. metal thickness 2 mm)
– Aluminium strip: Extruded aluminium section
Length: 1750 mm – Cover caps: Plastic
(Easily cut to length for other dimensions) Surface finish:
Sufficient for desk units and consoles: – Aluminium strip: Natural anodised
– 3 x width 600 mm
Colour:
– 2 x width 800 mm
– Cover caps: RAL 7035
– 1 x width 1000 mm + 1 x width 600 mm
– 1 x width 1200 mm Supply includes:
– 1 x width 1600 mm – 1 aluminium section
– 6 plastic cover caps
– Assembly parts

Handles
Handles Material:
– Handle holder: Die-cast zinc
For horizontal or vertical attachment to the enclo- – Cover bungs: Plastic
sure panel of: – Handle tube: Aluminium
◾ Comfort Panel
◾ Optipanel Surface finish:
◾ Other enclosures or – Handle tube: Powder-coated
◾ Surfaces Colour:
Mounting holes and surfaces without fins are – Handle holder: RAL 7035
required for assembly purposes. – Cover bungs: Similar to RAL 7035
For the Comfort Panel version with fins, selectable – Handle tube: Similar to RAL 9006
via configurators at www.rittal.com, corresponding
milling work may be carried out. To this end, please
specify “Prepared for handle set 6107.XXX” for the
command panel.
Corner handle Packs of Model No.

1 set(s) 6107.000
Supply includes:
– 2 handle tubes
– Assembly parts
Mounting on enclosure corner Mounting on straight surfaces

(90° rotation of handle holder)
Ø 6.5
131.5
163
153
131.5
(85)
45°
92
Ø 6.5
°
45
217 132
25 163
25
U handle For front panel size Packs of Model No.

Supply includes: ≥7U 1 set(s) 6107.100
– 2 handle holders 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 set(s) 6107.200
– 1 handle tube
– Assembly parts
Accessories:
– For 6107.200: Clipboard, see page 703
– For 6107.200: Display board, see page 703
Ø 25
92
240 (75)
45°
395 (230) 25
458 (293)
Ø 6.5
Note:
– Dimensions in brackets for front size 7 U

External mounting accessories
Clipboard Width Height

Packs of Model No.
mm mm
For attaching operating instructions or plans
(A4 size) at eye level. 225 315 1 pc(s). 6013.000
Prepared for mounting on the right-hand side;
mounting on the left is also possible by unscrewing
and moving the clip part.
Also required:
For mounting purposes, a straight tube length of
≥ 200 mm, Ø 20 mm or Ø 25 mm is required. – Handle set 2389.000, see page 701
or
Material: – Handle set for Comfort Panel, see page 700
– Clipboard: Sheet steel or
– Clip part: Aluminium – Handle set for Optipanel, see page 700
Surface finish: or
– Clip part: Natural anodised – U handle 6107.200, see page 702
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Display board Packs of Model No.

with wall bracket 1 set(s) 6013.100
To accommodate test plans, documents etc. in
A4 format.
Mounting Accessories:
◾ On surfaces
◾ On a 25 mm pitch pattern of the TS frame or rail – Handle set 2389.000, see page 701
system or
◾ On handle set Ø 20 mm or Ø 25 mm – Handle set for Comfort Panel, see page 700
or
Supply includes: – Handle set for Optipanel, see page 700
– Display boards or
– Wall bracket – U handle 6107.200, see page 702
– Assembly parts
Enclosure surface connector Packs of Model No.

To accommodate keyboard supports 1 set(s) 2383.010
(2383.000, see page 709).
Material:
– Surface connector: Extruded aluminium section
– Side cover: Sheet steel Mounting Mounting
Surface finish: on surfaces underneath surfaces
– Surface connector: Natural anodised
79
Colour: 56
– RAL 7024 8
40
Supply includes:
6° 15
– Assembly parts
73.5
°
83
90
10°
30°
30°
67
45°
45
°

Front assembly
Front panels With mounting hole
for Comfort Panel and Optipanel Width Height

Model No.
mm mm
Material: 482.6 (19˝) 155.0 (3.5 U) 6027.000
– Aluminium, 3 mm
482.6 (19˝) 310.3 (7 U) 6028.000
Surface finish:
– Natural anodised
With threaded bolts M5
Note:
Width Height
– Mounting kits included with the supply of 520 mm mm mm
Model No.
wide standard enclosures.
482.6 (19˝) 155.0 (3.5 U) 6027.010
482.6 (19˝) 310.3 (7 U) 6028.010
520 400 6028.014
520 500 6028.015
520 600 6028.016
Also required:
– Mounting kit for Comfort Panel 6053.800,
see page 705
– Mounting kit for Optipanel 6053.000/.500,
see page 705
Front panels Size

To fit
WxH Model No.
for Compact Panel Compact Panel
mm
Material: 178 x 200 6340.000 6028.500
– Aluminium, 3 mm 178 x 350 6340.100 6028.510
Surface finish: 252 x 200 6340.300 6028.530
– Natural anodised 252 x 350 6340.400 6028.540
Cover plate Support arm

Surface finish Model No.
connection
for support arm connection
For secure sealing of an unrequired support arm Spray-finished
▭ 90 x 71 mm 6505.200
RAL 7024
connection in the enclosure.
Zinc-plated,
Material: Ø 130 mm 6505.500
passivated
– Sheet steel Zinc-plated,
▭ 120 x 65 mm 6505.100
Supply includes: passivated
Note:
If with
– Comfort Panel
– Optipanel
– Compact Panel
command panels, there are already 2 support arm
cut-outs provided, a cover plate is included with the
supply of the enclosure

Front assembly
Mounting kit
for Optipanel
For installation of
◾ Aluminium front panels
◾ Command panels
◾ Keyboards
for drilled holes For

Thread Model No.
front panels
Supply includes: Others M4 6058.000
– Packs of 30 retaining claws, captive nuts, screws
and sealing washers Rittal
and M5 6053.000
others
for threaded bolts For

Thread Model No.
front panels
Supply includes: Others M4 6058.500
– Packs of 10 retaining claws and cap screws
Rittal
and M5 6053.5001)
others
1) For the installation of TFT monitors 15˝, 17˝ and 19˝
for screw clamp For direct installation of Model No.

Siemens Sinumerik:
Supply includes: OP 010, OP 010C, OP 012, OP 015,
– Packs of 4 pressure plates, 4 attachment strips OP 019, MCP 483, PP 012, Qwerty 19˝,
Note: KB 483C, TP 015A
– The command panels Siemens Simatic:
MP 377 12˝ Touch, MP 377 15˝ Touch Panel PC 477C, 577C, 677C:
12.1˝ Touch, 15.1˝ Touch,
are installed using an adaptor plate 12.1˝ Key, 15.1˝ Key, 19˝ Touch1),
22˝ Touch1), Flat Panel1) 12˝, 15˝, 19˝ 6053.210
Industrial Flat Panel:
IFP 1200 Touch, IFP 1500 Touch,
IFP 1200 Key, IFP 1500 Key,
IFP 1900 Touch, IFP 2200 Touch
Industrial Thin Client:
ITC 1200, ITC 1500, ITC 1900,
ITC 2200
The mounting set can only be installed vertically
1) 2 packs are required
Mounting kit For drilled holes/bolts/front panel mounting

from the rear
for Comfort Panel
Thread Model No.
For the installation of aluminium front panels,
command panels and keyboards. M4 6058.800
M5 6053.800
Supply includes:
– 6058.800, 6053.800:
20 each of retaining claws, captive nuts, screws, For screw clamp 1
nuts and sealing washers
For installation of Model No.
– 6053.300:
8 medium retaining claws, 8 short retaining claws, Siemens Sinumerik:
4 long retaining claws OP 010, OP 010 C, OP 012,
OP 015, OP 015 A, OP 019,
MCP 483 C, MCP 483, PP 012,
6058.800, 6053.800 PP 012 extension, MCP,
KB 483 C, Qwerty 19˝
6053.300
Siemens Simatic:
TP 900 Comfort, KP 900 Comfort,
TP 1200 Comfort, KP 1200 Comfort,
KTP 1000 Basic, KTP 1500 Basic
2
Panel PC 477C, 577C, 677C:
12.1˝ Key, 12.1˝ Touch, 15.1˝ Key, 15.1˝
Touch, 19˝ Touch, 22˝ Touch1) 6053.300
MP 377 12˝ Touch, MP 377 15˝ Touch,
MP 377 19˝ Touch
Industrial Flat Panel:
IFP 1200 Touch, IFP 1500 Touch,
IFP 1200 Key, IFP 1500 Key,
IFP 1900 Touch, IFP 2200 Touch
Industrial Thin Client:
ITC 1200, ITC 1500, ITC 1900,
ITC 2200
B & R:
Automation Panel, Panel PC
1) 2 packs are required

Monitors
TFT monitor Model No.

Installation variant for surfaces and command Width Height Touch
Size
panels. mm mm Resistive,
Without1)
USB
Benefits:
◾ High-quality industrial design 15˝ 430 343 6450.010 6450.070
◾ Reduced installation work thanks to integral front 17˝ 482.6 354.8 6450.020 –
frame 19˝ 482.6 399.3 6450.170 –
◾ No additional ventilation required 1) With anti-reflection coated safety glass screen
◾ Very small installation depth (45 mm)
◾ Resistive touchscreen for operation with a pen,
finger or glove Note:
Material: – Other variants as resistive touchscreen with serial
– Front frame: Aluminium or USB interface are also possible
Surface finish:
– Powder-coated
Also required:
Colour:
– Mounting kit 6053.800
– RAL 7035
(for installation in Comfort Panel), see page 705
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: – Mounting kit 6053.500
– IP 65 (at the front) (for installation in Optipanel), see page 705
– Power pack 6450.050, see page 706 and
Supply includes:
– Connection cable 6450.060, see page 706,
– Seal, hex nuts (for installation in surfaces), VGA
if an operating voltage of only 100 – 240 V AC is
cables, rear threaded bolts M5 (14). Touch vari-
available instead of 12 V (DC).
ants additionally with integral connection cable
and CD-ROM driver Technical details:
Technical specifications 15˝ 17˝ 19˝

Resolution of display (max. pixels) 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024
Resolution of controller/million colours VGA-XGA/16.2 VGA-SXGA/16.7 VGA-SXGA/16.2
Brightness cd/m2 400 350 250
Contrast ratio 700:1 1000:1 500:1
H-Sync. kHz/V-Sync. Hz 31.4 – 80/60 – 75 31.4 – 80/60 – 75 31.5 – 80/60 – 75
Reading angle horizontal (right/left) 80°/80° 85°/85° 88°/88°
Reading angle vertical (top/bottom) 70°/70° 80°/80° 88°/88°
Backlight/operating time h LED/min. 50,000 LED/min. 50,000 Tubes/min. 40,000
On-screen display (OSD) Operating buttons on the rear
VGA input/DVI-D D-SUB HD 15-pole/DVI-D jack
Rated voltage V (DC) 12
Power consumption (W) 15 20 40
0°C…+50°C/ 0°C…+50°C/ 0°C…+50°C/
Operating temperature/storage temperature
-40°C…+85°C -30°C…+85°C -20°C…+60°C
Max. humidity during operation and storage 90% rel. humidity 80% rel. humidity 80% relative
Non-condensing for 240 h for 300 h at 50°C humidity
Power pack Packs of Model No.

for TFT monitor 1 pc(s). 6450.050
◾ With IEC 320 socket
◾ With cable (1.5 m) for connecting to the TFT
monitor Material:
– Enclosure: Plastic
Dimensions, W x H x D: 107 x 30 x 59 mm
– Input voltage: 100 – 240 V
– Output voltage: 12 V (DC)
– Operating temperature: 10°C…40°C
Connection cable Packs of Model No.

for power pack 1 pc(s). 6450.060
With IEC connector at one end.
Length: 1.5 m

Keyboards, supports and drawers
TFT holder Dimensions

Packs of Model No.
mm
Suitable for mounting TFTs using
VESA 75/100 adaptor up to 21˝ on 477 x 372 x 110.5 1 pc(s). 2383.030
◾ Attachment CP 40, 6501.070, see page 139
◾ Attachment CP 60, for support arm connection
Technical details:
▭ 120 x 65 mm, 6206.360, see page 147
◾ Vertical support arm via tilting adaptor
+100°/-60°, 6206.460, see page 147
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Colour:
– RAL 7024
Keyboard, pull-out Keyboard layout Packs of Model No.

with integral trackball German 1 pc(s). 6002.130
Super-slimline keyboard with cursor keys and track-
ball. The handle also serves as a hand rest. The 10°
angled pullout ensures ergonomic working. Material:
– Sheet steel
For installation in:
◾ Any sufficiently large surface (e.g. door, Surface finish:
side panel) – Front panel: Powder-coated
◾ Front panels Colour:
◾ Directly in a Comfort-Panel and Optipanel of a – RAL 7035
suitable size, selectable via configurators at
www.rittal.com Protection category IP to IEC 60 529:
– IP 65 (at the front, sealed)
Keyboard:
– 84 short-stroke keys, IBM-AT compatible (MF2),
including cursor keys
– With integral 16 mm trackball
– Interface: 2 x USB
– Operating temperature: +5°C…+50°C
– Storage temperature: -10°C…+60°C
– Humidity: max. 95 % (non-condensing)
150
ca. 155
16.5
8.5
482.6
10
(71)
(55)
°
88
8.5
16.5
12.5
420
Mounting cut-out
155
465 ± 0.3 Ø
5
8.5 155 M4
71
62
450
5
3
465

Built-in keyboard Keyboard layout Packs of Model No.

482.6 mm (19˝)/4 U German 1 pc(s). 6446.030
with integral touchpad
The integral touchpad eliminates the need to install
an additional, correct protection category mouse is Also required:
no longer required, and cabling is also reduced.
The short stroke keys are easily identified by edge – Mounting kit 6053.800 (when installing in
embossing, less force is required to operate them Comfort Panel), see page 705
and they have good positive key actuation. – Mounting kit 6053.500 (when installing in
Optipanel), see page 705
Benefits:
◾ The separate number pad enables the para-
meters to be entered quickly
◾ Sealed, wipeable surface finish
◾ High level of mechanical and chemical resist-
ance as per DIN 42 115 1
10
7
Ø
– Number of keys: 105
10
– Front panel dimensions: 482.6 x 177.0 mm
101.6
145
177
(19˝ x 4 U)
– Installation depth: 23 mm
– 12 M5 x 20 threaded bolts at the rear
– Actuation travel/force: 0.3 mm/2.6 N
– Service life: 3 million switching cycles 165
– Operating temperature: -40°C…+90°C 420
– Touchpad resolution, capacitive: 40 pixels/mm 451
– Interfaces: USB 482.6
Material:
– Front panel: Aluminium Support surface
– IP 65 (at the front)
Supply includes:
– USB connection cable, length 1.8 m
– Seal
– Assembly parts for surfaces
Fold-out tray Accessories:

for keyboard and mouse
For installation in – Mousepad support, pull-out, see page 709
◾ 600 and 800 mm wide doors
◾ 482.6 mm (19˝) swing frames and enclosures
Mounting cut-out
Standard double-bit lock insert which may be
exchanged for lock inserts 27 mm, type A, 482.6 (682.6)
see page 570 and for lock cylinder 2571.000, 454 (654)
see page 571 32 195 (295) 195 (295)
Material:
– Flap: Sheet steel
– Side parts: Cast aluminium
355 (8 U)
– Tray: Extruded aluminium section

305
324
Surface finish:
– Cover, side parts: Textured paint
– Tray: Natural anodised
Ø
5.
Colour: 5
(6
– Cover, side parts: RAL 7035 1 x)
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: Support surface

– IP 55
For door width External dimensions W x H x D Installation depth Max. keyboard size W x H x D
Model No.
mm mm mm mm
405 x 50 x 250
600 482.6 (19˝) x 355 (8 U) x 126 93 2379.600
405 x 50 x 1951)
605 x 50 x 250
800 682.6 x 355 (8 U) x 126 93 605 x 50 x 1951) 2379.800
4751) x 50 x 250
1) Maximum keyboard size with holder for mouse

Mousepad support, pull-out Packs of Model No.

with mouse holder 1 set(s) 2379.900
For screw-fastening into the fold-out tray 2379.600/
2379.800, see page 708.
To fit all standard mousepads up to 250 x 205 mm.
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts
Support Packs of Model No.

for keyboards 1 set(s) 2383.000
for max. 473 x 210 mm.
Prepared for
◾ Cable gland
◾ Mousepad support, vertically hinged 2383.020 Also required:
Material: – For external mounting on surfaces using enclo-
– Side parts: Sheet steel sure surface connectors, see page 703
– Front and rear: Extruded aluminium section
– Side parts: Textured paint
– Front and rear: Natural anodised – Mousepad support, vertically hinged,
see page 713
Colour:
– Side parts: RAL 7024
Supply includes:
– 2 clamping screws, end stoppers, cover plate,
cable entry grommet and nylon loop tape
Utility bars, vertically hinged Packs of Model No.

To support standard keyboards during program- 1 set(s) 6514.200
ming and servicing work.
Mounting distance of utility bars for problem-free
insertion at least 300 mm. Material:
Depth adequate for keyboards up to max. 210 mm. – Sheet steel
For mounting beneath Surface finish:

◾ Comfort Panel 1) – Zinc-plated
◾ Optipanel 2) Supply includes:
◾ any sufficiently large surface, such as: – Assembly parts
– Worktops IW
– Operating housing with handle strips
on
◾ vertical services (doors/side panels)
Min. front panel width
1) 385 mm
2) 405 mm
After use, the utility bars fit securely and neatly

under the mounting surface, thus giving the opera-
tor more space to move around.

Drawer 482.6 mm (19˝)/2 U Width

U
Depth
Model No.
mm mm
for keyboard and mouse
482.6 (19˝) 2 150 6002.000
◾ Any sufficiently large surface (e.g. door,
side panel) Material:
◾ 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings – Drawer housing: Sheet steel
◾ Front panels – Drawer and front panel: Aluminium
◾ Directly in a Comfort Panel and Optipanel of a Surface finish:
suitable size, selectable via configurators at
– Drawer housing: Zinc-plated
www.rittal.com – Drawer and front panel: Natural anodised
Suitable for Supply includes:
◾ Accommodation of keyboards up to max.
– Assembly parts for installation in Comfort Panel/
390 x 32 x 139 mm
Optipanel command panel
◾ Support of standard commercially available
mouse or trackball
Design:
– Drawer: With stay
– Front panel: With security lock (lock no. 12321)
and handle strip
482.6
465 2
284 106 148.5 139
31
46
71.4
75
60
88
4.5
441
Mounting cut-out
390
(for installation in surfaces)
79
Ø 4.5/M4
71.4
77
139
90
450
465

Drawer for keyboard and Width

U
Depth
Model No.
mm mm
mouse 482.6 (19˝) 3.5 261 6003.000
with mousepad support
◾ Any sufficiently large surface (e.g. door, Material:
side panel) – Drawer and enclosure: Sheet steel
◾ Front panels – Front panel: Aluminium
Suitable for accommodating Surface finish:

◾ Keyboards up to a maximum of – Drawer and enclosure: Textured paint
460 x 42 x 170 mm – Front panel: Natural anodised
◾ Standard mouse and mousepad Supply includes:
Design: – Assembly parts
– Drawer and housing: With side pull-out mouse-
pad support and tray
– Front panel: With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, Accessories:
folds out as handrest – Standard double-bit lock insert may be
exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, type A,
see page 570
472
270
260
Mounting cut-out
for installation in surfaces
260 80
467 Ø 5.5/M5
206
475
141
133
482.6 (19˝) Front trim panel
Keyboard drawer, 1 U Distance between levels mm Model No.

for 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level 460 – 800 7281.200
This space-saving keyboard drawer is screw-
fastened to the front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting angles. The installation spacing is
infinitely adjustable from 460 – 800 mm.
It is fully extendible, lockable, with strain relief and
hinged cable support.
The drawer is suitable for accommodating
482.6 mm (19˝) keyboards.
Interior dimensions:
– W x H x D approx. 420 x 40 x 220 mm
Material:
– Sheet steel
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts, excluding keyboard
Note:
– Monitor/keyboard unit, 1 U, see page 461

Keyboard drawer, 2 U Height Packs of Model No.

for 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level 2U 1 pc(s). 7281.035
For keyboards up to 430 mm wide and 250 mm Installation depth: 390 mm
deep with the front panel folded over.
Material:
– Sheet steel with aluminium front
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Colour:
– RAL 7035
Supply includes:
– Lockable drawer with handles
– Folding front
– Pull-out mousepad
– Mouse support
– Practical cable entry
– and strain relief
Mousepad support Weight

Packs of Model No.
kg
for command panels and surfaces
The angle of the mousepad support is individually 1.0 1 pc(s). 2381.000
adjustable.
Two holes are needed on the enclosure for attach-
ment purposes.
Accessories:
Material: – Mouse holder, see page 713
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
– Assembly parts

Mousepad support, Packs of Model No.

vertically hinged 1 pc(s). 2383.020
For mounting on the left/right, beneath the key-
board support. Latches home automatically, both
when retracted and extended. With mounting holes Accessories:
for mouse holder 2382.000.
With cut-outs for cable routing and holes for attach- – Mouse holder, see page 713
ment via cable ties, for fast assembly 2597.000. – Cable ties, see page 667
Material:
– Sheet steel
23
Surface finish:
44
– Zinc-plated
Supply includes: 312
– Assembly parts and mousepad, stuck on with
adhesive
20
211
30
Mouse holder Weight

Packs of Model No.
kg
To fit mousepad support and for secure accommo-
dation of a standard mouse. 0.3 1 pc(s). 2382.000
Material:
– Sheet steel
Also required:
Surface finish:
– Zinc-plated – Mousepad support, see page 712
or
Supply includes: – Mousepad support, vertically hinged,
– Assembly parts see page 713
Paper removal flap Paper removal flap

Colour
Packs of Model No.
RAL
For installation in surfaces
Facilitates easy removal of pages from the printer DIN A4 7015 1 pc(s). 6903.200
without opening the enclosure door.
Acrylic glazed flap with magnetic lock.

Interfaces
Base Width x height x depth

Packs of Model No.
mm
for tubular door frame
The space-saving alternative instead of component 445 x 159 x 230 1 pc(s). 6902.950
shelves to accommodate tower PCs (maximum
20 kg).
For screw-fastening to the tubular door frame of
Also required:
600 mm wide enclosures based on TS.
– TS support strips for direct screw-fastening to the
Load capacity: tubular door frame, see page 609
– 20 kg
Material:
– Sheet steel
Surface finish:
– Spray-finished
Colour:
– RAL 7015
Supply includes:
– Retaining strap and assembly parts
Interface extension with wall Surface finish:

– Enclosure: Nickel-plated
connection and built-in – Cover: Natural anodised
RJ 45 module Protection category IP to IEC 60 529:
For extending the internal enclosure interfaces – e.g. – IP 66/67 (with protective cap closed)
in industrial PCs and switches – up to the outside of
the enclosure. The wall connection only needs the
same space as a switch. Anti-twist guard
Benefits:
◾ Rapid access for maintenance work none with
◾ The protection category of the enclosure is pre- (USB/RJ 45) (USB only)
served
◾ The lock nut cuts automatically into the spray-
20.8
finish or eloxal layer, thereby creating a conduc-

tive connection Ø 22.3 Ø 22.3
◾ Captive protective cap
Material:
– Enclosure: Brass Material thickness: 1 – 6 mm
– Cover: Aluminium
– Seal: Polyamide
Length
Version Wall connection Inside Packs of Model No.
m
0.5 1 pc(s). 2482.210
USB Type A jack Type A connector 1.0 1 pc(s). 2482.220
2.0 1 pc(s). 2482.230
0.5 1 pc(s). 2482.700
RJ 45 Jack Connector 1.0 1 pc(s). 2482.710
2.0 1 pc(s). 2482.720
RJ 45 Jack Jack – 1 pc(s). 2482.730

Interfaces
Interface flaps, modular The mounting frame has a flap which snaps into
position in various stages at opening angles of 90°
For universal use in all situations where rapid access to 180°. A snap fastener ensures a reliable seal.
to interfaces and sockets is needed. The affected This may be locked if required.
enclosure remains closed and is therefore pro-
tected from ambient influences and unauthorised Material:
access. – Mounting frame and metal flap: Fine die-cast zinc
Space-saving installation e.g. – Plastic flap: Polycarbonate (semi-transparent)
◾ in small enclosures and compact enclo- – Lock: Polycarbonate, RAL 7024
sures as a programming interface for controllers Surface finish:
◾ in IT and industrial distributors as mainte- – Mounting frame and metal flap: Matt nickel-plated
nance access for networks
◾ in PC enclosures and console systems for Colour:
the temporary connection of additional equip- – Lock: RAL 7024
ment Protection category IP to IEC 60 529:
◾ in mobile Industrial Workstations for rapid – IP 65 (with sealed flap and proper assembly)
connection to existing network structures
◾ in command panel systems for programming
and maintenance of integral components
1 2
Packs
Description cUL UL Model No.
of
Mounting frame1)
Single, with plastic flap (semi-transparent) 1 pc(s). 2482.300
Double, with plastic flap (semi-transparent) 1 pc(s). 2482.310
Single, with metal flap ◾ ◾ 1 pc(s). 2482.320
3 4
Double, with metal flap ◾ ◾ 1 pc(s). 2482.330
Socket modules
Germany (VDE), spring-action terminals max. 2 x 2.5 mm2, connection at rear 1 pc(s). 2482.4003)
Germany (VDE), screw terminals max. 6 mm2, connection at rear, 1 pc(s). 2482.4103)
Colour: yellow (RAL 1016), for installation in front of main switch
Interface inserts
2 x SUB-D9 (jack/pin) ◾ ◾ 1 pc(s). 2482.500

SUB-D9 (jack/jack) ◾ ◾ 1 pc(s). 2482.510
2 x USB A (jack/jack) ◾ ◾ 1 pc(s). 2482.5402)
RJ 45 (jack/jack, Cat. 5e), SUB-D9 (jack/jack), SUB-D9 (pin/pin) ◾ ◾ 1 pc(s). 2482.550 5 6
2 x RJ 45 (jack/jack, Cat. 5e) ◾ ◾ 1 pc(s). 2482.5602)
USB A (jack/jack), RJ 45 (jack/jack, Cat. 5e), SUB-D9 (jack/pin) ◾ ◾ 1 pc(s). 2482.5702)
Blanking plate (slimline), for individual population, usable area: 45 x 75 mm ◾ ◾ 1 pc(s). 2482.590
1) Electrically conductive
2) Conductively connected to mounting frame
3) Rated voltage: 250 V, rated current: 10 – 16 A
All SUB-D interfaces may be rotated while in use
Interface flap, single Mounting cut-out 7 8

appr. 16
approx. 65
max. R2
approx. 116
91
approx. 120
A
approx. 12
open Permissible material

lock
52 thickness:
9 10
appr. appr. 7 appr. 7 1 – 5 mm
21
A Contact surface
approx. 38
Interface flap, double Mounting cut-out

approx. 130
appr. 16
max. R2
approx. 116
approx. 120
91
A
approx. 12
11 12
approx. 12
open open
lock lock
appr. 117
approx. 61 approx. 61 21 appr. 7 appr. 7
appr. 35

Signal pillars
Signal pillars, LED compact Version Packs of

H
Model No.
mm
Benefits: 3-stage,
◾ Complete, ready-to-connect solution 1 pc(s). 177 2372.100
red, amber, green
◾ Minimal build height 1-stage, red 1 pc(s). 107 2372.130
◾ Extremely long LED service life
(minimum 70,000 h) – therefore maintenance-free
◾ Minimal assembly work and warehousing costs
Technical specifications: Also required:
– Operating voltage: 24 V AC/DC – For wall mounting:
– Electrical connection: Screw terminals Bracket for wall mounting, see page 720
– Light: LED – For conduit mounting/support arm systems:
– Transmission angle: 3 x 120° Busbar connection adaptor, see page 716
– Operating temperature: -20…+70°C – Other mounting components, see page 720/721
– Flashing function: Controllable via PLC
– Cable entry: Metric cable gland
M12 x 1.5 for cable diameter 3.0 – 6.5 mm
– IP 65
Ø 72 Connection plan 2372.100/.130

21
35
Ø 72
35
21
GND L1 L2 L3
177
35
35
107
22
22
GND – 0 V (Ground)
29
29
M4 M4
L1 – L3 – +24 V DC (LED light stages, from bottom to
10
10
54 54 top, unneeded contacts are left free)

M12 x 1.5
1
Mounting cut-out
Seal
20
.5
Ø
Ø4
54
Connection adaptor Packs of Model No.

for signal pillar, LED compact 1 pc(s). 2372.120
For conduit mounting and mounting on support arm
systems.
– Plastic
– Mounting components for conduit mounting,
Colour: see page 721
– Black – Mounting components for support arm systems,
see page 720
Ø 25
Ø 54
70
31

Signal pillars
Signal pillars, modular For modular configuration of

◾ Connection components
Benefits: ◾ Optical components
◾ Simple assembly and contact via bayonet fas- ◾ Incandescent lamps
tener ◾ Acoustic components
◾ Configuration of up to five components with the ◾ Label panel
same voltage
◾ Flashing and stroboscopic light element incl.
lamp, suitable for direct use
◾ Components are available in a range of colours
and voltages
Connection component Connection component Model No.

for signal pillars, modular For conduit mounting 2368.000
◾ Optionally for conduit or wall/base mounting For wall/base mounting 2368.010
◾ Screw terminals in the connection component
◾ With cover for optical components
◾ Contact hazard protection to VDE
Accessories:
Material:
– Enclosure of polyamide – Mounting components for wall/base mounting,
see page 720
Colour: – Mounting components for conduit mounting,
– Black see page 721
Protection category IP to IEC 60 529: – Mounting components for support arm systems,
– IP 54 see page 720
Connection component Connection component Connection diagram

For conduit mounting For wall/base mounting Shared conductor
2368.000 2368.010
Stage 5 Stage 1
Ø 21.5 18.75 1.75
4.
2
Ø Ø Stage 4 Stage 2
17 17
4.2
.7 .7
25
25
Ø
Ø
Stage 3
13
13
Ø 70 Ø 70
Ø 68.5 Ø 68.5
30
30
25
25
1 Seal

Signal pillars
Optical components
Also required:
for signal pillars, modular
◾ With 360° signal transmission thanks to opti- – Incandescent lamps for steady light component,
mised prism system see page 718
◾ No. of potential stages = 5 components, with
identical voltage
A
1 Material:
– Enclosure: Polyamide
– Cap: Transparent polycarbonate
65.5
56
– IP 54 if a cover or acoustic component is fitted at
the top
Ø 70
A Pre-configured seal
2 3
Steady light component 12 – 240 V AC/DC1)

Model No.
Red Green Amber Clear Blue
2369.000 2369.010 2369.020 2369.030 2369.040
1) Incandescent lamps not included with the supply
4 5 LED steady light component 24 V AC/DC, 25 mA

Model No.
2372.000 2372.010 2372.020 2372.030 2372.040
LED steady light component 230 V

Model No.
2370.150 2370.160 2370.170 2370.180 2370.190
6 7
LED flashing light component 24 V AC/DC

Model No.
2370.500 2370.510 2370.520 2370.530 2370.540
LED steady light component 230 V

Model No.
2370.550 2370.560 2370.570 2370.580 2370.590
Stroboscopic light component 24 V DC, 125 mA

Model No.
2371.000 – 2371.020 – –

Stroboscopic light component 230 V DC, 15 mA
Model No.
2371.050 – 2371.070 – –
Incandescent lamps Incandescent lamp Packs of Model No.

for steady light components 24 V, 5 W 3 pc(s). 2374.060
With BA 15d base/plinth. 230 V, 5 W 3 pc(s). 2374.070

Signal pillars
Acoustic components 24 V AC/DC
for signal pillars, modular Acoustic components Packs of Model No.

To indicate warnings or malfunctions. 85 dB1)
1 pc(s). 2376.000
max. 25 mA
Material:
100 dB2)
– Enclosure: Polyamide max. 25 mA
1 pc(s). 2376.010
Colour: 1) Continuous tone or pulsating
2) Volume and 8 tones may be set
– Black
Note:
– Mounting only on the upper end of the optical 230 V
components or directly on the connection com-
Acoustic components Packs of Model No.
ponent
85 dB1)
1 pc(s). 2376.020
max. 25 mA
100 dB2)
1 pc(s). 2376.030
max. 25 mA
1) Continuous tone or pulsating
2) Volume and 8 tones may be set
Label panel Label panel Model No.

for signal pillars, modular For 5 optical components 2374.150
For text additions for a maximum of 5 optical
components, with break point for any fields that are
not required (50 x 150 mm), including clamping
section for base or tube with a diameter of 25 mm.
Material:
– Acrylic, transparent

Signal pillars
Mounting components
for wall/base mounting
Suitable for signal pillar

Fig. Mounting component Colour Model No.
LED compact modular
Bracket for wall mounting,
1 including rubber gland for concealed Black ◾ – 2372.110
cable routing
Bracket for connection component Black – ◾1) 2374.040
For side cable outlet Black – ◾1) 2374.080
Also required:
– 1) Connection component 2368.010,
see page 717
2
Bracket for Bracket for For

wall mounting connection component side cable outlet
Ø 70
73 70
Ø
15
54
A
40
3 Ø 57
Ø 42
110
Ø 5.5
Ø
4.
2
4 Ø 5.5
Ø 10.5
10
27
A Seal
1.5
Ø 54
B
10
B Flat seal
25
M16 x 1.5
50
76
15
Mounting components
for support arm systems
For external mounting of a signal pillar on the plastic
cover of the support arm components.

4 LED compact modular
for support arm system CP 40, steel RAL 7024
– Angle piece 90° 6501.140 (graphite grey)
◾1) ◾2) 2375.030

– Angle adaptor 90° for support arm combination
CP 60 to CP 40 6206.640
– Angle coupling 90° 6206.380 RAL 7024
– Angle piece 90° 6206.600 (graphite grey)
◾1) ◾2) 6206.900
– Intermediate hinge 6206.620
– Wall-mounted hinge 6206.740
– Top-mounted joint 6206.700
5 – Angle coupling 90° 6212.380
– Angle piece 90° 6212.600 RAL 7024
– Intermediate hinge 6212.620 (graphite grey)
◾1) ◾2) 6212.900
– Wall-mounted hinge 6212.740
RAL 7024
– Angle piece 90° 6218.600 ◾1) ◾2) 6212.900
(graphite grey)
Also required:
6 – 1) Connection adaptor 2372.120, see page 716
see page 717

Signal pillars
Mounting components
for conduit mounting

LED compact modular
Base with integral conduit, Ø 25 mm,
110 mm long
Black ◾1) ◾2) 2374.000
8
Individual base Black ◾ ◾ 2374.010
Single conduit, 250 mm long Aluminium ◾1) ◾2) 2374.020
Single conduit, 400 mm long Aluminium ◾1) ◾2) 2374.030
Angle bracket for conduit mounting Black ◾ ◾ 2374.050
Also required:
– 1) Connection adaptor 2372.120, see page 716
9
see page 717
Base with integral conduit Single conduit Individual base, plastic
25 Ø 21.7 10
Ø 25
Ø 10.5
37
17
250 (400)
Ø 5.5
110
Ø 70
Ø 54
Ø 10.5
A
Ø 70
A Seal
Ø 5.5
11
A A Seal
Angle bracket for conduit mounting

Ø 70
36
Ø 12
52.5
57
38
.2
Ø6
18
19 87.5
9

The 3-phase coating procedure

Coating procedure Technical properties Technical specifications
Degreasing,
Used as corrosion protection and to improve
nanoceramic pretreatment, Nanoceramic conversion layer
paint adhesion.
rinsing
Even layer formation on all surfaces, edges Erichsen cupping test to DIN EN ISO 1520 ≥ 4 mm
and in cavities, which produces a high level Buchholz hardness to DIN EN ISO 2815 ≥ 80
Anodic dipcoat priming of corrosion protection even at the assembly
stage. Cross cutting to DIN EN ISO 2409 Gt 0
The primer is readily overpainted and free from heavy metals, chromate and silicone.
Stove enamelling
Erichsen cupping test to DIN EN ISO 1520 ≥ 3.5 mm

Powder-coating is distinguished by a high level Buchholz hardness to DIN EN ISO 2815 ≥ 80
of mechanical resistance, excellent corrosion Cross cutting to DIN EN ISO 2409 Gt 0
protection, good resistance to chemicals
Textured powder-coating and temperature, and its facility for decontami- Salt spray test to DIN EN ISO 9227 NSS Test period: 168 hrs
nation. Condensate test to DIN EN ISO 6270-2 CH Test period: 500 hrs
Condensate test to DIN EN ISO 6270-2 AHT Test period: 20 cycles
The powder coating is readily overpainted and is free from heavy metals, chromate and silicone.
Stove enamelling
The coating is resistant to:

◾ Mineral oils
◾ Lubricants
◾ Machine emulsions
◾ Alcohol-based solvents (briefly, e.g. during cleaning)
◾ Weak acids and alkalines
Primer or powder coating suitable If in doubt, perform a compatibility test. Always follow the paint manu-
facturer’s instructions.
for overpainting When overpainting, take care not to exceed 180°C and a baking time of
After careful cleaning of the surface, the standard coating may be 15 minutes.
overpainted with:
◾ DD gloss paints
◾ Single and dual-component gloss paints
◾ Car repair paints
◾ Powder paints
◾ Water-based paints
Outdoor use of enclosures Condensation inside the enclosure

In order to guarantee satisfactory long-term function of enclosures in Condensation must be prevented by means of appropriate measures,
outdoor use, the relevant environmental factors must be taken into e.g. by venting or heating the enclosure.
account. Protection category
These include: The enclosure may be exposed to extreme weather conditions during
◾ UV radiation, the corrosive action of air pollution, rain, icing, snow, outdoor use.
wind or other factors in special climatic conditions. Long periods of rain, snow, ice, high winds and temperature fluctua-
tions place particularly high demands on the enclosure sealing.
The protection category IP X3 as envisaged for external weather
conditions in DIN VDE 0100, part 737, point 5.2 is often insufficient
to provide permanent protection for electrical equipment.
722 Rittal Catalogue 34/Technical Information

Protection categories to IEC 60 529 (EN 60 529)

The IP protection category is characterised by 2 numbers.
Example of a protection category, e.g. IP 43:
Code letters
IP
First numeral Second numeral

Degrees of protection for protection against contact and foreign bodies: Degrees of protection for protection against water:
First numeral Second numeral
First Degree of protection Second Degree of protection
numeral Description Explanation numeral Description Explanation
Protected against solid
foreign objects with a The object probe, a sphere 50 mm Protected against water Vertically falling water drops must not
diameter of 50 mm and in diameter, must not penetrate fully1).
drops cause any harmful effects.
greater
The object probe, a sphere 12.5 mm
Protected against solid in diameter, must not penetrate fully1). Vertically falling drops must not have
Protected against vertically
foreign objects with a The articulated test finger may pene- any harmful effects when the enclo-
diameter of 12.5 mm and trate up to its length of 80 mm, but falling water drops when the
sure is tilted up to 15° on either side
enclosure is tilted up to 15°
greater adequate distance from hazardous of the vertical.
parts must be adhered to.
The object probe, a sphere 2.5 mm Water sprayed at an angle of up to
foreign objects with a Protected against sprayed
diameter of 2.5 mm and
in diameter, must not penetrate at water
60° on either side of the vertical shall
all1). have no harmful effects.
greater
The object probe, a sphere 1.0 mm Water splashed on the enclosure
foreign objects with a Protected against splashed
diameter of 1.0 mm and
in diameter, must not penetrate at water
from any direction shall have no
all1). harmful effects.
greater
The ingress of dust is not fully pre-
Water directed at the enclosure from
vented, but dust may not enter to
Dust-proof
such an extent as to impair satisfac- Protected against water jets any direction in a jet shall have no
harmful effects.
tory operation of the device or safety.
No ingress of dust at a partial vac- Protected against powerful
Dust-tight
uum of 20 mbar inside the enclosure. water jets
any direction in a powerful jet shall
have no harmful effects.
Water must not ingress to such an
extent as to cause harmful effects
Protected against tempo-

rary immersion in water
when the enclosure is temporarily
immersed in water under standard-
ised pressure and time conditions.
Ingress of water in quantities causing
harmful effects shall not be possible
when the enclosure is continuously
Protected against continu- immersed in water under conditions
ous immersion in water to be agreed between the manufac-
turer and the user. However, the
conditions must be more difficult than
for numeral 7.
Water with high-pressure/ every direction under greatly
steam-jet cleaning increased pressure must not have
any adverse effects.
1) The full diameter of the object probe must not pass through an opening of the enclosure
Rittal Catalogue 34/Technical Information 723

NEMA The following NEMA classification outlines the protection of individuals

The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) is a stand- from accidental contact with equipment and the protection of an enclo-
ards organisation in Washington, USA, which publishes a number of sure from external factors.
technical standards but does not test or certify products itself. Further information on protection categories may be found on the
Internet at: www.rittal.com
UL/NEMA
Intended use and description
Type
Enclosures for use predominantly indoors
1
Protection against the penetration of foreign bodies
Enclosures for use predominantly outdoors
3
Protection from rain, hail, dust, icing and the damage caused by icing
3R
Protection from rain, hail, icing and the damage caused by icing
3S Protection from rain, hail and dust
External mechanisms remain usable despite being coated in ice
Enclosures for indoor or outdoor use
4
Protection against rain, foreign bodies, splashed water and hosed water and against damage caused by icing on the exterior of the enclosure
Enclosures for indoor or outdoor use
4X Protection against rain, foreign bodies, splashed water and hosed water and against damage caused by icing on the exterior of the enclosure
Increased protection from corrosion
12, 12K
Protection against dust deposits, foreign bodies and non-corrosive dripping liquids
13
Protection against dust deposits, sprayed water, oil, and non-corrosive coolants
The UL/NEMA classifications are not directly comparable with IP protection categories, since both the test conditions and the evaluation of the test results are different
Approvals and permits A precise allocation of products to marks of conformity can be found
Product certifications and approvals are pivotal to the global accept- on our product and service pages on the Internet.
ance of industrial products. www.rittal.com
Rittal products meet the highest internationally recognised quality yard-
sticks. All components are subjected to the most stringent testing in
accordance with international standards and regulations.
The consistently high product quality is ensured by a comprehensive
quality management system. Regular production inspections by exter-
nal test institutes also guarantee compliance with global standards.
Earthing Further information can be found in our technical documentation

The PE conductor connection must be designed by the manufacturer “PE conductor connection, current carrying capacity”.
of switchgear in accordance with the relevant VDE and/or local regula-
tions.
The enclosure packs generally contain earthing materials (screws, nuts,
washers). The assembly instructions contain recommendations on
installing a protective earth.
The pre-assembled earth straps, available as accessories in various
cross-sections and lengths, are intended to make assembly of a
PE conductor easier.
724 Rittal Catalogue 34/Technical Information

List of model numbers
1001.600 to 2384.040
Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page
1001.600 AE 179 1360.500 AE 48 1534.510 KL 33 1592.000 KL 574 2310.100 SZ 576 2370.180 SZ 718
1002.500 AE 179 1376.500 AE 48 1535.510 KL 32 1592.010 KL 574 2310.120 SZ 576 2370.190 SZ 718
1002.600 AE 179 1380.500 AE 47 1536.510 KL 32 1594.000 KL 587 2311.225 SZ 575 2370.500 SZ 718
1003.600 AE 179 1400.500 KS 53 1537.510 KL 33 1605.520 BG 37 2311.250 SZ 575 2370.510 SZ 718
1004.600 AE 179 1423.500 KS 52 1538.510 KL 33 1606.520 BG 37 2313.150 SZ 614 2370.520 SZ 718
1005.500 AE 180 1432.500 KS 52 1539.510 KL 32 1609.510 BG 37 2313.750 SZ 614 2370.530 SZ 718
1005.600 AE 180 1434.500 KS 52 1540.510 KL 33 1611.510 BG 37 2314.000 SZ 614 2370.540 SZ 718
1006.500 AE 180 1444.500 KS 52 1541.510 KL 33 1670.600 HD 170 2315.000 SZ 614 2370.550 SZ 718
1006.600 AE 180 1446.500 KS 52 1542.510 KL 33 1671.600 HD 170 2316.000 SZ 614 2370.560 SZ 718
1007.600 AE 180 1448.500 KS 52 1545.500 EB 34 1672.600 HD 170 2317.000 SZ 614 2370.570 SZ 718
1008.600 AE 180 1449.500 KS 52 1546.500 EB 34 1674.600 HD 170 2318.000 SZ 614 2370.580 SZ 718
1009.600 AE 180 1453.500 KS 52 1547.500 EB 34 1675.600 HD 170 2319.000 SZ 614 2370.590 SZ 718
1010.500 AE 180 1454.500 KS 53 1548.500 EB 35 1676.600 HD 170 2322.700 SR 679 2371.000 SG 718
1010.600 AE 180 1466.500 KS 53 1549.500 EB 35 1931.200 EL 692 2323.235 SR 680 2371.020 SG 718
1011.600 AE 179 1467.500 KS 53 1550.500 EB 35 1932.200 EL 692 2324.235 SR 680 2371.050 SG 718
1012.600 AE 180 1468.500 KS 53 1551.500 EB 34 1933.200 EL 692 2325.000 SZ 575 2371.070 SG 718
1013.600 AE 180 1469.500 KS 53 1552.500 EB 34 1934.200 EL 692 2326.000 SZ 575 2372.000 SG 718
1014.600 AE 181 1479.500 KS 53 1553.500 EB 35 1935.200 EL 692 2327.000 SZ 575 2372.010 SG 718
1015.600 AE 180 1480.500 KS 53 1554.500 EB 35 1936.200 EL 692 2328.000 SZ 575 2372.020 SG 718
1016.600 AE 181 1481.000 KS 594 1555.500 EB 35 1937.200 EL 692 2331.700 SR 679 2372.030 SG 718
1017.600 AE 181 1482.000 KS 625 1556.500 EB 35 1939.200 EL 692 2332.235 SR 680 2372.040 SG 718
1018.600 AE 181 1483.010 KS 588 1557.500 EB 35 1950.000 EL 692 2334.000 SZ 644 2372.100 SZ 716
1019.500 AE 181 1484.000 KS 569 1558.010 BG 178 1962.200 SR 681 2335.000 SZ 644 2372.110 SG 720
1019.600 AE 181 1484.001 KS 569 1558.510 BG 37 1963.200 SR 681 2336.700 SR 679 2372.120 SG 716
1030.500 AE 46 1486.000 KS 570 1559.010 BG 178 1979.200 SR 681 2337.235 SR 680 2372.130 SZ 716
1031.500 AE 47 1488.000 KS 570 1559.510 BG 37 1980.200 SR 681 2338.235 SR 680 2373.000 SZ 623
1032.500 AE 46 1490.010 KS 568 1560.700 KL 591 1994.835 SR 679 2340.700 SR 679 2374.000 SG 721
1033.500 AE 46 1491.000 KS 594 1561.700 KL 591 1995.235 SR 680 2341.235 SR 680 2374.010 SG 721
1034.500 AE 46 1492.000 KS 570 1562.700 KL 591 1995.835 SZ 680 2342.235 SR 680 2374.020 SG 721
1035.500 AE 46 1500.510 KL 31 1563.700 KL 591 1996.535 SR 679 2343.000 SZ 644 2374.030 SG 721
1036.500 AE 46 1501.510 KL 31 1564.700 KL 591 1996.835 SR 679 2345.700 SR 679 2374.040 SG 720
1037.500 AE 47 1502.510 KL 31 1565.700 KL 591 1997.235 SR 680 2346.235 SR 680 2374.050 SG 721
1038.500 AE 47 1503.510 KL 31 1566.700 KL 591 1997.835 SZ 680 2347.235 SR 680 2374.060 SG 718
1039.500 AE 47 1504.510 KL 31 1567.700 KL 591 2026.200 SR 681 2350.000 SZ 665 2374.070 SG 718
1045.500 AE 47 1505.510 KL 31 1568.700 KL 591 2027.200 SR 681 2351.000 SZ 665 2374.080 SG 720
1050.500 AE 47 1506.510 KL 31 1569.700 KL 591 2034.200 SR 681 2352.000 SZ 665 2374.150 SG 719
1054.500 AE 48 1507.510 KL 31 1570.700 KL 591 2092.200 EL 694 2353.000 SZ 665 2375.030 SG 720
1055.500 AE 48 1508.510 KL 31 1571.700 KL 591 2092.300 EL 694 2354.000 SZ 665 2376.000 SG 719
1057.500 AE 47 1509.510 KL 31 1572.700 KL 591 2092.500 EL 694 2355.000 SZ 665 2376.010 SG 719
1058.500 AE 48 1510.510 KL 31 1573.700 KL 591 2094.200 EL 694 2356.000 SZ 665 2376.020 SG 719
1060.500 AE 47 1511.510 KL 31 1574.700 KL 591 2094.300 EL 694 2357.000 SZ 665 2376.030 SG 719
1073.500 AE 48 1512.510 KL 31 1575.700 KL 591 2094.400 DK 695 2358.000 SZ 665 2377.030 SR 678
1076.500 AE 48 1513.510 KL 31 1576.700 KL 591 2094.500 EL 694 2359.000 SZ 665 2377.060 SR 678
1077.500 AE 48 1514.510 KL 30 1577.450 BG 38 2203.400 IN 667 2360.000 SZ 665 2377.090 SR 678
1090.500 AE 48 1515.510 KL 30 1577.500 EB 35 2231.000 EL 692 2361.000 SZ 580 2377.120 SR 678
1100.500 AE 49 1516.510 KL 30 1577.530 BG 38 2232.000 EL 692 2362.000 SZ 580 2377.150 SR 678
1110.500 AE 49 1517.510 KL 30 1578.450 BG 38 2233.000 EL 692 2363.000 SZ 580 2377.180 SR 678
1114.500 AE 49 1518.510 KL 30 1578.500 EB 35 2243.605 EL 102 2364.000 SZ 646 2377.860 SR 678
1130.500 AE 49 1519.510 KL 31 1578.530 BG 38 2246.605 EL 102 2365.000 SZ 623 2377.880 SR 678
1158.500 KL 656 1521.010 KL 177 1579.450 BG 39 2249.605 EL 102 2366.000 SZ 623 2379.600 SZ 708
1180.500 AE 48 1522.010 KL 177 1579.500 EB 35 2252.605 EL 102 2367.040 SZ 642 2379.800 SZ 708
1199.100 SZ 548 1523.010 KL 177 1579.530 BG 39 2253.605 EL 102 2367.060 SZ 642 2379.900 SZ 709
1213.500 AE 49 1524.010 KL 177 1580.000 KL 587 2255.605 EL 103 2367.080 SZ 642 2381.000 SM 712
1260.500 AE 48 1525.010 KL 177 1581.000 KL 653 2256.605 EL 102 2367.120 SZ 642 2382.000 SM 713
1280.500 AE 48 1526.010 KL 177 1581.100 KL 655 2259.605 EL 102 2367.160 SZ 642 2383.000 SM 709
1302.600 HD 171 1527.010 KL 177 1582.000 KL 653 2261.605 EL 103 2367.200 SZ 642 2383.010 SM 703
1306.600 HD 171 1527.510 KL 31 1583.010 BG 178 2262.605 EL 103 2368.000 SG 717 2383.020 SM 713
1307.600 HD 171 1528.010 KL 177 1583.520 BG 36 2265.605 EL 103 2368.010 SG 717 2383.030 SM 707
1308.600 HD 171 1528.510 KL 30 1584.010 BG 178 2271.605 EL 103 2369.000 SG 718 2383.210 SZ 605
1310.600 HD 171 1529.010 KL 177 1584.520 BG 36 2304.000 SZ 570 2369.010 SG 718 2383.250 SZ 605
1316.600 HD 171 1529.510 KL 31 1585.010 BG 178 2304.010 HD 172 2369.020 SG 718 2383.300 SZ 605
1317.600 HD 171 1530.010 KL 177 1585.520 BG 36 2305.000 SZ 558 2369.030 SG 718 2383.350 SZ 605
1320.600 HD 171 1530.510 KL 32 1586.520 BG 36 2307.000 SZ 570 2369.040 SG 718 2384.010 SM 176
1338.500 AE 47 1531.510 KL 32 1589.510 KL 31 2308.000 SZ 573 2370.150 SZ 718 2384.020 SM 176
1339.500 AE 47 1532.510 KL 32 1590.000 KL 587 2309.000 SZ 614 2370.160 SZ 718 2384.030 SM 176
1350.500 AE 47 1533.510 KL 32 1591.000 KL 574 2310.076 SZ 576 2370.170 SZ 718 2384.040 SM 176

2388.000 to 3145.000
2388.000 SZ 641 2418.000 SZ 572 2482.710 SZ 714 2546.000 SZ 573 2735.250 FT 556 2892.000 SZ 516
2388.100 SZ 641 2419.000 SZ 572 2482.720 SZ 714 2547.000 SZ 573 2735.500 FT 556 2899.200 SZ 662
2388.120 SZ 641 2420.000 SZ 570 2482.730 SZ 714 2548.000 SZ 573 2735.510 FT 556 2899.250 SZ 662
2388.150 SZ 641 2422.000 SZ 586 2483.000 SZ 570 2549.000 SZ 573 2735.520 FT 556 2899.320 SZ 662
2388.200 SZ 641 2423.000 SZ 586 2484.000 SZ 570 2549.500 SZ 573 2735.530 FT 556 2899.400 SZ 662
2388.280 SZ 641 2424.100 SZ 581 2485.000 SZ 569 2549.510 HD 172 2735.540 FT 556 2907.000 SO 518
2388.600 SZ 641 2425.100 SZ 581 2485.100 SZ 569 2549.600 HD 172 2735.560 FT 556 2908.000 SO 518
2388.800 SZ 641 2426.100 SZ 581 2486.300 SZ 625 2559.000 SZ 644 2735.570 FT 556 2913.000 SO 518
2389.000 SZ 701 2426.500 SZ 581 2486.500 SZ 625 2560.010 SZ 653 2735.580 FT 556 3020.500 SV 295
2400.000 SZ 660 2427.100 SZ 581 2487.000 SZ 625 2560.400 SZ 656 2735.590 FT 556 3031.000 SV 251
2400.300 SZ 662 2430.000 SZ 570 2488.000 SZ 625 2561.010 SZ 653 2736.500 FT 556 3032.000 SV 251
2400.500 SZ 662 2432.000 SM 574 2489.000 SZ 625 2561.100 SZ 655 2736.510 FT 556 3052.000 SV 278
2400.900 SZ 661 2433.000 SZ 587 2489.500 SZ 625 2561.400 SZ 656 2736.520 FT 556 3055.000 SV 278
2400.910 SZ 661 2433.500 SZ 587 2493.000 SZ 571 2561.500 SZ 654 2736.530 FT 556 3056.000 SV 278
2400.920 SZ 661 2435.000 SZ 568 2493.500 SZ 572 2562.010 SZ 653 2736.540 FT 556 3057.000 SV 278
2400.930 SZ 661 2436.735 SZ 536 2501.500 SZ 580 2562.100 SZ 655 2740.000 FT 559 3071.000 SV 263
2400.940 SZ 661 2438.735 SZ 536 2502.500 SZ 580 2562.400 SZ 656 2741.000 FT 559 3073.000 SV 278
2400.950 SZ 661 2440.735 SZ 536 2503.010 SZ 587 2562.500 SZ 654 2742.000 FT 559 3074.000 SV 278
2400.960 SZ 661 2446.000 SZ 576 2504.000 SZ 625 2563.010 SZ 653 2743.000 FT 559 3075.000 SV 278
2400.970 SZ 661 2449.000 SZ 574 2504.500 SZ 625 2563.100 SZ 655 2744.000 FT 559 3076.000 SV 278
2401.000 SZ 540 2452.000 SZ 568 2504.800 SZ 625 2563.150 SZ 656 2745.000 FT 559 3079.000 SV 255
2402.000 SZ 540 2453.000 SZ 568 2505.510 SZ 588 2563.500 SZ 654 2746.000 FT 559 3079.010 SV 255
2403.000 SZ 558 2455.010 SZ 568 2506.100 SZ 424 2564.000 SZ 644 2749.000 FT 559 3083.000 SV 279
2404.000 SZ 558 2456.500 SZ 568 2507.100 SZ 639 2565.000 SZ 644 2760.000 FT 557 3085.000 SV 253
2410.000 HD 659 2459.000 SZ 533 2507.200 SZ 639 2565.100 SZ 644 2761.000 FT 557 3086.000 SV 257
2410.010 HD 659 2459.500 SZ 533 2507.300 SZ 639 2565.110 SZ 644 2762.000 FT 557 3087.000 SV 257
2410.020 HD 659 2460.000 SZ 570 2507.400 SZ 639 2565.120 SZ 644 2763.000 FT 557 3088.000 SV 257
2410.030 HD 659 2460.650 SZ 570 2507.500 SZ 639 2566.000 SZ 644 2772.000 FT 557 3090.000 SV 257
2410.110 HD 659 2461.000 SZ 570 2508.010 SZ 587 2567.000 SZ 644 2780.000 FT 557 3091.000 SV 257
2410.120 HD 659 2462.000 SZ 570 2508.100 SZ 587 2568.000 SZ 644 2781.000 FT 557 3092.000 SV 253
2410.130 HD 659 2463.000 SZ 570 2509.000 SZ 586 2569.000 SZ 644 2782.000 FT 557 3093.010 SV 262
2410.200 HD 659 2464.000 SZ 570 2509.500 CM 586 2570.000 SZ 644 2784.000 FT 557 3093.020 SV 262
2410.210 HD 659 2465.000 SZ 570 2510.000 SZ 577 2570.100 SZ 646 2785.000 FT 557 3105.310 SK 366
2410.220 HD 659 2466.000 SZ 570 2511.500 SZ 580 2570.200 SZ 644 2786.000 FT 557 3105.320 SK 366
2410.230 HD 659 2467.000 SZ 565 2512.000 SZ 577 2570.500 SZ 645 2787.000 FT 557 3105.330 SK 366
2410.290 HD 659 2468.000 SZ 565 2513.000 SZ 577 2571.000 SZ 571 2788.000 FT 557 3105.340 SK 366
2411.600 SZ 658 2469.000 SZ 565 2514.000 SZ 577 2572.000 SZ 569 2789.000 FT 557 3105.350 SK 366
2411.610 SZ 658 2470.000 SZ 580 2514.500 SZ 577 2573.000 SZ 652 2791.000 FT 559 3105.360 SK 366
2411.620 SZ 658 2471.000 SZ 580 2514.600 SZ 577 2574.000 SZ 623 2792.000 FT 559 3105.370 SK 366
2411.630 SZ 658 2472.000 SZ 580 2514.800 SZ 577 2575.000 SZ 569 2793.560 FT 558 3105.380 SK 367
2411.640 SZ 658 2473.000 SZ 580 2515.000 SZ 577 2576.000 SZ 569 2796.000 FT 557 3105.390 SK 367
2411.650 SZ 658 2474.000 SZ 580 2519.000 SZ 578 2581.000 SZ 536 2801.200 SO 519 3105.400 SK 367
2411.660 SZ 658 2475.000 SZ 580 2519.200 CM 578 2583.010 SZ 588 2802.200 SO 519 3105.410 SK 367
2411.670 SZ 658 2476.000 SZ 572 2520.000 SZ 570 2584.000 SZ 589 2807.200 SO 519 3105.420 SK 367
2411.800 SZ 658 2477.000 SZ 540 2521.000 SZ 573 2589.000 SZ 666 2816.200 SO 519 3105.430 SK 367
2411.810 SZ 658 2478.000 SZ 540 2522.000 SZ 570 2590.000 SZ 666 2817.000 SO 516 3108.024 SK 373
2411.820 SZ 658 2479.000 SZ 540 2523.000 SZ 570 2591.000 SZ 666 2818.200 SO 519 3108.100 SK 373
2411.830 SZ 658 2480.000 SZ 540 2525.000 SZ 571 2592.000 SZ 666 2819.000 SO 516 3108.115 SK 373
2411.840 SZ 658 2481.000 SZ 540 2526.000 SZ 570 2593.000 SZ 666 2819.200 SZ 516 3110.000 SK 379
2411.850 SZ 658 2482.210 SZ 714 2527.000 SZ 570 2594.000 SZ 666 2826.200 SO 519 3110.200 SK 380
2411.860 SZ 658 2482.220 SZ 714 2528.000 SZ 570 2595.000 SZ 666 2828.200 SO 519 3114.200 SK 379
2411.870 SZ 658 2482.230 SZ 714 2530.000 SZ 570 2596.000 SZ 666 2843.160 SZ 642 3118.000 SK 380
2412.210 SZ 644 2482.300 SZ 715 2531.000 SZ 573 2597.000 SZ 667 2843.200 SZ 642 3120.200 SK 381
2412.216 SZ 644 2482.310 SZ 715 2532.000 SZ 573 2599.000 SZ 569 2843.250 SZ 642 3121.000 SK 385
2412.225 SZ 644 2482.320 SZ 715 2533.000 SZ 569 2683.600 AP 186 2843.320 SZ 642 3124.100 SK 382
2412.310 SZ 644 2482.330 SZ 715 2534.100 SZ 571 2684.600 AP 186 2843.400 SZ 642 3124.200 SK 381
2412.316 SZ 644 2482.400 SZ 715 2534.500 SZ 571 2685.600 AP 186 2843.500 SZ 642 3126.100 SK 329
2412.325 SZ 644 2482.410 SZ 715 2535.000 SZ 569 2686.600 AP 186 2843.630 SZ 642 3126.230 SK 469
2413.375 SZ 642 2482.500 SZ 715 2536.000 SZ 569 2694.500 TP 116 2859.000 SO 521 3126.240 SK 469
2413.550 SZ 642 2482.510 SZ 715 2537.000 SZ 567 2695.500 TP 116 2865.000 SO 519 3126.270 SK 471
2414.000 SM 642 2482.540 SZ 715 2537.010 SZ 567 2696.500 AP 116 2867.000 SO 519 3127.100 SK 329
2414.500 SM 642 2482.550 SZ 715 2540.500 SZ 570 2730.000 FT 557 2869.000 SO 519 3128.100 SK 329
2415.000 SZ 642 2482.560 SZ 715 2541.235 SK 373 2731.000 FT 557 2870.000 SO 519 3129.100 SK 329
2415.100 SM 579 2482.570 SZ 715 2542.235 SK 373 2732.000 FT 557 2889.000 SO 520 3130.100 SK 329
2415.500 SM 595 2482.590 SZ 715 2543.235 SK 373 2733.000 FT 557 2890.000 SO 520 3144.000 SK 328
2416.000 SZ 572 2482.700 SZ 714 2545.000 SZ 573 2734.000 FT 557 2891.000 SZ 516 3145.000 SK 328

3148.007 to 3578.005
3148.007 SK 325 3232.861 SK 443 3245.080 SK 372 3303.500 SK 337 3335.790 RK 364 3387.540 SK 349
3149.007 SK 325 3232.871 SK 443 3245.500 SK 320 3303.504 SK 344 3335.830 RK 364 3387.640 SK 349
3149.410 SK 324 3232.881 SK 443 3245.510 SK 320 3303.510 SK 337 3335.840 RK 364 3418.010 SV 236
3149.420 SK 324 3232.891 SK 442 3245.600 SK 322 3303.514 SK 344 3335.850 RK 364 3418.020 SV 262
3149.440 SK 324 3235.440 SK 380 3248.000 SK 330 3303.600 SK 337 3335.860 RK 365 3418.030 SV 262
3149.810 SK 324 3235.450 SK 381 3273.500 SK 348 3304.500 SK 339 3335.870 RK 365 3418.040 SV 236
3149.820 SK 324 3236.124 SK 373 3273.515 SK 348 3304.504 SK 344 3335.880 RK 365 3427.010 SV 236
3149.840 SK 324 3237.020 SK 372 3284.210 SK 370 3304.510 SK 339 3335.890 RK 365 3427.020 SV 262
3159.100 SK 385 3237.060 SK 372 3286.110 SK 369 3304.540 SK 339 3340.230 SK 326 3427.030 SV 262
3164.230 SK 437 3237.066 SK 371 3286.120 SK 370 3304.544 SK 344 3341.115 SK 326 3427.040 SV 236
3164.620 SK 437 3237.080 SK 372 3286.300 SK 369 3304.600 SK 339 3341.230 SK 326 3431.000 SV 238
3165.230 SK 439 3237.100 SK 316 3286.310 SK 370 3304.640 SK 339 3342.024 SK 326 3431.020 SV 239
3165.630 SK 439 3237.110 SK 316 3286.400 SK 369 3305.500 SK 340 3342.230 SK 326 3431.030 SV 239
3165.830 SK 439 3237.124 SK 316 3286.410 SK 370 3305.504 SK 344 3342.500 SK 326 3431.035 SV 239
3169.007 SK 325 3237.200 SK 372 3286.500 SK 369 3305.510 SK 340 3350.230 SK 327 3433.010 SV 236
3171.100 SK 371 3237.600 SK 321 3286.510 SK 370 3305.540 SK 340 3351.230 SK 327 3433.020 SV 262
3171.105 SK 371 3238.020 SK 372 3286.520 SK 370 3305.544 SK 344 3352.230 SK 327 3433.030 SV 262
3172.100 SK 371 3238.055 SK 371 3286.530 SK 370 3305.600 SK 340 3352.500 SK 327 3433.040 SV 236
3172.105 SK 371 3238.060 SK 372 3286.540 SK 370 3305.640 SK 340 3355.100 SK 384 3439.010 SV 217
3173.100 SK 371 3238.066 SK 371 3286.550 SK 370 3307.700 SK 350 3357.100 SK 384 3450.500 SV 257
3173.105 SK 371 3238.080 SK 372 3286.600 SK 369 3307.740 SK 350 3359.500 SK 347 3451.500 SV 257
3174.000 SK 371 3238.100 SK 316 3286.610 SK 370 3310.700 SK 350 3359.510 SK 347 3452.500 SV 257
3175.000 SK 373 3238.110 SK 316 3286.700 SK 384 3310.740 SK 350 3359.540 SK 347 3453.500 SV 257
3176.000 SK 372 3238.124 SK 316 3286.780 SK 376 3311.011 SK 434 3359.600 SK 347 3454.500 SV 257
3177.000 SK 369 3238.200 SK 372 3286.800 SK 384 3311.030 SK 433 3360.100 SK 363 3455.500 SV 257
3181.100 SK 371 3238.500 SK 319 3286.840 SK 374 3311.040 SK 433 3360.250 SK 363 3456.500 SV 257
3182.100 SK 371 3238.600 SK 321 3286.850 SK 375 3311.080 SK 433 3361.500 SK 338 3457.500 SV 257
3183.100 SK 371 3239.020 SK 372 3286.860 SK 375 3311.130 SK 428 3361.510 SK 338 3458.500 SV 257
3201.050 SK 371 3239.060 SK 372 3286.870 SK 374 3311.230 SK 428 3361.540 SK 338 3459.500 SV 257
3201.070 SK 382 3239.066 SK 371 3286.880 SK 376 3311.260 SK 428 3361.600 SK 338 3460.500 SV 257
3201.200 SK 334 3239.080 SK 372 3286.900 SK 384 3311.320 SK 434 3363.100 SK 354 3504.000 SV 254
3201.300 SK 334 3239.100 SK 317 3286.970 SK 374 3311.360 SK 433 3363.500 SK 354 3505.000 SV 254
3201.900 SK 378 3239.110 SK 317 3286.980 SK 376 3311.410 SK 431 3364.100 SK 355 3509.000 SV 253
3201.960 SK 382 3239.124 SK 317 3286.990 SK 374 3311.420 SK 431 3364.500 SK 355 3514.000 SV 254
3201.970 SK 382 3239.200 SK 372 3300.040 SK 351 3311.430 SK 432 3364.504 SK 355 3515.000 SV 254
3209.100 SK 359 3239.500 SK 319 3300.050 SK 351 3311.440 SK 432 3366.500 SK 343 3516.000 SV 253
3209.500 SK 359 3239.600 SK 321 3300.060 SK 351 3311.530 SK 429 3366.540 SK 343 3524.000 SV 253
3209.504 SK 359 3240.020 SK 372 3300.070 SK 351 3311.540 SK 429 3373.100 SK 356 3525.000 SV 253
3210.100 SK 359 3240.060 SK 372 3300.080 SK 351 3311.560 SK 429 3373.500 SK 356 3525.010 SV 253
3210.500 SK 359 3240.066 SK 371 3300.090 SK 351 3318.600 SK 361 3374.100 SK 356 3526.000 SV 253
3210.504 SK 359 3240.080 SK 372 3300.110 SK 351 3318.610 SK 361 3374.500 SK 357 3527.000 SV 253
3212.024 SK 354 3240.100 SK 317 3300.120 SK 351 3319.600 SK 361 3374.504 SK 356 3528.000 SV 253
3212.115 SK 354 3240.110 SK 317 3300.239 DK 430 3319.610 SK 361 3375.100 SK 357 3528.010 SV 253
3212.230 SK 354 3240.124 SK 317 3301.320 SK 433 3320.600 SK 362 3375.500 SK 357 3529.000 SV 253
3213.310 SK 376 3240.200 SK 372 3301.370 SK 433 3321.700 SK 371 3375.504 SK 357 3548.000 SV 258
3213.320 SK 376 3240.500 SK 319 3301.380 SK 433 3321.705 SK 371 3377.000 SK 383 3549.000 SV 258
3213.330 SK 376 3240.600 SK 321 3301.390 SK 433 3322.700 SK 371 3378.200 SK 360 3550.000 SV 257
3214.100 SK 355 3241.100 SK 317 3301.421 SK 433 3322.705 SK 371 3378.280 SK 360 3554.000 SV 257
3215.100 SK 356 3241.110 SK 317 3301.500 SK 377 3328.500 SK 341 3382.500 SK 346 3555.000 SV 257
3216.480 SK 358 3241.124 SK 317 3301.505 SK 377 3328.504 SK 345 3382.510 SK 346 3559.000 SV 257
3232.701 SK 441 3241.500 SK 319 3301.600 SK 377 3328.510 SK 341 3382.600 SK 346 3560.000 SV 257
3232.711 SK 441 3241.600 SK 322 3301.606 SK 377 3328.540 SK 341 3383.500 SK 347 3561.000 SV 257
3232.721 SK 441 3243.020 SK 372 3301.610 SK 377 3328.544 SK 345 3383.510 SK 347 3562.000 SV 257
3232.731 SK 441 3243.060 SK 372 3301.612 SK 377 3328.600 SK 341 3383.540 SK 347 3563.000 SV 257
3232.741 SK 441 3243.066 SK 371 3301.800 IT 436 3328.640 SK 341 3383.600 SK 347 3565.005 SV 255
3232.751 SK 442 3243.080 SK 372 3301.930 SK 378 3329.500 SK 342 3384.500 SK 348 3568.005 SV 255
3232.761 SK 442 3243.100 SK 317 3301.940 SK 378 3329.504 SK 345 3384.510 SK 348 3569.005 SV 255
3232.771 SK 442 3243.110 SK 317 3301.950 SK 378 3329.510 SK 342 3384.540 SK 348 3570.005 SV 255
3232.781 SK 442 3243.200 SK 372 3301.955 SK 378 3329.540 SK 342 3384.600 SK 348 3571.005 SV 255
3232.791 SK 442 3243.500 SK 320 3301.960 SK 378 3329.544 SK 345 3385.500 SK 348 3572.005 SV 255
3232.801 SK 442 3243.600 SK 322 3301.965 SK 378 3329.600 SK 342 3385.510 SK 348 3573.005 SV 255
3232.811 SK 442 3244.100 SK 318 3302.100 SK 336 3329.640 SK 342 3385.540 SK 348 3574.005 SV 255
3232.821 SK 442 3244.110 SK 318 3302.110 SK 336 3332.540 SK 342 3385.600 SK 348 3575.005 SV 255
3232.831 SK 442 3244.140 SK 318 3302.200 SK 336 3332.640 SK 342 3385.640 SK 348 3576.005 SV 255
3232.841 SK 443 3244.500 SK 320 3302.300 SK 335 3334.600 SK 362 3386.540 SK 349 3577.005 SV 255
3232.851 SK 443 3244.600 SK 322 3302.310 SK 335 3334.660 SK 362 3386.640 SK 349 3578.005 SV 255

3579.005 to 6013.100
3579.005 SV 255 4140.810 SZ 637 4320.700 TS 650 4911.100 TS 541 5111.500 CM 50 5502.235 DK 675
3580.000 SV 252 4140.820 SZ 637 4321.700 TS 650 4912.000 TS 541 5112.500 CM 50 5502.245 DK 675
3580.100 SV 252 4140.830 SZ 637 4323.700 TS 650 4916.000 TS 541 5113.500 CM 50 5502.255 DK 677
3581.000 SV 252 4140.840 SZ 637 4333.120 TS 595 4918.000 TS 541 5114.500 CM 50 5502.265 DK 677
3581.100 SV 252 4155.010 SZ 635 4333.160 TS 595 4920.000 TS 541 5115.500 CM 50 5502.305 DK 691
3582.000 SV 252 4155.110 SZ 635 4333.180 TS 595 4933.000 PS 614 5116.500 CM 50 5502.325 DK 691
3582.020 SV 252 4155.510 SZ 635 4336.000 PS 665 4934.000 PS 614 5117.500 CM 50 5502.405 DK 670
3583.000 SV 252 4157.000 PS 624 4338.000 PS 665 4935.000 PS 614 5118.500 CM 51 5502.510 DK 528
3584.000 SV 252 4162.000 TS 624 4339.000 PS 665 4937.000 PS 614 5119.500 CM 51 5502.530 DK 529
3584.020 SV 252 4163.000 TS 624 4347.000 PS 613 4943.000 PS 612 5120.500 CM 51 5502.540 DK 530
3585.005 SV 252 4164.000 TS 624 4348.000 SZ 640 4944.000 PS 612 5121.500 CM 51 5502.550 DK 530
3585.020 SV 252 4165.000 TS 624 4361.000 PS 613 4945.000 PS 612 5122.500 CM 51 5502.560 DK 531
3586.005 SV 252 4166.000 TS 624 4362.000 PS 613 4946.000 PS 612 5123.500 CM 51 5502.570 DK 531
3586.020 SV 252 4169.000 PS 610 4363.000 PS 613 4947.000 PS 612 5366.000 PC 118 5503.120 DK 92
3587.000 SV 252 4169.500 TS 611 4364.000 PS 612 5001.000 CM 574 5366.100 PC 118 5504.110 DK 90
3588.005 SV 252 4170.000 PS 610 4365.000 PS 612 5001.050 CM 605 5366.200 PC 118 5504.120 DK 92
3589.005 SV 252 4170.500 TS 611 4367.000 PS 612 5001.051 CM 605 5366.300 PC 118 5505.120 DK 92
3590.005 SV 252 4171.000 PS 610 4373.000 PS 612 5001.052 CM 605 5366.400 PC 118 5506.120 DK 93
3590.015 SV 252 4171.500 TS 611 4374.000 PS 611 5001.053 CM 605 5368.000 PC 118 5507.120 DK 93
3591.060 SV 253 4172.000 PS 610 4375.000 PS 611 5001.054 CM 605 5501.000 DK 536 5507.130 DK 95
3592.010 SV 264 4172.500 TS 611 4376.000 PS 611 5001.060 CM 565 5501.010 DK 536 5507.150 DK 94
3659.180 RP 689 4173.000 PS 610 4377.000 PS 611 5001.061 CM 565 5501.020 DK 536 5508.110 DK 90
3659.190 RP 689 4174.000 PS 610 4378.000 PS 611 5001.062 CM 565 5501.030 DK 536 5508.120 DK 92
4000.100 HD 172 4175.000 PS 610 4379.000 PS 611 5001.075 CM 595 5501.040 DK 536 5509.110 DK 90
4000.200 HD 172 4176.000 PS 610 4380.000 PS 611 5001.080 CM 665 5501.050 DK 536 5509.120 DK 93
4000.210 HD 172 4177.000 PS 610 4381.000 PS 611 5001.081 CM 665 5501.060 DK 536 5509.130 DK 95
4114.000 TS 578 4178.000 PS 610 4382.000 PS 611 5001.082 CM 665 5501.070 DK 536 5510.110 DK 90
4115.000 TS 578 4179.000 PS 624 4393.000 SZ 610 5001.083 CM 665 5501.200 DK 549 5510.120 DK 92
4115.500 TS 578 4180.000 PS 624 4394.000 PS 613 5001.130 CM 532 5501.210 DK 549 5511.110 DK 90
4116.000 TS 578 4181.000 PS 620 4395.000 PS 613 5001.140 CM 532 5501.300 DK 524 5511.120 DK 93
4116.500 TS 578 4182.000 PS 619 4396.000 PS 613 5001.150 CM 532 5501.310 DK 524 5512.120 DK 93
4118.000 TS 578 4183.000 PS 620 4396.500 TS 613 5001.160 CM 532 5501.320 DK 524 5513.110 DK 91
4118.500 TS 578 4191.000 PS 665 4398.000 PS 613 5001.210 CM 525 5501.350 DK 524 5514.110 DK 91
4119.000 PS 624 4192.000 PS 665 4398.500 TS 613 5001.211 CM 525 5501.400 DK 687 5514.130 DK 95
4120.000 TS 576 4193.000 PS 665 4531.000 PS 688 5001.212 CM 525 5501.410 DK 687 5515.110 DK 91
4123.000 TS 578 4196.000 PS 665 4532.000 PS 617 5001.213 CM 525 5501.420 DK 687 5516.110 DK 91
4124.000 TS 578 4198.000 PS 585 4538.000 TS 579 5001.214 CM 525 5501.430 DK 687 5830.500 SE 81
4127.010 SZ 639 4199.000 TS 621 4540.000 TS 546 5001.215 CM 525 5501.440 DK 687 5830.580 SE 83
4127.210 SZ 639 4309.000 TS 609 4568.000 PS 586 5001.216 CM 525 5501.450 DK 687 5831.500 SE 81
4133.000 TS 621 4311.000 PS 651 4568.500 SZ 586 5001.217 CM 525 5501.460 DK 687 5831.580 SE 83
4134.000 TS 621 4315.100 SZ 639 4576.000 TS 593 5001.218 CM 525 5501.480 DK 687 5832.500 SE 81
4138.140 SZ 635 4315.150 SZ 639 4579.000 TS 609 5001.219 CM 525 5501.615 DK 631 5833.500 SE 81
4138.150 SZ 635 4315.200 SZ 639 4582.000 PS 546 5001.220 CM 525 5501.625 DK 631 5834.500 SE 81
4138.180 SZ 635 4315.320 SZ 639 4582.500 TS 546 5001.221 CM 525 5501.655 DK 630 5834.580 SE 83
4138.190 SZ 635 4315.350 SZ 639 4583.000 PS 578 5001.222 CM 526 5501.665 DK 630 5840.500 SE 82
4138.240 SZ 635 4315.400 SZ 639 4583.500 TS 578 5001.223 CM 526 5501.675 DK 630 5841.500 SE 82
4138.250 SZ 635 4315.450 SZ 639 4590.700 TS 591 5001.224 CM 526 5501.685 DK 630 5842.500 SE 82
4138.280 SZ 635 4315.520 SZ 639 4591.700 TS 591 5001.225 CM 526 5501.695 DK 630 5843.500 SE 82
4138.290 SZ 635 4315.550 SZ 639 4592.700 TS 591 5001.226 CM 525 5501.705 DK 630 5844.500 SE 82
4138.300 SZ 635 4315.600 SZ 639 4593.000 TS 593 5001.227 CM 525 5501.715 DK 630 5845.500 SE 82
4138.350 SZ 635 4315.710 SZ 639 4594.000 TS 609 5001.228 CM 525 5501.725 DK 630 5846.500 SE 82
4138.400 SZ 635 4315.720 SZ 639 4595.000 PS 588 5001.229 CM 525 5501.730 DK 633 5850.500 SE 184
4138.450 SZ 635 4315.800 SZ 638 4596.000 TS 609 5001.233 CM 525 5501.805 DK 692 5850.580 SE 185
4139.140 SZ 635 4315.810 SZ 638 4597.000 PS 617 5001.234 CM 525 5501.815 DK 692 5851.500 SE 184
4139.150 SZ 635 4315.820 SZ 638 4598.000 TS 609 5001.235 CM 525 5501.825 DK 692 5852.500 SE 184
4139.180 SZ 635 4315.830 SZ 638 4599.000 TS 609 5001.236 CM 526 5501.835 DK 692 5852.580 SE 185
4139.190 SZ 635 4315.840 SZ 638 4612.000 PS 521 5001.237 CM 525 5501.895 DK 693 5853.500 SE 184
4139.300 SZ 635 4315.850 SZ 638 4638.600 TS 576 5001.239 DK 528 5502.010 DK 437 5853.580 SE 185
4139.350 SZ 635 4315.860 SZ 638 4638.800 TS 576 5001.240 DK 528 5502.020 DK 437 5854.500 SE 184
4140.000 SZ 636 4316.000 PS 651 4650.100 PC 187 5001.310 CM 580 5502.105 DK 673 5855.500 SE 184
4140.010 SZ 636 4317.000 PS 651 4694.000 TS 609 5001.330 CM 580 5502.115 DK 674 6002.000 CP 710
4140.020 SZ 636 4318.000 PS 651 4695.000 TS 609 5001.350 CM 580 5502.120 DK 672 6002.130 SM 707
4140.110 SZ 636 4319.090 PS 667 4696.000 TS 609 5001.360 CM 580 5502.145 DK 673 6003.000 CP 711
4140.120 SZ 636 4319.120 PS 667 4697.000 TS 609 5001.370 CM 608 5502.155 DK 668 6005.500 CP 590
4140.210 SZ 636 4319.160 PS 667 4757.500 AP 116 5001.371 CM 608 5502.205 DK 674 6013.000 CP 703
4140.220 SZ 636 4319.200 PS 667 4911.000 TS 541 5110.500 CM 50 5502.225 DK 675 6013.100 CP 703

6016.200 to 7257.100
6016.200 CP 589 6206.800 CP 147 6380.040 CP 126 6722.500 TP 113 7030.250 DK 460 7152.035 DK 696
6016.600 CP 161 6206.820 CP 147 6380.400 CP 126 6723.500 TP 114 7030.260 DK 460 7153.005 DK 696
6016.700 CP 161 6206.900 CP 720 6380.410 CP 126 6730.030 TP 532 7030.480 DK 457 7153.035 DK 696
6027.000 CP 704 6212.025 CP 151 6380.510 CP 126 6730.100 TP 532 7030.490 DK 457 7156.005 DK 696
6027.010 CP 704 6212.050 CP 151 6380.610 CP 126 6730.110 TP 532 7030.550 DK 462 7156.035 DK 696
6028.000 CP 704 6212.100 CP 151 6385.010 CP 700 6730.120 TP 532 7050.035 DK 699 7157.035 DK 696
6028.010 CP 704 6212.110 CP 151 6446.030 SM 708 6730.130 TP 532 7050.100 DK 699 7158.035 DK 675
6028.014 CP 704 6212.150 CP 151 6450.010 SM 706 6730.310 TP 597 7061.000 DK 632 7158.100 DK 676
6028.015 CP 704 6212.200 CP 151 6450.020 SM 706 6730.330 TP 597 7063.200 DK 674 7159.035 DK 674
6028.016 CP 704 6212.210 CP 151 6450.050 SM 706 6730.340 TP 597 7063.750 DK 688 7161.000 DK 632
6028.500 CP 704 6212.300 CP 151 6450.060 SM 706 6731.120 TP 117 7063.752 DK 688 7161.700 DK 632
6028.510 CP 704 6212.320 CP 151 6450.070 SM 706 6740.500 TP 115 7063.850 DK 631 7163.500 DK 633
6028.530 CP 704 6212.380 CP 151 6450.170 SM 706 6742.500 TP 115 7064.000 DK 632 7163.550 DK 633
6028.540 CP 704 6212.500 CP 151 6501.000 CP 139 6746.500 TP 115 7065.000 DK 632 7163.560 DK 633
6052.000 CP 666 6212.520 CP 157 6501.020 CP 139 6748.500 TP 115 7066.000 DK 632 7163.565 DK 633
6052.500 CP 662 6212.540 CP 158 6501.050 CP 139 6900.000 IW 121 7066.700 DK 632 7164.035 DK 627
6053.000 CP 705 6212.600 CP 151 6501.070 CP 139 6900.100 IW 121 7072.100 DK 660 7165.035 DK 627
6053.210 CP 705 6212.620 CP 151 6501.110 CP 139 6900.300 IW 119 7072.200 DK 657 7166.035 DK 627
6053.300 CP 705 6212.640 CP 151 6501.120 CP 139 6900.400 IW 121 7072.220 DK 667 7166.735 DK 627
6053.500 CP 705 6212.700 CP 151 6501.130 CP 139 6900.410 IW 121 7072.230 DK 667 7169.535 DK 698
6053.800 CP 705 6212.720 CP 151 6501.140 CP 139 6901.100 IW 121 7072.240 DK 667 7170.535 DK 698
6058.000 CP 705 6212.740 CP 151 6501.150 CP 139 6902.100 IW 121 7077.000 DK 666 7178.535 DK 698
6058.500 CP 705 6212.760 CP 151 6501.160 CP 139 6902.300 IW 121 7078.000 DK 666 7184.035 DK 627
6058.800 CP 705 6212.800 CP 151 6505.100 CP 704 6902.310 IW 165 7081.000 DK 632 7185.035 DK 627
6071.600 CP 159 6212.820 CP 151 6505.200 CP 704 6902.500 IW 121 7094.100 DK 695 7186.035 DK 627
6106.100 CP 164 6212.900 CP 720 6505.500 CP 704 6902.700 IW 628 7094.110 DK 695 7186.735 DK 627
6106.110 CP 167 6218.050 CP 155 6508.010 CP 156 6902.770 IW 660 7094.120 DK 695 7200.001 DK 412
6106.200 CP 164 6218.100 CP 155 6510.210 CP 160 6902.920 IW 519 7094.130 DK 694 7200.210 DK 457
6106.300 CP 165 6218.110 CP 155 6510.330 CP 160 6902.950 IW 714 7094.140 DK 694 7200.215 DK 457
6106.400 CP 164 6218.150 CP 155 6510.340 CP 160 6902.960 IW 627 7097.000 DK 666 7200.216 DK 457
6106.500 CP 166 6218.200 CP 155 6514.200 CP 709 6902.980 IW 627 7097.220 DK 666 7200.217 DK 457
6107.000 CP 702 6218.210 CP 155 6528.410 CP 160 6903.200 IW 713 7097.260 DK 666 7200.800 DK 566
6107.100 CP 702 6218.600 CP 155 6535.010 CP 189 7000.630 TE 423 7097.300 DK 666 7200.801 DK 566
6107.200 CP 702 6218.620 CP 155 6536.010 CP 189 7000.678 DK 607 7097.340 DK 666 7220.500 DK 672
6108.000 CP 625 6218.640 CP 155 6538.010 CP 189 7000.990 DK 695 7098.000 DK 666 7220.600 DK 670
6112.500 CP 166 6218.700 CP 155 6539.010 CP 189 7016.100 DK 677 7098.100 DK 666 7240.110 DK 422
6135.000 CP 165 6218.740 CP 155 6660.010 CP 141 7016.110 DK 677 7099.000 DK 666 7240.120 DK 422
6141.200 IW 165 6218.820 CP 155 6660.050 CP 141 7016.140 DK 669 7109.035 DK 379 7240.200 DK 422
6143.310 CP 167 6315.100 CP 130 6663.000 CP 141 7016.150 DK 669 7109.200 DK 637 7240.201 DK 422
6144.100 CP 167 6315.200 CP 130 6663.400 CP 141 7030.000 DK 450 7111.000 DK 670 7240.210 DK 422
6146.100 CP 164 6315.300 CP 130 6663.500 CP 141 7030.010 DK 450 7111.212 DK 673 7240.220 DK 422
6146.200 CP 164 6315.400 CP 131 6664.000 CP 141 7030.030 DK 456 7111.214 DK 673 7240.230 DK 422
6146.300 CP 164 6315.600 CP 131 6664.100 CP 141 7030.040 DK 454 7111.222 DK 673 7240.240 DK 422
6147.000 CP 167 6320.000 CP 130 6664.300 CP 141 7030.050 DK 454 7111.224 DK 673 7240.260 DK 422
6148.000 CP 522 6320.300 CP 130 6664.500 CP 141 7030.060 DK 457 7111.300 DK 668 7240.280 DK 422
6205.100 CP 617 6320.400 CP 131 6665.000 CP 141 7030.070 DK 458 7111.310 DK 668 7240.300 DK 423
6206.025 CP 147 6320.500 CP 131 6665.500 CP 141 7030.071 DK 458 7111.350 DK 668 7240.310 DK 422
6206.050 CP 147 6320.600 CP 131 6681.000 CP 188 7030.080 DK 457 7111.900 DK 670 7240.330 DK 422
6206.100 CP 147 6321.000 CP 132 6700.500 TP 111 7030.090 DK 457 7112.000 DK 670 7240.510 DK 422
6206.200 CP 147 6340.000 CP 133 6701.500 TP 112 7030.091 DK 457 7113.000 DK 646 7241.005 DK 697
6206.300 CP 147 6340.100 CP 133 6702.500 TP 113 7030.092 DK 457 7115.000 DK 633 7241.024 DK 697
6206.320 CP 147 6340.300 CP 133 6703.500 TP 114 7030.093 DK 457 7116.500 DK 671 7241.045 DK 697
6206.340 CP 147 6340.400 CP 133 6704.500 TP 111 7030.094 DK 457 7119.140 DK 630 7241.500 DK 697
6206.360 CP 147 6341.000 CP 590 6705.500 TP 112 7030.095 DK 457 7119.250 DK 631 7242.015 DK 697
6206.380 CP 147 6372.541 CP 124 6706.500 TP 113 7030.100 DK 451 7119.400 DK 631 7246.010 DK 690
6206.400 CP 147 6372.542 CP 124 6707.500 TP 114 7030.110 DK 454 7144.035 DK 629 7246.030 DK 690
6206.420 CP 147 6372.543 CP 124 6710.500 TP 111 7030.111 DK 454 7145.035 DK 629 7246.060 DK 690
6206.440 CP 147 6372.551 CP 124 6711.500 TP 112 7030.120 DK 454 7145.635 DK 629 7246.100 DK 690
6206.460 CP 162 6372.552 CP 124 6712.500 TP 113 7030.130 DK 454 7145.735 DK 629 7246.400 DK 690
6206.480 CP 156 6372.553 CP 124 6713.500 TP 114 7030.140 DK 454 7149.135 DK 675 7246.420 DK 689
6206.500 CP 157 6372.561 CP 124 6714.500 TP 111 7030.150 DK 454 7151.005 DK 696 7246.500 DK 694
6206.600 CP 147 6372.562 CP 124 6715.500 TP 112 7030.190 DK 454 7151.035 DK 696 7256.035 DK 677
6206.620 CP 147 6372.563 CP 124 6716.500 TP 113 7030.200 DK 452 7151.105 DK 696 7257.005 DK 674
6206.640 CP 158 6375.010 CP 700 6717.500 TP 114 7030.220 DK 455 7151.110 DK 696 7257.035 DK 674
6206.700 CP 147 6380.000 CP 126 6720.500 TP 111 7030.230 DK 455 7151.300 DK 693 7257.050 DK 675
6206.740 CP 147 6380.020 CP 126 6721.500 TP 112 7030.240 DK 460 7152.005 DK 696 7257.100 DK 674

7257.105 to 8200.600
7257.105 DK 674 7507.220 DK 99 7825.380 DK 532 7856.100 DK 411 7955.311 DK 417 7998.607 DK 401
7257.200 DK 674 7507.706 DK 686 7825.381 DK 532 7856.120 DK 411 7955.331 DK 417 7999.009 DK 466
7269.135 DK 676 7507.709 DK 686 7825.387 DK 532 7856.170 DK 413 7955.332 DK 417 7999.709 DK 467
7269.235 DK 676 7507.712 DK 686 7825.388 DK 533 7856.190 DK 411 7955.333 DK 417 7999.898 DK 468
7280.035 DK 424 7507.715 DK 686 7825.900 DK 522 7856.201 DK 411 7955.334 DK 417 7999.922 DK 435
7280.100 DK 424 7507.718 DK 686 7826.605 DK 585 7856.203 DK 412 7955.335 DK 417 7999.961 LS 470
7281.035 DK 712 7507.721 DK 686 7826.665 DK 585 7856.204 DK 412 7955.336 DK 417 7999.962 LS 470
7281.200 DK 711 7507.740 DK 521 7826.669 DK 585 7856.220 DK 411 7955.401 DK 417 7999.963 LS 470
7282.035 DK 691 7507.760 DK 440 7826.685 DK 585 7856.230 DK 411 7955.410 DK 417 7999.964 LS 470
7283.035 DK 691 7526.964 DK 617 7826.689 DK 585 7856.240 DK 411 7955.411 DK 417 7999.965 LS 470
7284.135 DK 686 7541.000 DK 647 7826.750 DK 440 7856.321 DK 409 7955.431 DK 417 7999.966 LS 470
7296.000 DK 682 7542.000 DK 647 7826.805 DK 585 7856.323 DK 409 7955.432 DK 417 7999.991 LS 471
7297.000 DK 682 7543.000 DK 647 7826.809 DK 585 7857.130 DK 408 7955.433 DK 417 7999.992 LS 471
7298.000 DK 682 7544.000 DK 647 7826.825 DK 585 7857.150 DK 408 7955.434 DK 417 7999.999 DK 468
7299.000 DK 682 7545.000 DK 647 7826.865 DK 585 7857.190 DK 408 7955.435 DK 417 8000.100 TS 511
7320.530 DK 455 7546.000 DK 647 7826.869 DK 585 7857.300 DK 408 7955.436 DK 417 8000.500 TS 522
7320.560 DK 455 7547.000 DK 647 7826.885 DK 585 7857.310 DK 408 7955.510 DK 418 8004.500 TS 68
7320.570 DK 455 7548.000 DK 647 7826.889 DK 585 7857.320 DK 408 7955.511 DK 418 8005.500 TS 69
7320.630 DK 455 7548.210 DK 645 7827.181 DK 685 7857.421 DK 463 7955.512 DK 418 8006.500 TS 70
7320.631 DK 455 7549.000 DK 647 7827.201 DK 685 7857.998 DK 472 7955.513 DK 418 8080.500 TS 65
7320.721 DK 455 7552.002 DK 461 7827.221 DK 685 7858.100 DK 680 7955.520 DK 418 8084.500 TS 65
7320.790 DK 460 7552.120 DK 461 7827.300 DK 632 7858.160 FR 669 7955.521 DK 418 8100.000 TS 511
7320.793 DK 460 7552.122 DK 461 7827.480 DK 685 7858.162 FR 669 7955.522 DK 418 8100.010 TS 511
7320.794 DK 460 7552.140 DK 461 7827.544 DK 693 7859.050 DK 410 7955.530 DK 418 8100.120 TS 511
7320.814 DK 458 7552.142 DK 461 7828.040 DK 613 7859.053 DK 410 7955.531 DK 418 8100.160 TS 511
7338.120 DK 473 7583.500 TS 517 7828.050 DK 613 7859.120 DK 411 7955.532 DK 418 8100.180 TS 511
7338.130 DK 473 7610.000 DK 458 7828.060 DK 613 7859.130 DK 411 7955.540 DK 418 8100.235 TS 534
7338.220 DK 473 7641.000 DK 104 7828.061 DK 669 7859.212 DK 411 7955.541 DK 418 8100.300 TS 511
7338.320 DK 473 7643.000 DK 104 7828.062 DK 669 7859.222 DK 411 7955.542 DK 418 8100.400 TS 511
7391.000 DK 96 7645.000 DK 104 7828.080 DK 613 7859.225 DK 412 7955.901 DK 417 8100.500 TS 511
7396.000 DK 96 7705.035 DK 657 7828.081 DK 669 7859.232 DK 411 7955.910 DK 417 8100.600 TS 511
7400.000 DK 96 7705.110 DK 567 7828.082 DK 669 7859.235 DK 412 7955.911 DK 417 8100.602 TS 511
7401.000 DK 682 7705.120 DK 567 7828.100 DK 613 7859.312 DK 421 7955.931 DK 417 8100.800 TS 511
7402.000 DK 682 7705.235 DK 656 7828.101 DK 669 7859.315 DK 421 7955.932 DK 417 8100.802 TS 511
7445.000 DK 96 7706.135 DK 101 7828.102 DK 669 7859.316 DK 421 7955.933 DK 417 8104.235 TS 534
7451.000 DK 105 7709.135 DK 101 7828.120 DK 613 7859.332 DK 421 7955.940 DK 418 8105.235 TS 534
7462.000 DK 698 7709.535 DK 100 7828.121 DK 669 7859.335 DK 421 7955.941 DK 418 8106.235 TS 534
7463.100 DK 698 7709.735 DK 100 7828.122 DK 669 7890.020 DK 462 7955.942 DK 418 8106.750 TS 640
7463.200 DK 698 7712.135 DK 101 7829.100 DK 647 7890.242 DK 462 7966.035 DK 438 8108.235 TS 534
7464.035 DK 627 7715.135 DK 101 7829.110 DK 647 7890.247 DK 462 7967.000 DK 586 8108.750 TS 640
7465.035 DK 627 7715.535 DK 100 7829.150 DK 645 7890.500 DK 462 7968.035 DK 438 8115.235 TS 534
7466.035 DK 627 7715.735 DK 100 7829.152 DK 645 7950.100 DK 686 7980.000 DK 438 8126.235 TS 534
7466.735 DK 627 7721.135 DK 101 7829.200 DK 645 7950.150 DK 579 7980.100 DK 438 8128.235 TS 534
7469.535 DK 698 7721.535 DK 100 7829.400 DK 626 7950.200 DK 579 7980.148 DK 438 8145.235 TS 534
7470.535 DK 698 7721.735 DK 100 7831.472 DK 671 7955.010 DK 418 7986.035 DK 438 8146.235 TS 534
7474.535 DK 698 7752.950 DK 647 7831.723 DK 537 7955.015 DK 418 7988.035 DK 438 8148.235 TS 534
7478.535 DK 698 7824.120 DK 536 7831.724 DK 537 7955.020 DK 418 7990.101 DK 463 8165.235 TS 534
7480.035 DK 425 7824.128 DK 536 7856.005 DK 409 7955.110 DK 416 7990.103 DK 463 8166.235 TS 534
7480.300 DK 425 7824.188 DK 536 7856.006 DK 409 7955.111 DK 416 7990.201 DK 463 8168.235 TS 534
7484.035 DK 627 7824.200 DK 536 7856.008 DK 409 7955.131 DK 416 7990.203 DK 463 8170.235 TS 534
7485.035 DK 627 7824.201 DK 550 7856.010 DK 409 7955.132 DK 416 7990.206 DK 463 8173.235 TS 534
7486.035 DK 627 7824.202 DK 550 7856.011 DK 413 7955.133 DK 416 7990.208 DK 463 8174.235 TS 534
7486.735 DK 627 7824.206 DK 536 7856.013 DK 413 7955.134 DK 416 7990.301 DK 463 8175.235 TS 534
7493.100 DK 521 7824.208 DK 536 7856.014 DK 413 7955.135 DK 416 7990.303 DK 463 8176.235 TS 534
7494.000 DK 682 7824.220 DK 536 7856.020 DK 409 7955.201 DK 417 7990.306 DK 463 8180.235 TS 534
7495.000 DK 522 7824.222 DK 550 7856.022 DK 413 7955.210 DK 417 7990.308 DK 463 8184.235 TS 534
7501.000 DK 97 7824.228 DK 536 7856.023 DK 413 7955.211 DK 417 7995.992 DK 468 8185.235 TS 534
7507.000 DK 98 7824.510 DK 536 7856.025 DK 413 7955.231 DK 417 7998.106 DK 400 8186.235 TS 534
7507.010 DK 98 7824.520 DK 574 7856.026 DK 413 7955.232 DK 417 7998.107 DK 400 8188.235 TS 534
7507.020 DK 99 7824.525 DK 574 7856.027 DK 413 7955.233 DK 417 7998.206 DK 402 8200.000 TS 511
7507.030 DK 99 7824.540 DK 548 7856.029 DK 413 7955.234 DK 417 7998.306 DK 401 8200.010 TS 511
7507.100 DK 98 7825.250 DK 520 7856.030 DK 413 7955.235 DK 417 7998.307 DK 401 8200.120 TS 511
7507.110 DK 98 7825.360 DK 532 7856.070 DK 411 7955.236 DK 417 7998.406 DK 400 8200.300 TS 511
7507.120 DK 99 7825.361 DK 532 7856.080 DK 411 7955.238 DK 417 7998.407 DK 400 8200.400 TS 511
7507.200 DK 99 7825.367 DK 532 7856.082 DK 411 7955.301 DK 417 7998.506 DK 402 8200.500 TS 511
7507.210 DK 99 7825.375 DK 657 7856.090 DK 411 7955.310 DK 417 7998.606 DK 401 8200.600 TS 511

8200.800 to 9118.210
8200.800 TS 511 8601.920 TS 513 8611.180 TS 565 8614.200 TS 591 8800.320 TS 610 8801.735 TS 582
8204.500 TS 68 8601.980 TS 513 8611.190 TS 565 8614.240 TS 596 8800.330 TS 620 8801.745 TS 582
8205.500 TS 69 8602.000 TS 513 8611.200 TS 565 8614.250 TS 596 8800.340 TS 624 8801.755 TS 582
8206.500 TS 70 8602.015 TS 514 8611.210 TS 566 8614.260 TS 596 8800.350 TS 624 8801.765 TS 582
8208.500 TS 71 8602.025 TS 514 8611.220 TS 570 8614.640 TS 596 8800.360 TS 618 8801.775 TS 582
8215.500 TS 63 8602.030 TS 514 8611.280 TS 564 8614.650 TS 596 8800.370 TS 619 8801.915 TS 554
8226.500 TS 72 8602.040 TS 514 8611.290 TS 564 8614.660 TS 596 8800.380 TS 610 8802.060 TS 651
8245.500 TS 63 8602.050 TS 514 8611.300 PC 549 8614.675 TS 596 8800.390 TS 515 8802.065 TS 652
8265.500 TS 64 8602.060 TS 514 8611.330 TS 564 8614.680 TS 596 8800.400 TS 543 8802.080 TS 651
8284.500 TS 65 8602.065 TS 514 8611.340 TS 564 8614.840 TS 596 8800.410 TS 543 8802.085 TS 652
8285.500 TS 66 8602.080 TS 514 8611.350 TS 564 8614.850 TS 596 8800.420 TS 544 8802.100 TS 651
8286.500 TS 67 8602.085 TS 514 8611.360 TS 564 8614.880 TS 596 8800.430 TS 545 8802.105 TS 652
8405.510 TS 69 8602.100 TS 513 8611.370 TS 566 8615.500 TS 63 8800.470 TS 546 8802.120 TS 651
8406.510 TS 70 8602.200 TS 513 8612.000 TS 606 8626.500 TS 72 8800.490 TS 544 8802.125 TS 652
8410.510 TS 73 8602.400 TS 513 8612.010 TS 606 8645.500 TS 63 8800.500 TS 543 8802.160 TS 651
8418.510 TS 73 8602.500 TS 513 8612.020 TS 606 8665.500 TS 64 8800.510 TS 663 8802.165 TS 652
8430.510 TS 73 8602.600 TS 513 8612.030 TS 606 8684.500 TS 65 8800.520 TS 663 8802.220 TS 594
8438.510 TS 73 8602.605 TS 513 8612.040 TS 606 8685.500 TS 66 8800.531 TS 664 8802.260 TS 594
8450.600 TS 182 8602.800 TS 513 8612.050 TS 606 8686.500 TS 67 8800.540 TS 663 8802.280 TS 594
8450.680 TS 183 8602.805 TS 513 8612.060 TS 606 8700.000 TS 544 8800.560 TS 691 8804.500 TS 68
8451.600 TS 182 8602.850 TS 513 8612.070 SZ 606 8700.010 TS 535 8800.570 TS 663 8805.500 TS 69
8452.600 TS 182 8602.905 TS 513 8612.080 TS 606 8700.060 TS 534 8800.580 TS 691 8806.500 TS 70
8453.600 TS 182 8602.915 TS 513 8612.090 SZ 606 8700.140 TS 548 8800.590 TS 543 8806.580 TS 74
8454.600 TS 182 8602.920 TS 513 8612.100 TS 606 8700.150 TS 548 8800.600 TS 641 8806.750 TS 80
8455.600 TS 182 8602.980 TS 513 8612.120 TS 606 8700.160 TS 548 8800.610 TS 592 8808.500 TS 71
8456.600 TS 182 8604.500 TS 68 8612.130 TS 606 8700.840 TS 534 8800.620 TS 641 8808.750 TS 80
8457.600 TS 182 8605.500 TS 69 8612.140 TS 606 8700.850 TS 534 8800.630 TS 592 8815.500 TS 63
8485.510 TS 66 8606.500 TS 70 8612.150 TS 606 8701.000 TS 518 8800.640 TS 612 8826.500 TS 72
8486.510 TS 67 8608.500 TS 71 8612.160 TS 606 8701.040 TS 518 8800.650 TS 612 8845.500 TS 63
8600.255 TS 515 8609.020 TS 540 8612.180 TS 606 8701.050 TS 518 8800.660 TS 641 8865.500 TS 64
8600.265 TS 515 8609.030 TS 540 8612.240 TS 609 8701.060 TS 518 8800.670 TS 547 8880.500 TS 66
8600.455 TS 515 8609.040 TS 537 8612.250 TS 609 8701.180 TS 574 8800.680 TS 641 8881.500 TS 67
8600.465 TS 515 8609.050 TS 537 8612.260 TS 609 8701.200 TS 518 8800.690 TS 640 8884.500 TS 65
8600.510 TS 515 8609.060 TS 537 8612.280 TS 609 8701.600 TS 518 8800.710 TS 574 8885.500 TS 66
8600.520 TS 515 8609.080 TS 537 8612.400 TS 616 8701.800 TS 518 8800.750 TS 664 8886.500 TS 67
8600.655 TS 515 8609.100 TS 538 8612.410 TS 616 8702.000 TS 518 8800.751 TS 664 8950.050 TS 541
8600.665 TS 515 8609.110 TS 538 8612.500 TS 607 8702.040 TS 518 8800.752 TS 664 8950.060 TS 541
8600.855 TS 515 8609.120 TS 538 8612.520 TS 607 8702.050 TS 518 8800.753 TS 664 8950.840 TS 541
8600.865 TS 515 8609.130 TS 538 8612.550 TS 607 8702.060 TS 518 8800.754 TS 664 8950.850 TS 541
8601.000 TS 513 8609.140 TS 539 8612.560 TS 607 8702.200 TS 518 8800.806 TS 618 9055.310 DK 461
8601.015 TS 514 8609.150 TS 539 8612.580 TS 607 8702.600 TS 518 8800.808 TS 618 9055.312 DK 461
8601.025 TS 514 8609.160 TS 539 8612.650 TS 608 8702.800 TS 518 8800.825 SZ 548 9055.410 DK 461
8601.030 TS 514 8609.170 TS 539 8612.660 TS 608 8800.020 TS 574 8800.830 TS 524 9055.412 DK 461
8601.040 TS 514 8609.260 TS 537 8612.680 TS 608 8800.040 TS 550 8800.845 SZ 548 9101.210 GA 28
8601.050 TS 514 8609.390 TS 539 8612.750 TS 608 8800.050 TS 592 8800.855 SZ 548 9102.210 GA 28
8601.060 TS 514 8609.840 TS 537 8612.760 TS 608 8800.060 TS 650 8800.865 SZ 548 9104.210 GA 28
8601.065 TS 514 8609.850 TS 537 8612.780 TS 608 8800.070 TS 566 8800.870 SZ 547 9105.210 GA 28
8601.080 TS 514 8609.860 TS 537 8612.960 TS 614 8800.071 TS 535 8800.885 SZ 548 9105.700 GA 29
8601.085 TS 514 8610.605 TS 549 8612.980 TS 614 8800.075 TS 524 8800.900 PC 628 9106.210 GA 28
8601.100 TS 514 8610.625 TS 549 8613.000 TS 683 8800.080 TS 650 8800.910 PC 628 9107.210 GA 28
8601.130 TS 517 8610.685 TS 549 8613.010 TS 684 8800.090 TS 592 8800.920 PC 517 9108.210 GA 28
8601.140 TS 517 8610.805 TS 549 8613.030 TS 684 8800.100 TS 650 8800.950 TS 574 9108.700 GA 29
8601.200 TS 513 8610.825 TS 549 8613.040 TS 684 8800.110 TS 535 8801.000 TS 551 9110.210 GA 28
8601.300 TS 513 8610.885 TS 549 8613.060 TS 683 8800.120 TS 650 8801.010 TS 551 9110.700 GA 29
8601.400 TS 513 8611.020 TS 564 8613.080 TS 683 8800.130 TS 609 8801.230 TS 554 9111.210 GA 28
8601.450 TS 520 8611.045 TS 564 8613.150 TS 688 8800.150 TS 626 8801.240 TS 554 9112.210 GA 28
8601.500 TS 513 8611.070 TS 564 8613.160 TS 688 8800.160 TS 626 8801.250 TS 554 9112.700 GA 29
8601.600 TS 513 8611.080 TS 549 8613.180 TS 688 8800.170 TS 547 8801.260 TS 554 9113.210 GA 28
8601.605 TS 513 8611.100 TS 570 8613.300 TS 684 8800.180 TS 626 8801.310 TS 383 9113.700 GA 29
8601.680 TS 520 8611.110 TS 570 8613.360 TS 684 8800.190 TS 574 8801.320 TS 383 9114.210 GA 28
8601.800 TS 513 8611.120 TS 570 8613.860 TS 643 8800.200 TS 523 8801.330 TS 383 9114.700 GA 29
8601.805 TS 513 8611.130 TS 570 8614.040 TS 596 8800.220 TS 522 8801.340 TS 383 9116.210 GA 28
8601.850 TS 513 8611.140 TS 570 8614.050 TS 596 8800.280 TS 593 8801.350 TS 383 9116.700 GA 29
8601.860 TS 643 8611.150 TS 570 8614.060 TS 596 8800.290 TS 523 8801.380 TS 383 9117.210 GA 28
8601.905 TS 513 8611.160 TS 570 8614.100 TS 597 8800.300 TS 610 8801.450 TS 550 9117.700 GA 29
8601.915 TS 513 8611.170 TS 570 8614.180 TS 591 8800.310 TS 610 8801.715 TS 554 9118.210 GA 28

9118.700 to 9650.231
9118.700 GA 29 9340.450 SV 221 9342.314 SV 218 9344.530 SV 263 9504.000 PK 24 9629.100 SV 207
9119.210 GA 28 9340.460 SV 220 9342.320 SV 217 9344.540 SV 263 9505.000 PK 24 9630.000 SV 207
9121.122 GA 29 9340.470 SV 220 9342.321 SV 258 9344.550 SV 263 9506.000 PK 24 9640.050 SV 268
9121.160 GA 29 9340.510 SV 222 9342.324 SV 218 9344.610 SV 263 9507.000 PK 24 9640.080 SV 268
9121.230 GA 29 9340.520 SV 222 9342.400 SV 226 9344.620 SV 263 9508.000 PK 24 9640.150 SV 268
9123.000 GA 29 9340.530 SV 222 9342.410 SV 226 9344.680 SV 263 9508.050 PK 26 9640.171 SV 269
9201.600 KEL 194 9340.550 SV 222 9342.500 SV 227 9345.000 SV 249 9509.000 PK 24 9640.181 SV 269
9202.600 KEL 194 9340.560 SV 222 9342.504 SV 229 9345.010 SV 249 9510.000 PK 24 9640.191 SV 268
9203.600 KEL 194 9340.610 SV 223 9342.510 SV 227 9345.030 SV 249 9511.000 PK 24 9640.201 SV 268
9204.600 KEL 194 9340.620 SV 223 9342.514 SV 229 9345.100 SV 250 9512.000 PK 24 9640.206 SV 268
9205.600 KEL 194 9340.630 SV 223 9342.540 SV 226 9345.200 SV 250 9513.000 PK 24 9640.211 SV 268
9206.600 KEL 194 9340.650 SV 223 9342.550 SV 226 9345.400 SV 250 9514.000 PK 25 9640.216 SV 268
9207.600 KEL 194 9340.660 SV 222 9342.560 SV 261 9345.600 SV 227 9514.050 PK 26 9640.221 SV 268
9208.600 KEL 194 9340.700 SV 221 9342.570 SV 261 9345.604 SV 229 9514.100 PK 25 9640.226 SV 268
9209.600 KEL 194 9340.710 SV 220 9342.640 SV 261 9345.610 SV 227 9515.000 PK 25 9640.231 SV 268
9214.000 KEL 646 9340.720 SV 220 9342.720 SV 261 9345.614 SV 229 9515.100 PK 25 9640.236 SV 268
9266.000 KEL 588 9340.730 SV 220 9342.800 SV 260 9345.700 SV 228 9516.000 PK 25 9640.241 SV 268
9301.000 KEL 192 9340.740 SV 220 9342.810 SV 260 9345.704 SV 230 9516.100 PK 25 9640.246 SV 268
9302.000 KEL 192 9340.750 SV 220 9342.820 SV 260 9345.710 SV 228 9517.000 PK 25 9640.251 SV 268
9303.000 KEL 192 9340.760 SV 219 9342.850 SV 259 9345.714 SV 230 9517.100 PK 25 9640.256 SV 268
9304.000 KEL 192 9340.770 SV 220 9342.860 SV 259 9345.720 SV 228 9518.000 PK 25 9640.261 SV 268
9305.000 KEL 192 9340.820 SV 260 9342.870 SV 259 9345.724 SV 230 9518.100 PK 25 9640.266 SV 268
9306.000 KEL 192 9340.830 SV 260 9342.880 SV 259 9345.730 SV 228 9519.000 PK 25 9640.271 SV 268
9320.020 SV 254 9340.850 SV 260 9342.920 SV 259 9345.734 SV 230 9519.100 PK 25 9640.276 SV 268
9320.030 SV 254 9340.860 SV 260 9342.930 SV 259 9346.000 SV 246 9520.000 PK 25 9640.281 SV 268
9320.060 SV 254 9340.870 SV 260 9342.940 SV 259 9346.010 SV 246 9520.100 PK 25 9640.286 SV 268
9320.070 SV 254 9340.880 SV 260 9342.950 SV 259 9346.015 SV 248 9521.000 PK 25 9640.291 SV 268
9320.120 SV 261 9340.890 SV 260 9342.980 SV 259 9346.020 SV 246 9521.050 PK 26 9640.296 SV 268
9320.150 SV 258 9340.900 SV 224 9343.000 SV 240 9346.030 SV 246 9521.100 PK 25 9640.301 SV 268
9340.000 SV 212 9340.910 SV 224 9343.010 SV 240 9346.040 SV 247 9522.000 PK 25 9640.306 SV 268
9340.004 SV 212 9340.930 SV 224 9343.020 SV 242 9346.050 SV 247 9522.100 PK 25 9640.311 SV 268
9340.010 SV 212 9340.950 SV 237 9343.030 SV 242 9346.060 SV 246 9523.000 PK 25 9640.316 SV 268
9340.030 SV 251 9341.000 SV 214 9343.040 SV 244 9346.110 SV 247 9523.100 PK 25 9640.325 SV 269
9340.040 SV 251 9341.050 SV 214 9343.050 SV 244 9346.115 SV 248 9524.000 PK 25 9640.330 SV 269
9340.050 SV 212 9341.070 SV 215 9343.100 SV 241 9346.210 SV 247 9524.100 PK 25 9640.340 SV 269
9340.070 SV 213 9341.100 SV 256 9343.110 SV 241 9346.215 SV 248 9548.000 PK 27 9640.350 SV 269
9340.074 SV 213 9341.110 SV 256 9343.120 SV 243 9346.310 SV 247 9549.000 PK 27 9640.360 SV 268
9340.090 SV 251 9341.120 SV 256 9343.130 SV 243 9346.315 SV 248 9550.000 PK 27 9640.365 SV 268
9340.100 SV 256 9341.130 SV 256 9343.140 SV 245 9346.400 SV 263 9581.000 PK 27 9640.370 SV 269
9340.110 SV 256 9341.140 SV 256 9343.150 SV 245 9346.440 SV 264 9583.000 PK 27 9640.380 SV 269
9340.120 SV 256 9341.170 SV 256 9343.200 SV 241 9346.450 SV 264 9600.000 SV 206 9640.600 SV 270
9340.130 SV 256 9342.000 SV 214 9343.210 SV 241 9346.460 SV 264 9601.000 SV 206 9640.610 SV 270
9340.134 SV 256 9342.004 SV 214 9343.230 SV 243 9346.470 SV 264 9602.000 SV 206 9640.900 SV 269
9340.140 SV 256 9342.030 SV 251 9343.250 SV 245 9346.480 SV 265 9603.000 SV 206 9640.910 SV 269
9340.170 SV 256 9342.050 SV 214 9343.300 SV 241 9346.560 SV 265 9605.000 SV 206 9640.920 SV 269
9340.200 SV 256 9342.070 SV 215 9343.310 SV 241 9346.570 SV 265 9606.000 SV 206 9640.930 SV 269
9340.210 SV 256 9342.074 SV 215 9343.330 SV 243 9346.600 SV 265 9607.000 SV 206 9640.940 SV 269
9340.214 SV 256 9342.100 SV 256 9343.350 SV 245 9346.610 SV 265 9608.000 SV 206 9640.970 SV 269
9340.220 SV 256 9342.110 SV 256 9344.000 SV 240 9346.620 SV 265 9609.000 SV 206 9640.980 SV 269
9340.224 SV 256 9342.120 SV 256 9344.010 SV 240 9346.630 SV 265 9610.000 SV 206 9649.000 SV 268
9340.230 SV 256 9342.130 SV 256 9344.020 SV 242 9346.640 SV 265 9611.000 SV 206 9649.010 SV 268
9340.260 SV 225 9342.134 SV 256 9344.030 SV 242 9346.650 SV 265 9612.000 SV 206 9649.060 SV 268
9340.270 SV 225 9342.140 SV 256 9344.040 SV 244 9350.010 SV 253 9613.000 SV 206 9649.160 SV 268
9340.280 SV 260 9342.170 SV 256 9344.050 SV 244 9350.060 SV 253 9614.000 SV 208 9649.360 SV 268
9340.290 SV 259 9342.200 SV 216 9344.100 SV 241 9350.075 SV 254 9614.100 SV 208 9650.050 SV 268
9340.300 SV 225 9342.210 SV 216 9344.110 SV 241 9401.600 KEL 193 9614.110 SV 208 9650.080 SV 268
9340.310 SV 219 9342.220 SV 216 9344.130 SV 243 9402.600 KEL 193 9615.000 SV 208 9650.098 SV 268
9340.320 SV 219 9342.224 SV 216 9344.150 SV 245 9403.600 KEL 193 9615.100 SV 208 9650.100 SV 268
9340.340 SV 219 9342.240 SV 216 9344.210 SV 241 9404.600 KEL 193 9616.000 SV 209 9650.150 SV 268
9340.350 SV 220 9342.250 SV 217 9344.230 SV 243 9405.600 KEL 193 9617.000 SV 209 9650.171 SV 269
9340.370 SV 219 9342.254 SV 217 9344.250 SV 245 9406.600 KEL 193 9623.000 SV 258 9650.181 SV 269
9340.380 SV 220 9342.270 SV 217 9344.310 SV 241 9407.600 KEL 193 9624.000 SV 206 9650.191 SV 268
9340.390 SV 220 9342.280 SV 217 9344.330 SV 243 9408.600 KEL 193 9625.000 SV 208 9650.201 SV 268
9340.400 SV 219 9342.300 SV 217 9344.350 SV 245 9409.600 KEL 193 9627.000 SV 209 9650.211 SV 268
9340.410 SV 221 9342.310 SV 217 9344.510 SV 263 9500.000 PK 24 9629.000 SV 209 9650.221 SV 268
9340.430 SV 221 9342.311 SV 258 9344.520 SV 263 9502.000 PK 24 9629.010 SV 208 9650.231 SV 268

9650.241 to 9674.350
9650.241 SV 268 9661.180 SV 648 9666.300 SV 299 9670.406 SV 76 9672.198 SV 552 9673.508 SV 285
9650.251 SV 268 9661.200 SV 649 9666.303 SV 299 9670.408 SV 76 9672.314 SV 553 9673.642 SV 287
9650.261 SV 268 9661.230 SV 649 9666.310 SV 300 9670.426 SV 77 9672.316 SV 553 9673.643 SV 287
9650.271 SV 268 9661.235 SV 649 9666.340 SV 300 9670.428 SV 77 9672.318 SV 553 9673.644 SV 287
9650.281 SV 268 9661.240 SV 649 9666.350 SV 300 9670.606 SV 76 9672.324 SV 553 9673.646 SV 287
9650.291 SV 268 9661.300 SV 648 9666.380 SV 300 9670.608 SV 76 9672.326 SV 553 9673.648 SV 287
9650.301 SV 268 9661.305 SV 648 9666.390 SV 300 9670.626 SV 77 9672.328 SV 553 9673.660 SV 287
9650.311 SV 268 9661.320 SV 648 9666.400 SV 300 9670.628 SV 77 9672.334 SV 553 9673.661 SV 287
9650.325 SV 269 9661.325 SV 648 9666.410 SV 300 9670.806 SV 76 9672.336 SV 553 9673.662 SV 287
9650.330 SV 269 9661.340 SV 648 9666.420 SV 300 9670.808 SV 76 9672.338 SV 553 9673.663 SV 287
9650.340 SV 269 9661.345 SV 648 9666.430 SV 301 9670.826 SV 77 9672.344 SV 553 9673.664 SV 287
9650.360 SV 268 9661.350 SV 649 9666.440 SV 301 9670.828 SV 77 9672.346 SV 553 9673.666 SV 287
9650.370 SV 269 9661.355 SV 649 9666.520 SV 303 9671.204 SV 553 9672.348 SV 553 9673.668 SV 287
9650.380 SV 269 9661.360 SV 648 9666.530 SV 303 9671.206 SV 553 9672.354 SV 553 9673.671 SV 287
9650.600 SV 270 9661.365 SV 648 9666.533 SV 303 9671.208 SV 553 9672.356 SV 553 9673.672 SV 287
9650.610 SV 270 9661.380 SV 648 9666.550 SV 301 9671.364 SV 583 9672.358 SV 553 9673.673 SV 287
9650.900 SV 269 9661.385 SV 648 9666.560 SV 301 9671.366 SV 583 9672.384 SV 555 9673.674 SV 287
9650.905 SV 269 9665.750 SV 584 9666.570 SV 301 9671.368 SV 583 9672.386 SV 555 9673.680 SV 287
9650.910 SV 269 9665.760 SV 584 9666.580 SV 301 9671.384 SV 583 9672.388 SV 555 9673.681 SV 287
9650.920 SV 269 9665.770 SV 584 9666.583 SV 301 9671.386 SV 583 9673.004 SV 286 9673.682 SV 287
9650.980 SV 269 9665.780 SV 584 9666.590 SV 302 9671.388 SV 583 9673.006 SV 286 9673.683 SV 287
9650.990 SV 269 9665.785 SV 584 9666.600 SV 302 9671.546 SV 583 9673.008 SV 286 9673.684 SV 287
9659.000 SV 268 9665.903 SV 583 9666.603 SV 302 9671.548 SV 583 9673.051 SV 283 9673.686 SV 287
9659.010 SV 268 9665.913 SV 583 9666.640 SV 302 9671.568 SV 583 9673.052 SV 283 9673.688 SV 287
9659.060 SV 268 9665.923 SV 583 9666.650 SV 304 9671.586 SV 583 9673.055 SV 283 9673.692 SV 287
9659.160 SV 268 9665.943 SV 583 9666.660 SV 304 9671.588 SV 583 9673.061 SV 283 9673.693 SV 287
9659.360 SV 268 9665.953 SV 583 9666.665 SV 304 9671.646 SV 583 9673.062 SV 283 9673.694 SV 287
9659.525 SV 583 9665.963 SV 583 9666.670 SV 304 9671.648 SV 583 9673.063 SV 283 9673.901 SV 622
9659.535 SV 583 9666.000 SV 299 9666.680 SV 304 9671.666 SV 583 9673.064 SV 283 9673.902 SV 622
9659.545 SV 583 9666.010 SV 299 9666.702 SV 305 9671.668 SV 583 9673.065 SV 283 9673.903 SV 622
9659.555 SV 583 9666.020 SV 299 9666.703 SV 305 9671.686 SV 583 9673.066 SV 283 9673.915 SV 615
9660.090 SV 282 9666.030 SV 299 9666.704 SV 305 9671.688 SV 583 9673.069 SV 283 9673.920 SV 615
9660.180 SV 282 9666.040 SV 299 9666.705 SV 305 9671.846 SV 583 9673.081 SV 283 9673.940 SV 615
9660.190 SV 282 9666.050 SV 299 9666.706 SV 305 9671.848 SV 583 9673.082 SV 283 9673.953 SV 615
9660.200 SV 280 9666.053 SV 299 9666.707 SV 305 9672.140 SV 552 9673.083 SV 283 9673.983 SV 615
9660.210 SV 616 9666.060 SV 299 9666.711 SV 305 9672.141 SV 552 9673.084 SV 283 9673.995 SV 615
9660.220 SV 616 9666.063 SV 299 9666.712 SV 305 9672.142 SV 552 9673.085 SV 283 9674.004 SV 289
9660.235 SV 583 9666.070 SV 299 9666.722 SV 305 9672.143 SV 552 9673.086 SV 283 9674.006 SV 289
9660.245 SV 583 9666.073 SV 299 9666.723 SV 305 9672.144 SV 552 9673.089 SV 283 9674.008 SV 289
9660.255 SV 583 9666.080 SV 299 9666.724 SV 305 9672.146 SV 552 9673.192 SV 284 9674.046 SV 288
9660.265 SV 583 9666.090 SV 299 9666.730 SV 305 9672.148 SV 552 9673.193 SV 284 9674.048 SV 288
9660.280 SV 281 9666.100 SV 299 9666.740 SV 305 9672.150 SV 552 9673.194 SV 284 9674.056 SV 616
9660.380 SV 281 9666.110 SV 299 9666.753 SV 305 9672.156 SV 552 9673.195 SV 284 9674.058 SV 616
9660.460 SV 282 9666.120 SV 299 9666.754 SV 305 9672.158 SV 552 9673.405 SV 286 9674.100 SV 278
9660.470 SV 282 9666.130 SV 299 9666.756 SV 305 9672.160 SV 552 9673.406 SV 286 9674.102 SV 271
9660.480 SV 282 9666.133 SV 299 9666.757 SV 305 9672.161 SV 552 9673.408 SV 286 9674.104 SV 271
9660.490 SV 282 9666.140 SV 299 9666.800 SV 298 9672.162 SV 552 9673.426 SV 286 9674.122 SV 271
9660.610 SV 270 9666.143 SV 299 9666.810 SV 298 9672.163 SV 552 9673.428 SV 286 9674.124 SV 271
9660.620 SV 270 9666.150 SV 299 9666.820 SV 298 9672.164 SV 552 9673.436 SV 285 9674.152 SV 271
9660.700 SV 281 9666.160 SV 299 9666.830 SV 298 9672.166 SV 552 9673.438 SV 285 9674.154 SV 271
9660.710 SV 281 9666.170 SV 299 9666.840 SV 298 9672.167 SV 552 9673.444 SV 284 9674.162 SV 271
9660.780 SV 281 9666.180 SV 299 9666.850 SV 298 9672.168 SV 552 9673.445 SV 284 9674.164 SV 271
9660.880 SV 281 9666.190 SV 299 9666.900 SV 298 9672.169 SV 552 9673.448 SV 284 9674.172 SV 271
9660.970 SV 286 9666.200 SV 299 9666.910 SV 298 9672.170 SV 552 9673.454 SV 285 9674.174 SV 271
9660.980 SV 270 9666.210 SV 299 9666.915 SV 75 9672.176 SV 552 9673.456 SV 285 9674.182 SV 271
9661.000 SV 648 9666.213 SV 299 9666.920 SV 298 9672.178 SV 552 9673.458 SV 285 9674.184 SV 271
9661.020 SV 648 9666.220 SV 299 9666.925 SV 75 9672.180 SV 552 9673.464 SV 284 9674.192 SV 271
9661.040 SV 648 9666.223 SV 299 9666.930 SV 298 9672.181 SV 552 9673.465 SV 284 9674.194 SV 271
9661.050 SV 649 9666.230 SV 299 9666.955 SV 75 9672.182 SV 552 9673.468 SV 284 9674.196 SV 288
9661.060 SV 648 9666.240 SV 299 9666.965 SV 75 9672.183 SV 552 9673.476 SV 285 9674.198 SV 288
9661.080 SV 648 9666.250 SV 299 9670.006 SV 78 9672.184 SV 552 9673.478 SV 285 9674.306 SV 291
9661.100 SV 648 9666.260 SV 299 9670.106 SV 78 9672.186 SV 552 9673.484 SV 284 9674.308 SV 291
9661.120 SV 648 9666.270 SV 299 9670.108 SV 78 9672.187 SV 552 9673.485 SV 284 9674.340 SV 290
9661.140 SV 648 9666.280 SV 299 9670.206 SV 79 9672.188 SV 552 9673.488 SV 284 9674.346 SV 291
9661.150 SV 649 9666.290 SV 299 9670.208 SV 79 9672.190 SV 552 9673.504 SV 285 9674.348 SV 291
9661.160 SV 648 9666.293 SV 299 9670.226 SV 79 9672.196 SV 552 9673.506 SV 285 9674.350 SV 290

9674.356 to 9785.042
Model No. Page Model No. Page
9674.356 SV 290 9676.196 SV 280
9674.362 SV 291 9676.198 SV 280
9674.366 SV 291 9676.200 SV 274
9674.380 SV 292 9676.210 SV 274
9674.381 SV 292 9676.503 SV 289
9674.400 SV 293 9676.504 SV 289
9674.405 SV 293 9676.505 SV 289
9674.406 SV 293 9676.520 SV 273
9674.408 SV 293 9676.526 SV 273
9674.410 SV 293 9676.528 SV 273
9674.415 SV 293 9676.540 SV 273
9674.416 SV 293 9676.546 SV 273
9674.418 SV 293 9676.548 SV 273
9674.430 SV 293 9676.621 SV 272
9674.435 SV 293 9676.641 SV 272
9674.436 SV 293 9676.700 SV 273
9674.438 SV 293 9676.710 SV 273
9674.480 SV 274 9676.730 SV 273
9674.485 SV 294 9676.747 SV 273
9674.488 SV 294 9676.748 SV 273
9674.550 SV 555 9676.749 SV 273
9674.560 SV 555 9676.806 SV 273
9674.701 SV 284 9676.807 SV 273
9674.702 SV 284 9676.808 SV 273
9674.703 SV 284 9676.809 SV 273
9674.704 SV 284 9676.810 SV 273
9674.706 SV 284 9676.811 SV 273
9674.761 SV 288 9676.812 SV 273
9674.762 SV 288 9676.813 SV 273
9674.782 SV 288 9676.814 SV 273
9675.100 SV 274 9676.815 SV 273
9675.210 SV 289 9676.816 SV 273
9675.212 SV 289 9676.817 SV 273
9675.218 SV 289 9676.819 SV 273
9675.220 SV 289 9676.831 SV 273
9675.230 SV 289 9676.832 SV 273
9675.232 SV 289 9676.910 SV 274
9675.240 SV 289 9676.912 SV 274
9675.242 SV 289 9676.961 SV 280
9675.840 SV 274 9676.962 SV 280
9676.000 SV 295 9676.963 SV 280
9676.002 SV 271 9676.966 SV 280
9676.004 SV 271 9676.967 SV 280
9676.006 SV 272 9676.968 SV 280
9676.007 SV 272 9676.971 SV 269
9676.008 SV 272 9676.972 SV 269
9676.017 SV 272 9676.973 SV 269
9676.019 SV 272 9676.976 SV 269
9676.020 SV 271 9676.977 SV 269
9676.021 SV 271 9676.981 SV 269
9676.022 SV 271 9676.982 SV 269
9676.023 SV 271 9676.983 SV 269
9676.024 SV 271 9676.986 SV 269
9676.025 SV 271 9676.987 SV 269
9676.026 SV 271 9785.040 CS 565
9676.027 SV 271 9785.042 CS 565
9676.041 SV 272
9676.046 SV 272
9676.048 SV 272
9676.052 SV 272
9676.054 SV 272
9676.056 SV 272
9676.058 SV 272
9676.059 SV 272
9676.186 SV 280
9676.188 SV 280

Index
A B Brush strip
– Vertical
Built-in keyboard 482.6 mm (19˝)/4 U
Bus enclosures BG
657
693
708
36, 39
Accessories Base – Stainless steel 178
– for cast aluminium enclosures GA 29 – for tubular door frame 714 BUS system SK 382
– for Data Rack 682 Base configuration rail for CM 608 Busbar adaptor
– for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS 280 Base isolators 251 – for Mini-PLS 207
– for Power System Module 413 Base mount 524 Busbar claws
– Hygienic Design 173 Base mounting bracket – for Flat-PLS 272
– TopConsole 117 – for cast feet 167 Busbar connection adaptor
Accommodation system, 2 U Base mounting plate – Mini-PLS 206
– for LSA installation kit 699 – for base/plinth 516 Busbar connectors 254
Acoustic components Base trays – PLS 254
– for signal pillars, modular 719 – for Mini-PLS 206 Busbar modules ISV 302, 303
Acrylic glazed cover 557 – for RiLine 256 Busbar stabilser bar Flat-PLS 271
Adaptor – Infill 256 Busbar support
– 3U 690 Base/plinth – 1 and 2-pole 251
– Circuit-breaker, 3-pole, 60 mm 226 – Complete, sheet steel 519 – Flat-PLS 271
– for connector cut-outs 540 – Complete, stainless steel 519 – for 100/150/185 mm bar systems 278
– for levelling feet 522 – for areas at risk from earthquakes 643 – for 40 mm bar systems 206
– for L-shaped mounting angles 632 – Stationary 517 – for 60 mm bar systems 212, 215
– for twin castors 523 Base/plinth adaptor – for flat busbars 212, 271, 278
– Metric to 482.6 mm (19˝) 690 – for levelling feet 522 – for fuse-switch disconnector section 293
– OM 219, 222, 224 – for twin castors 523 – for stabiliser bar 271
– TS for wiring systems 626 Base/plinth baying brackets 514 – Maxi-PLS 268
Adaptor bracket Base/plinth cap 517 – Mini-PLS 206
– for TS 618 Base/plinth components – PLS 214, 215
Adaptor for support arm system 157, 159 – Front and rear, sheet steel 513 – RiLine 212, 215
Adaptor kit, 3 U 690 – Front and rear, stainless steel 518 Busbar systems
Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) Base/plinth trim panels – 40 mm 206
– for TS, SE 684 – Side, sheet steel 514 – Flat-PLS 271
Adaptor power pack – Side, stainless steel 518 – Mini-PLS 206
– for LED system light 638 Base/plinth trim, modular 518 – Ri4Power 268
Adaptor rail Basic modules Busbar terminals
– for PS compatibility 610 – CMC III Processing Unit 448 – for NH slimline fuse-switch
Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝) – CMC III Processing Unit Compact 448 disconnectors, size 1 – 3 264
– for TS 683 Baying attachment 547 Busbars
– for TS electronic enclosure 684 Baying brackets – Cover sections 253
Adaptor sleeve for Flex-Block 522 – E-Cu for busbars 649 – CUPONAL 252
Add-on cover 433 – for TS base/plinth 514 – E-Cu 252, 253
Adhesive measurement strip, – for TS/TS and TS/PS 546 – for fuse-switch disconnector section 293
482.6 mm (19˝) 686 Baying clamp 543, 544 – for T-connector sets 289
Adjacent door latch for TS 566 – for back-to-back mounting 547 – Gland 270
AE Baying clip for Flex-Block 511 – Maxi-PLS 268
– Compact enclosures 46 Baying connector – Mini-PLS 206
– Wall-mounted enclosure 104 – for Data Rack 682 – PLS 253
Air baffle plate 692 – for TS 544, 548 Bus-mounting fuse bases
Air circuit-breaker support rails 286 Baying cover – 60 mm 236
Air diverter 376 – top 548 – D-Switch 237
Air duct adaptor 374 – vertical 547 – Mini-PLS 207
Air duct system Baying frame, screw-fastened,
– for roof-mounted cooling units for TS, stainless steel 535
C
and air/water heat exchangers 374 Baying kit
Air/air heat exchangers 330 – for KL, AE 548
– TopTherm 329 Baying seal, EMC 640
Air/water heat exchangers 358, 359, 360 Baying systems 542
– Wall-mounted 354 – Electronic enclosures 73 C rails 612, 613
Aisle containment 435 – EMC enclosures 80 – 30/15 612
Alternate frame, magnetic 579 – Modular enclosures 76 – for cable chamber enclosures 616
Aluminium rivet 664 Baying systems TS 8 62 – 80 – for TS, SE 613, 616
Aluminium strip TP 117, 701 – Busbar enclosures 79 Cable attachment 667
Angle adaptor 90° 158 – Distribution enclosures 75 Cable chamber for TS 515
Angle bracket PS 620 – Fuse-switch-disconnector enclosures 78 Cable clamp rails
Angle piece 621 – Sheet steel, IP 66/NEMA 4 74 – C rail 665
Angular baying brackets 545, 546 – Stainless steel 182 – Depth-variable 669
Angular connector for Flat-PLS 273 – Stainless steel, IP 66/NEMA 4X 183 – for TS and 482.6 mm (19˝)
Arc chambers Bit HD 172 mounting frames 669
– for NH disconnectors 263 Blanking covers – Mounting angle 665
Assembly block for TS 610 – for fan-and-filter units/outlet filters 372 Cable clamp strap 458
Assembly kit – for NH slimline fuse-switch Cable clamp, variable 669
– for fuse-switch disconnector section 290 disconnectors 282 Cable clamping bracket 666
Assembly parts – ISV 304 Cable clamps
– for system punchings 644 Blanking panel 696 – for C rails 666
Assembly screws 695 Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝) 692 – for cable clamp rails 665
Assembly tool Bottom-mounted adaptor Cable conduit/cable conduit holder 666
– for HD cable gland 659 – for enclosure internal thermostat Cable duct 673
Attachment and hygrostat 380 – for mounting plate 664
– for wall mounting HD 172 Box terminals 263 – for vertical TS section 663
– Pole clamp 589 – for NH slimline fuse-switch Cable entry
Attachment for punched section disconnectors, size 1 to 3 264 – on gland plate for TS, CM, TP 652
with mounting flange TS 606 Bracket – on gland plate for TS, SE, CM, TP 651
– Wall bracket KS 588 Cable entry gland 584
– Wall bracket TS/SE 588 Cable entry grommets 651
Bracket/spacer 621 Cable entry module CP-L, round 662
Index
Cable entry panel Compact infeed for Maxi-PLS 269 Connector kits
– 482.6 mm (19˝) 677 Compact light 636 – for Flat-PLS 273
Cable entry plates 650 Compact Panel 133 Connector pieces
Cable finger 674 – Wall mounting bracket 590 – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 622
Cable gland plates Compact swing frame – Frame connector piece for TS 622
– Metal 655, 656 – for AE 681 Consoles
– Plastic 653, 654 Compact system enclosures CM 50 – One-piece consoles TP 115
Cable glands Compartment divider – TopConsole 117
– Brass 658 – for TS 284, 285 – Universal consoles 116
– EMC 642 – Mounting bracket 286 Contact cutter 642
– for IW worktops 660 Compartment side panel modules Contact hazard protection covers
– Polyamide 658 – for cable connection space 283 – for bus-mounting fuse bases 262
– Stainless steel, HD 659 – for TS 283 – for fuse-switch disconnector section 291
Cable lock PSM 413 Complete earthing kit – for TS 281, 282
Cable management duct – Extension kit 645 Contact hazard protection modules ISV 299
– horizontal, 482.6 mm (19˝) 676 Component adaptor Contact makers E-Cu 269
Cable management panel 674 – Circuit-breaker, 3-pole 226 – for Flat-PLS 273
– 2U 675 – Mini-PLS 208, 209 Contact paint 642
– with cable routing bars 675 – RiLine60 234 Contact washers 644
Cable management panel, 2 U 676 – with connection cable 219 Control unit for EC fan-and-filter units 380
Cable manager 670 – with plug-in cable outlet 224 Control units for CMC III Processing Unit 451
Cable retainer 265, 623 – with tension spring clamp 222 Cooling medium for chillers 378
Cable route 672 Component shelf Cooling units
Cable routing – 1 U, static installation, 19˝ 630 – Roof-mounted 346
– Snap-in 668 – 2 U, static installation 631 – Wall-mounted 335, 336, 337,339,
Cable routing bars 673 – 482.6 mm (19˝) installation 629 341, 343
Cable routing channel – for frame attachment 627, 628 Copper bars
– 482.6 mm (19˝) 675 – Installation kit 632 – Laminated 255
Cable set for component adaptors 260 – Pull-out 630 – Maxi-PLS 268
Cable shunting ring 670 – Pull-out, TS, PC, IW 627 – Mini-PLS 206
Cable support, hinged 633 – Static installation 630 Copper busbars
Cable ties 667 – Static installation, TS, PC, IW 628 – E-Cu 252
Cable tray, 2 U 676 Condensate collecting bottle 377 – PLS special busbars 253
Cables AWG 10 260 Condensate discharge 533 Corner connectors
Cam lock HD 172 Condensate evaporator, electric 377 – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 622
Cam locks 570 Condensate hose 377 Corner handle 702
– for operating panel 559 Condenser unit 433 Corner pieces, Flex-Block 511
Captive nuts M5/M6 694 Conductor connection clamps 257 Coupling set mounting kit 288
Captive nuts/threaded blocks 624 Connection accessories Courtesy light 635
Cast aluminium enclosures GA 28, 29 – for LED system light 638 Cover cap
Cast feet 519 Connection adaptor 157 – for TS base/plinth components 517
Castors 522 – for signal pillar, LED compact 716 Cover hinge
CD/DVD box 576 – RiLine 216 – for KL 574
Central earthing point 645 Connection adaptor expansion set 218 Cover plates
Chillers 361 Connection block 258 – for connector cut-outs 540
– for IT cooling 441 Connection brackets 261, 274, 277 – for fan panels FlatBox 440
– for wall-mounting 363 Connection cable – for support arm connection 704
– TopTherm 361, 364 – AWG 260 Cover retainer
Circuit-breaker component adaptor – CAN bus 457 – for KL 574
– 3-pole 226 – for LED system lights 638 Cover section for
Circuit-breaker modules ISV 301 – for power pack, TFT monitor 706 – Base tray 256
Clamp rails for cables 665 – for PSM busbar 413 – Busbars 253
Clamps Connection cable/extension 457 – Flat-PLS 272
– for 60 mm bar systems 257 Connection components – Maxi-PLS 268
– Maxi-PLS 269 – for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS 274, 277 – Mini-PLS 206
Clamp-type terminal connection – for signal pillars, modular 717 Cover strips
– for NH slimline fuse-switch Connection console 156 – ISV 304
disconnectors, size 00 264 – VESA 75/100 156 Covers
Claw with threaded insert 273 Connection hose 433 – Acrylic glazed 557
Clipboard 703 Connection pin 260 – for busbar claws 272
Clips for gland plate 524 Connection plates 158 – for bus-mounting fuse bases 262
CM base configuration rail 608 – for 150 mm busbar systems 279 – for connection clamps 257
CMC III – for Flat-PLS 273 – for distribution busbar 292
– Accessories 454 – for Maxi-PLS 269 – Magnetic 693
– CAN bus connection cable 457 Connection space cover – Maxi-PLS 282
– CAN bus DRC 462 – for NH disconnectors 263 – with door for TS 540
– CAN bus unit 448 – for NH slimline fuse-switch Covers, side
– I/O Unit 449 disconnectors, size 00 264 – for bus-mounting fuse bases 262
– Power unit 449 Connection space extenders, side CP housing couplings
– Processing Unit 450 – for bus-mounting fuse bases 262 – for desktop mounting 160
– Processing Unit Compact 450 Connection terminal blocks ISV 300 Crane bracket 546
– Sensors for direct connection 451 Connection terminals 257 Cross members
Combination angle 546 – for Flat-PLS 273 – Adjustable 520
– E-Cu 649 – for Maxi-PLS 269 – RiLine busbar systems 256
Comfort handle 460, 564 Connector Cross rails for TS, SE
– with code 566 – Enclosure surface connector 703 – ISV 305
Comfort Panel 124, 125 – for busbars 254 Cross-brace
Command panel configurator 497 – for enclosures 589 – for mounting plates, for TS, SE 595
Command panel housings with door – for frame 590 CUPONAL busbars 252
– Stainless steel 189 – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 622 Current converter
Compact enclosures Connector gland 660, 662 – for NH slimline fuse-switch
– AE 46 – 49 – Sealing frame 661 disconnectors 265
– AE, stainless steel 179 – Sealing modules 661
– HD 171 Connector grommets 651

Index
D Earthing plate
Earthing point, central
Earthquake base/plinth
Earthquake kit, TS 8
645
645
643
643
F
Data Centre Container DCC 472 E-Box EB 34 Fan cross member 439
Data Rack 96 Edge cover section 272 Fan expansion kit 438
DCIM – Data Center Infrastructure Edge protection 660 – for fan cross member TS 439
Management 499 EL wall-mounted enclosures, Fan module 434
Depth extension frame 3-part 100, 103 Fan mounting plate 437
– ISV 304 Electric condensate evaporator 377 – for DK-TS 438
Depth stays EMC Fastener for support arm connection 704
– for Data Rack 682 – Baying systems TS 8 80 Fastening bolts for base/plinth 516
– ISV 305 – Cable glands 642 Fastening bolts for component
Device modules – Earth clamps 642 shelves 633
– Form 1 281 – Gland plates 641 Feet 520, 521
Digital enclosure internal temperature – Shield bus 641, 642 Fibre-optic
display and thermostat 379 – Shielding bracket 641 – Breakout box, 1 U 697
Direct connection terminals for Flat-PLS 273 – Side panels 640 – Cable management panel 677
Disconnector cross-member 300 EMC seals – Patch panels 697, 698
Disconnectors – Baying seal 640 – Shunting ring 671
– Size 00 to 3 240 – Divider panel seal 640 – Splicing boxes and accessories 697, 698
– Size 00 to 3, with electromechanical Enclosure Filler pieces for busbar support
fuse monitoring 244 – Heaters 366, 367 Flat-PLS 272
– Size 00 to 3, with electronic – Internal fan, for TS 373 Filter holder
fuse monitoring 242, 248 – Internal temperature display – for roof vent 373
– Size 000 207, 239 and thermostat, digital 379 Filter mats
Display board with wall bracket 703 – Internal thermostat 379 – for chillers 370
Distribution busbar 289 – Key 573 – for climate control door/section door 370
– for fuse-switch disconnector section 293 – Key, Hygienic Design 172 – for cooling units 369
Distribution busbar cover – Light 637 – for Flex-Block 517
– for fuse-switch disconnector section 292 Enclosure connector, adjustable 589 – for heat exchangers 370
Distribution enclosures 75 Enclosure flange 167 – for recooling systems 370
Distributor frame Enclosure for tower PC 119 – for tangential fans/front outlet grilles 369
– Data Rack 682 Enclosure panel holder, internal Fine filter mats
Distributor racks – for TS 535 – for fan-and-filter units 371
– Data Rack 96 Enclosure reinforcement 167 Fire alarm and extinguisher system
Divider panel Enclosure surface connector 703 DET-AC 473
– for fuse-switch disconnector section 291 Enclosure systems Fitting for air/water heat exchanger 378
– for Maxi-PLS 270 – Busbar enclosures 79 Flat air duct system 375
– for module plates TS 538 – Distribution enclosures 75 Flat copper bar system 213
– for TS 537 – Fuse-switch-disconnector Flat duct extension 375
Divider panel seal, EMC 640 enclosures 78 Flat screen 706
Dividing plates – Modular enclosures 76 FlatBox
– for fuse-switch disconnector section 291 – PC 119 – Design with 482.6 mm (19˝)
Document clip, magnetic 579 Enclosures, SV-TS 8 mounting angles 98
Door – Busbar enclosures 79 – Design with 482.6 mm (19˝)
– Comfort handle 460 – Fuse-switch disconnector mounting frame 99
– Control module 460 enclosures 78 Flat-PLS
– Control system 459 – Modular enclosures 76 – Busbar systems 271
– Kit 460 End cover – Connection components 274
– Switch 460 – Flat-PLS 272 Flat-PLS busbar systems 273
Door latch mechanism – for 100 mm busbar system 279 Flat-PLS connection components 277
– for bayed suites 541 – Maxi-PLS 268 Flex-Block 508
Door stay for escape routes for TS 578 – Mini-PLS 206 – Base/plinth system 508
Door-operated switch 638 – PLS 214, 215 – Corner pieces 511
Drawer – RiLine 212, 215 – Trim panels 511
– 482.6 mm (19˝) 708 End support Flow regulator valve 378
– 482.6 mm (19˝) to accommodate – for fuse-switch disconnector section 293 Foam cable clamp strip, self-adhesive 652
excess cable length 674 – Maxi-PLS 268 Folding keyboard 708
– 482.6 mm (19˝), Energy-Box 425 Folding lever handle
for keyboard and mouse 710, 711 Entry grommets for cables 651 – for CM 565
– for TS 554 Entry grommets for connectors 651 Fold-out tray
– Tray 628 Equipment support connector – for keyboard and mouse 708
Drawer, 2 U, 3 U – ISV 305 Frame connector
– 482.6 mm (19˝) 691 Ergoform-S lock system 568 – for Comfort Panel 590
Dust guard trim ESD connection point 647 Frame connector piece
– for AE, CM, EB, KL, BG 581 Ex enclosures – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 622
– for TS, SE 581 – Plastic, empty enclosure Front outlet grille 2 U
with hinged door 194 – for tangential fans 372
– Stainless steel, empty enclosure Front panels
with hinged door 193 – for Comfort Panel and Optipanel 704
E – Stainless steel, empty enclosure

with screw-fastened cover
Expansion connector PLS
Extension cable
192
254
457
– for Compact Panel
Front trim panels
– Bottom
704
553
– for fuse-switch disconnector section 290
Earth clamps, EMC 642 Extension cable RJ 12 458 – Top 553
Earth rails 646, 647 Extension kit Front-mounting cage nut,
Earth straps 644 – for complete earthing kit 645 482.6 mm (19˝) 695
Earthing braid 644 – for earth rail, vertical 647 Fuse bases
Earthing kit Eyebolts 586 – 60 mm 236
– Complete, for TS 645 – D-Switch 237
– for earth rail 647 Fuse holder RiLine Class 249, 250
– for KL 646 Fuse-switch disconnector
– KE, for KL, AE, TS 646 – Size 000 207
– Pre-assembled, for TS 647

Index
Fuse-switch disconnectors
– Size 00 to 3, with electronic
fuse monitoring
Fusible elements
248
– Cam lock
– Compact enclosures HD
– Enclosure key
– Levelling feet
172
171
172
172
K
– Mini-PLS 207 – Rails for interior installation 173 Keyboard
– Terminal boxes HD 170 – Built-in keyboard with touchpad 708
– Wall spacer bracket 172 – Pull-out 707
Hygrostat 380
G
Keyboard drawer 710, 712
Keyboard support 709
Kit for separate frame TS 626
I
KVM switch 461
Gas pressurised spring
– for viewing window 557
Gland plate module
– for side cable entry
– One-piece, with brush strip
– Two-piece, with brush strip
533
532
532
Identification strip
Incandescent lamps
– for steady and flashing light
558, 581
L
– Vented 532 components 718 Label panel
Gland plates Industrial Workstations 120, 121 – for signal pillars, modular 719
– EMC 641 – Base for tubular door frame 714 Laminated copper bars 255
– for CM, TP 525, 527 – Cast feet 519 Latch for adjacent door TS 566
– for compartment divider with duct 285 Infill panels Levelling component for TS base/plinth 516
– for side panel modules 284 – for adaptor sections 684 Levelling feet 520, 521
– for TS IT 528, 531 Insert strips – Hygienic Design 172
– Metal 655 – for circuit-breaker Lid for interfaces 715
– Plastic 653, 654 component adaptors 261 Lights 635
– with membranes, plastic 654 – for Mini-PLS component adaptors 258 – 1U 637
Glazed door – for OM adaptor/support 259 – Compact light 636
– for TS, TS IT 549 Inserted screw nuts M12 253, 649 – Courtesy light 635
– for TS, TS IT, SE 550 Inserts for busbar supports 278 – LED 637
Grommets Installation bracket for mounting angles – Standard light 635
– for cable entry 651 – TS 685 – System lights 634
– for connector entry 651 Installation examples Liquid Cooling Package
Guide – System rails 598 – for industry 360
– for mounting plate 594 Installation kit – LCP Inline CW 429
Guide frame – Depth-variable 631 – LCP Inline DX 432
– for Vario rack-mounted fan 384 – for component shelves – LCP Rack CW 428
482.6 mm (19˝) 631 – LCP Rack DX 431
– for component shelves and drawers, – LCP T3+ CW 430
with 482.6 mm (19˝) adaptor sections
H
Lock components for TS, TS IT, SE 550
in TS 691 Lock cover 571, 572
– for mounting angles 685 Lock cylinder inserts 571
– for mounting plates TS, SE, Lock inserts 565, 570
back-to-back 593 Lock nut, stainless steel 659
Handle adaptor 549 Installation modules 299
Handle set 701 Lock systems
Integrated louvres 373 – for compact enclosures, sheet steel 560
– for Comfort Panel 700 Interconnecting cables
– for Optipanel 700 – for console systems and
– for lights 638 industrial workstation, sheet steel 562
Handles Interface board 381
– Comfort handle with code 566 – for enclosures and cases,
Interface extension with wall connection stainless steel 563
– Corner handle 702 and built-in RJ 45 module 714
– Folding lever handle 565 – for large enclosures, sheet steel 561
Interface flaps Lockable and adjacent door for TS 550
– for component shelves 633 – Modular 715
– for mounting plates 595 Locking bar latch 566
Interface for CMC II sensors 451 Longitudinal connector
– Plastic handles 569 Interior installation
– T handles 569 – Flat-PLS 272
– Rails for AE 605 – Maxi-PLS 268
– U handle 702 – Rails for CM, TP 605
Heat exchangers Internal latch
– Air/air heat exchangers TopTherm 329 – for side panel, lockable 536
Hinge attachment
– for partial mounting plate TS, SE
Hinge pin remover
Hinged cable support
597
574
633
IP 66/NEMA 4
– System enclosures SE 8
IP 66/NEMA 4X
– Baying systems TS 8
83
182
M
Hinged lid for interfaces 715 – System enclosures SE 8 185 Master/slave adaptor
Hinges Isolator door cover 541 for thermoelectric cooler 382
– 130°/180° 574 ISV Maxi-PLS
– Exterior, for GA 29 – Blanking cover 304 – Busbar systems 268
– for blanking plates 692 – Cover strips 304 – Connection components 274
– for PK 27 – Depth extension frame 304 Maxi-PLS busbar systems 270
– for TS side panel 535 – Distribution enclosures 75, 304 Maxi-PLS connection components 277
Holder – for disconnectors, size 00 304 Measurement bar PSM 410
– for cable conduit 666 – Wiring brackets 304 Membrane gland plate 654
– for protective bar 551 IT power distribution 408, 409, 422 Metal filter for climate control units 370
– for TFT 707 IT power supply 408, 409, 422 Metal gland plates 655
Horizontally hinged FT stay 557 Metal multi-tooth screws 625
Hose-proof hood 372 Meter mounting board module ISV 302
Housing coupling Micro Data Centre
– for desktop mounting
Hygienic Design HD
– Accessories
160
497
173
J – Compact split cooling solution
– Level B
– Level E
469
467, 468
466
– Outdoor split cooling solution 470
– Bit 172 Junction box – Outdoor split cooling solution
– Cable gland 659 – with multi-functional bracket 424 with inverter technology 471

Index
Micro-switch Network/server enclosures TS IT 90 – 95 Perforated mounting strips

– for NH disconnectors/NH slimline – with glazed door for – for AE stainless steel 576
fuse-switch disconnectors 263 rack climate control 92 – for partial doors 553
Mini-comfort handle 567 – with glazed door for Perforated plate
Mini-fan 373 rack climate control, IP 55 95 – Base/plinth trim, modular 518
Mini-PLS busbar systems 206 – with glazed door for Pillar, small 166
Modular climate control concept rack climate control, pre-configured 94 PinBlock 260
– Cooling module “Blue e” 350 – with vented door for PinBlock Plus 260
– Section doors 351 room climate control 90 Pivot CP-L 161
Modular enclosures NH fuse-switch disconnectors 239, 240 Plastic
– SV-TS 8 76 – Modules ISV 300 – Cable gland plates 653
Modular front design 552 – Size 00 to 3 240, 242, 244 – Gland plates 654
Module plates 539 – Size 00 to 3, with electromechanical – Handles 569
Monitor frame 558 fuse monitoring 244 Plastic enclosures KS 52
Monitor, flat 706 – Size 00 to 3, with electronic Plate
Monitor/keyboard unit, 1 U 461 fuse monitoring 242 – for base mounting 516
Mounting angles – Size 000 207, 238, 239 Plate clamps 257
– Additional fastening attachment 686 NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors PLS busbar systems 214, 215
– C rails 612, 613, 616 – Modules ISV 301 PLS busbars
– for FlatBox 686 – Size 00 to 3 246 – for T-connector sets 289
– for TS 685 – Size 00 to 3, with electronic Pole clamp 589
– Installation kits 685 fuse monitoring 248 Polycarbonate enclosures PK 24, 26
Mounting angles for AE Nuts 624 Potential equalisation 645
– ISV 305 – for TS section 618 Potential equalisation rails 646, 647
Mounting angles for TS, SE Nylon loop 667 Potential equalisation star 645
– ISV 305 – Cable holder 668 Power Control Unit 412
Mounting block for AE 623 – Tape 667 Power measurement 421
Mounting bracket 617, 619 – Tape holders 668 Power pack
– for air circuit-breaker support rail 286 – for TFT monitor 706
– for compartment divider 286 Power supply 422
– for CP 617 Power supply unit 457
– for Ri4Power 282 Power System Module
Mounting clip for support rails 614 – MID measurement module for CMC III 421
Mounting components Premium Panel stainless steel
– for signal pillar
Mounting kit
– for AE
720, 721
298
O – IP 69K
Pressure relief stoppers
Primer/paint
188
533
– for air circuit-breaker installation 286 – Contact paint 642

– for Comfort Panel 705 OM adaptor Processing Unit, CMC III 450
– for Optipanel 705 – with plug-in cable outlet 224 Processing Unit Compact, CMC III 450
– for TS, SE 298 – with tension spring clamp 222 Programming cable 457
– Magnet 636 OM supports 225 Protective bar
Mounting kit PSM One-piece consoles TP – for TS 551
– for busbar 413 – Sheet steel 115 PSM 408, 409
Mounting kit, 2 U 689 – Stainless steel 186 – Busbar 409
Mounting kit, coupling set 288 Operating housing – Modules, active 412
Mounting panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U 693 – for desktop TFT up to 24˝ 132 – Socket modules 411
Mounting plates 616, 617 – Stainless steel 188 Punched rail
– Adjustment bracket for KS 594 – with handle strips 130 – 17 x 17 mm for TS 615
– Attachment 592, 593 Operating panel 559 – 18 x 38 mm, TS, SE 609
– Attachment for CM 595 Optical components – 23 x 23 mm, PS 610
– Cross-brace for TS, SE 595 – for signal pillars modular 718 – 23 x 73 mm, PS 611
– for cast aluminium enclosures GA 29 Optipanel 126, 127 – 25 x 38 mm, TS 608
– for KL and KL-HD 591 Outlet filter 372 – Cover, distribution busbar 292
– for polycarbonate enclosures 27 Overvoltage protection PSM 413 – Distribution busbar cover 292
– for Ri4Power Form 1-4 287 Punched rails 23 x 23 mm
– for TS 591 for Flex-Block 611
– Infill for TS 591 Punched rails for interior installation AE 605
– Modules ISV 299 Punched section
P
– Slide rail for TS 594 with mounting flange
– Transport handles for TS, SE 595 – 17 x 73 mm, TS 606, 607, 632
Mounting unit 458 – 23 x 73 mm, PS 612
Mounting unit, 1 U 458 – 23 x 73 mm, TS 607
Mouse holder 713 Paint 536 – for coupling section 616
Mousepad support 709, 712, 713 Pair of mounting angles, second 682 Punched section
Multiple lock 572 Paper removal flap 713 without mounting flange
Multi-tooth screws 625, 694 Partial doors – 23 x 73 mm, PS 611
– for TS 552 – 45 x 88 mm, TS, SE 608
Partial mounting plates
– for TS 287
N
– for TS, SE 596
Q
– Locatable 597
Partition 537
Patch panels 698
NEMA 4 PC
– Baying frame 535 – Enclosure systems 118, 119 Quality management 505
– System enclosures SE 8 83 – Stainless steel 187 Quick-assembly block 621
NEMA 4X PDU 416, 420 Quick-change frame
– Baying frame 535 PE busbar 646 – for roof-mounted cooling units 384
– Baying systems TS 8 182 PE/PEN combination angle 649 Quick-fit baying clamps 543
– System enclosures SE 8 185 Pedestal
– Wall-mounted cooling units 344 – Complete 165
– Modular 164
– Open 166

Index
R Shielding
– Vertical
Shunting ring
Shunting ring, fibre-optic
433
670
671
Stationary base/plinth
Stay
– Door stay for escape routes
– for door
517
578
578
Rack-mounted fans for 482.6 mm (19˝) 326 Side cover section 272 – for trim panel, hinged at the top 554
Rails Side panel modules – for viewing window 557
– Base configuration rail for CM 608 – for cable connection space 283 Stepped collar 662
– for EMC shielding bracket – for TS 283 Stoppers
and strain relief 641 Side panels – for roof-mounted cooling units
– for interior installation 173 – Divided, for TS IT 536 and air/water heat exchangers 376
– for interior installation AE 605 – EMC 640 Straps, earth straps 644
– for interior installation CM, TP 605 – for cable chamber 515 Support
Rain canopies – for top-mounting module 582 – 1 and 2-pole 251
– for AE, CM 580 – Lockable, for TS, TS IT 536 – for flat copper busbars 212, 213, 278
Rear adaptor for LCP Inline CW 433 – Screw-fastened, for TS, sheet steel 534 – for Flat-PLS 271
Reinforcement – Screw-fastened, for TS, stainless steel 534 – for keyboards 709
– for enclosure 167 – Screw-fastened, for TS IT 534 – for laminated copper bars 255
Reinforcement bracket Signal pillars 716, 717 – for Maxi-PLS 268
– for TS, SE, TP universal console 524 – Optical components 718 – for mousepad 709, 712, 713
RFID Single enclosure SE 8 – for PLS 214, 215
– Aerial 462 – Stainless steel, IP 66/NEMA 4X 185 – for small appliances 694
– Controller 462 Single-phase connection cable 413 Support arm bracket 90° 158
– Tags 462 SK BUS system 382 Support arm configurator 497
Ri4Power assembly instructions 295 Slide rail, continuous Support arm system
RiCAD 3D 495 – for Data Rack 682 – CP 180 155
Ride-up roller Slide rails 682 – CP 120 150, 151
– for TS, SE, PC 579 – Depth-variable 687 – CP 180 154
RiDiag II 385 – for mounting plate TS 594 – CP 40, stainless steel 140
RiLine busbar systems – for swing frames 681 – CP 40, steel 138
– PLS busbars 214 – Static installation 687 – CP 40/60/120/180 156
RiLine60 busbar systems 212, 215 Sliding blocks – CP 60 146, 147
– Connection system 279 – for circuit-breaker component adaptor 261 Support arm, height adjustable
– Flat busbars 212 – for Maxi-PLS 269 – for support arm system 120 160
RiMatrix S 402 Sliding nuts Maxi-PLS 269 Support bracket 620
– Building 400 Small fibre-optics distributors Support frame
– Container 402 – Polycarbonate 105 – for DIN rail-mounted devices 288
– Security rooms 401 Snap-in cable routing 668 Support panels
Rittal Power Distribution Rack/Module 408 Snap-on nut TS 618 – for cover section 256
Rittal Power Engineering 295 SNMP card 434 Support rail modules ISV 299
RiZone 463 Socket strips 422 Support rails 614
RJ 45 Sockets 424 – 65 x 42 mm for TS, SE 614
– Installation module and extension 714 Software 495 – for air circuit-breakers 286
Roof mounting screw 585 – Server shutdown 463 – for component adaptors 258, 261
Roof plate Spacer rolls 289 – for OM adaptor/support 259
– for TS, SE 583 Spacers 575 – for stacking insulators 280
– for TS, TS IT 585 – for Flat-PLS 272 – for TS, SE, CM 613
– TS for cooling units 383 – for RiLine busbar supports 251 Support strips
Roof plate, vented – for roof plate TS 586 – for AE 575
– for TS, TS IT 585 Spacing element for busbar supports 278 – for TS, CM, SE, TP 575, 609
Roof-mounted fans 325, 437 Spare filter mat Support unit, 3 U 699
– TopTherm 324 – for EMC fan-and-filter unit 371 Supports OM 225
RTT roof-mounted fan 324 – for filter holder 371 Surface connector for enclosures 703
Rubber cable clamp strip 652 – for thermoelectric cooler 371 Surplus cable holder 672
Spare key 573 SV-TS 8 enclosures 76
Special busbars Swing frame 678
– Maxi-PLS 268 – Large, with trim panel 680
– Mini-PLS 206 – Large, without trim panel 679
S – PLS
Speed control
Spring nuts
– M5
253
381
625
– Small, for TS
– Stay
Switch housings
– Stainless steel
678
681
176
Screen, flat 706 – M6 695 System attachment
Screw connections Spring washer 566 – for Flat-PLS 271
– for connection brackets 280 Stabiliser – for Maxi-PLS 268
– for Flat-PLS 273 – for connector kit 280 – for RiLine 289
Screws 625, 694, 695 Stabiliser bars Flat-PLS 271 System components
SE 8, system enclosures 81, 83 Stabiliser for TS IT 520 – Flat-PLS 271, 273
Second pair of mounting angles 682 Stacking insulator 280 – Maxi-PLS 268, 270
Section for cable entry Stainless steel System covers 257
– for TS, CM, TP 652 – Base/plinth 519 System enclosures SE 8 81 – 83
– for TS, SE, CM, TP 651 – Baying systems TS 8 182 – Stainless steel 184, 185
Security lock 572 – Bus enclosures BG 178 System lights 634, 635, 637
Security rooms 474, 475 – Cable gland 659 System support rails 613
Self-adhesive foam cable clamp strip 652 – Command panel housings with door 189 System supports for cable routes 671
Self-tapping screws 625 – Compact enclosures AE 179 System window 556
Semi-cylinder lock 571 – One-piece consoles 186
Sensor for speed control 381 – PC enclosure 187
Serial installation device modules ISV 299 – Support arm system 140
Server shutdown software 463 – Switch housings 176
Server telescopic slides – Terminal boxes KL 177
– for subracks 689 – Viewing window 558
Service socket 424 Stand systems 164, 166, 167
Shield bus, EMC 642 Standard light 635

Index
T – for fuse-switch disconnector section

– for pedestal
– for TP
– Hinged at the top, for TS
290
167
117
554
Window
– System window
– Viewing window
556
557, 558
– Viewing window for operating panel 559
T handles 569 – Top 553 Wiring brackets ISV 304
Tangential fans for 482.6 mm (19˝) 328 TS Wiring plan lectern 576
T-connector kits for busbar systems – Assembly block 610 Wiring plan pockets 577, 578
– Flat-PLS 273 – Punched rail 608, 609 Wiring trim panel 555
T-connector piece 622 – Punched section
Technical information 722 with mounting flange 606, 607
Telescopic slides – Punched section
– for component shelves 632 without mounting flange 608
Temperature indicator and thermostat 379 – Support strips 609
Terminal block, distribution busbar TS 8 configurator 497
– for fuse-switch disconnector section 294 TS 8 enclosures
Terminal box Form 4b 284 – Door latch 541
Terminal boxes KL 30, 32 – Isolator door cover 541
– Cover hinge 574 – Stainless steel 182
– Cover retainer 574 Tubular door frame
– for TS, TS IT, SE 549
– Stainless steel
Terminal connection
177
Twin castors 522 RAL colours
– for NH slimline fuse-switch Twin cords Colour
– for OM adaptors 260 Designation
disconnectors, size 00 264 RAL
Terminal studs
– for Maxi-PLS 269 5002 ultramarine blue
U
Terminals
– Flat-PLS 273
5018 turquoise blue
– for NH disconnectors 263
TFT
– Holder 707 U handle 702 7001 silver grey
– Monitor 706 U nuts 624
Therm software 385 Universal bracket 623
Thermoelectric coolers 334 7015 slate grey
Threaded bolts Maxi-PLS 269 – Sheet steel 116
Threaded inserts M6 for KS 625 Universal light 635 7022 umbra grey
Three-phase connection cable Universal support
for PSM busbar 413 – for laminated copper bars 255
Tilting adaptor +/–45° 161 7024 graphite grey
Upgrade kit IP 4X 555
Tilting adaptor +100°/–60° 162 USB extension 714
TopConsole system TP 110, 114, 117 Utility bars, vertically hinged 709 7030 stone grey
– Accessories 117 Utility lectern 576
Top-hat rails 614
Top-mounting module for TS 582 7032 pebble grey
TopTherm
– IT roof-mounted cooling units
– EC technology
– EMC
436
316
319
321
V 7033
7035
cement grey
pale grey
TopTherm heat exchangers 329 Variable modular climate control concept 551
TopTherm roof-mounted cooling units Vario rack-mounted fans 8019 grey brown
“Blue e” 346 for 482.6 mm (19˝) 327
TopTherm wall-mounted cooling units 336 Vent attachment
– Horizontal format 335 – TS 383 9005 jet black
TopTherm wall-mounted cooling units Vent cover 440
“Blue e”, NEMA 4X 344 Ventilated front panels 692 9006 white aluminium
TopTherm wall-mounted cooling units Vertical section 547
“Blue e” 337, 339, 341 VerticalBox 97
TopTherm wall-mounted cooling units Viewing window 557 9011 graphite black
“Blue e”, slimline 343 – for operating panel 559
Toroidal transformer 382 – Stainless steel 558 9017 traffic black
Touchscreen 706
Touchscreen display
– for LCP rack, Inline, T3+ 433
TP
– Aluminium strip
– One-piece consoles
117, 701
186
W
– Universal consoles 116
Transport and mounting handle Wall angle 588
– for TS/SE doors 579 Wall bracket for TS, SE 588
Transport bracket 546 Wall mounting bracket 587, 588
Transport castors – for AE 587
– for TS base/plinth 515 – for cast aluminium enclosures 29
Transport handles for mounting plates – for Compact Panel 590
– for TS, SE 595 – for polycarbonate enclosures 27
Transport kit for TS IT 522 – Vertically hinged 590
Tray, drawer tray 628 Wall spacer bracket HD 172 We reserve the right to further develop-
Trim frame Wall-mounted enclosures ments and technical modifications of our
– for slimline cooling units 383 – AE 104 products. Such modifications, along with
Trim panel – EL, 3-part 100, 103 errors and printing errata, shall not con-
– Bottom 553 – Small fibre-optics distributors 105 stitute grounds for compensation.
– Flex-Block 511 Washers, contact washers 644 We refer customers to our Terms of Sale
– for cast feet 167 Width divider 523 and Delivery.
– for CM 532

Rittal is present around the globe. We are close at hand to assist you with innovative products
and comprehensive services. Harness the power of “Rittal – The System.”
◾ 64 subsidiaries
◾ Around 90 warehouse locations with more than 260,000 m2 of storage space
◾ 11 production sites with around 250,000 m2 of production space
◾ 1,500 patents as a testimony to Rittal’s innovative strength

Germany Greece Poland
www.rittal.com www.rittal.gr www.rittal.pl
Argentina Hong Kong Portugal

www.rittal.com.ar www.rittal.com.hk www.rittal.pt
Australia Hungary Romania

www.rittal.com.au www.rittal.hu www.rittal.ro
Austria India Russia

www.rittal.at www.rittal-india.com www.rittal.ru
Belgium Indonesia Singapore

www.rittal.be www.rittal.com www.rittal.com.sg
Brazil Ireland Slovakia

www.rittal.com.br www.rittal.ie www.rittal.sk
Bulgaria Israel Slovenia

www.rittal.bg www.rittal.co.il www.rittal.si
Canada Italy South Africa

www.rittal.ca www.rittal.it www.rittal.co.za
Chile Japan Spain

www.rittal.cl www.rittal.co.jp www.rittal.es
China Korea Sweden

www.rittal.cn www.rittal.co.kr www.rittal.se
Colombia Lithuania Switzerland

www.rittal.com.co www.rittal.lt www.rittal.ch
Croatia Malaysia Taiwan

www.rittal.hr www.rittal.com.my www.rittal.com.tw
Czech Republic Mexico Thailand

www.rittal.cz www.rittal.com.mx www.rittal.com/th-en/
Denmark Netherlands Turkey

www.rittal.dk www.rittal.nl www.rittal.com.tr
United Arab Emirates New Zealand Ukraine

Dubai www.rittal.co.nz www.rittal.com.ua
www.rittal-middle-east.com
Norway USA
Finland www.rittal.no www.rittal.us
www.rittal.fi
Peru Vietnam
France www.rittal.pe www.rittal.com.vn
www.rittal.fr
Great Britain
www.rittal.co.uk
More international subsidiaries and agencies can be found at www.rittal.com

◾ Enclosures
◾ Climate Control
10.2014 / E938
34

Rittal Catalogue 34, Edition 20142015 5 1259

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Rittal Catalogue 34, Edition 20142015 5 1259

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Rittal Catalogue 34, Edition 20142015 5 1259

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogue 2014 / 2015

Catalogue 2014 / 2015

We can make you faster and better.

Wishing you every success

Power distribution from page 197

Climate control from page 307

IT infrastructure from page 387

Software & services from page 477

System accessories from page 507

Eplan are global providers of high-tech, software-based

Eplan – efficient engineering.

With Eplan and Rittal, you benefit from integrated

Three powerful companies have joined forces to form

◾ Kiesling Perforex – Machining of enclosure solutions

The revolutionary alternative to individual data centre construction: RiMatrix S

Console systems/PC enclosure systems/IW

Operating housings/support arm systems/

Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures 15

Rittal – The System.

16 Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures

18 Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures

Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures 19

Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures 21

Cast aluminium enclosures GA

Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures 23

Material: Colour: Supply includes: Approvals:

24 Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures

Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures 25

Material: Colour: Supply includes: Approvals:

26 Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures

Mounting plate Colour:

Hinges Supply includes:

For enclosure Material Packs of Model No.

Wall mounting brackets Packs of Model No.

Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures 27

GA accessories Page 29 System accessories Page 507

Material: Colour: Supply includes: Technical details:

Width mm 58 98 75 125 175 250 122 220 Page

28 Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures

Mounting plate Material:

Wall mounting bracket For GA enclosures Packs of Model No.

Hinge, exterior For GA enclosures Packs of Model No.

Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures 29

Material: Protection category IP to Approvals: Technical details:

without gland plate

30 Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures

without gland plate

without gland plate

Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures 31

Material: Colour: Supply includes: Approvals:

with gland plate

32 Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures

Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures 33

System accessories Page 507

Material: Protection category IP to Approvals:

34 Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures

Wall mounting bracket

Rittal Catalogue 34/Enclosures 35

System accessories Page 507 BG stainless steel Page 178